Tre eae a Ww) NK Thy He n ity ialatinatatate eaten satin Whe? i ih ih af ie) Suttata Hn i heat : xR et why f : AMON a at satat tthe tyttl ' pore Sat ata at ate Wi Meee) " etal * - nb dab ine COLA ob rH AEE 8) BAD AAT ES : ratte ; ca ala nitete nt Ait ce tenet eA Otay eae tas TN ee Mary F % Pichia tere : se tists atte 4 wa : Woe Hobie a hts a 1s Lad ie sytata alate ia) hehehe 2 t ay : if ; aah SAT a a > ay ive ay ie Bry ; Tatar talaty aN 2 =e wales’, Dory RINE eit 1} woh natn re Whe tissta tle . . vo Aa alaan ‘ ti eae y ts ae Ain ORR Hea tna) Pie Ge WE Ma a . ar A te oie 1! ne Se se bra ferme ep csasacnksnery ter : = : : ethstenesencesdsye es meee PT re ern ree nee ; Serb tivhes omc eebsaenesapheed ee mare ces area ak bani ee, aoe 5 Sreraperrre trent 2 i S4ifu clasts wes Si yaa eae Gs ae fe PSOE bees Siete an sea ; : IS SS ‘ SEE RUBS at Renoeeae eras . +7. Ny i ' ot . = ; SLE etede hak Narre Sra Aire eet Soe a . 4 4 x ‘ Perce y teeny = ~ ohh nt . Tah seg ea : OPK Rett Ha Died P oe oe tie ee re edu ey woe . et Ct : : : Pes pie est ititaity FLAS Xs pr St ee er rarer OE ay eter ee Pa oes Oe err ne ree onl nee mee, Garshaerecetoeay eel : Wakiietetptets tenets pas Satnurbee eat eeti et ae i i sip basa tes ake pte ys eee os tse! Sow ye pare srenere ere arene ERR re Crp ere nar Seiceetrieta estes erureter erat ieee aL i Cras * ae jepelatel We SUSY SNS 0 nite Seema * . Th #, RAAT AT ai AL RHE ie OCT 24 1985 NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-750 World Literature to Fish Hybrids With an Analysis by Family, Species, and Hybrid: Supplement 1 Frank J. Schwartz November 1981 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS National Marine Fisheries Service, Special Scientific Report—Fisheries The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforce- ment of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of interna- tional fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry. The Special Scientific Report—Fisheries series was established in 1949. The series carries reports on scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS, or intensive scientific reports on studies of restricted scope. The reports may deal with applied fishery problems. The series is also used as a medium for the publication of bibliographies of a specialized scientific nature. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS SSRF are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained fromr D822, User Services Branch, Environmental Science Information Center, NOAA, Rockville, MD 20852. Recent SSRF’s are: 722. Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, purse seine fishery: Catch, fishing activity, and age and size composition, 1964-73. By William R. Nicholson. March 1978, iii + 8 p., 1 fig., 12 tables. 723. Ichthyoplankton composition and plankton volumes from inland coastal waters of southeastern Alaska, April-November 1972. By Chester R. Mattson and Bruce L. Wing. April 1978, iii + 11 p., 1 fig., 4 tables. 724. Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of recreational and com- mercial fishermen and boaters in the St. Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adja- cent coastal waters, 1973. By Doyle F. Sutherland. May 1978, iv + 23 p., 31 figs., 11 tables. 725. Seasonal bottom-water temperature trends in the Gulf of Maine and on Georges Bank, 1963-75. By Clarence W. Davis. May 1978, iv + 17 p., 22 figs., 5 tables. 726. The Gulf of Maine temperature structure between Bar Harbor, Maine, and Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, June 1975-November 1976. By Robert J. Paw- lowski. December 1978, iii + 10 p., 14 figs., 1 table. 727. Expendable bathythermograph observations from the NMFS/MARAD Ship of Opportunity Program for 1975. By Steven K. Cook, Barclay P. Col- lins, and Christine S. Carty. January 1979, iv + 93 p., 2 figs., 13 tables, 54 app. figs. 728. Vertical sections of semimonthly mean temperature on the San Francisco- Honolulu route: From expendable bathythermograph observations, June 1966-December 1974. by J. F. T. Saur, L. E. Eber, D. R. McLain, and C. E. Dorman. January 1979, iii + 35 p., 4 figs., 1 table. 729. References for the identification of marine invertebrates on the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. By Richard E. Dowds. April 1979, iv + 37 p. 730. Surface circulation in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico as deduced from drift bottles. By Robert F. Temple and John A. Martin. May 1979, iii + 13 p., 8 figs., 4 tables. 731. Annotated bibliography and subject index on the shortnose sturgeon, Aci- penser brevirostrum. By James G. Hoff. April 1979, iii + 16 p. 732. Assessment of the Northwest Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus, stock. By Emory D. Anderson. April 1979, iv + 13 p., 9 figs., 15 tables. 733. Possible management procedures for increasing production of sockeye salmon smolts in the Naknek River system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. By Robert J. Ellis and William J. McNeil. April 1979, iii + 9 p., 4 figs., 11 tables. 734. Escape of king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, from derelict pots. By William L. High and Donald D. Worlund. May 1979, iii + 11 p., 5 figs., 6 tables. 735. History of the fishery and summary statistics of the sockeye salmon, On- corhynchus nerka, runs to the Chignik Lakes, Alaska, 1888-1956. By Michael L. Dahlberg. August 1979, iv + 16 p., 15 figs., 11 tables. 736. A historical and descriptive account of Pacific coast anadromous salmo- mid rearing facilities and a summary of their releases by region, 1960-76. By Roy J. Wahle and Robert Z. Smith. September 1979, iv + 40 p., 15 figs., 25 tables. 737. Movements of pelagic dolphins (Stenella spp.) in the eastern tropical Pa- cific as indicated by results of tagging, with summary of tagging operations, 1969-76. By W. F. Perrin, W. E. Evans, and D. B. Holts. September 1979, iii + 14p., 9 figs., 8 tables. 738. Environmental baselines in Long Island Sound, 1972-73. By R. N. Reid, A. B. Frame, and A. F. Draxler. December 1979, iv + 31 p., 40 figs., 6 tables. 739. Bottom-water temperature trends in the Middle Atlantic Bight during spring and autumn, 1964-76. By Clarence W. Davis. December 1972, iii + 13 p., 10 figs., 9 tables. 740. Food of fifteen northwest Atlantic gadiform fishes. By Richard W. Langton and Ray E. Bowman. February 1980, iv + 23 p., 3 figs., 11 tables. 741. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the Middle At- lantic Bight region. By John J. Dickinson, Roland L. Wigley, Richard D. Bro- deur, and Susan Brown-Leger. October 1980, vi + 46 p., 26 figs., 52 tables. 742. Water structure at Ocean Weather Station V, northwestern Pacific Ocean, 1966-71. By D. M. Husby and G. R. Seckel. October 1980, 18 figs., 4 tables. 743. Average density index for walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma, in the Bering Sea. By Loh-Lee Low and Ikuo Ikeda. November 1980, iii + 11 p.,3 figs., 9 tables. Vy, NATIONAL oS Ce, NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-750 World Literature to Fish Hybrids With an Analysis by Family, Species, and Hybrid: Supplement 1 Frank J. Schwartz November 1981 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this NMFS publication. CONTENTS Introduction: : Fe Rae sae a Es Pe ee oe a et ein cide dee ctee Aaa 1 Problemsawithgliteratuneacy acces cet ter egae et NGN NM Seok cc TeN LORRY AORN oFoulesel Succ ene Coons nse oreteises 1 How, tojuseithe bibliography. nia sacmceehcr Aer. eatin RGR nice acne neeee 2 INCKNOWIEC SIMENtS speya nicest eter se secre lott rake Pe ee ro sey Met on seen Saree eye ROUS os edioievoue: exsievs (alesu¥avove clovekene 2 MMe States ieee. paranc pr scares ey sey ore aR cs NESE He Wer TSISI/ oats FMA TSIUNS orase tae use everest Noes 2 J Otol Netcrele cca Isa op oS BD Ren Oecd ott ac CROP ERG Ones Cone ee ee 3 ALS PAI ETE HO ae cous Meee Sh ces b oa GAMER OHO ado oO OCU OC O HU nea Oe RG Sean 4 FATE O Lap IN OX eters ees) ce Aer aoe ER Rr Uap Leroy tenia cuntin SRV arr dyciiaictepene hayreptenca hits anaes cae le 156 Vee Tu aw APY ANG [2b Cee Barney Peete race ceases Mae yt are At Ree nee ene Pn 219 SUNT iE le is Aeron OEM dan See De UU cs DOM Oo: om a OPSGM CORD OOO Tate ach aro 226 Natural and artificial hybrids, indexed alphabetically............... 0.0 ccc eect eee cease 344 ill Ee ey eo aod a he ae 4 ee) ee ea) Te eit yw ieee ‘ Cees ware ‘ » Woe |= ae x 4 99 + ae * ars he RET One® SMectolencle Liacbin «een ae i fl) ae Be a eRaae PY ey aeeN aR baie) Aree OG Rey SRS a TiC ; teen ea ? Aare. MES. or ig, ea Aaio O- = World Literature to Fish Hybrids With an Analysis by Family, Species, and Hybrid: Supplement 1 FRANK J. SCHWARTZ’ ABSTRACT Supplement 1 comprises 1,814 citations published between 1971 and October 1980 which deal with fish hybrids of the world. Continuing the format of the original compilation, each reference has been read, analyzed, and referenced by author, family, species, and hybrid cross. INTRODUCTION This supplement compilation is a continuation of the hybrid bibliography published by Schwartz in 1972 as: Publication 3 of the Gulf Coast Research Laboratory Museum, Ocean Springs, Miss., 328 p. The 1972 publication comprised 1,945 citations published prior to 1971. An additional 594 papers, published between 1820 and 1970 are included in the present publication. This supplement publication contains a total of 1,814 papers published between 1971 and October 1980. As in the original, each reference has been read, analyzed, and referenced by author, family, species, and hybrid cross. Examination of this bibliography reveals that a handful of scientists from Europe, Asia, Japan, and the United States still dominate the world literature on fish hybrids. English, Russian, and German are the main languages in which hybrid papers are published. Contrary to the 1972 compilation, present day hybrid study emphasis has changed drastically from pure hybrid descriptions to DNA, allele, and isozyme crosses, to more work in producing hybrids to meet man’s food needs (i.e., sturgeons in Russia, striped bass-white bass crosses in the United States, carp-goldfish-grass carp crosses in Israel and Asia). Misra’s seven papers (1971-75) are the most extensive in attempting mathematical definition and testing of a hybrid’s status and designation. This supplement treats a total of 50 families of fishes with known hybrid crosses. The bulk of the hybrids are members of the families Centrarchidae, Cyprinidae, Poeciliidae, and Salmonidae. This contrasts with the original compilation. PROBLEMS WITH LITERATURE An inherent problem in dealing with the world hybrid fish literature continued to be the definition of what was a hybrid. To sort out all the definitions and make arbitrary decisions as to an author’s real meaning or interpretation would have taken far longer than the 8 yr spent in preparing this publication. I leave final decisions of definitions and interpretation to the reader. Similarly, decisions relating to systematic status of many of the species or crosses listed are left to the reader. Currently, ‘Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell St., Morehead City, NC 28557. families are being lumped or split, species are constantly being updated by recent work, and even old established species names have been changed. I am fully aware of these changes but rather than have to make again many arbitrary decisions of what should be a particular specie’s or hybrid’s true identity or to what species the author was really referring, I left them cited as originally found or spelled. Only the families have been updated (where lumped) to relieve the confusion of referring to family names not now recognized. Thus, the family Salmonidae is not treated by its subfamilies Coregoninae, Salmoninae, or Thymallinae. The remaining families which have had minor status changes have been updated (Scombridae to include Cybiidae) so that no subfamilies are treated. Further problems existed in whether a reference was dealing with a natural or experimental hybrid. Few authors, other than those where experimental results were evident or so stated, specifically earmarked what they were studying. While all would wish to find only one spelling of a species name, all variations were included. The same is true of author names which, in Russian, were often spelled many ways (i.e., Nikioljuki, Nikoljukin, Nikolukin, Nikolyukin). One other problem that persisted, from the original publica- tion, was that many authors, especially European, cited a hybrid cross by listing the male species first, followed by the female partner. Others, the majority, listed the female member of the hybrid first, with the male species second. I kept the entries as they were originally cited and, where known, have included the female (usually first) or male cross designations (i.e., Cyprinus carpio 6 x Carassius auratus Q ). Further problems arose in how to cite female workers. Most compilations spell out a woman’s first name with only initials designating male authors. Herein, all names of women are listed by initial only, except those of Russian or Slavic origin where the “‘a”’? ending signifies a woman. Because this bibliography was computer created I have not included any diacritic marks for Germanic, Slavic, or other languages. Author’s names, such as McAfee, have the ‘‘c’’ on the same line rather than one-half space upward. Another frustrating aspect of the bibliography was in dealing with Russian references published by Rybnoe Khoziastvoe as there are two journals with the same name, one published in Kiev, the other in Moscow. Most literature citations failed to note city of publication. This along with use of the issue numbers as volume numbers created havoc and delays in a cita- tion’s retrieval. I have noted the city of publication in every case, where feasible. HOW TO USE THE BIBLIOGRAPHY Each of the 1,814 references in this bibliography has been numbered. All references are listed alphabetically. The author, fish family, species, and hybrid indexes are listed alphabetically, regardless of systematic position or status of the family, species, or hybrid. Each reference was read in its entirety and all species or crosses therein are noted (rather than that which may be stated only in the title). Common names are interspersed alphabetically within the appropriate species or hybrid listings. Where recent papers were located or appeared in the literature, as the final typing was in preparation, 22 cases, the reference was given the next sequential number followed by an ‘‘a,”’ etc. and inserted in the proper alphabetical position in the citation sections (i.e., 1221a follows 1221). Since this bibliography was so large and computer developed, merging the entries from four separate computer sources often prevented the desired sequen- tial numerical order to the citations which, however, are listed alphabetically throughout. Thus, 23 numbers, 27, 47, 49, 55, 67, 69, 77, 305, 340, 368, 403, 877a, 891, 1,000, 1,183, 1,186, 1,421, 1,450, 1,571, 1,586, 1,665, 1,715, and 1,766 are missing as a result of deletion of duplicated citations which had entered the various files. To use the bibliography when the author of a hybrid is known, proceed directly to the citation or author section to learn what papers have been included under his or her name. If one knows the author only, proceed to the author section and find (i.e., F. Anders published 45 papers) each of the numbered papers that he authored or coauthored. Knowing the fish family but not the author, etc., a check of that section will steer you to all papers dealing with hybrids known for that family (i.e., Cyprinidae, etc.). Likewise, if one knows F. Anders published a paper on swordtail-platyfish hybrids, go to the species or cross or author list to locate the species, remembering that if a tax- onomic change has taken place the original generic notation will be found (i.e., presently Poecilia for Molliensia of earlier references). I must reemphasize that one should check all possi- ble spelling combinations for an author or species name before being satisfied all references have been located. If a hybrid cross acted as a species in a cross then that hybrid cross was included in the species list. This prevailed with F, and F, back crosses (i.e., ((Salmo alpinus x S. fontinalis) x S. fon- tinalis) x S. fontinalis) where each species was listed in addition to (S. alpinus x S. fontinalis) which was acting as a species in the species listing. Likewise, each hybrid cross has not been reversed in the hybrid cross section, unless attempted by the author (i.e., S. alpinus x S. fontinalis would not be listed for a pertinent reference unless the author attempted S. fontinalis x S. alpinus and S. alpinus x S. fontinalis crosses). Readers wishing information regarding the listed references can correspond with me as about 95% are within my holdings as originals, Xerox, or photocopies. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I would like to single out several people who were most in- strumental in aiding with this bibliography. To David Harris of Atlantic Analysis Corporation, Norfolk, Va., fell the enormous task to develop a computer program that would treat the hun- dreds of entries that are included herein. This was achieved by use of two Hewlett Packard 9830’s sorting four computer disks simultaneously and 15 programs. His diligence in resolving the myriads of program problems and aspects relating to informa- tion retrieval were tremendous. Helen Nearing was responsible for all program operations. She, along with Carolyn Morgan, deciphered all my raw hand scribbles onto standard input sheets prior to computer analysis. Helen Nearing, Janice Manyak, and Jacqueline Tate were instrumental in checking and verifying all information once out of the computer prior to final preparation and entry into an IBM System 6 Information Processor. Brenda Bright of the Institute of Marine Sciences spent many hours locating and requesting many of the references herein. The staff of Wilson Library main campus, University of North Carolina, were especially helpful with Russian citations and their location. Use of many other Institute of Marine Sciences, Morehead City, N.C., facilities is also acknowledged. Others who were exceptional in their help to locate or supply me with references were: J. Atz, American Museum of Natural History; C. Atkinson, Seattle, Wash.; E. Crossman, Toronto, Canada; F. Anders and J. and Ursula Vielkind, Germany; T. Abe and T. Terao, Japan; O. Oliva, Czechoslovakia; Olga Matlak, Poland; P. Banarescu, Romania; G. Svardson, Sweden; and S. Segerstrale, Finland. I bear full responsibility for errors or omissions that may have crept into this publication. May this compilation be a stimulus and aid to your studies of fish hybrids. Where I have missed citations I hope you will call them to my attention. Appreciation is also extended to the following who assisted in various ways with the literature research and retrieval. I hope I have neglected no one. United States INDIVIDUALS—Alabama: J. Ramsey; California: J. Fitch, C. L. Hubbs (deceased), Patricia Powell; Colorado: R. Behnke; Washington, D.C.: C. Messick, M. Rose; Florida: F. Ware; Idaho: R. White; Illinois: B. Burr, M. Cimino, R. Mayden, L. Page, P. Smith; Iowa: B. Menzel; Maryland: Carolyn Essex, T. Koo, Chu-fa Tsai; Massachusetts: Jane Fessenden, S. Shapiro, R. Flescher; Michigan: R. Bailey; Missouri: A. Ming, W. Pflieger; New Jersey: W. Burgess, Martha Ireland; New York: J. Atz, K. Kallman, C. L. Smith, D. Webster; North Carolina: Sue Applebaum, Brenda Bright, A. F. Chestnut, R. Goldstein, Ann Hall; Ohio: B. Grimstead; Oregon: C. Bond, Shirley Arndt, C. Schreck; Pennsylvania: J. Wright; Texas: J. Gold, M. Siciliano; Virginia: A. H. Underhill; Washington: C. Atkinson, A. Novot- ny, L. Smith; Wisconsin: Lynn Bellehumer, V. Cvancara, Betty Les; Wyoming: R. Simon. LIBRARIES AND INSTITUTIONS—Alaska: Northeast Auke Bay Fish Laboratory; Arkansas: University of Arkansas; California: California Fish Commission, California State Laboratory—Sacramento, Scripps Institute of Oceanography, University of California—Berkeley; Colorado: Colorado Game and Fish Park Division, Colorado State University, Denver Public Library; Connecticut: Yale University Kirkland Hall Library; Delaware: University of Delaware; Washington, D.C.: Department of Agriculture, Department of Interior, Library of Congress, National Library of Medicine, NOAA Central Library—Rockville, National Marine Fisheries Library, North American Native Fishes Association, U.S. National Museum—Division of Fishes, NMFS Language Services Branch; Florida: Florida State University, International Game and Fish Association, Orlando Public Library, University of Florida, University of Miami Marine Laboratory; Georgia: Emory University, Skidaway Institute of Oceanography; II- linois: Center for Research Library, Field Museum of Natural History, Midwest International-Library Center, John Creer- Joseph Regenstine Library, University of Illinois at Urbana; Iowa: Iowa State University; Massachusetts: Marine Biological Laboratory, Boston Public Library, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute; Michigan: Michigan Department of Natural Resources, Michigan State University, University of Michigan; Minnesota: University of Minnesota Bio-Medical Library; Missouri: Linda Hill Library; Nevada: Nevada Fish Commission; North Carolina: Duke University—Durham, Duke Marine Laboratory, Institute of Marine Sciences—University of North Carolina, N.C. State University Hill Library, University of North Carolina Humanities, Wilson and Zoology Libraries; Ohio: Marietta College; Pennsylvania: Pennsylvania Fish Commission, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; South Carolina: Clemson Agricultural Col- lege; Tennessee: Joint University Library—Nashville; Texas: Texas A&M University, Texas Tech University, University of Texas—lInstitute of Biology, Anderson Hospital; Wisconsin: Milwaukee Public Library, University of Wisconsin; Wyoming: Wyoming Game and Fish Commission. Foreign INDIVIDUALS—Canada: G. Ayles, E. Crossman, E. Garside, M. H. A. Keenleyside, H. Laale, D. McAllister, R. Misra, J. Nelson, W. B. Scott, A. Sutterline; Czechoslovakia: J. Holcik, O. Oliva; England: Ethylwynn Trewavas; Finland: S. Segerstrale; Germany: F. Anders, Hertha Larga, N. Maron, M. Schwab, J. Vielkind, Ursula Vielkind; Israel: G. Hulata, R. Moav; Japan: T. Abe, S. Asano, T. Narita, Y. Ojima, A. Taniguchi, T. Terao; Poland: Matylda Gasowska; Republic of China: Yenpin Li; Romania: P. Banarescu; Sweden: L. Nyman, G. Svardson; U.S.S.R.: A. Kersakina. LIBRARIES AND INSTITUTIONS—Canada: Bibliotheque du Canada—Quebec, Fisheries Marine Service—Halifax, Fisheries Research Board—Nanaimo, Great Lakes Institute, McGill University, Institute of Science and Technology Infor- mation, University of British Columbia—Woodward Library, Univeristy of Montreal—Quebec, University of Toronto, University of West Ontario—London; Denmark: International Council Exploration of Sea; France: Centre Technique Forestier Tropical, Val-de-Maine; Germany: University of Gieszen; Italy: FAO Information Services—Rome; Japan: Hokkaido Central Fisheries Experimental Station—Yoichi, Hokkaido Salmon Hatchery—Sapporo, Kyoto University Library—Otsu, Gifuken Suisan Shikijo Hone—Gifu ken, Nagasaki University Fish In- stitute—Nagasaki, Tokyo University Facility of Agri- culture—Sendai, Tokyo University Fish Laboratory—Tokyo, Tohoku University Facility Agriculture—Sendai; Republic of West Germany: Biologische Anstant-Helgoland—Hamburg, Bundenstalt fur Fischeri—Hamburg, Zoologisches Staats- Instituts—Hamburg; Scotland: Blackwell Science Publica- tions—Edinburgh, Royal Society of Edinburgh; Taiwan: Taiwan University, Institute of Fisheries Biology—Taipei. 2B Shc 10). daly. 12F USye 14. ANSYe SSSA LITERATURE CITATIONS ANS Anonymous. 1872. Ein neuer Bastard-lachs (Salmo). Ausland 45:1104. 1873. The production of hybrid fish. For. Stream 1:22. 1875. Sind Fischbastarde fruchtbar. Zool. Garten 16(4):156-157. 1884. Races and hybrids among the Salmonidae. Am. Nat. 18:1158-1160. L88se oe" (Untitled: )- oMr. (bai Day plE. ZaSee exhibited a specimen of the Spanish loach, Cobitis taenia, captured the previous week at Hungerford. Mr. Day also exhibited two specimens of hybrid Salmonidae from Howietown...". Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1888:3. 1889. Crossing of salmon and trout. For. Stream 33321: - 1889. Lake and brook trout hybrid. For. Stream 32:520- 1890. A supposed hybrid trout. For. Stream 1890. Is the golden trout a hybrid? For. Stream 35:429. 1894. Thirteenth biennial report state fisher- les commission state California for the year 1893-1894. Calif. Fish Comm., Sacramento, 143 p. 1901. Splake. Pa. Rep. St. Comm. Years 1887-1901. 1906. California Fish Game Biennial Report, 56 p. 1907. Nineteenth biennial report state fisherie commission state California for the years 1906-1907. Calif. Fish Comm., Sacramento, 112 p. .. 1915. Biennial report of state fisheries commission 1913-1914. Nev. Fish Comm., 35 p. 1G ARIAS 18. or 20. Zale: Date Zr. 24. Zak 26. 28. 30. Bike Lee 33% 34. SH (7A) Qakayn - 1921. Biennial report of the Nevada fish and game commission 1919-1920. Nev. Fish Game Comm., Toe Dp: 1929. Wisconsin fish. Milwaukee J., 68 p. 1930. Cross-breeding of salmon. Pac. Fisherman 28(12):20. . 1948. A hybrid trout from Fish Lake. Oreg. St. YGame Comm. * Bull... = Si(6)i:97.- 1952. Monkeying with nature. Northern Sports- man 7(4):14-15, 27. 1954. Creel census and expenditure study, Madison River, Montana, 1950-52. U.S. Fish Wildl. SOPs pisDeCi, SCis Rep). ikish. 4267) 40) pi. 1954. Creel census and expenditure study, North Fork Sun River, Montana, 1951. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv?; Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 120,-39-p. 1954. Splake hybrids. Northern Sportsman 1955. Wyoming winter fishing. SFI Bull. 47:4. . 1956. First splake trout caught by anglers. Outdoor Calift. 17-G7)i:3)- 1957... “Burst. bubble. > SFI Bull.—69:7. 1957. "Splake" may be taken this year by angling. Northern Sportsman 12(5):32. . 1960. Fish breeding. Indo-Pac. Fish Counc., Curr. Affairs Bull. 29:7. See also: Commer. Fish. Rev. 1962 24(3):58. - 1960. Fish Culture - Cross breeding. Indo-Pac. Ershacounc. Cure. Atftarrs Bul: ~ 29s - 1960. The culture of hybrid Tilapia. Indo-Pac. Fish Counc., Curr. Affairs Bull. 29:8-9. - 1961. A new-type salmon from U.S.S.R. World Fishing 10(10):47. - 1961. Annual report of the central inland fisheries research institute, Barrackpore for the years 1960-61. Indian J. Fish. 8(2):526-574. SI) 6 36) 37 3 38. S\N 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 48. 50. Sls BAC . 1961. Record splake. Wis. Conserv. 140:5. - 1961. Sixth species of salmon caught in Alaskan waters. Commer. Fish. Rev. 23(1):17. - 1963. 1961 Brood-fall chinook hybrid study. Wash. Dep. Fish., Annu. Rep., p. 96-97. - 1963. Relationship of hatcheries and natural rearing areas. Wash. State Dep. Fish. Annu. Rep., p. 96-119. - 1963. Hatcheries Division. Wash. Dep. Fish., Annu. Rep., p. 89-115. - 1964. Hybrid chum-pink studies. Wash. Dep. Fish., Annu. Rep. 1964:109-111. - 1965. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Ireland 1965:7=9. . 1966. Birth of the splake maybe? Mich. Conserv. 35(5):32. - 1966. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Ireland 1966:8-10. - 1966. Symposium on the breeding of aquatic animals and plants. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 3212). 230-232" 1966. Ten years work. Salmon Res. Trust reds.) eller 1967. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Irel. 1967:8-9. 1967. Sockeye and pink salmon hybrids. In Rev. Fish. Res. Board Can. 1965, 1966, p. 94. Ottawa, Canada, - 1968. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Irel. 1968:8-10. a= L966... -ERouit. In Thirty-sixth annual report, p. 42-43. Freshwater Biol. Assoc. U.K. 1969. A fish that's neither one thing nor the other. New Sci. 42:681. 537. 54. Syke 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 68. HO 7Aue 2(4):2=3. . 1969. From research institutions. FAO Fish- Cults Bull 4) :3=7 < - 1969. Hybridization and culture of hybrids. FAO Fish-Cult. Bull. 1(3):5-6. - 1969. Salmon hybrids. Rev. Fish. Res. Board Can. 1967-1968, p. 5. 1969. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Irel. 1969:10-14. - 1969. Scientists develop hybrid between Siberian and humpback salmon. Fisherman (Vancouver, Canada) 32(26):12. 1969. New game fish for N.S.W. anglers. Fisherman 3(4):10-11. - 1970. Carp selection. FAO Fish-Cult. Bull. ZiC2y ee: 1970. Cooperative studies. Jn Development and improvements of hatching techniques for Pacific salmon and steelhead trout, p. 3-4. Annu. Rep. Fish. Comm. Oreg. Fish Cult. Div. Hatchery Biol. Ser. 1970. Hybridization. FAO Fish-Cult. Bull. - 1970. Hybridization and culture of hybrids. FAO Fish-Cult. Bull. 2(2):5. - 1970." Hybridization: + .FAOrrash-Cult. Buld-. 2(4) 23). - 1970. Introduced Tilapia species in Lake Naivasha. FAO Fish-Cult. Bull. 2(4):15, - 1970. Preface to Acclimatization of fish and food organisms in the seas of the USSR. Tr. VNIRO 76:5-6. - 1970. Russians breed salmon on Sakhalin. Am, Fish Farmer 1(5):27. - 1970. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Irel. 1970:14-17. - 1970. Winter storage of Tilapia. FAO Fish- Cult. Bull. 2(2):8-9. Wc US 74. UDe 76. 78. UD 80. SjILe 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 1971. A list of inland fishery workers in Europe. FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. 15 (Rev. 2), 85 p. - 1971. Annual Report Fisheries Research Board Canada. Engl. 21''p.; French 24 p. 1971. Directory of fish culture research institutions." (FAO Fish. Tech. Pap...85 (Rev. 11), alsipe 1971. Hybridization of mahseer and common carp. FAO Aquacult. Bull. 3(3):4. 1971. Salmon hybridization. Rev. Fish. Res. Board Can: 1969-19707 Ottawa; pis. 20. 1971. Salmon x sea trout hybrids. Salmon Res. Trust Irel. TOA 2—i 3) 1971. Index to exotic tropical fishes. Supple- ments. Trop. Fish Hobbyist 19(180, 6):35-40; Nos. 33), “1YV657"3'5; “3/65; “S77 5/65 7°40 777652 1972-1973. Hatcheries: Report of the chief secretary on fisheries in New South Wales for the year ending 30 June 1972. Parliament of New South Wales NO L78ie 932 ps 1972. Annual Report Fisheries Research Board Canadas Engl. 32 p-3 hrench? 36. pi; 1972. Experimental Atlantic salmon hatchery planned. Mar. Fish. Rev. 34(11-12):11. 1972. Food fish facts. Mar. Fish. Rev. 34(7-8):62-63. 1972. In what way does the blue angelfish differ from the queen angelfish, particularly in the juvenile stage? Sea Secrets 16(4):14. 1972. Index to exotic tropical fish supplements. Trop. Fish Hobbyist ?*20(1'92, 6):18=24; Nos. <33', Y7/eSres>, 3657 Sin >/6D; 40781765) 1972. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom, report of the council for 1971-72. J. Mar. Biol; Assoc. UK. 52-1067—1l027 1972. Salmon-trout hybrids. Nature (Friday) 2371 (5355) 2370) . 1973. Hybrid study group report. Killie Notes 6(7):22. 89. - 1973. On the cover. Pa. Angler 42(9):2 and cover. 90. . 1973. Threatened wildlife of the United States. Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Res. Publ. 114, 283" p- 91. - 1974. Hybrid committee report. J. Am. Killifish Assoc. 7(8):300-301. 92. . 1975. Hybrid committee report. J. Am. Killifish Assoc. 8(7):219. 93% . 41976. First hybrid of captive marine fish. Sci. News 109(26):410. 94. . 1976. Hybrid register report. J. Am. Killifish Assoc., with Killie Notes 9(8):244-245. 95. . 1976. Hybrid sunfish. fn Biennial report issue for the period 1 July 1974 - 30 July 1976, p. 10. Wildl. N.c. 41(1):1-34. 96. . 1976. In beaver country - red tail bass. Pa. Angler 45(9):25, S77. . 1976. Index to exotic tropical fishes supplement. Trop. Fish Hobbyist Publ. 24(240, No. 6):19, 22, 24, 26-28, 30, 32-34. 98. . 1976. New hybrid-salmon developed - Khabarovsk. Sovice (Latvin 1230 10225 iva. 99. . 1976. New tropical fish. Sea Secrets 20(4):10. eE2O7 . 1976. Report of the FAO technical conference on aquaculture, Kyoto, Japan, 26 May - 2 June 1976. Special Session V. Genetics and Genetic Improvement in Aquaculture. FAO Fish. Rep. 188, 92 p. 100. . 1976. Researchers produce first hybrid marine tropical fish. BioScience 26(8):515. TOW: - 1976. The first marine hybrid. What shall we name the baby? Aquarium Ind. 3(7):10. 2 OZ: Selo77/. Culture of Trtapza hybrids in Brazil: FAO Aguacult. Bull. 8(2):6-7. LOSE - 1977. Tilapia hybrid production trial. FAO Aquacult. Bull. 8(2):5. 104. OS: 106. OW: 108. 109. TaO}. IEA ES EZ) UES HS 114. eS: 116. May c asi. 119%. iA} IAS 38(4):43. 1977. Greenback cutthroat trout returning; change to threatened status sought. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. 2(10):1. - 41977. Hybridization of catfish*in Thailand. FAO Aquacult. Bull. 8(3-4):4. - 1.977. =j‘Intensive culture of esocids in the United States. FAO Aquacult. Bull. 8(3-4):4-5. 1977. Little Kern golden trout. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. 2(10):7. . 1977. New variety of marine angelfish. Pet Fish Prac. Fishkeeping Mon. 11(9):334. 1977. Production of Tilapia fry in floating net cages. FAO Aquacult. Bull. 8(3-4):4. 1977. Proteccion y cria de salmones en la URSS. Mar Pesca 142, p. 28-29. . 1977. What's his secret? Pa. Angler 46(2):32. 1977. Captura, crianza y aclimatacion. Mar Pesca 140, p. 45. 1978. Little Kern golden trout. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. 3(5):6. - 1979. Can you top these records? Wildl. NEC” 43107) sls =o). 1979. Division of inland fisheries. Biennial Rep. issue 1 July 76 - 30 June 78. Wildl. N.C. 43(1):15-20. 1979. In the east. Pa. Angler 48(12):23)- 1979. Invasion route of the carp. Aust. Fish. 1979. Professional farmers. 2d Annual Show. Pet Bus o7i(ds)ic3\- 1979. Fishin's been good! Pa. Angler 48(1):25. 1980. Alabama public fishing lakes. SFI Bull. 2078 ps 13". - 1980. Bighead/grass carp hybrids. SFI Bull. S14" ps=2n 22% - 1980. Critical habitat reproposed for two Texas fishes. Endangered Species Tech. Bull. 5(6):12. P23% . 2980. Fash notabiles:../ SEI Bula 316, p. 5. 124. . 1980. Hybrid carp and aquatic weeds. I11. Nat. HIst.- ‘Surv... Rep. /987a p-. L25F. - 1980. The 1980 rule book for freshwater, saltwater, and fly fishing. Int. Game Fish Assoc., Ft. Lauderdale, Fla, Op. 126. Abbott, R.R. 1970. Hearing on salmonids with reference to the use of sounds in fish culture. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 45 p. 127. Abele, R.W. 1974. The annual report the Pennsylvania Fish Commission. Pa. Angler 43(1), insert, 28% - 1976. The annual report the Pennsylvania Fish Commission. Pa. Angler 45(1):9-24. IS) . 1978. The annual report the Pennsylvania Fish Commission. Pa. Angler 47(1):9-24. 130. Abramoff, P., R.M. Darnell, and J.S. Balsano. 1968. Electrophoretic demonstration of the hybrid origin of the gynogenetic teleost Poecilia formosa. Am. Nat. 102(928):555=-558. 131. Adumua-Bossmann, J.A.,and G. Keiz. 1971. Vergleichende Untersuchungens uber Wachstum and morphologische Eigenschaften von reinrassigen Karpfen (Cyprinus carpio L.}) und goldgiebeln (Carassius auratus gibelio (Bloch) ) Sowie ihrer aus reziproken Kreuzungen nervorgegangenen Bastarde. Veroeff. Zool. Staatssamml. Munchen 15:203-307. 132. Ahuja, M.R., and F. Anders. 1977. Cancer as a problem of gene regulation. fn R.C. Gallo (editor), Recent advances in cancer research:Cell biology, molecular Dirology, Vand tumor varology, avol. .., ps 103-117. ERC Press, Cleveland. 134. , M. Schwab, and F. Anders. 1975. Lactate dehydro- genase isozymes in xiphophorin fish melanoma condi- tioned by the locus Sd. Experientia 31:296-298. 333). , and . 41977. Tissue-specific esterases in the xiphophorine fish Platypoecilus maculatus, Xiphophorus helleri, and their hybrid. Biochem. Genet. 15(7/8):601-610. 11 nS < i316). UST 138. 39). 140. 141. 142. 143. 144. 145. Al-Daham, N.K. 1970. The use of chemosterilants, sex hormones, radiation, and hybridization for con- trolling reproduction in Tilapia species. Ph.D. Thesis, Auburn Univ., Ala., 160 p. Alexanvdrova, E.N., and V.V. Kuznetsov. 1964. Natural hybridization of gang-fish. Priroda 53(8):103-105. Ali, M.A., and H.-J. Wagner. 1980. Vision in charrs: A review and perspectives. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 391-422. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. Alikunhi, K.H., and H. Chaudhuri. 1959. Preliminary observations on hybridisation of the common carp (Cyprinus carpio) with Indian carps. (Abstr.) Proc. Indian Sci. Congr. 46(4):20 , K.K. Sukumaran, and S. Parameswaran. 1963. Induced spawning of the Chinese grass carp, Cteno- pharyngodon idellus (C & V) and the silver carp, Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (C & V) in ponds at Cuttack, India.’ (indo=Pacs Fish.) Counc: Proc: 10(2):181-204. Allan, J.H. 1977. First report of the tiger,trout hybrid, Salmo trutta Linnaeus x Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill) in Alberta. Can. Field Nat. 91(1):85-86. Allen, K.O., and R.R. Carter. 1976. Polyculture of channel catfish, Tilapia, and hybrid buffalo in divided raceways. Prog. Fish Cult. 38(4):188-191. Allen, S.K., Jr., and J.G. Stanley. 1978. Reproductive sterility in polyploid brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107(3):473-478. Allendorf, F.W., and F.M. Utter. 1979. Population genetics. tn W.S. Hoar, D.J. Randall, and J.R. Brett (editors), Fish physiology, Vol. 8, p. 407-454. Acad. Press, N.Y. Almaca, C. 1967. Estudio das populacoes Portuguesas do gen. Barbus Cuvier 1817 (Pisces, Cyprinidae). Lisbon, 254 p. . 1972. Sur la systematique des barbeaux (genre et sous-genre Barbus) de la Peninsula Iberique et de l'Afrique du Nord. Arq. Mus. Bocage 2 Ser. 3 (10): 319-330. ‘ 146. Alpirez, Q.0. 1973. Systematic studies of Poecilia in southern middle America. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol. 53d Annu. Meet., San Jose, Costa Rica, 24-30 June. 147. Alt, K.T. 1971. Occurrence of hybrids between inconnu, Stenodus leucichthys nelma (Pallas), and humpback whitefish, Coregonus pidschian (Linnaeus) in Chatanika River, Alaska. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 100(2):362-365. 148. Altmaier, A., and F. Anders. 1969. Uber Beziehungen zwischen Wachstum und Aminosauren-Pool bei Bastarden von Platypoecilus variatus und Xiphophorus helleri (Poeciliidae). Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges. 32(Suppl. 1): 226-238. 149. Altukhov, Ju.P., and G.N. Nefyodov. 1967. A study of blood serum protein components by agar gel electro- phoresis in "Marinus” and "Mentella" types of redfish. ICNAF Res. Doc. 67/52, Serial No. 1840, 9 p. 150. Amstislavskii, A.Z., and Yu. N. Ivanov. 1970. Hybrids of Coregonus lavaretus pidshian (Gmelin) and pelyad (Coregonus peled (Gmelin)) of the lower reaches of the Ob River. (In Russ.) Tr. Inst. Ekol. Rast. Zhivotn. NOT 2 352-55 - 152. Anders, A., and F. Anders. 1963. Genetisch bedingte XX und XY 2? und XY und YY oo beim wilden Platy- poecilus maculatus aus Mexiko. Z. Vererbungsl. 94:1-18. Sie , and - 1978. Etiology of cancer as studied in the platyfish-swordtail system. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 516:61-95. 56. ; , W. Forster, K. Klinke, and S. Rose. 1969. XX-, XY-, YY 99 und XK-, XY-, YY co’ bei Platy- poecilus maculatus (Poeciliidae). Zool. Anz. Suppl. SS, Veh 29200) WiGesii pi S33-3 49. ESS. , and K. Klinke. 1973. Regulation of gene expression in the Gordon-Kosswig melanoma system. I. The distribution of the controlling genes in the genome of the xiphophorin fish, Platypoecilus maculatus and Platypoecilus variatus. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 33-52. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 154. , and . 41973. Regulation of gene expression in the Gordon-Kosswig melanoma system. II. The arrangement of chromatophore determining loci and regulating elements in the sex chromosomes of xipho- phorin fish, Platypoecilus maculatus and Platypoecilus variatus. Yn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 53-63. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 13 WESFie ' , G. Kollinger, J. Vielkind, M. Schwab, M.R. Ahuja, G. Doll, J. Haas, and H. Diehl. 1977. Tumor gene-mediated melanoma formation in the skin of xiphophorine fish. 15th Int. Congr. Dermatol., Mexiveo (City, ! 16=21> Octe 977. TS 5\- , and D.L. Pursglove. 1971. X-ray-induced mutations of the genetically-determined melanoma system of xiphophorin fish. Experientia ZiC8)) | 931—932" 158. Anders, F. 1967. Ein Modellbeispiel fur Krebsentstehung. Umsch. Wiss. Tech. (Frankfort) 6:194-196. 159. - 1967. Tumour formation in platyfish-swordtail hybrids as a problem of gene regulation. Experientia 231-10. 160. - 1968. Genetische Faktoren bei der Entstehung von Neoplasmen. Zentrabl. Veterinaermed. Reihe B 15:29-46. Visa Be . 1968. Regulation of genes determining macro- melanophores and pterinophores in platyfish and platyfish-swordtail hybrids. Proc. 12th Int. Congr. Genet., Vol. 1:153. G2 - 1973. Curt Kosswig on his 70th birthday. In J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. xv-xvi. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 763). . 1973. Regulation of gene expression in the platyfish, Xziphophorus maculatus and X. variatus. Proc. XIII Int. Congr. Genet. Genetics 74, Suppl. S6. 164. , A. Anders, and U. Vielkind. 1974. Regulation of tumor expression in the Gordon-Kosswig melanoma system and the origin of malignancy. (Abstr.) XI Internat. Cancer Congr., Florence, 20-26 Oct. 1974. 166. , H. Diehl, M. Schwab, and A. Anders. 1979. Contributions to an understanding of the cellular origin of melanoma in the Gordon-Kosswig xiphophorine fish tumor system. Pigm. Cell 4:142-149. aK S/S , K. Klinke, and U. Vielkind. 1972. Genregu- lation und differenzierung im Melanom-System der Zahn- karpflinge. Biol. Unserer Z., 2:35-45. 168. 1T65< 169". 170. ne Ae has St. a TS 176. eT LTS: , M. Sieger, and K. Klinke. 1969. Amino acids as stimulating agents of DNA-replication in melanomas. I. Stimulation in explants. Experientia 25:871-874. , F. Sieger, K. Koranne, and G. Feistkorn. 1972. Konzentration und Zeitverhalten von nich-eiweisz- gebundenen Aminosauren bei Zahnkarpfen nach Salinitats- veranderungen des Aquarienwassers. Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges. 65:179-184. , M. Sieger, and J. Vielkind. 1970. Misled gene regulation in the melanoma system of platyfish-swordtail hybrids. (Abstr.) 10th Int. Cancer Congr., Houston, p. 356. ANders),.f-is. poo LO7l. § Artiticral cultivation. in S$. Shapiro (editor), Our changing fisheries, p. 446. Wass Gove) Print... Offc.,. Wash... DiC. Anderson, R.D. 1972. Rainbow-steelhead hybrid returns to two western Washington streams. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 99 p. Andersson, K.A. 1942. Fiskar och Fiske i Norden. Bokforlaget Natur och Kultur, Stockholm, 1016 p., 2 Vol. Andreasson, S. 1968. Hybridisering mellan stensirupa och bergsimpa (Hybridization between Cottus gobio L. and Cottus poecilopus Heckel). Fauna Flora Upps. 63(6):242-251. Andreeva, M. A. 1953. Experiments in hybridization of Pacific salmon. Rybn. Khoz. 1953(11):42-43 (Moscow), Andrekson, A. 1949. A study of the biology of the cutthroat trout in the Sheep River, with special reference to Gorge Creek. (Append.) M.S. Thesis, Univ. Alberta, Edmonton, 74 p., 15 p. Andrevsen, J.K. 1976. Systematics and status of the family Catostomidae in southern Oregon. Ph.D. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, 84 p. SFI 21(1):106-107, 1976, No. 76-000292. Andriasheva, M.A. 1968. Some results obtained by the hybridization of cyprinids. FAO Fish, Rep. })(4):205-21h. - 1969. Some results of intergenus hybridization of Cyprinidae plant-feeding fishes. (Nekotor ye rezolvtati mezhrodovoi gibridiz-ashii karpovikh rastitel'noy-adnykh ryb). Izv. VNIORh 65:181-184. 579%. - 1973. The viability of the phytophagous fish hybrids. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 85:73=-84. 180. Angus, R.A. 1977. Origin and distribution of multiple clones in unisexual fishes. Diss. Abstr. Int. 38(8):3581B-3582B, 75 p. ISS , and R.J. Schultz. 1979. Clonal diversity in the unisexual fish Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida: A tissue graft analysis. Evolution 33(1, Pt. 1):27-40. 82's , and . 1979. Heterozygosity and morpho- logical variation in fish. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, 29 July - 4 Aug. 1979, Orono, Me. 183. Annett, C.S., M.P. Fadow, F.M. D'Itri, and M.E. Stephenson. 1972. Mercury pollution and Lake Erie fishes. Mich, Acad. 4(3):325-337. 184. Anpilova, V.I. 1959. Breeding parent population of Coregonus autumnalis (Baikal amul) on Coregonus lavaretus (Lake Baunt whitefish) for acclimatization purposes. Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 4:39-41. 185. Antoniu, A.M. 1947. Sur l'hybridation chez les esturgeons, et description de deux formes nouvelles. Acad. Roum. Bull. Seciunea Stinnifica 29(5):308-313. 186. Arai, K., and F. Yamazaki. 1979. Developmental changes of lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) isozymes in the hybrid between masu salmon (Oncorhynchus masou) and pink salmon (0. gorbuscha). Bull. Fac. Fish., Hokkaido Univ. 30(2):124-128. 187. Arnoult, J., and C.J. Spillmann. 1966. Hybrides de Telestes soufia (Risso) et de Phoxinus phoxinus (L.) (Pisces, Cyprinidae). Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Paris 2 Ser. 38(4):392-395. 188. , and . 1965. Reproduction experimentale et hybridations nouvelles de Teleosteens d'eau_douce en laboratoire. Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. 2° Ser. 37(4):599-609. 189. Arsanica, N. 1966. Ostoichivostv rolshinskogo gibrida k bolegni plavatel'nogo pozyry. Die resistenz der Ropsha-hybriden gegen die Schwimmblasenerkrankung. {In Russ.) Rybovodstvo I Rybolov. 1966(3):21. 190. Asano, H., and Y. Kubo. 1972. Variations of spinal curva- ture and vertebral number in goldfish. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 19(4):223-231. 191. Aspenwall, N. 1968. The maintenance of reproductive isolation between hybridizing populations of the peamouth chub, Mylocheilus caurinum, and the redside shiner, Richardsonius balteatus. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. British Columbia, Vancouver, 96 p. 92" - 1969. The maintenance of reproductive isola- tion between hybridizing populations of the peamouth chub, Mylocheilus caurinum, and the redside shiner, Richardsonius baiteatus. Diss. Abstr. 30 2B:1403-1404. ZOOM: “RECH 1970), pie LOve 193. Atkins, C.G. 1884. Notes on land=-locked salmon. For. Stream 23:29-31. 194. Atz, J.W. 1959. Genetically controlled atypical pigment cell growth among the hybrids of six species of xXiphophorin fishes. Genetics 44:499. 195. - 1962. Effects of hybridization on pigmentation in fishes of the genus Xiphophorus. Zoologica (NE YS ) 47:153-181. 196. , and C.L. Smith. 1976. Hermaphroditism and gonadal teratoma-like growths in sturgeon (Acipenser). Budd. South, Calais Acad=) Sei. 75(2)2 119-126. Tove, “Avault, J .W.,.d0r. L970. > Meristic,, morphometric, and physiological comparisons of Tilapia aurea Trewaves, Tilapia mossambica Peters, and their experimentally produced hybrids. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 33:46-54. 198. , and E.W. Shell. 1968, Preliminary studies with the hybrid Tilapia, Tilapia nilotica x Tilapia mossambica. FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):237-242. 199. Avila, V.L. 1976. A field study of nesting behavior of male bluegill sunfish (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque). Am. Midl. Nat. 96(1):195-206. 200. Avise, J.C., and F.J. Ayala. 1976. Genetic differentia- tion in speciose versus depauperate phylads: Evidence from the California minnows. Evolution 30(1):46-58. ONY: , and J.R. Gold. 1977. Chromosomal divergence and speciation in two families of North American fishes. Evolution 31(1):1-13. 202. , and M.H. Smith. 1974. Biochemical genetics of sunfish. I. Geographic variation and subspecific intergradation in the bluegill, Lepomis macrochirus. Evolution 28(1):42-56. ZO , and - 1974. Biochemical genetics of sunfish. II. Genic similarity between hybridizing species. Am. Nat. 108(962):458-472. 204. , and - 1977. Gene frequency comparisons between sunfish (Centrarchidae) populations at various stages of evolutionary divergence. Syst. Zool. 26(3):319-335. 206. , J.J. Smith, and F.J. Ayala. 1975... Adaptive differentiation with little genic change between two native California minnows. Evolution 29(3):411-426. 205). , D.O. Straney, and M.H. Smith. 1977. Biochemical genetics of sunfish. IV. Relationships of centrarchid genera. Copeia 1977(2):250-258. 208. Avtalion, R.R., and I.S. Hammerman. 1978. Sex determination in Sarotherodon (Tilapia). I. Introduction to a theory of autosomal influence. Bamidgeh 30(4):110-115. ZO: , and A. Wojdani. 1971. Electrophoresis and immunoelectrophoresis of sera from some known F hybrids of Tilapia. Bamidgeh 23(4):117-124. Sport Fash. Abstr. § 27((3)) 2267. NO 5006. 51972— 209. ; Y. Pruginin, and S. Rothbard.) L975). Determination of allogenic and xenogenic markers in the genus of Tilapia. I. Identification of sex and hybrids in Tilapia by electrophoretic analysis of serum proteins. Bamidgeh 27(1):8-13. 210. Axelrod, H.R. 1976. The magnificent obsession: Discus. Trop. Fish Hobbyist 24(241/7):4-15, 85-86, 88-89. PAIR , and C.W. Emmers. 1969. Exotic marine fishes. Trop. Fish. Hobbyist, Insert 413.00. 212. Axon, J.R. 1979. An evaluation of striped bass introduc- tions in Herrington Lake. Ky. Dep. Fish Wildl. Res. Eish. Bull- 63) 33 0p- 18 213. Ayles, G.B. 1972. The inheritance of early survival in Salvelinus namaycush x S. fontinalis hybrids (splake trout): ~Ph-D© Thesis; Unive Toronto, Ontario,-173.p: 214. - 41974. Fecundity and egg size of a brood stock of Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush hybrids (splake). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 31(2):217=-220. 2S . 1974. Relative importance of additive genetic and maternal sources of variation in early survival of young splake hybrids (Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 31(9):1499-1502. 216. . 1975. Influence of the genotype and the environ- ment on growth and survival of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) in central Canadian aquaculture lakes. Aquaculture 6:181-188. 218. , D. Bernard, and M. Hendzel. 1979. Genetic differences in lipid and dry matter content between strains of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) and their hybrids. Aquaculture 18:253-262. 721 le , and A.H. Berst. 1973. Parental age and survival of progeny in splake hybrids (Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(4):579-582. 219. Ayling, A.M. 1980. Hybridization in the genus Pseudolabrus {Labridae). Copeia 1980(1):176-180. at -B- 220. Babcock, W. 1971. Lake trout Salvelinus namaycush (Walbaum). fn W.H. Everhart and W.R. Seamon (editors), Fishes of Colorado, p. 33-34. Game Fish Parks Div., Denver. 221. Backoff, R.E. 1969. A successful cichlid hybridization. Aquarium 2(11):8-9,44-47. 222. Baerends, G.P. 1971. The ethological analysis of fish behavior. fn W.S. Hoar and D.J. Randall (editors), Fish physiology, Vol. 6, pb. 279-370. Acad. Press, N.Y. 223. Bailey, G.S.,A.C. Wilson, J.E. Halver, and C.L. Johnson. 1970. Multiple forms of supernatant malate dehydrogenase in salmonid fishes. J. Biol. Chem. 245(22):5927-5940. 224. Bailey, R.M. 1938. The systematic revision of the cen- trarchid fishes with a discussion of their distribu- tion, variations, and probable interrelationships. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Michigan, AnnvArbor, 9256) p. 225). , J.E.. Fitch, B.S. Herald, BIA) Eachner; CoC. mindseyr C.R. Robins, and W.B. Scott. 1970. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. 3d ed. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 6, 149 p. 226. Bakkala, R.G. 1970. Synopsis of biological data on the chum salmon, Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) 1792. FAO Fish Synop. 41:1-89. 227a. Bakos, J. 1973. Ponty'es novenyevo kalak keresztezese. Halaszat, Budapest 66:4. DOT. . 1979. Crossbreeding Hungarian races of common carp to develop more productive hybrids. Jn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in Aquaculture, p. 633-635. FAO, Fishing News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 228% , Z. Krasznai, and T. Marian. 1978. Cross-breeding experiments with carp, tench, and Asian phytophagous cyprinids. Aquacult. Hung. (Szarvas) 1:51-57. 230. Balakhnin, I.A., and N.P. Galagan. 1972. Distribution and survival rate of the individuals with different transferrine types in the carp progeny of different parents combinations. (In Russ., Engl. summ.) Gidrobiol. Zh. (Hydrobiols Jin )rr8'(3 )i256-612 229). , and . 1973. Family analysis of goldfish (Carassius auratus) x carp (Cyprinus carpio) hybrids with regard to their transferrin system. Jn Biokimicheskaia genetika ryb., p. 141-143. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. 231. Balarin, J.D. 1979. Tilapia. A guide to their biology & culture in Africa. Univ. Stirling Unit Aquatic Pathobiol., Scotland, 174 p. 232. Baldwin, J. 1970. Temperature adaptation in enzymes from poikilotherms: Acetylcholinesterases in the nervous system of fishes. Diss. Abstr. 31:6990B-6991B. 233. Ballantyne, P.K., and P.W. Colgan. 1978. Sound production during agonistic and reproductive behaviour in the pumpkinseed (Lepomis gibbosus), the bluegill (ZL. macrochirus), and their hybrid sunfish. II. Recipients. Biol. Behav. 3(3):207-220. | 234. SD 236. 237". 239. 238. 240. 241. 242. 243. 245. , and - 1978. Sound production during agonistic and reproductive behaviour in the pumpkinseed (Lepomis gibbosus), the bluegill (Z. macrochirus), and their hybrid sunfish. III. Response. Biol. Behav. Si(3 e221 = 232. , and - 1978. Sound production during agnostic and reproductive behaviour in the pumpkinseed (Lepomis gibbosus), the bluegill (Z. macrochirus), and their hybrid sunfish. I. Context. Biol. Behav. 3(2):113-135. Balon, E.K. 1974. Domestication of the carp Cyprinus Carpio’ Li R. Ont. Mus." Life ‘Sci. .Misc.=Publ.,.37 p. (editor). 1980. Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands, 928 p. Balsano, J.S., and Ellen M. Rasch. 1973. Albumin poly- morphism and inheritance in Poecilia latipinna. (Abstr. ) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol. 53d Annu. Meeting, San Jose, Costa Rica, 2 p. , and - 41975. Modification of acrylamide electrophoresis for microspectrophotometric analysis of fish plasma proteins. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(1): 150-157. R.A. 1976. Survival and propensity for homing as affected by presence or absence of locally adapted paternal genes in two transplanted populations of pink salmon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha). J. Fish Res. Board Can. 33(12):2716-2725. Banarescu, P. 1964. Fauna republicii populare Romine, Pisces - Osteichthyes. (Pesti ganoizi si ososi). Acad. Rep. Populare Romine, Bucurest, Vol. 13, 962 p. - 1970. Contribution to the knowledge of the genus Megalobrama (Pisces, Cyprinidae). Rev. Roumanie Biol. Ser.- Zool. 15(3'):133-139. . 1970. Principles and problems of zoogeography. (Principii si probleme de zoogeographie). Ed. Acad. Rep. Soc. Romania. 71-56006, 214 p. Transl. 1975 U.S. Dep. Commer. , O. Gheracorol, and A. Petcu. 1975. Ver- tebrata-Pisces-Cyclostomata si Osteichthyes. Ed. Acad. Rep. Soc. Romania, Bucuresti, p. 298-301. 21 244. 246. 247. 248. 249. 250. 25. Zo2 . 253 . 254. 255. , G. Muller, and T.T. Nalbant. 1960. Noi contribu- tiuni la studiul ihtiofaunei de apa dulce a Republicii Populare Romine. Comm. Zool. Soc. Stunte Nat. Geogr. Din R.P.R., p. 111-126, 1957-1959. , T.T. Nalbant, and S$. Chelmu. 1972. Revision and geographical variation of Sabanejewia aurata in Romania and the origin of S. bulgarica and S. romanica (Pisces, Cobitidae). Ann. Zool. Bot. 75, 49 p. Banister, K.E. 1972. On the cyprinid fish Barbus alluaudi Pellegrin: A possible intergeneric hybrid from Africa. Studies on African Cyprinidae part. 1. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Zool. 24(5):263-290. - 1976. A possible intergeneric cyprinid hybrid from Lake Tanganyika. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Z001.30(5):171-189. Banks, J.L. 1964. Fish species distribution in Dinosaur National Monument during 1961 and 1962. M.S. Thesis, Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins, 96 p. Bao, I.Y. 1979. Sterility in Xiphophorus hybrids due to a genetically controlled malfunctioning of the hypo- thalmus. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, Orono, l p. Barannikova, I.A. 1977. Joint conference on the breeding of hybrids and pure species of sturgeons involving the scientific councils of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR on the problems: Development of animals and control of ontogenetic processes. Sov. J. Dev. Biol. 7(5):456-457 (1976). Barbour, C.D. 1973. The systematics and evolution of the genus Chirostoma Swainson (Pisces, Atherinidae). Tulane Stud. Zool. Bot. 18(3):97-141. , and R.R. Miller. 1978. A revision of the Mexican cyprinid fish genus Algonsea. Misc. Publ. Univ. Mich. Zools 155), 72p- Bardach, J.E., J.H. Ryther, and W.O. McLarney. 1972. Aquaculture. The farming and husbandry of freshwater and marine organisms. Wiley Interscience, N.Y., 868 p. Barets, A. 1948. Sur un indice numerique utile a la determination de Gardonus rutilus (L.), et Scardinius erythrophthalmus (G:)°**Bull. Mus. Natl. Hast. Nate Paris 2° Ser. 20(1):72-74. 22 256. Barsukov, V.V. 1959. Sem. Zubatok (Anarhichadidae). The wolffish (Anarhichadidae). Izd. Akad. Nauch SSSR. Moskva-Leningrad. Transl. Smithson. Inst. and Natl. Seis prhound:. 3197.27. 292 spi. 257. Bateson, D.W. 1970. Natural hybridization in two species of sunfish (genus Lepomis; Centrarchidae). M.S. Thesis, Univ: Western Ontario, London, Canada, 89 p. 258. Bauer, J.V. 1968. Vergleichende Untersuchungen zum Kontak=- tverhalten verschiedener Arten der Gattung Tilapia (Cichlidae, Pisces) und ihrer Bastarde. Z. Tier- psychol. 25(1):22-70. 259. Baxter, G. 1972. The cutthroat. A fish with native roots. Wyo. Wildl. 36(5):16-19. 260. Bayless, J.D. 1968. Striped bass hatching and hybridiza- tion experiments. Proc. 2lst Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 21:233~-244. 261. - 41973. Artificial propagation and hybridization of striped bass, Morone saxatilis (Walbaum). S.C. Wildl. Mar. Res. Dep., 135 p. 262. Bean, T.H. 1889. Lake and brook trout hybrid. For. Stream) 315:520. ZOOS: - 1897. Notes upon New York fishes received at the New York Aquarium 1895-1897. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 9:327-375. 264. Beck, M.L., C.J. Biggers, and H.K. Dupree. 1980. Karyologi- cal analysis of Ctenopharyngodon idella, Aristichthys nobilis, and their F, hybrids. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 109(4):433-438- 265. Becker, A. 1918. Bastarde Xiphophorus var. Rachovi-marinchen and Xiphophorus montezumae Weibchen and Anderes. Blatt. Aquar. Terrar. 29:154. 266. . 1919. Bericht uber eine Kreuzung zwischen X. helleri wildform und der "Montezumae-Varietat" des Xx. maculatus. Blatt. Aquar. Terrar. 30:36. 268. Behnke, R.J. 1965. A systematic study of the family Salmon- idae with special reference to the genus Salmo. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. California, Berkley, 273 p. 267. - 1968. A new subgenus and species of trout, Salmo (Platysalmo) platycephalus, from southcentral Turkey, with comments on the classification of the subfamily Salmoninae. Mitt. Hamb. Zool. Mus. Inst. 66:1-15. 23 269. . 1968. Rare and endangered species: The native trouts of western North America. Proc. West. Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 48:530-533. 270. . 1971. Cutthroat trout Salmo clarki Richardson. fn W.H. Everhart and W.R. Seaman (editors), Fishes of Colorado, p. 29-30. Colo. Game Fish Parks Div., Denver. Ze. - 41972. Rare and endangered trouts of the Southwest. Symp. N. Mex. Fish Game, Albuquerque, N. Mex. DiW2\. . 1972. The systematics of salmonid fishes of recently glaciated lakes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(6):639-671. DYSNc . 1972. Use of rainbow x cutthroat (S. c. henshawi1) hybrids for stocking in Nevada. Pisces 2(3):8. 274. - 1980. A systematic review of the genus Salvelinus. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 441-481. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. ZiOr , £.P. Koh, and P:R. Needham: 1962" “Status of the landlocked salmonid fishes of Formosa with a review of Oncorhynchus masou (Brevoort). Copeia 1962(2):400-407. Zi Dye , and M. Zarn. 1976. Biology and management of threatened and endangered western trouts. U.S. Dep. Agric. For. Serv., Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-28, 45 Di 277. Bell, M.A. 1976. Evolution of phenotypic diversity in Gasterosteus aculeatus superspecies on the Pacific coast. of North America. “Syst. Zool.) 725(3)3201=227— 278. . 1976. Reproductive character displacement in threespine sticklebacks. Evolution 30(4):847-848. 279. . 1978. Fishes of the Santa Clara River system, southern California. Contrib. Sci., Nat. Hist. Mus., Los Ang. 7Cty. 295), .2039p: 280. Bell, M.B. 1974. Tag returns and movements of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) and rainbow-steelhead trout released in Lake Washington system. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 103(2):250-254. 281. Bellet, R. 1975. L'elevage du saumon de mer en eau douce. Piscic. Fr. 41:14-26. 24 283. 282. 284. 286. 285. 287. 288. 289. 290. Zoe 292. ZIZ Bennett, G.W., H.W. Adkins, and W.F. Childers. 1973. The effects of supplemental feeding and fall drawdowns on the largemouth bass and bluegills at Ridge Lake, TeLanoOws oie Nat. habs toa. BU aS la(els))2 t=O 8. , and W.F. Childers. 1972. Thirteen year yield of smallmouth bass from a gravel pit pond. J. Wildl. Manage. 36(4):1249-1253. Biol. Abstr. 54199, S5(10) S577) S737 Benson, N.G. 1954. Seasonal fluctuations in the feeding of brook trout in the Pigeon River, Michigan. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 83:76-83. Berdichevskij, L.S., K.A. Golovinskaya, L.V. Gribanov, V.A. Musselius, G.D. Polyakov, G.G. Tamanskaya, and L.F. Shentyakova. 1970. In memory of B.I. Cherfas (July 30, 1895-May 11, 1970). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 65:1104. Transl. 10(6):837-840. , and B.G. Ioganzen. 1977. Sixty years of the development of ichthyology in the USSR (1917-1977). Vopr. Ikhtiol.” 107:971=-991. Transl. 17(6):821-834. Beresovsky, A.I. 1924. The whitefish (genus Coregonus) of the Ienissei River. Tr. Sib. Ikhtiol. Lab. 2(1):79-97. Rep. Lab. Ichthyol. Siberia. As: Trudy Vostochno-Sibirskoi Nauchnoi Rybn-Khoz. Stantsii. Bergh, K. 1975. Northern pike fishing. Dillon Press Inc., Minneapolis, 272 p. Berinkey, L. 1959. Adatok a deverkeszeg (Abramis brama L.) es a koncer (Rutilus rutilus L.) hybridjenek ismeretehez. Vertebr. Hung. 1(1):5-23. . 1960. Further morphological and osteological investigations on hybrids of Hungarian cyprinids. Ann. Hist.-Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 52:447-463. Bernier, L., and W.Q. MacNee. 1972. Research review. Annual report of the research branch ministry of natural resources, Ontario. January 1 to December 31, 1971. Fisheries/Lake Huron unit, p. 20-28. Brook Trout Unit, p. 43-45. Selective Breeding Unit, p- 55-58. Minist. Nat. Resour. Berrien, P., and D. Finan. 1977. Biological and fisher- ies data on king mackeral Scomberomorus cavalla (Cuvier). Sandy Hook Lab., Tech. Ser. Rep. 8, 40 p. Berry, F.H., and L. Cohen. 1972. Synopsis of the species of Trachurus (Pisces, Carangidae). Q. J. Fla. Acad. Sci. 35(4):177-211. 25 297. Berst, A.H., P.E. Ihssen, G.R. Spangler, G.B. Ayles, and G.W. Martin. 1980. The splake, a hybrid charr Salvelinus namaycush x S. fontinalis. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p- 841-887. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. 296. , and N.R. Payne. 1974. Stream migration of yearling splake (Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush) planted in Georgian Bay. J. Fish. Res. Board Can, 31(2):226-229. 294. , and G. R. Spangler. 1972. Lake Huron: Effects of exploitation, introduction, and eutrophication on the salmonid community. J. Fish.Res. Board Can. 29(6):877-887. 295.. , and - 1973. Lake Huron, the ecology of the fish community and man's effects on it. Great Lakes Fish. Comm., Tech. Rep. 21, 41 p. 298. Beukema, J.J. 1969. Angling experiments with carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) I. Differences between wild, domesticated, and hybrid strains. Neth. J. Zool. 19(4):596-609. 299. Beyerle, G.B. 1973. Warmwater fish biology and population ecology. Comparative growth, survival, and vulnera- bility to angling of northern pike, muskellunge, and the hybrid tiger muskellunge stocked in a small lake. Mich. Dep. Nat. Resour. D-J. Proj. F=-29-R-7, 11 Dp. 300. Bishop, R.D. 1968. Evaluation of the striped bass (Roccus saxatilis) and white bass (R. chrysops) hybrids after two years. Proc. 21st Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish. Comm. 21:245-254. FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):FR. 301. Blaber, S.J.M. 1973. Population size and mortality of juveniles of the marine teleost Rhabdosargus holubi (Pisces: Sparidae) in a closed estuary. Mar. Biol. (Berl) 21°(38)- 219-2257 302. Black, A., and W.M. Howell. 1978. A distinctive chromosomal race of the cyprinodontid fish, Fundulus notatus from the Upper Tombigbee River system of Alabama and Mis- Sissippi. Copeia 1978(2):280-288. 303. Black, D.A., and W.M. Howell. 1979. The North American mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis: A unique case in sex chromosome evolution. Copeia 1979(3):509-513. 26 304. 306. 307. 308. 309. 310. SE. a2 JAS. 314. Blanc, J.M., and B. Chevassus. 1979. Interspecific hybrid- ization of salmonid fish. I. Hatching and survival up to the 15th day after hatching in Fl generation hybrids. (in Engl., Fr. summ.) Aquaculture 18(1):21-34. Blankenship, S., and D.R. Crockett. 1971. A preliminary list of fishes of Drakes Creek, Lincoln and Garrard Counties, Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci. 32:12-15. Bodie, S$. 1977. The confessions of a fish doctor. Workman Publ., N.Y., 306 p. Boetius, J. 1976. Elvers, Anguilla anguilla and Anguilla rostrata from two Danish localities. Size, body weight, developmental stage and number of vertebrae related to time of ascent. Medd. Dan. Fisk. Havunders. n.s. 7:199=-219. Bogdanova, E.A. 1975. Parasite fauna and diseases of the acclimatized whitefish reared in ponds of the north-west district and Baltic provinces. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 104:214-231. , and B.B. Voloshenko. 1974. Characteristics of diplastomatozoa pathogens in young peled and broad whitefish and their hybrids bred at the "Simas" Fish Nursery. (Lithuanian SSR). Rybolshoziaistvenne Izuchenie. Vnutrennix Bodoemov. GOSNIORKh Collection 12 Leningrad, Pp. 64-67. Bojadshiev, A., and P. Petrov. 1972. Ergebnisse der kombinierten Aufzucht von Karpfen (Cyprinus carpio L.) mit zwei- und dreisommerigen Amurkarpfen (Cteno- pharyngodon idella Val.). 2Z. Binnenfisch. DDR 19(9): 274-283. Bomirski, A., and B. Wozniak. 1962. Behaviour of the melanocytes and melanophores during caudal fin regeneration in melanotic Xiphophorus hybrids. (Lachovanie sie melanocytow i melanoform wizasie regeneracji pletwy ogonowej u melanotycznych mies- zanion Xiphophorus.) Acta Biol. Med. Soc. Sci. Gedan. 6:385-401. Bonin, J.D., and J.R. Spotila. 1978. Temperature tolerance of larval muskellunge (E£sox masquinongy Mitchill) and F, hybrids reared under hatchery conditions. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 59A:245-248. Bonn, E.W., W.M. Bailey, J.D. Bayless, K.E. Erickson, and R.E. Stevens (editors). 1976. Guidelines for striped bass culture. South. Div. Am. Fish. Soc., 103 p. 27 35 SiGe jb Ie Siler So. 320. 3215. BAIA 323). 324. 325. Booke, H.E. 1974. A cytotaxonomic study of the round whitefishes, genus Prosopium. Copeia 1974(1):115-119. Borowsky, R. 1973. Melanomas in Xiphophorus variatus (Pisces, Poeciliidae) in the absence of hybridization. Experi- entia 29:1431-1433. Bortsev, I. 1965. Kormbenie todikoi gibridov vsetrovyh. Rybovodstvo I Rybolov. 1965(6):18-19. Bottroff, L.J. 1967. Intergradation of Florida bass in San Diego county. M.S. Thesis, San Diego State Coll., Galli taanl 3p: , and M.E. Lembeck. 1978. Fishery trends in reservoirs of San Diego County, California, following the introduction of Florida largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides floridanus. Calif. Fish Game 64(1):4-23. Botvinnik, N.M., and A.A. Neifakh. 1977. Expression of genes controlling esterases in embryonic development of hybrid fish. Sov. J. Dev. Biol. 8(2):144-147. Also, Ontogenez 8(2):176-180 Transl. Boucquey, C., G. Thines, and C. van der Borght. 1967. Etude, comparative de la capacite photopathique et de l'artoite chez le poisson cavernicole Anoptichthys antrobius, chez la forme epigee ancestrale Astyanax mexicanus, et chez les hybrides F, (Astyanax x Anop- tichthys) et F,. fn J. Medioni teditor), La distribution temporelle des” activites animals et humaines, p. 79-103. Masson et Cie Saint-Germain, Paris. Bowers, C.C., Jr. 1967. Hybrids on the way: Cross may provide fast-growing stripers. Ky. Happy Hunting Ground , 23'(5):4=5,, 32. Bowker, R.G., D.J. Baumgartner, J.A. Hutcheson, R.H. Ray, and T.L. Wellborn, Jr. 1969. Striped bass, Morone saxatilis (Walbaum), 1968 report on the development of essential requirements for production. U.S. Dep. Inter. Bur. Sport Fish Wildl. Div. Fish Hatcheries, Athens, Ga., 112 p. Bowler, B. 1975. Factors influencing genetic control in lakeward migrations of cutthroat trout fry. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(3):474-482. Brannon, E.L. 1972. Mechanisms controlling migration of sockeye salmon fry. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comn., Bull. 21, 86 p. 28 326. Brassington, R.A., and A. Ferguson. 1976. Electrophoretic identification of roach (Rutilus rutilus L.), rudd (Scardinius erythrophthalmus L.), bream (Abramis brama L.) and their natural hybrids. J. Fish Biol. 9(6):471-477. 327. Breider, H. 1934. Uber das auftreten von Rudimentar hermaphroditismus nach Kreuzung getrenntgeschlechtlichen Arten. Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges., p. 22-24. Also, Greifsw. Suppl. 7:190-195. 328. Breuser, R.N. 1961. Chinook and silver salmon spawning together. Oreg. Fish Comm., Res. Briefs 8(1):78. 329. Bribonwoha, A.R. 1975. Status of aquaculture in Uganda. FAO/CIFA Symposium. Aquaculture in Africa, Accra, Ghana. CIFA/75/SC 14, 3 p. 330. Bridges, C.H. 1972. A compendium of the life history and ecology of the brook trout Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill). Mass. Div. Fish Game, Fish. Bull. 23, 37 p. 331. Bridges, W.L. 1961. Coefficients of condition and growth rates in a natural-occurring hybrid sunfish and its parental stock. M.S. Thesis, Southern Illinois Univ., Carbondale, 46 p. 332. Brown, C.J.D. 1971. Fishes of Montana. Big Sky Books, Montana State Univ., Bozeman, 207 p. 333. Brown, J.L. 1957. A key to the species and subspecies of the cyprinodont genus Fundulus in the United States and Canada east of the continental divide. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 47(3):69-77. 334. Brynildson, D.M., and J.J. Kempinger. 1973. Production, food, and harvest of trout in Nebish Lake, Wisconsin. Wis. Dep. Nat. Resour., Tech. Bull. 65, 20 p. 335. Buchanan, J.P. 1968. A meristic and morphometric compari- son of Arkansas largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede), and the Florida subspecies, Micropterus salmoides floridanus (Lesueur). M.S. Thesis, Arkansas State Univ., State University, 45 p. 3301 . 1974. Separation of the subspecies of large- mouth bass, Micropterus salmoides salmoides, and mM. s. floridanus and intergrades, by use of meristic charac- ters. Proc. 27th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1974:608-619. 337. Buck, D.H., R.J. Bauer, and C.R. Rose. 1978. Utilization of swine manure in a polyculture of Asian and North American fishes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107(1): 216-222. 29 338. SSE 341. 342. 343. 344. 345. 346. 347. 348. 349. 350. 351.2 352. S15)S) c Buck, H. 1979. Optimism swells with the possibility of a sterile hybrid grass carp. Fisheries 4(5):31. Buck,»1H.S.) 1979). ; Hybrid .gmass (carp... g(Shi Bul. Les 0, p. 4-5. Bulak, J.S., and P.T. Walker. 1979. Spawning and culture potential of blueback herring in ponds. Prog. Fish- Cult. 41(4):183-184. Bulger, A.J. 1978. Heterosis and thermal adaptations in desert fishes. Diss. Abstr. Int. 39(11):5271B. , and R.J. Schultz. 1979. Heterosis and interclonal variation in thermal tolerance in unisexual fishes. Evolution 33(3):848-859. Buller, W. 1898. Western station. Pa. Rep. State Comm. Fish. Yr. 1898, p. 39-44. - 1900. Western station. Pa. Rep. State Comm. Fish. Yr. 1899, p. 98-104. 1908. Reports of hatchery stations. Corry Hatchery, Station Reg. 1. Rep. Dep. Fish. Common- wealth Pa., 1 Dec. 1906-30 Nov. 1907, p. 88-93. - 1909. Report of hatchery station, Corry Station. Rep. Dep. Fish. Commonwealth Pa., 1 Dec. 1907-30 Nov. 1908, p. 51-55. Bungenberg de Jong, C.M. 1955. Cytological studies on Salmo irideus. Genetica 27(5-6):472-483. Burgess, G.H., and R. Franz. 1978. Zoogeography of the aquatic fauna of the St. Johns River system with comments on adjacent peninsular faunas. Am. Midl. Nat. 100(1):160-170. Burgess, W.E. 1974. Une forme atypique de Chetodon de Ceylan. Rev. Fr. Aquariol. 2:37-40. - 1976. Salts from the seven seas. Trop. Fish Hobbyist 24(243/9):37-41, 48. Burkhard, W.T. 1961. Life history of the splake trout- Parvin Lake. Colo. Coop. Fish. Res. Unit Q. Rep. 7:41-52. 1962. A study of the splake trout in Parvin Lake, Colorado. M.S. Thesis, Colorado State Univ., Fort;Coldins, 7795p: 30 354. - 1971. Rainbow trout Salmo gairdneri. In W.H. Everhart and W.R. Seaman (editors), Fishes of Colorado, p. 30-31. Colo. Game Fish Parks Div., Denver. 355. Burlakov, A.B., A.P. Makeyeva, and J.N. Ryabov. 1973. Isozyme composition of hybrid and ginogenetic forms of some cyprinids at early stages of onthogenesis. fn Biokhimicheskaia Genetika Ryb., p. 85-90. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. 356. Burns, J.W. 1966. Hitch. Jn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 520-522. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. SSWhe . 1966. Sacramento blackfish. In A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 522-525. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 358. Burr, B.M. 1974. A new intergeneric hybrid combination in nature: Pomoxis annularis x Centrarchus macropterus. Copeia 1974(1):269-271. 359. . 1974. Taxonomic status of stonerollers (genus Campostoma Agassiz) in the upper Mississippi River valley (Pisces: Cyprinidae). M.S. Thesis, Univ. Tiianors;” Urbana; 73 pi. 360. - 1976. Distribution and taxonomic status of the stoneroller, Campostoma anomalum, in Illinois. Nat;. Hist="Misc: (Chic2) 94 -*8%pe 361. . 1977. The bantam sunfish, Lepomis symmetricus: Sytematics and distribution, and life history in Wolt Lake,” ITlomouse 7) flo Nat. Hist.) Surv. “Bull. 31(10) :437-464. Bola , and L.M. Page. 1978. The life history of the cypress darter Etheostoma proeliare in Max Creek, Illinois. I11l. Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes 106, 15 De 36S , and P.W. Smith. 1976. Status of the largescale stoneroller, Campostoma oligolepis. Copeia 1976(3): 521-531. 364. Burrough, R.J., P.R. Bregazzi, and C.R. Kennedy. 1979. Interspecific dominance amongst three species of coarse fish in Slapton Ley, Devon. J. Fish Biol. 15(5):535-544. 365. Burton, A., and R. Burton. 1975. Encyclopedia of fish. Crescent Books, N.Y., 253 p. 31 366. SOI 369. 370. Sirs Sii2% 373). SiW7/Sye 374. 374a. 376. SIT: Burton, R. 1972. Engineering better fish. Sea Bronk. wists y7S—L8o0r Burtzev, I.A. 1962. Reproductive ability of hybrids of sturgeon x sterlet. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 144(6): 521-523. - 1969. Progeny of an intergeneric hybrid of beluga and sterlet (Poluchenie potomestva ot mezhro dovogo gibrida belugii so sterliadiui). fn B.I. Cherfas (editor), Genetika, selektsiya i gibridizatsiya Ryb., p. 232-242. Izd. "Nauka" Moscow, - 1970. Maturing of hybrids between beluga (Huso huso) and sterlet (Acipenser ruthenus) in the Azov-Don basin. (in Russ., Engl. summ.) Tr. Vses. Nauchno-Issled Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. 76, p. 238-243. . 1971. Zadachi i metodi selektsionnoplemennoi raboty s gibridom Belogakhsterlydy. Aktoal'nie rodrosi Osetrovago Khazuistva, Astrakani. Izv. Nauk Issled. GOSNIORKh p. 11-17. , and E.V. Serebryakova. 1973. A hybrid beluga x sterlet (Huso huso (L.) x Acipenser ruthenus L., Pisces). Genetics (Suppl.) 74:S35. Busack, C.A., and G.A.E. Gall. 1980. Ancestry of artifi- cially propagated California rainbow trout strains. Calif. Fish Game 66(1):17-24. , R. Halliburton, and G.A.E. Gall. 1979. Electro- phoretic variation and differentiation in four strains of domesticated rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). Can. J. Genet. Cytol. 21:81-94. , G.H. Thorgaard, M.P. Bannon, and G.A.E. Gall. 1980. An electrophoretic, karyotyptic and meristic characterization of the Eagle Lake trout, Salmo gairdneri aqguilarum. Copeia 1980(3):418-424. Butcher, G.A. 1980. Multivariate analysis of hybridizing Cyprinidae from the Kananaskis Reservoirs, Alberta. Can. J. Zool. 58(9):1664-1673. Buth, D.G., and B.M. Burr. 1978. Isozyme variability in the cyprinid genus Campostoma. Copeia 1978(2):298-311. Butler, L. 1968. The potential use of selective breeding in the face of a changing environment. fn K.H. Loftus (editor), A symposium introduction of exotic species, p. 54-72. Ont. Dep. Lands For. Res. Rep. 82. 32 378. SUA 380. Solr 382. 383. 384. 385: 33/e 386. 388. 389. 390. Byrne, D.M. 1978. Life history of the spotfin killifish, Fundulus luciae (Pisces:Cyprinodontidae) in Fox Creek Marsh, Virginia. Estuaries 1(4):211-227. aes Caine, L.S. 1949. North American fresh water sport fish. A.S. Barnes and Co., N.Y., 212 p. Cairns,: J. 20. oS. Crossman, *K. Ls Dickson; “and E.E- Herricks. 1971. The recovery of damaged streams. ASB Bull. 18:79-106. Calhoun, A.J. 1944. Black-spotted trout in Blue Lake, California. Calif. Fish Game 30(1):22-42. - 1944. The food of the black-spotted trout (Salmo clarkii henshawi) in two Sierra Nevada lakes. Calif. Fish Game 30(2):80-85. - 1966. Inland fisheries management. Calif. Dep. Fish Game, 546 p. Campbell, B. 1974. The fish that Jack built: The hybrid bass story. S§.C. Wildl. 21(4):4-8. Capanna, E., S. Cataudella, and T.G. de Fronza. 1973. Some remarks on the karyotype of an intergeneric hybrid, Salmo trutta x Salvelinus fontinalis (Pisces: Salmoni- formes). Genetica 44:194-206. , and R. Volpe. 1971. Osservazioni morfologiche e cariologiche su di un ibrido Salmo trutta x Salvelinus fontinalis. Boll. Pesca Piscic. Idrobiol. 26(1-2):245-257. , and Nealo74 a= Un-abrrado intergenerico tra trota iridea e salmerino di fonte (Salmo gairdneri x Salvelinus fontinalis). Boll. Pesca Piscic. Idrobiol. 29(2):102-105. Carlander, K.D. 1977. Handbook of freshwater fishery biology. Vol. 2, 431 p. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames. , J.S. Campbell, and R.J. Muncy. 1978. Inventory of percid and esosid habitat in North America. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 11:27-38. Carter, (N-M-yhlo73 cndexvand list of (Evtlies Fisheries Research Board of Canada and associated publications, 1965-1972. Fish. Res. Board Can., Misc. Spec. Publ. US; SSS p- 33 BEV & siete 3935. 394. 395. 19 Gy. 397: S398e 3998 400. 401. Cashner, R.C., F.L. Pezold, and J.M. Grady. 1979. Preliminary list of the fishes of Clark Creek in western Mississippi with a new record for the southern redbelly dace, Phoxinus erythrogaster. ASB Bull. 26(2):67. , and R.D. Suttkus. 1977. Ambloplites constel- datus, a new species of rock bass from the Ozark upland of Arkansas and Missouri with a review of western rock bass populations. Am. Midl. Nat. 98(1):147-161. Cataudella, S., M.V. Civitelli, N. Martinelli, E. Capanna, and S.A. Stefanelli. 1975. Notizie pre- liminari sulla costituzione cariologica dell ibrido intergenerico. Lincei-Rend. Sci. Fis. Mat. Nat. 58:258-262. Catt, J. 1950. Some notes on brown trout with particular reference to their status in New Brunswick and Nova Scotzra.. Can.rFish? Cult. 7225=2 7-4 Causey, D.M., Jr. 1971. What do you get when you cross Micropterus salmoides with a Lepomis macrochirus? Wildl tTNeGe eS 5i(5) 2272 Cavender, T.M. 1978. Taxonomy and distribution of the bull trout, Salvelinus confluentus (Suckley), from the American northwest. Calif. Fish Game 64(3): 139-174. 1980. Systematics of Salvelinus from the North Pacific Basin. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 295-322. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. Cellarius, O. 1973. Bastardierungsversuche met Cypriniden Aquarien Mag. 7:73-75. Chamberlain, F.M. 1907. fn Some observations on salmon and trout in Alaska, p. 10-11. Rep. U.S. Bur. Fish. 1906, —Doc. 627 Champion, M.J., and G.S. Whitt. 1976. Synchronous allelic expression at the glucosephosphate isomerase A and B loci in interspecific sunfish hybrids. Biochem. Genet. 14(9/10):723-737. Chapskaya, M.K., and V.S. Kirpichnikov. 1971. Character- istics of growth rate and exterior of the ropsha (northern) hybrid carp. fn Razvedenie i selektsii karpovykh i lososevykh ryb na severo-zapade. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 74:5-12, 2Zovousy. 34 402. Chaudhuri, H. 1959. Experiments on hybridization of Indvan carps.” “(Abstr™)""Proc. Indian” Sci. “Congr = 46(4):20-21. 404. . 1968. Breeding and selection of cultivated warm-water fishes in Asia and the Far East. FAO World Symposium Warm-Water Pond Fish Culture 44(4): 30-66. 405. - 1971. Fish hybridization in Asia with special reference to India. Jn Seminar/study tour in USSR on genetic selection and hybridization of cultivated fishes, 19 April-29 May 1968, p. 151-159. FAO/TA 2926. 406. . 1973. Fertility of hybrids of Indian carps and preliminary studies on the F, generation of carp hybrids. J. Inland Fish. Soc. Ifidia 5:195-200. 408. , R.D. Chakrabarty, P.R. Sen, N.G.S. Rao, and S. Jena. 1975. A new high in fish production in India with record yields by composite fish culture in freshwater ponds. Aquaculture 6:343-355. 407. , and S.D. Tripathi. 1979. Problems of warmwater fish seed production. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 127-134. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 409. Chen, F.Y. 1969. Preliminary studies on the sex-determin- ing mechanism of Tilapia mossambica Peters and Tf. hornorum Trewavas. Verh. Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 17:719-724. 412. , M. Chou, and B.K. Sim. 1969. The hybridization of pond-cultured cyprinids in Malacca. Trop. Fish. Cult. Res. Inst. Rep. 1969, Append. 1, p. 30-35. 410. , and B.K. Sim. 1969. Comparative studies on the muscle myogen and haemoglobin electropherograms of some pond-cultured cyprinids and their hybrids. Trop. Fish Cult. Res. Inst. Malacca Rep. 58-63, Append. VI. Batu Berendam, Malaya. 411. , and H. Tsuyuki, 1970. Zone electrophoretic studies on the proteins of Tilapia mossambica and T. hornorum and their Fi hyDrVaS 1 ez Let erangs J. melanopleura. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 27(12):2167-2177. 413. Chen, T.P. 1969. Hybridization and culture of hybrids. FAO Fish Cult. Bull. 1(3):5-6. 414. Chen, T.R., and A.W. Ebeling. 1975. Karyotypes from short- and long-term cultures of hybrid killifish and platyfish tissues. Copeia 1975(1):178-181. 35 415. 416. 417. 419. 418. 420. 421. 422. 424. 423.. 425. , and F.H. Ruddle. 1970. A chromosome study of four species and a hybrid of the killifish genus Fundulus (Cyprinodontidae). Chromosoma (Berl. ) BMS) SBSIVAD IPS Cherfas,., B.1.,, and. P.1,.; Orlova.. 1933%ey, theawi ld Cazpean object of pond fish farming. Rybn. Khoz. SSSR 13(8-9) :41-44. Cherfas, N.B. 1966. Natural triploidy in females of the unisexual form of the goldfish (Carassius auratus gibelio Bloch). (In Russ., Engl. transl.) Genetika (Soviet Genetics) 2(5):9-13. Chernenko, E.V. 1969. On the evolution and cytotaxonomy of fishes of family Salmonidae. (In Russ.) Vopr. Ikhtiol. 59:971-980. Problems Ichthyol. 9(6):781-788. 1976. Genome mutations among embryos of the anadromous sockeye Oncorhynchus nerka (Walb.) Lake Dal'nee (Kamchatka). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 98:416-423, Trans .16(3.):373=-379'. Chernomashentsez, A. 1973. Effects of certain food supplements on the physiological conditions of beluga x sterlet hybrids. (Vliyanie nekotorykh dobavok v korm na fizologicheskoe sostoyanie gibridov beluga x sterlyad.) Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 49(11):15-17. Chervinski, J. 1967. Tilapia nilotica (Linne) from Lake Rudolph, Kenya, and its hybrids resulting from a cross with f. aurea (Steindachner) (Pisces, Cichlidae). Bamidgeh 19(4):81-96. . 1971. Reexamination of melanoma in hybrids of Poecilia fishes of the genus Xiphophorus. Ph.D. Thesis, New York Univ., 92 p. Diss. Abstr. 32:1372B, 1972. , and M. Lahav. 1976. The effect of exposure to low temperature on fingerlings of local Tilapia (Tilapia aurea) (Steindachner) and imported (Tilapia vulcani) (Trewavas) and Tilapia nilotica (Linne) in Israel. Bamidgeh 28(1/2):25-29. , and A. Yashouv. 1971. Preliminary experiments on the growth of Tilapia aurea Steindachner (Pisces, Cichlidae) in seawater ponds. Bamidgeh 23(4):125-129. Chevassus, B. 1979. Hybridization in salmonids: Results and perspectives. Aquaculture 17:113-128. 36 426. 427. 428. 429. 430. 431. 432. 434. 433.. 435. 436. 437. , and J. Petit. 1975. Hybridization artificielle entre la truite Arc-en-ciel (Salmo gairdneri Richardson) et le saumon coho (Oncorhynchus kisutch Walbaum). Ann. Genet. Sel. Anim. 7(1):1-11. Chew, R.L. 1975. The Florida largemouth bass. fn Black bass biology and management, p. 450-458. SEI Publ, Wash .., )Dacz Child, A.R. 1977. Biochemical polymorphism in char (Salvelinus alpinus L.) from Llynnau Paris, Padarn, Cwellyn, and Bodlyn. Heredity 38(3):359-365. , and D.J. Solomon. 1977. Observations on mor- phological and biochemical features of some cyprinid hybrids) J.°Frsh Biioks oll (2) 2125-1312 Childers, W.F. 1975. Bass genetics as applied to culture and management. fn Black bass biology and management, Dp. S62=372> “SET Publ”; (Wash, -D. Cz , P. Cho, and G.S. Whitt. 1972. tIsozyme analysis of the green sunfish x largemouth bass F, intertribal hybrid (Centrarchidae). Isozyme Bull. S26 Chotiyarnwong, A. 1973. Studies in Tilapia nilotica Linnaeus, Tilapia mossambica Peters, and their hybrids. (In Thai, Engl. summ.) Kasetsart J. 7(1):48-63. Christie, W.J. 1968. The potential of exotic fishes in the Great Lakes. fn K.H. Loftus (editor), A symposium on introduction of exotic species, p. 73-91. Ont. Dep. Lands For. Res. Rep. 82, lll p. - 1974. Changes in the fish species composition of the Great Lakes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 31(5): 827-854. Chubareva, L.A. 1967. Certain morphological and cytological data on the early embryonic stages of the development of Acipenser gueldenstaedti and A. nudiventris and of their reciprocal hybrids. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 177(2):486-488. Cimino, M.C. 1971. Meiotic mechanisms and cytogenetics of a unisexual-bisexual complex of viviparous fish Poeciliopsis. Diss. Abstr. Int. 32(5):2531B-2532B. - 1972. Egg-production, polyploidization and evolution in a diploid all-female fish of the genus Poeciliopsis. Evolution 26(2):294-306. 37 438. 439. 440. 441. 442. 443. 444. 445. 446. 447. 448. 449. - 1974. The nuclear DNA content of diploid and triploid Poeciliopsis and other poeciliid fishes with reference to the evolution of unisexual forms. Chromasoma (Berl.) 47:297-307. Clark, D.E. 1973. Morphological and ecological relation- ships of Etheostoma caeruleum and Etheostoma spectabile in west central Indiana. Diss. Abstr. Int. B. 34(7):3203-3204. Clark, T.L. 1975. Rearing of walleye and tiger muskel- lunge at the Corry/Union City Fish Cultural Station in 1975. Proc. 7th Interstate Musky Workshop Sept. 30-1 Oct. 1975, La Crosse Wis., p. 60-67. Clarke, S.E., and P.W. Colgan. 1979. Comparison of courtship sequences in parental and hybrid sunfish (Lepomis spp.). (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ Maine, Orono, 2 p. Clay, W.M. 1975. The fishes of Kentucky. Ky. Dep. Fish Wildl. Resour., Frankfort, 416 p. Clayton, J.W., and J.H. Gee. 1969. Lactate dehydrogenase isozymes in longnose and blacknose dace (Rhinichthys cataractae and Rk. atratulus) and their hybrid. J. Fish.Res. Board Can. 26(11):3049-3053. , R.E.K. Harris, and D.N. Tretiak. 1973. Identi- fication of supernatant and mitochondrial isozymes of malate dehydrogenase on electropherograms applied to the taxonomic discrimination of walleye (Stizo- stedion vitreum vitreum), sauger (S. canadense), and suspected interspecific hybrid fishes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(7):927-938. Clemens, H.P. 1968. A review of the selection and breed- ing in the culture of warm-water food fishes in North America. FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):67-80. Clemens, W.A. 1953. On some fundamental problems in the biology of Pacific salmon. Trans. R. Soc. Can. 47 Sernsfii1, Sec. °s SkL=136 Coche, A.G. 1978. The cultivation of fish in cages, a general bibliography. FAO Fish. Circ. 714, 43 p. Cokendolpher, J. 1975. Cyprinodon study group: Hybrid report. J. Am. Killifish Assoc., with Killie Notes 8(8):245-247. Cokendolpher, J.C. 1980. Hybridization experiments with the genus Cyprinodon (Teleostei: Cyprinodontidae). Copeia 1980(1):173-176. 38 450. 451. 452. 453. 454. 455. 456. 457. 457a. 458. 459. 460. Coker, R.E. 1954. Streams, lakes, ponds. Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, 327 p. Colgan, P.W., P.K. Ballantyne, and M.V.H. Wilson. 1976. Numerical taxonomy of hybridizing Lepomis (Centrarch- idae) in Lake Opinicon, Ontario. Can. J. Zool. 54(1):42=-47. Collette, B.B. 1973. Hyporhamphus australis x Hy. melano- chir, a hybrid halfbeak (Hemiramphidae) from Australia. Bishi. Bulls tS ae 7A (1s) S=3 215. - 1977. Epidermal breeding tubercles and bony contact organs in fishes. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 39:225-268. Collins, J.J. 1979. Relative efficiency of multifilament and monofilament nylon gill net towards lake white- fish (Coregonus clupeaformis) in Lake Huron. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36{10):1180-1185. Collins, J.W. 1892. Report on the fisheries of the Pacific coast of the United States. U.S. Comm. Fish. Fish Rep. Comm. 1888:3-269. Collis, W.J., and R.O. Smitherman. 1973. Production of Tilapia hybrids with cattle manure or a commercial diet. fn R.O. Smitherman, W.L. Shelton, and J.H. Grover (editors), Symposium on the culture of exotic fishes, p. 43-54. Fish Cult. Sec. Am. Fish. Soc., Auburn, Ala. Conroy, D.A. 1974. An evaluation of the present state of world trade in ornamental fish. FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. 146, 128 p. Cook, M.M. 1975. Esterase multiplicity and ontogeny in the teleost genus Brachydanio: A study of two species and their reciprocal hybrids. Diss. Abstr. Int. B 35(10) :5203-5204. Cooper, J.E. 1980. Egg, larval and juvenile development of longnose dace, Rhinichthys cataractae, and river chub, Nocomis micropogon, with notes on their hybrid- ization. Copeia 1980(3):469-478. Cope, 0.B. 1955. The future of the cutthroat in Utah. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 32:89-93. Copley, H., and A.D. Turing. 1938. Hybrid brown-rainbow trout, a possible case of natural crossing. Field, Noviu5, fp.71/075. 39 461. Costea, E., and J. Pojoga. 1955. Un hibrid natural intre crapul salbatec de Greaca si carasul rosu (Carassius auratus) gaset in basinul din gradina cismigiu-bucuresk. Bul. Cercet. Piscic. 14(4):85-88. 462. Courtenay; -W.. Ri; "Jr, anduGoOR: Robins-8 Jov73sa Exoitic aquatic organisms in Florida with emphasis on fishes: A review and recommendations. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. OZ Gs )\ysu— 12% 463. , H.F. Sahlman, W.W. Miley, II, and D.J. Herrema. 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. ASB Bull. 21(2):49, Abstr. 202. 464. A . , and - 1974. Exotic fishes in fresh and brackish waters of Florida. Biol. Conserv. 6(4):292-302. 465. Cousin, G. 1967. Quelques points de vue sur 1'hybrida- tion chez les animaux. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 92(2): 441-485. 466. Coutant, C.C. 1975. Temperature selection by fish: a factor in power-plant impact assessments. fn Environ- mental effects of cooling systems at nuclear power plants, p. 575=597.- “Proc. “int: Atomic Energy Agency Sympos., Oslo, 26-30 August 1974. 467. . 1977. Compilation of temperature preference data. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(5):739-745. 468. Cowan, G.I. McT. 1973. A possible hybrid cottid (genus Myoxocephalus) from Newfoundland. Can. J. Zool. 51(10):1031-1033. 469. Craig, R.E., and E.J. Crossman. 1977. Genetic variants in Canada of the rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri, called golden trout and palomino trout. Can. Field-Nat. 91:93-94. 470. Crawford, B.A. 1977. A study of the contribution of hatchery-reared summer steelhead to wild steelhead recruitment through the use of genetic markers. tn T.J. Hassler and R.R. Van Kirk (editors), Genetic implications of steelhead management, p. 16-19. Calif. Coop. Fish. Res. Unit Spec. Rep. 77-1. 471. Cristian, A., E. Costea, and J. Nichiteanu. 1965. Hibridari intre babisca, vaduvita si carp. Bul. Rumania Inst. Certet. Proiect. Pescic. 24(3-4):94-104. 472. Cross, D.W. 1976. Methods to control over-breeding of farmed Tilapia. Fish Farming Int. 3(1):27-29. Se — 473. 474. 475. 476. 477. 478. 480. 479. 482. 481. 483. 484. 485. Cross, T.F. 1978. Isozymes of interspecific hybrids of the fish family Cyprinidae. Proc. R. Ir. Acad., Sect. B 78(22):323-330. , and F.J. O'Rourke. 1978. An electrophoretic study of the haemoglobins of some hybrid fishes. PEOG SR ic. Acads— Sens oBly 478 (lsls)t: L71— 178 - Crossman, E.J. 1966. A taxonomic study of FEsox americanus and its subspecies in eastern North America. Copeia 1966(1):1=20. - 1968. Changes in the Canadian freshwater fish fauna. fn K.H. Loftus (editor), A symposium on introduction of exotic species, p. 1-20. Ont. Dep. Lands For. Res. Rep. 82. 1976. Quetico fishes. R. Ont. Mus., Quetico Found., 86 p. 1978. Taxonomy and distribution of North American esocids. Am. Fish Soc. Spec. Publ. 11:13-26. , and C.D. Goodchild. 1978. An annotated bibliography of the muskellunge, Fsox masquinongy (Osteichthyes: Salmoniformes). R. Ont. Mus. Life Scr. Mise! Publ 3 72es3a! “pic , and C.E. Lewis. 1973. An annotated bibliography of the chain pickerel Fsox niger (Osteichthyes: Salmon- iformes). R. Ont. Mus. Misc. Publ., 81 p. , and J.W. Meade. 1977. Artificial hybrids between amur pike, Esox reicherti, and North American esocids. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(12):2338-2343. , and H.D. van Meter. 1979. Annotated list of the fishes of the Lake Ontario watershed. Great Lakes Fish. Comm., Tech. Rep. 36, 25 p. Crunkilton, R.L. 1979. Introgressive hybridization of the carp Cyprinus carpio and the goldfish Carassius auratus in the western basin of Lake Erie. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol. Univ. Maine, Orono, 1 p. Cuca, G.C. 1976. A comparative study of chromosomal and protein variation in two hybridizing fish species Fundulus olivaceus and Fundulus notatus. M.S. Thesis, Southern Illinois Univ., Edwardsville, 71 p. Cvancara, V.A., and L.P. Paulus. 1976. Current references in fish research. Private Publ., 85 p. 41 486. 487. 488. 489. 490. 491. 492. 493. 494. 495. 496. Dadikyan, M.G. 1964. O mezglytatakh introdookshii sigov (Coregonus lavaretus maraenoides Poljakow, C. lavaretus ludoga Poljakow) v ozere sevah. (The results of the introduction of whitefish into Lake Sevan in Armenia.) Izv. Akad. Aramskogi SSR 17(6):4148. Dahl, K. 1927. The "Blege" of dwarf salmon; a landlocked salmon from Lake Bygglandsfjoid in Setesdal. Skrifter utgitt av det Norske Videnskaps-Akademi i Oslo 1. Oslo Videnkskaps Akademia Matematisk Naturvidenskebelig Kikasse 9, 125: Dahlberg, M.D. 1972. An ecological study of Georgia coastal fishes. ' Filsh..Budlliae UsS8 27.01€2))i-S 23-3508 1975. Guide to coastal fishes of Georgia and nearby states. Univ. Georgia Press, Athens, 186 p. , and D.C. Scott. 1971. “Introductions of firesh= water fishes in Georgia. Bull. Ga. Acad. Sci. 29:245-252. Dangel, J.R., P.T. Macy, and F.C. Withler. 1973. Annotated bibliography of interspecific hybridization of fishes of the subfamily Salmoninae. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Memo. NMFS NWFC-1, 48 p. Darling, J.D.S. 1976. Electrophoretic variation in Cyprinodon variegatus and systematics of some fishes of the subfamily Cyprinodontidae. Ph.D. Thesis, Yale Univ., New Haven, Conn, 160 p. Davies, W.D. 1973. Florida largemouth bass in Alabama waters aS a management tool. Annu. Rep. Fish. Allied Aquacult. Dep. Auburn Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn., Volos al. Davis, J.R., and D.E. Louder. 1971. Life history and ecology of the cyprinid fish Wotropis petersoni in North Carolina waters. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 100(4):726-733. Davis, K.B., and B.A. Simco. 1976. Diurnal measurements of plasma chloride in catfish. Copeia 1976(3): 608-609. Davis, R.H., Jr. 1976. Evaluation of growth of inbred lines and their F, hybrids in brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis, brown trout, Salmo trutta, and rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri. Ph.D. Thesis, Pennsylvania State Univ., University Park, 104 p. Diss. Abstr. Int. B. Sel. Eng. 37(7):1977> (Sport raisheAbsitrs 222) 2376-00405), p= Ze 42 497. Davis, R.M. 1971. Limnology of a strip mine pond in western Maryland. Chesapeake Sci. 12(2):111-114. 498. Davisson, M.T. 1969. Cytogenetic analysis of two teleost families, Salmonidae and Esocidae. Ph.D. Thesis, Pennsylvania State Univ., University Park, 118 p. 499. . 1972. Karyotypes of the teleost family Esocidae. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(5):579-582. 500. 7 ob) Wieliqhtcy mand JGnMe. Atherton. Ui ho72 Centric fusion and trisomy for the LDH-B locus in brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. Science (Washi. DEG), A782 992=994 - 50 Davy, oH. 1840. Sallmonia, or days of fly-fishing; ina series of conversations: With some account of the habits of fishes belonging to the genus Salmo. fn J. Davy (editor), The collected works of Sir Humphrey Daw, . 00-205 «1 Bante, sminch,) Wider..anc,. CO... Cornhill, Lond. 4th ed. 1870. 502. Dawson, C.E. 1971. A bibliography of anomalies of fishes ¢€Supplia.2). Gulf Res Repay 3.(2))3720 5-230) 503. Day, F. 1885. On the breeding of saimon from parents which have never descended to the sea. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Ser. 2, Zool. 2(15):447-468. 504. Dazkewitsch, W. 1974. Die Schieierbarbe aus Leningrad. Aquarien Terrarien Monatsschr. Ornithol. Vivarienkd. 21(9):292-293. 505. Dechtiar, A.O., and A.H. Berst. 1978. Parasite fauna of splake (Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush). Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash. 45(2):249-254. 506. Demetrashvili, M.G. 1963. Material on the study of Cyprinus carpio m. hungaricus and Varicorhinus capoeta sevangi in Khransk water reservoir. Tr. Imsit- Zool. | hoe OS =150)9 5Oaic - 1963. Materialyh k izocheniyo ikhtiofaonyh Tbidisskogo vodkhranilishcha. Tr. Inst. Zool. 19:137-139. 508. Demoll, R., and P. Steinmann. 1949. Praxis der Aufzucht von Forellenbesatzmaterial. E. Schweizerbart'sche verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, 99 p. 509. Denoncourt, R.F. 1969. A systematic study of the gilt darter Percina evides (Jordan and Copeland) (Pisces, Percidae). Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, WiC veein OK) jo)< 43 SLO Salle 512). Sills 514. Salsi: 516. 5l6a. SITE Lay fs Ve Se) 520. 52a 1969. A systematic study of the gilt darter Percina evides (Jordan and Copeland) (Pisces, Percidae). DSS TADS. | Lnite 30(34):1408B. , J.C. Fisher, and K.M. Rapp. 1978. A freshwater population of the mummichog, Fundulus heteroclitus, from the Susquehanna River drainage in Pennsylvania. Estuaries 1(4):269-272. Derek, M. 1971. Salmon and trout: A resource, its ecology, conservation, and development. St. Martin's Press; New Due pi Dergaleva, Z.T. 1970. On parasites of young hybrids between beluga (Huso Auso) and sterlet (Acipener ruthenus). Tr. VNIRO 76:266-268. Deuel, C.R. 1958. Splake in New York. N.Y. State Conserv. L2G) ES= Dickinson, W.E. 1960. Handbook of Wisconsin fishes. Milwaukee Public Mus. Popular Sci. Handb, Ser. 8, 86 p. Dieterich, E. 1939. Die Hydrocoele embryonalis (Dotterblasenwassersucht) der Salmoniden. 2Z. Fisch. Deren Hilfswiss. 36(4):605-642. Dietrich, H. 1975. Zur Kreuzung Trichogaster trichopterus sumatranus x Tricopterus "gold". Aquar. Terrar. Monatsschr. Ornithol. Vivarienkd. 22(11):390-391. Dill, W.A. 1945. The Little Kern River drainages, Tulare County Progress Report No. 2. Calif. Dep. Fish Game, Inland Fish. Admin. Rep. 45-29, 19 p. - 1950. A preliminary report on the status of the golden trout fishery of California. Calif. Fish Game, Inland Fish Comm. Rep. 50-44, 28 p. Append. Thi Dobrinskaya, L.A., L. M. Syuzyumova, and L.V. Mikhailichenko. 1977. Role of exometabolites in the manifestation of genetically induced melanomas in interspecific hybrids of the genus Xiphophorus. Sov. J. Ecol. (Ekologiya) 8(3):260-266. Original pagination 3:83-89. Dolnack, G.E., Jr. 1976. Marsh Creek Lake. Pa. Angler 45(7) 212-15. > 1980)" *Marsh" Creeks eva = ced ar dam nai . 49(6):8-9. 522°. SVASIE 5ZDy. 524. 526. BAU 528°. 529°. 530’. 531. SIDE SS Sic 534. Donaldson, E.M. 1977. Bibliography of fish reproduction 1963-1974, pt. 1 of 3 parts. General, non teleosteen species and teleostei, Abramis to Clinostomus. Can. RusheiManr.isen. wereche Rep. e732) LSS spl) pt. 2.1, pi. 184-368 pt. 3., Pp. sos={572. , U.H.M. Fagerlund, D.A. Higgs, and J.R. McBride. 1979. Hormonal enhancement of growth. fn W.S. Hoar, D.J. Randall, and J.R. Brett (editors), Fish physiology Voli Si pi 45 5—5 9x0 = pACAGK. Pisesist,- Ni yYr Donaldson, L.R., D.D. Hansler, and T.N. Buckridge. 1957. Interracial hybridization of cutthroat trout, Salmo clarkii, and its use in fisheries management. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 86:350-360. 7and PR. Olson. “1957. “bevelopment of rainbow trout brood stock by selective breeding. Trans. Am. ish. “Soc: ~ 85':93-101. Douglas, J.H. 1978. Letter from Japan (9) = Notes from the provinces. Sci. News 114(6):90-92. Douglas, N.H. 1974. Freshwater fishes of Louisiana. Claitors Publ. Div., Baton Rouge, La., 443 p. Drewry, G.E. 1967. Studies of relationships within the family Cyprinodontidae. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Texas, Austin, 134 p. Dubuc, P.H. 1954. Truite de lac: Quelques notes sur les splakes. Chasse Peche 5(55):14-15. Duff, DsClB., and’ Bia. Stewarts 1933. Studies “on furunculosis of fish in British Columbia. Contrib. Cans Biol Fishy \(N?S>) '<8:¢8)-:103/=1i22.. Duke, E.J., and M. Kelly. 1968. Lactate dehydrogenase isoenzymes in hybrids of salmon and sea-trout. Isozyme Bull. 1:20-21. Dunham, R.A., and W.F. Childers. 1980. Genetics and implications of the golden color morph in green sunfish. Prog. Fish-Cult. 42(3):160-163. , M. Benchakan, R.O. Smitherman, and J.A. Chappell. 1979. Morphometric and meristic characteristics of blue, channel, white, and hybrid catfishes. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, Orono, 2 p. , R.O. Smitherman, M.J. Brooks, M. Benchakan, and J.A. Chappell. 1979. The phenomenon of paternal influence exhibited by ictalurid catfishes. (Abstr.) Ani; "SOC .= ('chthyol . sHerpetol), Univ. Maine’, OTono, 7 4p: 45 535. Dupree, H.K., O.L. Green, and K.E. Sneed. 1968. Techniques for the hybridization of catfish (Ictaluridae). SE Bash, Cult: «Lab, Marlon, Alaa Ol pe 536. Duthu, G.S., and R.H. Kilgen. 1975. Aquarium studies on the selectivity of 16 aquatic plants as food by fingerling hybrids of the cross between Ctenopharyn- godon idella and Cyprinus carpio . J. Fish Biol. 7(2)2203-208.. 537. Dvinin, P.A. 1953. Experiments in artificial feeding of young salmon and their hybrids. Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 1953(5):41-42. aS 538. Eaton, R.C., and R.D. Farley. 1974. Spawning cycle and egg production of zebrafish, Brachydanio rerio, in the laboratory. Copeia 1974(1):195-204. 539. Echelle, A.A. 1973. Introgression between FEtheostoma spectabile and £. radiosum (Percidae) in southeastern Oklahoma. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 53d Annu. Meet., San Jose, Costa Rica 24-30 June, 541. , and C. Crozier. 1980. Genetic variation and ancestry of an all-female species of Menidia (Pisces: Atherinidae). (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Ft. Worth, Texas, 1 p. 540. , and A.F. Echelle. 1978. The Pecos River pupfish, Cyprinodon pecosensis n. sp. (Cyprinodontidae) with comments on its evolutionary origin. Copeia 1978(4):569-582. 543. , M.H.. Smith, and L JG. Balls eels7se Analysis of genic continuity in a headwater fish, Etheostoma radiosum (Percidae). Copeia 1975 (2):197-204. 542. , and B.A. Taber. 1976. Biochemical evidence for congeneric competition as a factor restricting gene flow between populations of a darter (Percidae: Etheostoma). Syst. Zool. 25(3):228-235. 544. , J-R. Schenck, and L.G. Hill. 1974. Etheostoma spectabile-E. radiosum hybridization in Blue River, Oklahoma. Am. Midl. Nat. 91(1):182-194. 545. Eddy, S., and J.C. Underhill. 1974. Northern fishes, with special reference to the upper Mississippi valley. 3d ed. Univ. Minn. Press, Minneapolis, 414 p. 546. Edwards, L. 1975. Rare goldfish imported. Aquarium Ind. 2(8)<8.- 547. 548. 549. 550. Say LR DEYAE SiG SONS 554. 50) Doli. Shei Edwards, R.J. 1979. A report of Guadalupe bass (Microp- terus treculi) x smallmouth bass (M. dolomieui) hybrids from two localities in the Guadalupe River, Texas.u LTexdasudi, -SCiu oi ( 3): 25)—236.. Eipper, A.W. 1953. Fisheries research in New York Farm Ponds. N.Y. State Conserv. 8(1):9-ll. Eisler, R., and D.J. O'Neill, Jr. 1978. Third annotated bibliography on biological effects of metals in aquatic environments (No. 1293-2246). Ecological Research Series. Environ. Res. Lab. EPA 600/ 3-78-005, 487 p. 7; ReM. ROSSoO? and’ G: A Gaboury. 1979). Fourth annotated bibliography on biological effects of metals in aquatic environments (No. 2247-3132). Environ. Res. Lab. EPA 600/3-79-084, 592 p. Eider; H.Y., DoJ. Garrod, and P).J.P* Whitehead. 97d. Natural hybrids of the African cichlid fishes Tilapia spilurus nigra and T. leucosticta: A case of hybrid INEEOGLESSTONG + BLO yd. Lan. SOC... 2) 2 LOsS—146.. Ellis. MoM. lOl4e=yrishes of Colorado .°—UniV-—nCOlOn Situcie elaine 5103 or Emadi, H. 1973. Yolk-sac malformation in Pacific salmon in relation to substrate, temperature, and water velocity. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(8):1249-1250. Emery, A.R., A.H. Berst, and K. Kodaira. 1972. Under-ice observations of wintering sites of leopard frogs. Copeia 1972(1):123-126. , and W.E. Burgess. 1974. A new species of damselfish (Eupomacentrus) from the western Atlantic, with a key to known species of that area. Copela 1974(4):879-886. Emig, J.W. 1966. Bluegill sunfish. Jn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 375-392. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Red-ear sunfish. Jn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 392-399. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. Emmens, C.W. 1957. Hybrid vigour of fishes. Water Life Aquaria World 12(2):74-76. 47 DOI 560. 561". S)SVAG 563). 564. SIE 566. 567. 568. 569. SW AOE 7A Enequist, P. 1937. Das Bachneunauge als okologische modifikation des Flussneunauges. Uber die Fluss- und Bachneunaugen Schwedens. Ark. Zool. 29(20),22 p. Engel, W., P. Kuhl, and J. Schmidtke. 1977. Expression of the paternally derived phosphoglucose isomerase genes during hybrid trout development. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 56B:103-108. Etnier, D.N. 1967. The biology of hybrid sunfishes of the genus Lepomis in three Minnesota lakes. Diss. Abstr. . B27(8):2915.. Evans, A. 1971. Pink x green. fn B. Howes (editor), Breeding experience with kissing gouramis, p. 429-430. Petfish Mon. 5. Evenhuis, B.L. 1972. Inventory and classification of streams in the Little Sandy River, Tygart's Creek, and Kinniconick Creek drainages. Ky. Fish. Bull. 58), 4 Zi6p = Evermann, B.W. 1906. The golden trout of the southern High Sierras... U..S.,-Bur. Fish. Bull. >25(2905)).4'—5ie , and H.W. Clark. .1931...A distributional) distor the species of freshwater fishes known to occur in California. Calif. Dep. Fish. Game, Fish Bull. 35, 67 p. == Factorovich, K.A. 1971. Histophysiological control on the state of liver of the selected rainbow trout. Izv. GOSNIORKh 74:104-116. Farmer, G.J., and F.W.H. Beamish. 1973. Sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus) predation on freshwater teleosts. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(5):601-605. Feddern, H.A. 1972. Field guide to the angelfishes (Pomacanthidae) in the western Atlantic. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS CIRC—369, 10 p. Fegely, T. 1974. Taking a closer look; a kinship of killers. Pa. Angler 43(6):6-7. . 1975. Taking a closer look. Pa. Angler 44(4):6-7. Felley, J. 1980. Analysis of morphology and asymmetry in bluegill sunfish (Lepomis macrochirus) in the south- eastern United States. Copeia 1980(1):18-29. 48 572. Ferguson, A., K-J.M. Himberg, and G. Svardson. 1978. Systematics of the Irish pollan (Coregonus poilan Thompson): An electrophoretic comparison with other holarctic Coregoninae. J. Fish Biol. 12(3):221-233. bys.) (Ferris, Si.D.5 and Gis. Whitt. 1978.) Phylogeny, of tetraploid catostomid fishes based on the loss of duplicate gene expression. Syst. Zool. 27(2):189-206. 574. Fessler, J.L. 1977. Adult returns from smolts originating from the matings of wild and hatchery summer steelhead. fn T.J. Hassler and R.R. van Kirk (editors), Genetic implications of steelhead management, p. 56. Calif. Coop. Fish. Res. Unit Spec. Rep. 77-1. 575. Fischer, F. 1880. Zur karpfen-bastard-zuchtung. Dtsch. Landw. Press,p. 7. 576. Fishelson, L. 1966. Cichlidae of the genus Tilapia in Israel. Bamidgeh 18:67-80. S7ee , and Y. Loya. 1969. Experiments on rearing Tilapia hybrids in brackish water ponds near the Dead Sea. Verh. Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 17:602-610. Si ihe , and D. Popper. 1968. Experiments in rearing fish in saltwaters near the Dead Sea, Israel. FAO Fish. Pap. 5(44):244-245 E-7. 577a. Fitzgerald, W.J., Jr. 1979. The red-orange Tilapia - a hybrid that could become a world favourite. Fish MaArM Ng nt. o(1S)26—2i7%. 579. Fitzsimons, J.M. 1972. A revision of two genera of goodeid fishes (Cyprinodontiformes, Osteichthys) from the Mexican Plateau. Copeia 1972(4):728-756. 580. . 1974. Morphological and behavioral intermediacy in hybrids of two species of goodeid fishes (Cyprino- dontiformes: Osteichthyes) from Mexico. Copeia 1974(4):848-855. 581: -Flick; WAA.251971 .- ONews trout? €or. old waters. N.Y..Sitate Conserv. 25(6):18-21. Sie « ,.and D.A. Webster. 1976. ?Production of wild, domestic, and interstrain hybrids of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in natural ponds. J. Fish. Res. Board Can.33(7):1525-1539. 583. Focke, E.S. 1976. New colors and color combinations in discus. Trop. Fish Hobbyist Publ. 24(240, No. 6): 53-55, 58-60. 49 584. Foester, W. 1974. Untersuchungen zur morphologie der Chromosomen von Xiphophorus maculatus, X. xiphidium, X. variatus, X. montezumae cortezi, und 4 subspecies von X. helleri (Pisces, Poeciliidae). Diplomarbeit Univ. Gieszin, 74 p. 585. Fonds, M. 1973. Sand gobies in the Dutch Wadden Sea (Pomatoschistus, Gobiidae, Pisces). Neth. J. Sea Res. 6(4):417-478. 586ae Fowke,;; P4°1938). > Erout. culture (in ,Ceylion., 4Cceylon Jousceir (C)8:1-76. 587. Fowler, H.W. 1946. Notes on Pennsylvania fishes obtained in 1943, 1944, and 1945. Pa. Board Fish Comm. Combined Biannu. Rep. period ending 31 May 1946, p. 99-103. 588. Franck, D. 1970. Verhaltensgenetische Untersuchungen an Artbastarden der Gattung Xiphophorus (Pisces). (In Ger., Engl. summ.) 2. Tierpsychol. 27(1):1-34. 589. Frank, R., M. Holdrinet, H.E. Braun, D.P. Dodge, and G.E. Sprangler. 1978. Residues of organochlorine insecticides and polychlorinated biphenyls in fish from lakes Huron and Superior, Canada-1968-76. Pestic. Monit. J. 12(2):60-68. 590. Frank, S. 1969. The pictorial encyclopedia of fishes. Hamlyn, N.Y. ,s552aphettransi.,, gl971'3 591. , and H-J. Franke. 1962. Ein neuer Brachydanio. Aquarien. Terrarien 9:289-290. 592. Frankel, J.S., and W.H. Hart. 1975. The ontogeny of lactate dehydrogenase isozymes in interspecific crosses of the genus Brachydanio. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., p. 87. Williamsburg, Va. 8-14 June 1975. 593. Fraser, J.M. 1972. Recovery of planted brook trout, | splake, and rainbow trout from selected Ontario lakes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(2):129-142. 594. . 1976. Assessment of winter planting of hatchery- reared brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in small ; precambrian lakes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(8): 1794-1797. 595. . 1978. The effect of competition with yellow perch on the survival and growth of planted brook trout, splake, and rainbow trout in a small Ontario lake. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107(4):505-517. 50 596. Fritz, E.S., and E.T. Garside. 1974. Identification and description of hybrids of Fundulus heteroclitus and F. diaphanus (Pisces: Cyprinodontidae) from Porters Lake, Nova Scotia, with evidence for absence of backcrossing. Can. J. Zool. 52(12):1433-1442. 597. Fry; HoE.J;, andg@eM.BarGibson. 1953. 4 Lethal temperature experiments with speckled trout x lake trout hybrids. J. Hered. 44(2):56-57. 598. Fry, W.H. 1854. A complete treatise on artificial fish breeding. D. Applegate Co., N.Y., 188 p. 5995 _Fryera;jE., and).T.D.1les...1972....,.The,..cichiid fishes of the great lakes of Africa, their biology and evolution. Trop. Fish. Hobbyist. Publ., 641 p. 600. Fugita, K. 1926. On the nature exhibited by fish breeding of the salmonid fishes. (In Jpn.) Zool. Soc. Jpn. (Zool. Mag.) 38:39-51. 601. Fujio, Y. 1977. Natural hybridization between Platichthys stellatus and KXareius bicoloratus. Jpn. J. Genet. 52(2):117-124. 602. Fujita, T. 1926. On the characteristics that appear in the F, hybrids between salmon and trout. (Sake-masu rui nd zasshi (F,)} ni arawareru seushitsu ni tsuikete. ) (In Jpn.) J. Zool. 34(448):39-51. Do-zatsu 38(448):39-51. 603. Fukuhara, F.M., S. Murai, J.J. LaLanne, and A Sribhibhadh. 1962. Continental origin of red salmon as determined from morphological characters. Int. North Pac. Fish. Comm., Bull. 8:15-109. 604. Fulunnoba, I.A. 1962. Opyt vyrashivanii gibryda beluga X sterlety v kolshoznyz prydakh voronezhskoii oblasti. Tr. Soveshch. Ikhtiol. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR 14:186-188. (Coe 605. Gaigher, I.G., and H.J. Bloemhoff. 1975. Hybrid Labeo umbratus x L. capensis (Pisces, Cyprinidae) from the Hardap Dam, S.W.A. Madoqua 9(1):53-55. 606. Gal'nbek, A.I. 1957. O metodike zaribleniya ozer Yarala lichenkami ripusa. (On the procedure for stocking Uralian lakes with ripus larvae.). Izv. VNIORh 39:86-92. 51 607. 608. 609. 610. 6m: 62” 613" 614. 615). 616. 617. 618. Garrett, G.P. 1979. Mate preference in Cyprinodon vari- egatus and C. bovinus. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, Orono, I p- Garside, E.T., and W.J. Christie. 1962. Experimental hybridization among three coregonine fishes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 91(2):196-200. Gasowska, M. 1959. Pokolenie F, kryzyzowski samica Sieja x samiec sielawa. GoSpod. Rybna 11:21. 1979. Osteological revision of the genus Phoxinus Raf. sensu Banarescu 1964, with description of a new genus, Parchrosomus gen. n. (Pisces, Cyprin- idae). Ann. Zool. Pol. Akad. Nauk. Inst. Zool. 34(12):371-413. Gatz, A.J., Jr. 1975. The ecology of fishes in three streams in North Carolina. Ph.D. Thesis, Duke Univ., Durham, N.C., 345 p. Gaylord, H.R. 1910. An epidemic of carcinoma of the thyroid gland among fish. J. Am. Med. Assoc. 54(3):227. Geldern, C.E. von, Jr. 1966. Warmwater lake management. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 304-312. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. George, J.C., and T.M. John. 1980. Histological observa- tions on certain changes in charr eleutheroembryos. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 677-682. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. George, T.T. 1975. Introduction and transplantation of culturable species in Africa. Proceedings of FAO/CIFA Symposium on Aquaculture in Africa, Accra, Ghana. CIFA/75/SR7, 23 p. Gerking, S.D. 1945. Key to the fishes of Indiana. Invest. Ind. Lakes Streams 4:49-86. Getter, C.D. 1975. Natural hybrids between two species of Gambusia. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 8-14 June 1975, Williamsburg, Va., p. 89. 1976. The systematics and biology of the poeciliid fish, Gambusia rhizophorae, with an account of its hybridization with Gambusia affinis and Gambusia punctata. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Miami, Coral Gables; Flam, £29.p= 52 619. 620. 621". 622. 623. 624. 628. O29 630. Gharrette, A.J... RaiC., SIMOnMy andid D> McIntyre.) Wlov7a7e Reassociation and hybridization properties of DNAs from several species of fish. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 56(1B):81-85. Gibbs, R.H., Jr. 1957. Cyprinid fishes of the subgenus Cyprinella of Notropis. III. Variation and subspecies of Notropis venustus (Girard). Tulane Stud. Zool. 5(8):175-203. Gibson, R. 1929. The spawning beds of the Skeena River. Proc. B.C. Rep. Comm. Fish. 1928:50-52. Gilbert, C.R. 1978. The nominal North American cyprinid fish Notropis henryi interpreted as an intergeneric hybrid, Clinostomus funduloides x Nocomis leptocephalus. Copeia 1978(1):177-181. , and R.M. Bailey. 1972. Systematics and zoogeo- graphy of the American cyprinid fish Notropis (Opsopoeodus) emiliae. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich= =.6647°735tip. Gilmore, R.G., Jr. 1977. Fishes of the Indian River lagoon and adjacent waters, Florida. Bull. Fla. State'Mus., Biol. Sci. 22(3):101-147. Girard, A. 1892. Quelques remarques sur la truite de mer. C.R. Hebd. Seances Mem. Soc. Biol., Paris 44:872-876. Gjedrem, T. 1976. Possibilities for genetic improvement in salmonids. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(4, Pt. 2): 1094-1099. , A. Eggum, and T. Refstie. 1977. Chromosomes of some salmonids and salmonid hybrids. Aquaculture 11(4):335-348. Glazier, J.R., and C.A. Taber. 1980. Reproductive biology and age and growth of the Ozark minnow, Dionda nubila. Copeia 1980(3):547-550. Glushankova, M.A., N.S. Korobtzova, A.A. Kusakina, and A.A. Neyfakh. 1973. Expression of genes controlling FDP-aldolase in fish embryos. Thermostabilty as a genetic marker. fn Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb., p-. 76-84. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. Goddard, C.I., and J.S. Tait. 1976. Preferred temperatures of F, to F. hybrids of Salvelinus fontinalis x S. namaycush.> J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(2):197-202. 53 6S: SSVAG 633. 634. 635% 636. 637. 638. 639. 640. 641. 642. Goldy JER.) <19779).. Cytogenetics. “nino aWeS Hoa eDadis Randall, and J.R. Brett (editors), Fish physiology. Volisn8, eps .o53=4 0565 Acad aPress)aNioye , and GALE: Galli to7S5. Pusithererecorde os Little Kern golden trout, Salmo aquabonita whitei, in the Little Kern River basin, California. Calif. Fish Game 61(4):248-250. , and . 1975. The taxonomic structure of six golden trout (Salmo aquabonita) populations from the Sierra Nevada California (Pisces: Salmonidae). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 40(10):243-263. jo R. Eo Pipkin, .and..G.A.E.. Gall. 4976. [Atisircaran hybridization between rainbow (Salmo gairdneri) and golden trout (Salmo aguabonita). Copeia 1976(3): 597-598. . , and - 1979. Notes ona hybridization experiment between rainbow and golden trout. Calif. Fish Game 65(3):179-183. Gold, M.F., and J.R. Gold. 1976. Golden trout in trouble. Nat. Hist. 85(10);74-82, 84. Goldberg, E. 1966. Lactate dehydrogenase of trout: Hybridization in vitro and in vivo. Science (Wash., D.C.) 151:(3714)1091-1093. , J2P. Cuerrier,, and J.C: Wand. Wil969nn. ackrate dehydrogenase ontogeny, paternal gene activation, and tetramer assembly in embryos of brook trout, lake trout, and their hybrids. Biochem. Genet. 23335=350): Goldsmith, E.D., M. Gordon, and R.F. Nigrelli. 1947. The effect of amputation of the dorsal fin upon the development of Sd melanomas in hybrid fishes. Anat. REC aI 3S oG—359 Goldstein, R.J. 1970. Breeding reports. Advanced Aquarists of Atlanta, Newsl., p. 7. . 1970. Lake Malawi cichlid hybrid. Advanced Aquarists of Atlanta, Newsl. #11, April. - | 1973°.. » ‘Cichlids: of ‘the world: TErop: ash Hobbyist Publ., Neptune City, N.J., 382 p. 54 643. Golovkov, G.A., and D.P. Bulanov. 1975. Some biological features of the first and second generations of chir reared under conditions of north-west. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 104:79-83. 644. , AN. Kuzmin;Qvand: E.P. Popov. 197 5-saiSeme principles for management of the whitefish pond culture. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 104:28-41. 645. Goode, B. 1884. Jn C.G. Atkins (editor), Notes on land- locked salmon, p. 29-31. For. Stream, p. 31, August 7. 646. Gordeeva, L.N. 1974. The feeding Coregonus hybrids in the Veshkelitsky lakes. (Pitanie gibriov segevykh o Veshkelitskikh ozerakh.) Tr. Karel. Otd. Gos. Nauchno- Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 5(1):450-454, 19675 "Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. Ser. 2912, Dep. Environ. Fish. Mar. Serv. Freshwater Inst., Winnipeg, Man. 647. Gordon, M. 1932. Hereditary factors for early tumor development in hybrid killifishes. Anat. Rec. Evils ((S}3). 2 Aza) A 648. . 1936. The production of spontaneous melanotic neoplasms at birth in hybrid fishes. Am. Nat. UOXVAG) SSL 649. . 1940. The ecological isolation factor involved in the failure of Platypoecilus and Xiphophorus to hybridize in nature. Anat. Rec. 78(suppl): 171-172. 650. 7, and RES Nivogrella. (1950. Theyettfect of two linked color genes upon the atypical growth of erythrophores and macromelanophores to form erythromelanomas in four generations of hybrid fishes. Cancer Res. 10:220. 651. Gorelov, V.K. 1975. Osmoregylytornay sposobnosty moldi gibrida beluga x sterlydy i belugi. (Osmoregulating capacity of the young hybrids of giant x sterlet and young giant sturgeon.) Tr. Vses. Nauchno-Issled Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. 105:88-94. In Biological Basis of Productivity in Water Bodies of the Georgian SSR. (Biologicheskie vsnovy produktivnosti vodaenov Greginskoi SSR.) 652. Goren, M., and E.M. Rychwalski. 1978. Hybrids of Aphanius dispar and Aphanius mento (Cyprinodontidae: Pisces). Zool... J2e#Linn. Soc. « 63(3)2259-264. 653. Gorman, G.C. 1977. 1st hybrid marine tropical fish. BicScience 27(1):4. 55 654. , Y.-J. Kim, and R. Rubinoff. 1976. Genetic rela- tionships of three species of Bathygobius from the Atlantic and Pacific sides of Panama. Copeia 1976 (3):361-364. 65545 oGratte; (DeRa Sin: "Coolwater" fish culture — the silent success. Pa. Angler 46(10):20-25. 656. Grandilevskay-Deksbakh, M.L. 1957. Pitani chodskogo sira, rilosa i iz gibridov, akklimatizirovannyk v ozerash opada. Izv. VNIORh 39:181-207. 657. Grechkovskaya, A.P. 1972. Features of the productive qualities of carp cross breeding. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 48(10):14-22. 658. Greeley, J.R. 1958. Left over hybrids. N.Y. State Conserv. 25 ) 2 P2=V3'; 659. Green, C.W. 1935. The distribution of Wisconsin fishes. Wis. Cons. Comm., Madison, 235 p. 660. Green, O.L., R.O. Smitherman, and G.B. Pardue. 1979. Comparisons of growth and survival of channel cat- fish, Ictaiurus punctatus, from distinct populations. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 626-628. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 661. Green, S. 1888. Cross breeding of fish. fn Home fishing and home waters, p. 78-81. O. Judd Co., N.Y. 662. Greenberg, D.B. 1958. Branded trout. N.Y. State Conserv. 26) 247: 665. Greenfield, D.W., F. Abdel-Hameed, G.D. Deckert, and R.R. Flinn. 1973. Hybridization between Chrosomus erythro- gaster and Notropis cornutus (Pisces: Cyprinidae). Copeia 1973(1):54-60. 663. , and G.D. Deckert. 1973. Introgressive hybridization between Gila orcutti and Hesperoleucus symmetricus (Pisces: Cyprinidae) in the Cuyama River basin California: II. Ecological aspects. Copeia 1973(3):417-430. 664. , and T. Greenfield. 1972. Introgressive hybridization between Gila orcutti and Hesperoleucus symmetricus (Pisces: Cyprinidae) in the Cuyama River Basin, California. I. Meristics, morphometrics and breeding. Copeia 1972(4):849-859. 56 666. 667. 668. 669. 670. 672. 673. 674. 675. 676. 67a. 678. , E.R. Lira, and J.W. Jensen. 1974. Economic evaluation of fFilapia hybrid culture in northeast Brazil. FAO/CARPAS Symposium on Aquaculture in Latin America, Montevideo, Uruguay. 26 November to 2 December 1974. CARPAS/6/74/SE 36, 12 p. Greenwood, P.H. 1975. A history of fishes. 3d ed. J. Wiley Sons, N.Y., 467 p. Grimas, U., N-A. Nilsson, and C. Wendt. 1972. Lake Vattern: Effects of exploitation, eutrophication, and introductions on the salmonid community. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(6):807-817. Grimma, O.A. 1881. Zametka o skreshchivanii ryby. (A note concerning the cross-breeding of fish.) Tr. St. Peterburgskoe Obshchestvo (O-vo) Estestvoipyt. 12{1):52-57. Grimminger, S. 19371. A convict-firemouth crossing. Aquarium 4(10):20-22. Gritzenko, O.F. i970. A hybrid of Salvelinus alpinus and S. leucomaenis. (In Russ. and Engl.) Zool. Zh. 49(8):1252-1253. Grosev, G. 1974. First results of hybridization in phytophagous fish. (In Bulg., Engl. summ.) Proc. Freshwater Fish. Res. Stn. Plovdiv 10:119-127. Gruchy, C.G. and W.B. Scott. 1966. ZLepomis megalotis, the longear sunfish in western Ontario. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 23(9):1457-1459. Guerrero, R.D, III. 1975. Use of androgens for the production of ali-male Tilapia aurea (Steindachner). Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(2):342-348. Guidice, J.J. 1967. The production and comparative growth of three buffalo hybrids. Proc. 19th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1964:512-517 - 1966. Growth of a blue x channel catfish hybrid as compared to its parent species. Prog. Fish-Cult. 28(2):142-145. Gunning, G.E. 1971. Fishes, our changing environment and the contemporary fishery scientist. BioScience Ze SE ZO, SS Guyomard, R. 1978. Identification par electrophorese d'hyprides de salmonides. Ann. Genet. Sel. Anim. TOG) si =27 57 =e 679. Haas, R. 1979. Intergeneric hybridization in a sympatric pair of Mexican cyprinodontid fishes. Copeia 1979(1):149-152. 680. Haas-Andela, H. 1976. In vitro-kultur und Aufzucht von embryonen lebendgebarenden Zahnkarpfen der Gattung Xiphophorus. Zool. Anz. 197(1/2):1-5. 681. Haen, P.J., and F.J. O'Rourke. 1969. Comparative electro- phoretic studies of soluble eyelens proteins of some Irish freshwater fishes. Proc. R. Ir. Acad. Sci. B 68(4):67-75. 682. , and - 1969. Comparative electrophoretic studies of the water-soluble muscle proteins of some Irish freshwater fishes. Proc. R. Ir. Acad. Sci. B 68(7):101-108. 683. Haffner, C. 1913. Nochmals die Kreuzung zwischen Xipho- phorus strigatus Regan (= Xiphophorus helleri var. guntheric’) x Platypoecilus maculatus var pulchra Weibchen®?. Blatt. Aquar. Terrar. 24:533-535. 685. Hagen, D.W. 1966. Isolating mechanisms and speciation in Gasterosteus aculeatus L. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. British Columbia, Vancouver, 167 p. Diss. Abstr. 27:336B. 686. . 1967. Isolating mechanisms in threespine sticklebacks (Gasterosteus). In D.W. Greenfield (editor), Systematic ichthyology: A collection of readings, p. 172-228... MSS Educ., Publi; 67 eNay-; Reprint of Reference 605 in original bibliography list. 687. , and G.E.E. Moodie. 1979. Polymorphism for breeding colors in Gasterosteus aculieatus. I. Their genetics and geographic distribution. Evolu- tion 33(2):641-648. 684. Hagen, W., and J.P. O'Connor. 1959. Public fish culture in the United States, 1958, a statistical summary. U2S*) Fash Widlidile "Sexnv _SCis-cs 538; 4p" 688. Hagstrom, B-E., and S. Lonning. 1968. Electron microscopic studies of unfertilized and fertilized eggs from marine teleosts. Sarsia 33:73-80. 689. Hallam, J.C. 1977. The modification of vertebral number in Salmonidae. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Toronto, Ontario, 1974. Proc. Diss-iAbDStR{sint.sBsSscs. Eng.) 37 G2 ersiene 58 690. Halvorsen, O. 1971. Studies of the helminth fauna of Norway XVIII: On the composition of the parasite fauna of coarse fish in the river Glomma, south-eastern Norway. Norw. J. Zool. 19:181-192. 691. Hamaguchi, A. 1961. Morphological investigation in the carp, the funa and their hybrids. Hyogo Kenritsu Suisan Skikanjo Jigyo Hokoku 36:121-141. 692. Hambrick, P.S. 1973. Distributional study of the fishes of the upper Roanoke drainage, Virginia, with the description of a new cyprinid hybrid. (Abstr.) ASB Bude: 3202) 357. 693. - 41977. The intergeneric hybrid, Wotropis cerasinus x Phoxinus oreas (Pisces: Cyprinidae) in the upper Roanoke River drainage, Virginia. Am. Midl. Nat. 98(1):238-243. 694, Hamsa, K.N., and K.H. Alikunhi. 1971. Preliminary studies at upgrading Cirrhina reba by hybridization. J. Indian Fish. Assoc. 1:68-73. 695. Hanley, R.W. 1977. Hybridization between the chubsuckers Erimyzon oblongus and £. sucutta in North Carolina. (AbSEF=)2Am=~Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Prog. S7th Annu. Meet. 19-25 June 1977 - 695a. Hansen, D.W.M. 1972. Reproductive interactions between the brook trout and splake of Redrock Lake, Ontario. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Toronto, Ontario, 91 p. 695b. Hansen, J., and P. Hansen. 1973. Lyretail and hi-fin swordtails. Aquarist Pondkpr. 38(6):208-212. 696. Hansler, D.D. 1958. Some effects of artificial selection upon a stock of cutthroat trout, Salmo clarkii clarkil, with related hybridization studies. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 102 p. 697. Harada, T., H. Kumai, O. Murata, M. Nakamura, and S. Miyashita. 1973. Morphological characters of F hybrids between female Oplegnathus punctatus and male 0. fasciatus reared in experimental tanks and netjcages .- Jpn: Jc tehthyor. ZoO(L)-58- 698. Hardesty, M.W., and 1.C. Potter. 1971. The behaviour, ecology, and growth of larval lampreys. fn M.wW. Hardesty and I.C. Potter (editors), The biology of lampreys, Vol. 1., p. 85-125. Acad. Press, N.Y. 699. , and - 1971. The general biology of adult lampreys. fn M.W. Hardesty and I.C. Potter (editors), The biology of lampreys, Vol. 1, p. 127-206. Acad. Press, N.Y. 59 700. , and - 1971. Paired species. fn M.W. Hardesty and I.C. Potter (editors), The biology of lampreys, Vol. 1, p. 249-277. Acad. Press, N.Y. 701. Hardy, E. 1961. New salmon in Europe— and research lead- ing to the introduction of Pacific Oncorhynchus. Salmon Trout Mag. 1961(163):132-139. 702. Harima, H., and P.R. Mundy. 1974. Diversity indices applied to the fish biofacies of a small stream. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 103(3):457-461. 703. Harrington, R.W., Jr. 1975. Sex determination and differ- entiation among uniparental homozygotes of the her- maphroditic fish Rivulus marmoratus (Cyprinodontidae: Atheriniformes). fn R. Reinboth (editor), Intersexuality in the animal kingdom, p. 249-262. Springer-Verlag, N.Y. 704. , and R.A. Crossman, Jr. 1976. Temperature- induced meristic variation among three homozygous genotypes (clones) of the self-fertilizing fish Rivulus marmoratus. Can. J. Zool. 54(7):1143-1155. 705. Harris, F. 1978. Good fishing close to home. Wildl. N.C. 42(8):14-17. 706. Harris, G. 1969. Hybrids——success or failure? Trout Salmon Mag. 25/\(69)) 34), 133 7e35.. WOWinee Habrssoni, AC. 1959. Review: New trout for tomorrow. Piscator 13(45):42-43. 708. Harshbarger, J.C. 1973. Activities report registry of tumors in lower animals 1965-1973. Natl. Mus. Nat. Hist. Reg. Tumors, Wash. D.C., 141 p. 709. . 1979. Activities report registry of tumors in lower animals: 1978 supplement. Smithson. Inst., 45 p. WO. Hart,, J-m-... 1973... Pacific fishes. of Canada. FashesRese Board Can. Bull. 180, 740 p. 7 Ee aGts,. NH. and, M, Cook. 1977. Esterase isozyme patterns in developing embryos of Brachydanio rerio (zebra danio), Brachydanio albolineatus (pearl danio), and their hybrids. J. Exp. Zool. 199(1):109-127. 712. Hayakuri, M. 1936. About a hybrid of the trout family. Suisan Kenkyu-shi (J. Fish.) 3:251-258. 713. Heidinger, R.C. 1975. Growth of hybrid sunfishes and channel catfish at low temperatures. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(2):333=-334. 714. - 1976. Synopsis of biological data on the largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede) 1802. EAO Fash. Synope 15). 85i ip. FASS , and W.M. Lewis. 1972. Potentials of the redear sunfish x green sunfish hybrid in pond management. Prog. Fish-Cult. 34(2):107-109. 716. Heinrich, W. 1967. Untersuchungen zum sexualverhalten in der Gattung Tiijapia (Cichlidae, Teleostei) und bei Artbastarden. Z. Tierpsychol. 24(6):684-754. 717. Henderson, E.B., and B.G. Whiteside. 1976. Population dynamics of the green sunfish x redear sunfish hybrid as compared with its reciprocal cross and parental species. Proc. 29th Ann. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1976:273-278. 718. Henderson, W.H., and S. Winckler. 1968. A winning combination. Texas Parks Wildl. 26(10):26-28. 719. Hensel, K. 1969. The first found of natural sturgeon hybrid Acipenser ruthenus Linnaeus, 1758 x Acipenser guidenstadti colcinus Marti, 1940 in the Danube. Vestn. Cesk. Spol. Zool. (Acta/Soc. Zool. Bohemslov. ) 33(4):328=-330. 720. - 4971. Some notes on the systematic status of Carassius auratus gibelio (Bloch, 1782) with further record of this fish from the Danube River in Czecho- slovakia. Vestn. Cesk. Spol. Zool. 35(3):186-198. Use , and S. Paulov. 1978. Proteinove spektra Kroneho sera styroch druhov kaprovitych ryb (Osteichthyes, Cyprinidae). Acta Fac. Rerum Nat. Univ. Comenianae Zool. 23:101-104. 722. Henze, M. 1973. Quantitative analysis of pteridines in biological extracts by direct fluorometry on thin layers. J. Chromatogr. 79:370-372. VE Bie . 1973. Uber die verteilung der pterine aus verschiedenen organen, melanomen, und zelltypen bei leben gebarenden zahnkarpfen (Poeciliidae). Diplo- marbeit Univ. Gieszen, 138 p. 724. , and F. Anders. 1975. Uber einen Makropterino- phoren-Komplexlocus und dessen Exprissionskontrolle im Genom von Platypoecilus maculatus, Xiphophorus helleri und Xiphophorus cortezi (Poeciliidae). Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges. p. 159-162, 1974. 61 UPD YAS VA W283 UPD 73.0). The} W322. 33 734. USoKs , G. Rempeters, and F. Anders. 1977. Pteridines in the skin of xiphophorine fish (Poeciliidae). Comp Biochem. Physiol. 56B:35-46. Hesser, R.B. 1978. "Tiger muskellunge." Pa. Angler 47(4):3 (Lett. ) Hickey; 2iCJRe wi Jr .,=B-H-4 Young; andwReD > Bishop warLovae Skeletal abnormalities in striped bass. N.Y. Fish Game J. 24(1):69-85. Hickling, C.F. 1968. Fish-hybridization. FAO Fish Rep. 44(4):1-11. Hickman, T.J., and R.J. Behnke. 1979. Probable discovery of the original Pyramid Lake cutthroat trout. Prog. Fish-Cult. 41(3):135-137. Hikita, T. 1963. On a salmonid fish known as "Iwame" in local name within Hokkaido. (Hokkaido - san no zokush o "Iwame" ni tsuite.) (In Jpn.) Hokkaidoritsu Suisan Fukajo Kenkyu Hokoku (Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish Hatchery). 18:41-43. Fish. Res. Board Can. Trans 3 euOue2s & AOy7 1, = Oesp'. , and Y. Yokohira. 1964. Biological study on hybrids of the salmonid fishes. A note on F, hybrids between chum (Oncorhynchus keta) and pink saImon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha). Sake-ka kozutsu-gyo no seibatnigaku-tsuki kenkyu, sake to karafuto-masu no jinko kozatsu ni tsuite. Hokkaido Sake-Masu Fukajo Kenyo 18:57-67. Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Salmon Hatchery 18:57-65. Hines, R., A. Yashouv, and A. Wilamovski. 1971. Differ- ences in the electrophoretic mobility of the hemo- globins of Tilapia aurea, Tilapia vulcani, and their hybrid cross. Bamidgeh 23(2):53-55. Hi-tzeroth, H-, J. Kilose’:, S2-Ohno,- and Ue Wolkk> =1968e Asynchronous activation of parental alleles at the tissue-specific gene loci observed on hybrid trout during early development. Biochem. Genet. 1:287-300. Hnath, J.G. 1975. A summary of the fish diseases and treat- ments administered in a cool water diet testing program. Prog. Fish-Cult. 37(2):106-107. Hochachka, P.W. 1966. Lactate dehydrogenases in poikilo- therms: Definition of a complex isozyme system. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 18:261-269. 62 136 Hocutt, CeH=,- and) Pes eambrilck.7 (19738. Hybridization between the darters Percina crassa roanoka and Percina oxyrhyncha (Percidae, Etheostomatini) with comments on the distribution of Percina crassa roanoka in New River. Am. Midl. Nat. 90(2): 397-405. 737. Hodgins, H.O., W.E. Ames, and F.M. Utter. 1969. Variants of lactate dehydrogenase isozymes in sera of sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 26(1L):15-19. 738. Hoffman, G.L. 1967. Parasites of North American fresh- water fishes. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 486 p. 739. Holandre, H.J. 1825. Faune de department de la moselle et principalement des environs des oiseaux, etc., p. 246. 740. Holcik, J. 1972. Abundance, ichthyomass and production of fish populations in three types of water bodies in Czechoslovakia (man-made lake, trout lake, arm of the Danube River). fn Productivity problems of freshwater, Waszawa-Kichow, p. 843-855. Proceed- ings of IBP-UNESCO Symposium on Productivity Problems of Freshwaters. Kazimierz, Dolny, Poland, May 6-12, 1970. 741. - 1972. The systematic status of bullhead (Ictalurus Rafinesque 1820) (Osteichthyes:Ictaluridae) in Czechoslovakia. Vestn. Cesk. Spol. Zool. 36(3): 187-191. 742. - 1977. Description of a natural hybrid between Acanthorhodeus macropterus tonkinensis and Rhodeus spinalis, (Osteichthyes:Cyprinidae) from Hainan, China. Folia Zool. 26(2):183-191. 743. , and K. Hensel. 1971. Ichthyologicka priruckaea. Bratislave, 217 p. 744. , and - 41974. A new species of Gymnocephalius (Pisces:Percidae) from the Danube, with remarks on the genus. Copeéia 1974(2):471-486. 745. Holden, P.B., and C.B. Stalnaker. 1975. Distribution and abundance of mainstream fishes of the middle and upper Colorado River basin, 1967-1973. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(2):217-231. 746. Holey, M., B. Hollender, M. Imhof, R. Jesien, R. Konopacky, M. Toneys, and D. Coble. 1979. "Never give a sucker an even break." Fisheries 4(1):2-6. 63 747. 748. 749. Vets 750. USS Vos. 754. BEDOK. 756. POF . 758. Holton, G.D.. 1980. The riddle of existence: Fishes of special concern. Montana Outdoors 11(1):2-6, 26. - 1953. A trout population study on a small creek in Gallatin County, Montana. J. Wildl. Manage. 17(1):62-82. Hondus, J. 1975. The world of fish. Peebles Press, INE Yeoh; mee: GOP py. Honma, Y. 1974. A specimen of a possible hybrid between Oncorhynchus masou and Salvelinus leucomaenis from the Ohkura-gawa, Sado Island. Annu. Rep. Sado Mar. Broies Sin: INiagata Univ. +44 1=3 5 fe andiJi.di.De der watt. 1968. Teratological observations in acheilognathine species and hybrids (Cyprinidae). III. Uncommon deformities in eight adult specimens of bitterling. Trans. R. Soc. S. Afr. 38(1):39-44. , R. Mizusawa, and H. Kakimoto. 1979. Five cases of anomalous flatfishes (Heterosomata) found in the waters adjacent to Niigata and Sado Island. Annu. Rep. Sado Mar. Biol. Stn. Niigata Univ. 9:19-25. Horowitz, J.Ji9,> and).G.S: Whitt. .1972. .sEvolutvon ota nervous system specific lactate dehydrogenase isozyme an fash. Js Exp). Zool ...180i(@1)):13=—3ir. Horseman, L.O., and R.J. Kernehan. 1976. An indexed bibliography of the striped bass, Morone saxatilis 1670-1976. -chthyoil. Assocs Bull 5.13), 448: pe Horsley, R.W. 1977. A review of the bacterial flora of teleosts and elasmobranchs, including methods for its analysis. J. Fish Biol. 10(6):529-553. Houde, E.D., and L.J. Swanson, Jr. 1975. Description of eggs and larvae of yellowfin menhaden, Brevoortia smzthi«~ Fish=;Bull.;) UsiS.— 73)03) 21660-67365 Houston, A.H., K.M. Mearows, and J.S. Smeda. 1976. Further observations upon the hemoglobin systems of thermally-acclimated freshwater teleosts: Pumpkin- seed (Lepomis gibbosus), white sucker (Catostomus commersoni), carp (Cyprinus carpio), goldfish (Carassius auratus) and carp-goldfish hybrids. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 54(2A):267-273. Housz, F.M.I. 1964. Was ist Brachydanio frankei? Dtsche. AquarsvTerrar: Z., Stuttgart) 7 G)es=12:: 759. Howell, W.M., and J. Villa. 1976. Chromosomal homogeneity in two sympatric cyprinid fishes of the genus Rhinich- thys. Copeia 1976(1):112-116. 760. Howes, B. 1971. Breeding experiences with kissing gouramis. Pet Fish (Monthly) Lond. 5(10):428-430. 761. Hoyt, R.D. 1974. The effect of stocking on the meristic complement of the Neosho smallmouth bass. Proc. 27th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1974:643-652. 762. Hu, §.-C., and R.-T. Yang. 1973. Electrophoresis studies on Tilapia hybridizations, Tilapia mossambica x Rilapia nitotica. I MEsh-. Soc Taiwan” (22 ):35-39. 763. Hubbell, P.M. 1966. Pumpkinseed sunfish. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 402-404. Calif. Dep. Fish Game- 764. - 1966. Warmouth. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 405-407. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 767. Hubbs, C. 1971. Survival of intergroup percid hybrids. Jpn. J. Lehthyok. 2 v8ie2Z365=7/5 768. . 1974. Review of: Endemism in fishes of the Clear Lake region of central California by John D. Hopkirk. Copeia 1974(3):808-809. 765. Hubbs, C.L. 1955. Hybridization between fish species in nature; systematic zoology 4:1-20. fn D.A. Levin (editor) 1979, Hybridization; an evolutionary perspective, p. 139-158. Dowder, Hutchinson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa.. Also ref. 696 in Publ. Gulf Coast Res. Lab. Mus. SI B28: ply, 972. 766. , R.R. Miller, and L.c. Hubbs. 1974. Hydro- graphic history and relict fishes of the north-central great basin. Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci. 7:1-259. 769. Hueske, E.E. 1948. Fish resources of the Bay Lakes. Wildl. N.C., 17-18 Sept., p. 4-6. 770. Huet, M. 1968. Methodes biologiques d'accroissement de la production piscicole (Europe et Afrique). FAO Fish, Rep. 44(4):289-327. 771. Hulata, G., R. Moav, and G. Wohlfarth. 1974. The relation- ship of gonad and egg size to weight and age in the Euro- pean and Chinese races of the common carp Cyprinus carpio be de rash %Bi0d. oOl6)745—758'. 65 TAS \- i , and - 1976. The effects of maternal age, relative hatching time and density of stocking on growth rate of fry in the European and Chinese races of the common carp. J. Fish Biol. 9(6):499-513. 774. A , and - 1980. Genetic differ- ences between the Chinese and European races of the common carp. III. Gonad abnormalities in hybrids. J. Fish Biol. 16(4):369-370. WHIOAS , and S. Rothbard. 1978. 'Siamese-twins' in Sarotherodon mossambicus. J. Fish Biol. 13(1): ayo ee yeyiles 775. Huntsman, G.R. 1966. Biochemical taxonomy of Catostomidae and hybridization of Carpiodes species. Ph.D. Thesis, Iowa State Univ., Ames, 103 p. Diss. Abstr. 27:3339B, 1967. Site 777. Ihssen, P. 1971. The inheritance of thermal resistance in hybrids of Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill) and Salvelinus namaycush (Walbaum). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Toronto, Ontario, 226 p. 778. - 1973. Inheritance of thermal resistance in hybrids of Salvelinus fontinalis and S. namaycush. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(3):401-408. Ne - 1976. Selective breeding and hybridization in fisheries management. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33 (2.):316-321. 780. . 1978. Inheritance of bluesac disease for hatchery charr of the genus Salvelinus. Environ. Biol. Fishes 3(3):317-320. 781. , and J. S. Tait. 1974. Genetic differences in retention of swimbladder gas between. two populations of lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 31(8):1351-1354. 782. Inaba, D. 1961. Futo to koi zasshu. Chapter 14.4. fn Tansiu zoshoku gaku. (Hybrids of funa and carp. fn The science of freshwater propagation, p. 183-184.) Suisan Gaku Zenshu I. Kosei-sha Gensei Kahuhan, 318 p. 783... Inman, .C.R.,,,.Rs€. Dewey, and ~P;P. Durocher. 1977. Grower comparisons and catchability of three largemouth bass strains. Fisheries 2(5):20-25. 784. 785. VU De 786. Ukssifs 788. TEO 790. Teng WS cae Use Irving, R.B. 1955. Ecology of the cutthroat trout in Henrys Lake, Idaho. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 84: 275-296. Ishikawa, T., and S. Takayama. 1977. Ovarian neoplasia in ornamental hybrid carp (Nishikigoi) in Japan. In H.F. Kraybill, C.J. Dawe, J.C. Harshbarger, and R.G. Tardiff (editors), Aquatic pollutants and biologic effects with emphasis on neoplasia, Vol. 298, p. 330-341. Annu. N.Y. Acad. Sci. Iuchi, I., R. Suzuki, and K. Yamagami. 1975. Ontogenetic expression of larval and adult hemoglobin phenotypes in the intergeneric salmonid hybrids. J. Exp. Zool. 192(1):57-64. hdkin, LK.) L970. tkht1o0logi ca.” Sth ed. Pischchevaria Promst. Moskva, 380 p. Ivankov, V.N. 1973. Hybrids of autumn chum Oncorhynchus keta (Walb.) and coho O. kisutch (Walb.). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 78:175-176; p. 149-151 Transl. Ivasik, V.M., I.M. Karpenko, and O.P. Kulakovskaya. 1968. On parasite fauna of sazan-carp hybrids and their initial forms. Gidrobiol. Zh. 4(6):62-63 Leningrad. Se Jakowska, S., R.F. Nigrelli, and M. Gordon. 1951. MHisto- chemical studies on the blood of platyfish, swordtail, and their hybrids. Cancer Res. 11:259-260. Jalabert, B., P. Kammacher, and P. Lessent. 1970. Deter- minisme du sex chez les hybrides entre [T. mossambica et T. nilotica. Etude de la sex-ratio dans les recroissements des hybrides de premiere generation par les especes parentes. Rapport Annuel Centre Tech- nique Forestier Tropical, p. 61-71. ; , and . 1971. Determinisme du sexe chez les hybrides entre Tilapia macrochir et Tilapia nilotica. Etude de la sex-ratio dans les recroisements des hybrides de premiere generation par les especes parentes. Ann. Biol. Anim. Biochim. Biophys. 11(1):155-165. Janes, T. 1956. That new game-fish. Outdoor Life 17(2):38-39, 147-149. Janssen, J.A. 1974. Competition and growth of bluegills, green sunfish, and their hybrids and the possible role of aggressive behavior. Diss. Abstr. Int. B 356) -sLlt=391 27 67 794. Jenkins, R.E. 1970. Systematic studies of the catostomid fish tribe moxostomatini. Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell Univ., iehacale Neen 899m. 795. , and C.A. Freeman. 1972. Longitudinal distribu- tion and habitat of the fishes of Mason Creek, an upper Roanoke River drainage tributary, Virginia. Va. J. Sci. 23(4):194-202. 796. Jennings, T.L., and F.Frank. 1965. Results of an experi- mental muskellunge-silver northern pike cross. Iowa Conserv. Comm. Q. Biol. Rev. 17(4):1-3. 799. Jhingran, V.G., and V. Gopalakrishnan. 1974. Catalogue of cultivated aquatic organisms. FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. ESO (S3mp. 798. , and H.A. Khan. 1979. Synopsis of biological data on the mrigal, Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton, 1822). FAO Fish. Synop. 120, 78 p. Ys , and A.V. Natarajan. 1979. Improvement of fishing resources in inland waters through stocking. Ch. 8. Artificial recruitment and transplantations. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 532-541. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 800. Johnson, B.L., D.L. Smith, and R-F-o Carline. ~ 1980. ~ Foaase— year growth, survival, habitat preference, and food habits of stocked walleye and walleye x sauger hybrids in Pleasant Hill reservoir, Ohio. (Abstr.) Am. Fish Soc. 110th Annu. Meet., Louisville, Ky., Deol: 801. Johnson, C.A., and R. Harkema. 1970. A preliminary report on the life history of Pomphorhynchus rocci, an acanthocephalan parasite of the striped bass. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 86(4):184-185. 802. Johnson, D.W., and W.L. Minckley. 197227 Variabidtysen Arizona buffalofishes. Copeia 1972(1):12-17. 803. Johnson, L. 1980. The arctic charr, Salvelinus alpinus. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 15-98. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. 804. Johnson, M.S. 1975. Biochemical systematics of the atherinid genus Menidia. Copeia 1975(4):662-691. 805. Johnson, U.K. 1972. The great Pyramid Lake water war. Pisces (Calif.-Nev. Chapter) Am. Fish. Soc. AGS 73), «8h 68 806. Jones, A., R. Alderson, and B.R. Howell. 1974. Progress towards the development of a successful rearing technique for larvae of the turbot, Scophthalmus maximus L. fn J.H.S. Blaxter (editor), The early life history of fish, p. 731-737. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 807. Jones, A.R. 1970. Inventory and classification of streams in the Licking River drainage. Ky. Fish. Bull. 53, 6273p 808. Jones, J.W., and R.S.J. Linfield. 1972. A note on the identification of a crucian carp Carassius carassius (L.) x common carp Cyprinus carpio (L.) hybrid from a still water in Nottinghamshire. J. Fish Biol. 4(2):309-310. 809. Jordan, D.S. 1906. Salmon hybrids (Notes by J.A. Richardson). Science N.S. 23(585):434. 810. Jousset de Bellemse, G.L.M.F. 1909. La pisciculture en France. J.-B. Bailliere et Fils, Paris, 532 p. Sia; © «Woyce, -by,.. J GbearnieM. . Kelly, and Ewe Dukerrw = 19732 Genetic and biochemical aspects of lactate dehydro- genase isozymes in the salmonid eye. Biochem. Genet. 9(4):327-342. ore 883. Kaffka, J. 1978. A new bass for Arkansas. Arkansas Game Fish. 10(1):2-5. 812. Kafuku, T. 1966. Kozatsu-yozairyo to sono atsukai-kata- gyo-rui. (Method of hybrid species and the material for crossing the fish.) Suisan Zoshoku 13(3):114-116. 813. . 1968. Studies on hybrids between carp and "kawachi" crucian carp. I. Morphological analysis on Fi hybrids. (Koi to "kawachi" funa no kazatsu gyo no ké@nkyu. I. Koyatsu-shu (F,) no kushitsu kaishi.) Ku Suihen Kenyo 18({1):21-36. Bull. Freshwater Fish. Res. Lab. 18(1):21-40. 814. Kaj, J. 1958. Przebieg tarla ryb w dolnym odcinku rzeki welny. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol. Warszawa 4:183-192. 815. Kalisnik, M. 1971. Nastanek raka. Proteus 34:18-24. 816. Kallman, K.D. 1971. Inheritance of melanophore patterns and sex determination in the Montezuma swordtail, Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi Rosen. Zoologica (N.Y¥.) 56(3):77-94. 69 Sile7ee 821. 820, 818. SHligr 822). 823. 824. 825. 826. 827. . 1973. The sex-determining mechanism of the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus. In J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 19-28. Springer-Verlag, Berl. , and V. Borkoski. 1978. A sex-linked gene controlling the onset of sexual maturity in female and male platyfish (Xiphophorus maculatus), fecundity in females and adult size in males. Genetics 89:79-119. , and R. Borowsky. 1972. The genetics of gonopodial polymorphism in two species of poeciliid fish. Heredity 28(3):297-310. , and I.Y. Rao. 1979. Genetic dissection of sexual maturity. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, Orono, 1 p. Abstr. , and M.P. Schreibman. 1973. A sex-linked gene controlling gonadotrop differentiation and its sig- nificance in determining the age of sexual maturation and size of the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus. Gen. Comp. Endocrinol. 21:287-304. ? , and V. Borkoski. 1973. Genetic control of gonadotrop differentiation in the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus (Poeciliidae). Science (Wash., D.C.) 181(4100):678-680. Kamyshnaya, M.S. 1963. Hybrids of chum x pink salmon in the rivers of the North. (Gibridy kety s gorbuschei v rekakh severa). (In Russ.) Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 1963(4):24-26. Also, Jpn. transl.: fn Soren hokuyo- gyogyo kankei bunkenski, Hokyoshigen Kenkyu Kyoziku No. 54. Kandler, R. 1935. Uber das vorkommen von bastarden zwischen Scholle (Pleuronectes platessa L.) und Flunder (Pleuronectes flesus L.) in der Ostsee. Rapp. Proc. Verb. Reun. 94(3):9-24. Karpova, E.I., and L.G. Kutyanina. 1969. Prospects for the acclimatization of fish and other aquatic organisms. Rybn. Khoz. 1:24-26, Moscow. Kassimov, R. Yu. 1961. Diurnal rhythm of motoric activity in some species of sturgeons and their hybrids. Zool. Zh. 40(1):63-72. Katayama, M. 1938. Crossing between a paradise fish and a round tail paradise fish. J. Fish Res. Inst. 33:34-39. 70 828. 829. 830. 831 832. 8337 834. 835. 837. 836. Kato, K. 1972. Kenkyu no-to: Nippari gawa de twiustia kawatta sakana. (Research notes: A strange fish in the Nippara River.). (In Jpn.) Turbito 27(7):238-239. 1977. Natural hybrids of salmonid fishes from thebiNippara, River Llokyo. ’ Ipne Jearehthyol.)) 23)(4))): 225=232h Kato, T. 1966. Studies on the techniques of salmon- and trout-culturing. 3. Growth and survival rate of Sal- velinus pluvius, Salvelinus fontinalis fontinalis and the hybrid Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus fontinalis fontinalis (Sake-masu rei no yohshoku gijutsu ni kansuru kenkyu. Dai 3 po. Iwana kawamasu oyobi sono kozatsu-shu no seicho to seizan.) Tansui ku-suisan kenkyujo-sho kenkyu hokohu. Bull. Freshwater Fish. Res. Lab. 16(1):59-64. Katasonov, V. Ya. 1973. Investigation of color in hybrids of common and ornamental (Japanese) carp. Communication I. Transmission of dominant color types. Genetika 9(8):985-992. Kazancheev, E.N. 1961. On the possible significance of hybridization in changes in the number of Volga and Caspian shads, Alosa kessleri volgensis and Alosa CaSpia caspia. Tr. Soveshch. Ikhthiol. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR 13:443-444. Keenleyside, M.H.A. 1978. Reproductive isolation between pumpkinseed (Lepomis gibbosus) and longear sunfish (Z. megalotis) (Centrarchidae) in the Thames River, southwestern Ontario. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 351) tsi— 135. , R.K. Misra, and D.W. Bateson. 1973. Extended analysis of hybridization in sunfishes (Centrarchidae) using an adjusted hybrid index method. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(12):1901-1904. Keiz, G., and J.A. Adumua-Bossman. 1972. Uber biometrische Untersuchungen an Karpfen (Cyprinus carpio L.), Giebel (Carassius auratus gibelio (Bloch)) und deren Bastarden. Verh. Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 18:1155-1165. Keleher, J.J., and B. Kooyman. 1957. Supplement to Hink's "The Fishes of Manitoba". In Studies from stations of Fisheries Research Board Canada 1957, p. 103-117. Fish Res. Board Contrib. 481. Kelly.) Ob. pore.) andeMeR welts. “Lol eA. study of the cellulose acetate electrophoretic serum protein patterns of three species and one hybrid of the genus Roccus. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 46(2):77-79. 71 836a. 838. 839. 840. 841. 842. 843. 844. 845. 846. 847. 848. 849. Kennedy, M., and P. Fitzmaurice. 1973. Occurrence of cyprinid fishes in Ireland. Ir. Nat. J. 17:349-351. , and - 1974. Biology of the rudd Scardinius erythrophthalmus (L.) in Irish waters. Proc. R. Ir. Acad. Sec. B 74(18):245-303. Kennedy, S.E. 1977. Life history of the Leon Springs pupfish, Cyprinodon bovinus. Copeia 1977(1):93-103. Kepes, K.L., and G.S. Whitt. 1972. Specific lactate dehydrogenase gene function in the differentiated liver of cyprinid fish. Genetics 71 (Suppl. 3): $29. Kerby, J.H. 1972. Feasibility of artificial propagation and introduction of hybrids of the Morone complex into estuarine environments, with a meristic and morphometric description of the hybrids. Ph.D. THeESisS, + Vargqinlag,Inst.~Mare iSCivya ive ape 1979. Meristic characters of two Morone hybrids. Copeia 1979(3):513-518. rae V.. Gay Burrell, Jim, and CRs Rachards). | VS Occurrence and growth of striped bass x white bass hybrids in the Rappahannock River, Virginia. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 100(4):787-790. Ketola, H.G. 1978. Nutritional requirements and feeding of selected coolwater fishes: A review. Prog. Fish- Cult. 40(4):127-132. Kholodkovskii, N.A. 1889. Gibridizm. Rysskoe Bogotstvo (1):183-199. Kilgen, R.H., J.M. Guidry, R. Romaire, and J. Bossier. 1975. Salinity tolerance and acclimation studies of the hybrid carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella x Cyprinus Carpio. Proc... LacgACad.-. SCi,. » 3S83)'=35). Kincaid, H.L. 1977. Rotational line crossing: An approach to the reduction of inbreeding accumulation in trout brood stocks. Prog. Fish-Cult.- 39(4):179-181. Kingston, D.I. 1978. Skiffia francesae, a new species of goodeid fish from western Mexico. Copeia 1978(3):503-508. Kinunen, W., and J.R. Moring. 1978. Origin and use of Oregon rainbow trout brood stocks. Prog. Fish-Cult. 40(3):87-89. 72 850. Kircheis, F.W. 1980. The landlocked charrs of Maine: The Sunapee and the blueback. Jn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 749-755. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. 851. Kirk, R.G. 1972. A review of recent developments in Tilapia culture, with special reference to fish farming in the heated effluents of power stations. Aquaculture 1(1):45-60. 852. Kirpichnikov, V.S. 1943. Experimental systematics of the carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Eksperimentalnaia Sistem atika Sazana. Akad. Nauk SSSR Izv. Ser. Biol. Bull. Acad. Sci. L'Urss 4:189-219. 853. . 1954. Sozdanie novoi severnoi gibridnoi porody karpa. Trudy Soveshaniy po Rybovodstvy, p. 367-380. 854. . 1966. Effectiveness of mass and individual selection in fish breeding. Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 2(4):16-25 in Russ., p. 11-17 in Engl. 855. . 1966. Methods of progeny testing. Spawners in carp fish farms. JIn V.S. Kirpichnikov (editor), Selekstsii karpa i voprosy intersifikatsii prudovogo rybovodstva, p. 36-55. Izv. GOSNIORKh 61. 861. (editor). 1966. p. 41-2. Preface In Seleksiya karpa i voprosy intensifikatsii prudovogo rybovodstva. Izv. GOSNIORKh 61. 856. - 1967. Homologous inherited variation and the evolution of the carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 3(2):34-47 in Russ., p. 19-27 in Engl. S5i7e . 1968. The first all-union scientific conference on questions of the genetics, selection, and hybridiza- tion of fish. Genetika (Soviet Gen.) 4(5):160-164 in Russian, p. 691-695 in English. 858. - 1972. Methods and effectiveness of breeding of the ropshian carp. Communication 1. Purposes of breeding, initial forms, system of crosses. Genetika 8(8):65-72. Transl. Bur. Foreign Lang. Dep. Sec. Can. Dep. Environ. Fish. Res. Board Can. Halifax Lab. frans 1] s2575, 20ep)-,2 1973. 859. - 1973. Biochemical polymorphism and microevolu- tion processes in fishes. Jn Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb., p. 7-23. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. 73 860. 862. 863. 864. 865. 866. 867. 868. 869. 869a. 870. - 1973. Biochemical polymorphism and microevolu- tion processes. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 223-241. Springer-Verlag, Berl. , and K.A. Factorovich. 1972. Increase in the resistance of carp to dropsy by means of breeding. II. The course of the selection and evaluation of the breed groups selected. Povyshenie ustoichivosti karpa K. Krasenkbe putem Selektsii soolshchenie II. Khod selektsii i otsenka selektsin inemykh porodnykh grupp. Genetika 8(5):592-600. Also: Sport Fish Abstr. 17397,19(2):124, 1974. Aq. 9018F 2(10):144-145, 1972. : , Yu.P. Babushkin, and E.A. Ninburg. 1971. Carp selection for resistance to dropsy. fn V.S. Kirpichnikov (editor), Izv. GOSNIORKh 61, p. 140-153. ; 7 Yu.o Is. Ilyasov; and GA. (Shanty. 1979. Selection of common carp (Cyprinus carpio) for resistance to dropsy. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 628- 633. FAO Fishing News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. ; po and) Ly. A.S Shanti, Lo7e. “The carp selection for resistance to dropsy. (In Russ. and Engl.) Izv. GOSNIORKh 105:16-28. Kirpitschnikov, V.S. 1968. Efficiency of mass selection and selection for relatives in fish culture. FAO Fish Rep. 44(4):179-194. Klein, W.D. 1967. Evaluation of a pulsating direct-current shocking device for obtaining trout from a lake for population estimates. Prog. Fish-Cult. 29(3):140-149. Klose, J.," HH. Hitzeroth;, “Ho. ‘Ritter; “Schmide- andar Wolf. 1969. Persistence of maternal isoenzyme patterns of the lactate dehydrogenase and phospho- glucosmutase system during early development of hybrid trout. Biochem. Genet. 3:91-97. Knauthe, K. 1894. Zwei fortpflanzungsfahige Cypriniden- bastarde. Zool. Anz. 16:416-418. Knieriem, J. 1975. Pseudotropheus macrophthalmus x Labeotropheus fuellaborni. Dtsch. Cichlidengens Inf. 6(8):125-128. Knowles, A. 1969. How I bred the 'sunbeam'. Trout Salmon Mag. 15(119):30, 32-33. 74 871. Kobayashi, H. 1955. Comparative studies of the scales in Japanese freshwater fishes, with special reference to phylogeny and evolution. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 4(1-2-3):64-75. S72: . 1956. Scale character of the intergeneric hybrid between Cobitis taenia (Linne) (¢?) and Mis- gurnus fossilis anguillicaudatus (Cantor) (°c). Annat. Zool. Jpn. 29(2):104-108. S73 . 1965. Funa to dogo zasshi no senshokutai ni tsuite. (A chromosome study of fund-loach hybrids. On the chromosome hybrids of Russian carp and loach.) Dogatsu (Zool. Mag.) 74:261-267. 875. . 1972. Hybridization experiments in Japanese Carassius fishes. Jpn. Women's Univ. J. (Home Econ.) 19:231-258. 876. . 1976. Hybridization in Japanese funa, Carassius auratus. (Abstr.) 5th Japan-Soviet Symposium on Aquaculture of the Pacific Ocean, 14-18 Sept. 1976, Tokyo and Sapporo, p. 25, 876a. and M. Hasida. 1977. Morphological and cytological studies in back-cross hybrids of F, fishes between the kinbuna (Carassius auratus subsp.) and the crucian carp (Carassius carassius). Jpn. Women's Univ. J. (Home Econ.) 1:1-24. 874. Kobayasi, H. 1969. The testicular development of 2 kinds of hybrid: fishes. Proc. -Jpni..Soc-, Syst. «Zool: 5:32=-36. 877. - 41971. A cytological study on gynogenesis of the triploid ginbuna (Carassius auratus langsdorfil). Zool. Mag. (Dobutsugaku Zasshi) 80(9):316-322. 879. , and Y. Kawashima. 1971. On the chromosome studies of the funa-carp. Hybrids 1: Gengorobuna (Carassius auratus cuvieri) x carp (Cyprinus carpio). Jpn. Woman's Univ. J. 18:65-68. 880. , K. Nakano, and M. Nakamura. 1977. On the hybrids, 4n ginbuna (Carassius auratus langsdorfii) x kinbuna (Carassius auratus subsp.), and their chromosomes. Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish. 43(1):31-37. 75 878. 881. 882. 884. 885. 886. 887. 888. 889. 890. 892. , and N. Ochi. 1972. Chromosome studies of the hybrids, ginbuna (Carassius auratus langsdorfii) x kinbuna (C. auratus subsp.) and ginbuna x loach (Misgurnus anguillicaudatus). Zool. Mag. (Dobutsugaku Zasshi) 81(1):67-71. Kodorevskay, R.P. 1971. Povedenie lichinok gibrida beluga sterlydy pri Deistvii fizicheskich razdrazhi- telei aktoal'nie radrosi osetrovogo khozaistva, astrakani. Izv. Nauk Issled. GOSNIORKh,p. 17. Koehn, R.K. 1970. Functional and evolutionary dynamics of polymorphic esterases in catostomid fishes. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 99(1):219-228. Kokina, I. 1966. Peledes, peipusa sigas, repsa un to hidridu kariotipi. (Karyotypes of peled, C. peled, lake chud whitefish C. Javaretus maraenoides, C. albula and their hybrids.) Izv. Akad. Nauk Latviiskoi SSR Latvijas Podomju Socialistiskas Republikas. Zinatnu Akad. Vestn. 8(229):67-76. Kolkin, S.F. 1972. ' Zadanij partii‘vypolnim.™~“Rybn?) Khoze (Moscova) 7:8-10. Konstantinov, K.G., N.I. Nikolukin, and N.A. Timofeeva. 1952. K viodogii gibridov osetrovykkh ryb. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 86(2):417-420. Kornfield, I.L., and R.K. Koehn. 1975. Genetic variation and speciation in New World cichlids. Evolution 29(3):427-437. , U. Ritte, C. Richler, and J. Wahrman. 1979. Biochemical and cytological differentiation among cichlid fishes of the Sea of Galilee. Evolution S3.CENPt 4 yal 14 Korovina, V.M., G.A. Golovkov, L.I. Lebedeva, and V.P. Prirodina. 1972. Morphological peculiarities of broad whitefish x caseo (Coregonus nasus (Pallas) x Cc. peled (Gmelin)) reciprocal hybrids. Report 1. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 74:491-503 Transl. , L.I. Lebedeva, and V.P. Prirodina. 1973. The morphological characteristics of chir x peled Coregonus nasus (Pallas) x C. peled (Gmelin) reciprocal hybrids. Report 2. Osteological data. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 74:423-435 orig., 13:348-359 Transl. Koshida, H. 1926. Ecology and hybridization of masu 2. (Masou no seitai chosa to kohai shiken ni tsuite 2.) Suisan Kenkyushi 35(8):201-203, 1926. Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. 1166, 1968. 76 SIS 894. 895. 896. 897. 898. 899. 900. 903. 904. ELUZIE 1940. Masu no seitai chosa to kohai shiken 1. (Ecological study and hybridization experiments on trout 1.). Suisan Kenkyi-shi 35(7):180-183. J. Mar. Stud? ~ 351(7 ) TS80-163". Kosoric, DS -and) 1) Vukovic-9)1969 ‘Tspitivanya ‘mogvenos ti hybridizacije salmonidnih vrsta sliva neretve. (Research of the possibility of hybridization of salmonid species in the Neretva River basin.) Ichthy- Ologia (Ichthyology) 1(1):57-69. (In Yugoslave. ) Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. 2275, 19 p., 1972. Kosswig, C. 1935. Die Kreuzung zweier XX-BZW. XY-Gesch- lechter miteinander und der Ersatz eines Y-chromosoms einer Art durch das X-chromosom einer anderen. Zuchter 7(2):40-48. 1936. Homogametische ZZ-und WW-weibchen entstehen nach Artkreuzung mit dem im weiblichen Geschlecht heterogametischen Platypoecilus maculatus. Biol. Zentralbl. 56:409-415. 1936. Nicht homologe heterochromosomen bei nachstverwandten Arten (Kreuzungen von Platypoecilus maculatus und P. xiphidium). Biol. Zentrabl. 56:199-207. 1937. Genotypische und Phanotypische Geschlechts- bestimmung bei Zahnkarpfen VII. (Kreuzungon mit Platypoecilus xiphidium.) Wilhelm Roux Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org. 136:491-528. . 1963. Ways of speciation in fishes. Copeia 1963(2):238-244. 1973. The role of fish in research on genetics and evolution. Jn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 3-16. Springer-Verlag, Berl. Kozkin, S., and I. Yasinskay. 1967. Opytnde virasknevanne gibrida beluga i steryldy. Rybovodstvo I Rybolov. 2:5. Kozlov, V.I. 1970. A natural hybrid of the spiny sturgeon (Acipenser nudiventris derjavini (Borzenko)) and the kura sevryuga (A. stellatus (Pallas)). J. Ichthyol. 10(4):466-471. Also, FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):FR. , and Z.N. Shcherbina. 1976. Occurrence of natural hybrids between white bream Blicca bjoerkna (L.) and Vimba vimba (L.) in the Kuban estuary. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 96:77-83, Transl. 16(1):68-94. UY 906. 907. 907a. 908. SOS" Sil Oi: onal OU2y eyilsye 914. Qii5\. Krikhtin, M.L. 1967. "Simi" no kasen seihetsuki ni kansuru shiryo. Taiheiyo Gyogyo Kaiyo Gaku Kenkyusho Hokoku Dai 48 Ken 1962. (fn Information on the river life of masu, p. 1-64. Izv. TINRO 48, 1962.) Transl. from Russ. Krishnaja, A.P., and M.S. Rege. 1979. Genetic studies on two species of the Indian carp Labeo & their fertile F, & Fy hybrids. ..Indian Ji. Exp. Bilod., seh73253—2 578 Kruglova, V.M., and E.M. Reich. 1975. The introduction of Acipenser ruthenus and Huso Auso hybrids to the Proletarsk reservoir and the possibility of organizing a sturgeon population in it. Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 1975(3):16-17. Krupka, 1I., and J. Holcik. 1976. ..0n the occurrenceox® Barbus plebejus in the Pogrrad River (Vistula Basin, Czechoslovakia) with regard to its assumed hybrid O©FIgGin:... Vestn..,.Cesk... Spolk. .Zooly.,. (4:03) 31163=I178F Kryazheva, K.V. 1971. The evaluation of the ropsha carp qualities from fish-cultured view point. (Otsenka rybokhozyaistvennykh kaehestv rolshinskogo karpa,) Izv. GOSNIORKh 74, p. 45-54. Krykhtin, M.L. 1962. Data on the stream period of life of masu salmon. (in Russ.) Izv. Tikhookean. Nauchno- Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. (TINRO) 48:84-132. Krylova, V.D. 1970. Early stages of development of the second brood of the hybrid between beluga (Huso huso) and sterlet (Acipenser ruthenus). (Yn Russ., Engl. summ.) Tr. Vses. Nauchno—Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeaongr. 70-76:231=-237. Kuchariants, V. 1976. Eastern Europe USSR. Ocean Ind. D5 (45) isl 26— 2S eel SOPs sy Kuhn, C., U. Vielkind, and F. Anders. 1971. Cell cultures derived from embryos and melanomas of poeciliid fish. In Vitro 15(7):537-544. Kuliev, Z.M., and A.E. Agayorova. 1969. Morphological and biological peculiarities of the hybrid roach and bream in Kyzylagach Bay. Izv. Akad. Nauk Az. SSR., Az. summ. 5:64-68. Kuo, H. 1970. Notes on hybridization of Tilapia. Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction, Taipei, Taiwan, Rep. of China, JCRR Fish: Ser..8, p- Jle— ie 78 916. . 1970. The hybrid and breeding experiments concerning feeding of Tilapia. Taiwan Agric. Dep. 6(2) Ale 917. Kusakina, A.A. 1973. The heat resistance of muscles and of cholinesterase of muscular homogenates of sturgeon, sterlet and of their hybrids. Tsitologiya 15(2): 221-223. 918. Kuseleb, I.B. 1962. Gibridy karpovyh ryb kak obsekty polikil'ry v prodakh. Tr. Soveshch. Ikhtiol. Kom. Akad. Nauk SSSR 14:188-195. 919. Kuz, Z., and T. Weisz. 1964. Prispevek k poznani ichthyo- fauny slovenskych rek. Cas. Moravskeho Mus. (Acta Musei Moraviae) 49:191-246. 901. Kuzema, A.I. 1967. Nutritive value of the Ropsha-Ukranian hybrid of carp and their parental forms. Rybn. Khoz. 3:20-24, Kiev. 920. . 1971. The Ukranian breeds of carp. In Seminar/study tour in the U.S.S.R. on genetic selection and hybridization of cultivated fishes, 19 April-Z9 May 1968, p. 228-232. Rep. FAO/UNDP (TA) 2926. 90la. , A.D. Kochehrenko, and V.G. Tomilenko. 1970. Formirovanie novogo dlemennogo stada Ukrainskogo yeshchoiuatogo Karpa. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 10:3-6. 921. , and V.G. Tomilenko. 1962. Reserves for the increase of fish pond productivity. (in Ukr.) Nauk. Pr. Nauk.-Doslid. Inst. Rybn. Gospod. Kiev 14:85-88. 902. , and . 1965. Vyvedenie novyh karpovyh ryb metodom otdalennid gibridizasii. Rybn. Khoz. 2:3-17, Kiev. 922. Kuznetsov, N.F. 1932. Hybrids between inconnu and white- fishes. fn Materialy k Ikhtiofauna basseyn a rekl leny, p. 47-67. Tr. Sov. Izushoniyu Proizvod. Sil. Scriya Yakutsk. 3. Leningrad Akad. Nauk SSR. Sto 924. L., W. 1919. Bastard Xiphophorus gekreuzt mit Platypoecilus. Blatt. Aquar. Terrar. 30, 35-36. 923. La Blanchere, H. de. 1885. La peche et les poissons: Novenu dictionaire general de peches. Librarie Ch. de Lagrave, Paris, 859 p. 79 S256 926. 9277. 928. 929. 929a. 930%. 931.. 932). 933. 934. 935% 936. Laale, H.W. 1977. The biology and use of zebrafish, Brachydanio rerio in fisheries research. A literature review. J. Fish Biol. 10(2):121-173. Laarman, P.W. 1979. Reproduction of F in small ponds. Prog. Fish-Cult. 1 hybrid sunfishes 41(3):145-147. Lacepede, E. de. 1825. Le salmone truite - saumonee. In Histoire naturelle des quadrupedes ovipares serpentes, poissons et cetacees (nouvelle edit.), p. 567-570. Tome Quatrieme A. Eymery Librarie-Iditieur, Panis Lachner, E.A., C.R. Robins, and W.R. Courtenay, Jr. 1970. Exotic fishes and other aquatic organisms introduced into North America. Smithson. Contrib. Zool. 59, 29, Dp. Ladiges, W., and D. Vogt. 1965. Die Susswasserfische Europas bis zum Ural und Kaspischen Meer. Ein Taschenbuch fur Sport- und Berufsfischer Biologen und Naturfreunde. WNaturfreunde. P. Parey, Berl., 250 p. Laflin, B.D. 1980. Inventory and classification of streams in the Rough River and Nolin River drainages. Ky. Dep. Fish Wildl. Res. Fish. Bull. 65, 91 p. Lagunov, I.I. 1971. Review of: The sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 11(1/66):178-180 in’ Russ, Je. L976. Possible? Slope esha Hopbys'sic Lus, 24(242/8):75. J.J. 1938. Distant hybridization of animals - present status and future prospects. (Sovremennoe sostoyanie otdalennoi gibridizashii zhivotnii i perspektivy dalbneiskei raboty.) Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Bull. Akad. Sci. URSS Otd= Mate esites= tvinnyi Nauk Ser. Biol. 4:775-852. 84 985.- 983). 984. SSik 986. 988. 939% S90r CISNe G92. 993. 994. -M- MacCrimmon, H.R., and J.S. Campbell. 1969. World distribution of brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis. J. Fish. Res. Board ‘Can=- 4 26(7) 21699-1725. sDand® Bebe GCotstesil979. 22 World distri bution of Atlantic? salmon,” Salmo salar. -T3.>Fish. Res. Board Can. 36(4):422-457. , and . 1980. Fisheries for charrs. In E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 797-839. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. Fora Marshall, Vand Bei. =Gots. = 19710. - World distribution of brown trout, Salmo trutta: Further observations. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 27(4):811-818. , J.E. Stewart, and J:R. Brett.-. 1974. Aquaculture in Canada, the practice and the promise. Fish. Res. Board= Can. = Bul 124887584 “pr MacLean, J., and J.J. Magnuson. 1977. Species interactions in percid communities. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(10): 1941-1951. MacPhee, C. 1966. Influence of differential angling mortal- ity and stream gradient on fish abundance in a trout- sculpin biotope. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 95(4):381- SKSHLE Maeda, K. 1931. The hybrid of salmon. The cross breeding of salmon. Keison-Iho 3(2):7-8. Magnin, E. 1959. Sturgeons of the world. (Repartition actuelle des acipenserides.). Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches Masai 29:2) 285) , C. Fradette, and R. Burdin. 1976. Bio-ecologie des Phoxinus eos x Phoxinus neogaeus du lac Triton dans ies Laurentides, Quebec. Nat. Can. (Que.) 103. 2)e 1-4 9% Mahnken, C.V.W., A.J. Novotny, and T. Joiner. 1970. Salmon mariculture potential assessed. Am. Fish Farmer World Aquacult. News. 2(1):12-15, 27. Mahy, G.J.D. 1972. Osteology of the North American species of the genus Chrosomus and their Eurasian relative Phoxinus phoxinus (Pisces, Cyprinidae). (Abstr.) AmmieZoOols Ti 2(4) 728 85 995. Mailyan, R.A. 1957. The whitefish of Lake Sevan. Tr. Sevansk Gidrobiol. Stn. 15:137-195. Akad. Nauk. Armenskii SSR. 996. Makeeva, A.P. 1970. Embrinalnolichinochnoe razvitie gibridov karpovyh ryb. Jn N.J. Tsitsin (editor), Otdalennaia Gibridizatsiia Rasteni I Zhwotnykh, p. 420-423. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ves. Akad. S-kh. Nauk. Izv. Kolos, Mosk. 1001. . 1972. Gibridizatsii pestrogo tolstolobika Aristichthys nobilis (Rich.) i sazanom (karpom) Cyprinus, Carpio. L..)..., ;Vopryikhtitole, 4'2i(2)r 30s sks im GRuss. ~.. -l2(2773,): 274-282) inskngi= 997. . 1975. On the hybrid gynogenesis phenomenon in fishes. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 15:83-93. 998. . 1976. O prirode matroklennykh osoveli pri otdalennoie gibridizatske ryb. (Nature of the matroclinous fish resulting from intergeneric hybridization.) Genetika 12(11):1362-1371. 999. , and B.V. Verigin. 1974. A hybrid between common Carp and silver carp. Genetika 10(2):194-199. 1002s , and . L974. Hybridization of "camp Cyprinus carpio L. and grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Val.). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 14(85):290-296 in Russ., p. 254-259 Transl. 1003. Makholin, M.A. 1968. All-union meeting on distant hybrid- ization in plants and animals. Genetika (Sov. Gen.). 4(11):178-180.in Russ... p.91552-1555-1n. Engl: 1004. Makino, S. 1951. An atlas of the chromosome numbers in animals. 2ded. Iowa State Coll. Press, Ames, 290° Piz 1005. . 1956. An atlas of the chromosome numbers in animals. 3d ed. Iowa State Coll. Press, Ames, 290 p. 1006. Malloch, P.D. 1910. Life-history and habits of the salmon, sea-trout, trout, and other freshwater fish. Adams and Charles? Black, .Lond:;»)263. p. 1006a. Manna, G.K., and A.R. Khuda-Bukksh. 1974. Somatic chromo- somes of two hybrid carps. Chromosome Inf. Serv. 16:26-28. 1007. Mantelman, I.I. 1971. A cytological study of fertilization at hybridization of some cyprinid fishes. Tsitologiia 13:837-843. 86 1008. - 1973. Cytological study on some phytophagous fish and their hybrids. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 85:87-94. 1009. Manweil, C., and C.M.A. Baker. 1970. Molecular biology and the origin of species. Univ. Wash. Press, Seattle, 394 p. F , and W.F. Childers. 1963. The genetics of hemoglobin in hybrids—~-I. A molecular basis for hybrid vigor. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 10(1):103-120. 1010. 1011. Margolis, L., and J.R. Arthur. 1979. Synopsis of the para- sites of fishes of Canada. Bull. Fish. Res. Board Can. 199, 269 p. 1012. Marian, T., and Z. Krasznai. 1978. Kariological investiga- tions on Ctenopharyngodon idella and Hypophthalmich- thys nobilis and their cross-breeding. Aquacult. Hung. (Szarvas) 1:44-50. TOUS= ) Markernt,71C Loymand admeMassaro. ~iS66"" Ynwvitro hybridization of lactate dehydrogenase in the presence of arsenate and nitrate ions. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 115(2): 417-426. 1014. Marshall, K.E. 1978. A bibliography of the lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush (Walbaum) 1970-1977. Fish. Environ. Can. Fish. Mar. Serv. Tech. Rep. 799, 11 p. OWS: ;, and CS. Woods.” 719747 TA bibivography of the coregonid fishes. Fish. Res. Board Can. Tech. Reps Os DE HOno. Marshall, Tob, and RoP-= Johnson. — 1971 aastory and results of fish introductions in Saskatchewan 1900-1969. Dep. Nat. Resour. Saskatchewan Fish. Rep. 8, 29 p. PONG =S Marctin, FD, and RoC. Richmond. 1973). An, analysis Of five enzyme-gene loci in four etheostomid species (Percidae: Pices) in an area of possible introgression. J. Fish Bro. Sis?) 2S — Sie 1020. Martin, N.V. 1960. Annotated bibliography of the eastern brook trout x lake trout hybrid (Salvelinus fontinalis x Salvelinus namaycush). Ont. Dep. Lands Forests, Res. int eapi. Ghasihn) 77, 2=tpr ONE) - 1965. Wendigo-the not-so-evil spirit. Ont. Fish Wildl. Rev. 4(3):12-18. 87 1018. . 1967. Investigation of European fishes for introducton to Ontario waters. Dep. Lands Forests, Ontario Res. Inf. Pap. (Fish) 32:47 p. (Reprinted OAT) Ik@Aake , and F.E.J. Fry. 1973. Lake Opeongo, the ecology of the fish community and of man's effectson it. Great Lakes Fish. Comm. Tech. Rep. 24, 34 p. 1022. Massaro, E.J. 1972. Isozyme patterns of coregonine fishes: Evidence for multiple cistrons for lactate and malate dehydrogenase and achromatic bands in tissues of Prosopium cylindraceum (Pallas) and P. coulteri (Eigenmann and Eigenmann). J. Exp. Zool. 179(2):246-262. MO2ZSF. , and C.L. Markert.,. 1968. | Tsozyme, patkernsgonr salmonid fishes: Evidence for multiple cistrons for lactate dehydrogenase polypeptides. J. Exp. Zool. 168'(2) s223=238.. 1024. Matlak, O. 1974. Experimental fish culture station at Golysz-Zaborze, Cieszyn District, laboratory of water biology of Polish Academy of Sciences in Cracow. Pol. Arch. Hydrobiol...,. 21(374):503-518. 1025. Matsui, K. 1934. About the occurrence of homosexual body in the hybrid of a crucian and a carp. Science 1934(4):11-12. 1025a. . 1934. On hermaphrodites found among the hybrid between funa (Cyprinus aurata) and carp. Science 4:371-372. O26. . 1950. Nihonsan no koi, funa oyobi sono zasshu ni tsuite. (About carp and crucian carp of Japan and their hybrids.). fn K.N. Akamura (editor), Gendai seibutsu-gaku no shomondai (Some questions of modern biology), p. 152-188. Zoshin-Do. 1027...,.Matsul,. Y., and S.. Makino... 1943... A preliminary accounEgon the cytological observations on male hybrids between carp and goldfish. Jpn. J. Genet. 19:128-129. 1028. Matsushima, M., R. Ishida, and T. Kafuku. 1972. Studies on hybrids between carp and“kawachi”’crucian carp—III. Morphological analysis of F, hybrids. Bull. Fresh- water Fish. Res. Lab. Tokyo 22(2):109-126. 1029. Matthey, R. 1949. Les chromosomes des vertebres. Librairie de l'Universite F. Rouge-Lausanne, 356 p. 1030. May, B., F.M. Utter, and F.W. Allendorf. 1975. Biochemical genetic variation in pink and chum salmon. J. Heredity 66:227-232. 88 TOSAs. 103la. LOS 2. O33 1034. HOSS 1036. LOST. 1038. LOSS. 1040. 1041. 1042. muck. Weight, -andiMosStonekings 1979... Joint segregation of biochemical loci in Salmonidae: Results from experiments with Salvelinus and review of the literature on other species. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36(9):1114-1128. Mayden, R.L., and B.M. Burr. 1980. Two natural darter hybrids involving members of the genus Etheostoma (Pisces:Percidae). Am. Midl. Nat. 104(2):390-393. McAda, C.W., and R.S. Wydoski. 1980. The razorback sucker, Xyrauchen texanus, in the upper Colorado River basin, 1lov74—/62 SULS. Evsh Wwiddliw Serv., Bur. “Sport Fiash- Wa lidiess, = Lechy. Paprtt99) a bSeipc McAfee, W.R. 1966. Dolly varden trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 271-274. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Eagie Lake rainbow trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 221-225. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Eastern brook trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 242-260. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. . 1966. Golden trout. fn A..Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 216-221. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Lahontan cutthroat trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 225-231. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Lake trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 260-271. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 1966. Piute cutthroat trout. fn A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 231-233. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. 2) 19669) Raanbowsatroute, tne As (Calhoun ((editor)’, Inland fisheries management,p.192-215. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. McAllister, D.E. 1977. A test evaluating phenetic and cladistic relationships of nearctic genera of Cyprinidae. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Gainesville, Fla., 19-25 June 1977. , and B.W. Coad. 1978. A test between relation- ships based on phenetic and cladistic taxonomic methods. Can. J. Zool. 5S56(€10):2198-—2270.. 89 1043. 1044. 1045. 1046. 1047. 1048. 1049. 1050. HO Sis 1052. HOSS 1054. HOSS* , and E.J. Crossman. 1973. A guide to the fresh- water sport fishes of Canada. Natl. Mus. Can. Nat. Hist. Ser. , P. Jolicoeur, Is XC) Oe. Ar Seles and H. Tsuyuki. 1972. Morphological and myogen comparison of johnny and tessellated darters and their hybrids, Canadas= Wie Fish="Res= McArdle, J.F., Fish. Res. genus Etheostoma near Ottawa, Board Can. 29(8):1173-1180. and R.J. Roberts. 1974. Bilateral hyperplasia of the thymus in a rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). J. Board Can. MeCarraker; DsBe 97 MeCarthyi Dhar Qairdneri Richardson). McCauley, R.W., Tid ete and J:S- 31(9):1537=-1539. 7. Nebraska's Sandhills Lakes. Nebr. Game Parks Comm., Lincoln, 67 p. Stevenson; ands M.S-~ Roberts - #.1973% Some blood parameters of the rainbow trout (Salmo J. Fish Biol.) S(t sr Tait. 1970. Preferred temperature of yearling lake trout Salvelinus namaycush. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. MeGlane;, As d22 1/959". 63(11):68-71, 116-119. (editor). 1974. 27 (10) S17 29-1733" New trout for tomorrow. Field Stream McClane's new standard fishing encyclopedia and international angling guide. Holt, Rinehart, Winston, N.Y., 1156 p. McConnell, W.J. production. McFarland, W.N. , S. Lewis, photosynthesis as an estimator of potential fish Trans. and J.E. Olson. 1977. Gross Am. Fish. Soc. 106(5):417-423. , and F.W. Munz. 1965. Codominance of visual Pigments in hybrid fishes. Science (Wash., D.C.) 150(3699):1055-1057. McIntyre, J.D.,and R.R. Reisenbichler. 1977. An effect of interbreeding hatchery and wild anadromous salmonids. agave ihe Schwiebert (editor), Columbia River salmon and steelhead, p. 93-94. Am. Fish. SOCe Spec? NcKay;, + Fy: Fis) 21.9 7a. Publ. 1 EOye Behavioral aspects of population dyna- mics in unisexual-bisexual Poeciliopsis (Pisces: Poeciliidae). 1974. Ecology 525) 77 S=/90r Behavioral aspects of population dynamics in unisexual-bisexual Poeciliopsis (Pisces: Poecili- idae). fn Genetic studies in fish: II, p. 131-160. MSS Info. Cory, Ni KOS 6: OS 7 1058. 1060. HO59- 1061. 106la. 1062,- 1063. 1064. 1065. 1066. 1067. McKechnie, R.J., and R.C. Tharratt. 1966. Green sunfish. In A. Calhoun (editor), Inland fisheries management, p. 399-401. Calif. Dep. Fish Game. McNeil, W.J. 1979. Review of transplantation and artificial recruitment of anadromous species. Jn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 547-554. FAO Fishing News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. McPhail, J.D. 1961. A systematic study of the Salvelinus alpinus complex in North America. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 18(5):793-816. Meade, J.W. 1976. Meet the amur pike. Pa. Angler 45(5): 8-11. , and D. Bourke. 1976. Pennsylvania's first rearing marsh. Pa. Angler 45(11):20-22. Mednikov, B.M. 1974. On the reality of higher systematic categories of vertebrates. (in Russ., Engl. summ.) Zh. Obshchei. Biol. 35(5):659-665. , and A-D. G. Akhundov. 1975. Systematics of the genus Salmo (Pisces, Salmonidae) in the light of data on molecular hybridization of DNA. Dokl. Acad. Nauk. USSRe(BIlOl-eScip im 2221-6): 275-277 ;1nvRuss. , 222(3):744-746 Transl. PP ASSY-AncOnOv,, and GS. Popov. | 19/3, Genosyste= matics and evolution of fish genomes. Jn Biokhim- icheskaia genetika ryb., p. 37-42. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. , Yu.S. Reshetnikov, and K.A. Savvaitova. 1976. Molecular hybridization: An approach to disputable issues in fish taxonomy. Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches Marit. 40(3,4):669. F ;aand a7 1977 se Molecular DNA hybridization: An approach to disputable issues in fish taxonomy. Cybium (3d Ser.) 1:111-119. Meehan, W.E. 1898. Hybrids between genera. Jn Report of Assistant Secretary and Statistician, p. 29-32. Pa. Rep. State Comm. Fish 1898. 1900. Hybrid trout-perch. Jn Report of Assistant Secretary and Statistician, p. 48-53. Pa. Rep. State Comm. Fish. Year 1899. 1908. Hybrids between brook and brown trout. Report of the Department of Fish Commonwealth Penn- sylvania. 1 Dec. 1906-30 Nov. 1907, p. 55. 91 1068. HOGS: 1070. HOVAE MOW2: 1073. 1074. LOFM: 1078. 1075. 1076. MOST 1080. Meinken, H. 1963. Brachydanio frankei spec. Nov., der Leopard-Danio. Aquarien Terrarien 4:39-43. 1967. Noch einmal die Brachydanio frankei- Frage. Aquar. Terr. 14(7):226-231. Menasveta, D. 1961. Effects of interracial hybridization on growth, mortality, and yield of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri, Richardson). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 154 p. Menhinick, E.F., T.M. Burton, and J.R. Bailey. 1974. An annotated checklist of the freshwater fishes of North Carolinas» J. Elisha Mitchell Sei. Soc... 90(4) :24—50F Menzel, B.W. 1976. Biochemical systematics and evolutionary genetics of the common shiner species group. Bio- chem: sSystt Ecolt 1945 287=293% 1977. Morphological and electrophoretic identi- fication of a hybrid cyprinid fish, Notropis cerasinus x Notropis c. cornutus, with implications on the evolution of Notropis albeolus. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 57B:2U5=208% 1978. Three hybrid combinations of minnows (Cyprinidae) involving members of the common shiner species complex (genus Notropis, subgenus Zuxilus). Am. Midl. Nat. 99(1):249-256. , and R.M. Darnell. 1973. Morphology of naturally- occurring triploid fish related to Poecilia formosa. Copeia 1973(3):350-352. , and . 1973. Systematics of Poecilia mexicana (Pisces: Poeciliidae) in northern Mexico. Copeia 1973(2):225-237. , and D.M. Green, Jr. 1972. A color mutant of the chain pickerel, Fsox niger Lesueur. Trans. Am. Fish.§Soce.22101(2):370-3724 , and E.C. Raney. 1973. Hybrid madtom catfish, Noturus gyrinus x Noturus miurus from Cayuga Lake, New York. Am. Midl. Nat. 90(1):165-176. Menzes, R.S. de. 1968. Cria y selection de los peces cultivados en aquas templadas en America del sur y central. FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):81-85. Merkowsky, A., and J.W. Avault, Jr. 1976. Polyculture of channel catfish and hybrid grass carp. Prog. Fish- CwikeSines'8 (22-7 6=7 75 1081. 1082. 1083. 1084. 1085. 1086. LOS 7. 1088. 1089. 1090. OCIS Merla, G. 1977. Review of: Die Winterfestigkeit von eisommrigen Bastarden und Hybriden des Karpfens, Cyprinus carpio, by V.G. Tomilenko, A.A. Aleksejenko, S.M. Pantschenko, and N.J. Olenez. Rybn. Khoz. 2:17-19. Also, Z. Binnenfisch. DDR 24(12):381-382. Merrilees, M.J., and E.J. Crossman. 1974. Species and geographic variability of surface pits in the Esocidae. Copeia 1974(4):893-909. Merriner, J.V. 1971. Development of intergeneric centrarchid hybrid embryos. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 100(4):611-618. . 1974. Development of intergeneric centrarchid hybrid embryos. fn Genetic studies of fish: II, Daa.c2—c9). MSSiain fs COnpry Nina “Meske, C.H. 1971. Warmwasser-Fischzucht neue Verfahren der Aquakultur. Naturwissenschaften 58:312-318. Mester, L. 1972. Studicil Familier Cobitidae (Pisces) din Romania. (The study of the family Cobitidae (Pisces) in Romania.). Summary, D.S. Theses, Univ. Bucuresti. Metcalf, (R.A., G.S. Whitt, and W.F. Chakders. 941972: Inheritance of esterases in the white crappie (Pomoxis annularis), black crappie (P. nigromaculatus) and their F, and F, interspecific hybrids. Anim. Blood Groups Biochem* Genet. 3:19-33. Migdalski, E.C. 1962. Angler's guide to the fresh water sport fishes. Ronald Press Co., N.Y., 431 p. Mighell, J.L., and J.R. Dangel. 1975. Hatching survival of hybrids of Oncorhynchus masou with Salmo gairdneri and with North American species of Oncorhynchus. Fish. Bull., U.S. 73(2):447-449. Mil'shtein, V.V., and A.A. Popova. 1969. Heterosis in the postembryonal period of hybrids in different biological groups of Acipenseridae. (Ogeterozise v postembrional' nom periode pri skreschchivanii raznykh biologicheskckh grupp osetra.) Jn B.I. Cherfas (editor),Genetika, selektiya 1 gibridizatsiia ryb., p. 224-226. I2d. "Nauka" Moskcow. Milewski, A., and F. Kammerzell. 1916. Xiphophorus rachovii Regan. Wissenschaftliche Wertung der "Konstant- intermediaren Bastards". Experimentall erzielte "Xiphophorus rachovii"”. Xiphophorus rachovii das resultat einer Ruckkreuzung. Wochenschrift Aquar. Terrar. 13(44):453-457. 93 1092. 1093. 1094. 1095,. 1096. 1097. 1098. 1099. 1100. LOR. 1102. IEW SIS 1104. Miller, E.T., and G.S. Whitt. 1973. LDH E4 isozyme synthesis during retinal differentiation. (Abstr.) Isozyme Bull. 6 Z20F Miller, R.B. 1957. Have the genetic patterns of fishes been altered by introductions or by selective fishing? J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 14(6):797-806. Miller, R.J. 1962. Sexual development and hermaphroditism in the hybrid cyprinid, Notropis cornutus x N. rubellus. Copeia 1962(2):450-452. Miller, R.P. 1960. Review: Rainbow trout in Mexico and California with notes on the cutthroat series, by P.R. Needham and R. Gard. Prog. Fish-Cult. 22(2):94-96. Also, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 67:1-124. Miller, R.R. 1972. Classification of the native trouts of Arizona with the description of a new species, Salmo apache. Copeia 1972(3):401-422. 1973. Systematics of Poecilia in northern middle America. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 53d Annu. Meet., San Jose, Costa Rica. 1975. Five new species of Mexican poeciliid fishes of the genera Poecilia, Gambusia, and Poecili- opsis. Occas. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 672, 44 p. 1976. An evaluation of Seth E. Meek's contri- butions to Mexican ichthyology. Fieldiana: Zool. 69(1):i-31. , and A.A. Echelle. 1975. Cyprinodon tularosa, a new cyprinodontid fish from the Tularosa Basin, New Mexico. Southwest Nat. 19(4):365-377. , and W.L. Minckley. 1970. Gambusia aurata, a new species of poeciliid fish from northeastern Mexico. Southwest Nat. 15(2):249-259. Milne, D.J. 1948. The growth, morphology, and relationship of the species of Pacific salmon and the steelhead trout. Ph.D. Thesis, McGill Univ., Montreal, 101 p. Minamori, S. 1962. Variations in respiratory enzymes of embryos in the loach fishes. Jpn. J. Genet. 37(6): 462-473. Minckley, W.L. 1964. Hybridization of two species of mosquitofishes (Gambusia, Poeciliidae) in the labor- atory. ‘J. -Ariz. Acad.) Scei,.4. 32 )-87-59. TVOS.: . 1973... Fishes*of Arizona. Ariz. Game’ Fish Dep., Sins; Prantang. Co. , Phoenix) Ariz.,,) 293"p: 1106. Ming, A.D. 1968. Life history of the grass pickerel £sox americanus vermiculatus in Oklahoma. Okla. Dep. Wildl. Cons. Fish Bull. 8:1-66. 1107. Mires, D. 1977. The theoretical and practical aspects of the hybridization of Tilapia sp. Fish. Fish Breeding US Z(G — Se 1108. . 1977. Theoretical and practical aspects of the production of all male Tilapia hybrids. Bamidgeh 29(3):94-101. 1109. Misra, R.K. 1971. Statistical method for analysing hybrid indices for menistic traits. Biom. Z. 13:329-334. ic ba (0 . 41971. Statistical methods of analysis for hybridization by simple allometry of longitudinal data. Biom. Z. 13:396-406. Aol Ld A aps . 1972. Analysis of a meristic trait for hybri- dizaton in sunfishes (genus Lepomis). Freshwater Biol. 2(4):321-324. ee 2e . 1972. Method of analysing for the degree of hybridization based on growth curves fitted to cross-sectional data. Biom. Z. 14:50-56. pss - 41974. Statistical methods of analysing for hybridization based on two meristic characters. Biom Z. 16(4):235-243. Bl py . 1975. Hybridization in sunfishes (Lepomis, Centrarchidae) based on time-growth and static allo- metry. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 32(1):88-91. eS SS - 1975. Multivariate analysis for hybridization. Biom. Z. 17(3):181-188. Iba ie , D.W. Bateson, and M.H.A. Keenleyside. 1970. Statistical methods for analysis of hybrid indices with an example from fish populations. Bull. Inst. Stat. Res. Train. Univ. Dacca 4(1):50-70. TTC" , and C. Holdsworth. 1972. A relative growth index of hybridization in sunfishes (genus Lepomis, Centrar- chidae). Freshwater Biol. 2:325-335. 1119. Moav, R. 1979. Genetic improvement in aquaculture indus- CEY.) 2D) LeoVieR balay) ands Wea spill «Cedi tors»), Advances in aquaculture, p. 610-622. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 95 THRIS?: , and G.W. Wohlfarth. 1968. Genetic improvement of yield in carp. FAO Fish. Rep. 44(4):12-29. I UAA Ds , and . 1976. Two-way selection for growth rate in the common carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). Genetics 82:83-101. pA Me Sk , T. Brody, G. Wohlfarth, and G. Hulata. 1979. A proposal for the continuous production of F, hybrids between the European and Chinese races of the’ common carp in traditional fish farms of southeast Asia. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 635-638. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 22. , G. Hulata, and G. Wohlfarth. 1975. Genetic differences between the Chinese and European races of the common carp. I. Analysis of genotype-environ- ment interactions for growth rate. Heredity 34(3): 323-340. 1124. Moe, M.A., Jr. 1978. The private oceans. Sea Front. 24(4):240-247. 1125. Moerchen, R.F. 1973. Specific isolating mechanisms of the orange-throat darter, Etheostoma spectabile (Agassiz), and the rainbow darter, Etheostoma caeruleum Storer, in central Ohio, with considerations of their hybridi- zation. Ph.D. Thesis, Ohio State Univ., Columbus, 63 op’. qa 26%. . 1974. Specific isolating mechanisms of the orange-throat darter, Etheostoma spectabile (Agassiz) and the rainbow darter, Etheostoma caeruleum Storer in central Ohio, with considerations of their hybri- dization. Diss. Abstr. Int. B 34(8):4131-4132. Correction 1134B. 1127. Moffatt, N.M., and D.A. Thomson. 1978. Reciprocal hybri- dization between the California and Gulf of Cali- fornia grunions, lLeuresthes tenuis and Leuresthes Sardina (Atherinidae). Fish. Bull., U.S. 76(2):476-480. 1128. Moon, T.W., and P.W. Hochachka. 1971. Effect of thermal acclimation on multiple forms of the liver-soluble NADP+ linked isocitrate dehydrogenase in the family Salmonidae. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 40B:207-213. 1129. Moore, W.S. 1973. Unisexual fishes and the fitness of hybrid animals. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 53d Annu. Meet., San Jose, Costa Rica. 1130. . 1976. Components of fitness in the unisexual fish Poeciliopsis monacha-occidentalis. Evolution 30(3):564-578. TUSebeS - 1977. A histocompatibility analysis of inheri- tance in the unisexual fish Poeciliopsis 2 monacha- lucida. Copeia 1977(2):213-223. Wal sy - 1977. An evaluation of narrow hybrid zones in vertebrates. Q. Rev. Biol. 52:263-277. Also fn D.A. Levin (editor), Hybridization; an evolutionary perspective, p. 201-277. 1979. Dowder, Hutchinson, and Ross, Stroudsburg, Pa. 1813 3), . j.1977. An evaluation of narrow hybrid zones in vertebrates. 0. Rev. Biol. 52(3):263-277. 1134. , and A.B. Eisenbrey. 1979. The population structure of an asexual vertebrate Poeciliopsis 2 monacha-lucida (Pisces: Poeciliidae). Evolution 33(2):563-578. HESS). , and F.E. McKay. 1971. Coexistence in unisexual-bisexual species complexes of Poeciliopsis (Pisces: Poeciliidae). Ecology 52:791-799. ISG Morgan, RP is ‘and=Nancy2 45> Ulanowacz:.- - 1976.1 “The frequency of muscle protein polymorphism in Menidia menidia (Atherinidae) along the Atlantic coast. Copeia 1976(2):356-360. 1137. Morissens, P. 1977. La production de Tilapia hybride monosexe male en Israel. Piscic. Fr. 50:39-46. see = MOLrizot, D.C. wand Madi. Siecil vano (T9798 ’* Polymorphisms, linkage and mapping of four enzyme loci in the fish genus Xiphophorus (Poeciliidae). Genetics 93:947-960. 1139. , D.A. Wright, and M.J. Siciliano. 1976. A link- age of three enzyme loci in fishes and its possible evolutionary conservation. Genetics Abstr. 8(3, Pt.1l): 553% 1140. ; , and - 1977. =Three linked ‘enzyme loci in fishes: Implications in the evolution of vertebrate chromosomes. Genetics 86:645-656. 1141. Moroz, I.E., and A.P. Grechkovskaya. 1972. Comparative characteristics of some biochemical indication of pure strains and crossbred carp cultivation in the western regions of the Ukraine. Rybn. Khoz. 7:101-103. 97 1142. , and - 1972. Comparative biochemical characteristics of pure strains of scales and subsqua- mous carp and their breeding. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 48(9):75-80. 1143. , I.M. Karpenko, and A.P. Rudenko. 1972. Biochem- ical changes in the muscles and liver of wild carp, Cyprinus carpio and their hybrids during experimental infection with the virulent culture Aeromonas punctata. Rybn. Khoz. 48(9):107-114. 1144. Morris, J., L. Morris, and lL: Witt..° 1972 “The “tishes@or Nebraska. Nebr. Game Parks Comm., 98 p. 1145. Morrison, W.J. 1970. Nonrandom segregation of two lactate dehydrogenase subunit loci in trout. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. > 99:193=-206. 1146. . 1974. Nonrandom segregation of two lactate dehydrogenase subunit loci in trout. fn J.E. Wright, G.J. Ridgway, W.J. Morrison et al. (editors), Genetic studies of fish 1, p. 49-78. MSS Inf. Corp., ING Yc 1147. Moyle, P.B. 1976. Inland fishes of California. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, 405 p. 1148. > 41977. More'jion-Nidle, perch:> "SFL. Bully (28s eip eee TSO: , and N.J. Holzhauser. 1978. Effects of the introduction of Mississippi silverside (Menidia audens) and Florida largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides floridanus) on the feeding habits of young-of-year largemouth bass in Clear Lake, California. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 107(4):574-582. 1149. , and A. Marciochi. 1975. Biology of the modoc sucker, Catostomus microps, in northeastern California. Copeia 1975(3):556-560. 1151. Mrakovcic, M., and L.E. Haley. 1979. Inbreeding depression in the zebra fish Brachydanio rerio (Hamilton Buchanan). Jee Fashy Bio1% 15 (3)23238=3276 1152. Mudry, D.R., and R.S. Anderson. 1977. Helminth and arthropod parasites of fishes in the mountain National Parks of Canada. J._Fish. Biol. 810) 21-33. 1153. Mulch, E.E., and W.C. Gamble. 1954. Game fishes of Arizona. Ariz. Game Fish Dep. Publ., 19 p. 1153a. Mulley, J.C., and K.D. Shearer. 1980. Identification of natural 'Yanco' x 'Boolara' hybrids of the carp, Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 31(3):409-412. 98 1254... Munz--RSeW.<). 197152 Vision. Visual.~pigments..7n.,W.S. Hoar and D.J. Randall (editors), Fish Physiology, Vol. 5, Dewl=S2p AGA nab ire's'si7. New. eS Sy , and W.N. McFarland. 1965. A suggested hereditary mechanism for visual pigment of chars (Salvelinus spp.). Nature (Lond.) 206(4987):955-956. 1156. Munzing, J. 1972. Polymorphe populationen von Gasterosteus aculeatus L. (Pisces, Gasterosteidae) in sekundaren intergradationszonen der Duetschen Bucht und Gebiete. Faun.-Oekol. Mitt. 4:69-84. 1157. Musick, J.A. 1972. Fishes of Chesapeake Bay and the adja- cent coastal plain. fn M.L. Wass (editor), Checklist of the biota of lower Chesapeake Bay, p. 175-212. Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., Spec. Sci. Rep. 65. =N= 1158. Naevdal, G. 1978. Differentiation between Marinus and Mentella types of redfish by electrophoresis of haemoglobins. Fiskeridir. Skr. Ser. Havunders. 16:359-368. 1159. Naeve, H. 1910. Eine Kreuzung Danio rerio X Danio anali- punctatus . Blatt.Aquar. Terrar. 23:470. 1160. Naggiar, M. 1975. Florida's homemade fish. Fla. Wildl. 28(12):18-21. Pilot. Nall, G.H. @l930-).Hybrids;. tno Life ofsthexsea Exnout, p- 204-208. Seely Services, Lond. 1162. Nansen, C. 1973. The tiger muskellunge. Field Stream TEK ONS 2) 4 DS OZ), 94, eee 1163. Nauheim, B. 1972. Pilgrimage to pyramid. Outdoor Life 150(5):72-75, 140, 142, 144, 146. 1164. Needham, P.R. 1938. Trout streams. Comstock Publ. Co., INE Moy OSs): joe ALIS) , and R. Gard. 1964. A new trout from central Mexico: Salmo chrysogaster, the Mexican golden trout. Copeia 1964(1):169-173. 1166. Neff, N.A., and G.R. Smith. 1979. Multivariate analysis of hybrid fishes. Syst. Zool. 28(2):176-196. 1167. Nefyodov, G.N., N.M. Alferova, and S.M. German. 1973. Electrophoretic study of muscle proteins of some species of fish from Merluccidae and Carangidae. ?2n Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb, p. 201-207. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. 99 1168. Neifakh, A.A., and V.P. Radzievskaya. 1967. Morphogenetic functions of nuclei in single and androgenetic hybrids of goldfish and loach (Carassius auratus auratus x Misgurnus fossilis). Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 3(12): 80-88 in Russ., p. 45-49 in Engl. 1169. , M. Ya. Timofeeva, M.R. Krigsgaber, and N.A. Svetailov. 1968. RNA and protein synthesis in the embryonic development of hybrids of the loach Misgurnus fossilis x goldfish Carassius auratus auratus . Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 4(12):90-98 in Russ., p. 1624-1631 in Engl. 1170. “Nelson, -J.S."1965."~Effects of fish introductrons and hydroelectric development on fishes in the Kananaskis River system, Alberta. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 22(3):721-753. 1 Aby le . 1968. Hybridization and isolating mechanisms between Catostomus commersonii and C. macro- cheilus (Pisces: Catostomidae). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 49 25:15) 2 OV ouSOR MWALGAe . 1973. Morphological differences between the teleosts Couesius plumbeus (lake chub) and Rhinich- thys cataractae (longnose dace) and their hybrids from” Alberta: “dh “Morphol.” 13 9(2\tsi227,—2 Sine 73). . 1973. Occurrence of hybrids between longnose sucker (Catostomus catostomus) and white sucker (C. commersoni) in Upper Kananaskis Reservoir, Alberta. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 30(4):557-560. Ae . 1974. Hybridization between Catostomus commer- soni (white sucker) and Catostomus macrocheilus (largescale sucker) in Williston Reservoir, British Columbia, with notes on other fishes. Syesis 7:187-194. A/S . 1977. Evidence of a genetic basis for absence of the pelvic skeleton in brook stickleback, Culaea inconstans, and notes on the geographical distribution and origin of the loss. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(9):1314-1320. I LT/Gie . 1978. Review: The biology of the sticklebacks, by R.J. Wootton. Copeia 1978(3):552-554. ET ibe , and M.J. Paetz. 1972. Fishes of the northeastern Wood Buffalo National Park region, Alberta and North- west Territories. Can. Field-Nat. 86:133-144. 1178. ee). 1180. ESI . 1182. 1184. TTES- 1188. HIRE IAE 1189. PES Ov Nenashev, G.A. 1966. Determination of the heritability of different characters in fish. Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 2(11):100-108 in Russ., p. 39-43 in Engl. 1966. Heritability of some morphological (diagnostic) traits in ropsha carp. fn V.S. Kirpichnikov (editor), Seleksiya karpa i voprosy intensifikatsii prudovogo rybovodsta, p. 120-130. Izv. GOSNIORKh 61:120-130 Transl. 1966. The heritability of certain morphological (diagnostic) characters in ropsha carp. Izv. Gos. Nauchno — Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rybn. Khoz. 61:125-135. Nesterenko, N.V. 1957. Experience of the hybridization of the Uralian vendace and the Lake Chudskoye whitefish under pond conditions. Izv. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 39:41-59. 1958. Hybrid, Coregonus sardinella x Coregonus lavaretus in shallow water bodies of the Urals. (Gibridy ripsha x siga v melhovadiy vodoemash Urala. ) Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. (VNIORhH). Nauchno-Tekh Byull. VNIORhH 6-7:28=-29. Newman, H.H. 1907. Spawning behavior and sexual dimorphism in Fundulus heteroclitus and allied fish. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole) 12(5):314-348. Neyfakh, A.A. 1974. Nuclear function in early development of remote hybrids of fishes. Ontogenez 5(6):614-622. , M.A. Glushankova, and A.A. Kusakina. 1976. Time of the action of genes controlling the adolase action in embryogenesis of the loach (Misgurnus fossilis). Ontogenez (Akad. Nauk SSSR) 7(3):219-228. , A.A. Kostomarova, and T.A. Burakova. 1973. A study of RNA transfer from nucleus to cytoplasm in early embryos of the loach (Misgurnus fossilis) and and its hybrids (Misgurnus fossilis? x Carassius auratus auratusc). Ontogenez 4(4):331-339. Nguyen, T.A. 1970. Special crossbreeding of climbing fish required to increase size. (Original title: The usefulness of cross breeding climbing fish.) Transl. 856 Kon Hoc Thuong Thuc (Vietnamese) No. 337, p. 4, 1 SMOGCE aRESTOX Nikoliukin, N.I., A.E. Chirkina, and K.S. Burenina. 1954. O zubakh gidridov i iskhodnykh vidov osetrovykh ryb. Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 98:303-306. 101 1191. Nikoljukin, N.I. 1971. Hybridization of Acipenseridae and its practical significance. In Seminar/study tour in the U.S.S.R. on genetic selection and hybridization of cultivated fishes, 19 April-29 May 1968, p. 328-334. FAO UNDP/TA Rep. 2926. TO 2:: . 1971. Fundamentals of hybridization in fish culture. fn Seminar/study tour in the U.S.S.R. on genetic selection and hybridization of cultivated fishes, 19 April-29 May 1968, p. 321-327. FAO UNDP/TA Rept 12926): IPO 3:. . 1972. Distant hybridization in Acipenseridae and teleostei, theory and practice. Otdalennay gibridizashiy osetrovyh i kostishtyh ryb, toriy i praktika. Moscva, Pishchevay Promyshlennosty, 335 p. 1194. Nikolyukin, N.I. 1958. O vozmozhnosti polochenii potomstva ot gibrinov osetravykh ryb, vyrashchivalemyi v prodalkh. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Khoz. 6/7:30-33. Nauchno-Tekn. Byull. Vses. VNIORh. 1195. - 1960. The state of the art of investigations on the hybridization of Acipenseridae. Tr. Sarat. Otd. GOSNIORKh 6:116-123. PUGS. . 1963. Opyt ispoleovaney gibrida beluga x sterlydy kak obrakta rybnogo khozistva v vodokranilishak. (Ein versuch zur Ausnutzung von Hybriden Zwischen Hausen und Sterlet als wirtschriftsobjekt in Staussen. ) Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 39(2):32-34. 1197. . 1966. Some problems of cytogenetics, hybridi- zation and systematics of the Acipenseridae. Genetika (Sov. Gen.) 2(5):25-27 in Russ., p. 14-15 in Engl. 1198. . 1970. Hybridization in the family Acipenseridae and prospects of its application in sturgeon culture. (In Russ. and Engl.) Tr. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. 76:56-69. 1199. . 1970. Otdalennay gidridizaskiy i ee znaoenie v osetrovodstve. fn N.V. Tsitsin, Otdalennaia Gidrizatsiia Rastenii i Zhivotnykh, p. 400-408. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ves. Akad. S-kh. Nauk. Izv. Kolos, Mosk. 1200. . 1971. Sostoyaistva i okeanografii. fn Aktoal'nie Rodrosi Osetrovogo Khozaistva, Astrakani, p. 4-ll. Izv. Nauk. Issled. GOSNIORKh. 20a: . 1973. Review of: Remote hybridization of Acipenseridae and teleost fishes by A.P. Makeeva. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 82:949-951. 102 56. , and I.A. Burtsev. 1969. Instroktsiy po razvehenei i tovarnomo v'rashchivanii gibridov belygi sosterlydy. Vses. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr., 52 p. AOD , and G.V. Shpilevskaya. 1959. Recurrent hybrids of the sterlet and sturgeon compared with the original forms. Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Transl. 125(3):646-649 im RuSs'3,..p! "282-28 54a Engl: 1203. Noakes, D.L.G. 1980. Social behavior in young charrs. fn E.K. Balon (editor), Charrs, salmonid fishes of the genus Salvelinus, p. 683-701. W. Junk, Hague, Netherlands. 1204. Nogusa, S. 1960. A comparative study of the chromosomes in fishes with particular considerations on taxonomy and evolution. Mem. Hyogo. Univ. Agric. Biol. Ser. 3, 3(1):1-62. 1205. Norman, J.R., and P.H. Greenwood. 1963. A history of fishes. 2ded. Ernest Benn Ltd., Lond., 398 p. 1206. Normandeau, D.A. 1962. Microhaematocrit values for some salmonids reared in New Hampshire. Prog. Fish-Cult. 24(4):172-176. 1207. Nosal, A.D. 1967. Sozdanie gibridakh form sigorkh dla promyschlennogo vyrashivaniy vo viatreinny goloemay okrainy. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 3:94-101. 1208. Novotny, A.J. 1972. The marine culture of vertebrates. fn Aquaculture-potential in the maritimes region, p. 38-53. Proc. Symp. Sponsored Jointly by Fed. Dep. Fish and Can. Soc. Environ. Biol., Halifax, Nova Scotia, 25 April 1972. 1209. - 1975. Net-pen culture of Pacific salmon in marine waters. Mar. Fish. Rev. 37(1):36-47. a216'. , and C.V.W. Mahnken. 1971. Farming Pacific salmon in the sea: From the "womb to the tomb". Part 1. Fish Farming Ind. 2(5):6-9. 1211. Numann, W. 1964. Formenkreise des italienischen, jugosla- wischen und adriatischen Forallen, zugleich ein Beit- rag uber den Wert einiger meristscher merkmale fur Artund Rasseanalysen. Schweiz Z. Hydrol. 26(1): 102-146. 1212. Nursall, J.R. 1974. Character displacement and fish behavior, especially in coral reef communities. Am. Zool. 14:1099-1118. 103 1213. Nygren, A., B. Nilsson, and M. Jahnke. 1972. Cytological studies in Atlantic salmon from Canada, in hybrids between Atlantic salmon from Canada and Sweden, and in hybrids between Atlantic salmon and sea trout. Hereditas 70(2):295-306. Also, Aquat. Abstr. 9024B 2(10):145-146, 1972. 1214. , L. Nyman, K. Svensson, and G. Jahnke. 1975. Cytological and biochemical studies in back-crosses between the hybrid Atlantic salmon x sea trout and its parental species. Hereditas 81:55-62. 1215. Nyman, L. 1966. Geographic variation in Atlantic salmon. Swedish Salmon Res. Inst. Rep. 1966(3):1-6. Laxforskningsinstitutet Meddelange. W216. - 1971. Plasma esterases of some marine and anadromous teleosts and their application in biochem- ical systematics. Inst. Freshwater Res., Drottningholm, Rep. 51:109-123. 1217. Nyman, O.L. 1970. Electrophoretic analysis of hybrids between salmon (Salmo salar L.) and trout (Salmo trutta L.). Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 99(1):229-236.- =@= 1218. Ohno, S. 1969. The preferential activation of maternally derived alleles in development of interspecific hybrids. In V. Defendi (editor), Heterospecific genome inter- action, p. 137-150. Wistar Inst. Press, Phila. Pa. UD 9) , J. Muramoto, J. Klein, and N.B. Atkin. 1969. Diploid-tetraploid relationships in clupeoid and Ssalmonid fish. Heredity, 22 Suppl. Vol. Chromosomes Today, 2:139-147. 1220. @iestad, V. 1977. Rearing of marine fish fry in ponds on the natural food production. Working Group of Mari- culture Meeting, Brest, 10-13 May 1977, 28 p. 1221. Ojima, Y. 1959. DNA contents found in cells of the carp- funa hybrids. Dobutsugaku Zasshi (Zool. Mag.) 68:227-230. 1221la. . 1973. Recent studies of hybrids in freshwater teleosts. Exp. Am. 22(suppl.):99-107. 1224. , M. Hayashi, and K. Ueno. 1975. Triploidy appeared in the back-cross offspring from funa-carp crossing. Proc. Jpn. Acad. 51(8):702-706. U223). , K. Maeki, S. Takayama, and S. Nogusa. 1963. A cytotaxonomic study on the Salmonidae. Nucleus 6(2):91-98. EA 2y , and T. Ueda. 1978. New C-banded marker chromo- somes found in carp-funa hybrids. Proc. Jpn. Acad. Ser. B 54(1):15-20. 1225. Olund, L.J., and F.B. Cross. 1961. Geographic variation in the North American cyprinid fish, Hybopsis gracilis. Univ. Kans. Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. 13(7):323-348. 1226. Omeltchenko, V.T. 1974. Electrophoretic investigation of hemoglobins of fish of the Far East. Genetika 10: 1089-1096. 1227. Ord, W.M., M. Le Berre, and P. de Kinkelin. 1976. Viral hemorrhagic septicemia: Comparative suscepti- bility of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) and hybrids (S. gairdneri x Oncorhynchus kisutch) to experimental infection. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(5):1205-1208. 1228. Orzack, S.H., J.J. Sohn, K.D. Kallman, S.A. Levin, and R. Johnston. 1980. Maintenance of the three sex chromo- some polymorphism in the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus. Evolution 34(4):663-672. 1229. Osborn, J.G., G.A. Yokoyama, E.L. Brannon, and W.K. Hersh- berger. 1980. Comparison of return success of pure strain and hybridized chinook salmon stocks. fn 1979 Research in fisheries, p. 31. Annu. Rep. Colle? Fashey so Univer Washes “oContribey515. 1230. Oshima, M. 1929. Yamame oyobi amagono keito narabi ni seikatsuski ni kansuru 2, 3 no chiken. (Two or three findings about the classification and life history of amago and yamame.) Shizenkagaku (Nat. Sci.) 4:129-150. ILS yee - 1930. Distribution of the yamame and the amago. Yamame oyobi amago no bunshi. Rizakukai (Chirigaku Hijoron 6(7)) 28(9):29-30. 123322 - 1940. Sakemasu no kohai fn Sakana, Ch. 6 Gyorui to Jinsei, I. Yuyo Gyorui no Kogoto Yoshoku, B. Yoshoku, Ro. Sakomasu no kohai, p. 135-140. Sanseido Co., Tokyo. (Reprinted, Kaneko Publ. Co., Tokyo iHl!Si7:5)-2) 105 233% . 1957. Studies on the dimorphic salmons, Oncorhynchus masou (Brevoort) and Oncorhynchus rhodurus Jordan and McGregor found in Japan and adjacent territories. (Sakura-masu Oncorhynchus masou (Brevoort) narabi ni biwa-masu Oncorhynchus rhodurus Jordan and McGregor no Kan-suru Kenkyu. ) Nire Book Co., Sapporo, 81 p. Transl. Fish. Res. Board Cane 204 4 pa MLO 2. 29. He. «61959. Occurrence of the natural hybrid between Oncorhynchus masou and Oncorhynchus rhodurus in the upper stream of Tenriu R. Dobutsugaku Zasshi 68(7):259-262. Transl., Fish. Res. Board Can. Ser. 1098. 1234. Ozibko, R.L. 1971. The firetex. Aquarium 4(12): 6-7, 38-40. ape 1235. Paetz, M.J., and J.S. Nelson. 1970. The fishes of Alberta. Queens Printer, Edmonton, Canada, 282 p. 1237. Page, L.M. 1974. The life history of the spottail darter Etheostoma squamiceps in Big Creek, Illinois and Ferguson Creek, Ky. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes 897,::20 p. (1238. . 1975. The life history of the stripetail darter Etheostoma kennicotti, in Big Creek, Illinois. Ill. Nat: Hist.: Surv. BiroleW Notes? 93,da 57 p: 12395 . 1976. Natural darter hybrids: FEtheostoma gracile x Percina maculata, Percina caprodes x Percina maculata, and Percina phoxocephala x Percina maculata. Southwest. Nat. 21(2):141-149. 12361. , and B.M. Burr. 1974. The life history of the slabrock darter, Etheostoma smithi, in Ferguson Creek, Ky. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes 99, IEPA oes 1240. Parzefall, J. 1979. Zur genetik und Biologischen bedeu- tung des Aggressionsverhaltens von Poecilia sphenops (Pisces, Poeciliidae). 2%. Tierpsychol. 50:399-422. 1241. Patterson, M. 1976. Fundulus notatus and Fundulus olivaceus: Two American topminnows. J. Am. Killifish Assoc., with Killie Notes 9(7):208-210. 1242. Paulakovich, S. 1974. Fishing outlook. Pa. Angler 43(1) 22-3, 79: 1243; Pavlov, 1.S. 1959. Hybridizatiion of Pacific salmon fish eggs. Taikei-yo sake no zasshu-ku. (In Jpn.) Uo to tamago (oya yaku), p. 12-13. wan, Payne,..R-H.,-A.R. Child,” and A Forrest.» 1972. “The existence of natural hybrids between the European trout and the Atlantic salmon....J. Fish. Biol. 4(2):233-236. 1245. Pearson, B.E. 1952. The behavior of a sample hybrid trout (Salvelinus fontinalis x Cristivomer namaycush) in a vertical temperature gradient. Unpub. manuscr., 24 p. Great Lakes Inst. Lib., Univ. Toronto. 1246. Pease, P.M. 1971. An evaluation of the 1969 year class of rainbow-steelhead hybrids in Fern Lake, Washington. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 72 p. 1247. Pecor, C.H. 1979. Experimental intensive culture of tiger muskellunge in a water reuse system. Prog. Fish-Cult. 41(2):103-108. 1248. Pegington, C.J., and H. Rees. 1967. Chromosome size in salmon and trout. Chromosoma (Berl.) 21:475-477. 1249. Peippo, L. 1962. Kalataloudelliselle tutkimustoimistolle lahetettyja kalanaytteita. Suom. Kalastuslehti (Eripaimos) 69:183-184. 1250. Pelzman, R.J. 1980. Impact of Florida largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides floridanus, introductions at selected northern California waters with a discussion of the use of meristics for detecting introgression and for classifying individual fish of integraded populations. Calif. Fish Game 66(3):133-162. 1251. Penczak, T. 1978. Naturalny mieszaniec ploci (Rutilus rutilus L.) i karpa (Blicca bjoerkna) z zalewu Sulejowskiego. Natural hybrid from the roach (Rutilus rutilus L.) and the silver bream (Blicca bjoerkna) from the Sulejow Bay. Acta Hydrobiol. 20(3):273-277. E252 , and K. Urbanowicz. 1970. Naturalny mieszaniec jelca Leuciscus leuciscus (L.) i jazia Leuciscus tidus’ (l.).,. Ann. Zool. (Pol.) 28(5):245-54. 1253. Pepin, H., G. Moreau, S. Marazzato, and J. Gery. 1970. Biometrie d'un hybride naturel de poissons Cyprinidae la breme de buggenhagen. Ann. Hydrobiol. 1(1):43-54. 107 1254. MASS) & U2 57h. 12587 E259). 1260. ZS 15). 1261. 1262. 1263). 1264. Perschbacher, P.W., K.J. Sulak, and F.J. Schwartz. 1979. Invasion of the Atlantic by Peprilus burti (Pisces: Stromateidae) and possible implications. Copeia 1979(3):538-541. Peters, N., and G. Peters. 1973. Genetic problems in the regressive evolution of cavernicolous fish. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 187-201. Springer-Verlag, Berl. , A. Scholl, and H. Wilkens. 1975.~ Der Micosfisch, Hohlenfisch in statu nascendi oder Bastard? 4.62001. Syst. Evolutionforsche. 2132-40 =1245 Peterson, L.W. 1955. Winter fisheries investigation on Buffalo Bill Reservoir 1955. Wyo. Game Fish Comm. Bash. ‘Tech Rep. 1), 21 p: Peterson, R.H., A.M. Sutterlin, and J.L. Metcalfe. 1979. Temperature preference of several species of Salmo and Salvelinus and some of their hybrids. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 36(9):1137-1140. Pethon, P. 1974. Naturally occurring hybrids between whitefish (Coregonus lavaretus L.) and cisco (Coregonus albula L..) in Orrevann. Norw. J. Zool. 22728 7—293.. Petkevich, A.N., N.P. Votinov, Yu.A. Kuz'min, P.A. Rizvanov, G.P. Siginevich, V.N. Polymskij, V.A. Zamyatin, and D.S. Noreiko. 1975. The state of stocks and the reproduction of commercial fishes in water bodies of Siberia and the Urals. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 15(3):360-374 Engl. Transl. Petzold, H.G. 1967. Der guppy (Poecilia (Labistes) reticulata). Ziemsen Verlag. Wittenberg Luther- stadt, 142 p. Pfeiffer, W. 1966. Uber die vererbung der schreckreaktion bei Astyanax (Characidae, Pisces). 2Z. Vererbungsl. 98:97-105. 1967. Die Korrelation von augengrosze und Mittelhirngrosze bei hybriden aus Astyanax x Anoptich- thys (Characidae, Pisces). Wilhelm Roux Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org. 159:365-378. 1967. Die Korrelation von Korperlange, Augen-, Linsen- und pupillengrosse bei Hybriden aus Astyanax x Anoptichthys (Characidae, Pisces). Wilhhelm Roux Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org. 158:218-245. 108 1265. Pflieger, W.L. 1971. A distributional study of Missouri fishes. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist. 20(3):225- SHO. 1266. . 1975. The fishes of Missouri. Mo. Dep. Conserv., 343 p. IPAS) TE , and oO. Fajen. 1970. Natural hybrids, smallmouth bass x spotted bass. (Abstr.) Fish. Res. Rep. Mo. Dep. Conserv. Div. Fish. 9:37. 1268. Philipp, D.P., H.R. Parker, P.R. Beaty, W.F. Childers, and G.S. Whitt. 1979. The effect of genetic distance on preferential allele expression in interspecific hybrids. (Abstr.) Am. Zool. 19(3):948. 1269. Phillips, J.B. 1957. A review of the rockfishes of California. Calif. Dep. Fish Game, Fish. Bull. 104, 158 p. 1270. Piavis, G.W. 1971. Embryology. fn M.W. Hardesty and I.C. Potter (editors), The biology of lampreys, Vol. 1,. p- 361-400. Acad. Press, N.Y. 1271. Pietschmann, V. 1934. Eine Kreuzung Zwischen Karpfen und Goldfischen aus Niederosterreich. Zool. Anz. 107: 93-94. 1272. Piggins, J. 1970. Salmon x sea trout hybrids (1969-1970). Salmon Res. Trust Irel. Annu. Rep. 1970, 15:41-58. Append. 1. 1273. Pillay, S.R. 1972. A bibliography of the grey mullets, family Mugilidae. FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. 109, 99 p. 1274. Pinchuk, V.I. 1970. An unusual specimen of goby from the Tamanj Bay. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 64:911-912 in Russ., p. 689-690 Transl. 275). , and I.F. Strautman., 1977. Interspecies hybrids of gobies from the Gobiidae family. Zool. Rec. (Vestn. Zool.) 1973(3):38-42. 1276. Plosila, D.S. 1977. Relationship of strain and size at stocking to survival of lake trout in Adirondack lakes. N.Y. Fish Game J. 24(1):1-24. II The , W.T. Keller, T.J. McCartney, and D.S. Robson. 1972. Effects of sperm storage and dilution on fertilization of brook trout eggs. Prog. Fish-Cult. 34(3):179-181. WATS) 6 NZAUS. 1280. IASI 282". 283)- 1284. P28'5\. 1285a. 1286. WASTE 1288. Plumb, J.A., O.L. Green, R.O. Smitherman, and G.B. Pardue. 1975. Channel catfish virus experiments with differ- ent strains of channel catfish. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 104(1):140-143. Poduschko, M.V. 1972. About hybrid of carp Cyprinus carpio haematopterus Tem. et Schl. of Amur River. Izv. Tikhookean. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. (TINRO) 77:242-244. Pojoga, I. 1972. Race metis et hybrides chez la carpe. Bull. Fr. Piscic. 44(244):134-142. Pontier, P.J., and N.H. Hart. 1977. Isozyme expression in two species of teleost fish and their hybrids. (Abstr.) Am. Z0o0l 2917 (4): 966. Popov, O.P. 1973. Distinguishing features of fat metabolism and quantitative characteristics of blood in wild and cultured carps and their hybrids. Jn Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb, p. 148-152. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. Porter, B. 1980. The tale of the "tiger". ..musky, thateis? what it is and how it came to be. Pa. Angler 49(2): 10-13. Post, A. 1973. Chromosomes of two fish species of the genus Diretmus (Osteichthyes, Beryciformes, Diretmidae). In J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 103-lll. Springer-Verlag, Berl. Pratt, K. 1975. Rearing tiger muskies on artificial diets. Proc. 7th Interstate Musky Workshop, 30 Sept.-l Oct., lia Crosse, Wis. ips '25=35 Pristas, P.J. 1980. A possible hatchet marlin (Tetrapterus sp.) from the Gulf of Mexico. Northeast Gulf Sci. 4(1):51-56. , and L. Trent. 1977. Comparisons of catches of fishes in gill nets in relation to webbing material, time of day, and water depth in St. Andrew Bay, miorada:’ +Fish:/ BuldijsUssS. ‘75i(1)-dOselose , and . 1978. Seasonal abundance, size, and sex ratio of fishes caught with gill nets in St. Andrew Bay, Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 28(3):581-589. Privolnev, T.I. 1969. The viscosity of blood serum of Salmo irideus Gibson and carp x Amur wild carp at different salinity. In Physiological basis for the culture of rainbow trout, p. 106-109. Piziologcheskii osnovy razvedeniia raduzhnoi foreli, Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 68. 110 1289. Pruginin, Y. 1968. The culture of carp and Tilapia hybrids in Uganda. FAO Fish,Rep. 44(4):223-229. 1290. , and E.S. Kanyike. 1965. Mono-sex culture of Tilapia through hybridization. S.R.1I.C. Symposium on Fish Farming, Nairobi, p. 1-3. EZ.Ov , S. Rothbard, G. Wohlfarth, A. Halevy, R. Moav, and G. Hulata. 1975. All-male broods of Tilapia nilotica x T. aurea hybrids. Aquaculture 6(1):11-21. 1292. Purdom, C.E. 1970. Gynogenesis-a rapid method for producing inbred lines of fish. Fish. News Int. 9(9):29=-30, 32. 293": . 1972. Induced polyploidy in plaice (Pleuronectes platessa) and its hybrid with the flounder (Platichthys flesus). Heredity 29(1):11-24. Also, Sport Fish Abstr.) e185) 247019773). P299% . 1973. Gynogenesis in hybrids within the Pleuronectidae. fn J.H.S. Blaxter (editor), The early life history of fish, p. 537-544. Springer- Verlag, Berl. 1294. . 1974. Fish genetics in aquaculture. Fish Farming int.* 227-121 1295. . 41974. Variation in fish. fn F.R. Harden Jones (editor), Sea fisheries research, p. 347-355. Elek (Sci. Books) Ltd., Lond. 1296. - 1976. Genetic techniques in flatfish culture. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(4, Pt.2):1088-1093. 1298. , and R.F. Lincoln. 1973. Gynogenesis in hybrids within the Pleuronectidae. (Abstr.) fn International symposium on the early life history of fish, p. 30. FAOM Fish Cires) Siivr 1297. , and D.S. Woodhead. 1973. Radiation damage in fish. In J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 67-73. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1300. , and T. Wyatt. 1969. Racial differences in Irish Sea and North Sea plaice (Pleuronectes platessa). Nature (Lond.) 222(5195):780-781. 1301. “Pursglove; DiL:; A’ Anders; G? Doll, and F. Anders. 1971. Effects of x-irradiation on the genetically-determined melanoma system of xiphophorin fish. Experientia 27(6):695-697. 111 1302. Pushkin, Yu. A. 1971. Oestestvennikh gibridakh goster s drogimi vidami ryb semeistva Cyprinidae. Tr. Oralskogo Otd. Sib. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Rybn. KhozZ... 8,..p. 103-109. -Q- 1303. Qadri, S.U. 1968. Morphology and taxonomy of the aurora charr Salvelinus fontinalis timagamiensis. Natl. Mus. Cans Buldeey237 7508) pi =-R- 1303a. Ramos-Henao, A., and G.G. Corredor. 1980. Effects of three management practices on the growth and produc- tion of Tilapia rendalli. Bamidgeh 32(2):41-45. 1304. Randall, J.E., G.R. Allen, and R.C. Steene. 1977. Five probable hybrid butterflyfishes of the genus Chaetodon from the central and western Pacific. Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 6(1):3-26. 1305. Rao, B.S., and G. Chandrasekaran. 1978. Preliminary report on hybridization experiments in trout-growth and survi- val of FL hybrids. Aquaculture 15(3):297-300. 1306. Rasch, E.M. 1968. Use of erythrocyte deoxyribonucleic acid-feulgen levels as an index of triploidy in naturally occurring interspecific hybrids of poeciliid fishes. J. Histochem. Cytochem. 16:508-509. UZO7" , and J.S. Balsano. 1973. Cytogenetic studies of Poecilia (Pisces). III. Persistance of triploid genomes in the unisexual progeny of triploid females associated With Poecilia formosa. Copeia 1973(4):810-813. Ales a WO} , R.M. Darnell, K.D. Kallman, and P. Abramoff. 1965. Cytophotometric evidence for triploidy in hybrids of the gynogenetic fish, Poecilia formosa. J. Exp. Zool. 160:155-169. 1309. , P.J. Monaco, and J.S. Balsano. 1978. Identification of a new form of triploid hybrid fish by DNA-feulgen cytophotometry. (Abstr.) J. Histochem. Cytochem. 26:218. 1308. , L.M. Prehn, and R.W. Rasch. 1970. Cyto- genetic studies of Poecilia (Pisces). II. Triploidy and DNA levels in naturally occurring populations associated with the gynogenetic teleost Poecilia formosa (Girard). Chromosoma (Berl.) 31(1):18-40. 112 dis} LIeS SA 2%. 303): 1314. 735. ASS ILS IG T3118. SLO. 1320. PIZA5. EIZZ Raunich, L., C. Callegarini, and G. Cavicchioli. 1966. Polio- morfismo emoglobinico e caratteri sistematici del genere Ictalurus dell'Italia settentrionale. Arch. Zool. Ital. 51:497-510. Raveret-Wattel, and Bartet. 1883. Sur la reproduction du saumon de Californie a l'aquarium du Trocadero. (Reproduction of California salmon in the aquarium of Trocadero.) Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 3:207-208, Transl. Rawstron, R.R. 1977. Effect of a reduced bag limit and later planting date on the mortality, survival, and cost and yield of three domestic strains of rainbow trout at Lake Berryessa and Merle Collins Reservoir 1971-1974. Calif. Fish Game 63(4):219-227. Ray, R.H., and L.J. Witanen. 1970. Striped bass, Morone Saxatilis (Walbaum), 1969 report on the development of essential requirements for production. U.S. Dep. Inter. Fish Wildl. Serv., Div. Fish Hatcheries Atlanta, Ga., 46 p. Raymond, S. 1971. Kamloops. An angler's study of the Kam- loops trout. Winchester Press, N.Y., 218 p. Rees, H. 1967. The chromosomes of Salmo salar. Chromosoma (Berl.) 21:472-474. Refstie, T., and T. Gjedrem. 1975. Hybrids between Salmonidae species, hatchability and growth rate in the freshwater period. Aquaculture 6:333-342. Regan, D.M., T.L. Wellborn, Jr., and R.G. Bowker. 1968. Striped bass, Roccus saxatilis (Walbaum) development of essential requirements for production. U.S. Dep. Inter,Bur. Fish Wildl., Div. Fish Hatcheries, Atlanta, Ga., 133 p. Regan, F.P., and J.M. Thorington. 1915. The vascularization of the embryonic body of hybrid teleosts without circu- lation. Anat. Rec. 10(2):79-98. Reimers, N. 1979. A history of a stunted brook trout popu- lation in an alpine lake: A life span of 24 years. Calif. Fish Game 65(4):196-215. Reinitz, G.L. 1977. Electrophoretic distinction of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri), west slope cutthroat trout (S. clarki), and their hybrids. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(8):1236-1239. - 1977. Tests for association of transferrin and lactate dehydrogenase, phenotypes with weight gain in rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(12):2333-2337. 113 ISAS iC 1324. 325% 1326: 1328. 329". 1330. IS PAILS P33 a0. 332 91333 1334. Reintjes, J.W., and P.W. Keney. 1975. Annotated biblio- graphy on the biology of the menhadens, genus Brevoortia, 1963-1973. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF-687, 92 p. Reisenbichler, R.R. 1977. Genetic differences in growth and survival of juvenile hatchery and wild steelhead trout, Salmo gairdneri. In T.J. Hassler and R.R. von Kirk (editors), Genetic implications of steelhead management, Dp. 55. (Abstr.) Calif. Coop. Fish: Res.’ Unit specs Rep. 77-1. , and J.D. McIntyre. 1977. Genetic differences in growth and survival of juvenile hatchery and wild steel- head trout, Salmo gairdneri. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 34(1):123-128. Rembiszewski, J.M. 1964. Ryby (Pisces) rzeki Jeziorki i Czarnij Strugi kolo Warszawy. Fishes (Pisces) of the rivers Jeziorka and Czarna Struga near Warzawa. Fragm. Faun. (Warsaw) 11(7):83-102. Richmond, F.G. 1919. About rainbow trout. Salmon Trout Mag. 20:63-73. Richter, H-J. 1972. Ein bemerkenswerter Kreuzungsversuch. Aquarien Terrarien Monatsschr. Ornithol. Vivarienkd. 19(3):81-83. . 1972. Ein Kampffischmann geht fremd. Aquarium Mag. 6(3):108-111. Ricker, W.E. 1973. Russian-English dictionary for students of fisheries and aquatic biology. Fish. Res. Board Can. Bui S83), 428° 5p. Riley, J.D., and G.T. Thacker. 1969. New intergeneric cross Within the Pleuronectidae, dab x flounder. Nature (Lond. ) 221(5179):484-486. Robbins, T.W. 1969. A systematic study of the silversides Membras bonaparte and Menidia (Linnaeus) (Atherinidae, Teleostei). Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N.Y., 282 p. Roberts, F.L. 1967. Chromosome cytology of the Osteichthyes. Prog. Fish-Cult. 29({2):75-83. 1970. Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) chromosomes and speciation. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 99(1):105-111. 114 i335. £336. NES 357) 330% 338. 1340. 1341. 1342. 1343. 1344. 13452 1346. Robins, C.R. 1974. The validity and status of the round- scale spearfish, Tetrapterus georgei. fn R.S. Shomura and F. Williams (editors), Proceedings of the inter- national billfish symposium, Kailua-Kona, Hawaii, 9-12 August 1972. Part 2. Review and contributed papers, p. 54-61. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF=-675. 1975. Synopsis of biological data on the longbill spearfish, Tetrapterus pfluegeri Robins and de Sylva. In R.S. Shomura and F. Williams (editors), Proceedings of the international billfish symposium, Kailua-Kona, Hawaii 9-12 August 1972. Part 3. Species synopses, p. 28-28. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF-675. Robinson, G.D., W.A. Dunson, J.E. Wright, and G.E. Mamolito. 1976. Differences in low pH tolerance among strains of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis). J. Fish Biol. 8(1):5-17. Robinson, T., and J. Robinson. 1966. A firemouth-convict hybrid. Aquarium 35(10):10-11. Robison, H.W., and R.J. Miller. 1972. A new intergeneric cyprinid hybrid (Notropis pilsbryi x Chrosomus erythro- gaster) from Oklahoma. Southwest. Nat. 16(3-4):442-444. Roeder, M., and R.H. Roeder. 1966. Effect of iron on the growth rate of fishes. J. Nutr. 90:86-90. Rolik, H. 1967. O niektorych naturalnych kryzowkach ryb karpiowatych (Pisces, Cyprinidae) w Polsce. Fragm. Faun. (Pol. Acad. Nauk) 14(6):153-167. 1970. Barbus cyclolepis waleckii spp. N. - a new subspecies of B. cyclolepis Haeckel, 1840, from the Vistula and Dniestr Basins (Pisces, Cyprinidae). Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. II 48(7):401-404. Rollefsen, G. 1939. Artificial rearing of fry of sea water fish. Rapp. Proc.-Verb. Reun. 109(3):133-134. Roloff, E. 1976. A new betta species, Betta imbellis. Trop. Fish Hobbyist 24(240, No. 6):46, 47, 49, 52. Romaire, R.P., C.E. Boyd, and W.J. Collis. 1978. Predicting nighttime dissolved oxygen decline in ponds used for Tilapia culture. Trans. Am. Fish.Soc. 107(6):804-808. Romanycheva, O.D. 1970. Measures to ensure reproduction of fish transplanted in the Azov Sea basin. Ves. Nauchno- Issled. Inst. Rybn. Okeanogr. Tr. VNIRO 76:70-76. 115 1347. - 1974. The rearing of young hybrids of giant sturgeon x sterlet in marine impoundments. Ves. Nauchno-Issled. Rybn. Okeanogr. Tr. Proc. VNIRO 103:142-149. 1348. , and N.E. Salnikov. 1979. Net pen mariculture and prospects for its development in the USSR waters. Ves. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. des» IES) Bolg Tao les 1349. Romashov, D.P., and K.A. Golovinskaia. 1960. Ginogenez i Otdelennaia gibridizatsiia u ryb. fn Otdalennia gibridizastii rastenii i khovotnikh. Koordinatsionnoe soveshchenie po otdalennoi gibridizatsii vastnii izhivotnykh Moscow, p. 496-510. Izv. Kolos, Mosk. Akad. Nauk. SSSR Ves. Akad. S-kh. Nauk. 1350. Ropers, H.H., W. Engel, and U. Wolf. 1973. Inheritance of the S-form of NADP-dependent isocitrate dehydrogenase poly- morphism in rainbow trout. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 319-327. Springer- Verlag, Berl. T5il. Rosenblatt, -R.H., and L.G. Chen. 1972. ~The identityvor Sebastes babcocki and Sebastes rubrivinctus. Calif. Fish Game 58(1):32-36. 1352. Ross, M.R. 1975. The breeding behavior and hybridization potential of the northern creek chub Semotilus atromacu- Jatus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Ph.D. Thesis, Ohio State Univ., Columbus, 174 p. 353% , and T.M. Cavender. 1977. First report of the natural cyprinid hybrid, Wotropis cornutus x RhAinichtys cataractae. Copeia 1977(4):777-780. 1354. Ross, R.D. 1958. Races of the cyprinid fish Campostoma anomalum pullum (Agassiz) in eastern United States. Va. AGEL). “Expeusitne leche Bull... 136, 208p. 1355. Ross, S.T. 1973. The systematics of Gasterosteus aculeatus (Pisces: Gasterosteidae) in central and southern California. Los Ang. Cty. Nat. Hist. Mus. Contrib. Scis.)243, 200 p: 1356. Roth, H., and W. Geiger. 1972. Brienzersee, Thunersee, and Bielersee: Effects of exploitation and eutrophication on the salmonid communities. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(6):755-764. 1357. Rothbard, S., and Y. Pruginin. 1972. Hybridization of two species of Tilapia to obtain males. (In Heb.) Fish. Fish Breeding Isr. 7(2-3):10-12. 1358. , and . 1975. Induced spawning and arti- ficial incubation of Tilapia. Aquaculture 5:315-321. 116 13.59% 1360. 1361. 1362. 1363. 1364. 365 - T3677 < 1366. 1368. 1369. 1370". Roule, L. 1925. Les poissons des eaux douces de la France. Presses Universitaires, Paris, 228 p. Rourke, A.W., and R.L. Wallace. 1978. A morphological and electrophoretic comparison of Henry's Lake Salmo clarki and Salmo clarki x Salmo gairdneri hybrids. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 60B:447-451. Rowland, W.J. 1970. Behavior of three sympatric species of sticklebacks and its role in their reproductive isolation. Ph.D. Thesis, State Univ. N.Y. Stony Brook, 189° p." “Diss-SAbStr 37 223:73B* Rubailova, N.G. 1965. Ch. 4. Problema otolalennoi gibridizashii khivotnnyk v trodakh sovremennikh Issle- dovatelei. fn Otdalennaia gibridizatsiia domashnikh zhivotnykh, p. 180-265. Izd. Nauk., Mosk. Akad. Nauk SSSR Inst. Istor. Estestvozniy Tekh. Rubaschev, S.F. 1935. Abweichungen von den Elternformen in der Embryonalentwicklung der Bastard Coregonus lavaretus baeri Kessl. x Salmo fario Lac. L. Acta Zoole Arg. 6% 1937. Embryonic development of hybrids of trout (Salmo fario Lac L.) and gwiniad (Coregonus lavaretus baeri Kessl.). Acta Zool. Arg. 18(3):345-374. Rudzinski, E. 1961. Vergleichende Untersuchungen uber den Wildkarpfen der Donau und den Teichkarpfen. Z%. Fisch. Hilfswiss. 10:105-135. Runnstrom, S. 1950-53. Director's Report(s) for the year(s) 1959-1952. Inst. Freshwater Res., Drottningholm, Rep. 31:5=-18; 932:5=14> 33:5=16; 3435-13. - 41955. Director's report for the year 1954. Inst. Freshwater Res., Drottningholm, Rep. 36:5-12. Russell, F.S. 1976. The eggs and planktonic stages of British marine fishes. Acad. Press, N.Y., 524 p. Ryabov, I.N. 1973. Characteristics of the embryonic and larval development of hybrids of grass carp Ctenopharyngo- don idella (Val) and silver carp Hypophthalmichthys moli- trix (Val) with eastern bream Abramis brama orientalis (Berg). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 13(5)(82):842-857 (in Russ.). 1973. Embryonic and larval development charac- teristics of hybrids of silver carp (Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Val.)) and eastern bream (Abramis brama orientalis (Berg)). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 13(5)(82):842-857 in Russ., p. 701-714 Transl. 117 ILS} 7h ES 7/2) ALS Sha 1374. 1439. 37/5. 1376. MWS} F/ Thc 377 8). 1379) 1380. . 1975. Characteristics of the embryonic and larval development of the hybrid between carp Cyprinus carpio and Korean sawbelly Hemiculter eigenmanni. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 15(3):438-450 Transl., Original 15(3/92):490-503 - 1979. Embryonic and larval development of the Cyprinus carpio/Puntius conchonius hybrid. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 111:660-672 in Russ., p. 577-588, 1978; Transl « Rychlicki, Z. 1973. Ocena uzytkowa krzyzowski karpia wegierskogo z zutorskim. (Estimation of usefulness of a cross between the Hungarian carp and carp from Zator.) (in Pol.) Gospod. Rybna 25(3):3-4. aya Saarig, S. 1967. Tilapia hybrid breeding in the Far East. (In Heb.) Fish. Fish Breeding Isr. 2(1):43. Sadoglu, P. 1956. A preliminary report on the genetics of the Mexican cave characins. Copeia 1956(2):113-114. . 1958. Mendelian inheritance in the hybrids between the Mexican blind cave fishes and their overground ancestor. Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges., 10-15 June 1957, | Graz., p. 432-439. 1 Sale, P.F. 1967. A re-examination of the taxonomic position of the aurora, trout. 7) Can.) J.: Zool. .45( 2) +215=2257- Sand, G.X. 1975. What's a reciprocal bass? Just the newest gamefish in the land! Outdoor Life 156(3):80-82, 112, 114. Sanders, B.G., and J.E. Wright. 1962. Immunogenetic studies in two trout species of the genus Salmo. Ann, N.Y. Acad. $5e21.. 8¢9)7 (1)):216=130)- Sanderson, C.H. 1979. Silo culture - Linesville fish cultural | Station: ~-Riv. tal. Piscics LEtiop.,) 14(S)eZi—25-e Sano, S., and H. Eguchi. 1936. Interspecific hybridization among salmonid fishes. (Experiments of interspecific hybridization among salmonid fishes.) (Sake-masu-zoku ishu-kohai shiken.) Suisan fukajyo fukenei sho, (Hokkaido sake - masu Fukajo showa juichi- nendo fukumeisho, 13 p.) Fish. Res. Board Can., Nanaimo, Transl. 1169, 1968. 118 1381. 1382). #383) - 1384. 1385 1386. SS. 1388. 1389. 1390. ESO 1. PISZ. 1.393%. Sasaki, M., S. Hitotsumachi, S$. Makino, and T. Terao. 1968. A comparative study of the chromosomes in the chum salmon, the kokanee salmon and their hybrids. Caryologia 21:(4):389-394. Sattarov, K. 1967. Ictiofauna i rybych promysel r. pripyty. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 3:77-83. SavicemD. . “as iVukoviier Nes Vukovire; cand: Nee Guzina +) 41976. Experimental hybridization of cyprinid species from the waters of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Rev. Trav. Inst. Peches Marit. 40(3,4):741. Savich, M.V., and Y.A. Kolpakov. 1973. The winterhardiness of underyearlings of wild carp-pond carp hybrids. Rybn. Khoz. (Moscow) 49(3):29-30. Savostyanova, G.G. 1971. The comparison of some bred groups of rainbow trout by their fish-culture. Jn Izv. GOSNIORKh. Dp. 8/=103'. Leningrad 74. Scheel, J.J. 1974. Rivuline studies: Taxonomic studies of rivuline cyprinodonts from tropical Atlantic Africa (Riculinae, Cyprinodontidae, Ateriniformes, Pisces). ANNO MUSZOR. IVAEHo Cent i¢Scil. "GSE Zool) 219, 50> p* 1975. The karyotypes of some Fundulopanchax forms. ——J~ Am. Killifish Assoc. 8(7):194-199. Schemmel, C. 1974. Genetische untersuchungen zur evolution des Geschmacksapparates bei cavernicolen Fischen. Z. Zool. Syst. Evolutionsforsch. 12(3):196-215. 1974. Ist die cavernicole Micos-population von Astyanax maxicanus (Characidae, Pisces) hybriden Ursprungs? Mitt. Hamb. Zool. Mus. Inst. 71:193-201. Schmidt, E.R. 1978. Chromatophore development and cell interactions in the skin of Xiphophorine fish. Wilhelm Roux Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org. 184:115-134. Schmidtke, J., and W. Engel. 1972. Duplication of the gene loci coding for the supernatant aspartate aminotrans- ferase by polyploidization in the fish family Cyprinidae. Experientia 28:976-978. , and . 1976.6 Genetaction in, fish of tetraploid origin. III. Ribosomal DNA amount in Cyprinid fish. Biochem. Gen. 14(1/2):19-26. , P. Kuhl, and W. Engel. 1976. Transitory hemi- zygosity of paternally derived alleles in hybrid trout embryos. Nature (Lond.) 260(5549):319-320. 119 1394. Scholl, A. 1973. Biochemical evolution in the genus Xiphophorus (Poeciliidae, Teleostei). fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 277-299. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1396. . 1973. Tissue-specific preferential expression of the Xiphophorus xiphidium allele for 6-phosphoglu- conate dehydrogenase in interspecific hybrids of platy- fish (Poeciliidae, Teleostei). fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 301- 313. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1395. , and F. Anders. 1973. Electrophoretic variation of enzyme proteins in platyfish and swordtails (Poecil- lidae, Teleostei). Arch. Genet. 46:121-129. 1397. Schreck, C.B. 1969. Trout of the upper Kern River basin, California. M.S. Thesis, Colorado State Univ., Fort Gollans;,, W120) sp:. 1398. . 1974. Hormonal treatment and sex manipulation in fishes. fn Control of sex in fishes, p. 84-106. Va. Polytech. Inst. Sea Grant 74-01. 1399. , and R.J. Behnke. 1971. Trouts of the Upper Kern River Basin, California with reference to system- atics and evolution of western North America Salmo. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 28(7):987-997. 1400. Schreibman, M.P., and K.D. Kallman. 1977. The genetic control of the pituitary-gonadal axis in the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus. J. Exp. Zool. 200(2):277-293 1401. , and - 1978. The genetic control of sexual maturation in the teleost, Xiphophorus maculatus (Poeciliidae): a review. Ann. Biol. Anim. Biochem. Biophys. 18(4):957-962. 1402. ; , and M. Benevento. 1973. Genetic control of sexual maturation in female platyfish (Xiphophorus maculatus). (Abstr. 139.) Am. Zool. 13(4):1283-1284. 1403. Schroder, J.H. 1969. Anmerkungen zur Systematishen Revision der Gattungen Mollienesia, Lebistes, und Limia. Aquarien Terrarien 16(12):410-412. 1404. . 1973. Teleosts as a tool in mutation research. ?n J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 91-99. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1405. Schultz, D.E., and €.J. Biggers. 1975. Electrophoresis of blood proteins of hybrid and gynogenic carp. ASB Bull. ZAZA 120 1406. Schultz, K. 1977. A special kind of bream. Field Stream 82(5):52, 57, 152-153. 1407. Schultz, R.J. 1966. Hybridization experiments with an all-female fish of the genus Poeciliopsis. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole) 130(3):415-429. 1408. . 1973. Origin and synthesis of a unisexual fish. In J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 207-211. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1409. . 1973. Unisexual fish: Laboratory synthesis of a "species". Science (Wash., D.C.) 179(4069): 180-181. 1410. . 1974. Unisexual fish: Laboratory synthesis of a species. JIn Genetic studies of fish: II, Deaw/4—i7s. “MSS Inte Corpen. Ney. 1411. . 1977. Evolution and ecology of unisexual fishes. Yn M.K. Hecht, W.C. Steere, and B. Wallace (Editors), Evolutionary, biology, Vol. 10; p. 277-331. Plenum Publ. Co., N.Y. 1412. . 1979. Adaptation in diploid and polyploid hybrids. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Univ. Maine, Orono, l p. 1413. . 1980. Role of polyploidy in the evolution of fishes. Jn W.H. Lewis (editor), Polyploidy: Biological relevance, p. 313-340. Plenum Publ. Co., Nye 1414. , and K.D. Kallman. 1968. MTriploid hybrids between the all-female teleost Poecilia formosa and Poecilia sphenops. Nature (Lond.) 219(5151):280-282. 1422. Schwab, M., S. Abdo, M.R. Ahuja, G. Kollinger, A. Anders, F. Anders, and K. Frese. 1978. Genetics of suscepti- bility in the platyfish/swordtail tumor system to develop fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma following treatment with N-methyl-N-nitrosourea (MNU). 2Z. Krebsforsch. Klin. Onkol. 91:301-315. 1420. M.R. Ahuja, and F. Anders. 1976. Elevated levels of lactate dehydrogenase in genetically controlled melanoma of Xiphophorin fish. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 54B:197-199. 121 Wea ;eo Haas, S Abdo, *M.R® Ahuja, Ge Kollmimgers, A. Anders, and F. Anders. 1978. Genetic basis of susceptibility for development of neoplasms follow- ing treatment with N-methyl-N-nitrosourea (MNU) or X-rays in the platyfish/swordtail system. Experitentia 34(6):780-782. 1416. , G. Kollinger, J. Haas, M.R. Ahuja, S. Abdo, A. Anders, and F. Anders. 1979. Genetic basis of susceptibility for neuroblastoma following treat- ment with N-methyl-N-nitrosourea and X-rays in Xipho- phorus.” Cancer Res "39 519=526. 1415. , and J. Vielkind. 1973. A simple effective pro- cedure for the isolation of high molecular weight DNA. Biochemistry, structure of macromolecules. IRCS Int. Res. Commun. Syst. (73-3)3-2-2. 1418. , and F. Anders. | 1976. An’ approach to genetic transformation in the Xiphophorine fish. Mol. Gen. Genet. 144:151-158. 1419. , and . 1976" A possaballitty, to achieve genetic transformation in the platyfish- swordtail system (Platypoecilus maculatus—Xiphophorus helleri). Experientia 32:301-302. 1423. Schwiebert, E. 1979. The trout of the shining mountains. Fly Fisherman 10(5):50-58. 1424. Scott, W.B., and E.J. Crossman. 1973. Freshwater fishes of Canada. Fish. Res. Board Can. Bull. 184, 966 p. 1425. Sedov, S.I. 1973. On the correlation of transferrins with some characteristic traits in wild and cultured carps (Cyprinus carpio L.) and their hybrids. Jn Biokhim- icheskaia genetika ryb., p. 144-147. Ves. Soveskch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. 1426. Sekiya, S., and Y. Honma. 1973. Racial variation and local distribution of the funa (genus Carassius) in Nigata and Sado Island (A preliminary report). Proc. Jpn. Soc. Sysicz Zool S:63=—70% 1427. , and . 1975. Morphological and cytological studies in the ironfish occurring in Nigata and Sado island. “Proc. Jpn. “Soc. ‘Syst. Zool bir 5s —60r 1428. Semenovskaya, K.S. 1957. Gonads and fertility of the sturgeon-sterlet hybrid. Dokl. Akad. Nauk USSR 114:491-493. 1429. Sequin, L-R. 1953. La truite moulac. Ephemerides Off. Biol. (Que. 110) 59=61" 122 1430. 1431. 1432. 1433. 1434. 1435. 1436. 1437. 1438. 1440. 1441. - 1955. Moeurs et methodes de elevage des truites du Quebec. Le Jeune Nat. 5(7):146-176. Serchuk, F.M., and D.W. Frame. 1973. An annotated biblio- graphy of the cunner, Tautogolabrus adspersus (Walbaum). U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF-668, 43 p. Serebryakova, E.V. 1970. Karyology of the second brood of the hybrid beluga (Huso huso) and sterlet (Acipenser ruthenus). (in Russ., Engl. summ.) Vses. Nauchno- Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. Tr. 76:225-230. 1970. Khromosomible Kompleksii Gibridov ot Skreshchivaniy osetroviikh ryb s razlichnimi horno- tipami. fn N.J. Tsitsin (editor), Otdalennaia gibrizatsiia rasteni i zhivotnykh, p. 413-419. Akad. Nauk. SSSR. Ves. Akad. S-kh. Nauk. Izv. Kolos, Mosk. - 1979. An opportunity of using sterile hybrids in sturgeon culture. Ves. Nauchno-Issled. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. Tr. 138:68-72. Sergeeva, M.N. 1966. Nutrition of northern ("Ropsha") carp hybrid fingerlings at various densities and temperatures in ponds. fn V.S. Kirpichnikov (editor), Seleksiya karpa i voprosy intensifikatsii prudovogo rybovadstva, Pp. 261-215. Transl: Sergieva, Z.M. 1979. The role of invertebrates in the food ration of one-summer-olds of bester (hybrid of giant sturgeon x sterlet) reared in cages in the Bay of Taganroz. Ves. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Mosk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. Tr. 137, p. 66-68. Serns, S.L., and T.C. McKnight. 1977. The occurrence of northern pike x grass pickerel hybrids and an exception- ally large grass pickerel in a northern Wisconsin stream. Copeia 1977(4):780-781. Setzler, E.M., W.R. Boynton, K.V. Wood, H.H. Zion, L. Lubbers, N.K. Mountford, P. Frere, L. Tucker, and J.A. Mihursky. 1980. Synopsis of biological data on striped bass, Morone saxatilis (Walbaum). U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS Circ. 433, 69 p., FAO Fish. Synop. 2a, Shaposhnikova, G.H. 1971. Comparative morphological description of Lake Sevan whitefish (genus Coregonus). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 69:575-586, Transl. 1973. A contribution to the taxonomy of Lake Ladoga whitefish Coregonus lavaretus (L). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 78:43-66 Transl. 123 1442. 1443. 1444. 1445. 1447. 1446. 1448. 1449. 1451. 1452. 1458. 1453. Shapovalov, L., W.A. Dill, and A.J. Cordone. 1959. A revised check list of the freshwater and anadromous fishes of California. Calif. Fish Game 45(3):159-180. Shchupakov, I.G. 1956. Concerning the heredity of hyper- trophy of the sexual glands in the male hybrids of ripus. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 108(5):948-951. Shearer, K.D., and J.C. Mulley. 1978. The introduction and distribution of the carp Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus, in Australia. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 29(5):551-563. Shehadah, Z.H. (editor). 1976. Report of the symposium on aquaculture in Africa, Accra, Ghana. CIFA Tech. Pap. Ane360 ps Shelton, W.L. 1972. Comparative reproductive biology of the gizzard shad, Dorosoma cepedianum (Lesueur) and the thread- fin shad, D. petenense (Gunter) in Lake Texana, Oklahoma. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Oklahoma, Norman, 232 p. , and B. G. Grinstead. 1973. Hybridization between Dorosoma cepedianum and D. petenense in Lake Texoma, Oklahoma. Proc. 26th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1973:506-510. Also, Sport Fishing AbStr7919'(2) 219745 ~p2°Lssie 17632 Shioya, T., K. Nishimura, and K. Yoshida. 1973. Probable hybrids of the Oplegnathus juveniles found in Oshima waters. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 20(1):47-49. Shirkova, A.P. 1977. A hybrid within the genus Coregonus in Lake Ladoga. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 103:285-290 Transl. Siciliano, M.J. 1972. Evidence for a spontaneous ovarian cycle in fish of the genus Xiphophorus. Biol. Bull. (Woods Hole) 142(3):480-488. . 1975. Isoenzyme genetics of the platyfish- Swortdail hybrid melanoma system. Abstr. 9th Int. Pigm. Cell Conf. Houston, p. 57-58. 7, )D-C.°Morizot, and" D.A. » Wright. 976. Factors responsible for platyfish-swordtail hybrid melanoma - many or few? JIn V. Riley, S. Karger, and A.G. Basel (editors), Melanomas: Se ap and clinical behavior, Vol. 2, p. 47-58. asel, Switzerland. Also, Proc. 9th Int. Pigm. Cell Conf. Switzerland. , and A. Perlmutter. 1972. Maternal effect on development of melanoma in hybrid fish of the genus Xiphophorus. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 49:415-421. 124 1457. 1454. 1455. 1456. 1459. 1460. 1461. 1462. 1463. 1464. 1465. 1466. 1467. ' naand bE, Clark: Wo71- ib Brect of sex on the development of melanoma in hybrid fish of the genus Xiphophorus. Cancer Res. 31:725-729. , and D.A. Wright. 1973. Evidence for multiple unlinked genetic loci for isocitrate dehydro- genase in fish of the genus Xiphophorus. Copeia 1973(1):158-161. ; wand. - 1973. Linkage relationships between enzyme loci in the fish hybrid melanoma system. Genetics 74(Suppl. 2/2):S254. , and . 1976. Biochemical genetics of the platyfish-swordtail hybrid melanoma system. Prog. Exp. Tumor Res. 20:398-411. Sick, K. 1965. Haemoglobin polymorphism of cod in the Baltic and the Danish Belt Sea. Hereditas 54(1):19-48. , O. Frydenberg, and J.T. Nielsen. 1973. Haemoglobin patterns of second-generation hybrids between plaice and flounder. Heredity 30(2):244-245. Siddiqui, A.Q. 1977. Reproductive biology, length-weight relationship and relative condition of Tilapia leucosticta (Trewavas) in Lake Naivasha, Kenya. J. ish Biol, 2O(3) 2251-260: Sieger, F., M. Sieger, R. Prussing, and F. Anders, 1969. Amino acids as stimulating agents of DNA replication in melanomas. II. Stimulation in in-situ melanomas. Experientia 25(8):778-779. Sieger, M., F. Sieger, and F. Anders. 1968. Stimulation des Tumorwachstums durch Aminosauren untersuchungen an genetisch bedingten Melanomen von lebendgebarenden Zahnkarpfen (Poeciliidae). Verh. Dtsch. Zool. Ges. Innsbruck, 1968. Silliman, R.P. 1975. Experimental exploitation of competing fish populations. Fish. Bull., U.S. 73(4):872-888. Simon, R.C. 1963. Chromosome morphology and species evolu- tion in the five North American species of Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus). J. Morphol. 112(1):77-97. 1964. A comparative study of numbers and gross morphology of chromosomes in Pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus). Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 74 p. Singh, M.P. 1975. Studies on carp hybridization. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Bombay, 10 p. 125 1468. 1469. 1470. 1471. 1472. 1473. 1474. 1475. 1476. 1477. 1478. , and N.K. Velankar. 1973. Gel-dise electro- phoretic patterns of the water-soluble proteins of some fresh water fish species and their hybrids. Cent. Inst. Fish. Educ. Recreation Club Souvenir, p. 7-10. Singh, .S.B.,.K.K. Sukumaran, and-P.C. .Chakrabarti. J97/0F Further observations on induced breeding of silver carp and grass carp during 1968. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. India 40(B):88-98. Skryabin, A.G. 1969. Biologiy balkalskikh sigov. Akad. Nauk’ SSSR’ Sib; Otd” (Izv. ) Mosk=,; (1227p: Slivka, A.P. 1974. Breeding of hybrid beluga sturgeon x sterlet fingerlings in the Volga Delta ponds. (Vyra- shivnie segolotkov gibrida beluga x sterlyne v brodakh delyti volgi.) Vosproizvodstvo osetrovykh ryb. pisch- chevania Promyshlennost, Moscow. Ves. Nauchno -Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. Tr. 102:56-62. 1974. Peculiarities in breeding the hybrid sturgeon x sterlet yearling in Astrakhan region ponds. (Osobennosti vyrashivanii dvykhiletkov gibrida beluga x sterlet v prydakh astrukhanakov oblasti.) Ves. Nauchno- Issled. Inst. Morsk. Rybn. Khoz. Okeanogr. Tr. 102:63-69. Smirnov, I.S. 1950. Sledete za gibridami kety i gorbuschi. Rybn. Khoz. 1950(4):28. Smith, B.R. 1971. Sea lampreys in the Great Lakes of North America. fn M.W. Hardesty and I.C. Porter (editors), The biology of lampreys, Vol. 1, p. 207-247. Acad. Press, N.Y. Smith, C.E. 1971. An undifferentiated hematopoietic neo- plasm with histologic manifestations of leukemia in a cutthroat trout (Salmo clarki). J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 23) ls) dat Qetel 3 Smith, C.L. 1961. Synopsis of biological data on groupers (Epinephelus and allied genera) of the western North Atliantic:” FAO "Fish. B1ol . Synop.. 25, .G D. 1972. A spawning aggregation of Nassau grouper, Epinephelus striatus (Bloch). Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 101(2):257-261. Smith, G.R. 1973. Analysis of several hybrid cyprinid fishes from western North America. Copeia 1973(3):395-410. 126 1479. 1480. 1481. 1482. 1483. 1484. 1485. 1486. 1487. 1488. 1488a. 1489. 1491. Smith, M.H., and J.C. Avise. 1973. Biochemical genetics of sunfish: Geographic variation and subspecific integrada- tion in the bluegill Lepomis macrochirus. (Abstr. 183) ASB Bulls 20(2):'83'- Smith ~ee.W. 1979. The £ishes.of Illinois... Univi. T11. Press, Urbana, 314 p. Smith, S.B. 1961. Selectivity and hybridization in manage- ment of fish stocks. Can. Fish Cult. 29:25-30. Smith, S.H. 1972. The future of salmonid communities in the Laurentian Great Lakes. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29(6):951-957. Smith, W.B., W.R. Bonner, and B.L. Tatum. 1967. Premature egg procurement from striped bass. Proc. 20th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Comm. 1967:324-330. Smith, W.G., and A. Wells. 1977. Biological and fisheries data on striped bass Morone saxatilis (Walbaum). Sandy Hook Lab., NMFS, Highlands, N.J., Tech. Ser. Rep. 4, 42 p. Smitherman, R.O., O.L. Green, and G.B. Pardue. 1974. Genetics experiments with channel catfish. Catfish Farmer World Aquacult. News 6(3):43-44. Smoley, A.I. 1964. oO liteni sigov ozera sevan. The food of the whitefish of Lake Sevan. Izv. Akad. Nauk Aranskoy SSR Biol. Nauki 18(6):48-58. Snelson, F.F,, Jr. 1972. Systematics of the subgenus Lythrurus, genus WNotropis (Pisces: Cyprinidae). Bull. Blaxastate Mus, -BVol .SCas wlyiGi) sl =O 2h. , and W.L. Pflieger. 1975. Redescription of the redfin shiner, Notropis umbratilis, and its sub= species in the central Mississippi River Basin. Copeia 1975(2):231-249. Sobel, H.J., E. Marquet, K.D. Kallman, and G.J. Corley. 1975. Melanomas in platy/swordtail hybrids. fn W.E. Ribelin and G. Migaki (editors), The pathology of fishes, p. 945-981. Univ. Wis. Press, Madison. Soguri, M. 1936. Masu no kogatsu ni tsuite. (On the hybridization of the trout.) J. Fish Res. 31(9):251-258. Also, Suisan Kenkyu-shi 31(1):251-258. Soldwedel, R.H. 1968. Brookbows. N.J. Outdoors 18(10):20. 127 1490. 1492. 1493. 1494. 1499. 1495. 1496. 1497. 1498. 1503... 1500. IRS O RES 1502) , and A.B. Pyle. 1968. The survival and growth of three strains of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) under conditions of high natural temperatures with and without other fishes. N.J. Dep. Conserv. Econ. Devel. Misc. Rep. 29,7 LOR pI Solman, V.E.F. 1951. The creel census in the national parks of Canada. Trans. North Am. Wildl. Conf. 16:225-233. ,aJ.Pee Currier, and W.¢.. Cables. «1952. why have fish hatcheries in Canada's national parks? Trans. North Am. Wildl. Conf. 17:226-234. Solomon; D.J., and A-R. Child. 1978... 'dentifacationmtor juvenile natural hybrids between Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.)-and trout. (Salmo. trutta L:)... Sey rash Biol. 12(5):499-501. Sommani, E. 1971. La trota=-salmerino. Riv. Ital. Piscic. HEtdop.s 6:55=56. Sonstegard, R.A., and L.A. McDermott. 1971. Infectious pancreatic necrosis of salmonids in Ontario. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 28(9):1350-1351. Sorensen, P.Y. 1978. Natural hybridization in freshwater North American fishes with emphasis on the family Cyprinidae. Ph.D. Thesis, Tulane Univ., New Orleans, Lat ,6 620 p. Sormunen, T., and H. Kajosaari. 1963. Forsok med kanadaroding i Finland. (A try with lake trout in Finland.) (in Swed.) Fiskeritidskrift Finland 7(1):9-13. 1963. Kanadannierian hoitokokeiluja suomessa. Suom. Kalastuslehti 70(1):6-10. Spaas, J.T., and M.J. Heuts. 1958. Contributions to the comparative physiology and genetics of the European Salmonidae. II. Physiologie et genetique du developpe- ment embryonnaire. Hydrobiologia 12(1):1-26. Spangler, G.R. 1971. Lake Huron unit: Splake. Res. Rev. Ont. Dep. Lands For. 70:47-49. 1972. Lake Huron unit: Splake. Res. Rev. Ont. Minist. Nat. Resour. 71:27=-29. , and A.H. Berst. 1976. Performance of lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush) backcrosses, F, splake (S. fontinalis x S. namaycush) and lake trout in Lake Huron. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 33(11):2402-2407. 128 | 1504. Spataru, P. 1976. Natural feed of Tilapia aurea Steindachner in polyculture, with supplementary feed and intensive manuring. Bamidgeh 28(3):57-63. 1505. Spieler, R.E. 1971. A carp-goldfish hybrid with no caudal fin. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 74(3-4):342-343. 1507. Spillmann, C.J. 1958. Un chevaine aberrant, presentant des Signes d'hybrization avec de Blageon: Telestes soufia (Risso). Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Paris 2° Ser. 30(6):502-505. 1506. . 1961. Poissons d'eau douce. Faune de France 65 Paris, Lechevalier. 1508. . 1963. Sur deux blageons, Telestes soufia Agassizi (C. V.), presentant des signes d'hybrization avec le vairon, Phoxinus phoxinus (L.). (Poissons Cyprinides). Bull. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Paris 2 Ser. 35(5):464-467. 1509. Spinks, J. 1967. Striper-white bass cross holds promise LOBetutuTecs 1 SiC wath: hel: 4 Gls) sii =73 im 1510. Srivastava, A.K., and R.W. Griffith. 1974. Erythrocyte morphology and the ecology of species of Fundulus. Copeia 1974(1):136-141. 1511. St. Amant, J.A.,and S. Sasaki. 1971. Progress report on reestablishment of the mojave chub, Gila mohavensis (Snyder), an endangered species. Calif. Fish Game 57(4):307-308. 1512. Stallknecht, H. 1968. Bastardierung von Colisa lalia (male) und Colisa labiosa (female) vorlaufige mitteilung. Aquarien Terrarien 3:100. 1514. Stanley, J.G. 1976. Production of hybrid, androgenetic, and gynogenetic grass carp and carp. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 105(1):10-16. 517 , C.diee BLggers, rand Dib. Schutz, 976) Isozymes in androgenetic and gynogenetic white amur, gynogenetic carp, and carp-amur hybrids. J. Hered. 67;129-134. SAL Se , and J.B. Jones. 1976. Morphology of andro- genetic and gynogenetic grass carp, Ctenopharyngodon idella (Valenciennes). J. Fish Biol. 9(6):523-528. ESS). , J.M. Martin, and J.B. Jones. 1975. Gyno- genesis as a possible method for producing monosex grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). Prog. Fish-Cult. 37(1):25-26. 129 AL SyuGye 518. TS A9)2 520. M521. 522". 1523. 1524. T52:5%. 1526. ED Ziti 1528. , and K.E. Sneed. 1974. Artificial gynogenesis and its application in genetics and selective breeding of fishes. fn J.H.S. Blaxter (editor), The early life history. of £1sh, p. 527-536.» Proce int. symp. Oban, Scotland 17-23 May 1973. Springer-Verlag, Berl. Starnes, W.C., and L.B. Starnes. 1979. Taxonomic status of the percid fish, Etheostoma nigrum susanae. Copeia 1979(3):426-430. Stasiak, R.H. 1977. Morphology and variation in the fine- scale dace, Chrosomus neogaeus. Copeia 1977(4):771-774. 1978. Reproduction, age, and growth of the finescale dace, Chrosomus neogaeus, in Minnesota. Trans. Amt. Fash: Soc... VO7(S)2720=7238 Stautter, J.R., Jr..,. C.o. Hocutt, sand Rk. be. Denoncounmte 1977. An intergeneric cyprinid hybrid, NWocomis platy- rhynchus x Notropis chrysocephalus, from the Greenbrier River drainage in West Virginia. Copeia 1977(1):172-173. , and —) L977. ‘Status vorathe cyprinid hybrid Nocomis micropogon x Rhinichthys cataractae in the Cheat River system, West Virginia. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 57th Annu. Meet l9-25) dunere S77. 7, and - 1979. Status and distribution of the hybrid Nocomis micropogon x Rhinich- thys cataractae, with a discussion of hybridization as a viable mode of vertebrate speciation. Am. Midl. Nat. VO1(2)'3355=365; Stebbins, G.L. 1959. The role of hybridization in evolution. Proc. ‘Am. Phislost Soc... LOS(2))i:) 231-2515 Steene, R.C. 1978. Butterfly and angelfishes of the world. Vol 1. Australia, 144 p. Wiley-Interscience, N.Y. Steffens, W. 1974. Ergebnisse einer kreuzung zwischen wild-und teichkarpfen (Cyprinus carpio L.). Biol. zentralbl. 93:129-139. 1976. Wachstum und Korperproportionen von Ruckkreuzungshybriden (Teichkarpfen x Wildkarpfen) x Teichkarpfen (Cyprinus carpio L. 9, BLol. Zentrailibiy 95(6):675-682. Stegeman, J.J., and E. Goldberg. 1971. Distribution and characterization of hexose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase in trout. Biochem. Genet. 5:579-589. 130 BS 219% m53:0 - SSL). 5S 2 . 533) 1534. 535 . 536 - w537. £538 « £539 . 1540. 1541. 1542. Stevenson, M.M. 1971. Percina macrolepida (Pisces, Percidae, Etheostomatinae), a new percid fish of the subgenus Percina from Texas. Southwest. Nat. 16(1):65-83. , and T.M. Buchanan. 1973. An analysis of hybridization between the cyprinodont fishes Cyprinodon variegatus and Cc. elegans. Copeia 1973(4):682-692. Stickney, R.R., and B.A. Simco. 1971. Salinity tolerance of catfish hybrids. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 100(4):790-792. Stock, A.W. 1942. Experimental crossing of trout species. Wyo. Wildl. 7(3):6-7. Stolk, A. 1954. Polycystic kidneys in the viviparous cyprinodonts Lebistes reticulatus (Peters), Xiphophorus helleri Heckel and the hybrid Xiphophorus helleri Heckel x Xipohphorus maculatus Gunther. Proc. Komm. Ned. Akad. Nat. Wer. C57:659-665. 1960. The role of the golgi apparatus in the forma- tion of melanin granules in the malignant cutaneous melanoma of killifish hybrids. Naturwissenshaften 47(19) :448-449. Storm, P21959)-)) This hybrid ‘business.*) Piscator 13.313°- Straight, W.J. 1969. Depth distribution of splake of known ability to retain swimbladder gas. M.S. Thesis, York Univ., Downsview, Ontario, 45 p. Street, M.W., and A.B. Hall. 1973. Annotated bibliography of anadromous fishes of North Carolina through 1973. N.C. Dep. Nat. Econ. Res. Spec. Sci. Rep. 23, 85 p. Strommen, C-A., E.M. Rasch, and J.-S... Balsano. 19/75. Cytogenetic studies of Poecilia (Pisces) V. Cytophotometric evidence for the production of fertile offspring by triploids related to Poecilia formosa. J. Fish Biol. 7(5):667-676. Stuart, T.A. 1954. Spawning sites of trout. Nature (Lond) sn7ses545 Sutterlin, A.M., L.R. MacFarlane, and P. Harmon. 1977. Growth and salinity tolerance in hybrids within Salmo sp. and Salvelinus sp. Aquaculture 12:41-52. , R.H. Peterson, and A. Sreedharan. 1977. Growth, physiology, and behavior of salmonid hybrids. Int. Counc. Explor. Sea C.M. 1977/M, 24 p. Suzuki, R. 1966. Material and its managing method for cross- breeding-fish. Suisan Zoshoku (Aquaculture) 13(3): 117-119 (Rev.). 131 1543. - 1966. Thremmatological aspects on the hybridiza- tion in fish. (Ikushu-goku-teki ni mita gyo-rui no kozatsu.) Nippon Suisan Gakkai-shi (Bull. Jpn. Soc. Sci. Fish.) 32(8):677-688. Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. 2011, Nanaimo 1972, 42 p. 1545. . 1973. On the sterile F, hybrids between the genera Pseudogobio and Gnathopdgon (Cyprinidae). Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 20(4):235-238. 1544. . 1974. Inter-crossings and back-crossings of F hybrids among salmonid fishes. Bull. Freshwater Res. Lab. 24(1):11-31. 1546. . 1976. Cross-breeding experiments of the salmonid fish in Japan. (Abstr.) 5th Japan-Soviet Joint Sym- posium Aquaculture of the Pacific Ocean, 14-18 Sept. 1976. Tokyo and Sapporo, p. 20-23. 1547. . 1976. The culture of common carp in Japan. FAO* Tech: Conf. Aquacult. FTIR/AO/Conf 7 6/ Er. 51, 9 p. 1548. . 1979. The culture of common carp in Japan. fn T.V.R. Pillay and W.A. Dill (editors), Advances in aquaculture, p. 161-166. FAO Fish. News Books Ltd., Farnham, Engl. 1550). ,»,and Y..Fukuda.,.1971... “Survival potential Jofor hybrids among salmonid fishes. Bull. Freshwater Fish. Res. Lab. (Tokyo) 21(1):69-83. 552): , and . 1971. Growth and survival of F hybrids among salmonid fishes. Bull. Freshwater Fish- Res. Lab. 21(2):117-138. 1549. , and . 1973. Sexual maturity of F, hybrids among salmonid fishes. Bull. Freshwater Fish. Reg. Lab. 23(2):57-74. TS5a , and - 1973. Appearance and numerical characters of F, hybrids among salmonid fishes. Bull. Freshwater Fish. Res. Lab. 23(1):5-32. 1553. Suzuki, S. 1950. Crossing on experiments of Ctenopharyn- godon idella (male) and Cyprinus carpio (female). (Sogyo (male) to koi (female) kokai shiken.) Also listed as Crossbreeding experiments between kuso-uo (Cyclogaster owstoni (Jordan et Snyder)) (male) and carp (female). Dai 22 Kai Zenkoku Kasen, p. 69-70. 1554. Suzuki, T. 1973. Hybridization of freshwater fishes. Anim. Nat. 3(10):10-14. 132 1555. Svardson, G. 1979. Speciation of Scandinavian Coregonus. Inst. Freshwater Res., Drottningholnm, Rep 25/6, © 95" pz 1556. Swift, C., R.W. Yerger, and P.R. Parrish. 1977. Distribu- tion and natural history of the fresh and brackish water fishes of the Ochlockonee River Florida and Georgia. Bull. Tall Timbers Res. Stn. 20, 111 p. 1557. Sychev, G.A. 1977. A comparative analysis of some biological features of the hybrid young of steelhead and rainbow Erouit.2 Er -SVNEROW12Z6:'85=88)- aq 1558. Takashima, F., and T. Hibiya. 1972. Fibrosarcoma in pond- cultured hybrids of Salvelinus. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 19(2):97-102. 1559. Takeda, K. 1975. On the char Salvelinus Jleucomaenis with atypical color patterns in Lake Biwa tributaries. (in Jpn., Engl. abstr.) Jpne oJ. "ichthyol” 21(4):198=-202. 1560. , S. Onodera, and K. Yoshiyasu. 1978. Salvelinus leucomaenis with atypical color patterns, collected in the Mogami and Nikko River systems, Yamagata Prefecture. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 25(1):58-64. 1561. Takeshita, G.Y. 1976. An angel hybrid. Mar. Aquarist PAYA27=—353 1562. Taki, Y., and A. Kawamoto. 1977. Differentiation of the Cyprinids, Hampala macrolepidota and H. dispar. Jpn. J. ichthyol. 24(1):61-65. 1563. Tal, S., and I. Ziv. 1978. Culture of exotic species in Israel. Bamidgeh 30(1):3-11. 1564. Tanaka, S. 1965. Salmon of the north Pacific Ocean— Part IX. Coho, chinook, and masu salmon in offshore waters. 3. A review of the biological information on masu salmon (Oncorhynchus masou). Int. North Pac. Fish. Comm., Bull. 16:75-135. 1565. Tang, Y.A. 1966. Progress in the hormone spawning of pondfishes in Taiwan. Indo-Pac. Fish Counc. Proc. (SeECERY 2) 9 11 221127 2 1566. Taniguchi, N., and K. Sakata. 1977. Interspecific and intra- specific variations of muscle protein in the Japanese crucian carp—II. Starch-gel electrophoretic pattern. gone Joaclichthyoly. 9241) sara 133 1567. 1568. 1569. 517 0}. IEW / Pc U5 7'3}5 1574. LST) < 1S 76°. 1580. Tanyolac, J. 1973. Morphometric variation and life history of the cyprinid fish Wotropis stramineus (Cope). Occas. Pap. Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Kans 12, 28 p. Tapiador, D.D., H.F. Henderson, M.N. Delmendo, and H. Tsutsui. 1977. Freshwater fisheries and aquaculture in China. FAO Fish. Tech. Pap. 168, 84 p. Taylor, D.M. (editor). 1969. Japan and the sea. Ocean Ind. 4(12):43-49. Taylor, J., and R. Mahon. 1977. Hybridization of Cyprinus carpio and Carassius auratus, the first two exotic species in the lower Laurentian Great Lakes. Environ. Biol. Fishes 1(2):205-208. Tegner, H. 1969. Mongrels amongst fishes. Aquarist Pond- keeper 34(6):185. Terao, T. 1965. Winter ecological survey of Lake Okotanbe. Fish Eggs 112:13-18. - 1966. Raising a variety of hybrid. The kind of fishes. Present status for raising a variety of hybrid salmon and trout. Suisan Zoshoku 13(1):146-148. 1970. Studies on the breeding and artificial crosses of chum, Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum), and kokanee salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka var. Adonis (Jordan and McGregor) in salmonid fishes. (Sake-zohu gyorui, tiku ni sake oyobi hime-masu no jinko kozatsu to ikushi ni kan-sumu kenkyu.) Hokkaidoritsu Suisan Fukaho Kenkyu Hokoku. Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. 2076, Nanaimo 1972, 200 p. 1970. Studies on the breeding and artificial crosses of chum, Oncorhynchus kKeta (Walbaum), and kokanee salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka var. adonis (Jordan and McGregor) in salmonid fishes. Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish Hatchery 25:1-101. , S. Kikuchi, M. Uchiyama, S. Kurahashi, H. Matsumoto, and H. Abe. 1964. Studies in the interspecific salmonid hybrids between chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) and kokanee salmon Oncorhynchus nerka var. adonis (Jordan et McGregor). II. Transplantations of salmonid hybrids to Lake Shikotsu and Lake Okotampe. (Sake himemasu no kozasshu ni kansuru kenkyu. II. Kozasshu (F,) no Shikotsu-koyobi okotonpe-ko eno ishoku horyu shiken 1.) Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish Hatchery (Hokkaido Suisan Fukajo Kenho) No. 19:43-63. Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. 1061, Nanaimo, 1968. 134 IU e 581 - 5/9). £578 « 1582. 1582a. P5683. 1584. £585 . ESS « F ' ? to awvoshpzakay, H. Abe, and A. Okuno. 1966. Studies in interspecific salmonid hybrids between chum salmon, Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) and kokanee salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka var. adonis (Jordan et McGregor). IV. Morphological comparison of variation in some meristic characters of hybrids (F,) and parent species. Sci. Rep. Hokkaido Fish Hatchéry 21:13-42. , T. Tanaka, and S. Kurahashi. 1965. Sea water resistance of chum salmon X kokanee (F,) pairs. (In Jpn.) Sakana to Tamago (Fish and Eggs) 110:15-18. , M. Uchiyama, and S. Kurahashi. 1968. Studies in interspecific salmonid hybrids between chum salmon, Oncorhynchus kKeta (Walbaum) and kokanee salmon, Oncorhyn- chus nerka var. adonis (Jordan et McGregor). VI. Growth and distribution of chum X kokanee salmon hybrids planted at Shikotsu Lake. Res. Rep. Hokkaido Fish. Hatchery 23:23-44. ; F , and H. Matsumoto. 1967. Studies on interspecific salmonid hybrids between chum salmon, Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum) and kokanee salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, var. adonis (Jordan et McGregor) V. Comparison of variations of some ecological characters in hybrids (F,) and parent fishes cultured in rearing pond. Res. Rép. Hokkaido Fish Hatchery 22:33-49. Terceira, A.C. 1974. Killifish, their care and breeding. Pisces Publ. Co., Norwalk, Conn., 143 p. Theriot, R.F., and D.R. Sanders. 1975. Food preferences of yearling hybrid carp. Hyacinth Control J. 13:51-53. Thibault, R.E. 1977. Differential patterns of movement between unisexual and bisexual fishes (Poeciliidae). (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., Program 57th Annw., Meet., 19-25 June 1977. 1978. Ecological and evolutionary relationships among diploid and triploid unisexual fishes associated with the bisexual species, Poeciliopsis lucida (Cyprino- dontiformes: Poeciliidae). Evolution 32(3):613-623. Thines, G., M. Soffie, and E. Vandenbussche. 1967. Analyse du comportement alimentaire du poisson caver- nicole aveugle Anoptichthys gen. et d'hybrides F (Astyanax x Anoptichthys) et F,. Ioneo = We Speleot. 2:437-448. Thomas, A.E., and M.J. Donahoo. 1977. Differences in swim- ming performance among strains of rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri). J. Fish. Res. Board Can, 34(2):304-307. 135 1588. Thomerson, J.E. 1965. Experimental hybridization, geographical variations, and distribution of the closely related topminnows, Fundulus notatus and Fundulus olivaceus. Diss. Abstr., p. 2394, Order 65—1 S617, "ops 1589. - 1974. Pterolebias hoignei, a new annual cyprino- dontid fish from Venezuela, with a redescription of Pterolebias zonatus. Copeia 1974(1):30-38. 1590. Thompson, J.M. 1976. Prey strategies of fishes in evolu- tion and ecology-or how to stay alive long enough to fertilize some eggs. Environ. Biol. Fishes 1(1):93-100. 1591. Thompson, K.W. 1973. Comparative chromosome morphology of some genera of American Cichlidae and their hybrids. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol., 53d Annu. Meet., San Jose, Costa Rica. 1592. Thompson, R., and J.L. Munro. 1978. Aspects of the biology and ecology of Caribbean reef fishes: Serranidae (hinds and groupers). J. Fish Biol. 12(2):115-146. 1593. Thrasher, D.R. 1974. A comparison of northern largemouth bass, Micropterus salmoides salmoides (Lacepede), the Florida subspecies Micropterus salmoides floridanus (Lesueur), and their intergrades. M.S. Thesis, Auburn Univ., Auburn, Ala., 76 p. 1594. Thresher, R.E. 1978. Polymorphism, mimicry, and the evolution of the hamlets (Hypoplectrus, Serranidae). Bull. Mar. Sci. 28(2):345-353. 1595. Tilak, R. 1969. Descriptions of two new sisocids and a hybrid carp from Pauri Garhwal (Kumaon Hills) Uttar Pradesh. J. Inland Fish. Soc. India 1:37-48. 1596. Timofeeva, M.Ya., A.A. Neifakh, and A.A. Strokov. 1971. Transfer of RNA into cytoplasmic synthesizing complexes in the embryo of haploid loach and haploid hybrids loach (Misgurnus fossilis) x goldfish (Carassius auratus). Genetika 7(2):93-102. 1597. Tolmacheva, N.V. 1971. The influence of air temperature, fish stocking rate and type of pond on the weight increment of carp fingerlings and fish productivity of north-west carp rearing ponds. fn V.C. Kirpichnikov (editor), Culture and selection of Cyprinidae and salmonids in the northwest, p. 13-29. Izv. GOSNIORKh 74 Razvedenie i selektsiia karpovykh i lososevgkh ryb na severo-zapade. Leningrad. 136 £598 . 1599). 1600. 1600a. TGOL < GO2Z< 1605. 1604. INGO 1606. 1608. 1607. T6097 Tomilenko, V.G. 1965. Changes in the blood composition of carp during crossbreeding. Rybn. Khoz. 2:18-21. 1972. Hybrid vigor in crossbred carp at early stages of development. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 48(9):59-65. . 1972. Morphological features of crossbreeding. The Ukranian and ropsha carp. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 48(9):50-58. , and A.A. Alekseenko. 1970. Commercial character- istics of frame-scaly Ukranian ropsha hybrid carp. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 10:7-13. , and . 1972. The fishery characteristics of cross breeding of Ukranian, France, and ropsha carp. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 48(10):7-13. , and . 1972. Oxygen requirements of Cyprinus carpio xX Carassius carassius hybrids. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 7:85-88. , C.M. Panchenko, and N.I. Olnets. TO77 O zimoostoichivosti pomesnykh i gidridiykh segoletkov karpa. (Winter tolerance of hybrid carp finger] ings,..).~ Rybn .Khozce. 53;(2 )ca19% . prandeYsal. «Syardydan,sl967e_3 the oxygen requirements of crossbred and hybrid carp. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 4:68-71. , and A.P. Grechkovskaya. 1967. The nutritive value of hybrid and crossbred carp. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev) 4:62-64. Tortonese, E. 1953-54. I pesci del parco nazionale del gran paradiso (Alpi Graie). Bull. Inst. Mus. Zool. Univ. Torino 4(6):95-118. Trewavas, E. 1965. Tilapia aurea (Steindachner) and the status of Tilapia nilotica exul x T. monodi and T. lemassoni (Pisces, Cichlidae). Isr. J. Zool. 14:258-276. , and G. Fryer. 1965. Species of Tilapia (Pisces, Cichlidae) in Lake Kitangiri, Tanzania, East Africa. JeueZOOle a Cuong. \pel agi) OS =o Ske Trifonowa, A.-.1931.. Zur, frage der Parthenogenese und Hybridisation der Fische. Zool. Anz. 96:193-198. 137 1610. AGH eIN: MGW < HKG WESSE 1614. OWS y 1626. 1617. 1618. ILS ES 16226 Troitskaya, V.I. 1957. Iznenenie ikhtiofaoni i rybo- prodoktivnosti pri akhlimastizashii karpa i ripusa v ozere Shartash. Izv. VNIORhH 39:161-180. Trojnar, J.R., and R.J. Behnke. 1974. Management impli- cations of ecological segregation between two intro- duced populations of cutthroat trout in a small Colorado lake. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 103(3): 423-430. Truweller, C.A., N.A. Maslennikova, L.I. Moscovkin, and N.I. Romanova. 1973. Variability in disc-electrophoretic patterns of muscle myogens in carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). fn Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb., p. 113-119. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. Tsai, C.F., and E.C. Raney. 1974. Systematics of the banded darter, Etheostoma zonale (Pisces: Percidae). Copeia 1974(1):1-24. Tsherbenok, Yu.J. 1973. Correlations between esterase and transferrin types and production traits of carp. fn Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb., p. 129-137. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn. lst Leningrad. Tsuji, H. 1966. On the crossbreeding experiments between sakura-masu and yamabe. (Sakura-masu to yamabe no kokai shiken ni tsuite.) Fish Eggs 17:4-5. Tsuyuki, H., E. Roberts, W.E. Vanstone, and J.R. Markert. 1965. The species specificity and constancy of muscle myogen and hemoglobin electropherograms of Oncorhynchus. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 22(1):215-217. Tuan, P.H., and T. Chiem. 1973. Crossbred fish. Thieu nien tien phong Hanoi 26 Jan. (in Vietnam.) Transl. 1373, NTIS; also, J.Fish. Res. Board Transl. 58869. Turner, B.J. 1973. Genetic divergence of Death Valley pupfish populations: Species-specific esterases. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 46B:57-70. 1974. Genetic divergence of Death Valley pup- fish species: Biochemical versus morphological evi- dence. Evolution 28(2):281-294. ; BOLE Bretke, Sand vi." Bumphriles 41 97/7) = Elec= trophoretic analysis of hybrid ancestry and clonal diver- Sity of the diploid gynogenetic fish Poecilia formosa. (Abstr.) Am. Soc. Ichthyol. Herpetol. Program 57th Annu. Meet 1o=25 snne Love 138 623 , and R.R. Miller. 1980. Interspecific hybridization and the evolutionary origin of a gyno- genetic fish, Poecilia formosa. Evolution 34(5):917- 922% 1624. P LORAM: ~Rasch: and JS: ~Balsano. 1980. Evolutionary genetics of a gynogenetic fish, Poecilia formosa, the Amazon molly. Evolution 34(2):246-258. 1621. ; and RoK. Laue 1976e4 Thesspeci fires identity of the introduced pupfish population at ZZYZX Spring, California: Copeilar-1976(1)22701-212~ 1620. and . 1977. Extensive interspecific genetic compatibility in the new world killifish genus Cyprinodon. Copeia 1977(2):259-269. 1625. Tuunainen, P. 1967. On the relationship of salmon fish. (Lohikalojen sukulaisuussuhteista.) Suomen kalas- tuslehti 74:10-13. Fish. Res. Board Can. Transl. LO76eeStaeJOhnns? lal =p* 1626. Tyler, D.B. 1964. Hatching growth and mortality in inter- strain hybrids of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis Mitchell) of wild domestic origin. M.S. Thesis, Connei Univ, shthaca, iNav ony 1p. 1627. Tyus, H.M. 1973. Artificial intergeneric hybridization of Ambloplites rupestris (Centrarchidae). Copeia 1973(3):428-430. 1628. Tzoy, R.M., Yu.F. Golodov, and A.J. Menshova. 1973. Influence of chemical mutagens on variability of morphological and physiological traits in carp (Cyprinus carpio L.). In Biokhimicheskaia genetika ryb, p. 97-103. Ves. Soveshch. Biokhim. Genet. Rybn., lst Leningrad. =e 1629. Ubisch, L. von. 1953. Uber die Zahl der Flossenstrahlen bei Pleuronectes platessa, Pl. flesus und der Bastard und Ruckkreuzungen Zwischen beiden Arten. Zool. Anz. 151(5-6):75-86. 1630. Underdown, H. 1958. Hybrid trout. Field, 4 Sept. 1958, j Oneal (Oh 1631. Underhill, A.H. 1948. Studies in the life history of the chain pickerel Esox niger Lesueur. Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell nave rehacdy Noyce why omp. 139 1632. l633)- 1634. 163'5 1636. INS SITS 1638 - 1163/9" 1640. 1641. 1642. 1643. Uisters SheM. , reawW., Aliiendorfie, andyH.O- Hodgins se o7se Genetic variability and relationships in Pacific salmon and related trout based on protein variations. SVSiES ZOOM 1 -22)(3)) 257 —27/0F , H.O. Hodgins, and F.W. Allendorf. 1974. Biochemi- cal genetic studies of fishes: Potentialities and limi- tations. In D.C. Malins and J.R. Sargent (editors) | Biochemical and biophysical perspectives in marine biology 1, Dea 245=238 >. Acad: Press), Noy. Uyeno, T. 1972. Chromosomes of offspring resulting from crossing coho salmon and brook trout. Jpn. J. Ichthyol. 19 (3S) eT66—17 14. , and G.R. Smith. 1972. Tetraploid origin of the karyotype of catostomid fishes. Science (Wash., D.C.) 175:644-646. , and . 1974. Tetraploid origin of the karyotype of catostomid fishes. [In Genetic studies of fish: Livin aDpe. LIiZ=115.., 2 MSS pint COD) saan .e Uzzell, T. 1970. Meiotic mechanisms of naturally occurring unisexual vertebrates. Am. Nat. 104:433-445. 1974. Meiotic mechanisms of naturally occurring | unisexual vertebrates. In Genetic studies of fish: II, | p- 118-130. MSS Inf. Corp., N.Y. | ee | Valenti, R.J. 1975. Induced polyploidy in Tilapia aurea (Steindachner) by means of temperature shock treatments. J. eEushs 281015 ses oO 528i , and K.D. Kallman. 1973. Effects of gene dosage and hormones on the expression of Dr in the platyfish, Xiphophorus maculatus (Poeciliidae). Genet. Res. 22:79-89. Van Vooren, A.R., D.H. Davis, and G-A. Emond. 1975. Survey of fish species in Ohio waters of Lake Erie. D-J. Rep. F-35-R-13 Study II Ohio Dep. Nat. Resour. Div. Wacliddy.y 4.65 spy. Vanicek, C.D., R.H. Kramer, and D.R. Franklin. 1970. Distribution of Green River fishes in Utah and Colo- rado following closure of Flaming Gorge Dam. Southwest. Nat. 14(3):297-315. Varghese, T.J., and B. Shantharam. 1979. Preliminary studies on the relative growth rates of three Indian major carp hybrids. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 88B: 209-216. 1644. Vaseltev, V.P., A.P. Makeeva, and I.N. Ryabov. 1975. 0O triploidii gibridov karpa s drugimi predstovitelyami semejstva Cyprinidae. (Triploid of hybrids of carp with other representatives of the family Cyprinidae. ) Genetika 9(8):49-56; 11:980-985 Transl. Mosk. Gos. Univ. Kaf. Ikhtiol. Moscow USSR. 1645. Verigin, B.V., and A.P. Makeyeva. 1972. Hybridization of the carp and bighead. Genetika 8(7):55-64; 8:844-851 Transl. 1647. , and N.G. Shubnikova. 1975. The mor- phology of underyearling hybrids of bighead Aristichthys nobilis and the grass carp Ctenopharyngodon ideila. Vopr. TKhitvode s5\(2)) s226=23 1 eirans | - 1646. Pang so OS eee Case) Of snateuicall hybridization between Hypophthalmichthys molitrix and Aristichthys nobilis (Pisces, Cyprinidae). Zool. Zh. 58(2):190-196. 1646a. Vernberg, F.J., and D.Z. Mirkes. 1979. Nekton. In A summary and analysis of environmental information on the continental shelf and Blake Plateau from Cape Hatteras to Cape Canaveral (1977), p.-. VII 1-269. Center for Natural Areas, South Gardiner, Me 4,1 Volta ied, (Bk Lalts 1649. Vielkind, J., H. Haas-Andela, and F. Anders. 1976. DNA-mediated transformation in the platyfish-swordtail melanoma system. Experientia 32:1043-1045. 1648. , D.L, Pursglove, and U. Vielkind. 1973. Incorpora- tion of H -thymidine into the DNA of melanotic and amelanotic melanoma explants after whole-body x-irradiation of melanoma-bearing platyfish-swordtail hybrids. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 117-121. Springer-Verlag, Berl 1651. , M. Schwab, and F. Anders. 1973. Fate of bacterial DNA injected into embryos of poeciliid fish. fn J.H. Schroder (editor), Genetics and mutagenesis of fish, p. 123-137. Springer-Verlag, Berl. 1650. 7 ane: . 1974. Genetic transfor- mation in the platyfish-swordtail melanoma system. (Abstr. ) Ilthmint.. Cancer Congr. .plorence, 20-26" Oct... 1974, Lape 1652. , U. Vielkind, and F. Anders. 1971. Electron micro- scopic studies of melanotic and amelanotic melanomas in Xiphophorin fish. 2Z. Krebsforsch. Klin. Onkol. 75:243-245. 141 GSS 1654. 1655. 1661. 1662. H663% 1658. 1660. L656. MEST < E59. , and - 1971. Melanotic and amelanotic melanomas in xiphophorin fish. Cancer Res. 31:868-875. , and - 1973. DNA synthesis in genetically determined melanomas of platyfish-swordtail hybrids. Z. Krebsforsch. Klin. Onkol. 80:103-112. ; , K-J. Gotting, and F. Anders. 1969. Uber melanotische und albinotisch-amelanotische melanome bei lebendegebarenden zahnkarpfen (Poeciliidae). Zool. Anz. Suppl. 33 Verh. Zool. Ges., p. 339-349. Vielkind, U. 1972: Tumorwachstum und differenzier- ungsgrad der Tumorzelien in erbbedingten Melanomen von lebendegebarenden Zahnkarpfen (Poeciliidae). Eine elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchung. Diplomar- beit Univ. Gieszen, p. 95. ; . 1974. Genetic control of cell differentiation in fish melanomas. (Abstr.) 6 Jahrestagung der Gesellschaft fur, Genetik E.V. und Workshop Tumor Viruses-Human Viruses, Munchen, 4-10 Oct. 1974, 1 p. 1976. Genetic control of cell differentiation in platyfish-swordtail melanomas. J. Exp. Zool. 196(2):197-203. , and P. Eberhard. 1978. Normal and malignant melanin-containing pigment cells of xiphophorine fish as studied with formaldehyde-induced fluorescence. J. Invest. Dermatol. 70(2):80-83. , W. Schlage, and F. Anders. 1977. Melanogenesis in genetically determined pigment cell tumors of platyfish and platyfish-swordtail hybrids: Correlation between tyrosinase activity and degree of malignancy. Z. Krebsforsch. Klin. Onkol. 90:285-299. , and J. Vielkind. 1970. Nuclear pockets and projections in fish melanoma. Nature (Lond. ) 226(5246):655-656. , and . 1973... -Inhibitoryseffect of dibutyl cyclic AMP on fish melanoma growth, in vitro or measured by -thymidine incorporation into DNA. IRCS Int. Res. Commun. Syst. (73-3)3-8-2. , and F. Anders. 1974. Genetic control of melanoma cell differentiation. (Abstr.) lith Int. Cancer Congr., Florence, 20-26 Oct. 1974, 1p. 142 1664. 1666. 1667. 1668. 1669. 1669a. JUS TADS IWS 7/1 GW Z,- 1674. 1675. 1675. Vierke, J. 1971. Halb Jalia, halb fasciata. Das Ergebnis einer Artkreuzung. Aquarien Mag. 4:156-160. 1971. Verbotene Liebschaften. Zwergfadenfisch- Mann paart sich mit Weibchen des Gestreiften Fadenfisches. Aquarien Mag. 5(10):399-403. Viktorovskii, R.M. 1966. Morphological characterization of hybrids of carp (Cyprinus carpio L.) and tench (inca, “einea lk.) 2) Genetika (Sov.Gen.) =2/(9)): 92-98, in Russ., p. 50-54, in English. . 1969. Possibilities of polyploidy in the evolution of fish. Jn B.I. Cherfas (editor). Genetika, selektsiya i gibridizatsija ryb, p. 98-104. Izd. "Nauka," Moscow. (In Russ.) (Trans ls WisE ty; Prog: SGi..., 41972, ps. -91-97.. U.S. Deps Commer y Nati: Tech. Inf. Serv., Springfield, Va., as TT71-50112.) Villwock, W. 1958. Weitere genetische Untersuchungen zur frage der Verwandtschaftsbezie hungen anatolisher Zahnkrapfen. Mitt. Hamburg. Zool. Mus. Inst. 56: 81-152. Viola, S., and G. Amidan. 1980. Observations on the accumu- lation of fat in carp and Sarotherodon (Tilapia) fed oil-coated pellets. Bamidgeh 32(2):33-40. Vivier, P. 1954. La pisciculture. Presses Universitaire diy Figance,,<,Ranisj 42); 1955. Sur l'introduction des salmoides exotiques en France. Verh. Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. 2.2 527—5 35. 1958. Un exemple d'acclimatation ancienne: Les coregones des lacs du massif central. Ann. Stn. Cent”. Hy drobiol..- Appin ie 239-250.” sB 3A. %33(4.0);< 36507 Vladimorov, M.Z. 1974. Embryonal and larval development and morphology of hybrids of a female Leuciscus cephalus L. and male Vimba vimba vimba L. Biol. Ryb. Vod. Moldavici 12:151-162. 1978. Early postembrional development and morphology of new intergeneric hybrid of cyprinids Rutilus frisii (Nord.) (female) x Vimba vimba vimba (L.) (male). Vopr. Ikhtiol. 18(5/112):963-965, in Russ. p. 859-862, in Engl. Vladykov, V.D., and E. Kott. 1976. A second nonparasitic species of Entosphenus gill, 1862 (Petromyzonidae) from Klamath River system, California. Can. J. Zool. 54(6):974-989. 143 1676. MOY Ts ILO WAEVE 1679. 1680. 1681. 1682. 1683. 1684. 1685. Vogel, P., C. Arens, and R.G. Linke. 1898. Die forellen- zucht in Teichen und die sogenannte kunstliche Fischzucht. Theil II. (Trout culture in ponds and the so-called artificial fish culture.) fn P. Vogel (editor), Ausfuhrliches lehrbuch der teichwirtschaft, Vol. 1, p. 293-372. Emil Hubners, Verlag, Bautzen. Voloshenko, B.B. 1972. O gibridizatsii pelyli si chirom. (Hybridization of peled and broad whitefish.). Rybn. Khoz. (Mosk.) 11:17-19. - 1973. Comparative analysis of feeding of one summer-old peled Coregonus peled (Gmelin), chir Coregonus nasus (Pallas) and their hybrids grown together. Vopr. Ikhtiol. 13(4):684-691. 1976. Reciprocal hybrids of peled and chir, their biological peculiarities and fish-cultural Significance. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rybn. Khoz. 94:153-169. , and Ya.P. Belyaukas. 1975. On nutritional value of the peled chir and their reciprocal hybrids. Izv. Gos. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Ozern. Rechn. Rybn. Khoz. 104:65-70. Volpe, R., 'S.“Cataudella;' and E. Capanna. “1971 Su di un ibrido intergenerico tra trota di torrente e salmer ino di Fontana....Boll . Zooljos (382509. Vondruska, J. 1976. Aquacultural economics bibliography. U.S. Dep. Commer., NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS SSRF=-703, 123 p. Vooren, C.M. 1972. Ecological aspects of the introduction of fish species into natural habitats in Europe, with special reference to the Netherlands, a literature survey. J. Fish Biol. 4(4):565-583. Voropaev, N.V. 1968. Morphological characteristics of feeding and some fish breeding indicators of the silver carp, the bighead, and their hybrids. fn Novyie issledovanii po Ekologii i Razvedeniya Rastitel'nosyadnykh Ryb (New research on the ecology and breeding of phyto- phagous fishes), p. 206-217. Acad. Nauk. SSSR Minist. Ryb. Khoz. SSSR Ikhtiol. Komm. Also in Mlody izd-vid Nauka. Morphologicheskie priznoki pitonne i nekotosye rybovodnie pokozateli tolstolonikov i iz gibridov. 1970. Rearing of two-year-old bighead and their hybrids in polyculture with the carp. Ves. Nauchno-Issled. Inst. Prorogo Ribn. Khoz., p. 31-41. Sbornik Nauchno-Issled Robot No. 4 Prodovae Ribovodstvo. | | 1686. Votinov, N.P. 1951. Ikrometanie rinysa i gibridov ripsha xX sir v prodovyh osloviyh. (The spawning of the ripus x whitefish hybrids under pond conditions.) Dokl. C.R. Acad. Sci. L'URSS (Compte Rendus) 80(3):473-476. 1688. Vozny, N.E., and V.M. Ivasik. 1974. Some morphological and biochemical blood indices of carp and common carp-carp hybrids with parasite invasion. Zool. Rec. (Vestn. Zool.) 1974(4):40-45. 1690. , and I.M. Karpenko. 1971. The resistance of Grucian Carp-carp hybrids to some diseases. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev.) 12:27-29. 1689. , and s Lo7 2. Dynamics of the parasitofauna of young carp and wild carp Cyprinus Carpio hybrids in the winter. Rybn. Khoz. (Kiev. ) 48(10):121-126. 1687. , and E.D. Melnichuk. 1973. Introduction and adaptation of amur carp for hybridization with small-scale carp in pond fisheries of the western Ukraine. (Introduktsiia i akklematizatsila amurskogo sazana dlia gibridizatsii s malocheskeii chatym karpom v prudovykh khoziaistvakh zapodnykh oblastii USSR.) Gidrobiol. Zh. 9(1):96-99. 1691. Voznyy, N.Ye., V.M. Ivasik, I.M. Karpenko,and Ye.D. Mel'nichuk. 1973. Introduction and adaptation of Amur carp for hybridization with small scale carp in pond fisheries of the western Ukraine. Hydrobiol. J. 9(1):55-57. Transl. Sport Fishing Abstr. 19(2):1974. 1692. Vrijenhoek, R.C. 1972. Genetic relationships of unisexual- hybrid fishes to their progenitors using lactate dehydrogenase isozymes as gene markers (Poeciliopsis, Poeciliidae). Am. Nat. 106(952):754-766. 1693. . 1974. Genetic relationships of unisexual hybrid fishes to their progenitors using lactate dehydrogenase isozymes as gene markers (Poeciliopsis, Poeciliidae). (Am. Nat. 106:754-766.). fn Genetic studies of EVs it, spl ol—t7or. MSS sir a COIsDiag NLse 1694. . 1979. Factors affecting clonal diversity and coexistence. Am. Zool. 19(3):787-797. 1697. , R-A. Angus, and R.J. Schultz. 1977. Variation and heterozygosity in sexually vs. clonally reproducing populations of Poeciliopsis. Evolution 31(4):767-781. 1696. , and > 1978. “Variation and Gilenal structure in a unisexual fish. Am. Nat. 112(983):41-55. 145 GOS 1698. 1699. 1700. Ol: O02. L703*. 1704. 7 O5:. 1706. 1707. 1708. 7peand: RJ... SChulez. | 1974) SEvVolution ore trihybrid unisexual fish (Poeciliopsis, Poeciliidae). Evolution 28(2):306-319. Vukovic, T. 1963. Ribe bosne i hercegovine. (Kljuc za odredivanje). Zavod za Izdavanje Udzbenika, Sarajevo, 12 pi =W= Walls, J.G. 1975. Fishes of the northern Gulf of Mexico. Tok oHes Pub... Neptune, Ci ty, oN. You, 4ozcepe Ware, F.J. 1975. Progress with Morone hybrids in fresh water. Proc. 28th Annu. Conf. SE Assoc. Game Fish Assoc. 1975:48=-54. Watanabe, M. 1946. On the crossing between round tail paradise fish and paradise fish. Shigen kagaku kenkyusho, dai ni, kenkyubu, tanpo 3. Short Rep. Zool. ,Dep.,.Res,.. Inst. Nat. Resour. 3:1-3- Weatherby, C.A. 1977. Biochemical identification of three Ictalurus hybrids between the species I. catus, Ti «turcatus,, andl. punctatus... (ADSEtG. ), AM... 5OGr Ichthyol. Herpetol., Program 57th Annu. Meet., 19-25 June 1977. Weatherly, C. 1976. An electrophoretic analysis of five hatching stocks of Ictalurus punctatus (channel catfish). Jwala. ACad.. SClee 47 (Si): soe Weed, A.C. 1923. Distribution of the pickerels. Copeia 1S 2237 Weir, J.R. 1973. Biochemical genetics of fish. Jn Freshwater Institute, Winnipeg, Manatoba. Review 1971-1972, p. 105-106. Fish. Res. Board Can., Ottawa. Weissenberg, J.R. 1942. lLymphocystis disease in Centrar- chidae. (Abstr.) Anat. Rec. 84(4):539. Weissenfels, N., D. Schafer, and R. Bretthauer. 1970. Uber die Entartung der Makromelanophoren und den Einfluss des infiltrierenden Melanomwachstums auf die Muskulatur von Poeciliiden-Bastarden. Virchows Arch. Pathol. Anat. Physiol. Abt. B., Zellpathol. 5:144-158. Weisz, T., and Z. Kuz. 1962. Ichthyofauna Ondavy a Hornadu. Cas. Morav. Mus. (Acta Mus. Morav.) 47:181-200. 1709. D7AL 0}. ae: TAZ LU fA NS Ye 723 22 1714. Ib7 suave Lif duT he 1718. iJ ja be a 1720. Weithman, A.S., and R.O. Anderson. 1977. Survival, growth, and prey of Esocidae in experimental systems. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 106(5):424-430. Wernsman, G.S. 1973. Systematics of native Colorado cutthroat trout. M.S. Thesis, Colorado State Univ., ROC OllstnS)e slo6, | 67, 6S eh6o- 724). 725, 91'S) TSO Vts95,. Ts96, Lae 4177, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1422, 1462, 1463, 1649, 1650, 1651, 1652, 1653, 1654, 1660 Anders, F.S., Jr. 170 Anderson, R.D. 171 Anderson, R.O. 1709 Anderson, R.S. 1152 Andersson, K.A. 172 Andreasson, S. 173 Andreeva, M.A. 174 Andrekson, A. 175 Andrevsen, J.K. 176 Andriasheva, M.A. 177, 178, 179 PNgus,; R.A: US07 W8l, 182, 1696, 1697 Annette, C.S. 183 Anonymous Wee) SRA SEG, we aoe TOPS VTA 2 Ps. ala ee GPE eel Oy lO ZOns aa D2 ees, 24e 25, 26,28), S07 S15, 327 Sop S424. (35), s0r Ss), 38, 39; 402541) 42, 435) 4445) AG; 457,250; 0 D, oZ7 OS, 34, 57, 58,59, 60, 61; 6255-65), 627,405," 66, .67.,.168), 90, 7, 12, 13, fa, 15, AO, Soin, 157 S078) (82) 83), 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, (89), 907 Ol OZ) mos moa 95796, 97, 98, 99, LOO, 20M, wO2, L037 21047) Os, al Oc melOmE HOS pe WOS, 1NO, Lit, 212) 23 PLAT eS Gy learn mele ZOE ay eee, 23, 1247 1257 ZO Anpilova, V.I. 184 Antoniu, A.M. 185 Antonov, A.S. 1062 Arai, K. 186 Arens, CC. 1676 Arnoult, J ~187, 188 Arsanica, N. 189 Acthur,,J-R. , 02) Asano, H. 190 Aspenwall, N. 191, 192 Atherton, L.M. 500, 1785, 1786 Atkan, NeBs 1219 AtEKINS, sGaG.. 293 Atz, J.W. 194, 195, 196 AvVAULE IoW., JE. £O7, 198, O80 Avila, V.L. 199 Avyse;, JC; «200; 201, 202, 203), 204,205, 206, 71479 Avtalion, R.R. 207, 208, 209 Axelrod, HeR. 21'0," 210 Axon, J-R. 212 Ayala, E-J. 200, 206 AvVlesPaG.Bs (213,521451 215, 296; 6217, +2185. 207, Ayling, A.M. 219 158 Babcock, W. 220 Babushkin, Yu. P. 863 Backoff, R.E. 221 Baerends, P. “222 Bailey, G.S. 223 Barley, J:R. ~Lo7l Bailey, R.M. 224, 225, 623 Bailey, W.M. 314 Baker, C.M.A. 1009, 1010 Bakkala, R.G. 226 BakOsP Js 22s, z22ia, 228 Balaknnin, ©A. “229, 230 Batarin, J.D. ~ 231 Baldwin, J. 232 Ballantyne, P.K. 233, 234, 235, 451 Batons ke © 250), (2357 Boaesano, s 5. 130, 236, 239, 1307, 1309; 4538, Bams, R.A. 240 Banarescu, P. 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246 Banister, K.E. 247, 248 Banks, J.L. 249 Bannon, M.P. 374 BA ete = 20 Baperst, J.N- L781 Barannikova, I.A. 251 Bac SOUr GD. 252), 253 159 1624 Bardach, J.E. 254 Barets, A. 255 Barsukov, V.V. 256 Bartet 1312 Bateson, D.W. 257, 834, 1117 Bauer, J.V. 258 Bauer, R.J. 337 Baumgartner, D.J. 323 Baxter, G. 259 Bayless, J.D. 260, 261, 314 Beamish, F.W.H. 567 Bean, T.H. 262, 263 Beaty, P.R. 1268 Beck, M.L. 264 Becker, A. 265, 266 Behnke Rad. 267, 268, 269, 270, 272; 272," 2735 943, 1399, 1611 Beiles, A. 1767 Bevin MSA: 2775) 278, 279 Bell, M.B. 280 Bellet, R. 281 Belyaukas, Ya P. 1680 Benchakan, M. 533, 534 Benevento, M. 1402 Bennett, G.W. 282, 283 Benson, N.G. 284 Berdichevskij, L.S. 285, 286 Beresovsky, A.I. 287 274: 2151, (276 area, Bergh, K. 288 Berinkey, L. 289, 290 Bernard, D. 218 Bernier, L. 291 Berrien, P. 292 Berry, F.H. 293 Bers, eA Ha st2l7, 294; 9295, 296,297, S505, S55; Beukema, J.J. 298 Beyerle, G.B. 299 Brogers,’) ©.3. 264, 1405, 1517 Birge, W.J. 1713 Bishop, R.D. 300, 727 Baber, Sj..J.M.s 4 301 Black, A. 302 Black, D.A. 303 Blanc, J. 304 Blankenship, S. 306 Bloemhoff, H.J. 605 Bodie. sS. / 307 Boetius, J. 308 Bogdanova, E.A. 309, 310 Bojadshiev, A. 311 POmErsKa 7 A. 7°32 Bont, id. D., 9.313 Bonn, E.W. 314 Booke, H.E. 315 BOLKOSK?, V- 821, 822 Borowsky, R. 316, 820 161 1502 Bortsev, I. 317 Bossier, J. 846 BOttzoLrr, kJ. 318, 319 Botvinnik, N.M. 320 Boucquey, C. 321 Bourke, D. 1059 Bowers;-C.C., dr. 322 Bowker, R.G. 323, 1318 Bowler, B. 324 BoyGrs C..Be.. 1345 Boynton, W.R. 1438 Brannon; i. Let 325," 1229 Brassington, R.A. 326 Braun; HE. S89 Bregazz1, P.R. 364 Breider, H. 327 Brett, BaH: 1622, 1623, le24 Brett, J.R. 986 Bretthauer, R. 1707 Breuser, R-N. 328 Bribonwoha, A.R. 329 Bridges, C.H. 330 Bridges, W.L. 331 Brody, £- 2123 Brooks, M.J. 534 Brown, Cos .D. 332 162 een eee Brown, (J.-L. 333 Brown, W.R. 1483 Brynildson, D.M. 334 Buchanan, J.P. 335, 336 Buchanan, T.M. 1530 Buck, D-H. 337 Buck, H. 338 BUCK) Hac. 339 Buckridge, T.N. 525 Bulak, J.S. 341 Bulanov, D.P. 643 Bulger, A.J. 342, 343 Buller, W. 344, 345, 346, 347 Bungenberg de Jong, C.M. 348 Burakova, T.A. 1187 Burdin, R. 992 Burenina, K.S. 1190 Burgess, G.H. 349 Burgess, W.E. 350, 351, 554 Burkhard, Weal. s52, 353;, 354 BuEbkakovy, A.B. 355 BEENS, JW. 356, 357 Bieta bas S007, 35971-3007 S01) 302, 503,370, LOsta, 2250 Burrell, ViG., Jr. $843 Burrough, R.J. 364 Burton, M. 365 163 Bunton; R- 365, 366 Buston,. aseM. wallo7 1 Buntezsevye pelea. S6,,. S67, 369), 370, 37h, 372 BusackyG.Ae "373, 374, 375 Butcher, G.A. 374a Buthy DG. 376 Butler, Ee 377 Bysne), Dads. 378 Cable, W.C. 1493 Caine, L.S. 379 Cagmuns, ‘Sin, 0G. 380 Gathoun, A.J. 381, 382, 383 Calliegarini, €. 1311 Campbell, B. 384 Campbell, J.S. 389, 985 Gapanna, E. 385, 386, 387, 393, 1681 Garlander, K-D:. 388, 389 Carline, R.F. 800 Carter, NoM. 390 Carter, R.R. 141 Cashner, R.Cc. 391, 392 Cataudeilaia, 3S. -385, 386; 387, 393), L681 Cate iwi. 394 Causey, D.M., Jr. 395 Cavender, 745 Holdrinet, M. 589 Holdsworth, Cc. 1116 Holey, M. 746 Hollender, B. 746 Hotton, G-D. 747, 748 Hoizhauser, N.J. 1150 Hondus, J. 749 Honma; Y. “750, 751, 752, 1426, 1427 Horowitz, J.J. 753 Horseman, L.O. 754 179 523 908 Horsley, R.W. 755 Houde, E.D. 756 Houston, A.H. 757 HouszZ,. boM. 1 (758 Howell, B.R. 806 Howell W.M.-9 302, 303, 759 Howes, B. 760 HoytiakR.D. 76i Hu, Shun-Chih 762 Hubbell, P.M. 763, 764 Hubbs, ©. W767, 768, 1795 Hubbs;,2C.L.) 765;,1766 Hubbs, L.C. 766 Hueske, E.E. 769 Huet, Ms 770 ilatalnG. B/71, 772, 773, 774, 1122, TU23, Humphries, J. 1622 Huntsman, G.R. 775 Hutcheson, J.A. 323 =— t= tissen, P.k: 297, 777, 778, 773, 780, 78h Ilayasov, Yu. I. 864 Iles, T.D. 599 Imhof, M. 746 Inaba, D. 782 Inman, C.R. 783 Ioganzen, B.G. 285 180 1291; 1767, 1768; 4769 Irving, R.B. 784 Ishida, R. 1028 Ishikawa, T. 785 Ruch, rst °75/6 hudkin, f.1.-% 786 Ivankov, V.N. 787 Ryanov, Yu. N. 150 Ivasik, V.M. 788, 1687, 1688, 1689, 1690, fe Jahnke, G. 1214 Jahnke, M. 1213 Jakowska, S. 789 Jalabert, B. 790, 791 Janes, T. 792 Janssen, J.A. 793 Jena, S. 408 Jenkins, R.E. 794, 795, 938a Jennings, T.L. 796 Jensen, J.W. 666 Jesien, R. 746 Jhingran, V.G. 797, 798, 799 John, T.M. 614 Johnson, B.L. 800 Johnson, C.A. 801 gonnson, 'C.. (223 Johnson, D.W. 802 Johnson, L. 803 181 1691 Johnson, M.S. 804 Johnson, "Rae. 1016 Johnson, U.K. 805 Johnston, R. 1228 Younes, tL. 993 Jolicoeur, P. 1044 Jones, A. 806 Jones; A.R. 807 Jones, J.B. SEES ie aS ybuS Jones, J.W. 808 Towdan, Dias.) S09 Jousset de Bellemse, G.L.M.F. 810 woyee;, Pa. Sl Kattka, wJ. 883 Ratimikun ns 82, 813, 1028 Kail, aies » sou Kajosaari, H. 1497, 1498 Kakimoto, H. 752 Kaliisnik, Mi; 815 Kollman, Kb. 86, 817, 818, 89, 8207821, 1400, 1401, 1402, 1414, 1488a, 1640 Kammacher, P. 790, 791 Kammerzell, F. 1091 Kamyshnaya, M.S. 823 Kandler, R. 824 Kanyike, E.S. 1290 KRaspenko, I-M. 788, [143, 1687, eso, e907; 182 S227 1691 P2287 TSO; Karpovay,cRa1. «825 Kassimov, R. Yu. 826 Katasonov, V.Ya. 831 Katayama, M. 827 IXEN SOY; Ge) evAsian (SrA, Kato. 830 Kawamoto, A. 1562 Kawashima, Y. 879 Kazancheev, E.N.| 832 Keenleyside, M.H.A. 833, 834, Kehong, 1803 KerzneG. x13, 835 KReleherw,) J. Isa 6837 Kenner Wat. . 1277 Keys i ob ee 183'6 Keiive. Mi 53, 811 Kempinger, J.J. 334 Kemeyin Powe 13:23 Kennedy, C.R. 364 Kennedy, M. 836a, 838 Kennedy, SE. 839 Kepes, KL 840 Kerby, J.-H 841, 842, 843 Kernehan, R.J. 754 Ketola, H.G. 844 Khan, HA: 798 Kholodkovskil, N.A. 845 183 aa Khuda-Bukksh, A.R. 1006a Keakuchay, See. 1580 Kilgen, R.H. 536, 846 kanye wedi. © O54 Kincaid, H.L. 847 Kingston, D.I. 848 Kinunen, W. 849 Kircheis, F.W. 850 Kank, ReGe 85i hateprchnikov, ViS. 401, 852, 853, 854, 855, 856, (857, “85s 860, 861, 862, 863, 864, 865, 1805 Kirpitschnikov, V.S. 866 Kean J. L219 Klein, W.D. 867 Kianke, Ko. 253, 154, 156, loe77riles Kiiose; J. 73/3), 868 Knauthe, K. 869 Knieriem, J. 869a Know 1c: O77 Knowles, A. 870 Kobayashi MH. 9871, 872, 873, 875, 876, 8i76a Kobayasi, H. 874, 877, ,878, 879, 880 Kochehrenko, A.D. 90la Kodaira, K. 555 Kodorevskay, R.P. 881 Koehn, R.K. 882, 887 Koh vere e | E2576 Kokina, I. 884 184 859, Kolkan;@S-.F. “S85 Komlingers GG. 157, 1416, L417 71422 Kolpakov, Y.A. 1384 Konopacky, R. 746 Konstantinov, K.G. 886 Kooyman, B. 837 Koranne, K. 165 Kornfield, I.L. 887, 888 Korobtzova, N.S. 629 Korovina, V.M. 889, 890 Koshida, H. 892, 893 Kosoric, D. 894 Kosswig;, CC." 895, 896, 897, 898, 899, 900 Kostomarova, A.A. 1187 KOGe, Eo 675 Kozkin, S. 903 KOZHove;, @“V.129°904, 905 Kramer, R.H. 1642 Mrasznal, 2. 228, 1012 Krigsgaber, M.R. 1169 Krikhtin, M.L. 906 Krishnaja, A.P. 907 Kruglova, V.M. 907a Krupka, I. 908 Kryazheva, K.V. 909 185 Leawdoyeaia,, IWwigihs — 2alo Karaysloviay, evi. D)-, enol 1: Kubo Yo. 2590 Kucharvants, iV. 912 Kuby eee 9 560, M393 Kuhns) 19'S Kulakovskaya, O.P. 788 Kuliev, Z.M. 914 Kumai, H. 697 Kuo, OW 557 96 Kunahasha, Ss 1577, 1578, 1579, 2580, Kusakina, A.A. 629, 917, 1188 Kuseleb, I.B. 918 Kutyanina, L.G. 825 Kuz, 2. 999, 1708 KUZema,wAst. IOI 90a, 902, 920, S27 Kuzman, A.N. 644 Kuziimin, YucA. 1255 Kuznetsov, N.F. 922 Kuznetsov, V.V. L3G Wig Ae 924 hajBilanchere, H: de 923 Lajmanneyad.I2 » 603 Laale, H.W. 925 Laarman, P.W. 926 Lacepede, E. de 927 Lachner, E.A. 225), 928 186 aS Salk Ladiges, W. 929 Laflin, B.D. 929a hagunov, I1.1..9 930 Lahav, M. 424 Lahman, M. 1769 Lamond, H. 931 Langton, R.W. 932 Lanza, J. 933 Larimore, R.W. 934 Raunent, Po S- 935 Lawrie, A.H. 936 hemBerre, M. 1227 Ee Gall;, J=Y- 937 Le Grande, W.H. 938 Lebedeva, L.I. 889, 890 Eee, Des. I93ea HEC eee. 939 Legendre, P. 940, 941, 942, 943 Leggett, R. 944 Leik, T.H. 945, 946 Lembeck, M.E. 319 Leon, K.A. 947, 948 mepper, K:. 97/8 Leslie, J.E. 949 Lessent, P. 790, 791, 950 Lestage, J.A. 951 eva, Eedi. 952 187 Levin, S.A. 1228 Leviya, Y. 953 Lewis, C.E. 479 Lewis, S. 1051 Kewis, W.Moe +715, 954, 955 ine. 9956 immeolne RE. 1298, 1299 bincoln,«RaP. §957 Lindsay, J.A. 959 Inndsey, C:C: 225, 958 fhinmpreva, RES.J. 808, 960 Linke, R.G. 1676 Linston 961 nar MER. § 666, 962 baw, RK. \1620,- 1621 Lo Cascio, N.J.T. 963 Loftus, K.H. 964 hogan; H.ds. ~ 965 Loiselle, P. 966 Lonning, S. 688 Loos, J.J. 968 Lopatishkina, F.M. 969 Losslein 970 Loudenslager, E.J. 967 Louder, D.E. 494, 971 hovshin, L.L. 972, 973 Lowe-McDonnell, R.H. 974, 3975 188 Eoyayyiae 5:78 Loyacano, H.A., Jr. 976 Lubbers, L. 1438 Lueken, W. 977, 978 Luhmann, M. 979 Lui, R. K-S. 980 kundpnaw.7 Jr. 3.981) kusFi ad. Ji. 982 =-M= MacCrimmon, H.R. 983, 984, 985, 986, 987 MacFarlane, L.R. 1540 MacLean, J. 988 MacNee, W.Q. 291 MacPhee, C. 989 Macy, P.T. 491 Maeda, F.S. 1734 Maeda, K. 990 Maek, K. 1223 Magnin, E. 991, 992 Magnuson, J.J. 988 Mahnken, C.V.W. 993, 1210 Mahon, R. 1570 Mahy, G.J.D. 994 Mailyan, R.A. 995 Maitland, P.S. 1728 Makeeva, A.P. 996, 997, 998, 999, 1001, 1002, Makeyeva, A.P. 355, 1645, 1646, 1647 189 1644 Makholin, M.A. 1003 Makino, as. sOO4,) L005, 1027 Malvochy, P.D. 1006 Mamolaito, (Gok. 1337 Manna, G.K. 1006a Mantelman, I.I. 1007, 1008 Manwell, C. 1009, 1010 Mararizaito, (S. i253 Marciochi, A. 1149 Margolis, L. 1011 Marwan» Io $228, O12 Markert, JoR. .6L6 Market, C.L. 1013, 1023 Marquet, E. 1488a Marshall, K.E. 1014, 1015 Marshall, T.L. 987, 1016 Mastin, FSD. i019 Martin, G.W. 297 Mastin, . JM. .1513 Martin, N.V. «2017, 1018, 1020, Martinelli, N. 393 Maslennikova, N.A. 1612 ta 1381 Massaro, (kew., LOS, L022) 1023 Matilaky, ©... 1024, 1765 Matesiis eke 1025. oz 5Sa, 102 Mantes Ye. — i027 6 190 1021 Matsumoto, H. 1577, 1578, 1580 Matsumoto, J. 1741 Matsushima, M. 1028 Matsuura, G. 1789 Matthey, iR: 1029 May, B. 1030, 1031 Mayden, R.L. 103la McAda, C.W. 1032 MeAree, WwW oR sn S033, "L034, 1035, 1036, 1037, 1038, McAllister, D.E. 938a, 1041, 1042, 1043, 1044 McArdle, J.F. 1045 MeBride, J:R. 523 McCarraker, D.B. 1046 McCarthy, D.H. 1047 MeCarntney,,. bias, 277 McCauley, R.W. 1048 McClane, A.J. 1049, 1050 McConnell; W.J. 1051 McDermott, L.A. 1495 McFarland, W.N. 1052, 1155 Meotncyre yt «J-Dierol9, 1053, 1325, 176l McKay, WE. L054, JOSS, Wiss McKechnie, R.J. 1056 McKnight, T.C. 1437 McLarney, W.O. 254 McNeil, W.J. 1057 McPhail, J.D. 1058 191 OS'S; 1040 Meade, J.W. 482, 1059, 1060 Mearows, K.M. 757 Mednikov, B.M. 1061, 106la 1062, 1063, 1064 Meehan, W.E. 1065, 1066, 1067 Mei, H. 1803 Meinken, H. 1068, 1069 Melnichuk, Ye.D. 1687 Mel imiuchuk, “Ye.D.- 1691 Menasveta, D. 1070 Menhinick, E.F. 1071 Menshova, A.J. 1628 Menzel; Bows. 1072; 1073, 1074, 1075, 1076, 1077, Menzes, R.S. de 1079 Merkowsky, A. 1080 Merla, G. 1081 Merrilees, M.J. 1082 Merriner, J.V. 1083, 1084 Meske, C.H. 1085 Mester, L. 1086 Metcalf, R.A. 1087 Metcalfe, J.L. 1259 Migdalski, E.C. “1088 Mighell, J.L. 1089 Mikhailichenko, L.V. 519 Milewski, A. 1091 Miley, W.W., II 463, 464 Maser Ey.ds.. | 092, 1723), 1737 Miller, R.B. 1093 192 1078 Miler, gR.J4)0094, 1338 Mailer, Rae, i095 MivklerroR Ry 253), 766), 1096, 1097, -1098, 2099, 1200, Meine, DrJ. l02 Mil'shtein, V.V. 1090 Minamori, S. 1103 Mincklley; W.L35 802, 1101, 1104, 1105 Mang rAeD).. ALLO MeresicD. 5 1107,,°1108 Mirkes, D.Z. 1646a Mesa eRaK. fost, LOS) 110, Lita, Vii2, PEs; 114, ee? Miyashita, S. 697 Mizusawa, R. 752 Moa ekan Fi, 773, JI4, IVS, 1119, LIZ aan 22;bal23, ZION a Owe. 168i, 14769 Moe, M.A., Jr. 1124 Moerchen, Roba 1125), 226 Moffatt, N-M. 1127 Monaco), Pd. 1309 Moodie, G.E.E. 687 Moon, FW. 1128 MNGGLeyeWess 2297 TsOr List, Wi3s2, 33) Iels4,. S35 Moran, R. Li. 959 Moreau, G. 1253 Morgan, ROP ., LE 136 Moring, J.R. 849 193 A EIKO IEA ESY,, 1623 PEG, Morissens, P. 1137 Moritzoty eDaG. — 138, 1139, 1140, 1458 Morley, R.B. 1764 Moroz, I.E. 1141, 1142, 1143 Morris, Ji. 144 Morris, L. 1144 Morrison, W.J. 1145, 1146 Moscovkin, L.I. 1612 Mountford, N.K. 1438 Moyle, P.B. 1147, 1148, 1149, Mrakovcic, M. 1151 Mudiay,. Dake. L522 Mulch, EAE. dal53 Muller, G. 244 Mulley, J.cC4~80053a,s1444 Muncy, wR. Ji 389 Mundy) PR. » 702 Munro, Fs. 1592 Munzee Pow: 2052, 1154, 2155 Munzing, J. 1156 Murmeasy, fis. 1. 603 Muramoto, J. 1219 Murata, O. 697 Musick, i wWisAcn 1157 Musselius, V.A. 286 Naevdal, G. 1158 1150 -N- Naeve, H. 1159 Naggiar, M. 1160 Nakamura, M. 697, 880 Nakano, K. 880 Nalbant, T.T. 244, 246 Nei. G.H.- 11l6L Nansen, C. 1162 Natarajan, A.V. 797 Nauheim, B. 1163 Needham, P.R. 276, 1164, 1165 Neti N-A. 2166 Nefyodov, G.N. 149, 1167 Nerfakh, A.A. 320, 1168, 1169, 1596 NOwSOn woo. LO, 17 272, a7 3, L742, DATS, #235 Nenashev, G.A. 1178, 1179, 1180 Nesterenko, N.V. 1181, 1182 Newman, H.H. 1184 Neyvyrakh GALA. 51629, 1085, 4187, 1188 Nguyen, T.A. 1189 Nichiteanu, J. 471 Nielsen, J.T. 1460 Nvgnenslat RoE. 11639), 650, 789 Nikoliukin, N.I. 1190 Mmekoljukin, Net. 119i, 1192, 1193 Nikolukin, N.I. 886 195 1176, 7a, NukolyukeineeNi. be 1 56, LE94, 1195, MOG Ilo7 Naloe, LAO IA Nelissony, iB.) 23 Nilsson, N-A. 668 Ninburg, E.A. 863 Nishimura, K. 1448 Noakes, D.L.G. 1203 Nogusa, S. 1204, 1223 NOTeLKO, DoS. 1255 Norman, J.R. 1205 Normandeau, D.A. 1206 Nosaily, ALD. 1207 Novotny, And. 993, 1208, 1209, 1210 Numann, W. 1211 Nursaliys J Rey £212 Nygren, As 1213; J2t4 Nyman, G. 2214, 1215, 1216, Nyman, O.L. 1217 O'Connor, J.P. 684 OUNerdy Didis, Jr. S49 O'Rourke, F.J. 474, 681, 682 Ochi, N. 878 Ohno; Ss: 733, 218, 1219 @iestad, V. 1220 Oyama, Yo 1221, A22ia, 1222, 1223, 1224 Okuno, A. INS AP/ 196 ALEVE) ILAOX0) Olnets, N.I. 1605 Olson, J.E. 1051 Olson, se PoR. , 524 Okund,, LedJz, 1225 Omeltchenko, V.T. 1226 Onodera, S. 1560 OrdraWwiM.© 1227 Orlova, P.I. 416 Onzack;,S.He./ 1228 Osborn, J.G.' -1229 Oshima, M. 29, 1230, 1231, 1232, Ozibko, R.L. 1234 PAacezZ Made bh77, 1235, Baden. soz, 1236, 1237, 2238, Panchanko, C.M. 1605 Parameswaran, S$. 139 Pardue, G:B. 660, 1278, 1485 Parkes, HOR: 1268 Pacrish,, PR. 1556 Parzefall, J. 1240 Patterson, M. 1241 Paulakovich, S. 1242 Pawlov,, Ss. 721 Paulus, L.P. 485 Pavlov, ©€.S. ) L243 Payne, N.R. 296 197 E233 1239 Payne, R.H. 1244 Pearson, B.E. 1245 Pease, P.M. 1246 ReECOm, 1CoHia 247 Pegington, C.J. 1248 Peippo, L. 1249 Pelzman, R.J. 1250 Pemtov, B.E. 1806 RPenezak, Te 72251, 1252 Pepin. 1253 Perlmutter, A. 1453, 1457 Perschbacher, P.W. 1254 Petcu, A. 245 Peters, G. 1256 Peters, N. 1256, 1257 Peterson, L.W. 1258 Peterson, R.H. 2259, 1541 Pethon, P. 1260 Petit, J. 426 Petkevich, A.N. 1255 Petrov, P. 311 Petzold, HAG. 1261 Pezold, F.L. 392 Rrentter, W. 12262, 1263, 1264 Rilkiege>, Wal. 1265, 1266, 1267, Philipp, D.P. 1268, 1736 Phillips, J.B. 1269 198 1488 Piavis, G.W. 1270 Pietschmann, V. 1271 Brggins, J. 272 pwthay, USSR. 11273 Panchuk, Vi. 1. 15274, 1275 Bipkin7! R.E.20634, 635 BRrosiilar D.S-e0l276, 1277 Phumb; jJ.As. 1278 Poduschko, M.V. 1279 Pojoga, I. 1280 Pojogu, J. 461 Polyakov, G.D. 286 Polymskiy, Vi.N.7°1255 Ponte, EPs). 1281 Popov, E.P. 644 POPOV, cL.S. L062 PopowAn©.e = G1282 Popova, A.A. 1090 Popper; Ds -i1577 Porter, B.& 1283 Post, A. 1284 Rotter, 1.Can7698, 699, 700 Pratt, Ka. L285 Prehn, LL.M. 1308 Perodina;, V.P.\ 889, 890 Perstas, P.3.16l285a, 1286, 1287 Privolnevyy T.1.)°1288 199 Prigqiminy, Y. —° 209) 1289, 1290) 291 ishye esos Prussing, R. 1462 PUuBdomyC.n. 1292, 22937 12947 1295 i296) waz2oue 1300 Pursglove, D.L. 155, 1301, 1648 Pushkin, Yu. A. 1302 Pyle, A.B. 1490 OadrE1, SU. 1303 Owvanry, C. “sos -R- Radzievskaya, V.P. 1168 Rahrer, J.F. 936 Ramos-Henao, A. 1303a Randall, J.E. 1304 Raney... 1076,5 L61s Rao, Bac. 1305 Raye. Vols Rao, N.G.S. 408 Rapp, KM. Sil 12987, 12997 RaschywmoMe, “238, 239, 1306, 1307, 13087, 23097, UslOretss sr 1624 Rasch, R.W. 1308 Raunich, L. 1311 Raveret-Wattel. 1312 Rawstron, R.R. 1313 RayeoReH | 323, 1314 200 Raymond, S$. 1315 Rees, H. 1248, 1316 Refst1e,, 1.15627, 1317 Regan, D.M. 1318 Regan, F.P.) 1319 Rege, M.S. 907 Reich, E.M. 907a Reimeirs, N. 1320 Rern1tez,9G.L. 51321, 1322 Reintjes, J.W. 1323 Reisenbichler, R.R. 1053, 1324, 1325 Rembiszewski, J.M. 1326 Rempeters, G. 725 Reshetnikov, Yu. S. 1063, 1064 Richards, C.E. 843 Richler, C. 888 Richmond, F.G. 1328 Richmond, R.Cc. 1019 Richter, H-J. 1329, 1330 Recker, WE: 1327 Rivey, J.D. 1331 Raitte, U.. 8&8 Ritter, H. 868 Rizvanov, P.A. 1255 Robbins, T.W. 1332 Roberts, E. 1616 Roberts, Fl. 1333, 1334 201 Roberts, M.S. 1047 Roberts, R.J. 1045 Robins), ‘CoR. 2257 462). 928; 943357 Robinson, G.D. 1337 Robinson, J. 1339 Robinson, I. 1339 Robison, H.W. 1338 Roeder, M. 1340 Roeder, R.H. 1340 Roi; HC. 13447 1342 Rollefsen, G. 1343 Roloff, E. 1344 Romaire, R. 846 Romaire, R.P. 1345 Romanova, N.I. 1612 Romanova, Z.T. 1806 Romanycheva, O.D. 1346, 1347, 1348 Romashov, D.P. 1349 Ropers, H.H. 1350 Rose, CoR. 337 Rose; (Si. 156 Rosenblatt, R.H. 1351 Ross), MER. 1352; 1353 ROSS; OR-D:, 1354 ROSS eos n=) LL355 Rossoll, R.M. 550 202 1336 Roth; oH #2, 1356 Rothbard 5. 209), 772, 1292) 13577-1398 Roule, L. 1359 Rourke, A.W. 1360 Rowland, W.J. 1361 Rubailova, N.G. 1362 Rubaschev, S.F. 1363, 1364 Rubinoff, R. 654 Ruddle, F.H. 415 Rudenko, A.P. 1143 RuUdZInNsSki, E. 1365 Runnstrom, S. 1366, 1367 Russell, F.S. 1368 RyaDOV),.L-N. 1369, 1370, 1371, 1372, Ryabov, J.N. 355 RyYCHIACK, 2. 1373 Rychwalski, E.M. 652 Ryther, J.H. 254 Saarig, S. 1374 Sadoglu, P. 1375, 1439 Sahlman, H.F. 463, 464 Sakata, K- 1566 Sallie, Poh s,: 1376 Salnikov, N.E. 1348 sand, GiX.o.1377 Sanders, B.G. 1378 203 1644 Sanders, D.R. 1582a Sanderson, C.H. 1379 Sano, S. 1380 Sasaki eM. 7 1381 Sattarov, K. 1382 Savic,ep. —1383 Savich, M.V. 1384 Savostyanova, G.G. 1385 Savvaitova, K.A. 1063, 1064 Schafer,-D. ~- 1707 Scheel; J.J. 1386, 1387 Schemmel, C. 1388, 1389 Schenck, J.R. 544 Schlage, W. 1660 Schlueter, R.A. 1729 Schmidt, E. 868 schmidt; ESR. 978, 1390 Schmtdtke, J. 560,°1391, 1392, 1393 Ssehoia,;, A.©' 1257, 1394, 1395, 1396 Schreck, ¢.B.- 943, 1397, 1398, 1399, 1761 Schreibman, M.P. 819, 822, 1400, 1401, 1402 Schroder, J.H. 1403, 1404 Schullez7 =D. Es “1405, > 1517 Schultz, K. 1406 Schultz, R.J. 181, 182, 343, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1410, 141177 142) 1413, 1414, 1695, 1696, 1697 204 Schwab, M. 133, 1420, 1422, Schwartz, F.J. Schwiebert, E. SCOEC, DiC. Scott, W.B. Sedov, S.I. Sekiya, S. Semenovskaya, K. Sen, P.R. 408 Sequin, L-R. Serchuk, F.M. Serebryakova, Sergeeva, M.N. Sergieva, Z.M. SernS ms ls. Setzler, E.M. Shaklee, J.B. Shantharam, B. Shaposhnikova, G.H. Shapovalov, L. Shart, L.A. Shatrova, Z.A. Shcherbina, Z.N. Shchupakov, I.G. 490 225; 673, 1426, 1429, E.V. L737, 134, 157, 1650) L651 1667 lat Sr 1254 1423 1424 1425 1427 S2- 52428 1430 1431 372, 2432, 1433; 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1741 1643 1440, 1441 1442 864, 865 1806 905 1443 Shearer, K.D. 1444, 1153a Shehadah, Z.H. (Ed.) 1445 Shell, E.W. 198 205 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419, Shelton, W.L. 1446, 1447 Shentyanova, L.F. 286 Shioya, T. 1448 Shirkova, A.P. 1449 Shpilevskaya, G.V. 1202 Shubnikova, N.G. 1646, 1647 Siciliano, M.J. .1138, 1139, 1140, 1451, 1452, 14537751454, sll4555 T4567. V457, L458, A780,. 178 Sick, K. 1459, 1460 Siddiqui, A.Q. 1461 Sieger, F. 165, 1462, 1463 Sieger, M. 168, 169, 1462, 1463 Siganwich, G.P. 1255 Silliman, R.P. 1464 Sim, B.K. 410, 412 Samco, bea. | 495, 537 Simon, R.C. 619, 1465, 1466 Singh, M.P. 1467, 1468 Singh, S.B. 1469 Skryabin, A.G. 1470 Slivka, A.P. 1471, 1472 Smeda, J.S. 757 Smirnov, I.S. 1473 Smith, B.R. 1474 Smith, (C.E. L475 Smithy. C.b.y . 196,.14/76,. 1477 Smith, 976 oO Q Smith, D.L. 800 Smith eG oR. 01166,91478, 31635, 1636 Smith, J.J. 206 smth, MoH. 15202, 2203), 204, 205, 543, 1479 Smith, P.W. 363, 1480 Smith, S.B. 1481 Smith, S.H. 1482 Smith, W.B. 1483 Smith,W.G. 1484 Smitherman, R.O. 456, 533, 534, 660, 1278, Smoley, A.I. 1486 Sneeadeek. Fb. 1535; 0516 Snelson, F.F., Jr. 1487, 1488 Sobel, H.J. 1488a Softee, 'M.'. 1585 Soguri, M. 1489 sonn ad 32. 01228 Soldwedel, R.H. 1490, 1491 Solman, V.E.F. 1492, 1493 Solomon, D.J. 429, 1494 Sommani, E. 1499 Sonstegard, R.A. 1495 Sorensen, P.Y. 1496 Sormunen, T. 1497, 1498 spaas, J.-L. 2503 Spangler, Gok. 294) 295, 297, 1500, ASO0i', Spataru, P. 1504 Spieler, R.E. 1505 207 T4857 e755), 1502 1794 Spillmann, C.J. NBT aes, 1506, oO, Spinks, J. 1509 Spotila, J.R. Sprangler, G.E. Sreedharan, A. Sribhibhadh, A. 313 589 1541 603 Srivastava, A.K. 15 St. Amant, J.A. Stallknecht, H. Stalnaker, C.B. Stanley, J.G. Starnes, L.B. Starnes, W.C. Stasiak, R.H. Staurfer, JR, Stebbins, G.L. alisyil 10 1 T5i2 745 142, 1518 1518 T519;, rapar 1524 Steene, R.C. 1304, Stefanelli, S.A. Steffens, W. 1526, Stegeman, J.J. Steinmann, P. Stephenson, M.E. 1528 508 Steven, D.M. 942 Stevens, R.E. Stevenson, J.P. Stevenson, M.M. Stewart, B.J. 314 104 152 530 5103), 1520 938a, 1525 393 S27, 183 v/ 1524. 15257 L521; O17 2530 208 L522; 1508 1516; 2523 ES L7 Stewart, J.E. 986 Stickney #@R-R. | 1532, 1730 Stock,;) A.W. ©1532 Stoik, A. 1533, d'534 Stoneking, M. 1031 Storms ir. 1535 Straight, W.J. 1536 Straney, D.O. 205 Strautman 7 §.F.58 A275 Street, M.W. 1537 Strokov,, A.A.; 1596 Strommen, C.A. 1538 Seuare,y 1 JA.4, 1539 Sukumaran, K.K. 139, 1469 Swikak KJ.) S254 Sucteriin, A.M:, 1259, 1540;5 1541 SHECKUS 6 R.D.4 391) suzuki,oR. 7/6, 1542, 1543, 1544, 1545, 1546, 1547, 7550-1551, 1552 Ssuzukay oS. 1553 Suzuki, T. 1554 Svardson, G. 572, 1555 Svensson, K. 1214 Svetailov, N.A. 1169 Swanson, Ts .Ji., GE. 756 Sunt. C. £1556 Syaraya, Y.I. 1604 209 1548, 1549, Sychnev, GA. 155y/ Syuzyumova, L.M. 519 =-T-=- Taber, B.A. 542 Faber, |€.A. - (628 anktee Jio. 090), vel, 1048 Takashima, F. 1558 Takayama, S. 785, 1223 Takeda, K. 1559, 1560 Takeshita, G.Y. 1561 hak, Xs L562 aso. 1563 Tamanskaya, G.G. 286 Tanaka, S. 1564 Tanaka, LT. 91581 Tang, Y.A. 1565 Taniguchi, N. 1566 Tanyolac, J. 1567 Tapiador, D.D. 1568 Tatum, B.L. 1483 Taylor, D.M. 1569 Taylor, J. L570 Tegner, H. 1572 Terao. Sel, 1573, U574;. 1575, 1581 tTercerra, AG: 1582 Prmackez,; Got. “1331 210 1576), 1577, 1578, 1579 eSsGe Tharratt, RC. 1056 Theriot, R.F. 1582a Thibault, R;E. 1583, 1584 Thanes),,G.., '321,. 1585 Thomas, A.E. 1587 Thomerson, J.E. 1588, 1589 Thompson, J.M. 1590 Thompson, K.W. 1591 Thompson, R. 1592 Thomson, D.A. 1127 Thorgaard, G.H. 374, 967 Thorington, J.M. 1319 Ehrasher, DR. 1593 Thresher, R.E. 1594 PEER. 1595 Timofeeva, M. Ya. 1169, 1596 Timofeeva, N.A. 886 Tolmacheva, N.V. 1597 romilenko, V.G.. 901, .901a,.902,-921, .1598,.1599, 1600, 1600a, T1601, 1602, 1603, 1604, 1605 Toneys, M. 746 Tortonese, E. 1606 franquilli, J. 1742 Een, bi. 1286). 287 Tretiak, D.N. 444 Trewavas, E. 1607, 1608 Trifonowa, A. 1609 ErEpacht, oD. 407 211 Troitskaya, V.I. 1610 TEOsmais, Wek. | 16h Truweller, C.A. 1612 rSalj~Gak. L613 Tsherbenok, Yu J. 1614 Tsutsui, H. 1568 eStiyalie ee | IGS Tsuyuky,. Hoy 411044, 1616, 1757 Tuan a PH LEd7 mucker, Wh. 438 Turing, A.D. 460 murcner Bodin” 1618, L629, 1620, 1621, 16227 Tuunainen, P. 1625 Eyer DeB. 626 Eyus, HM. 1627 TZ0y), R.M. L628 == Ubisch, L. von 1629 wuUchvyama, M. 1577, 1578, -1579,. 1580 Veda, T. 1222 Ueno, K. 1224 Ulanowicz, N.I. 1136 Underdown, H. 1630 Underhill, A.H. 1631 Underhiad, J.c. 545 Urbanowicz, K. 1252 Becery hom.) 14553737, 1030, 1632, 1633 212 UVeCNO, nee) L634, 1635, 1636 Uzzell ere 1637-5 1638 Valenti, R.J. 1639, 1640 Van der Borght, C. 321 Van Meter, H.D. 481 Van Vooren, A.R. 1641 Vandenbussche, E. 1585 Vanicek, C.D. 1642 Vanstone, W.E. 1616 Varghese, T.J. 1643 Vasel'ev, V.P. 1644 Velankar, N.K. 1468 Venkataramani, V.K. 1749 Verigin, B.V. 999, 1002, 1645, 1646, 1647 Vernberg, F.J. 1646a Vaelkind J. 9157, 169, 2415, 1418, 1419), 1648, 1649, M651, 1652, 1653, ‘1654, 1655, Vo56,, 2657, «i659 Vielkind, U. 164, 167, 913, 1648, 1652, 1653,@9l654, 1656, 1657, 1658, 2659, 1660, 1661, 1662, W663 Vierke, J. 1664, 1666 WaiktOrovskil, R.M.. 1667, 1668 WVabiay ie 759 Villwock, W. 1669 Viola, S. 1669a Wavier, P- 16/0, 16/1, L672 Viladimorov, M.Z. 1673, 1674 Vladykov, V.D. 1675 213 1650, L655; Vogel, P. 1676 Vogt, Di. 929 Voloshenko, B.B. 310, 1677, 1678, 1679, 1680 Volpe, oR. S386, 387, L681 Vondruska, J. 1682 Vooren, C.M. 1683 Voropaev, N.V. 1684, 1685 Votinov;, N-P. (1255, 1686 Vozny, N.E. 1687, 1688, 1689, 1690, 1691 Voznyy, N.Ye. 1691 Vrijenhoek, R.C. 1692, 1693, 1694, 1695, 1696, Vukovic, N. 1383 Vukovic, T. 894, 1383, 1698 -W- Wagner, H-J. 137 Wahrman, J. 888 Walker, P.T. 341 Wallace, R.L. 1360 Walls, J.G. 1699 Ward, J.C. 638 Ware, F.J.. 1700 Watanabe, M. 1701 Weatherby, C.A. 1702 Weatherly, C. 1703 Webster, D.A. 582 Weed, A.C. 1704 Weir, J.R. 1705 214 1697 Weissenberg, J.R. 1706 Weissenfels, N. 1707 Weisz, T. 919, 1708 Weithman, A.S. 1709 Welborn, LL. ,.0. i323, 1318 Wells, A. 1484 Wells, M.R. 836 Wendt, C. 668 Wernsman, G.S. 1710 Westin Jel. W/7aa, si712 Westerman, A.G. 1713 Wheat lo se avis a t716, 1717, PINS, 1719), L720), Ze, L722), LI23,- L740 Wheeler, A. 1724, 1/25, 1726; 727, 1728 Whattaker,, J.0.,) Jr. 1729 Whnte,iD.B. » 1730 White, R.G. 1731 white), EROS S327 aoe ena ae Seale a Ss lS abe, -B- Batrachoididae 1431 Belonidae 452, 1193 Ao Carangidae 293, 1167, 1794 Carcharhinidae 1064 Gatositomidae.. 141),.1.576,) Ol, (247) 249) 254). 279), 332 e336, 337% 390), 445,46 573),061 9,675, 695, 696, 728, /45,,/66,. 77>) Ose 19977, 802), 882, 938a, L032, 1099) oS, 1125), ere aa TVA ALAS ye aS), Wl 4 Oo OS mle ASS ake 5, laa 1480, LSS aa 52376 524) NESS) 64241755 219 Centrarchidae 64, 95, 96, 131, 171, 199, 201, 202, 203, 204, ZOS, 206, 22, (224, 233, 234, 235, 242702548257 eeee, 2837) SiS slo, 326, 331), 3327) S350 S40, o> aS ore 35SPusol),) 364, 379, 380, 383, SSS; 390) 5915 395,400, 410, 411, 427, 429, 430, 431, 441, 442, 444, 450, 451, 473) wale w400, 493, 526, 527, 528; 532) 5457) 547/556, SS aooln 563, 5711, 613, (673). 6777) OS moSZ27 690), mooG, OZ, Le, 715, 7L7, 718, 728), Toa Ol, OSs aenos, VovewiOS, 183, 793, 795, 807, 833, 834,72838,7860), 3905, O14, 926, 929a, 954, 955, 971, 1009, LOMO, 1043, 1056, LOVOM LOSs;, 1084, 1087,) L088, LO92, 10S), a Sera Ge 7,, 11300 1144, 1147, 1150,, 166,. W922 lose 1250, 1267, 1268, 1406, 1424, 1479, 1480, 1524, 1545, 5937, 1620,, L627,.1633,. 1682),.-1L692-75 L693), IN/06), aleainle, eye VALAG IL 6 py A LT ye dl Cn LT LO, LI20, SZ, lager 23, VI29;, AI35, J736, J573,7, W738, 15739), Av40, vA 1742, 1758, 1759, 1804 Chaetodontidae 84, 108, 211, 219, 350, 351, 568, 642, 1124, IZO4, 1525, V561,, 1699 Gharacidae 321, 558, 900, 1069, 1256, 1257, 1262), 1263, 264; 1375,«4389, 1439, 1585, 1734, 1745, 1746, 17477-1742 Gichlidaer 32,535.54, 655,71, 74, 102,103, L097 135) LO7;, £98, 207, 208, 209, 210; 221, '222,..234 254, 025SF 301, 329, 390, 403, 404, 405, 407, 409, 411, 413, 421, 423,,. 424, 432, 447, 456, 472, 551, 576, S77, Sia, 578; 583), 590, 599, 640,,- 641L,. 642,,,.666,, 670, (674),' 76;,6 728), 1325, 162, 67, 010; 772, 79%, 797,799; 85155 Sosa mccun 888, 899.,. 915, 916, 939, 950, 953;' 962,966) 97 2a SSF 974, 975; 981, 1051, 1070, 1105, DLOF, 108) VasOy Seles ie a7, Li89, 1234, 1289, 1290, L291, B303a,113397, 13457 W357, 1358, W374, 1461, 1504, 1544, 15457) S61, 563) 591, 1607, 1608, 1669a, 1774, 1796, 1798), 2.45799" 3800 Clariidae 105 Clupeidae 390, 488, 489, 619, 624, 756, 804, 832, 952, 959, 1193), 199, 1286, 1287, 132374327, 1349),.1446,51447, 1480, 1646a GCobitidae 6, 131, 188, 243, 244, 246, 320, 507.,- 528, 629),47iF 720, 872, 873, 875, 878, 1086;,. 11037) 26s Fe 1169 7 askeior 1187, 12188, 1193, 1413, 1543, 1545, 5547,2h596 Congridae 86 Cottidae 468, 619, 938a, 1212 Cyclopteridae 1543 220 Cyprinidae, 347053, 54, 60, 7577.79), 85, 90,, 97, Llgpei2i,.124; PSI Se SO eee aS ly iS li LIS, 279, 83), UST See So,, 290, 9a oz) 200, 20s, 206, 227A, 228), 229) 230, 236, 24], 2447 5245, 247, 248, 253, 254, 255, 2647286; 289,, 290, 298, 306; 307, sid, -320)5,/326, 332, 3505-339, 19497 S50, 356, (357, 359, S60), 363), +364, 3724, 376, 377, 383, 390, 392,398, 401, 402,' 404, 405, 406; 408, 410, 412, 416, 429, 442, 443, 445, 458, 461, 465, 471, 473, 474, 483, 491, 494, 504, 506, 507, 527, 536, 538); . 546, 4.549 74958 7 6975745907 (9917659275998; 605; 630), 2619, .620,, 6225 «623 72628 7 162956527, 4657 ; 665976037 664, 665, 667, 6/72, 681, .68272686,, 690; 26915, 6927, 693, 6947 2109, (7LE. 720; 21,0728 ,.2736, a739, 740, 74271743; TSO, Aloe, bot, 2287. (759,72 SO ne/O7, 208, TEL; TIiS7 tl 1S: FEZ, .18>, 188, 19 (198.5799, 5808, 82, Sis? Sta, 827; 831, 835, 836a, 838, 840, 845, 846, 853, 854, 855, 856, 857.1858), S6l),, S62, 863,864, 865, 866, S69, S71, B72), 873, 8714, SiS. 8767,°876a 2-877. 7 878, 7879), 7880, SON 90 lay 902;729057,5907 , “908, 1909, 910, 9147 91874919, 92077, 921; 925, 928, 938a, 940, 941, 942, 944, 947, 960, 961, 968, 981, 992, .994,,,996, «997, +998, -999, 71001, HOO2, 1004, 1005, L006a;,, 1*1007,, 1008,),1009, VoOl2, 1024, #O25,,, W025a7) 210267; 1027 ,, 102611042, 1062, (10647, 1.068, HOGS, -LO71 7 510723 01.073. 1.074;. 51079 ,, ©1080 7 elO08lAsloss; O93), L094, atLOS jell 16 tl19 20 all 2 e228 oh 2 3); ess, Lia, wd4a2, B43, bi4a4, Ta, UES, LVs7, Less, HUGG, UES), TUES, FEO, L722). P73, PAA, BS, Wes, 1S, ESO, EUS PUSS) Lush, LESS), Lug2, L193, L201, HZ204,,, 1205, 1212, 1221, 1222), 412234 1224) i225, eb235,, PALO 2515, 2527, S253 FelZ6o nd 266; 127 D274) 1279), 280), E26, 2282, L288, 12897 1294, 1302, ° 1326, 1327, SSS ese, 342,21 349 7 L352, ES53;,0) 1354) bs>o,, L361, 13657 113697 1370 7Ols 7 PAA SI 2701373, L382, 7383 4.384, 1391, 1392, 1405, 1411, 1413, 1424, 1425, 1426, 1427, 1431, 1435, 1444, 1467, 1468, 1469, 1473, 1478, 1480, 487, 1488, 496, 1505, 1506, 1507, 1508, @i511, 1513, LoLe ols) tole, Pols; Lolo ml S20ry S24) Lo22) 5 Lo2s, E526 nel 527, US357,01543, 15457 915487 15497 (1554, 1565, US582Za, GlOIS nisi? L727, Li43, (S47 1.25535 715569) 156), i562, LE5667.8E568 7015707) 1574), TS 72, 61595 p81596n 159%, E5987, (1599, 16007. -1600a,. 1601, 7h602 7 4603 77160475 1605, 1610, 1612, 1614, 1617, 1628, 1641, 1643, 1644, 1645, 1646, 1647, 1667, 1668, 1673, 1674, 1684, 1685, 1686, GST, GEOSS 7 116897516907), 1691" 1708, e724, h7 257726, E62, GEIGS, W767 pIL768; 17697, LIT. VIB, u7iS8,, kLom, USOT, 2L803 721805, 1806 eyprinodontidde, Sej7917 092, 94791224 5131/,302, 325, 3277, 333, 378, 412, 414, 415, 442, 448, 449, 465, 484, 491, A927) SURED 28), 9940, 558, 590,. S967 6077, 164777 36527, (677, 6195, C9103 70704, S16, 1820) 5 85970 873 11S 9 moO OS 2, 938a, 9807 1007 W447 Tsay 1937 124107 12617 1297, Ugg, 1386, 1387, 1386, 1388, 1389, W403, 1424, 4sn, E496, ESO, U5il4, USUs, ole, 57, 5235), 1530), 1582, E585, L588, 1589, 1618, 1619, 1620, 1621, 266), 1669, 1744 221 =p) Diretmidae 1284 Engraulidae 491 Fsocidaey’ 17,200,289, 96, °1067 "111, > 114; -liGy? 1OFe 1238 2G 2871297 2887-2997" 3137 349, 3797 73897" 39077 4407 47/5), 478 74797, 482),64987 7499, “575, 5207 7521) (54575697 655; 120, 13476138, 196, 844, 9577 1046; "1050; 1059, 710607 TOTS? OS2, LOSS, 1106; 11447 e1Is77 162) tos M2427 T2477 L266; 2283, 91285; 13497713797 1424) W437 71480, LS7Sayelost, h7O4, \LTOO LILI 547 7565. 775 c= Gadidae 491 7"688, "810; "923; '927, 11937 “1212, (1459), 1466 Gasterosteidae 90, 191, 277, 278, 390, 664, 685, 687, 691, IHS SieelebS oyna Sp elo Atos © 2A 2 alls Sys Oily 4 Sills SOO) eli Ges 7 Gobiidae 585, 1275 Goodeidae 579, 580, 653, 654, 848 ae Hexagrammidae 619 Sie Letaluridae 96; 254) 445, 495, 533, 534, 535, (6597 (660) TAI A TSO EOS Sa-) O76; VANS A278 eS eh ee Aree ae SIG LOZ TOS ass e794: Istiophoridae 797, 807, 1285a, 1335, 1336 =f Labridae ~ 219), 688), 691, 873, 1193, 1431 222 676, TSsiy7 =—M= 223 Mugiladae.. 6375 2547711937" 1273 =O=- Oplegnathidae 697, 1448 =-P=- Percichthyi dees, 11575.12077 125,2.260),. 261,,, 300,_ 3147 9322,,.°323), SAG eS 4 et OO pO Ole HOD ie Es wha Ot OO OS Ono: SA2FEIS4 3) SOS yn Sede COD, OF0,. L577, Ul60. 34 3138) Site elase Leos, Sa 84) SEO Oy ee Soil Soca leiOOs Ma5.0), Siero SZ PELcidae. wis, 61> L887 199, 72619300, 322, 326, 344, 345, 362), 390, 439, 442, 444, 491, 509, 510, 527, 528, 539, 542, 543%e 544 545,600), 6115). 616), 659,., 691, 736,. 744). 767, 800, 841, 842, 938a, 964, 1019, 1044, 1064, 1065, 1066, HOV Ula SAO eae OO al OS 1235 7 ol 236, Zou, 1238, 1239, 1249, 1280, 1349, 1424, 1480, 1483, 1518, 529 pee 6ltsre OSes SS OOl iO? loo, Petromyzontidae 264, 559, 619, 698, 700, 753, 1270, 1480, H629;,../639,- 1675, 730 Pleuronectidae 142, 254, 264, 366, 473, 474, 601, 619, 631, 688%. 6/10), J Dif, 8067. 82422979) L009, HOLS, 193) 12:20; 1293), —<'294" 1295,° 1296, 1298, 12997) 300, ssi, 1343, 1368; 460), 254), 1572) 639 a7 so Poeciinddae 52, 79, .85,..90, 97, 130), sn). W325 9133, 134, WZ, WAG LAS eS LOZ), 5S) ay eS Sr lS Ono Sr/ soe lt S/n olor LOO TO 262) eos), Loa OS loom on los nLoO ele Or OW SZ Lode OS: 222 1c o Oye sO 2 0 menOo eT ZO 6,5 0503), S26 S42, 45, S65, 4 Aeon 436 437, 458, 457, 457a, 462, 464, 465, 498, 519, 523, 528, 549, 584 588, 590, 617, 618, 631, 639, 647, 648, 649, 650, 680, 683, 69 {O95b), BOD.) S22 paleo La Sh2 oO acho Rho) OloaED el6y, S17; ols, Slo, S20). 82, 822). .0905),, 896.897) SS8),..900), 913, 924, 933, 938a, 949, 970, 977, 978, 982, 1004, 1005, 1OOS O29 pelOS4 OWT), Oss 7 OO LOO aLOOSy. elOde, LOA eZ Oy eS Orroroo SS) les 47 es Sr als Sy ales Oo}. IAG a4 LOS 204, 220228) 5 24 Ore e253), ods, TSO SOG al Ov) sel SOS, SO 9ese sO) Ss 4 OFS 49) 7 ol Si9Or 1394, 1395, 1396, 1398, 1400, 1401, 1402, 1403, 1404, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1410, 1411, 1412, 1413, 1414, 1415, 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1422, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1454, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1462, 1463, 1464, 1488a, 1496, 1533, 1534, 1538, 1561, 1583, 1584, 1620, 1622, 1623, 1624, 1637, 1638, 1640, 1644, 1648, 1649, 1650, NGSa oS 2 e537, 1654, 1655, Le56,, LES Ese 65or 1660, 1661, 1662, 1663, 1692, 1693, 1694, 1695, 1696, MOO OTe ro, LIL, VWiy2, 80, 7 Sis e195) aero oe Pomacentridae 93, 99, 100, 101, 554, 653 =-S= Salmonidae- (45-253), 4° 5\2"6" 71,7 8, 29), 2 iO ae ie Ss alae Lo lG in ESE mo a 2a 2223) ea 25 e26) Buco Zor Or Si S30 S35, 36, 37, 38, 39; 40,--41,, 4205¢43) 55450) 4a or Oral ou, Sn 597. Ol ss 162) 20S. Ole U2 ee) Opa OOo SQ Soi omin o Onn OG pe LO 4 wlOd pill Sle ere gD OOS tS emmes ion 1S yeerts Ola 2 as a7. SOL RO, Wise ele Zee lian lope lee mos, USGS Sina SS. tS pole eo yn On ee ila oe 220; 223i, 22D; 220, 232, 23/7, 240, 2542 259) 262, nizoss ZAowie 268), 269, 270,. 271, 2ZIZ, 213%, 214 2 Deo Orme or 23810, 284, “28:4,, 29, “294, 295, 296;- 297 S04 -S0S eso, Sa SLA nS pe LO SLO SSO Se Sn oa as 134 eo Lor SAM S43 po SDD 4 ODS ph Oe ph US ht OU eS oD Oe a SOs Oe 383.365, 386, 38779390), 393), 394. 396 71397) 72399.,.7404. 406, 418, 419, 425, 426, 429, 433, 434, 446, 453, 454, 455, 459, 460, 466, 467, 469, 470, 474, 477, 481, 486, ASYe. 491% 496, 497, 498). 502,503, 05, 5060750 7.. SoOSr Si ile), Sy, DLS, 524, S25, 5307) SSL, Ds D425 eo oor 550s Dai DOS repo Din DOO At S64. 565). 567. SLO) olovi2) nae 5S2Ze bso, Sov, 59s, D944, 595, 597, 598) 6007601 602, 603) 606, 608, 609, 612, 614, (619; (6215). 6257046267, O2iee 63'0;, 1632),- .633,,. 634,635; 636,,. 637.2 638 ,. 643), (644), 7645) 646, 10567, O58),- 00154 1005). 1007 1 u0.OSG, 40/15, LOI 5) eal Suma oler 682), 3689, 691.,, 695a,. 696), 699. /01 06; wht, 20S). walls: Wei ZO, 30; (3, J/33oy- eS) pe wil AIaO,. Cade 26) eto (oe Ss. I5>, T7166, Ti, 1/8;. 019) 780) 78 84 aeSuEe U92, I9f, 799, 803, 805, 809, S10) 811) 83455828), 3829 S505 OS G4 pO 4D ps 849 4 850, COT m8 9)) 607 pcos wool, 871, 872, 874, 884, 889, 890, 892, 894, 899, 906, 922, 923, 927, 930, 931, 935, 936, 938a, 943, 945, 947, 951, 956,. 963,. 964,. 967, 969, 983,. 984, 985, 986, (_987,,..988;, 9897. 990. 993, 995,. 1004, 10057" 1006) LO0S es Lola OG, MOM etOZOe LOZ s O22) 1023), W024. O29 = hOSOr tO saa Oss), L034, 1035, 1036. 1037,.-L038), 1039), 10407 s1043) O45, 04%. L048" 1049S 1050s n LOS2e2 1053 LOSS) VOGi ale LO62, “LO63;,, TO64, 1065,. 1066, V067,,, 1070. TOSS, Oss TO93) e095), L096), L102 TOS). eS) 2 8) aa Gy alae AS) le?) stds). LSS) 61 SENG 3) Sel 64) ao Sy lelwZOy. VAG ld Sly pel Ol, LOS, 61203), eh 20S 2) 206) wel 2Oi AO Si TAOS) srl WI Eo) ea We 2a a hy ms Li28 Aled ios Ye Wg) Le wa boda iy mT Ty s I 2117/ 2S ie Oy. 226). he? 7 Loe Oe I 230 292 elo So) leo i PAS AAaASA | L245 2465 248 1255) 258) 0258) ee eo OO), 224 PA 2 eIve2G Bel 7p 293 A 30S pol 305, 1312,- 1313, 1315; L3UG6e Us als Ziy 1322, S24 els 25) 727) LoZ2e;, 13347 1335772113507 2356 201'359) sols60, 741363, 2364, 1366, 1367, S75), 37S, sCOre sel els 9Sye 39, 7399). l4237 - 1424) 1429, 1430, 1431, 1433, 1440, 1441, 1442, 1443, 1449, 1465, 1466, 1470, 1473, 4474, 1475," 148i)" 14625-14897, 1490, 1491, 1493, 1494, 1495, 1497, 1498, 1499, 1502, 503); Loe; “1524, 8528771532, 1540," 1540 1542," 1543; S44 et bO46 polo ao eelt S50), US5i%, 1552, 1554, 1555, 1557, T5537 — tooo, L560, 15647, WS697) 1s72, 573, 1574, 15755 E576 7,2 Lois 7 58:8 S79, 1580, 1581, 1587, 1590, 1606, Hows U6lS,, 6253 /1626;,5) 16307) 16327-16337 “1634-16397 G68), 2tl6m0 sal6 71s eele72, L676, 1677; 1678, 1679, 1680, H6OS1 2 683), L686, 1710, VA P7287) isle S27 lg 3S ljSszatiivov Lalo 1763 ,.2b/64, 1773 1778), 1782, 1783; IPAS briets UU Kel o praedl 72 \ cpr gmm by /eKC) peda ASN) ancl gr Ae bata EF Ao)/ Ay al LIS) Sciaenidae 1022 Scombridae 292, 691, 937, 1075, 1319 Scorpaenidae 149, 1158, 1269, 1351 Serranidae 873, 1476, 1477, 1592, 1594 Sparidae 691, 1193, 1431 Stromateidae 691, 1254, 1431 -T- TEpeglidae ~69]1, 873, 1431;)1514 **Hybrids referred to by order, not family 86, 1013, 1062, 1064 225 SINGLE SPECIES -A= Abrama brama 1370 Abramidopsis leukartii 845 Abramilopsis leuckarti 961 Abramis 289 Abramis abrama-rutilus 1359 Abramis ballerus 1193 Abramis brama 245, 289, 290, 326, 364, 429, 681, 682, JA07 199, 83oa, “838-905, “96l,. 1193-12495 21253); P3697 e3927-1516; 1698. 1724, (1725571727 Abramis brama danubii 241 Abramis buggenhagii 1725 Abramis melanops 290, 961 Abramis rhinorhinus 961 Acanthophthalmus kuhlii 320 Acanthopterygii 86 Acanthorhodeus asmussii 1193 Acanthorhodeus macropterus tonkinensis 742 Acanthorhodus atranalis 908 Acanthorhodus chankoensis 908 Acanthorhodus macropterus 908 Acanthurus achilles 219, 1304 Acanthurus glaucopareicus 1304 Acanthurus glaucopareius 219 Acerina 600 Acerina acerina 1193, 1280 226 690, 1349, Acerina cernua 691, 767, 1193, 1349 Acheilognathus himantegus 1543, 1743 Acheilognathus lanceolatus 1743 Acheilognathus limbatus 750, 1554, 1743 Acheilognathus moriokae 782, 1554 Acheilognathus rhombea 752 Acheilognathus sp. 1554 Acheilognathus tabira 750, 752 Acheilognathus variegatus 131 Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser Acipenser 406727287 12193 x Huso 728 (Acipenser) guldenstaedtii 185 (Acipenser) stellatus 185 baeri 991, 1191, 1193 beluga 112 (Euacipenser) glaber 185 (Euacipenser) ruthenus 185 glaber 185 gueldenstaedti 435 guidenstadti 719; 1191, 1192; OSE 1197. oa433F guldenstadti colchinus 719 guldenstadtii 845, 1193 guldenstaedti 799 guldenstaedti colchicus 241 guldenstaedtii 185 huso 845 1698 Acipenser nudiventris 241, 435, 826, 857, 1191, 1192, 1193, IAS 7) T3277, L698 227 Acipenser nudiventris derjavini 904 AcTpenser Luchenus) 66, 112, 185) 1967 215) 25470 372) 94065 Sills OO pe iio 7977 799) 90a, SOON whOM SF realkO)S e/a aml elk nee LOZ eos 1197, - 1198)" 1294, 1346, T435Ftogs Acipenser ruthenus x Huso huso 254 Acipenser ruthenus x (Acipenser ruthenus x Acipenser stellatus) alae )s) Acipenser ruthenus x Acipenser stellatus 1193, 1197 Acipenser ruthenus marsigilii 1193 Acipenser ruthenus ruthenus 241 Acipenser schrenki 1191 Acipenser schypa 845 Acipenser stellate 1119 Acipenser stellatus 185, 845, 904, 1191, 1192, 1193, 1197, 1698 Acipenser stellatus stellatus .241 Acipenser sturio 241, 929 Acrocheilus 1042 Acrocheilus alutaceus 1478, 1496 Adinia 528 Aequidens rivulatus 966 Agosia 1042 Agosia chrysogaster 1105 Akula 1062 Albask 1555 Alburnoides bipunctates eichwaldi 507 Alburnus alburnus 244, 290, 429, 799, 905, 1193, 1252, ISAORE T3597 13697, 1370), 1698 1726 i277 Alburnus alburnus alburnus 241 Alburnus charusini hohenarkesi 1193 228 12535, Alburnus dolobratus 961, 1359 Alburnus filippii 507, 1193 Alburnus leydigii 869 Alburnus lucidus 869, 961 Alburnus nobilis 1369, 1370 Alburnus rosenhaueri 290 Algonsea popoche 253 Algonsea tincella 253 Allotoca dugesi 579 Alosa alosa 1193, 1199 Alosa caspla caspia 832 Alosa finta 1193, 1199 Alosa kessleri kessleri 1327 Alosa kessleri volgensis 832, 1327 Alosa sapidissima 619 AMAagon4 9/30), 3826), L230), 1233; P5438 Ambloplites cavifrons 380 Ambloplites constellatus 938a Ambloplites rupestris 380, 388, 430, 431, 677, 714, 795, 938a, 1627 Ambloplites rupestris ariommus 391 Ambloplites rupestris (cavifrons) 380 Ambloplites rupestris:cavifrons 380, 795 Ambloplites rupestris rupestris 380, 391 Ameca splendens 579 Ameiurus melas catulus 659 Ameiurus melas melas 659 Ammocrypta vivax 362 229 Amphiprion 653 Amphiprion ephipium 99 Amphiprion ephippium 93, 100, 101 Amphiprion frenatus 93, 99, 100, 101 Amul, Baikal 184 Amur 1517 Amur, white 124 Anabontoidei 1064 Anarhichas lupus 256 Anarhichas minor 256 Anarrhichas lupus 979 Anarrhichas minor 979 Anatolichthys 465, 528, 899, 1669 Anatolichthys anatoliae 465 Anatolichthys chantrei 465 Anatolichthys iberus 1669 Anatolichthys splendens 1669 Anatolichthys transgrediens 1669 Anchoa compressa 491 Angel, blue 211 Angelfish, blacklace 642 Angelfish, blue 351, 1699 Angelfish, French 108, 1124 Angelfish, gray 1124 Angelfish, grey 108 Angelfish, lemonpeel 1561 Angelfish, pearly-scaled 1561 230 Angelfish, queen 211, 351, 1699 Angelfish, silver 642 Angelichthys townsendi 1699 Anguilla anguilla 308 Anguilla rostrata 308 Ano, ladoga 1449 Anoptichthys 900, 1256, 1263, 1264, 1585, 1745, 1748 Anoptichthys antrobius 321, 1262, 1263, 1264, 1375, 1746, 1747, 1748 Anoptichthys antrobius x Astyanax mexicanus 1262 Anoptichthys hubbsi 1375, 1746, 1747, 1748 Anoptichthys jordani 1375, 1734 Apeltes 691 Apeltes quadracus 1431 Aphanius 465, 528, 899, 1620, 1669 Aphanius cypris 1669 Aphanius dispar 528 Aphanius dispar dispar 1669 Aphanius dispar richardsoni 652, 1669 Aphanius fasciatus 1669 Aphanius iberus 1669 Aphanius mento mento 652 Aphanius sophiae 1669 Aphyocharanx rubropinnis 1069 Aphyosemion 1620 Aphyosemion albrechtsi 1582 Aphyosemion albrechtsi x Aphyosemion fasciolatus 1582 Aphyosemion arnoldi 91, 1386, 1387 231 Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion australe 88, 91, 590, 1582 australe x Aphyosemion gardneri 1582 beauforti 88 beauforti (gulare) 1582 bertholdi 88, 1386, 1582 bitaeniatum 1582 bivittatum 91, 1386 bivittatum bitaeniatus 1582 bivittatum (lonnbergi) 1582 brueningi 88 brunningi 88 bualanum 91 caeruleum 558 Galiinuram’-88,°91, 1386, 1582 calliurum 91 cameronense 1386 cameronensis 91 celiae 1582 celiare 88 chaperi 1582 christy? 9V; 1386, 1582 christyl x Aphyosemion cognatum 1582 1386, cCinnamomeum 91, 1582 cognatum 91, 1386, 1582 cognatum x Aphyosemion schoutedeni 1386, congreatum 91 crichardi 1582 232 1582 Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion Aphyosemion elegans 1386 exiguum 91 fasciolatus 1582 fasciolatus albrechtsi 1582 1386, 1582 filamentosum 88, 91, Gardneri 188--9%,- 92, 590, 932, 1386, 1387, gardneri x Aphyosemion australe 88 gardneri x Aphyosemion scheeli 1582 gardneri lacustre 932 gery1 1582 geryl x SL-18 1582 gulare 91711386, )1582 holimae 1582 labarrei 91, 1386, 1582 laberrei 88, 91 liberiense 1386 Jiberiensis 1582 lineatus 91, 1582 loennbergi 1386 marmoratum 91 milesi 1582 mini-killie 91, 1582 mini-killie x Aphyosemion gardneri 1582 mirabile traudeae 88, 92 mirabile traudei 91, 1582 multicolor 1386, 1582 multifasciatus 1582 233 1582 Aphyosemion ndianum 91, 1386 Aphyosemion obscurum 91 Aphyosemion occidentale 1386 Aphyosemion occidentalis 1582 Aphyosemion ogoense 1386 Aphyosemion ogoensis 91 Aphyosemion petersii 1386 Aphyosemion roloffi 88, 1386 Aphyosemion santa-isabella 1582 Aphyosemion santa-isobellae 88 Aphyosemion scheeli 88, 92, 1582 Aphyosemion scheeli x Aphyosemion cinnamomeum 1582 Aphyosemion schoutedeni 91, 1386, 1582 Aphyosemion sexfasciatus 1582 Aphyosemion sheljuzhkoi 1582 Aphyosemion sjoestedi 91 Aphyosemion sjoestedti 1386 Aphyosemion sjostedti 1582 Aphyosemion splendopleure 1386 Aphyosemion spurelli 1582 Aphyosemion striatum 91, 1582 Aphyosemion toddi 1582 Aphyosemion walkeri 91, 1386, 1387, 1582 Aphyosemion werneri (jonklassi) 1582 Aplocheilus annulatus 1386 Aplocheilus bifasciatus 1386 Aplocheilus chaperi 1386 Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus Aplocheilus chevalieri 1386 dageti 1386 dayi 1386, 1582 deyi 91 fasciolatus 1386 grahami 1386 lineatus 91, 1386 longiventralis 1386 macrostigma 1386 panchax 91, 1386 sexfasciatus 1386 spilargyreius 1386 Apomotis 696, 1070 Apomotis cyanellus 696, 1070, 1193, 1545 Arctogadus glacialis 1212 AGESECTCAChYS NObI1Is' 139, 177) 178,179) 264,338, S39), <40,, CUZ IZ I ZO peo oOn Goon LOO, -L002,.) 1514. 1545,. 2565, 1645, 1646, 1647, 1803 Aristichthys nobilis x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 1803 Arx 88 Asp 1327 Aspik 1555 Asplus saspius, 290, 1252, 1327, 1698 Astyanax 900, 1256, 1263, 1264, 1585, 1745, 1748 Astyanax x Anoptichthys 1748 Astyanax antrobius 1439 Astyanax fasciatus 1257 Astyanax hubbsi 1439 235 Astyanax jordani 1439 Asitvanax mexicanus'321, 1257, 1262, 1263, 1264, 1375, a3e8s), IS89P aso M7 Sa AS 46) aS Astyanax mexicanus x Astyanax antrobius 1264 Astyanax mexicanus x Anoptichthys hubbsi 1746 Astyanax microphtalmum 94 Astyanax ogoense 94 Atherina pontica 1193 Atherinomorpha 86 Atherinops affinis 491 Azumanishiki 190 Babusca 471 Backorring 491 Backroding 172 Bahu 1467 Baran 1062 Barb, cherry 558 Barb, golden 590, 944 Barb, rosy 840, 944 Barb, ruby 944 Barb, Schubert's 590 Barb, tiger 840, 944 Barbus 247 Barbus alluaudi 247, 248 Barbus barbus 908, 919, 1341, 1342, 1708 Barbus brachycephalus 908 Barbus capeto 507 236 Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Barbus Bass, Bass, Bass, Bass, 1 capito 908 capito conocephalus 1595 comiza 144, 145, 908 conchonius 504, 840, 944 cyclolepis 1342 Lacerta 506,/ 507, longiceps 247, 652 macrocephalus 144, 145 meridionalis 919, 1708 meridionalis petenyi 908 microcephalus 908 murna 507 nigrofasciatus 504, 944 petenyi 1341, 1342 plebejus 908 semifasciolatus 944 steindachneri 144, 145, 908 sumatronus 840 tetrazona 320, 1185, 1188 titteya 558 tropidolepis 248 Florida largemouth 427, 783 guadalupe 547 hybrid 300 largemouth 388, 395, 400, 430, 714, 783, OilO), WAS), alow ilgalee algal algae. aly/As} T7380 LIS A407 Vi 42 Bass, largemouth black 860 237 860, M736), 1009, Sis, Bass, largemouth (Florida) 1250 Bass, largemouth (northern) 1250 Bass, largemouth (spotted) 1147 Bass, largemouth x Bass, smallmouth 1716, 1722 Bass, Neosho smallmouth 761 Bass, reciprocal 1377 Bass, red tail 96 Bass, rock 388, 430, 1627 Bass, smallmouth 388, 400, 430, 547, 860, 1009, 1010, 1105, P47, 21Z2507-s1267, 1714, 1716,.1722). 27237, 473i DAO aa Bass, smallmouth x bass, largemouth 430, 1722 Bass, smallmouth black 860 Bass, spotted 430, 1105, 1267 Bass; °striped 115, 120, 125, 260, 261, 300, 384,490) 705, 2d. S41, 842, 843, 965, 976, 1160,.1374 1308) sia Hr4387 51483, 1509, 1537, 17005. 1750), 2/Sie a7 SZ Bass, striped x bass, white 260, 261, 300 Bass, striped hybrid 883 Bass, owhite: 115, 120, 125, 260, 261, 300;> 314), 322, 384; 490, 705, 727, 767, 841, 842, 843, 965,. 976, 1160, 1314, [3S was, L438, 1483), 1509. £503; W537 00 als 75 OF eee, 752 Bass, white x bass, striped 260, 261 (Bass, white x bass, striped) x bass, striped 261 Bass, whiterock 125 Bass, yellow 300, 314, 322, 1438, 1700 Bata 53 Bata-calbasu 405 Bathygobius 653 Bathygobius andrei 654 238 Bathygobius soporator 654 Batrachus tau 1431 Belone acus 1193 Belugas 56,7406 p10), e251, i285 7317, S69, 370,5374,,. 372,, 406; bis, 604, 9651, 786, 797, 825, S8l, 903), 79Rl, 2912 7.2003), Io eh ee | Uae Xo) a alate abate yyy alaleys}e ababe yay pe alaltesyewalale yey alalicye} TQS), 1200, 1201, 1346, 1432 ,°1434, 1471). 1472 Beluga sxisterlet 251, 369), 370, 2192,-1193 Beluga x sterlyad 1194, 1200 Beluga x sterylad 56, 371 Beluga, Amur 996, 997 Beluga, sturgeon 420 Beluga x (Beluga x sterlet) 1191, 1193 Beluga x (Beluga x Sterlyad) 1200 (Beluga x sterylad) x (Beluga x sterylad) 56 Beluga x Sterlydy 1193 Beluga x ((Beluga x sterylad) x (beluga x Sterylad)) 56 Belugo, Amur 178 Belugo, tolstolobika 178 pester 25lne2S5, whe, 92, 1198, T3277 13438) T436 Betta imbellis 1344 Betta smarogdina 1344 Betta splendens 1329, 1344 Big head 405, 410, 1645 Bighead 1001, 1002, 1371, 1684, 1685 Bigmouth 141, 1755 Bik 1062 Birbal 405 Birychok 1193 239 Biryochok 1193 Biwamasu 1544, 1546, 1549, 1551 Biwa-masu 1543 Biwia lenoke 491 Biwia zezera 405, 491 Blackfish 1147 Blackfish, Sacramento 357, 383 Blageon 188 Blasik 1555 Bikeake290); 4297, 667, 905, 1205, 1280, 12572; sei 2Zox ioe Bivecabyjoerkna 290, 429, 799, 905, 961, 1193S) "1251 e12537 1A. wsS9;, 12382y 1698 Blicca bjoerkna bjoerkna 241, 739 Bliccopsis abramorutilus 961 Bliciopsis abramo-rutilus 1251 Bloater 390 Bitmeqully 233) 2347423554254, 257, 331,. 332,-379,° 388, 3S0) 395), 400, 430, 473, 545, 556, 557, 561, 6135) 7137 uae TAM; 763), 764,. 793, 8347, 954;,) 955210092. JOO), 10437 OSTe MOO? PLLA Aaa Ve, 7 sei, TSO, Tal44 OA ela 2 a. elo 2a 7, ALB, 7S, ei ZO, aed, Ae S'S), 1739 aan? ale Bluegill, green 545 Bluegill, hybrid 926 Bluegill x sunfish, green 331 Bluegill x sunfish, redbreast 388 Bluegill x sunfish, redear 388, 473 Bluegill x warmouth 1009, 1010 Boleosoma nigrum 659 Boleosoma nigrum eulepis 659 Boleosoma nigrum nigrum 659 240 Bonytail 1496 Boolara 1153a Bora-tanago 1543 Brachiodanio rerio 629 Brachydanio 758, 1561 Brachydanio albolineatus 457a, 538, 591, 592, 711, 758, 1068, 1281 Brachydanio frankei 590, 758, 925, 1068, 1069 Brachydanio nigrofasciatus 558, 590, 591, 758, 1068 Brachydanvo *rervo 3207) cA Saye Oo Sie DOS DoIOnn Dol O92), faa De), 92 5 O68) LO6os Sires S Beer Zea Brachydanio sp. 591 Brachydanio tweediei 1068 Brachymystax lenok 267 Brama brama 1359 Bream 326, 364, 395, 429, 473, 474, 667, 681, 682, 690, SsiGa;, SISOS, 294 2205; 13275 13707) U572 7 AI 24 el 2S elice, Bream, black 526 Bream, buggenhagen 1253 Bream, eastern 1370 Bream, giant Georgia 1406 Bream, pomeranian 1725 Bream, red 526 Bream, silver 429, 1251 Bream, white 667, 905, 1205 Breme 1253 Brevoortia 804 Brevoortia patronus 952, 959, 1286, 1287, 1323 241 Brevoortia smithi 488, 489, 624, 756, 952, 959, 1286, 1287, 1323, 1646a Brevoortia tyrannus 488, 489, 624, 756, 952, 959, 1286, 1323, 1646a BrvilecOon 572, 1296) 332 Broding 984 Brookinaw 352, 406, 425, 707, 1049 Brownbow 491, 1049, 1050, 1088 Bubble eye 1801 Burtalo, Digmouth 332, 337; 675; 1523 Burfralo” black 1447," 337,,, 675i, 2ors3 Buffalo, mongrel 1480 Buffalo, smallmouth 332, 675 Buffalo, sulpin 619 Buffalofish, bigmouth 445, 1755 Buffalofish, black 445, 1755 Buffalohead 546 Bullhead 1667 Bullhead, black 1424 Bullhead, brown 1424 Burdur 1669 Ca tram den 1617 Ca chep 1617 Ca diec 1617 Ca me hoa 1617 Ca me trang 1617 Ca tram co 1617 i » is) Calbahu 907, 1467 Calbasu 34, 53, 405, 406 Calbasu gonius 405 Calbasu-mrigal-calbasu 405 Calbasu-rohu 405 Calico 190, 1543, 1801 Campostoma 1042, 1074 Campostoma anomalum 392, 610, 665, 1074, 1144, 1338, 1352, 1353, 1496, 1743 Campostoma anomalum anomalum 359, 360, 442, 1354 Campostoma anomalum auratus 1480 Campostoma anomalum oligolepis 363, 376 Campostoma anomalum pullum 359, 360, 363, 376, 442, 1354, 1480 Campostoma ornatum pricei 1105 Capoeta damascina 652 Capoeta damascinus 247 Carangoides caeruleopinnatus 1749 Carangoides malabaricus 1749 Carassiops 1523 CahasSTUS# LS (S00. 2207, 128, SLL) Or Win SU lye LOLA eo, LENO DT OS E2537, ebZ80 Carassius asuratus 1565 Carassius auratus Aya aol BS e 2a at, 2901332), £017, O29), 6S, JOS, 720, J23, F423, >i 166 Sioa, S77a, 878i, S02), BOOZ LOO5 4 0S. 6 lS 3ial LSS SG iOS 22 Sime 27a 1280, L349), "13915. 392, . 4a. T4sh e444 41496415057 15547-30570, 157i, 1596 1668),>417: 74). 13802: Carassius auratus X Carassius Carassius 1413 Carassius auratus auratus 241, 398, 875, 876, 1168, 1187 Carassius auratus buergeri 876 243 Carassius auratus cuvieri 875, 876, 879, 1224, 1411 Carassius auratus cuvieri x Cyprinus carpio 1411 Carassius auratus (Demekin variety) 1554 Carassius auratus gibelio 79, 85, 97, 131, 254, 290, 720, 8357 12797 1349 Carassius auratus grandoculis 876 Carassius auratus langsdorfi 1411 Carassius auratus langsdorfii 874, 875, 876, 877, 878, 880 Carassius auratus subspecies 876, 877, 878, 880 Carassius auratus (Wakin variety) 1554 Carassius buergeri 1566, 1426 Carassius. Carassius 79, 853,97 « ASL; 240761254) 2 90) e429; 720, 182, 808, 873, 874, 876a, 902, 1004, 1005, 1024" O22 AO2 ee AISS+s 12215 1280, JS49). 1359) S69) el SiOr 3347 139. L413; 2602, £667, 1668, 1673, asl ey Carassius Carassius X Cyprinus carpio 1193 Carassius Carassius auratus 405 Carassius carassius haematopterus 1600 Carassius cuvierl 1426 Carassius langsdorfi 1426 Carassius langsdorfii 1566 Carassius vulgaris 131 Carp.75, 221, 131, 171, 177, 183, 2287 229)2323 05, 254762867 332,377, 398, 410, 412, 416,. 429, 442, 47a), 483) 725497 5575775 1098), 761.97 657 1667 2/691 ,on/09),; 7206 ZS ibis LOO W788, 835, 853, 875,5 904,- 90a, G18, 9207 9967 997F .998F LOOK L002)" 1009;7 10241 1025, LO25ayy 1OZ6ry HO2Z8Te 0627 LO6Ay = 1085;,) L105, 5 71975 Aas aD eS A Arie ely alle 12045" 1222; 12230 1224, 125334 126672 1280%a I 288ra 29 4y 1370), 137L, 1372, 1373, 1405, a4. 7 43425) aS 1480, 1496, 1505,: 1514, 12515, L5Sii6.. a Sis7 a5 23) ellos 5y 1543, 1547, 1570, 1571, 1598, 1599) 16037 1604lo2s) 1641, 1644, 1645, 1667, 1685, 1688, 1689, 1727, 1766, LOS r eA oO ene Os VOOG Carp x Carassius 728 244 Carp x carp, Silver 228 Carp x yellowfish, clonewilliam 1535 Carp, American 1008 Carp, Amurns60 Lisi 254, 401,853, 856, 858, 1909), 8; ZI Ie oOo, LOZ6, GOS LOS, 687 tools, Carp, Amur grass 179 Carp, Amur sazan 1787 Carp, Amur white 536 Carp, Amur wild 177, 864 Eauprebig belly 771, 7.73, 1120, 34122), 1123), 1768 Carp, big-belly 1767 Carp, big head 228, 405, 1012, 1565 earpr bighead 121, 177, 179), 264, 338, 339, 672, 1803 Carp, bighead x carp, silver 1803 Carp, bighead grass 179 Carp, bigheaded 404 Carp, bikack: 1617 Carp, blue 1i22, 1768 Carp, blue-grey 771 Carp, blue grey 773, 1768 Carp, blue grey x carp, gold 773 Carp, chep 1617 Carp, Chinese 405, 774, 1119, 7-aa'22,..1 767. Carp, Chinese big-belly 1119 Carp, Chinese big belly 774 Carp, Chinese grass 179, 1008 Carp, Chinese strain 1769 245 IDS Ar 1081, 1646, 1805 Carp, common 355, 403, 813, 1568 Carp, Crucian 254, 429, 667, 720, 813, 857,987 920,) 9475 1025, .l025a7 1028, L413 7 269 Orls7297. Carp, czech 1079 Carp, Danube wild 236 Carp, domestic 236, 1365 Carp, domesticated scaled 298 Garp, Dor hybrid 1797 Camp, Dor=/0) 77l, 1122, 1768, 1769 Carp, eastern 861, 1179, 1435 Carp, Huropean 774, 856, 1119, 1123, 1767 Carp, European mirror 1120 Carp, frame scale 177 Carp, funa 1279 Carp, Galician 858, 864, 1079, 1178 Carp, Galician mirror 60, 858 Carp, Galician mirror x Carp, Amur 858 Carp, Galicienne 1280 Carp, German 1547, 1548 Carp, German scaled 1548 Carpregold~ 7717" 773,-L122, 1768, 1769 Carp, golden 1617 Carp, gold big belly 773 Carp, gold big belly x Carp, gold 773 Carp, grass 124; 177, 228, °264, 338,.339'7 3557 405 40F 672, 6947 410027 #10077" 1012, “1080, -13 70 eS Abel Sii2r 14697 1513, L514, L515, 156; 565) aonb Carp, grey 1768 Carp, Hol-B 771 246 1405, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Holland B 1768 Hungarian 1373, 1765 Indian 403, 405 Indonesian 856 Israeli 536, 1513 Carp, Israeli mirror 1080 Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Carp, Japanese 1547, 1548 Japanese colored 97 Kawachi Crucian 813 koibuna 782 Korean Russian 827 kurak 728 kurk strain 858 kursk 858, 1805 large scale 1691 lausitz 1280 Heachers7S5 line 545 luskata 921 mirror 298, 545 95/85)/26858, 72864 ,. 1282 . 53970), SAY, “S48 2568, 1805 mirror xX Carp, amur 858 mud 254, 1565 nas 1122 Nasice, 771, 112271768 Norgorod 1805 olt 1280 ornamental 831 247 DZ 6% Carp, Polish 1765 Carp, pond 286 Carp, Prussian 254 Carp, ropsha 189, 401, 855, 857, 863, 864, 865, 866, 909 (922, 2178, 1180, 2435, 1527, 1597, 600A; 1614, 1690, 1805 Carp, ropshian 858, 862 Carp, sazan 1604 Carp, scale 177, 545 Carp, scale x Carp, mirror 545 Carp, scaled 1805 Carp, scarlet 875 Carp, scattered type 864 Carp, silver 53, 177, 228, 355, 404, 405, 410, 672, NOOZ, LOOT, 1370, B37L, 1469, i507, 1565; ese; 97, L803 Carp, small scale 1687, 1691 Carp, smallhead 1603 Carp sp. 404 Carp, suit-ghiol 1280 Carp, Szarvas 1765 Carp, Transcaucasian 856 Carp, Ukranian /858 (862, ,1081,. 5277) a603)7 Lele Carp, Ukranian ropsha 864, 865 Carp, Ukranian scaly 1282 Carp, Ukranian white 1603 Carp, white Amur 1080, 1411, 1413 Garp, watd 177. 286, 298, 41:6,::728, 19097) 282) 1365), TSAO; £435), Pol4, 1527 Carp, wild Amur 1288 248 901, 16017 16037 1684, Carp, Yamato 1547, 1548 Carp, yanco 1153a Carp, Yugoslavia strain 1769 Carpio kollari 869, 1359 Carpiodes carpio 775 Carpiodes cyprinus 775 Carpiodes velifer 775 Caspialosa kessleri 1349 Caspialosa kessleri pontica 1349 Caspialosa pontica 1349 Catfish, albino channel 1713 Catfish, black bullhead 535 Catfish, blue 254, 445, 495, 533, 534, 535, 676, 1424, 1794 Catfish, brown bullhead 535 Catiish,! channel’ 96, 254, 445 ,3;495,,, 533, 534,. 535,676, SOF UZIS). foe Catfish, flathead 535, 1424 Catfish, white 533, 534, 535, 1119, 1424, 1794 Catfish, wild channel 1713 Catfish, yellow bullhead 535 Catla 53, 254, 405, 406, 798, 1643 Catlacat la 53, 139 ~:402, -403, 404;, 405, 406), .408,,.1694., 7/28, MIG 198, LOOG a LAO S65; 64s Catla catla x Labeo rohita 404 Catla-calbasu 405 Catla-mrigal-calbasu 405 Catla-rohu 405 Catostomus 279, 1099, 1105, 11937, 5247, 1642 249 Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus LIL TS hs Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus 1174, Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus Catostomus ardens 938a brevirostris 938a catostomus 332, 1144, 1171, 1173, 1235 clarki 882; 1635 columbianus 1105 commersoni 191, 332, 745, 938a, 1032, 1105, 1144, (4 2D, 23/5 commersoni suckleyi 1424 commersonii 336, 1171 commersonni 1125, 1126 discobolus 745, 938a, 1173 fumeiventris 938a INSTONTS.6096,, 11005) 1523 latipinnis 249, 696, 745, 938a, 1105, 1173, 1642 latipinnis discobulus 696 latipinnis latipinnis 696 Juxatus 176, 938a macrochneriius 191, 332, 336, 1105, Wigs iae7sr OST, el Zlt2t Y aE23'5 microps 1149 occidentalis 1149 (Pantosteus) santaanae 938a platyrhynchus 766, 1147, 1235, 1635 Santaanae 938a santannae 279 snyderi 176, 938a 250 Catostomus sp. 1105 Catostomus syncheilus 1193 Catostomus tahoensis 766, 938a, 1147 Cavefish, chica 1375, 1439 Cavefish, Pachon 1375, 1439, 1748 Cavefish, river 1375, 1439 Cavefish, Sabinos 1375, 1439, 1748 Cazan 1193 Celestial 1801 Centrarchus macropterus 358, 388, 677 Centropyge flavissimus 1525, 1561 Centropyge vroliki 1525 Centropyge vrolikii 1561 Cephalopholis fulva 1476, 1592 Chaenobrytthus 1083, 1084 Ghaenobryctus) 528,860, A711 ,27 1712 Chaenobryttus x Lepomis 1711 Chaenobryttus coronarius 767 Chaenobryttus cyanellus 1105 Chaenobryttus gulosus 224, 410, 411, 677, 757, LOOST AVOU0; 1083, L084,.1L0S), 7a a2 Chaetodon 219 Chaetodon aureofasciatus 1304 Chaetodon auriga 1304 Chaetodon ephippium 350, 1304 Chaetodon kleine 1304 Chaetodon lunula 1304 Chaetodon meyeri 1304 251 13%, 139 Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Chaetodon Char 330, TOS O;, 1540, miliaris 1304 multicinctus 1304 ornatissimus 1304 pelewensis 1525, 1304 punctatofasciatus 1304 punctofasciatus 1525 rainfordi 1304 semeion 1304 tinkeri 1304 unimaculatus 1304 xanthocephalus 350, 1304 A945, SOL; HOOF LO937 1541 550, 645, 1205} 696, 1259); 729; E357; 841, Char x Trout, brook 1367 Char, Char, Char, Char, 1541 Char, Char, Chai, Char, red Char, Char, American 6, Arctic 425, brook 1052, lake 1052, alpine 689 1006 American brook 1328 590), 1626, 627, “689, 1259), aurora 272 PMS 57) S90 Japanese 751 £t55,, 1590 LOD Siberian 226 Characodon lateralis 579 Charr, arctic 803, 984 252 1356; 935720999; 1366, Lah, 1497, 1006, 1367, 1498, Charr, Charr, Chari: Charr, Charr, aurora 274, 1303 brook) 237.2977, 984, 10437. 1303, 1728 lake’ 297, 850, 12203 lake x Charr, brook 297 sunapee 614, 850 Chasmistes brevirostris 176, 938a, 1147 Chasmistes liorus 938a Chasmistes luxatus 1147 Chasmistes snyderi 1147 Cherepakha 1062 Chir 309, 310, 643, 644, 1677, 1679, 1680 Chiropeops goodei 1193 Chirostoma chapalae 252 Chirostoma consocium 252 Chirostoma lucius 252 Chirostoma sphyraena 252 Chodskoi sir 1207 Cholcalburnus chalcoides 905 Chondrostoma nasus 290, 814, 905, 1193, 1341, 1359, 1369 Chondrostoma phoxinus 1383 Chondrostoma rysela 1507 Chondrostoma toxostoma 1253, 1359 Christivomer 707 Chromidotilapia (for) 966 Chromidotilapia guntheri 966 Chrosomus 545, 1042 €hrosomus eos’ 545, 659, 665, 759, 940, 942, 1235, 1424, 1520 253 p AkS7A0) T5197, Chrosomus erythrogaster 442, 610, 659, 665, 1212, Chrosomus Chrosomus oreas 665 Chrosomus phoxinus 1074 Chubn429;,5 6677-21093; 4-1147), 12057. 1280, 1572, 3972677 Li27 Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, Chub, arroyo 663, 664, 1147, 1496 bluehead 1496 bonytail 1105 Colorado 1105 common 1144 creek 545, 1144, 1352, 1353, 1496 horneyhead 1352 hornyhead 1266 humpback 1105, 1496 lake 374a, 390, 1173, 1235 mohave 664, 928, 1496 mohave tui 1147 peamouth 326, 390 Rio Grande 938a river 458, 1353, 1496 speckled 1144 spotted 1617 sturgeon 1144 thicktail 356 TMs 35, 363 white 1617 Chumpy 37, 39, 40 254 neogaeus, 545, 759, 940, 942, 1235, 24247 5197 1520 Cichlasoma biocellatum 1339 Cichlasoma cyanoguttatum 767, 966 Cichlasoma meeki 670, 966, 1339 Cichlasoma nigrofasciatum 221, 670, 966 Cichlasoma nigrofasciatus 1339 €rehlid, convict 1339 Cichlid, firemouth 670, 1234, 1339 Cichlid, Texas 1234, 1339 Cichlids 899 Cichlosoma citrinellum 975 Cichlosoma cyanoguttatum 887, 1591 Cichlosoma cyanoguttatus 1234 Cichlosoma labiatum 975 Cichlosoma meeki 1234 Cichlosoma nigrofasciatum 1808 Cichlosoma silurius 1808 Ci 30;,--16 77. €r7rhina 1372 Cirrhina molitorella 728, 799, 1371, Cirrhina mrigala 53, 402, 405, 694, Cirrhina reba 402, 405, 694, 728 Cirrhinus molitorella 254 Cirrhinus mrigala 406, 798 1565 728, 1468, 1643 Gisco 646, 889, 890, 1213; 1235 Aal260 451276, Cisco x Coregonus albula 890 Cisco, lake 1235 Cisco, Onega 889 255 1470, ASS) Ciscoes 272 Clarius macrocephalus 105 Clinostomus 1042 Clinostomus elongatus 610, 659, 665, 1338, 1352, 1424, 1496 Ghinostomus funduloides 458; 622; 2665, 1692, 693% 1157) 1338" 1496, 1743 Clinostomus vandoisulus 610 Clownfish 100 Cobitid 1086 Cobitis 528, 872 Cobitis aurata 507 Cobitis balcanica 244, 246 Cobitis biwae 131, 1193, 1545 Cobitis bulgarica 244, 246 Cobitis radnensis 244 Cobitis taenia 6, 188, 872, 1545 Cobitis taenia striata 1103 Cobitis vallachia 246 Cobitis vallachica 244 Cod 1431 Cod, Pacific 1424 Coho 426 Colisa fasciata 1664, 1665, 1666 Colisa labiosa 1512 Colisa lalia 1512, 1664, 1665, 1666 Comesh Lydoga 1193 Comet 1543 Conger conger 86 256 Convict, pink 670 Coregonids 136 Conegonus, 49)1,.:608;4'675, (899, 1063, 1212, 1213, 1260, > 1524 €onegonus albula,177;4 254, 572, 609, 669, 884, 890, 1024, 1255 Coregonus albula ladogensis 491, 1686 Coregonus albus 491 Coregonus artedi 272, 1235 Coregonus artedii 936, 1276, 1555 €oregonus autummalis 147, 184, 272, 287-922, 1327 Coregonus autumnalis migratorius 1449 Coregonus baeri 491, 1029, 1543 Coregonus baerii 669 Coregonus clupaeformis 608 €oregonus; clupeaformis 272, 491, 1235, 1276, 1555 Coregonus hoyi 936 Coregonus laurettae 147 Coregonus Javaretus, 150, 184, 491, 572, 609, 923, 927, 1024, U255;, 1441 7.1555, L683 Coregonus lavaretus baeri 491, 646, 691, 1004, 1005, 1363, 1364 Coregonus lavaretus baerii 491 Coregonus lavaretus lavaretus 1064 Coregonus lavaretus ludoga 177, 486, 491, 646, 1449 Coregonus lavaretus maraenoides 254, 486, 884, 890, 1024 Coregonus lavaretus Coregonus lavaretus Coregonus lavaretus Inarmaenoides 799 pidschian 150 (whitefish) 272 Coregonus macrophtalmus 1672 Coregonus muXsun 272, Bot) CA AS e SA. SVT 257 Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus Coregonus musksun 147 nasus 272, 309, 797, 889, 1673, e797 1680 nelsoni 1441 nipigon 1555 oxyrhynchus 491, 572 peled 150,309, 4.799, 884, 889, 1678) 1679), 1680 pidschian 147, 272, 453, 572, 1441 pollan 572 Schinzi. 1672 schnizii 1683 Cottus bairdi 938a Cottus bubalis 188 Cottus cognatus 938a Cottus GOod10.173,,.1212 Cottus klamathensis 938a Cottus poeciliopsis 1212 Cottus poecilopus 173 Cottus princeps 938a €ottusi sp. 938a Cottus tenuis 938a Couesius 1042 Couesius plumbeus 374a, 1523 Crappie, A black 332, 379, 388, 400, “430, 7527, £009, “loro; 1087, VAAN AZE, “L627, i339 Grappie, white 332, 379, 388, 400, 527, 10097) A010, 10877 1144, 1424, 1480, 1739 Crenilabrus cinereus 688 Crenilabrus melops 691 258 Crenilabrus ocellatus 688 Crenilabrus pavo 691 Crenilabrus tinca 691 Crenuchus spilurus 1734 Cristivomer namaycush 1245 Cristovomer 390 Crucian, Savinsk silver 254 Ctenolabrus 691, 873, 1193, 1431 Ctenopharyngodon idella 124, 177, 178, 179, 227a, 228, 264, Sh 3387" 339 / "355, 25367 094) e721 2675198, 6846, "996, S987 L002, 1007, LOl2 710807 1369137070 fa 43S); 1469721 504, 1515, -l5i7, V5457) 155354 1582a,- 1644, 1645, 1647 Ctenopharyngodon idellus 139, 410, 1543, 1565 Culaea inconstans 1175 Cunner 1431 Cyclogaster owstoni 1543 Cynoglossus 1296 Cynoscion regalis 1022, 1744 Cyprinodon 679, 1620 Cyprinodon alvarezi 679 Cyprinodon atrorus 94, 448, 1530 ((Cyprinodon atrorus x (Cyprinodon atrorus x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis)) 448 Cyprinodon atrorus x Cyprinodon macularis 94 Cyprinodon atrorus x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis 94, 448, 449 Cyprinodon atrorus EF, 94 Cyprinodon bifasciatus 1530 Cyprinodon bifasciatus x Cyprinodon atrorus 980 259 Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon bovinus bovinus bovinus elegans examius eximius 94, 938a, 679 449, 122, 448, 540, 607, 839 x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis 449 x Cyprinodon sp. 449 1530 980, 1620 jamaicensis 492 macularis 94, 1530 macularius macularius macularius macularius macularius macularius macularius macularius nevadensis nevadensis 448, 980, 1620 xX Cyprinodon nevadensis 1620 x Cyprinodon nevadensis nevadensis 980 xX Cyprinodon variegatus 980, 1620 X Cyprinodon variegatus variegatus 980 californicus 449 californicus x Cyprinodon atrorus 449 «x macularius 449 94, 980, 1530, 1618, 1619 72316207 sl6o2m amargosae 448, 449 Cyprinodon nevadensis amargosae x Cyprinodon atrorus 449 (Cyprinodon nevadensis amargosae x (Cyprinodon atrorus x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis)) 449 Cyprinodon nevadensis amargosae x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis 449 Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon Cyprinodon 449 nevadensis nevadensis nevadensis nevadensis nevadensis armagosa 94 armagosa x Cyprinodon atrorus 94 mionectes 980 nevadensis 92, 94, 448, 449, 980 nevadensis x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis 260 Cyprinodon ovinus 980 Cyprinodon pecosensis 449, 540 Cyprinodon radiosus 980, 1530, 1620 Cyprinodon radiosus x Cyprinodon nevadensis 980, 1620 ((Cyprinodon radiosus x Cyprinodon nevadensis) x (Cyprinodon macularius x Cyprinodon variegatus)) 1620 Cyprinodon radiosus x Cyprinodon nevadensis nevadensis 980 ((Cyprinodon radiosus x Cyprinodon nevadensis nevadensis) x (Cyprinodon macularius x Cyprinodon variegatus variegatus) ) 980 Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis 92, 94, 448, 449, 980, 1530, 1620 (Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x (Cyprinodon atrorus x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis)) 94 Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon atrorus 94, 449 ((Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon atrorus) x Cyprinodon atrorus)) 449 ((Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprindon atrorus) x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis)) 449 Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon bovinus 94, 449 Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon nevadensis 94 Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon nevadensis nevadensis 94, 448, 449 ((Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis x Cyprinodon nevadensis nevadensis) x Cyprinodon rubrofluviatilis)) 449 Cyprinodon salinus 448, 449, 980, 1530, 1618, 1619, 1620, 621 Cyprinodon sp. 94, 449, 1530 Cyprinodon sp. x Cyprinodon bovinus 94, 449 Cyprinodon sp. x Cyprinodon variegatus 94 Cyprinodon variegatus 122, 492, 540, 607, 839, 938a, 1530 Cyprinodon variegatus ovinus 980, 1620 261 Cyprinodon variegatus variegatus 448, 449, 980 Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus 254, 429, 920, aS: 12235 IS Ar 5161 1645, Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus 29), Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus USI aR Sb RSii/74i7 DEALS) FLU) 72 1 ILaLS)s} auratus 1009 auratus cuvieri 1222 buggenhagil1 429 1543 Carassius 869, CarpronS4;,Vad-7, Dasa 5eaS8 ATs 95 TI) 22a; ZO4 290792987 311, 332,355), 398, 4057, 7 4107 4loe 445, 461, 471, 536, 619, 691, 728, 771, 774, 879, 996, 1001, 1002, 1004, 1005, 1009, 1024, 1027, 1105, Hd, W123), L243) tUS3a, UO?) AOS a2 Dilla W224 21271, L280; “'289, 1349), 1359) 11369 7s 70F 1384, 1411, 1413, 1444, 1496, 1505, 1514, 1515, 1543, (1554, “1565, 1571, W582a; 1602, 1612, 1644; N66 ,BUl689%e LAM CNT H27)) Lows s/s carpio x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 264 carpio aralensis 856 Garpio Carpio 177,, 241, 254, 856 Carpio communis 75 Carpio (European) 866 carpio gibelio 398 carpio haematopterus 177, 254, 854, 856, 858, 866, 15267) 2612 carpio morpha Aungaricus 506 carpio (Nishikigoi variety) 1554 carpio (variety nudus) 1349 carpio viridoviolaceus 856 carpuo 1223 cyprinus 405 kalleri 872 kollarii 1026 262 228, 247, Dabrel zoo 1331 Dace!667, 205, 1280), 1726 pace: Dace, Dace, Dace, Dace, Dace, Dace, Dace, Dace, Danio Danio Danio Danio Danio Danio blacknose 326, 390, 443, 1352 Carassius 1280 finescale 545, 1144, 1235, 1496 longnose 326, 374a, 390, 443, 458, 1173, 1235, mountain redbelly 693 northern redbelly 545, 1144 redbelly 1235, 1352, 1496 redside 545, 1352 rosyside 458 analipunctatus 1159 malabaricus 1185 malabarius 558 pearl 711 rerio 1159 zebra 558, 711 Darter 767 Darter, Blue River orangebelly 544 Darter, greenside 767 Darter, greenthroat 767 Darter, Johnny 390 Darter, orangethroat 544, 767 Darter, plains orangethroat 544 Darter, rainbow 767, 1019 Darter, redfin 1019 263 1353 Darter, scaly Johnny 659 Darter, tesselated 390 Darter, western Johnny 659 Dionda 1042 Dionda episcopa 767 Dionda nubila 628, 1338, 1496 Dinoda 1042 Diptychus dybowski 1349 Diptychus dybowskii 1193 Diretmus sp. C. 1284 Discus 590 Discus, blue 210 Discus, brown 590 Discus, red 583 Discus, torquois 583 Dlatva 1193 Dolost 1193 Dolovoyna 997 Dorosoma cepedianum 1446, 1447 Dorosoma cepedianum x Dorosoma petenense 1446 Dorosoma petenense 1446, 1447 -E- Eel 1280 Elesh 1193 ELCCS 11:93 Elets danilewskogo 1193 Elopomorpha 86 264 Elsaisen Elsasser Endemichthys grandipinnis 1147, Enneacanthus gloriosus 388, Enneacanthus obesus 388, 508 Saibling 491 677 LOZ, Enophrys bison 619 Entosphen Entosphen Epinephel Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Epiplatys Eremichth Ericymba us lethophagus 1675 us tridentatus 619, 1675 us 1477 1620 bifasciatus 91 chaperi 91, 558 chevalieri 91 dageti 91 fasciolatus 91 grahami 91 longiventralis 91 macrostigma 91 sexfasciatus 91 spilargyreus 91 ys 1042 1042 Erimystax 1042 Erimyzon Erimyzon Erimyzon Erimyzon oblongus 695 oblongus claviformis 938a oblongus connectens 938a sucutta 695 265 523 Ersh 1193 Ershch 1193 Esox americanus 479, 1046, 1157, 1704 Esox americanus americanus 349, 475, 478, 482, 1082, 1106, 1144, 1157 Esox americanus vermiculatus 349, 475, 478, 482, 1082, 1106 Esox lucium 738 Esox Jucius 106, 313, 479, 482, 498, 499, 957, 1046, 1075, Aa ehOo 247. 13407 5755 16s 1s ai09 Esox masquinongy 106, 313, 482, 498, 499, 738, 1247, 1575, 1709 Esox masquinongy immaculatus 1480 Esox masquinongy masquinongy 1480 Esox niger 479, 482, 498, 1075, 1157, 1631 Esox reicherti 482, 498, 499, 1060 Esox reicherti x Esox lucius 482 Esox tridecemlineatus 1704 Etheostoma 326 Etheostoma blennioides 767 Etheostoma blennioides blennioides 442 Etheostoma blennioides gutselli 1071 Etheostoma blennioides newmani 1071 Etheostoma blennioides newmanii 442 Etheostoma caeruleum 439, 767, 1019, 1125, 1126 Etheostoma camurum 1807 Etheostoma chlorobranchium 1807 Etheostoma flabellare flabellare 1480 Etheostoma gracile 1239 Etheostoma jessiae 938a 266 Etheostoma kKennicotti 1236, 1237, 1238 Etheostoma lepidum 191, 362, 767 Etheostoma lineolatum 1480 Etheostoma nigrum 1044 Etheostoma nigrum digitale 611 Etheostoma nigrum eulepis 545, 616 Etheostoma nigrum maculiceps 611 Etheostoma nigrum nigrum 545, 616, 1518 Etheostoma nigrum susanae 1518 Etheostoma obeyenese 1236 Etheostoma olmstedi 938a, 1044 Etheostoma olmstedi atromaculatus 1424 Etheostoma olmstedi olmstedi 1424 Etheostoma proeliare 362 Etheostoma radiosum 539, 542, 543, 544, 938a Etheostoma radiosum cyanorum 544, 736, 938a Etheostoma rufilineatum 1807 Etheostoma smithi 1236 Etheostoma spectabile 191, 362, 439, 539, 542, 543, 736, WOH, AS AAG alalaye Etheostoma spectabile pulchellum 544, 1762 Etheostoma spectabile spectabile 1762 Etheostoma squamiceps 1237, 1238 Etheostoma stigmaeum 362, 938a Etheostoma tetrazonum 767 Etheostoma tippecanoe 1807 Etheostoma whipplei 1019 Etheostoma zonale 1613 267 Eudemichthys grandipinnis 768 Eudontomyzon mariae 698 Eupomotis 696, 1070 Eupomotis gibbosus 696, 1070, 1193, 1545 Euthynnus pelamis 1075 Euxiphipops sexstriatus 1525 Euxiphipops xanthometapon 1525 Exoglossum 1042 Exoglossum laurae 938a Exoglossum maxillingua 938a, 1496 Extrarius 1042 Fy 859 FE. 449 Fallfish 1496 Fantail 1801 Firestone 88 Firetex 1234 Fish, mule 259 Flier 388, 1480 Flounder 142, 264, 473, 474, 631, A957; L296, 2298), 1299 7 1300; Flounder, starry 619, 710 Fluke LDH 1013 Flunder 979 Flusz-fisch 1746 1009, lS }S)au F 12207 12937, 12947 1368, 1460, 151477 sb6s9 Runa doi, 691, 782, 873, 1026, 1204, 12227) l223 224 lee 1543 268 Funa x Carp 691, 1224, 1543 Funa goldfish 1204 Fundulus 520778 OU, a OOl wae is poll O44, el OS pela) S14) 515, T5u6, USde7 oZo Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus catenatus 528 chrysotus 528, 767 confluentus 528, 938a diaphanus 414, 415, 596, 691, 938a, 1431, 1496 diaphanus diaphanus 94, 333, 1193, 1424 grandis 528 heteroclitus 333, 378, 412, 414, 415, 596, 691, 938a, LOST LSS 437 t496, 51510, 1744 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus 1193, 1424 kansae 94, 1144, 1193 luciae 378 Majalis 4127414, 691), 1193,7 1431-1510 hotatus 302, 442, 484, 528, 677, 1241, 1588 notti 528 olivaceus 302, 442, 484, 528, 677, 1241, 1588 parvipinnis 491 pulvereus 528, 938a Sciadicus 1144, 1193 similis 528 thierryi 91 xenicus 528 zebrinus 94 zebrinus kansae 528 zebrinus zebrinus 94, 528 269 =C= Gadus macrocephalus 491, 1466 Gadus morhua callarias 1459 Gadus morhua morhua 1459 Gadus morrhua 688, 1193 Gadus ogac 1212 Gambusia affinis 90, 618, 767, 938a, 1054, 1101, Gambusia affinis affinis 303, 1104 Gambusia affinis holbrooki 303, 617, 938a Gambusia aurata 1101 Gambusia georgel 618 ELO3; Gambusia heterochir 90, 618, 938a, 1101, 1193, 1795 Gambusia marshi 1104 Gambusia punctata 618 Gambusia rhizophorae 617, 618, 938a Gan Shemuel 1796 Gangfish 1672 Gardon 471, 1253 Gardonnus rutilus 255 Gardonus nitilus 1359 Gardonus rutilus 1359 Garmanella 679 Gasterosteus 191, 664, 1176, 1193 Gasterosteus aculeatus 277, 278, 687, 1496, 1133, lime O3. 361, T4431 Gasterosteus aculeatus Gasterosteus aculeatus Gasterosteus aculeatus (black) 1590 Jeuirus 1776, 1777 microcephalus 1355 270 TS), 1795 Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gasterosteus Gengoro 1543 Gengoro-buna aculeatus (red) 1590 aculeatus trachurus 1776, aculeatus williamsoni 90, lerunus 233), 156 Jeuris 685, 686 semlarmatus 1212, 1776 semifasciatus 1156 sp. 278 trachiurus 1156 686, trachurus 685, aaks}s} wheatlandi 1361 1426 Gengorobuna 876 Genotype 38 At Se 816 Wie S—A1'4 1765=-2+ 1765=3+ 1765=11 Tio >—1'3 816 816 816 Cam Cb 816 Cb 816 TIO VA+ 816 1800-1+ 1800-12 1860-11 816 Cb 816 At SC! 186 1889a-11 At Sc 816 271 LILY 13'5'5 1889b-1 Cb 816 1889b-2 Cam Cb 816 1889b-4+ 816 1962-11+ 816 2043-1 Sc Cb 816 2043-2 Cb 816 2043-3+ 816 2043-11 Sc Cb 816 2085-1 Cb 816 2085-3+ 816 2085-11 Cb 816 2085-12 Cam Cb 816 2085-13 Cam Cb 816 2085-14+ 816 2096-1 At 816 2096-2 Cam 816 2096-3+ 816 2096-11 At 816 2202-1 At 816 2214-12 Cb 816 Geophagus brasiliensis 221, 966, 1591 Gibelio 835 Gibridii 1690 Giebel 835 Gila 200, 1042 Gila bicolor 206, 768, 938a, 1496 272 Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila bicolor obesa 1147 crassicauda 356, 938a, cypha 1105, 1496 elegans 1105, 1496 intermedia 1105 mohavensis 90, 664, 736, nigrescens 1496 orcutti 90, 663, 664, 1496, 1511 orcuttil 465, 1193 pandora 938a robusta grahami 1105 robusta robusta 1105 1496 665, siphateles (bicolor) 357 Gin-buna 1426 Ginbuna 875, 876, 878, 880, Gingorobuna 875 Gloteva 1201 Gnathopogon 1545 Gnathopogon biwae 1554 Gnathopogon elongatus 131, Gnathopogon 1549 Gnathopogon japonicus 405 Gobio albipennatus 919 Gobio gobio 919, 1193, 1341, Gobio gobio sarmaticus 1341 1566 5437, 273 9287, 14967, disum: M3.0%\- 928), 93/8iay 1549, 1554 elongatus elongatus 131, 264, 405, 1369.72 1377.0 1147, 1543, 22s, 1545, Gobio kessleri 919, 1341 Gobius capito 691, 1193 Gobius cobitis 1275 Gobius fluviatilis 1274 Gobius jozo 691, 1193 Gobius melanostomus 1274 Gobius minutus 691 Gobius paganellus 1275 Goldfish 131, 183, 229, 254, 332, 398, 442, -483, 549, S75; 690" HOO, 20a Tol, 7166, 835, 876, 1009; TOSS) halos siaye i53a, P68; 1169, 1183, 1186, 1266; 4s els 25) laa 1473, 114807 2496, 1505, 1513, 1516, 1523711543, es S7O; US71, L596), 64a, 1774 Goldfish x Carp 1413 Goldgiebel 131 Golovy 1193 Gonionotus 1002 Gorbuscha 1062 Cositera 1193, 1302 Gosteva 1201 Gourami, dwarf chum 118 Gourami, green 562, 760 Gourami, pink 562, 760 Grayling 619 Crises, L006, 1272 Grilse x Trout, sea 1272 Grunion, California 1127 Grunion, Gulf of California 1127 274 Gudgeon 1280 Gularis, blue 558 Guppy, blond 1261 Guppy, gold 1261 Guppy, spotted 1261 Guppy, wild 1261 Gwiniad 1363, 1364 Gymnocephalus baloni 744 Gymnocephalus cernua 744 Hadropterus maculatus 1760 Hadropterus sciarus 528 Halibut 1296, 1298, 1299 Halibut sp. 366 Hampala dispar 1562 Hampala macrolepidota 1562 Haplochromis 899 Haplochromus 767 Havsoring 491, 1497, 1498 Heleoperca 696 Heleoperca incisor 696 Heleoperca macrochryps 1193 Helioperca 1070 Hemibarbus labeo 720 Hemichromis fasciatus B 966 Hemiculter eigenmanni 355, 996, 1002, 1644 275 Hemigrammus ocellifer 1734 Hemigrammus serpae 118 Hemitremia 1042 Herichthys cyanoguttatus 1339 Herotilapia multispinosa 1591 Herring, lake 390 Hesperoleucas 1042 Hesperoleucus 206 Hesperoleucus symmetricus 201, 206, 665, 1147, 1212, Hesperoleucus symmetricus subditis 356, 663, 664 Heterandria formosa 1261 Hime-masu 1543 Himemasu 1380 Hinemasu 1789 Hippoglossus hippoglossus 1296, 1298, 1299 Hiraki-masu 29 Hitch 206, 356, 383, 938a, 1147 Holacanthus bermudensis 84, 351, 568, 1304 Holacanthus ciliaris 84, 219, 351, 568, 1304 Holacanthus isabelita 211, 219, 351, 1304 Holacanthus townsendi 351, 1304 Honmasa 776 Honmasu 1544, 1546, 1549 Hotoke-dojo 1543 Hucho 501 Hucho taimen 267, 491 276 1496 Huso 406, 728, 1193 Huso huso* 66), 85,. 196; 215, 24d ae254 23/27, 406). 5131, 61:0), Te Ota, OWS akO Sw, aLo alOs ODF SO SF alah. aslo Sy 1280, 1294, 1346, 1698 Huso huso x Acipenser ruthenus 1018, 1192, 1193, 1198 Huso dauricus 1191 Hybognathus 1042 Hybognathus hankinsoni 247, 1496 Hybopsis 1042 Hybopsis aestivalis 1144 Hybopsis gelida 1144 Hybopsis gracilis gracilis 1225 Hybopsis gracilis gulonella 1225 Hybopsis plumbea 1170 Hybrid 853, 892 Hybrid, zebra 1205 Hypoglossoides platessoides 1193 Hypophthalmichehys MOlTtrix 53, 139, 177, 178, 179, (228, ZOAT Spy nw LO OZ OIL at 2erm ol On moos, woot LO OZ MOO a 13697-1370), 1467, V46S, si, 15457. 1565; e645. 16466803 Hypophthalmichthys nobilis 227a, 228, 1012 Hypoplectrus chlorurus 1594 Hypoplectrus guttavarius 1594 Hypoplectrus nigricans 1594 Hypoplectrus puella 1594 Hypoplectrus unicolor 1594 Hyporhamphus australis 452 Hyporhamphus melanochir 452 277 Site Ichthyomyzon castaneus 1270, 1480 Ichthyomyzon fossor 1270 Ichthyomyzon unicuspis 1270, 1480 miccalunus.cacus 445, S33; .094, O30, O60, ) Tao, ks sie a O2F 7O37,— 17.94: Wetalunus*turcatus 445, 495, 533, 534, 535; .67652.799 0 Lower 5s 702), L794 Ictalurus furcatus x Ictalurus punctatus 1531 ((Ictalurus furcatus x Ictalurus punctatus) x Ictalurus furcatus) 1531 ((Ictalurus furcatus x Ictalurus punctatus) x Ictalurus punctatus) 1531 mGcalunus melas 445, 535, 741, L0767> 1305: mecalunus Natalis 445, 535, 13a Ictalurus nebulosus 445, 535, 741, 1076, 1311 ecalunus punctatus 445, 495, 533, 534512535, O76) 799), 93elay NOWi6r AVO VaZ7a 1485, 531, 1702, ees lio Ictiobus bubalus 332, 573, 728, 799, 802, 938a, 1105 netzobus’ cyprinelius 141], 254, 332, 337,. 728,. 799, 802, SS Sar ehOSs = al/55 weerobus niger 141, 254,337,573) 28,3199, 802, 938a;, hos, 1480, 1755 Vderayl, “L327 Inconnu 147, 1260 Inopsetta 1730 Inopsetta ischyra 710 Insjooring 491 Iotichthys 1042 Trideus 1047 278 Iwana 1543, 1575 Iwasu 751 Jack Dempsey 1339 Jordan variety 1608 Jordanella 679 Jordanella floridae 448, 449 Judido chromis 899 Kalbasu 798 Kamloops 1047 Kanadoering 1497 Kanto 875 Karash 1193 Karash x Kazan 1193 Karausche 131 Kareius bicoloratus 601 Karosy 1193 Karp 1193 Karp, erkalyny 1193 Karp, ropscha 1081 Katfish 979 Kawa-masu 1233, 1543 Kawamasu 1380 Kawa-yamame 1575 Kawachi-buna 1543 279 Kazan 1193 Ketgorb 98 Kass fish, banded 511 Killifish, Mexican swordtail 647 Killifish, plains 1144 Kinbuna 875, 876, 878, 880 Kin-buna 1426, 1543 Kinranshi 1543 Kintarobuna 1566 Koi 97 Konya populata 1669 Koritsa 1062 Kosswigichthys 1669 Krashoperka 1201 Krashoperka x Gosteva 1201 Krashoperka syeva 1201 Krasnoperka 1193, 1302 Krasnoperka x Gostera 1193 -L-=- Labeo bata 53, 402, 405, 728, 1467 Labeo calbasu 53, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 408, 694, 728, 798, 907, 1006a, 1467, 1468 Labeo capensis 605 Labeo fimbriatus 694 Labeo gonius 405, 728 Labeo molybdinus 605 Labeo pongusia 405 280 Labeo rohita 53, 138, 139, 254, 402, 403, 404, 405, COL 28, TOT OO), LOO oO 7 LOO Gay MES Zi, 5657, 1643 Labeo rohita x Labeo calbasu 404, 728 Labeo rosae 605 Labeo rubropunctatus 605 Labeo ruddi 605 Labeo tropheus fuelleborni 981 Labeo umbratus 605 Labeotropheus fuellaborni 869a Labeotropheus fuelleborni 966 Labeotropheus trewavasae 966 Labrus rupestris 1193 Lachsbastarden 491 Lampetra fluviatilis 559, 700 Lampetra lamottenii 1270 Lampetra planeri 559, 698, 700 Lamprey 753 Lamprey, pacific 619 Lamprologus 899 Lamprologus lJeleupi 899 Larchkarpfen 1787 Lavaret 491 Lavinia 200, 206, 1042, 1523 1467, Lavinia exilicauda 201, 206, 356, 768, 938a, 1496 Lavinia symmetricus 938a Laxoring 172 281 408, 1468, Lebistes 1403, 1661 Lebistes reticulatus 1297, 1403 Lefua echigonia 1543 Lefua echigonis 131 Lepidomeda 1042 Lepidomedia mollispinis 1478 Lepomis 206, 358, 528, 547, 860, 1083, 10847 91524, °1620) 417018 eyale2 BepomiSLau?tus,203, 224, 388, 490; 677, 767, 01712 Lepomis chaenobryttus-gulosus 1627 Gepomis, cyanelius 64, 131, 171, 199, 205, 224, 254, 331), 332% 388, 400, 410, 411, 430, 431, 442,°532, 6779971374745 715,- 763, 764, 767, 783,.926, 938a, 955, 1009, 10107 2108eF 1092, 1144, 1166, 1480, 1706, 1712, 1736;°17374*17388 17 sOe wale i758. 1/759 Lepomis cyanellus (gold) 532 Lepomis cyanellus (normal) 532 Lepomis euryorus 131 Lepomis.gibbosus 131,.224, 235, 254, 332, 388, 441, 451,728) HOA; 26355; 634,742 Lepomis gulosus 201, 205, 388, 430, 702, 714, 938a, 1737, 1738, 1741 Lepomis humilis 224, 388, 442, 673, 763, 1144 Lepomis. macrochi rus, 202,,.203,,,,205,,,224,.235,. 33,1 332,.550c8 388, 397, 400, 430, 431, 441, 451, 473, 490, 571, 673, ov, 696;° 702, 713, 714, 7L7, 728, 757,54 764, S767 Ss 4 977, 1009, 1010, 1083, 1084, 1092, 1105, 1111, 114 144 G6 US5457 1627, 17065 71a AZ eS ali ZO peeliy Zale IZ, A/S 5,; AIS7, 1739, 1742, 1759 Lepomis macrochirus x Lepomis auritus 388 Lepomis macrochirus x Lepomis gulosus 388 Lepomis macrochirus x Lepomis microlophus 388, 1721 282 Lepomis macrochirus macrochirus 202, 203, 204, 1479 Lepomis macrochirus purpurescens 202, 203, 204, 1479 Lepomis megalophus 64 Lepomis megalotis 224, 254, 388, 442, 763, 833, 938a, Lepomis megalotis aquilensis 224 Lepomis megalotis breviceps 224 Lepomis megalotis megalotis 224 Lepomis megalotis peltastes 224 1729 Bepomis -mzicrolophus 171, 199,.202, 205,° 388); 400,,..430,. 434, AVS at 90) sovi- 6964 pila 7S ow Tos O26 955, OOSr HOMO eULOS 2545, LIL, eh 20), Pap Silk 3 Sire See, II 39 M742 Lepomis microlophus x Lepomis cyanellus 955 Lepomis microlophus x Lepomis macrochirus 388, 1720 Lepomis microlophus coccorus 224 Lepomis microlophus microlophus 224 Lepomis punctatus 442, 767 Lepomis punctatus miniatus 442 Lepomis sp. 563, 807, 929a Lepomis symmetricus 361 Lesch 914, 1201, 1369 meshch 1193, 1302 Leskary 1193 Leucaspius delineatus 290, 869 Leuciscus 289 Leuciscus bergi 1370 Leuciscus buggenhagii 289 Leuciscus carii 869 283 WAS Sir Leuciscus cephalus 188, 244, 290, 429, 1192, 1193, 1252, 1253), 1340, Pis4ao7s 13595 1370 2hOGive~ cod sy, Sl OvAv a wWiZoy an leew Leuciscus cephalus cephalus 241 Leuciscus cephalus orientalis 506, 507 Leuciscus danilewski 1193, 1543 Leuciscus dolobratus 1359 Leuciscus erythrophthalmus 681, 869 Leuciscus idus 290, 471, 1252, 1326, 1327, 1698 meuciscus leucrscus 11939-1252, 12253 Leuciscus rutilus 289, 869, 961, 1249 Leuciscus schmidti 1193, 1349, 1370 Leuciscus souffia 290 Leuciscus souffie agassize 1341 Leuciscus turskyi 1383 Leucichthys 608, 1064, 1213 Leucichthys artedii 608 Leucidius pectinifer 768 Leuresthes tenuis 491, 1127 Leuresthes sardina 1127 Limanda 1296 Limanda limanda 1299 Limia 1403 Limia caudofasciata 327, 900, 1193 Limia nigrofasciata 327, 900, 1193 Limia pittata 900 himia vittata 327, 1193),..1261 Lina 1001 284 Lingcod 619 Liny 1193 Lionhead 1801 Lisa ramada 1273 MmOaChes20), S73, S71 ore, Ll6s, Tl6ES 1596 Lodost 1193 Logperch 767 Lota marmorata 491, 810, 923, 927, 1466 Lucania 528 Lucania goodei 1523 Lucania parva 528, 1193, 1523 Lucioperca lucioperca 1349 Ludoga iudoga 889 Ludoga ripus 889 Lyretail, cape lopez 590 Macrhybopsis 1042 Macropodus chinensis 691, 827, 1543, 1701 Macropodus concolor 1330 Macropodus cupanus 1330 Macropodus cupanus dayi 1329 Macropodus sweglesi 118 Macropodus virideauratus 1701 Macropodus viridiauratus 827, 691 Madojo 1543 Mahseer 75 285 Malacca hybrid 1105 Margariscus 1042 Maskinonge 20, 390 Masu 491, 1380, 1564 Masu mushikui 828 Meda 1042 Megalobrama affinis 242 Megalobrama terminalis 242, 728, 996 Megupsilon 679 Megupsilon x Cyprinodon 679 Megupsilon aporus 679 Membras martinica 1332 Menzdia 528, 4691, 873, 11937.1431, 1514, USS 15uG; Menidia audens 804 Menidia beryllina 541, 804, 1127, 1332 Menidia beryllina cerea 1431 Menidia extensa 804 Menidia menidia 804, 1127, 1136, 1332 Menidia menidia notata 1136, 1431 Menidia notata 691, 1193 Menidia peninsulae 541, 804 Menophorus dubius 1592 Menophorus punctiferus 1592 Micostish 1257, 1389 Micropterus 358, 444, 1083, 1084, 1692, 1693, 1711, Micropterus coosae 224 286 Sly DT AEZ, Micropterus dolomieu 388 Micropterus dolomieu dolomieu 224 Micropterus dolomieui 400, 547, 714, 1009, 1424, 1714, 1722, 23 Ae Sie elatAO Micropterus dolomieui dolomieui 761, 1105 Micropterus floridanus 493, 1804 Micropterus pseudaplites 224 Micropterus punctulatus 1105, 1424 Micropterus punctulatus henshalli 224 Micropterus punctulatus punctulatus 224 Micropterus salmoides 201, 205, 388, 395, 400, 431, 493, Ci; aid, "9S38ay OOS, TOSsT NOC4 e268) eA Ae kOZ a. plavalele, 2 A 22 2S ISOs VISE. iSey LiSO li 4OF SO Mieropcerus Ssalmoides floridanus 202; 318, 319), 3357* 336, SAO 83.- i507 593 Micropterus salmoides salmoides 202, 318, 319, 335, 336, S2OF 18S) tS Oy 593 Micropterus treculi 547 Micropterus treculi x Micropterus dolomieui 547 Micropterus velox 761 Microstomus 1296 Microstomus kitt 1299 Mimegoniates microlepis 1734 Mini-killie 88 Mini-killie x Aphyosemion gardneri 88 Minnow, bleeding 1266 Minnow, cutlips 1496 Minnow, duskystripe 1266 Minnow, rosyface 1266 287 Minnow, roundnose 767 Minnow, sheepshead 122 Minnow, tonguetied 938a Misgqurnus 528,872), °1103 Misqurnus anguizilicaudatus 131, 720, 873, 875, 878, 1103; OS ras 15437 1545, 1554 Misqurnus fTossilis 320, 629, 711, 1168, 1185.06 7.5 user Misgurnus fossilis anguillicaudatus 872 Misgurnus striata 1103 Moapa 1042 Mollie, black 1623 Mollienesia 457, 1561, 1661, 1403 Mollienesia formosa 131, 498, 1349 Mollienesia latipinna 131, 1193, 1403 Mollienesia poecilia (formosa) 9300 Mollienesia sphaenops 1029 Mollienesia sphaenops melanistica 1029 Mollienesia sphenops 131, 1004, 1005, 1091, 1193, 1403 Mollienesia sphenops melanistica 1004, 1005 Mollienesia velifer 1004, 1005 Mollienesia velifera 1261, 1403 Molliensia formosa 417 Molliensia latipinna 417 Molliensia sphenops 417 Molly, black 462 Molly, lyretail 590 288 1596 Molly, sailfin 1623 Molly, shortfin 1623 Molsmolobeek 1001 Moor 1801 Morone 691 Morone americana 314, 842, 1484 Morone chrysops 261, 314, 341, 490, 767, 801, 841, 842, 843, 938a, 1157, 1438, 1484, 1700, 1751 Morone interrupta 1700 Morone mississippiensis 261 MOGFONe) Saxati lis 26a) 347323.) 3415), 4904 754 80m i eam S425 4843). 93'Sa else iS 1A 8 rae 2. SS ia le O OP mmav one Mosquitofish 767 Motsugo 1543 Moxostoma breviceps 794 Moxostoma macrolepidotum 794, 1480 Moxostoma macrolepidotum pisolabrum 1265 Moxostoma pisolabrum 794, 1480 Mozambique mouth brooder 981 Mrigal 53, 405, 406, 694, 798, 1643 Mrigal-calbasu 405 Mrigal-mrigal-calbasu 405 Mrigal-rohu 405 Mrigal x Calbasu 405 Mrigal x Kalbasu 798 Magiel iC ADLEO: 63 254i e213 Mugi-L, cephalus, 62, ) 254). 11.93;, 1273 289 Muksun 922 Mummichog 511, 1431 Mushi-kui-yamami 751 Muskellunge 106, 123, 379, 389, 478, 479, 482, 498, 545, SOO NOD, 734, 796, 844,957; 10507) 10597, TOGO; ehOssr 266-1283, (14247, 1709 Muskellunge, Chautauqua 478 Muskellunge, silver 957 Muskellunge, St. Lawrence 478 Muskellunge, tiger 17, 89, 116, 123,,-299,. 440,..478,, 521., SOS; oop, 726, L059, 1162,.1242, 12477 1379," 1424 eae OS Muskie 844, 1775 Muskie, tiger 498, 844 Muskilunge, tiger 1285 MusikynS oy melas Silks i283', 1756 Musky "tiger 106, 114, 119)" 520, 95,7. 1283 Mycteroperca 1477 Mylocheilus 1042 Mylocheilus caurinum 191, 192, 326, 1478 Mylocheilus caurinum x Richardsonius balteatus 191, 192 Mylocheilus caurinus 1174, 1235, 1496, 1523 Mylopharodon 1042 Mylopharyngodon picens 1370 Mylopharyngodon piceus 996 Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus 468 Myoxocephalus scorpius 468 Naga-buna 1426 290 Nagabuna 876 Naturgiebel 131 Nelma 922 Nemachilus barbatulus 290 Nemachilus dorsalis 1193, 1349 Neogobius fluviatilis 1275 Neogobius gymnotrachelus 1275 Neogobius kessleri 1275 Neogobius melanostomus 1275 Nigorobuna 876 Nijimasu 1380 Nishigoi 785 Nocomis 1042 Nocomis biggutatus 665 Nocomis biguttatus 545, 1266, 1352, 1424, 1496, 1743 Nocomis leptocephalus 392, 622, 1074, 1496, 1743 Nocomis micropogon 665, 938a, 1353, 1496, 1522, 1523, Nocomis platyrhynchus 938a, 1496, 1521, 1523 Nodost 1193 Norlunge 313, 478 Notemigonus 1042 Nothobranchius guentheri 91 Nothobranchius korthausi 94 Nothobranchius melanospilus 91 Nothobranchius neumanni 91 Nothobranchius palmquisti 91 1743 Nothobranchius palmquisti guentheri 94 Nothobranchius thierryi 1386 Notorus exilis 1424 Notorus gyrinus 1424 Notothenioidei 1064 Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis 1094, Notropis Notropis Notropis 1042 albeolus 1074 alegnotus 1487 amoenus 1074 analostanus 968, 1071, 1496 analostanus analostanus 1496 analostanus chloristius 1496 ardens 306, 1074 bellus 938a, 1496 bellus alignotus 1496 bellus bellus 938a, 1487, 1496 camurus 1496 cerasinus 692, 693, 1072, 1073, 1496 chrosomus 1074, 1496 chrysocephalus 665, 938a, 1266, 1480, 1496, 1521, 1523 coccogenis 1074, 1743 cornutus 610, 665, 693, 938a, 968) 1072-31073 OW 1144, 1157, 1338, 1353, 1424, 1480, 1496, 152377 sas cornutus cornutus 1073 cornutus frontalis 659 emiliae 623, 938a 292 Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis emiliae emiliae 349, 1556 emiliae peninsularis 349, 623, 1556 galacturus 442, 1071 germanus 247, 1523 henryli 622 heterolepis 247, 1496 kanawaha 1523 lepidus 247, 938a, 1166 leptocephalus leptocephalus 1496 lirus 938a lutipinnis 1074 lutrensis 527, 938a, 1480, 1496, 1543 lutrensis interocularis 1496 lutrensis lutrensis 1105 nubilus 938a petersoni 494 photogenis 665 pilsbryi 1266, 1338, 1496 proserpinus 1166 prosperinus 247 GRuUbeiLus, 66512968; 06094 tm Si 1266, 1338 , 1496, 15237) A743 Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis Notropis spilopterus 442, 968, 1166, 1480, 1496 stramineus 1762 stramineus missuriensis 1762 suavis 1105 umbratilis cyanocephalus 1488, 1496 293 1424, Notropis umbratilis umbratilis 1488, 1496 Notropis umbratilus 306 Notropis venustus 527, 938a, 1496, 1543 Notropis venustus cercostigma 620 Notropis venustus stigmaturus 620 Notropis volucellus 1424 Notropis whipplei 442, 1166, 1496 Notropis zonatus 628, 938a, 1266, 1496 Notropis zonistius 1074 Notropus cornutus 1212 Noturus exilis 1076 Noturus gyrinus 1076 Noturus hildebrandi hildebrandi 938a Noturus hildebrandi lautus 938a Noturus miurus 1076, 1424 NSC-4 1582 NSCA-6 92 Nuduskarpfen 131 Okayare 997 Okley 1193 Okleya 1193, 1302 Okony 1193 Omul 922 Omul, Backal 1449 Oncorhynchus 254, 425, 857, 1226, 1465 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 186, 240, 268, 276, 425, 491, 498, 537, S03, 600) GO2;sG05/2:691 (096), 73H, S23 > 8747" 906, SKS). SOE ILO SHO),, walOshal se alonsye)-\ tiabale) eral ab SPS AAG 7A dLAAT IY) pc) beyeye5 466 473) Vaso, W544. 549) T5500) S5ik, 5/5, al Sr7.6 1763, 1764 Oncorhynchus gorbusche 1489 Oncorhynchus hybridus 29, 730 Oncorhynchus iwame 491 Oncorhynchus kecGa Ai47 i268, e216, 387,425), 491, 4985 83077, 553), 600; 602,665, 691), 731, \874,2 906; S86 eos OF sO sik LOSS WIN ZZ los AS SOL mised 466m 457.35), Sra 8 Or 15447) 5497 W550) VoSie 554. 1573. Lois), lo7ope Loa: 1580, 1634, 1763, 1764 Oncorhynchus keta autumnalis 823, 491 Oncorhynchus kisutch 268, 304, 328, 425, 426, 491, 678, SS6r LOSS; IS 44. ib 4Or h6s4) lod: Oncorhynchus kisutchi 1575 Oncorhynchus macrostoma 871 Oncorhynchus masou 29, 186, 297, 425, 491, 600, 602, 691, TAZ eel Or eM Oy pelos iO Otol 2, 1 SOC; LOO OSS ean? ak 233, 1380 { (1489)f (1543) s1544 7115461. 1549), :1550 , ClSs51) MES52 7 Pob4y, (564, 5/5 ce 5,76 Oncorhynchus masou X Oncorhynchus rhodurus 1575 Oncorhynchus masou x Salvelinus pulvius 1233 Oncorhynchus masou ishikawae 1564 Oncorhynchus masou macrostoma 872 Oncorhynchus masou (macrostoma) 491 Oncorhynchus nerka 268, 325, 387, 418, 425, 491, 667, 696, 986, LOSS tao E380 sey S44, 546) W549). SSO. TS Siy, 1552), sb4 oy 3,0 1575, W576, 16347. 1764 Oncorhynchus nerka adonis 491, 1575, 1577, 1580 Oncorhynchus quinnat 1312 Oncorhynchus rhodurus 29, 425, 492, 753) 2/6 S29 Sil .ewi2, LO7O,; LOSS 7 LILO 232) 5435 05447 1546), 549550), LSS yes o2¢a 1575, 576 Oncorhynchus tsawytscha 425 295 Oncorhynchus tshawytscha 223, 268, 304, 328, 491, 619, OSGi SLOFwO86;0 10897, 1544 1549 eas 7S Ophiodon elongatus 619 Opladelus olivaris 1076 Oplegnathus fasciatus 697, 1448 Oplegnathus punctatus 697, 1448 Opsopoedus 1042 Oranda-shishigashira 190 Oregonichthys 1042 Oreinus sinuatus griffithii 1595 Orestias 899 Orthodon 1042, 1523 Orthodon macrolepidotus 768 Orthodon microlepidotus 206, 357, 938a Oryzias latipes 131 p9820,e1554 OSECE 327 p2307 #243'5, 826; 886, FRAT TLOSZ i110 tL 1o3}s 1200 1362, 1433, 1434 Osetr x Sterylyad 886 Ostariophysi 86 OSE 31277, Oxygeneum pulverulentum 1523 Pachonfish 1256, 1746 Pantosteus 1099, 1105 Pantosteus clarki 1105 Pantosteus dephinus dephinus 696 Pantosteus discobolus 1105 Pantosteus platyrhynchus 1105 296 TOS Pantosteus plebeius 1105 Parabramis pekenensis 1369, 1370 Parabramis pekinensis 728, 996 Paracanthopterygii 86 Paracheilognathus rhombeus 750 Paradise fish 827, 1543 Paranthias furcifer 1476, 1592 Paraphoxinus alepidotus 1383 Parexoglossum 1042 Parophrys vetulus 710 Peipusa sigas 884 Pelecus cultratus 1349 Peled 884, 1679 Pelvicachromis pulcheri 966 Pelvicachromis subocellatus 966 Pelkyad7309,)°643;°8897 +890, 1207, 1680 Pelyady 644 Pelydy 310 Pelyly 1677 Pengasius sutchi 105 Peprilus burti 1254 Peprilus triacanthus 1254 Perca 600, 767, 1249 Perca flavescens 344, 345, 491, 767, 1065, 1066 Perca fluviatilis 188, 691, 767, 1064, 1193 Perch 1280 Perch, walleye 73 297 Perch, white 261, Perch, yellow 767 Percid 7 Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina 67 caprodes caprodes caprodes caprodes evides evides 509, evides striolacauda 509, S007 322, 528) Oy howe caprodes 659, 938a, carbonaria 1480 semifasciata 938a 510 510 macrolepida 1529 maculata nigrofasciata 362, notogramma 1125, 130, M239 527; 736 1126 oxyrhyncha 938a peltata 1125, phoxocephala 736, 1126 1239 roanoka 938a semifasciata 659 sciera 362, D217, 136, Tod Pestryi, Tolstolobika 178 Petromyzon marinus 1270 Phantom, black 118 Phenacobius 1042 Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus 188 eos 941, 9927 6-94, eos (Chrosomus eos) 610 erythrogaster 392, 6937, 298 841, 842, EL66; eUZ3OF 1144, 1496, 9947 1483 1480 #523 1496 15297 1760 Phoxinus neogaeus 610, 941, 992, 1144, 1496, 1523 Phoxinus neogaeus xX Semotilus margarita 941 Phoxinus oreas 692, 693, 994, 1496 Phoxinus phoxinus 187, 188, 290, 1370, 1508 Palckerel 1288) ,15390),) ‘9557, Pickerel, chain 478, 479, 482, 1088, 1424, 1754 Pickerel, grass 479, 482, 1046, 1088, 1144, 1424, 1437 Pickerel, redfin 479, 482, 498, 1088, 1424, 1754 Pig LDH-1 1013 Bike 20; 390,. 478, 515 Pike, Amur 129, 482, 498, 1060, 1756 Pike, Amur hybrid 111 Pike, Amur River 128 Pike, Amur River hybrid 127 Pike, blue 1753 Pike anomthern 89, 96, (106, 1l4 123) 129) 288 >) 379 4 38or 478, 479, 482, 498, 545, 569, 655, 734, 844, 957, 1046, LOSIZA1O6O, plkOSS 7 t1U4s , VIZ6O 4 A283)) Vda Q aya 37M lOO, L775 Pike, sea 1280 Pike, silver 957, 1050 Pike, silver northern 796 Pike, walleye 1280, 1753 Pimephales 1042 Pimephales notatus 968 Pimephales promelas 968 Pimephales tenullus parviceps 1265 Pionotus 691 Piranha 1734 299 Pla duk-iu 105 Pla sawai 105 Plagopterus 1042 Plaice 142, 254, 264, 473, 474, 631, 1009, 1220, 1293, 12947295, 1296, 1298, 1299, 1300), 13305 1368; l460r 1514, 1639 Plaice x Flounder 1293 Plaice sp. 366 Planktonsck 1555 Platessa platessa 1193 Platichthys 1296 Platichthys flesus: 264,473, 631; 757;)11193) 1293, 1294; i295, 2296, 12298, 1299, 1300,,1331, 1460, a5 14 7 oss Platichthys platessa 142 Platichthys pseudoflesus 1343 Platichthys stellatus 601, 619, 710 Platy 519 Platy, black helmet hi-fin variatus 97 Pilatyrish 132; 133,.134, 151, 155, 159, 161). 262, 9163 7aleae 66,0168), 1694 .422) 523, 709, 722, 789, 913, 20097 asI4 OF 1340, 1395, 1396, 1415, 1418, 1419; 2451, 24527453" 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1462, 1660, 1648, 1649, 1650, 1651, 1652, 1653, 1654, 1656, 6575) 1659S) PlooZ2y alloosr Ie ARITA a7 Rs yb Platyfish x Swordtail 1651, 1653 Platyfish x Swordtail, green 1456 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1458 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri helleri 1458 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1458 Platyfish, Mexican 647 Platyfish, red 650 300 Platyfish, spotted 648 Platyfish (strains) 158 Platyfish-swordtail 1458, 1663 Platygobio 1042 Platypoecilius helleri 767 Platypoecilus 528, 639, 683, 691, 900, 924, 1004, 1005, WOOL, 1193, 12047 12537 1655 Platypoecilus conch 1004, 1005 Platypoecilus conchianus 691 Platypoecilus latipinna 900 Blacypoeci lus -maculatus- 133, 1347 >15i> "152, 1537 .154,, 155, T56 Ato Vt6O, 165" "66,7. 67, 687-465), °498 647 648, 649 568s, (691s ai22, T2S5 Le wD ORe OlS) O95, 3896, a Sou, 898i 913, 982) 1004 7 1005) s109i. MOS tS One aya aor T4207, SLa22 14to2s 4657 1 66Or T6552 1oOSSe L6od, wai7Own, IG T/A anaes Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri 134, 151, 156, ESO 6S, woo, Ov), OS, VSO Aly AZO Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 153, 1660 ((Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri) 167 (((Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri) x Platypoecilus maculatus) 167 Platypoecilus Platypoecilus Platypoecilus Platypoecilus Platypoecilus Platypoecilus S96, S97, DIZ maculatus x Xiphophorus hellerii 648 maculatus x Xiphophorus variatus 898 maculatus pulcheri 970 maculatus pulchra 683 sphenops 900 Variatus.148,, 153), 154,159, .160,,, 691,,,.709;, 895, S77, L004. LO0S;7, 13987) l4is7 7 422), weoOl ew jWvAs, 301 Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri 709, 1417, 1422 Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1660 Platypoecilus variatus x Platypoecilus maculatus 897 Platypoecilus xiphidium 151, 152, 160, 691, 897, 898, 977, 1398; Waly, 422 Platypoecilus xiphophorus 159, 160, 1004, 1005 Platypoecilus xiphophorus (maculatus) 913 Pleuronectes 688, 1296 Pleuronectes flesus 254, 688, 824, 979, 1009, 1629, 1730 Pleuronectes limanda 688 Pleuronectes platessa 142, 254, 264, 473, 757, 824, 979, LOOSF 21193), 1293-1295, 1298, 1299 133i 43) a AGO LSTA S 629, L639), 1730 Pleuronectes platessa x Pleuronectes flesus 1629 Pleuronectes pseudoflesus 824, 979, 1730 Plotva Plotva PLotcva Plotva Plotva Plotva T1937, LZ0a ».4 ».4 x x x Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia LOWS), LOO, Asa 1307 40308, S09 St OA Oy aa ee 14, W413) 1414, 1496, 1538, 622) 1623-624 637 ae loss gloteva 1201 gostera 1193 gosteva 1201 eschai20. leshch. 1193 22 butleri 238, 1623 formosa 52, 130, 142, 239, 438, 631, 938a,, 1054, 10g7F Poecilia formosa x Poecilia sphenops 1310 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia vittata 1310 302 Poecilia Poecilia 1054, 1414, Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia 1078, -limia-vittata 1623, gilli 146 130, 1097, 1622, 238, 438, 462, 464, 1306, 1308, 1309; 16237 1 162451637; 631 1408 1638 latipinna 52, NOt LOWS, 1496, 1538, latipinna - 2 mexicana 1411 latipinna (Naples) 1623 latipinna (Neuces) 1623 latipinna x Poecilia mexicana 1623 latipinna formosa 130 latipinna-mexicana 1411 latipunctata 1306 lebistes (reticulata) 1261 limantouri 1078 1624 30 Fe 2 504 250, 3235), TSO V7 iks OSitasO9); 631; a Aralialey, mexicana 52, TOOT; Ls0Gy 1413 USO perlOZ2, pLOZS,) ahOZ4, 1163/57 L635 Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia Poecilia 2 mexicana-latipinna 1413 mexicana-2 latipinna 1413 mexicana (Monterey) 1623 mexicana (Veracruz) 1623 reticulata 631, 820, 1261 sphénops’ 142, "146, 631). 1240; 1306; 1310, 938 ay, Pay, Vata, S38, 623, e224 Poecilia velifera 238, 462, 464, 590, 1623 Poecilia vittata 631, 1310, 1411, 1414 Poeciliopsis 1412 Poeciliopsis butleri 1098 Poeciliopsis chica 1098 303 , 938a, pep baleey WOW IEF , 1496, 1408, Poeciliopsis Cx 631, 1407, 1695 Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis latidens 1407 Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis viriosa 1407 Poeciliopsis fasciata 1407 Poeciliopsis latidens 343, 437, 631, 933, 1407, 1408, 1411, 1413, 1697 Poeciliopsis. Jucida 181, .182,..342,,..3435;436, 437,438, 6312 933, 949, 1054, 1135, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1410, 1411, 1413, 58S, 1584; 1637); 1638, 1644, 1692, 1693, £694, 16957 696, 169)7 Poeciliopsis lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha 1054 Poeciliopsis mexicana limantouri 1098 Poeciliopsis mexicana mexicana 1098 Poeciliopsis monacha 180, 181, 342, 343, 436, 437, 438, 631, 949), 1054, di29, 1130,..1133,4113'55,, 1408; 241409), ano; are 1413, 1583, 1584, 1637, 1638, 1644, 1692, 1693, 1694, 1695) = 11696,,. 11697 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida 1408 ((Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida) x Poeciliopsis lucida) 1408 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis viriosa 1695 Poeciliopsis monacha-latidens 438, 1413, 1694 Poeciliopsis 2 monacha-lucida 438, 1054, 1131, 1134, 1411, 1413 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida 180, 181, 343, 437, 438, 631, 933, 1408, 1409, 1410, 1411, 1413, 1584, 1644, 1692, 1693, 1694), 1695, 1696,, 1697 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis latidens 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis viriosa 631 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida "Cx" 1054 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida-viriosa 1694 Poeciliopsis monacha-occidentalis 180, 438, 1130, 1133, els'S 4d, 1473), ake94 304 Poeciliopsis monacha-viriosa-lucida 1413 Poeciliopsis monacha-2 lucida 343, 438, 1054, 1411, 1413, 1692, 1693 Poeciliopsis occidentalis 180, 342, 343, 437, 438, 631, 949, et ZOP ee SOS Sy SS) aa VAS eo 4s re oy Poeciliopsis sphenops 1098 Poeciliopsis occidentalis-monacha 1135 Poeciliopsis viriosa 631, 949, 1130, 1407, 1413, 1695 Poeciliopsis viriosa x Poeciliopsis monacha 1695 Poeciliopsis 2 viriosa-lucida 438 Poeciliopsis viriosa-lucida 1695 Pogonichthys 1042 Pomacanthus arcuatus 1124 Pomacanthus paru 1124 Pomacentrus leucostictus 554 Pomacentrus planifrons 554 Pomatoschistus minutus lozanoi 585 Pomatoschistus minutus minutus 585 POMOZISNS 5879 860, 1083, 1084, 1088, 1712 Pomoxis annularis 224, 282, 332, 358, 388, 400, 938a, 1009, 1010, 1087, 1144 RPOMOXIS nigromaculatus 282; 332), 388, 400,.430, 677, 714, 938a, TOOS,, BOLO; 108s) O84 OSH Tara O27 an az Pomoxis nigromaculatus x Pomoxis annularis 1010 Pomoxis nigro-maculatus 224 Poronotus 691 Poronotus triacanthus 1431 Prachtbarbe 504 305 Prionotus 873, 1431, 1514 Procatopus aberrans 1386 Procatopus nototaenia 1386 Procatopus similis 1386 Prosopium 608, 675, 1064, 1213 Prosopium abyssicola 272, 1731 Prosopium coulteri 1022 Prosopium cylindraceum 608, 1022 Prosopium gemmiferum 272, 315, 1731 Prosopium spilonotus 272, 315, 1731 PrOSOpLUm WLLLLamsOni 2/2, 315, 619, 173 Protacanthopterygili 86 Pseudogobio 1545 Pseudogobio esocinus 491, 1371, 1543, 1545, 1549, Pseudogobio esosinus 131, 264 Pseudogobius esocinus 405 Pseudolabrus celidotus 219 Pseudolabrus fucicola 219 Pseudolabrus inscriptus 219 Pseudorasbora parva 405, 782, 491, 1543 Pseudorasbora parva pumila 405 Pseudotropheus auratus 641, 642 Pseudotropheus fuscus 899 Pseudotropheus macrophthalmus 641, 869a Pseudotropheus tropheops 640, 641, 642 Pseudotropheus zebra 640 306 1554 Pterolamiops longimanus 1064 Pterolebias hoignei 1589 Pterolebias zonatus 1589 Ptychocheilus 1042 Ptychocheilus oregonense 1496 Ptychocheilus oregonensis 1174, 1235, 1478, 1523 Pumpkinseeds 2335) 234,235, 254, “257, 332, 379, 388, 545, Dol, 763,, 7O4,19833, (S347 ,eO43) 0 lala ll6,, 1147, 1424 Pungitius 1176 Pungitius pungitius 1176, 1777 Puntius 412,,1002, 1372 Puntius barbus sachsi 590 Puntius barbus semifasciolatus 590 Puntius conchonius 1372 Puntius, fiery 1372 Puntius gonionotus 410, 412, 1371 Pupfish, asceion 94 Pydzdyan 889 Pylodictis olivaris 445, 1424 Pylodictus olivaris 535, 938a, 1076 -R=- Rabbit LDH-1 1013 Rainbros 491 Rainbrows 496 Randgiebel, schwarz 131 Rasbora heteromorpha 320 Razbora heteromorpha 629, 1185, 1188 307 390, 442, elie, Reba 694 Reba-calbasu 405 Reba-rohu 405 Repsa 884 Rhinichthys 473, 1042 Rhiniehthys atratulus 326, .443,..759, 1352, 1353 Rhinichthys atratulus atratulus 938a Rhinichthys atratulus obtusus 938a Rhinichthys bowersi 458, 1523 Rhinichthys cataractae- 326, 1374a, 2443,. .759,..938a, 1522, 15237 MeO mii Ze dey See 212 235, “3537. 46 mae 43 Rhinichthys osculus 938a, 1105, 1478, 1496 Rhodeus ocellatus 247, 750, 752, 1743 Rhodeus ocellatus ocellatus 998, 1743 Rhodeus sericeus 247, 908 Rhodeus sericeus amarus 1743 Rhodeus sericeus sericeus 1193 Rhodeus sinensis 131 Rhodeus spinalis 742 Rhodurus limbatus tabira 1543 Rhodurus ocellatus ocellatus 1543 Rhodurus ocellatus smithi 1543 Richardsonius 200, 1042 Richardsonius balteatus 191, 192, 326, 1174, 1235, 1478, 1496, 1523 Richardsonius cataractae 1478 Richardsonius egregius 206, 938a, 1496 308 Ripsha 1182, 1686 REpUS' 656), 8897 969, asi, W255, 1327, 14437, 1610 Ripus sir 606 Risneki 997 River fish 1746 Rivulus marmoratus 703, 704 Rivulus milesi 91, 1386 Rivulus roloffi 1582 Roach 206, 290, 326, 364, 429, 473, 474, 667, 690, 720, SSS OS ano 4 OO MA el ZOD, Zot ZS Ol lS 27, SVE LOoys li 24° 1255) W262, W788 Roach x Bream 473 Roach, black sea 1673 Roach, California 1147, 1496 Roach, Monterey eastern 356 Roach, Monterey western 663 Roach, red 1280 Roba 1467 Roccus americanus 300, 1483, 1537 ROGCCUS ChTYsops 260, 300, 323, 836, 1328; 1483 eal537, Roccus interruptus 300 ROCCUS Saxatilis 260, *300, 836, ‘1318, F750 Rock, white 384 Rockfish 322 Rohmenkarp, Ukranian 1081 Rohu 34, 53, 254, 405, 406, 408, 694, 798, 1643 Rohu x Calbasu 405 309 1750 836a, 1506, Rohu-calbasu 405 Rohu-mrigal 405 Roloffi bertholdi 91 Roloffi brueninge (SL-15) 92 Roloffi brueningi 91 Roloffi chavtori 91 Roloffi geryi 91 Roloffi liberiensis 91 Roloffi occidentalis 91 Roloffi petersi 91 ROLOELT Toloffi 91 Roloffi roloffia 91 Roloffi U-1 88, 91, 92 Roloffi U-1 x Roloffi brueningi 91 Ropsha 998 Rosu 907, 1467 Rudd 290, 9057 1788 326; 960, 364, 429, 473, U2Z057, U2Z5i5; 474, 667, U5 O16). W572, 681, L667; Ruff 1280 Rutilus frisii 1673 Rutilus rutilus 289, 290, 326, 429, LUGS Fel Ssl;, i253) “S267 "1341; SOD el >AS 7 667, L698, Vi24;, 690, 1349, L225; Rutilus rutilus x Blicca bjoerkna 1193 Rutilus rutilus x Abramis brama 1193 Rutilus rutilus carpathornicus 471 Rutilus rutilus carpathorossicus 241, 245 310 740, 13.69), 1726, 682, 836a, L724, L2G), 838, T/CAT! 5 836a, 137.0); IL AT/ 838 7.905% 1382, Rutilus rutilus carpathorossimus 739 Ryaposhka 606 Rybets 1193 Rynkin 546 Ryukin 190, 875, 1543 -S-= Sabanejewia aurata balcanica 243, 246 Sabanejewia aurata bulgarica 246 Sabanejewla aurata radnensis 246 Sabanejewia aurata vallachia 246 Sabanejewia aurata vallachica 243 Sabastodes rubrivinctus 1269 Sabinosfish 1256 Sabrnofisch 1746 Sacrocheilichthys senensis lacustris 1370 Sacrocheilichthys sinensis lacustris 1369 Sacrochilichthys variegatus 1371 Saghalien 1543 Saibling 508 Sake 1380 Sakura-masu 1615 Sakuramasu 1551 Salar-trutta 394 palmo EO 6390) 7Ac425 7 491 rlO6la 7063741259, 1272, 1524 Salmo aguabonita 268, 425, 491, 634, 635, 938a, 1147, 1397, 1399 Salmo aguabonita x Salmo gilberti 1397 Salmo aguabonita aguabonita 632, 1399 311 Salmo aguabonita gilberti 90, 491, 1399 Salmo aguabonita whitei 107, 113, 633 Salmo alpinus 2, 1543 Salmo apache 275, 491, 1096, 1105 Salmo aquilarum 268 Salmo carpio 268, 899 Salmo chrysogaster 491, 1096, 1105 Salmo .clarki 270, 272, 284, 324, 332, 425, 426,7491,, OS, 1170 1235, 1315, 1360/F413 977+ aso ozo, Salmo clarki x Salmo gairdneri 1360 Salmo clarki bouvieri 967, 1710 636, 6587 1671 Salmo clarki henshawi 90, 271, 273, 275, 375, 381, 729 Salmo clarki lewisi 967 Salmo clarki originalis 1710 Salmo) Clark? pleuriticus 275;° 1710 Salmo clarki seleniris 271, 275 Salmo clarki stomias 275, 1710 Salmo Clarkii 16,/ 268%: 269" 5257) 582)~ 986 ul040 Salmo clarkii clarkii 696 Salmo clarkii henshawi 268 Salmo clarkii lewisii 268, 1037, 1466 Salmo clarkii seleniris 268, 1039 Salmo clarkii stonias 104 Salmo eriox 2 Salmo’ Larzo*263, 503); 669, SiO; 845) V2 11363) S364 ets Oar 15435 1575 Salmo fario lac 1364 312 Salmo fario lacustris 491 Salmo fario morpha lacustris 506, 507 Salmo fontinalis 5, Salmo gairdneri 62, 344, 345, 524, 550, 810, Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo Salmo SISA 508, 689, 1065, 1313), 1466, 1625; 706, 1066, ASL 1490, 1670, gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri gairdneri 6, 1 n263;75696) e070; ZS 387, 619, 986, LOS; 3227, 1540, L710; 268, S957, 632, OZ 257 LAO; 1324, 1541, 1784 ZOO mez, 406, 425, 633, 634, O37, DAFA E325) ILS yo} 0) 1089, 132167 1549, 1671, L235), 1360, aS Sig, x Salmo trutta 491 (albino) 1550 aquilarum 373 (Coleman strain) 373 (Davis strain) 373 (Eagle Lake strain) 373 gairdneri 171 Gi lbenti 268, 1397, 1399 (Hot Creek strain) 373 (Hot Springs strain) 373 irideus 491 (Junction Kamloops strain) 373 kamloops 373, 374 (Mt. Shasta strain) 373 (Mt. Whitney strain) 373 (Plt River strain) 373 SEONCT Sua lai (Virginia strain) 373 x Salmo trutta 706, 870 313 1543 Dore 426, 491, 496, 63:5); O39; 284, 304, 636, 1047, 1246, 1397; 1552, 678, 10537; 13.05; ALS} ESS ii, Salmo gila 1153 Salmo gilae 275, 491, 938a, 1050, 1096, 1105 Salmo giiberti 268,- 1397 Salmo gorbuscha 1543 Salmo, tRigeus 16, 188, 348, Si6, 733, 868, 100° nalssor L778 Salmo ischchan 899 Salmo keta 1543 Salmo lacustris 268 Salmo letnica 899 Salmo Jleucomaenis 226, 491 Salmo levenensis 5, 696 Salmo macrostoma 892 Salmo malma 425 Salmo marmoratus 1211 Salmo marmoretus 268 Salmo masou 1543 Salmo milktschitsch 1543 Salmo mykiss aquabonita 1399 Salmo namaycush 1497, 1498 Salmo nerka 1543 Salmo newberri 491 Salmo regalis 696 Salmo roosevelti 14, 1399 Salmo rosei 390, 1147, 1397, 1399 Salmo sala 1549 314 1543, So hMOUSa Late mLOn 2OSma2on, S04, S267 38 4257" 426, "4297 ACNE T4987 2 5Sii 550), 627, som OOF Ole. OSL. 682), 689) SOM 69 6r Sl 84s 845)" Ooi O8sr 984 "986," L004 1005, OZR OSwe ele Sy 2G = AAA Sr eo Or 22a skZOSe ILS Ley weakly. palsi7Alle waksiyey7 acylase) ee alsieh nL Ose. abo Yole alsa TSA2 el SAS lb AA >A Oe lS SO re Soi eS Sr S76 los! 1668, 1670 Sa@hmOn Salah ix salmorenucta 297, 429i, 27 W334" 1433 1544 Salmo salar sebago 491 Salmo saler 1549 Salmo salvelinus 600, 602, 669, 923, 1489 Salmo salvelinus salvelinus 1497, 1498 Salmo selar sebago 1551 Salmo shasta 1778 Salmo sp. 374 Salmo trutia 425 SieiMNOmeniica, Ons Sls esi a On ue Ao Sh. 2 Of LOA. 32767 S32, 248), Soo, 38777 406, 7 4255 47677 42206. Aon 496. LOW AO Se OS) OOS. OG; ool DOO oT Oem O62 5.eoai Oo G69 mov 8) 6S 168274689), 691 696, 97.06), t7/4 ON Sloe = Same S68), 16710), 699, 923,,. 927, 983. 985, 986, L004; VOOSpelOOSy ILO SHE, -alOvesr/ px “alaLaUSy = LAO Sy Wale ys aL ALS) eel A foveal AAACN LAG Ope LAI 5 AAS alsa 2 ashi y/o akeywal es aleyevalo.) naleysy eye abeMe yey ARS YS) 5 alseySy oo abeae Noyes Sy Osh abbyalieyp palisyabeei ey absyayil ny alsyakiey ps SaLisy4 iC) a TSS Oe LSS, aS Ay aves wily yeh IRS YS ALS) 4s mabla eyes. “allei7/(0),, deals Salmo trutta x Salmo salar 498 Salmo trutta (fario) 491, 1681 Salmo trutta farro 62, 237 ,* 385" 425-7 426, 4299 '67S*> 7334" 951 1503 Salmo trutta Salmo trutta Salmo trutta Salmo trutta (lacustris) 491 (levensis) 491 marina 426 marmoratus 62, 1606 315 Salmo trutta morpha fario 894 Salmo trutta trutta 425, 696, 811, 841, 1497, 1498, 1542, 1543, USSR ISOS Salmo trutta x Salvelinus fontinalis 1544 Salmo tshawytscha 1543 Salmo whitei 14, 268, 1399 Salmon: 30) si, 41, 43, 45, 46, 50, S7, 70,7 738,87, SsZ26neSC9r ANOS A429, 460), 474, A491," 501, 503, Sil2, 53i > 50m s59SF 601, 612, 627, 658, 681, 682, 811, S41) 964, 9907 e100Gr 10507 del, 1205, 1214. 1259.. 1272, m3h7 aAlsio6.s ove 1494, 1540, 1541, 1569, 1574, 1630 Salmon x Trout 1214 Salmon x Trout, brown 1630 Salmon x Trout, sea 45 Salmon-trout 3, 491 Salmon, Asian pink 1089 Salmon, Atlantic 82,.254,. 304,. 326,. 390,,.394,. 4/4,,--49a, 550, 626,. 627, 678, 689,. 696,. 947.,. 983,984, 1050, 1243), L2A59 Re E260), =E321, 1541 Salmon, California 661, 1312 Salmon, cherry 751, 1089 Salmon. ¢chinook “61, 143,°-226, 254, 304, 328, 491, 553: 69), 930, 986, 993, 1050, 1089, 1208), T2000; L267 r2Z oF 1424, 1632 Salmon, chinook x Salmon, pink 1210 Salmon chums 17918, 36, 37+, 383955405) 15> 16,598; 170% 226, 254, 446, 491,-701,. 7/31, 787,823; 930729567 TOSOF* 10897 1102, 1119, 1210) V2N6 lS eee 4 2 4 ee Moy, 1576, 1577, 1578, 1579, 1580, 15845. 16347, 157637) 17.64 alse Salmon, chumpy 38 Salmon, coho 18, 226, 281, 304, 678, 986, L089 e227, 1424, 1634 Salmon, coho (Big creek) 1761 316 Salmon, coho (Sol duc) 1761 Salmon, coho (Umpqua) 1761 Salmon, dwarf 487 Salmon, fall chinook 1208, 1209 Salmon, fall pink 1208 Salmon, humpback 33, 58, 68, 809 Salmon, hybrid 455 Salmon, king 223, 603, 809 Salmon; kokanee 226, 491, 1381, 1575), USi/Gy4eovdipn Vows e577 Sr 58075 L5o8as,7 1634: Salmon, landlocked 707, 1049, 1215 Salmon, land-locked 193, 645 Salmon, masou 143 Salmon, masu 33, 186 Salmon, neretva 894 Salmon, Pacific hybrid 530 Salmon, parr 1006, 1161 Salmons pinks. lS 26,0379 3S) tes 9 40" 4 Segxol | 45/6), Sler9S, ul 48 , 170; A774 ol S86, 72267254 ,5390, R446, 74995 2553, 603, 6247, 701,5731, 7787, F823, 9307 (986, 1993, 2 1080," 1064, HOSSF se IMO 27 ALS y ss 1208+ A209; WAN pe 14247 hos 25 176371 764 Salmon, red 603, 809 Salmon, redspot 1089 Salmon, siberian 58, 68 Salmon, silver 328, 603 Salmonrs sockeye; 1) 8, 30), 48), 76,4226 7..325, 4390) 446, 491, 621, 667, 930, 986, 1089, 1102, 1210, 1424, 1764 Salmon sp. 404 Salmon, spring 18, 446, 935, 1102 317 Salmon, spring chinook 1208, 1209, 1210 Salmothymus obtusirostris 62 Salmothymus obtusirostris oxyrhynchus 62, 491 Salochum 707 Salvelrnus: 19.390, 425, 707, 1063, 1226, 1259 Salvelinus.aipinus 4, 10, 268, 274, 387, 425, 491, 503,7..508F 550; (626, %671,,°689:;, 691, 696;-(84d00 923.7 927 (9S; IS 4e LO527--lO5e87-21193 7 1235, 1317, 2ls59; Lo40 nels 4i lS 44 M520 7S od ee LowOs 1 7ieL Salvelinus alpinus alpinus 274 Salvelinus alpinus aureolus 397 Salvelinus alpinus (aureolus) 491 Salvelinus alpinus oquassa 614 Salvelinus alpinus (salvelinus) 491 Salvelinus alpinus (umbla) 491 Salvelinus aureolinus 90 Salvelinus confluentus 274, 396, 397 Salvelinus fontinalis J \197 10, Si, 727413h, 1405 12 2se 2a 215, 217, 225, 232, 237, 214, ZO nZoste 2oST 2 oor 29772304, 385, (386, 387, 393, 396, 433, 491 614, oovn 678, 689;,.691,-695a, 696,./08; 471 a 7124 37s Vi AOT ole, TOS TM Lege LAS; 119 7-180, 1997, B828 S84 eS 9), Se Cit acca 892; 984), 986, 1004) 1005 / LOND 41016, -L1020" S024 elo 27 HOZOIE VAST, 1045-81052. 2106799 1a Oy AG Also erly ates IOS > 2057 1207, 2957 1235) W245 2 2 Zor whales 1328), 1337 4 1359/1393 1442) 1466), asi 4827 lA Oy 1516, 1543, 1544, 1549, 1550, 155m, 5545 5750 Lowe, HOIOp 626 (e634, LeovO .elL7 1s S790 alos Salvelinus fontinalis x Salvelinus namaycush 1052, 1543 Salvelinus fontinalis x Oncorhynchus masou 1544 Salvelinus fontinalis x Oncorhynchus nerka 1544 Salvelinus fontinalis x Oncorhynchus rhodurus 1544 Salvelinus fontinalis x Salvelinus pluvius 1544 318 (Salvelinus fontinalis x (Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus fontinalis)) 1544 Salvelinus fontinalis, domestic 1277 Salvelinus fontinalis fontinalis 830, 491 Salvelinus fontinalis namaycush 491 Salvelinus fontinalis, wild 1277 Salvelinus gairdneri irideus 894 Salvelinus levenensis 931 Salvelinus leucomaenis 671, 730, 751, 828, 829, 1559, 1560 Salvelitnus maima 11, 268, 274, 396, 397, 425, 491, 986, 1058, 123)5),. L543 Salvelinus malma (pluvius) 491 Salvelinus marmoratus 491, 894 Salvelinus marstoni 1088 Salvelinus miyabei 708, 1558 Saiveut NUS. NamaycusD sn Gee (2,0 2135, L214), 205; 2LI eee 232), Dia 2Ole, a2OAT 29D 296 eZ Os SS 2 ESOL OM re Oreo 454, 466, 467, 491, 496, 498, 505, 508, 550, 689, 695a, 859), S67), "984-2 986.= Ode O62 OZ O;=atO 2 OA 2 eal Ose: TO VAS} ~ ALO Mus Oey TLIC) Sal aaney lL ML 7/ AUAAnT/ 4) PALS) 22 UZ, U2; USS, L442 eel ole ala OO aA Oo Sy Sane ESAS MES AA 549) alt S Silo SOO. Messiaen Oen wis Salvelinus namaycush x Salvelinus fontinalis 1549 Salvelinus obtusirostris oxyrhynchus 894 SalVeLINUs jDLUVIUS A256 499, 6915, Hil 8296-830), 11119, 0 5447 1546, 15497-1550, L551 1552/5 sbowi5 Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus fontinalis 1544 ((Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus fontinalis) x Salvelinus fontinalis) 1544 ((Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus fontinalis) x Salvelinus pluvius) 1544 Salvelinus pluvius x Salvelinus pluvius 1544 319 Salvelinus pulvius 1233, 1489, 1554, 1576 Salvelinus salmo 625 Salvelinus timagamiensis 272 Salvelinus trutta (lacustris) 4 Sambo 658 Sambow 707, 1049, 1050 Sambrow 658 Sambrown 707, 983, 1049 Samesh sazan 1628 Samka 910, 1181 Samka, relysa 1193 Sanshiki-demekin 190 Sarcocheilichthys andersonii 231 Sarcocheilichthys variegatus 875 Sarda Cchiliensis 1075 Sargus annularis 1193 Sarotherodon aureus 231, 472, 851, 888, Sarotherodon galilaeus 231, 888 Sarotherodon hornorum 231, 329, 972 Sarotherodon hornorum zanzibarica 231 Sarotherodon leucostictus 231 Sarotherodon macrocephalus 231 Sarotherodon macrochir 231 Sarotherodon melanotheron 231 Sarotherodon mortimeri 231 Sarotherodon mossambica 577a 320 QZ; 1669a Sarotherodon mossambicus 231, 413, 981 Sarotherodon nigrus 231 Sarotherodon nilotica 231 Sarotherodon niloticus 231, 329, 413, 472, 577a, 851, 972, 1669a Sarotherodon spilurus nigrus 231 Sarotherodon variabilis 231 Sarotherodon variatus 231 Sarotherodon vulcani 231 Sauger 73, 81, 444, 767, 800, 1144, 1235, 1424, 1705 Sawbelly 1002 Sawbelly, Korean 1371, 1372 Sazanu/S8) 8853, See, L001, Weds Sazan, Amur 901 Scardiniopsis alburniformis 290 Scardiniopsis anceps 290 Scardinius anceps 961 Scardinius erythrocephalus 961 Scardinius erythrophthalmus 255, 290, 326, 398, 429, 682, 799, 836a,-838, 905, S6il), 193, 251) 2527 253, sso as A9): 13597 e369), 1370), 1383, 1667.7 1o98), Li24)) ae 265> 1727, Scardinius erythrophthalmus x Blicca bjoerkna 1193 Scardinius erythrophthalmus erythrophthalmus 241 Schchoka 1193 Schilbeodes miurus 1076 Schilbeodes mollis 1076 Schilbeodes nocturnus 1076 Schilbeodes noturus (miurus) 1076 321 Schire 1473 Schizothorax intermedius 1193 Schizothorax labiatus 1595 Schizothorax pseudaksaiensis issykhuli 1370 Schizothorax pseudaksaiensis-issykkuli 1595 Schizothorax pseudokaiensis 1349 Schizothorax pseudokxaiensis issykkuli 1193 Schizothorax saltans 1193 Schrzothorax isp. 1595 Schleierbarbe 504 Sscholle.979 Schupper, Ukranian 1081 Scomber 691 Scomber scombrus 1319 Scomberomorus cavalla 292 Scomberomorus maculatus 292 Scombroidei 1064 Scophthalmus rhombus 806, 1296 Scup 1431 Sebastes babcocki 1351 Sebastes marinus 149, 1158 sebastes mentellia 149, 1158 Sebastes rubrivinctus 1351 Sebastodes aurora 1269 Sebastodes crameri 1269 Sebastodes diploproa 1269 322 Sebastodes hopkinsi 1269 Sebastodes ovalis 1269 Semotilus 545, 1042, 1074 Semotilus atromaculatus 442, 665, 1144, 1338, 1352, 1496 Semotilus atromaculatus atromaculatus 659 Semotilus corporalis 665, 1424, 1496 Semotilus margarita 610, 941 Serpa, long blackfin 118 Serpae 118 Serrasalmus spilopleura 1734 Severya 885 Sevroga 1193 Sevisugarso9, 686), = T1907 193); sao 4 nal Od, S207), Sevryoga 1193 Sevryuga 904 Sevryuga kura 904 Shad 619 Shad, gizzard 1480 Shad, threadfin 1480 Shasta 1047 Sheefish 147 Shemaya 905 Shima 906 Shima-dojo 1543 Shiner, bluntface 1496 Shiner, common 545, 1144, 1352 323 1362 3537; 1424, Shiner, crescent 693 Shiner, peamouth 1235 Shiner, pretty 1496 Shiner, red 527 Shiner, redside 326, 390, 1235 Shiner, rosyface 458, 545 Shiner, satinfin 1496 Shiner, steelcolor 1496 Shiner, striped 1266 Ship 857 Shubunkin 1543 Shukin 1543 Siga 1182 Sima 910 Siphateles mohavensis 1193, 1212 Siphateles mohaviensis 465 Sur 6445656, "969, 1181, 1443; 1610, Sir samesh 1181 Skiffia francesae 848 Skiffia multipunctata 848 SL-18 88, 1582 Sh=29 #887 =1582 SL-29 x SL-18 88, 1582 SL F3 88 Smelee 1473 Snapper, cherry 577a 324 1686 Softmouth 894 Softmouth, neretva 894 Sogyo 1543 Sole, English 710 Sole, hybrid 710 Sole, lemon 254, 1299 Species 297, 807, 929a Spinachia 1176, 1193 Spinachia vulgaris 1193 Spiegelkarpfen 131, 1787 Spiltake Vil2)23), 125), §26) 28 ,7-35,°425.835 (213), 204 2h Sy 21 7e, 220), ZOE? Sine Da LO, aL ae 29S ZOO Zou) SSOny S470 S52), 353, 406, 425, 434, 454, 467, 481, 491, 545, 675, 695a, 699), HUtaiSa WS. Wet Wee TUS TO) IR | DAE OS\7/ SOR 29842986, WOL6 es elOl 7 elkO2 HO23)4 SOSn SLOSS. alOsie; OAS O45), M049 WOSOy, MOSS; kOS3;, Alto Woh? So a a6s, Ay ert? eal S 5. lala. a2 OS al AOGy.) eZee) e235 e maleeo 1A29, 1430, 442, 1474, 1475, 1481, 1495, 1502, 154i, SAO 57/5. oS Ohl S28 Spey SOrad 7 IOP eT Ole N72) a OS Splake x Trout, brook 1050, 1146 Splake, albino 137 Splake, Fi 1052 Splake, F, 1052 Splake, Redrock 695a Squalius agassizi 1507 Squalus anjubaulti 1359 Squalus cephalus 961 Squawfish, northern 1235 Stamn, ropsha 1081 Stamn, Ukranian 1081 325 Stellata 1327 Stenodus 1064 Stenodus leuchichthys nelma 1260 Stenodus leucichthys 272, 453, 797 Stenodus leucichthys nelma 147, 922 Stenotomus 691, 873, 1431 Stenotomus chrysops 1431 Stemiet 66,251, Z85,.367, 369, 370, 372,,406,) 513,604; 651), 797, 857, 911, 912, 1003, 1018; 1191s alo 2F AasloSe TIS yal98), 120271294, 1327, 1346, 13477 14285) 14325 1434, 1471, 1472 Sterlet x Beluga 369 Sterlet x Sevruga 369 Sterlet, sturgeon 420 Sterleta 885 Sterleyd 1362 stenlyad’ S17; 651, 786. 8815° 1194," 141995> 12007" 1435 Sterlyad x Osetr 1433 Sterlyad x Sevruga 1194 Sterlyad x (Sterlyad x Sevruga) 1194 Sterlydy 825, 917, 1193, 1196 Sterlydy x sevroga 1193 Sterlydy x sevruga 1193 Sterlydy x (Sterlydy x Sevruga) 1193 Sterylad 56, 371, 826, 903, 1190, 1471, 1472 Sterylyad 886, 1434 Sterylyad x Osetr 1434 Sterylyad x Sevruga 886 326 Stevruga 1201 Stevruga x Sevruga 1201 Stickleback, black threespine 390 Stickleback, red threespine 390 Stizostedion 767, 1249 Stizostedion canadense 444, 767, 800, 1235 Stizostedion vitreum 767, 938a Stizostedion vitreum vitreum 444, 800, 1235 Stizostidion canadense 938a, 1144 Stizostidion vitreum vitreum 1144 Stoneroller 1144, 1352, 1353 Storsik 1555 Sturgeon 0, (S675, S68, 826, 2064; O90 ye ALO 1. all 925, 1294, 1347, 1428, 1434 Sturgeon, Acipenser 728 Sturgeon, Amur 1191, 1434 Sturgeon, beluga 1327 Sturgeon, giant 651, 1434 Sturgeon, Huso 728 Sturgeon, Kurinskii 857 Sturgeon, Russian 1434 Sturgeon, ship 1192, 1193, 1434 Sturgeon, Siberian 857, 1191, 1434 Sturgeon sp. 404 Sturgeon, spiny 904 Sturgeon, spring 1191 327 L280; Sturgeon, starred 1192 Sturgeon, stellate 1191, 1434 Sturgeon, sterlet 1280, 1327 Sturgeon, white 1202 Sturgeon, white x Sterlet 1202 Sucker, bigmouth buffalo 1424 Sucker, black buffalo 1424 Sucker, bluehead 745, 1032, 1424 Sucker, flannelmouth 745, 1032, 1642 Sucker, humpback 745 Sucker, largescale 332, 390, 1174, 1235, 1424 Sucker, longnose 332, 1144, 1235, 1424 Sucker, lost river 1147 Sucker, Modoc 1149 Sucker, mountain 1147, 1235, 1424 Sucker, razorback 1032, 1642 Sucker, Sacramento 1149 Sucker, smallmouth buffalo 1424 Sucker, Tahoe 1147 sucker, white’332, 390, 745, 1032, 1114, 1174, 1235,71424 Sunbeam 706, 491 Sunéish; 212,283, 450, 769, 971, 1192, 1633; 1682 Sunfish, banded 388 Sunfish, bluegill 383, 1737 Sunfish, bluespotted 388 Sunfish, green 95, 171, 254, 331, 332, 379, 383, 388, 400, 400F Aine) 43077545 556, 557, 561, 713, 715,977, lS aos, 164, 793, 926,. 954, 955, 1009, 10107 di0567 510927211307 44, 1147, 1424, 1736, 1737, 2738; 17397 4S 328 Sunfish, green x Warmouth 388, 1009, 1010 Sunfish, longear 254, 388, 442, 763, 833, 1424 Sunfish, orange spotted 763 Sunfish, orangespotted 388, 545, 1144, 1424 Sunfish, pumpkinseed 383 Sunfish, redbreast 388, 767, 1424 Sunfish, redear 95, 171, 254, 383, 388, 400, 430, 442, 473, 556 755,77 ols), VS pe wei Wise O26 ,n 9545 S55 or ooo eekOnOr OS TE eee ea DAY Mela s,, AS ae LO iO, desiZ2e 735s, TS el SO coy ele Ae: Sunfish, redear x Bluegill 1718 Sunfish, redear hybrid 926 Sunfish, warmouth 411 SwOrdtaduegrs2), 633) ies 4) ae Sue SS eS Oe Nome Ao2 eS.) wl6Gi, 16S 697-365, “422 —n519, 2523, 648) JOSs F224 7891S), 1009, 1140, 1340, 1395, 1396, 1415, 1418, 1419, 1451, 1452, 1453, 1455, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1462, 1648, 1649, NES OMe o Sit el6>2Z),, l6Ss),, S654 .elohor 6577, 659) L660), ISA, Alea}, aly/7abe aly yea aly kel Swordtail x Platyfish 1453 Swordtail, albino 650 Swordtail, blackfin 590 Swordtail, green 1456 Swordtail, red 462, 464, 1464 Swordtail, red wagtail 590 Swordtail, simpson 590 Swordtail, tuxedo 590 Swordtail, tuxedo-simpson 590 Swordtail, wagtail 590 Symphysodon 1561 329 Symphysodon aequifasciata axelrodi 590 Symphysodon discus 590 Taimen 491 Tamoroko 1543 Tanago 1543 Tanichthys albonubes 758, 1068 Tautoga 691 Tautogolabrus 691, 1431 Tautogolabrus adspersus 1431 Teichkarpfen 1526 Telestes 188, 1507 Telestes soufia 187, 188, 1253, 1359,°1507 Telestes soufia agassizi 188, 1508 Henehuz2e, 720, 1002, 1280, 13707137; tetsa, blue 1734 Tetra, head and tail light 1734 Tetra, Mexican 1734 Tetra, neon 558 Tetra, sailfin 1734 Tetrapterus albidus 1285a, 1335, 1336 Tetrapterus belone 1285a, 1335 Tetrapterus georgel 1285a, 1336 Tetrapterus pfluegeri 1285a, 1335, 1336 Tetsugyo 1543 Thunnus alalunga 937 Thymallus arcticus 619 330 Thymallus vulgaris 491 Tiaroga 1042 Tiger 1775 Tigerfish 172, 1676 Rulaps a 14,3907 15946, 797, 1L07,) 1374, 1799 Tilapia amphimela 551 Tilapia amphimelas 599, 1607 Tilapia andersoni 258 Tilapia andersonii 551, 599, 728, 966 Pilaplia aurea ly, 9135,\41:97,4207,, 1 209,.258,0411,\ 42176 423,0424, 551, DVOlm bid, OV, OV 40. T32i,799),\ 9397), 953% 1 966; ) 97S IOS eso. Ils 7 297 SS 7.613 58),0 vo04y fdi545, 2 1563), 1608, 1796, 1798, 1800 Tilapia aurea x Tilapia hornorum 939 Tilapia aurea x Tilapia nilotica 576 Tilapia esculenta 258, 551, 599, 1607 Tilapia galilaea 258, 421, 551, 728 Tilapia galilea 599 Tilapia girigan 421 Tilapia guineensis 411 Tilapia guiniensis 966 Tilapia heudeloti 258, 551 Tilapia heudeloti macrocephala 258 Tilapia heudoloti 716 tilapia hornorum 53),2/54)," 1027, (103)5 13504208, \.254), 405) 409,411 4567 45517, 599), (66670674 1772, o791, 799 939), 962, 96679737, 974, TO52), 7108, Vie, ay LVS ore i290;, 1291, 1303a, 1345 Tilapia hornorum zanzibarica 405, 407 Tilapia jipe 421 331 Tilapia leucostica 966, 1108, 1291 Bitapha. leucosticta, 65, 258, 551, 599), 7997, 146u ely Tilapia macrocephala 231 Tilapia, macrochir 254, 258, 407, 551, 599, 72877791 ,9799"eo50r VG, 7/85 calaloyelay abel Tilapia macrochir x Tilapia nilotica 791 Tilapia-malacca hybrid 231 Tilapia melanopleura 258, 301, 411, 551, 799 Tilapia mortimeri 599 iplapia mossambica 53, 54, 109, 135, 197, 298," 208, 2547 258,2405, 407, 409,°:411,°421,: 432,,.447,, 551,,) 576; 5OOe 71.679 72842 7623,% 7707 79LGL 799\,a- 9156 91'o;6 966 OF 37 mol 4,405. 511070 945105,,. 44108), FAS Vala eee oy 1289), T2907, £544, 1545, 1607 Tilapia mossambica x Tilapia hornorum 208, 409 Tilapia mossambica x Tilapia nilotica 198, 1289 Tilapia mossambica (African) 32 Tilapia mossambica (Indoesia) 728 Tilapia mossambica (Java strain) 973 Tilapia mossambica (Malayan) 32, 404 Tilapia mossambica (Zanzibar strain) 728, 973 Tilapia mossambica zanzibarica 404 Lilapia nigra 258, 421, 551, 728, 799; 966,.,a108;a290m Titapia nilotica 53, 54, 102, 108%) LO9IeH98 209-2227 254, 258, 405, 407, 411, 421, 423, 424, 432, 447, 456, 55ile 576, S77, S/S, 599, 666, SLO, 28, aW/OZy oN /iiceeeolee 199;,, 888;,,, 915, 9iLG6;,..939;,.,950, 953), "9627 59667" Sis alehlO ss 1108, TMS, 1137 22289; 12908 (12905) 130s aye i345 elsiove S56R4 1545). 563,17 16085. 4796 Tilapia nilotica x Tilapia macrochir 791, 950 Tilapia nilotica x Tilapia mossambica 198 Tilapia nilotica (blue) 1608 332 Tilapia nilotica (Israel) 421 Tilapia nilotica (Lake Albert) 421 Tilapia nilotica (Lake Rudolph) 421 Tilapia nilotica typica 421 Tilapia niloticus 472 Tilapia pagani 421 Tilapia randalli 599 Rilapia rendalli” 231, 966, 1586 Tilapia sp. 258, 966 Tilapia spilurus 65, 1461, 1774 Tilapia spilurus nigra 551, 599 Tilapia spilurus spilurus 551 Tilapia squamipinnis 899 Ti hapa genOuloni 222)7 23,3258 2551 476,799 LitaprawarlaDiiis 258, (5515, 599; 1108, 1291 Tilapia volcani 1798 Tilapia vualeani) JAj,; 209;,):424),7 732),0'1973,,. 108," 1291.7 11504 Tilapia vulcani (nilotica) 207 Tidapl a ZT 017230 1 5258),) 199), 105,) 1586 Hilapia 1732 Teowe, ‘alipino- brook 1532 Trout, albino rainbow 1305 Trout, American: brook 51, 667, 1328 Trout, Apache 943 EROUE. Ararzona 1096, 1105 Trout, Arizona golden 268 TrOUc, aurora 1376 Trout, black-spotted 15, 16 Trout, blackspotted 1532 Trout, blueback 30 334 Trout, broad cutthroat 1481 EOE DEOOK Spas Oh V26\ v42 BES on eeO 63) 7-25) 42 los 2A3S oil 220). 22D, MLD, I2OA 2OS, Zo, 304. 330),.332, B/S O0; 306), 406, 433, (4905) 545, 614 6/5 O78 "689, 695at, 6967 699 OU TL SSD aS, MeO AO kG, Wie ioe Oe aol a2 O26 OSH Loads. GIOeelOwGr MhO22 m0 237 LOS OSS Os Ss e049. OSORNO O07 OSS sLOOss. diss PAYG eel Ase OSH eal 2 016), sel 2akO ales Sy ilb2 5 Oren a3 7/4. SOO i367, 376-1378) 1393), d4245 ars, Tei Laon rags) SMG REL SS 2) eS AO S75). Lavoe iLesoy, culos OSS 7st L/S Se S2 eS eS eT Si6nh deiWOe, ali o2s als Trout, brook x Splake 498 mOut, HEook, x Trout, Lake 638658) (661) 777, 27925" 1030 493 Trout, brook x Trout, salmon 661 Trout, brook (Redrock) 695a EROUteO GOWN: 17 LG aoe, SOS Ok ele Sem 2 5426330 Zoe 304)-5°330), S332), 346, 383), (390); (394; 406; 460) "4747 S290" AG. 52 i S4Se SO OF SS 762d, J638) (6580 67S mos I 696), HOG olga) 33) 0 TAO BOS 86S; «894s 9A OS 6) mo 6a) 19 SSy 9847. 985) 986, 9870 1006:,) 009), shO3 5), 4040) 104-915 O50, MOSSie calAes slaeGne | AEN SESS AEAG Ol Sa ee elo al eles Or IS 6 6r eel S/S) ss) reer a Sli6 alo 2 ea S43 se sO) Lossr WHA, D7 Sisi: SIL y/ Gish Alyke)s) Trout, brown gerum 570 Trout, brown Loch Leven 570 Trout, brownbow 707 EROut, bDuldews96))) lod Trout, California golden 268 PeEOUt eheiricy, 42331, “ES'7.5 Trout, coastal cutthroat 1466 Trout, coastal rainbow 1105 Trout, cutbow 1050 PEO, mCUbcEhEOat I2iew22) I2A eh i Slee S AD Oma 6 Oe Miu Oimoar ee LIS MOU So, S547, S14, 382, SIO 8459 4 OlleteGs4Ay BosGy 696, 729, 747, 748, 784, 805, 947, 986, 1034, 1040, 1049, AKOSKO) AOC sy 5 = AKONS) 5) aLaLOysy em aki ayes ealk ays). “Alas pss aI 7/0) 8 a LASh ey IPSs} s AUS AUSy. ALSVAALS ALSKoOie MLSS) ys abst aaa alas) Trout, Dolly Varden 332, 383, 565, 986, 1033, 1235, 1424 335 Ane O uty, eTeOuiite: -PrEoute; EO, Trout, ROU, big bhey Eagle Lake 1034 eastern brook 25, 383, 552, 1033, 1038, 1040, 1119, 1493 European 326 European brown 347 freshwater 1161 gila 938a, 1050 golden.13;,7 24, 113, 268, 275, 383, '390),5469;, (4907 oer Do4, 632, 633, 634, 636,' 938a, 1036010407 (050) wll 4a7e 1148, 1164, 1397 digo her ermaO Ute, dkictoy oh ey, ABI gob he Abigtoy the, Akrato oh eTsOUite;, Tee OUIE , dk atoy bh ee Trout, golden rainbow 469 greenback cutthroat 104, 1753 Hill's Lake brook 213 hime 1574 Kamloops, 268, 374. 1323,, 13825 Kern River 390 Lahontan cutthroat 374, 383, 1147 Lahontan rainbow 268 Lahonton cutthroat 375 take 85-23; 25, 26; 28,. 42, 83. 213). 2iiae2Z20gezzo, 23D MLS) pw Lon, 22, 291, 330), 332, 37> Ses asolieo Oo, 425, 433, 47/7, 491, 498, 50OL,.,545, 689, 1695a 16967 ae (Silt 19275 83i/ 986,061, 1022, 10237 0315 OSs hosiery 1043, 1048, 1049, 1050, 1052; TOSS; LOSS Ayo. isk2ey UA OG WA 76 1206, 121955 123576 1245, 12597) B47 Syeelts sy Po4i,. W543, 1575, 1576, 1633, 17577. di82y 85), also, TIO RAG O25 = 1793 ‘EROUE,, TOU, EOE, EEOUE, Ukeowher lake x Trout, brook 777, 1088 leopard 6, 1050 Little Kern golden 107, 517 Loch Leven 6, 1006 lochleven 503 336 Trout, lochleven x salmon 503 Trout, Louisa Lake 213 Trout, mountain 892 Trout, mule 1783 Trout, normal brook 1532 Trout, palomino 469 Teout, splute 268, 275, 1423 Trout, piute cutthroat 383, 1039 Trout, Quebec red 1088, 1235 ‘Oui 1 ealnbOow. a3), VAre m5 Soy, Mee MO oD ope 2a FOre a O4e OF. alas eee ia LE Lyi aera ae, PAS Ch oyei a ZA Ole: | AIAIL 23, 2d, 297; 304, 374, 382), (383; 390) 406 460) 40n5, 6327nr6s5,, O34, 636), -OSe) (OS585.-078" O0S971 696.) “O07, 29%, (3357 748, 784, 805, ‘368,892, 938a,, 9867" 99387,7 OOS Fao Z22F 1034, 1036, 10397 2040; 1049), L050; L070 Oss; T0897 LOGS O96). To A A Sr aS Si ake Se MG 4 lel G 57 MOR Ue 226 235. ab 6 eZ Om WlsO Sy a celes Zam S is Oi 1360; 13787 A399) L423) TAZe Tas MAO 532 el 54 Oy ILS Sy, abs) Abe lIb a ASO Ny Sine ALILIRShn lg ieys} Trout, rainbow cutthroat 272 Trout, rainbow (golden pigment) 1784 Trout, rainbow (Hot Creek strain) 375 Trout, rainbow (McCloud River strain) 375 Trout, rainbow (Mt. Shasta strain) 375 Trout, rainbow (normal (chimera)) 1784 Trout, rainbow (normal pigment) 1784 Trout, rainbow (palomino) 1784 Trout, rainbow (Wytheville strain) 375 Trout, rainbow x trout, steelhead 947 Trout, red 990 Trout, redband 374, 849, 1096, 1147, 1148 337 Trout, waver 50! Trout, Saghalin 990 Trout, salmon 474, 661 Trout, sear4il, 43, 45, 46, 50, 57, 70, 78, 419, 474) <491 'a5 01" Sil?) SS, 627, 681, 696, Sil, S41, 9305) 1006 1050; a ashous 2S Tea 22, LS S668 ASG. ekos0 Trout, silver 696, 990 Trout sp. 404 Leow, Speckled 23, 28, 232, 297, 491, S72), 59Rno7077, Sor HOS 27245 trout, steelhead 126, 171, 280, 374, 375, 470, 5527. 574 5586r 619, 849, 947, 986, 993, 1053, 1246, 1324, 1466;<1557 Trout, sunapee 1050 Trout, Sunapee Lake 397 Trout, sunbeam 1317 Trout, ten ton 706 mroue, “tiger"59,- 125, 140, 237, 330, 332, 4911497), 25087 goSer 667, 707, 984, ° 985, 1035, 1050, 1088, 447" 2235 Sa27 L733 Trout, wendigo 1088 Trout, wild cutthroat 1481 Trout, Yellowstone cutthroat 1423 Trout, Yellowstone Lake cutthroat 1710 Troue, zebra ©, 51, 491, L006, L050, 1728 Trutta fario 600, 602, 1489 Trutta lacustris 491 Trutta salar 1489 turbOELsO6;, 1296, 1332, 1572 Undermouth 905 338 Unknown 816 Vadvita 471 Valencia hispanica 528 Variatus, delta topsail 97 Variatus, sunset hi-fin 97 Varicorhinus 247 Varicorhinus capoeta 247, 507 Varicorhinus tanganicae 248 Varion 188 Veiltail 546 Vendace 491, 1181 Vendance 646 Vimba 905, 1673 Vimba vimba 905, 1280 Vimba vimba carinata 1698 Vimba vimba vimba 1673, 1674 Vimba vimba vimba carinata 290 Vimba vimba vimba N. carinata 1193 Vobla 914 Wachi-funa 1543 Walleye 81, 444, 767, 800, 964, 1144, 1235, 1424, 1705 Watmouchi 379, 383), 368, 400, 410743075 (7637 9/642 10097 Ono, Ay, VA OZ isi, LiS8),. Lia, az Warmouth x Sunfish, green 1010 Watonai 1543 Weakfish 1022 Wendigo 28, 477, 491, 1043, 1590 339 White cloud, gold 118 Whaterishel47 619), 646, 889, 1024) 1182) W213 i255, 1470);) S55 Whitefish, broad 310, 889, 890 Whitefish, chud 889, 1181 Whitefish, chudskoyi 890 Whitefish, humpback 147 Whitefish, lake 1276 Whitefish, Lake Baunt 184 Whitefish, Lake Chad 995 Whitefish, Lake Chud 889, 1440 Whitefish, ladoga 1449 Whitefish, Ludoga 646, 1440 Whitefish, onega 889 Whitefish, Piasina 889 Whitefish, pigmy 1022 Whitefish, round 1022 Whitefish, Sevan 995 Whitefish, sp. 1366 Whitefish, volkhov 646 Wild carp, Amur 1081 Wildkarpfen 1526, 1787 Xenoophorus captivus 579 Xenophorus captivus 579 Xenopus laevis 1396 Xenopus mulleri 1396 Xenotis 696, 1070 340 1260, Xenotoca eiseni 579, 580 Xenotoca eiseni x Xenotoca melanosoma 580 Xenotoca melanosoma 579, 580 Xenotoca variata 579, 580 Xe DDOPNO TUS: U5]. 2Oy", O39, _ 048, 6915, 900; 1004), L005) 109T;, LO SPA ZO 4Se 253) ala > S6lk LOZ se FOSS) a7 SO Xiphophorus brevis 683 Xiphophorus clemenciae 1138 Xiphophorus conchianus 900 Xiphophorus couchianus 195, 1640, 1802 Xiphophorus gardoni 1802 MipHOphHnorus Nnellert 79,285, 97, 1337, 134, W487 15i 7 i525 V54y LS Sy eel S64 OVO Or mkO SOG) Gi al OGr oA e eZ OO eo See Soy 457), os, So) ole Sls O24) aN OO4) LOO a eLOOor HOS ass AO Tost a2 Io SO wes OFS 5 1400, 1404, 1416, 1417, 1418, 1419, 1420, 1422, 1453, 1454, 1456, 1462, 1463, 1464, 1488a, 1660, 1640, 1652, ULES ALS LOW) pre LITO) yy aL y/o aly kel Mo atsK0)2 ((Xiphophorus-helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Platypoecilus variatus) 896, Xiphophorus 897 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus 1140, 897 helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus 465, 895, 896, helleri x Xiphophorus helleri 1658 helleri x Xiphophorus maculatus 900, 1138, 1140 helleri x Xiphophorus montezumae 222 heliler? .uentheri w48,)1'53),..680,) 913, 1138) 11s 97 1390, 1394, 1456, 1458, 1660 Xiphophorus helleri guentheri x Xiphophorus maculatus 1139 Xiphophorus helleri helleri 1138, 1140, 1458 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1138, 1139, 1140, 1451, 1457, 1458 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus x Xiphophorus maculatus 1138, 1140, 1451 341 Xiphophorus hellerii 195, 647, 648, 816 Xiphophorus hellerii guentheri 195 Xiphophorus hellerii strigatus 195 Xiphophorus maculatus 194, 195, 266, 312, 316, 422, 457, 462, 264 519 523), 549), 584, 588, (63, 695b_ 7 Silé, Sal Poler Sig 820), 82; 8227 898, 900, S77, S78) jANs8 iso Festa Or 22 228), LS4O0, AS90; 1394 S95) 139.6) ela OO a One 1402, 1404, 1416, 1451, 1454, 1456, 1457, 1458, 1464, Ta88ay 660) 1802, 1533), 534, .d640- 77 Oye iil allelic 1781 Xiphophorus maculatus rad Xiphophorus clemenciae 1138 Xiphophorus maculatus Xiphophorus helleri 1454, 1660 Had Xiphophorus maculatus 1140 tad Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1138, ta Xiphophorus maculatus Xiphophorus helleri helleri 1138, 1140 Xiphophorus maculatus 1140 ™ Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1138, Xiphophorus maculatus rubra 1770 Xiphophorus milleri 816, 820, 1802 271s laa ai SS 4ta SiO; a Swale Cyprinus carpio x Carassius auratus auratus 398 Cyprinus carpio x Carassius auratus gibelio 720 Cyprinus carpio x Carassius carassius 290, 429, 1004, 1005, HOA wos 22 13597 602 aa Cyprinus carpio? x Carassius carassius “1192 Cyprinus carpio xX carp, wild 728 Cyprinus carpio x Ctenopharyngodon idella 311, 721, 1000 Cyprinus carpio? x Ctenopharyngodon idella& 355, 996, 1411, 1413 Cyprinus carpioc x Ctenopharyngodon idella? 728, 1644 Cyprinus carpio x Cyprinus auratus 1009 Cyprinus carpio? x Cyprinus carpioc 1543 Cyprinus carpio x (Cyprinus carpio x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix) 264 Cyprinus carpio x Cyprinus carpio haematopterus 854, 1612 Cyprinus carpio? x Hemiculter eigenmannic 355, 1644 Cyprinus carpio x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 228, 264 396 Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus carpio? x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix¢ 996, 999 carpioc x Hypophthalmichthys molitrix? 728 carpio? x Labeo rohitac 138 carpioc x Labeo rohitac 728 carpio 2x Mylopharyngodon piceus & 996 carpio x Puntius gonionotus 410 carpio? x Puntius gonionotusc 412 carpio? x Rutilus rutilus carpathornicus ¢ 471 carpio x Scardinius erythrophthalmus 1369, 1370 Cyprinus carpioc x (Tilapia mossambica ox Tilapia nilotica? ) ? 1289 Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus Cyprinus carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio carpio Dab x flounder x Tinca-tincal 721), Ado3s) 1369) 137.0 1667, X Varicorhinus capoeta 247 Carpio X Carassius auratus auratus 241 Carpio X Carassius Carassius 241 Carpio xX carp, Amur 177 Carpio x Cyprinus carpio haematopterus 177, 254 gibelio x Cyprinus carpio 398 gibelio x Scardinius erythrophthalmus 398 gibelio x Tinca tinca 398 haematopterus x Cyprinus carpio (European) 866 Sny= 1331 Dace x bleak 1726 Dace x chub 1726 Dace x roach 1726 Dace, blacknose x chub creek 1352 397 Dace, blacknose x dace, longnose 390 Dace, Carassius xX Carassius 1280 Dace, longnose x chub river 458 Dace, longnose x dace, blacknose 326, 443 Dace northern redbelly x dace finescale 545, 1144 Dace redbelly x chub creek 1352 Dace redside x chub creek 545, 1352 Dace redside x shiner, common 545 Danio reriog xX Danio analipunctatus? 1159 Darter? x perch, yellow o 767 Darter, Johnny x darter, tesselated 390 Dionda x Erimystax 1042 Dionda x Extrarius 1042 Dionda x Hybognathus 1042 Dionda x Hybopsis 1042 Dionda x Nocomis 1042 Dionda x Notemigonus 1042 Dionda x Notropis 1042 Dionda x Opsopoedus 1042 Dionda x Phenacobius 1042 Dionda x Pimephales 1042 Dionda x Rhinichthys 1042 Dionda x Semotilus 1042 Diptychus dybowski? x Leuciscus schmidtic 1349 Dlatva x leshch 1193 Dorosoma cepedianumo x Dorosoma petenense? 1446 Dorosoma cepedianum x Dorosoma petenense 1446 398 Dorosoma petenense®S x Dorosoma cepedianum ? 1446 Dorosoma petenenses x (Dorosoma cepedianumc x Dorosoma petenense 2)? 1446 Dionda nubila x Notropis zonatus 1496 Se Elets x golovy 1193 Enneacanthus obesus? x Ambloplites rupestrisS 388 Epiplatys bifasciatus x Epiplatys chevalieri 91 Epiplatys chaperi x Epiplatys dageti 91 Epiplatys dageti x Aphyosemion calliurum 91 Epiplatys dageti x Aphyosemion christyi 91 Epiplatys dageti x Aphyosemion cognatum 91 Epiplatys dageti1 x Epiplatys bifasciatus 91 Epiplatys dageti x Epiplatys chaperi 91 Epiplatys dageti x Epiplatys fasciolatus 91 Epiplatys dageti x Epiplatys macrostigma 91 Epiplatys dageti x Epiplatys grahami 91 Epiplatys dageti x Epiplatys sexfasciatus 91] Epiplatys dageti x Roloffi petersi 91 Epiplatys fasciolatus x Epiplatys chaperi 91 Epiplatys sexfasciatus x Epiplatys chaperi 91 Epiplatys sexfasciatus x Epiplatys chevalieri 91 Epiplatys sexfasciatus x Epiplatys grahami 91 Epiplatys sexfasciatus x Epiplatys longiventralis 91 Eremichthys x Rhinichthys 1042 Ericymba x Erimystax 1042 Ericymba x Exoglossum 1042 399 Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Ericymba Erimystax x Extrarius Erimystax x Hemitremia Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax x x Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax Erimystax x x Semotilus Extrarius 1042 Hemitremia 1042 Hybognathus 1042 Hybopsis 1042 Nocomis 1042 Notropis 1042 Opsopoedus 1042 Parexoglossum 1042 Phenacobius 1042 Pimephales 1042 Rhinichthys 1042 Semotilus 1042 1042 1042 Hybognathus 1042 Hybopsis 1042 Nocomis 1042 Notemigonus 1042 Notropis 1042 Opsopoedus 1042 Phenacobius 1042 Pimephales 1.042 Rhinichthys 1042 1042 Ershch x okony 1193 Esox americanus x Esox tridecemlineatus 1704 Esox americanus americanus x Esox americanus vermiculatus 475 349, Esox americanus americanus x Esox niger 1157 Esox lucium x Esox masquinongy 738 Esox lucius x Esox americanus 1046 Esox lucius x Esox masquinongy 498, 1575 Esox lucius* x Esox masquinongy ° 106 Esox lucius x Esox niger 479, 498, 1075 Esox lucius x Fsox reicherti 498, 499 Esox masquinongy x Esox lucius 498, 499, 1247 Esox masquinongy? x Esox luciusS 313 Esox niger x Esox americanus 479, 1157 Esox niger? x Esox lucius © 1631 Esox reicherti? x Esox americanus americanus % 482 Esox reichertico x Esox americanus vermiculatus ? 482 Esox reicherti x Esox lucius 482 Esox reichertic' x Esox lucius? 482 Esox reicherti?x Esox luciuso 482 (Esox reicherti x Esox lucius) x Esox reicherti 482 Esox reicherti?x Esox masquinongys 482 Esox reichertio x Esox masquinongy? 482 Esox reichertic x Esox niger ? 482 Etheostoma blennioides newmani x Etheostoma blennioides gutselli 1071 Etheostoma camarum x Etheostoma tippecanoe 1807 Etheostoma chlorobranchium x Etheostoma rufilineatum 1807 Etheostoma flabellare flabellare x Etheostoma lineolatum 1480 Etheostoma gracile x Percina maculata 1239 Etheostoma lepidum 9x Stizostedion vitreumS% 767 Etheostoma nigrum x Etheostoma olmstedi 1044 401 Etheostoma Etheostoma Etheostoma 1424 Etheostoma Etheostoma Etheostoma Etheostoma Etheostoma Etheostoma nigrum digitale x Etheostoma nigrum maculiceps 611 nigrum nigrum x Etheostoma nigrum eulepis 545 olmstedi atromaculatus x Etheostoma olmstedi olmstedi radiosum cyanorum x Etheostoma spectabile 736 spectabile “x Etheostoma caeruleum? 1125 spectabile x Etheostoma radiosum 539, 542 spectabile x Percina sciera 736 spectabile? x Stizostedion vitreums 767 1238 squamiceps x Etheostoma kenicott1 1237, Etheostoma whipplei x Etheostoma caeruleum 1019 Eupomotis gibbosus x Heleoperca macrochryps Euxiphipops sexstriatus x Euxiphipops xanthometapon Exoglossum x Hybognathus Exoglossum Exoglossum Exoglossum Exoglossum Exoglossum Exoglossum Exoglossum x Semotilus Extrarius x Gila Extrarius Extrarius Extrarius Extrarius Extrarius Extrarius x x 1193 1525 1042 1042 x Margariscus x Nocomis 1042 Notemigonus 1042 Notropis 1042 x Pimephales 1042 x Rhinichthys 1042 1042 1042 Hybognathus 1042 Hybopsis 1042 Macrhybopsis 1042 Nocomis 1042 Notemigonus 1042 Notropis 1042 402 Extrarius x Opsopoedus 1042 Extrarius x Phenacobius 1042 Extrarius x Pimephales 1042 Extrarius x Platygobio 1042 Extrarius x Rhinichthys 1042 Extrarius x Semotilus 1042 -F= FL x Salvelinus fontinalis 859 Flier x crappie, white 1480 Floundere x dabo’ 1331 Flounder x halibut 1299 Flounder x plaice 1298, 1299, 1368, Flounder? x plaicee 1331 Flounder « x plaice? 1300 Flounder x sole, lemon 1299 Funa x Acheilognathus moriokae 782 Funa x carp 1204, 1224 Funa? x carp 691, 1224, 1543 (Funa x carp) x funa 691 (Funa x carp) x carp 1224, 1543 Funa x carp, koibuna 782 Funa x Cyprinus carpio 131 Funa x goldfish 131, 1543 Funa? x loacho 8:73 1514 Funa x Misgurnus anguillicaudatus 131 Funa x Pseudorasbora parva 782 403 Funa x Tinca tinca 782 Funa x ryukin 1543 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus x Adinia 528 x Ctenolabrus 873, 1193, 1431 x Lucania 528 x) Menidia. (514, 1515; P57 Fundulus? x Menidia &% 1516 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus 93), Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus x Prionotus 873 catenatus 2x Fundulus grandis% 528 catenatus? x Fundulus olivaceus & 528 catenatus9@ x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus o 528 catenatus 9X Lucania parva ¢ 528 chrysotus ? x Fundulus confluentus &% 528 chrysotus? x Fundulus grandis 528 chrysotus? x Fundulus zebrinus kansae ¢ 528 confluentus? x Fundulus grandis o 528 diaphanus x Fundulus heteroclitus 415, 691 diaphanuso x Fundulus heteroclitus 9? 596 diaphanus diaphanus x Fundulus heteroclitus 333 diaphanus diaphanus x Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus 1424 diaphanus diaphanus x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus 94 grandis? x Cyprinodon variegatus o 528 grandis? x Lucania parva o 528 grandis? x Fundulus confluentus ¢o 528 grandis? x Fundulus pulvereus co 528 grandis? x Fundulus similis & 528 grandis? x Fundulus xenicus o 528 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus grandis? x Fundulus zebrinus kansaeS 528 grandis? x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus ¢ 528 heteroclitus? x Cynoscion regalis o 1744 heteroclitus x Fundulus diaphanus 414, 415 heteroclitus «x Fundulus diaphanus 2 596 heteroclitus? x Fundulus luciaes 378 heteroclitus x Fundulus majalis 414, 691 heteroclitus? x Fundulus majalisc 412 heteroclitus x Menidia notata 1193 heteroclitus x Tautogolabrus adspersus 1431 kansae x Fundulus sciadicus 1193 kansae x Fundulus zebrinus 94 luciae? x Fundulus heteroclitusc 378 majalis x Fundulus heteroclitus 1510 majalis? x Fundulus heteroclitusc 412, 1193 notatus x Fundulus olivaceus 302 notatuso x Fundulus olivaceus 9? 484 notatus@ x Fundulus olivaceus ¢ 528 notatus9? x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinusc 528 notti9gx Fundulus olivaceuso 528 notti? x Fundulus zebrinus kansaes* 528 notti?x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinusS% 528 olivaceus x Fundulus notatus 677 olivaceus “x Fundulus notatus 2? 484 olivaceus? x Fundulus notatus® 528 olivaceus? x Fundulus pulvereus “ 528 olivaceus? x Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus “ 528 405 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus parvipinnis? x Salmo gairdneric 491 pulvereus 2 x Fundulus confluentus “ 528 pulvereus 2 x Fundulus grandis * 528 pulvereus ° x Fundulus olivaceus o 528 pulvereus 2? x Fundulus zebrinus kansae o« 528 pulvereus ? x Fundulus similis? similis9 similis 9° similis? similis? x x x x x similis?x similis? x SMELLS O0x thierryl xenicus ? xenicus 9 xenicus 9 Xenicus Q xenicus 9? zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus zebrinus x x x > 4 x x Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus® 528 grandisS% 528 notatus SS 528 nottic 528 olivaceus “ 528 pulvereus &* 528 xenicus & 528 zebrinus kansae oo 528 zebrinus zebrinus & 528 Aphyosemion arnoldic 91 Cyprinodon variegatusc% 528 Fundulus confluentus & Fundulus grandis 528 528 Lucania parvac 528 Fundulus zebrinus Kansaec 528 kansae? x kansae? x Kansae? x kansaeQ x kansaeQ X kansae 9 X zebrinus 9 Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus Fundulus chrysotus % 528 confluentusS 528 grandis & 528 olivaceus< 528 xenicus « 528 zebrinus zebrinus ~ 528 x Fundulus grandis & 528 zebrinus 9 x Fundulus olivaceus « 528 406 Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus ? x Fundulus pulvereusS 528 Fundulus zebrinus zebrinus? x Fundulus zebrinus kansaeS 528 Gadus macrocephalus x Oncorhynchus keta ee 1466 Gadus macrocephalusc x Oncorhynchus keta? 491 Gadus morrhua x Pleuronectes flesus 688 Gambusia affinis x GambuSia aurata 1101 Gambusia affinis x Gambusia heterochir 618, 1101, 1193 Gambusia affinis x Gambusia rhizophorae 618 Gambusia affinis affinis? x Gambusia affinis holbrookic 303 Gambusia affinis holbrooki? x Gambusia affinis affinis ¢ 303 Gambusia heterochir x Gambusia affinis 90 Gambusia marshi? x Gambusia affinis affinis© 1104 Gambusia punctata x Gambusia rhizophorae 618 Gambusia rhizophorae x Gambusia affinis 618 Gardonus rutilus x Blicca bjoerkna 1359 Gardonus rutilus x Brama brama 1359 Gasterosteus aculeatus? x Gasterosteus wheatlandi ¢ 1361 Gasterosteus aculeatus x Pungitius pungitius 1777 Gasterosteus aculeatus? x Pungitius pungitius % 1176 Gasterosteus aculeatus leuirus x Gasterosteus aculeatus trachurus LS hOre Lad i. Gasterosteus aculeatus microcephalus ° x Gasterosteus aculeatus williamsoniS 1355 Gasterosteus aculeatus trachurus x Gasterosteus aculeatus leuirus aL y/a/a/ Gasterosteus aculeatus-red x Gasterosteus aculeatus-black 1590 Gasterosteus aculeatus williamsoni? x Gasterosteus aculeatus microcephalus ¢% 1355 407 Gasterosteus lJeuris x Gasterosteus trachurus 685, 686 Gasterosteus sp. xX Gasterosteus aculeatus 278 Gasterosteus trachiurus x Gasterosteus lJeiurus 1156 Gasterosteus wheatlandi? x Gasterosteus aculeatuso& 1361 Gengoro? x kin-buna <& 1543 Genotype 38 At Sc?x 1765-11 Cam Cbc 816 38 At Sc?x 1765-13 Cho 816 1765-1+°x unknown & 816 1765-2+2x unknown & 816 1765-3+2x unknown & 816 1797-1+9x 1765-11 Cam Cb 816 1800-1+92x 1800-12 Cb “816 1889b-1 Cb+2x 1860-11 At Sc 816 1889b-2 Cam Cb+@x 1962-11+ °° 816 1889b-4+°x 1889a-1l1 At Sc 816 2043-1 Sc Cb+?@x 2088-12 Cam Cb “816 2043-2 Cb+2x 2085-13 Cam Cb 816 2043-3+2x 2096-11 Ato 816 2085-1 Cb+@x 1889a-1l1l At Sco 816 2085-3+9x 2085-14+<0 816 2096-1 At+?x 2085-11 Cb 816 2096-2 Cam+?x 2085-11 Cbo 816 2096-3+2x 2043-11 Sc Cbho 816 2202-12x 2214-12 Cb 816 Geophagus brasiliensiso x Cichlasoma nigrofasciatum? 966 Gibelio x carp 835 Gila x Hesperoleucas 1042 Gila x Iotichthys 1042 Gila x Lavinia 1042 Gila x Lepidomeda 1042 Gila x Meda 1042 Gila x Moapa 1042 Gila x Mylocheilus 1042 Gila x Mylopharodon 1042 Gila x Notemigonus 1042 Gila x Notropis 1042 Gila x Orthodon 1042 408 Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Gila Pimephales 1042 ra Plagopterus 1042 4 Platygobio 1042 ta x Pogonichthys 1042 x Ptychocheilus 1042 bicolor x Rhinichthys osculus 1496 bicolor x Richardsonius egregius 1496 crassicauda x Lavinia exilicauda 1496 elegans x Gila cypha 1105 mohavensis x Gila orcutti 90, 928, 1511 nigrescens x Rhinichthys cataractae 1496 orcutti x Gila mohavensis 664 orcutti x Hesperoleucus symmetricus 1212 orcutti x Hesperoleucus symmetricus subditis orcuttii x Siphateles mohavensis 1193 robusta grahami x Campostoma ornatum pricel robusta robusta x Gila elegans 1105 robusta robusta x Gila intermedia 1105 Ginbuna ? x kinbuna 1575 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha ox Oncorhynchus kisutch ? 268 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha x Oncorhynchus masou 691, 1489 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha ° x Oncorhynchus masou °° 1089 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha “x Oncorhynchus masou 9 600 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 2 x Oncorhynchus nerka * 491, 696, 1550 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha “x Oncorhynchus nerka 92 268 Oncorhynchus gorbuscha “x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha 2 268 Oncorhynchus keta x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 276, 491, 498, 665, 691, .1119,. 1272,°1334,, 1466, 1473, 1489,°1544;515497 Sis7s Oncorhynchus kKeta? x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha ¢ 491, 600, 602, 731, SVAN S51, S75 Oncorhynchus keta&% x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha? 268, 425, 600, 602 Oncorhynchus keta& x Oncorhynchus kisutch ° 268 Oncorhynchus keta x Oncorhynchus masou 1554 Oncorhynchus keta?x Oncorhynchus masou< 600, 1089, 1380, 1575 Oncorhynchus keta x Oncorhynchus nerka 387, 425, 491 436 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus 491 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus 1634 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus keta@ x Oncorhynchus nerkac 1380, 1381, 1549, ketao X Oncorhynchus nerka ? 268 keta x Oncorhynchus nerka adonis 1580 keta? x Oncorhynchus nerka adonis*% 1575, 1577 keta& x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha ? 268 keta? x Salmo irideus “ 1380 keta? x Salvelinus fontinalis ¢ 1380 keta autumnalis x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha kisutch? x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha co 491 kisutchc& x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha ? 268 kisutch¢% x Oncorhynchus keta ? 268 kisutch ? x Oncorhynchus masou ~“ 1089 kisutch¢ x Oncorhynchus nerka 2? 268 kisutch? x Oncorhynchus tshawytschao 304, 425, kisutch¢o x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha ? 268 kisutch ¢x Salmo gairdneri ? 426, 678 kisutch?x Salmo gairdneri o 304 kisutch?x Salmo salar co 304 kisutch? x Salmo trutta ¢o 304 kisutch? x Salvelinus fontinalis & 304, 425, macrostoma xX Oncorhynchus rhodurus' 871 masou X Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 1489 masou? x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha “ 602, 1575 masouc% x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 2? 600, 602 masou X Oncorhynchus keta 691, 1489 masou ? x Oncorhynchus keta & 491, 1380, 1575 437 491, 823 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus F1l233)2 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhyncus masou ? X Oncorhynchus rhodurus o 1544, 1549, 7554, 15507 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus 1575, Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus masou o X Oncorhynchus keta ° 600, 602 masou? x (Oncorynchus masou? x Salvelinus pulviusc)¢ masou xX Oncorhynchus nerka 1575 masou 2x Oncorhynchus nerka « 1380, 1550 masou X Oncorhynchus rhodurus 29, 425, 1575 1546, 15523) e575 masou? x Salmo gairdneri & 1550 masou x Salmo Jeucomaenis 491 masou9? x Salmo trutta o 1550 masou 9? x Salvelinus fontinalis©% 425, 1549, 1550, L576 masou x Salvelinus leucomaenis 828, 829 masou x Salvelinus malma 425 masou x Salvelinus pluvius 829 masou9? x Salvelinus pluvius ° 1550 mMasou x Salvelinus pulvius 1233 masou x trout, brook 828 (Oncorhynchus masou x Oncorhynchus rhodurus) x Oncorhynchus rhodurus 1575 (Oncorhynchus masou x Salvelinus pulvius) x Oncorhynchus masou Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus 12933 masou ishikawae x Oncorhynchus masou 1564 masou (macrostoma) x Oncorhynchus rhodurus 491 nerka x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 1544, 1549, 1575 nerkac& x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 2? 268 nerka 2 x Oncorhynchus gorbuschac 491 nerka x Oncorhynchus keta 1544, 1573, 1575 nerkao& xX Oncorhynchus keta? 268 438 Oncorhynchus 550), Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus I ey7iis) Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus nerka? x Oncorhynchus keta ¢ 1380, 1381, 1549, 1551, 1634 nerka& x Oncorhynchus kisutch ? 268 nerka 2x Oncorhynchus masou co 1089, 1380, 1550, 1575 nerka ?x Oncorhynchus rhodurus & 1550, 1552 nerka x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha 696 nerka 2x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha % 1544, 1549, nerka &* x Oncorhynchus tshawytscha 2 268 nerka?x Salmo gairdneri * 1550, 1552 nerka 2x Salmo trutta ¢ 1550, 1552 nerka 2x Salvelinus fontinalds: c71550; 15527-1575 Oncorynchus nerka? x Salvelinus pluvius & 1550, 1552 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus ES505 Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus Oncorhynchus nerka adonis x Oncorhynchus keta 1580 nerka adonis? x Oncorhynchus ketac 1575, 1577 nerka adonis? x Oncorhyncus rhodurus ¢ 491 nerka adonis? x Salvelinus fontinalis ¢ 491 rhodurus? xX Oncorhynchus keta o 1550 rhodurus x Oncorhynchus masou 425, 491, 829, 1543 rhodurus ? X Oncorhynchus masou co 1544, 1546, 1549, L551 eeL552 rhodurus x Oncorhynchus masou macrostoma 872 rhodurus 2 xX Salmo gairdneri &% 1550 rhodurus °? x Salmo truttac 1550, 1551 rhodurus ? xX Salvelinus fontinalis “ 425, 776, 1550 rhodurus ? x Salvelinus pluvius o 1546, 1550, 1552 tshawytscha x Lota marmorata 491, 810 tshawytscha ? x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha % 1544, 1549 tshawytscha©S x Oncorhynchus gorbuscha 2 268 439 Oncorhynchus tshawytschaco x Oncorhynchus keta? 268 Oncorhynchus tshawytscha? x Oncorhynchus kisutch o 1544, 1549 Oncorhynchus tshawytschac x Oncorhynchus kisutch 2 268 Oncorhynchus tshawytscha9? x Oncorhynchus kisutchi & 1575 Oncorhynchus tshawytscha? x Oncorhynchus masou * 1089 Oncorhynchus tshawytschao X Oncorhynchus nerka ? 268 Oncorhynchus tshawytscha x Salmo trutta 491, 810 Oplegnathus fasciatus x Oplegnathus punctatus 1448 Opsopoedus x Phenacobius 1042 Opsopoedus x Pimephales 1042 Opsopoedus x Rhinichthys 1042 Opsopoedus x Semotilus 1042 Oregonichthys x Ptychocheilus 1042 Oregonichthys x Rhinichthys 1042 Oregonichthys x Richardsonius 1042 Orthodon x Pogonichthys 1042 Orthodon x Ptychocheilus 1042 Orthodon x Rhinichthys 1042 Orthodon microlepidotus x Gila bicolor 206 Oryzias latipes x Carassius auratus 1554 Oryzias latipes x Cyprinus carpio 1554 Osetr x akula 1062 Osetr x beluga 1193, 1201, 1434 Osetr x (beluga x sterlydy) 1193 Osetr x carp 1062 Osetr¢? x (osetr¢? x sterylyadc)c 886 Osetr x sevruga 1190, 1362 Osetr x sevryoga 1193 Osetruxesterlet, 911937) 19195. 0327 Osetr? x sterlet o 367 Osetr x sterleyd 1362 Osetr x sterlyad 1433 Osetr x sterlydy 917, 1193 Osetr x sterylad 1190 Osetr x sterylyad 886, 1434 =-P= Pantosteus platyrhynchus x Pantosteus clarki 1105 Pantosteus plebeus x Catostomus 1105 Pantosteus plebeius x Pantosteus discobolus 1105 Paracheilognathus rhombeus ° x Acheilognathus limbatus & 750 Paracheilognathus rhombeus ? x Acheilognathus tabirac 750 Paracheilognathus rhombeus ° x Rhodeus ocellatus o 750 Parexoglossum x Phenacobius 1042 Parexoglossum x Pimephales 1042 Parexoglossum x Rhinichthys 1042 Parexoglossum x Semotilus 1042 Parophrys vetulus x Pltichthys stellatus 710 Peled x chir 1679 Pelvicachromis pulcheri¢ x Pelvicachromis subocellatus 2? 966 Pelyad x chir 309, 1680 Pelyad? x whitefish « 889 Pelyad? x whitefish broado 890 Pelyady x chir 644 Pelydy x chir 310 441 Pelyly se elaalie i Aka 7/y7/ Perca x Stizostedion 767 Perca fluviatilis x Acerina acerina Perca fluviatilis x Acerina cernua al 76 193 Ty SS Perca fluviatilis? x Salmo irideus o& 188 Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Perch, Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina Percina walleye x sauger 73 white ox bass, striped? 261 yellow? x Chaenobryttus coronarius 3 767 yellow? x Cichlasoma yellow? x Etheostoma yellow? x Etheostoma yellowo x Etheostoma cyanoguttatum &* 767 blennioides & 767 caeruleum & 767 spectabile “ 767 yellow? x Etheostoma tetrazonum So 767 yellow? x Lepomis cyanellus o 767 yellow? x Lepomis macrochirus “ 767 yellow? x Lepomis punctatus & 767 yellow? x Percina scierac 767 white «x bass, striped ? 1483 caprodes °x Percina macrolepidac 152 caprodes x Percina maculata caprodes x Percina sciera id, 736 36); 2023 9 2) caprodes °x Stizostedion vitreum o 767 Caprodes caprodes x Percina semifasciata 659 evides evides x Percina evides striolacauda maculata x Percina phoxocephala 736 nigrofasciata x Percina sciera notogramma x Percina peltata 520i, NAS) phoxocephala x Percina maculata 1239 442 736 5097 510 Pestryli, tolstolobika x belugo, Amur Petromyzon marinus Petromyzon marinus Petromyzon marinus Petromyzon marinus Phantom, black x serpae Phenacobius Phenacobius Phenacobius Phenacobius Phoxinus eos x Phoxinus neogaeus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Phoxinus Pickerel Pickerel, Pickerel, Pickerel, Pickerel, Pickerel, Pickerel, » 4 x x x Pimephales Platygobio Rhinichthys Semotilus 178 x Ichthyomyzon castaneus 1270 x Ichthyomyzon fossor 1270 x Ichthyomyzon unicuspis 1270 x Lampetra lamottenii 1270 118 1042 1042 1042 1042 938a, Gai 992 eos x (Phoxinus neogaeus x Semotilus margarita) eos x Semotilus margarita neogaeus neogaeus neogaeus phoxinus phoxinus 941 x Phoxinus eos 941 x Phoxinus eos (Chrosomus eos) 610 x Semotilus margarita 610, 941 x Cyprinus Garpro 13:70 x Nemachilus barbatulus 290 phoxinuss x Telestes soufia@ 187 chain x muskellunge chain x chain x chain x grass x grass x 479 pickerel, grass 479, 1088 pickerel, redfin 479, 1088, 1424, 1754 pike, northern 479, 1088, 1424 pickerel, redfin 1424 pike, northern 1424 redfin x pickerel, chain 1424 Pig LDH-l x fluke LDH 1013 Pike x maskinonge 20 443 941 Pike x muskellunge 478 Pike x musky 515 Pike, Amur x muskellunge 482, 1060 Pike, Amur x musky 1756 Pike, Amur x pike, northern 129, 482, 498, 1060 Pike, Amur x pickerel chain 482 Pike, Amur x pickerel grass 482 Pike, Amur x pickerel redfin 482 Pike northern x catfish, channel 96 Pike, northern x muskellunge 106, 123, 569, 655, 734, 844, 1059, 1424 Pike, northern ° x musky o 1283 Pike northern ox muskie 9 844 Pike northern x pickerel chain 479 Pike, northern x pickerel, grass 1046, 1144, 1437 Pike, northern? x pike, Amur. 1060 Pike, silver x muskellunge 1050 Pimephales x Platygobio 1042 Pimephales x Rhinichthys 1042 Pimephales x Semotilus 1042 Pimephales notatus x Pimephales promelas 968 Plagopterus x Ptychocheilus 1042 Plagopterus x Rhinichthys 1042 Plagopterus x Tiaroga 1042 Plaice x dab 1299 Plaice x flounder 264, 473, 474, 631, 1293, 1294, 1295, 1298, 1460, 1639 Plaice? x flounder co 1220, 1296, 1331 Plaice co x#flounder ¢- 1299 (Plaice x flounder) x flounder 1293 (Plaice x flounder) x plaice 1293 Plaice x halibut 1299 Plaice x sole, lemon 254, 1299 Plaice sp. x plaice sp. 366 Piarce sp. x halibut sp...-366 Platessa platessa x Hypoglossoides platessoides 1193 Platichthys flesus x Pleuronectes platessa 1514 Platichthys flesus? x Pleuronectes platessag 1298 Platyfish x (platyfish x swordtail green) 1456 Plabyrlshexy Swordtalls) 133 Sulsl5s iol So ) vels Sole? 263 oes AQ2, 109; ni22;-789, 913), L45, 1418). 1455) 1458) 1462, Loss, 650, 165i), 1652, 1653, 1654, 1656, 1657), 16597. 1660, L662, EGGS loli 74/16, MAN /a7iZ Platyfish ? x swordtail “ 1453, 1457 Platyfish ? x (swordtail? x platyfishc)* 1453 (Platyfish x swordtail) x swordtail 1651 Platyfish x swordtail green 1456 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1458 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri helleri 1458 Platyfish x Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1458 Platyfish spotted x swordtail 648 Platyfish-swordtail x swordtail 1458, 1663 Platygobio x Rhinichthys 1042 Platypoecilus x Xiphophorus 639, 1655 Platypoecilus x Xiphophorus helleri 1091 Platypoecilus ox Xiphophorus strigatus? 683 Platypoecilus conch x Platypoecilus maculatus 1004, 1005 445 Platypoecilus conchianus x Platypoecilus maculatus 691 Platypoecilus latipinna x Platypoecilus sphenops 900 Platypoecilus maculatus x Platypoecilus variatus 160 Platypoecilus maculatus x Platypoecilus xiphidium 160, 897, 1417, 1422 Platypoecilus maculatus? x Platypoecilus xiphidiumS 898 Platypoecilus maculatus x Platypoecilus xiphophorus 160 Platypoecilus maculatus °o x Xiphophorus brevis? 683 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri 134, 151, 152, 154, 155,..156, 159), 160; 165,, L66))-167,;" 168 7 465)5 649/222 Sr 725, 896, 913, 982, 1301, 1417, 1419) 1420, 1422) 214627 WAGSe a 65275 6614/4 ele Ov. Platypoecilus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri<“ 167, 895 Platypoecilus maculatus x (Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus helleri) 1658 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helieri 134, 151, 159, 165, 166, 167, 913, 1417, 1420 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Piatypoecilus maculatus 156, 159 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 153, 1660 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Platypoecilus maculatus 153, 1660 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1660 ((Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri) x Platypoecilus maculatus 167 (((Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri) x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Platypoecilus maculatus 167 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus hellerii 647, 648 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helilerii) x Xiphophorus 648 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus montezumae 151, 160, 723, 72a 725 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi 1417, 1422 Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus variatus 898 (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus variatus) x Xiphophorus maculatus 898 Platypoecilus maculatus pulcheri x Xiphophorus helleri 970 Platypoecilus sphenops x Platypoecilus latipinna 900 Platypoecilus variatus x Platypoecilus maculatus 154, 160, 691, 897, 1004, 1005 (Platypoecilus variatus x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Platypoecilus Xiphidium 897 Platypoecilus variatus x Platypoecilus xiphidium 160, 1398 Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri 154, 160, 709, A a2 2 gil el Te (Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri 709, 1417, 1422 Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 148, 153, 1660 (Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1660 Platypoecilus variatus x Xiphophorus montezumae 160 Platypoecilus xiphidium x Platypoecilus maculatus 160, 691 Platypoecilus xiphidium x Platypoecilus maculatus 898 Platypoecilus xiphidium x Platypoecilus variatus 160 Platypoecilus xiphidium x Xiphophorus helleri 151, 160 Platypoecilus xiphidium x Xiphophorus montezumae 151, 152, 160 Platypoecilus xiphophorus x Platypoecilus maculatus 159, 160, 1004, 1005 Platypoecilus xiphophorus x Platypoecilus variatus 159, 160 Platypoecilus xiphophorus x Xiphophorus helleri 159 Platypoecilus xiphophorus x Xiphophorus montezumae 159, 160 447 Pleuronectes flesus? x Pleuronectes platessa Pleuronectes limanda x Gadus morrhua 688 Pleuronectes limanda x Pleuronectes 688 Pleuronectes platessa x Gadus morrhua 1193 oe 1629 Pleuronectes platessa? x Hippoglossus hippoglossusS% 1298 Pleuronectes platessa x Platichthys flesus ISOS 1 293,> ssi, 639 264724735 WSte, Pleuronectes platessa? x Platichthys flesus * 1298 Pleuronectes platessa? x Platichthys pseudoflesus* 1343 Pleuronectes platessa x Pleuronectes flesus Pleuronectes platessa ox Pleuronectes flesus 824, 1009), So i) 254, S629 Pleuronectes platessa? x (Pleuronectes platessa? x Pleuronectes flesusco)s\ 1629 Pleuronectes platessa x Pleuronectes pseudoflesus 1730 Pilotvaex dolliost “1193 Pllotva x yelesh. | 1:93 Plotva x Elets danilewskogo 1193 Plotva x gloteva 1201 (Plotva x gloteva) x Krashoperka syeva 1201 Plotva x gostera 1193 (Plotva x gostera) x plotva 1193 (Plotva x gostera) x krasnoperka 1193 (Plotva x gostera) x (krasnoperka x gostera) Plotva x gosteva 1201 (Plotva x gosteva) x plotva 1201 Plotva x krasnoperka 1193 Pllotvarex Lesch , 1201 (Plotva x lesch) x lesch 1201 448 1193 Plotva x-eshch. 1193 (Plotva x leshch) x gostera 1193 (Plotva x leshch) x krasnoperka 1193 (Plotva x leshch) x leshch 1193 Plotva x leskary 1193 Plotva x liny 1193 Plotva x nodost 1193 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia latipinna 52 Poecilia formosa? x Poecilia latipinnac 130, 631, 1414 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia limantouri 1078 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia mexicana 52, 1077, 1307 Poecilia formosa? x Poecilia mexicanas 130, 239, 631, 1411 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia sphenops 1310, 1411, 1538 Poecilia formosa? x Poecilia sphenops“ 631, 1414 (Poecilia formosa x Poecilia sphenops) x (Poecilia formosa x Poecilia vittata) 1310 Poecilia formosa x Poecilia vittata 1310, 1411 Poecilia formosa? x Poecilia vittata “ 631, 1414 Poecilia formosa x Poeciliopsis lucida 1407 Poecilia latipinna x Poecilia formosa 1054 Poecilia latipinna x Poecilia mexicana 52, 438, 1077, 1097, 1308, ESSSieeltoZ2s, po24, Nes7a) loss Poecilia latipinna? x Poecilia mexicanas 130 (Poecilia latipinna x Poecilia mexicana) x Poecilia latipinna 1623 Poecilia latipinna x Poecilia velifera 462, 464 Poecilia latipinna formosa? x Poecilia latipinnas 130 Poecilia latipinna formosa?x Poecilia mexicana & 130 Poecilia lebistes (reticulata) x Xiphophorus helleri 1261 449 Poecilia mexicana x Poecilia butleri 238 Poecilia mexicana x Poecilia latipinna 238, 631 Poecilia mexicana? x Poecilia latipinnac 130, 1413, 1623 Poecilia mexicana x Poecilia velifera 238 Poecilia reticulata x Mollienesia velifera 1261 Poecilia sphenops x Poecilia gilli 146 Poecilia sphenops ? X Poecilia latipinnas 1623 Poecilia velifera x molly, lyretail 590 Poeciliopsis chicaS% x Poeciliopsis butleri ? 1098 Poeciliopsis chica? x Poeciliopsis butleri * 1098 Poeciliopsis chicac& x Poeciliopsis mexicana limantouri? 1098 Poeciliopsis chicac&t x Poeciliopsis mexicana mexicana 2? 1098 Poeciliopsis chica? x Poeciliopsis mexicana mexicana & 1098 Poeciliopsis chica? x Poeciliopsis sphenops * 1098 Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis latidens 1407 Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis lucida 1407 Poeciliopsis Cx? x Poeciliopsis monachaS 1695 Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis viriosa 1407 Poeciliopsis Cx?x Poeciliopsis viriosac 1695 (Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis latidens) x Poeciliopsis latidens 1407 (Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis latidens) x Poeciliopsis lucida 1407 ; (Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis viriosa) x Poeciliopsis lucida 1407 (Poeciliopsis Cx x Poeciliopsis viriosa) x Poeciliopsis viriosa 1407 Poeciliopsis latidens x Poeciliopsis fasciata 1407 Poeciliopsis latidens x Poeciliopsis lucida 1407 450 Poeciliopsis lucida x Poecilia formosa 1407 Poeciliopsis lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha 436, 1054 Poeciliopsis lucida x Poeciliopsis occidentalis 949 (Poeciliopsis lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha) x Poeciliopsis lucida 1054 (Poeciliopsis lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha) x Poeciliopsis monacha 1054 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis latidens 437,1408 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida 181, 342, 438, 631, 1408, 1411, 1413, 1584, 1644, 1692, 1693, 1694, 1696 Poeciliopsis monacha? x Poeciliopsis lucidacg 437, 1409, 1410, 1695 (Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida) x Poeciliopsis latidens 1408 (Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida) x Poeciliopsis lucida 1408 ((Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis lucida) x Poeciliopsis lucida) x Poeciliopsis latidens 1408 Poeciliopsis monacha? x Poeciliopsis monacha-latidensco 1413 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis occidentalis 180, 342, 437, AZ Sr 2O sks Shera lea e694: ohe97 Poeciliopsis monacha? x Poeciliopsis occidentalis o 1130 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis virosa 1695 Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis viriosa 949 (Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis viriosa) x Poeciliopsis virosa 1695 (Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis viriosa) x (Poeciliopsis monacha x Poeciliopsis viriosa) 1695 Poeciliopsis monacha-latidens x Poeciliopsis latidens 1413 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis latidens 437, 631, 1408, 1411 (Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis latidens) x Poeciliopsis latidens 1411 451 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis lucida 1413, 1644, MES2 I Ak6 93) 696 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida? x Poeciliopsis lucidac 343, 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha 437, 1644 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida? x Poeciliopsis monachac 1413 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis occidentalis 631, 1697 Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis viriosa 631, 1695 (Poeciliopsis monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis viriosa) x Poeciliopsis VIrTOSane 631 Poeciliopsis 2 monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis latidens 1411 Poeciliopsis 2 monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha 1054, 1411 Poeciliopsis 2 monacha-lucida x Poeciliopsis occidentalis 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha- 2 lucida x Poeciliopsis latidens 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha- 2 lucida x Poeciliopsis lucida 1054, 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha- 2 lucida x Poeciliopsis monacha 1411 Poeciliopsis monacha- 2 lucida x Poeciliopsis occidentalis 1411 Poeciliopsis occidentalis x Poeciliopsis monacha 1129 Poeciliopsis occidentalis x Poeciliopsis monacha-occidentalis 135 Poeciliopsis viriosa x Poeciliopsis monacha 1695 Poeciliopsis viriosa? x Poeciliopsis monachac 1695 (Poeciliopsis viriosa x Poeciliopsis monacha) x Poeciliopsis monacha 1695 Pogonichthys x Ptychocheilus 1042 Pogonichthys x Rhinichthys 1042 Pomacentrus planifrons x Pomacentrus leucostictus 554 Pomatoschistus minutus minutusc& x Pomatoschistus minutus lozanoi ? 585 Pomatoschistus minutus lozanoic' x Pomatoschistus minutus minutus ? 585 Pomoxis 2 x Chaenobrytthus ~ 1083, 1084 Pomoxis 2 x ChaenobryttusSs 1712 452 Pomoxis? x Lepomis * 1083, 1088, 1712 Pomoxis? x MicropterusS 1083, 1084, 1712 Pomoxis annularis x Centrarchus macropterus 358 Pomoxis annularis? x Centrarchus macropterus S 388 Pomoxis annularis x Pomoxis nigro-maculatus 224 Pomoxis annularis x Pomoxis nigromaculatus 400, 1087 Pomoxis annularis? x Pomoxis nigromaculatus ¢% 388 Pomoxis nigromaculatus? x Ambloplites rupestrisco 388, 1627 Pomoxis nigromaculatus? x Lepomis gulosusc 388 Pomoxis nigromaculatus? x Lepomis macrochirusc 388 Pomoxis nigromaculatus? x Micropterus salmoides ¢ 388, 714 Pomoxis nigromaculatus x Pomoxis annularis 282, 1009, 1010 (Pomoxis nigromaculatus x Pomoxis annularis) x (Pomoxis nigromaculatus x Pomoxis annularis) 1010 Procatopus aberrans x Aphyosemion gardneri 1386 Prosopium ox Coregonus 2 608 Prosopium ox Leucichthys ° 608 Prosopium abyssicola x Prosopium spilonotus 1731 Prosopium coulteri x Prosopium cylindraceum 1022 Prosopium coulteri x Salmo gairdneri 1022 Prosopium cylindraceum x Prosopium coulteri 1022 Prosopium cylindraceum x Salmo gairdneri 1022 Prosopium gemmiferum x Prosopium williamsoni 1731 Prosopium spilonotus x Prosopium abyssicola 1731 Prosopium spilonotus x Prosopium gemmiferum 315, 1731 Prosopium spilonotus x Prosopium williamsoni 1731 Prosopium williamsoni x Prosopium gemmiferum 315, 1731 453 Prosopium williamsoni x Prosopium spilonotus 315, 1731 Pseudogobio esocinus x Gnathopogon elongatus elongatus 264 Pseudogobio esocinus? x Gnathopogon elongatus elongatusc 1545 Pseudogobio esocinus x Pseudorasbora parva 491 Pseudogobius esocinuso x Biwia zezera ? 405 Pseudogobius esocinuso% x Gnathopogon elongatus elongatus? 405 Pseudogobius esocinus507 ILS Sl Salmo trutta x (Salmo salar x Salmo trutta) 491, 1433 Salmo trutta? x (Salmo salar? x Salmo trutta’)oc 1544 Salmo trutta x (Salmo trutta x Salmo salar) 498 Salmo trutta2 x (Salmo trutta2 x Salvelinus fontinalis’)¢ 1544 464 Salmo.tructa 2x) salmonio. 1272 Salmo trutta x Salvelinus alpinus 425, 691, 1711 Salmo. enucca- x Salvelinuss fontunalzrs: 51. a4 0), 1/2" 4 386, SYS SVP IE pe IRS ee LOLS pes LAO Sys IANEN Sy) LAC) @) ake Salmo trutta? x Salvelinus fontinaliso 304, 425, 491, 1544, T5267 SAO eS SO eS Sle i552 Salmo trutta x Salvelinus malma 425 Salmo trutta 9x Salvelinus pluviusc 1544, 1546, 1549, 1551, 1552 Salmo trutta* x Salmo fario 2 1503 Salmo trutta x Thymallus vulgaris 491 Salmo trutta fario x Salmo gairdneri 62 Salmo trutta farioq x Salmo gairdneris 62 Salmo trutta fario x Salmo irideus 733 Salmo trutta fario x Salmo salar 951 Salmo trutta fariogw x Salmo salar? 678 Salmo trutta fario x Salmo trutta marmoratus 62 Salmo trutta fario x Salmothymus obtusirostris 62 Salmo trutta fario x Salmothymus obtusirostris oxyrhynchus 491 Salmo trutta fario x Salvelinus fontinalis 237 Salmo trutta fariq@ x Salvelinus fontinalis 3385 Salmo trutta-fario x Coregonus lavaretus baeri 491 Salmo trutta-fario? x Lota marmorata o 491 Salmo trutta-fario x Salmo salar 491 Salmo trutta-fario x Salvelinus alpinus-salvelinus 491 Salmo trutta-fario x Salvelinus alpinus-umbla 491 Salmo trutta-fario x Salvelinus fontinalis 1681 Salmo trutta-levensis x Salvelinus fontinalis 491 Salmo trutta marinacd’ x Salmo trutta fario? 426 465 Salmo trutta Salmo trutta Salmo trutta Salmo trutta Salmo trutta 894 Salmo trutta Salmo tshawyt Salmo tshawyt Salmo tshawyt Salmon x char Salmon? x cha Salmon x cha Salmon x (sal Salmonc x sal Salmon x trou 1630 Salmon ° x tro Salmon xvosets 317/77 1433 Sterlyad x sevruga 1194 Sterlyad x (sterlyad x osetr) 1433 Sterlyad x (sterlyad x sevruga) 1194 Sterlydy xvosetr 917 Sterlydy x sevroga 1193 Sterlydy x sevruga 1193 Sterlydy x (sterlydy x sevroga) 1193 Sterlydy x (sterlydy x sevruga) 1193 Sterylad x beluga 56, 903 Sterylad@ x osetrao 826 Sterylyad x osetr 1434 Sterylyade x (osetr9o x sterylyad,) 886 Sterylyad x sevruga 886 Sterylyad x (sterylyad x osetr) 1434 Sterylyad? x (sterylyad? x sevrugac’) « 886 Stevruga x sevruga 1201 Stevruga x (stevruga x sevruga) 1201 Stizostedion x Perca 1249 Stizostedion canadense x Stizostedion vitreum vitreum 1235 Stizostedion vitreum? x Cichlasoma cyanoguttatum o& 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Dionda episcopa o 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Etheostoma blennioideso 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Etheostoma caeruleum< 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Etheostoma lepidum ¢ 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Etheostoma spectabileg 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Fundulus chrysotuso 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Gambusia affinisc& 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Haplochromus 3 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Lepomis auritusc 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Lepomis microlophus o 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Morone chrysopsc 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Percid o& 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Percina caprodesco 767 Stizostedion vitreum? x Platypoecilius helleric 767 Stizostedion vitreum x Stizostedion canadense 767 Stizostedion vitreum vitreum x Stizostedion canadense 444, 800 Stoneroller x chub creek 1352 Sturgeong x Acipenser nudiventris ~ 826 Sturgeon x beluga 110 Sturgeon x sterlet 1434 Sturgeon? x sterletc 368 Sturgeon x sturgeon, stellate 1191 Sturgeon Acipensero x sturgeon HusoQ? 728 Sturgeon, beluga x sturgeon, sterlet 1327 Sturgeon giant x sterlet 651 Sturgeon Kurinskii x ship 857 Sturgeon, ship x osetr 1193 Sturgeon, ship x sevroga 1193 Sturgeon, Siberian x sterlet S577 ekow Sturgeon spiny x sevryuga 904 Sturgeon, spring x sturgeon, stellate 1191 Sturgeon, white x sterlet 1202 482 Sturgeon, white? x sterlet co 1202 Sturgeon, white? x (sturgeon, white? x sterlet*) 1202 Sucker, bigmouth buffalo x sucker, black buffalo 1424 Sucker, bigmouth buffalo x sucker, smallmouth buffalo 1424 Sucker, bluehead x sucker, flannelmouth 1032 Sucker, bluehead x sucker, white 745, 1032 Sucker, flannelmouth x sucker, humpback 745 Sucker, flannelmouth x sucker, razorback 1032 Sucker, flannelmouth x sucker, white 745, 1032 Sucker, white x sucker, largescale 390, 1424 Sucker, white x sucker, longnose 1144 Sunfish, bandedo x bass, rock 388 Sunfish, bluegill x sunfish, green 1737 Sunfish, green x bass, largemouth 400 Sunfish, green? x bass, largemouth 1736 Sunfish, green" x bass, largemouth? 1739 Sunfish, green x bluegill 545, 5613) 717,009), 010, 1147, 1759 Sunfish, green? x bluegillc 254, 388, 954 Sunfish, greenc’x bluegill? 254, 556, 793, 954 Sunfish, green? x bluegill hybrids 926 Sunfish, green x (bluegill x sunfish, green) 331 Sunfish, green? x (bluegill? x sunfish, redbreasto’) 388 Sunfish, green x pumpkinseed 545, 561, 1147, 1424 Sunfish, green ¢x pumpkinseed 154i TEOut,,.brook?. X= trout, rainbow oc ~986 Trout, brooko x trout, rainbow? 406, 678, 1491 (Trout, .brook,xs trout, salmon) -x» trout; ,brooka,66l Trout, brown x amago 1543 eos Drown x char) 1006, L317 Trout, brown x char, Arctic 689 Trout, brown x charr, brook 984 Trout, brown x iwana 1543 Trout, brown x salmon 1006, 1317 494 Trout, brown? x salmons 1630 Trout, brown x Salmon, Atlantic 474, 491, 627, 689, 1050 Trout, brown? x salmon, Atlantic“ 305 Trout, browne x salmon, Atlantic 2? 678 Trout, brown ?x salmon, coho 305 Trout, brown®% x salmon, landlocked? 707 Trout, brown x salmon, parr 1006 Trout, brown x trout, American brook 51 EOE bEOwl- x ELouk, bEook “125,..304)77 696, 689, 749, THi4ay isi, ISS, ALS) EEOut, browne trout, brookia 406, 491); 560,./986; L050, loss Trout, brown? x trout, Dolly Vardens 986 Trout, brown x trout, lake 689 EEOut, brown? :x trout, lakeo | 11543 Trout, brown? x (trout, lake? x trout, brook’) 1088 Trout, brown x trout, rainbow 460, 496, 638, 987, 1009, 1481 EEOUe, bDEOWnNOYxX trout, TGTarnbowo) 986, 1050, 1218, 163.0 Trout, brown x trout, rainbow? 678, 707 Trout, brown x trout, salmon 474 ROU, JOLOWMs xX Ueto, ESea BOZi/ Al 6dy s asaoy Trout, brown? x trout, seacw 1630 Trout, brown x yamame 1543 Trout, brownbow x trout, brook 707 Trout, brownbow x trout, brown 707 EEOUL, Cherry? xvamagoco 1233 Trout, coastal cutthroat x trout, steelhead 1466 Trout, coastal rainbow x trout, cutthroat 1105 Trout, cutthroat x trout, kamloops 268 495 Trout, Cutthroaty x trout, Gcainbow 924,270, 3271, 13748390 nmosor HOLS RALO SOFT OF SL253 "R360 Trout, cutthroat? x trout, rainbows 986 Trout, Dolly Varden x trout, brook 1424 Trout, Dolly Varden x trout, eastern brook 1033 Trout, Dolly Varden? x salmon, chumc 986 Trout, Dolly Varden? x salmon, coho 986 Trout, Dolly Varden? x trout, brook 986 Trout, Dolly Vardeno x trout, brownan 986 Trout, Dolly Varden? x trout, lakeo 986 Trout, eastern brook x trout, lake 1493 Trout, European brown x trout, brook 347 Trout, gila x trout, rainbow 1050 eout, golden x Salmo clarki- 1397 Trout, golden x Salmo gairdneri 1397 Trout golden’ x trout, cutthroat 634 Trout, golden x trout, Kern River 390 TeoOuUe, Golden x trout, rainbow 518) 632, 633;,\.636,. LOS6mlson, Trout, goldeng x trout, rainbows 14, 491 Trout, hime? x salmonc 1574 Trout, kamloops x trout, cutthroat 268, 1315 Trout, lake x char 1541 Trout, lake x char, Arctic 425, 1497, 1498 irouk, Lake. x Charr, brook 237, 1043 Trout, lake x salmon 1540, 1541 Trout, lake x trout, brook 8, 83, 262, 330, 491, 498, 5507 695ar 696), 2689, 735, 737, 746, 777, 778, 837, 964, 10507 109srarezocr 1540), 1786 496 TSO, baker xT EnOuti, DrOOksw 42) 477; OSC 5. thy mil Olid ho Zug LSA 0S Se LOLS OSs Tl4o. MIZ35,, ebotl,: L792) 1793 Trout, POU, FEISO Ute, AOU, EEOC, RISO Ui, sO UIE, Trout, BereOUites, PereO Wiley Trout, Trout, ERO, ROU: EOE, eR OUie Trout, EEOU te, sstsOUie, EOUL, ALIeOohe, Abicolther EOE, Trout, LEOuUe, Trout, lakeo’ x trout, brook? -406, 689, 707 lake x trout, brown 956 lake? x trout, Dolly Vardenc 986 lake x trout, eastern brook 1038 lake x trout, rainbow 1540, 1541 lake x trout, speckled 1245 loch leven? x char, Americans’ 6 lochleven x salmon 503 lochleven? x (trout, lochleven? x salmonc’)/" 503 Toudsa Gake-x trout; Hill's Wake: brooks) 21.3 palomino x trout, golden 469 palomino x trout, rainbow 469 rainbow x Salmo apache 275 rainbow? x Salmo macrostomac 892 rainbow x salmon 1540, 1541, 1569 rainbow x salmon, Atlantic 305 rainbow? x salmon, Atlanticc” 305 rainbow? x salmon, cohoo 281, 305, 986, 1227 rainbow? x Salvelinus fontinalisS 892 rainbow? x splakeco 1088 rainbowc x splake? 1481 rainbow? x trout, albino rainbows 1305 rainbows x\ trout, ‘blackspotted ¢?:° 1532 rainbowo x trout, black-spotted 2 15, 16 rainbow x trout, brook 491, 696, 1050, 1378 rainbow? x trout, brooks’ 305, 986, 1088 497 986, TaoOme, Maarnbow x trout, brook “N42>) 707. 96S" (1540, alS4a Trout, rainbow? x trout, brooko& 304 Trout, TFainbow x trout, brown 21,, 297, 491, 512,638, 689) (894 =aako4 a Sei LTS Trout, rainbow? x trout, browns 305, 491, 947, 986, 1049, LOSS Us 1630 aoe, daalnbow x trout, cutthroat, 21), 22) 175, 26e. 2S eeowior 374, 382, 459) 491.634 ,. 7485" 784,986, 1040; “10502 WoOssy HOSGR e633) 65, LZ, 2258.) US 2k Wes rie vale Gu iee! clea/3 Trout, rainbows x trout, cutthroat? 805 Trout, rainbow? x trout, Dolly Varden 986 Trout, rainbow x trout, eastern brook 1040 iEOUG, .cainbow x trout, golden . 275,634, 10407. 9050,. (64 Trout, rainbow? x trout, goldencn’ 13 Trout, Lainbow x trout, lake 1540,,1541 Trout, rainbow x trout, steelhead 126, 171, 280, 586, 947, S8ibe. i246). SS Si Trout, rainbowo' x trout, steelhead9o 947 (Trout, rainbow x trout, steelhead) x (trout, rainbow x trout, steelhead) 947 Trout, redo’ x trout, Saghalin? 990 Trout, redband x trout, rainbow 374, 1096 Trout, redband x trout, steelhead 849 Trout, Saghalinc’ x trout? 990 Trout, Saghalinc’ x trout, red? 990 Trout, Saghalin? x trout, silverco 990 Trout, salmon x salmon, Atlantic 474 Trout, sea x grilse 1006 EOE, Sea x Salmon 13.17 Trout, seaco x salmon? 1367 498 SEerOUe, aETeOUe: Trout, SEOUL, rO Ute, SeOUEy, sIeOU,, PEOULE, EOUL, plsTsO Ui Trout, Ib eoyohey Trutta Trutta Trutta Trutta Turbot sea x Salvelinus alpinus 1317 sea? x (grilse? x trout, seac)" 1272 sea x salmon 1366 seaco x salmon? 1367 sea x trout, freshwater 1161 Silver x trout, brook 696 speckled x charr, lake 297 speckled x trout, lake 232, 491, 572, 986, speckledo x trout, ‘lake? 597, 707 steelhead x trout, rainbow 993, 1557 steelhead x trout, rainbow? 947 sunapeeo’ xX salmon¢ 1050 fario x Salmo salvelinus 1489 fariog x Salmo salvelinuso 600, 602 Pablo x Tructa Salar, L489 lacustris x Salvelinus alpinus - salvelinus se oneal, =< al~Ae\sy abisyy/ “Wes Vendance x whitefish 646 Vimba vimba vimba n. carinata x Leuciscus cephalus Vobla x lesch 914 =We Walleye x sauger 81, 444, 767, 800, 1424, 1705 Walleye x zander 964 Warmouth? x bass, largemouth 388 Warmouth? x bass, rocks’ 388 499 1052 491 JEOS Warmouth x bluegill 764, 1147 Warmouth? x bluegills 388 Warmouth9 x crappie, black « 388 Warmouth x pumpkinseed 764 Warmouth x sunfish, green 410, 764, 1010 Warmouthe x sunfish, greens’ 388, 400 Warmouth « x sunfish, green? 1741 (Warmouth x sunfish, green) x (warmouth x sunfish, green) Warmouth 9x sunfish, redearc 388, 1738 Whitefish x cisco r.l213),. 1555 Whitefishg x cisco a 1260 Whitefish? x pelyada 889 Whitefish x vendance 646 Whitefish broad9 x pelyada 890 Whitefish, chud x ripus 889 Whitefish chudskoyi x (cisco x Coregonus albula) Whitefish, lake chud x pelyad 889 Whitefish, onega x cisco onega 889 Whitefish, volkhov x cisco 646 Wildkarpfen x spiegelkarpfen 1787 =e Xenotoca eiseni x Ameca splendens 579 Xenotoca eiseni x Characodon lateralis 579 Xenotoca eiseni x Xenophorus captivus 579 1010 Xenotoca eiseni? x (Xenotoca eiseni? x Xenotoca melanosomad)c Xenotoca eiseni® x (Xenotoca eisenis’ x Xenotoca melanosoma 9°)? Xenotoca eiseni x Xenotoca melanosoma 580 500 580 580 Xenotoca eiseni? x Xenotoca Xenotoca eisenic x Xenotoca (Xenotoca eiseni x Xenotoca (Xenotoca eiseni x Xenotoca melanosoma “ 580 melanosoma? 580 melanosoma) x Xenotoca eiseni 580 me 1anosoma ) x Xenotoca melanosoma 580 Xenotoca Xenotoca Xenotoca Xenotoca xAenotoca Xenotoca Xenotoca 580 xXenotoca 580 Xenotoca Aenotoca xXenotoca Xenotoca Xenotoca Xenotoca Xiphophorus x Mollienesia sphenops Xiphophorus x Platypoecilus Xiphophorus clemenciae x Xiphophorus maculatus eiseni x Xenotoca variata 579 melanosoma x Ameca splendens 579 melanosoma x Characodon lateralis 579 melanosoma x Xenophorus captivus 579 melanosoma x Xenotoca eiseni 579 melanosoma? x Xenotoca eisenic 580 melanosomac’ x (Xenotoca eisenico' x Xenotoca melanosoma? ) 9 melanosoma? x (Xenotoca eiseni? x Xenotoca melanosomac) ¢ melanosoma x Xenotoca variata 579 variata x Ameca splendens 579 variata x Characodon lateralis 579 variata x Xenophorus captivus 579 Variata x Xenotoca eiseni 579, 580 variata x Xenotoca melanosoma 579, 580 1091 6S OOO; MEOO4y OOS, Xiphophorus conchianus x Xiphophorus helleri 900 Xiphophorus XiIphophorus couchianus x Xiphophorus millerli Xiphophorus couchianus x Xiphophorus variatus Xiphophorus 1802 1802 501 AES RS) couchianus 9 x Xiphophorus maculatus o 195 InO37, couchianus? x Xiphophorus variatus variatusc® 195 253 Xiphophorus couchianus x Xiphophorus xiphidium 1802 Xiphophorus gardoni x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 Xiphophorus gardoni x Xiphophorus variatus 1802 Xiphophorus gardoni x Xiphophorus xiphidium 1802 Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus 924, 1091 Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus 159, 465, 895, 896, 897, 1004, 1005, 1193 Xiphophorus helleri? x Platypoecilus maculatus “ 160, 465, 895, 982 Xiphophorus helleri x (Platypoecilus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) 1301 ((Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Platypoecilus variatus) x Platypoecilus maculatus 896, 897 (Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Platypoecilus variatus 895, 896, 897 (Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus maculatus) x Xiphophorus helleri 465 Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus variatus 160 Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus xiphidium 160, 898 Xiphophorus helleri x Platypoecilus xiphophorus 159 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus maculatus 266, 312, 457, 462, 523, 549, 584, 818, 900, 978, 1138, 1140, 1212, 13407 74ssar 533; 25345 L7/leet772es1302 Xiphophorus helleri®? x Xiphophorus maculatusc 631 Xiphophorus helleric x Xiphophorus maculatus? 631 (Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus maculatus) x Xiphophorus helleri 900, 1138 (Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus maculatus) x Xiphophorus maculatus 1138, 1140 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus montezumae 159, 160, 222, 588 (Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus montezumae) x (Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus montezumae) 222 502 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi 900 Xiphophorus helleri? x Xiphophorus strigatusg 1453 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus variatus 79, 85, 97, 464, 1802 Xiphophorus helleri x Xiphophorus xiphidium 1802 Xiphophorus helleri guentheri x (Xiphophorus helleri guentheri x Xiphophorus maculatus) 1139 Xiphophorus helleri guentheri x Xiphophorus maculatus 1139, 1394 Xiphophorus helleri guentherj] 2? x Xiphophorus maculatusc i140 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus x (Xiphophorus helleri guentheri x Xiphophorus maculatus) 1139 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus x Xiphophorus maculatus i138, 1139, 1140, i451 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus? x Xiphophorus maculatuso i138, 1140 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus x (Xiphophorus helleri strigatus x Xiphophorus maculatus) 1451 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus? x (Xiphophorus helieri strigatus °x Xiphophorus maculatus¢ jo 1138, i140 Xiphophorus helleri strigatus? x (Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri strigatuso)o 1140 Xiphophorus hellerii? x Xiphophorus couchianusg 195 Xiphophorus hellerii? x Xiphophorus maculatuso 195 Xiphophorus hellerii? x Xiphophorus variatus variatus&% 195 Xiphophorus hellerii? x Xiphophorus variatus xiphidiumoc 195 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus clemenciae i138 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus clemenciaes 1138 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus clemenciae) x Xiphophorus clemenciae 1138 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus couchianus 1640 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus couchianuso 195 503 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri 464, 818, 900, 1390, 1400, 1404, 1416, 1454, 1464, 1640, 1660, 1770 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleric 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri 1454, 1660 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1138, 1394 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri guentheric 1138, 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1138, 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Xiphophorus maculatus 1138, 1140 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri helleri 1138 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri helleri ¢ 1138, 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri helleri) x Xiphophorus heller helleri 1138, 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri helleri) x Xiphophorus maculatus 1138, 1140 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1138, 1451, 1457 Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 1138, 1140 Xiphophorus maculatus? x (Xiphophorus helleri strigatus 2? x Xiphophorus maculatuso)sc 1138, 1140 (Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri strigatus) x Xiphophorus maculatus 1138 Xiphophorus maculatus@ x Xiphophorus helleriic 195 Xiphophorus maculatus? x (Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri guentheric)s 1140 Xiphophorus maculatus? x (Xiphophorus maculatus? x Xiphophorus helleri strigatusc)s\ 1138 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 Xiphophorus maculatus x Xiphophorus montezumae 1416 504 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus 588 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus 195 maculatus? x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezic 195 maculatus x Xiphophorus pygmaeus 818 maculatus? x Xiphophorus pygmaeus pygimaeusc% 195 maculatus x Xiphophorus strigatus 422 maculatus x Xiphophorus variatus 464, 588, 695b, 1802 maculatus? x Xiphophorus variatus variatuso 195 maculatus? x Xiphophorus variatus xiphidiumc 195 maculatus x Xiphophorus xiphidium 588, 1416, 1802 maculatus rubra x Xiphophorus helleri 1770 milleri x Xiphophorus variatus 1802 milleri x Xiphophorus xiphidium 1802 montezumae x Platypoecilus maculatus 160 montezumaes x Platypoecilus maculatus 2? 723 montezumae x Platypoecilus variatus 159, 160 montezumae x Platypoecilus xiphidium 160 montezumae x Platypoecilus xiphophorus 159, 160 montezumae x Xiphophorus helleri 160 montezumae x Xiphophorus maculatus 1395 montezumae x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi 1802 montezumae x Xiphophorus pygmaeus 1802 montezumae cortezi? x Xiphophorus couchianus o 195 montezumae cortezi? x Xiphophorus helleriic 195 montezumae cortezi? x Xiphophorus maculatusc 195 montezumae cortezi x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 montezumae cortezi x Xiphophorus pygmaeus nigrensis montezumae cortezi x Xiphophorus variatus 1802 montezumae cortez19? x Xiphophorus variatus variatus o 505 Xiphophorus ILO) Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus 195 Xiphophorus 195 Xiphophorus 195 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi? x Xiphophorus variatus xiphidiumd montezumae cortezi x Xiphophorus xiphidium 588, 1802 platypoecilus-maculatus x Xiphophorus helleri 1009 pygmaeus xX Xiphophorus milleri 1802 pygmaeus x Xiphophorus variatus 1802 pygmaeus x Xiphophorus xiphidium 1802 pygmaeus nigrensis x Xiphophorus helleri 1802 pygmaeus nigrensis x Xiphophorus maculatus 1802 pygmaeus nigrensis x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 pygmaeus pygmaeus x Xiphophorus helleri 588 pygmaeus pygmaeus 2 x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezic pygmaeus pygmaeus 2 X Xiphophorus variatus variatus ¢ pygmaeus pygmaeus ? x Xiphophorus variatus xiphidium dc strigatuso x Platypoecilus maculatus pulchra? 683 strigatus? x Xiphophorus helleric 1453 variatus x Xiphophorus helleri 1416, 1660 (Xiphophorus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri) x Xiphophorus helleri 1416 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus (Xiphophorus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri) x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri Xiphophorus Xiphophorus variatus x Xiphophorus helleri guentheri 1390 variatus x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 variatus x Xiphophorus xiphidium 588, 1802 variatus variatus @ x Xiphophorus couchianusc 195 1390 variatus variatus 9 x Xiphophorus helleriiaco 195 variatus variatusQ?x Xiphophorus maculatus o 195 506 X1phophorus 195 Xiphophorus 195 Xiphophorus Xiphophorus 195 Xiphophorus ESS Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus Xiphophorus variatus variatus variatus variatus variatus XIphidium Xiphidium Xiphidium xiphidium aa variatus? x Xiphophorus pygmaeus pygmaeus 9 variatus? x Xiphophorus variatus xiphidium? xiphidium? x Xiphophorus maculatus¢% 195 xiphidium? x Xiphophorus montezumae cortezi?¢ xiphidium? x Xiphophorus variatus variatus ¢ x Xiphophorus helleri 588 x Xiphophorus maculatus 588, 1394, 1396 x Xiphophorus milleri 1802 x Xiphophorus variatus 588, 1802 (Xiphophorus xiphidium x Xiphophorus maculatus) x Xiphophorus Xiphidium 1396 eyes Yama, masu2 x trout, mountains 892 Yamame x masu 1564 507 il LP i (i, a Eh fie at TT ssf ‘da NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS NMFS na and Special Scientific Report—Fisheries Guidelines for Contributors CONTENTS OF MANUSCRIPT _ First page. Give the title (as concise as possible) of the paper and the author’s name, and footnote the author’s affiliation, mailing address, and ZIP code. Contents. Contains the text headings and abbreviated figure legends and table headings. Dots should follow each entry and page numbers should be omitted. Abstract. Not to exceed one double-spaced page. Footnotes and literature citations do not belong in the abstract. Text. See also Form of the Manuscript below. Follow the U.S. Government Printing Office Style Manual, 1973 edition. Fish names, follow the American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 12, A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada, fourth edition, 1980. Use short, brief, informative headings in place of ‘‘Materials and Methods.”’ Text footnotes. Type on a separate sheet from the text. For unpublished or some processed material, give author, year, title of manuscript, number of pages, and where it is filed— agency and its location. Personal communications. Cite name in text and footnote. Cite in footnote: John J. Jones, Fishery Biologist, Scripps In- stitution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92037, pers. com- mun. 21 May 1977. Figures. Should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. All figures should be cited consecutively in the text and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Photographs and line drawings should be of ‘‘professional’’ quality—clear and balanced, and can be reduced to 42 picas for page width or to 20 picas for a single-column width, but no more than 57 picas high. Photographs and line drawings should be printed on glossy paper—sharply focused, good contrast. Label each figure. DO NOT SEND original figures to the Scientific Edi- tor; NMFS Scientific Publications Office will request these if they are needed. Tables. Each table should start on a separate page and should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. Headings should be short but amply descriptive. Use only horizontal rules. Number table footnotes consecutively across the page from left to right in Arabic numerals; and to avoid confusion with powers, place them to the /eft of the numerals. If the original tables are typed in our format and are clean and legible, these tables will be reproduced as they are. In the text all tables should be cited consecutively and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Acknowledgments. Place at the end of text. Give credit only to those who gave exceptional contributions and not to those whose contributions are part of their normal duties. Literature cited. In text as: Smith and Jones (1977) or (Smith and Jones 1977); if more than one author, list according to years (e.g., Smith 1936; Jones et al. 1975; Doe 1977). All pa- pers referred to in the text should be listed alphabetically by the senior author’s surname under the heading ‘‘Literature Cited’’; only the author’s surname and initials are required in the author line. The author is responsible for the accuracy of the literature citations. Abbreviations of names of periodicals and serials should conform to Biological Abstracts List of Ser- ials with Title Abbreviations. Format, see recent SSRF or Cir- cular. Abbreviations and symbols. Common ones, such as mm, m, g, ml, mg, °C (for Celsius), %, °/o0, etc., should be used. Ab- breviate units of measures only when used with numerals; periods are rarely used in these abbreviations. But periods are used in et al., vs., e.g., i.e., Wash. (WA is used only with ZIP code), etc. Abbreviations are acceptable in tables and figures where there is lack of space. Measurements. Should be given in metric units. Other equi- valent units may be given in parentheses. FORM OF THE MANUSCRIPT Original of the manuscript should be typed double-spaced on white bond paper. Triple space above headings. Send good du- plicated copies of manuscript rather than carbon copies. The sequence of the material should be: FIRST PAGE CONTENTS ABSTRACT TEXT LITERATURE CITED TEXT FOOTNOTES APPENDIX TABLES (provide headings, including ‘‘Table’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Table 1.--, Table 2.--, etc.) LIST OF FIGURE LEGENDS (entire legend, including ‘Figure’? and Arabic numeral, e.g., Figure 1.--, Figure 2.--, etc.) FIGURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Send ribbon copy and two duplicated copies of the manuscript to: Dr. Carl J. Sindermann, Scientific Editor Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Highlands, NJ 07732 Copies. Fifty copies will be supplied to the senior author and 100 to his organization free of charge. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, F/NWR 1 7600 SAND POINT WAY N.E. BIN C15700 SEATTLE, WA 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS NOAA SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration was established as part of the Department of Commerce on October 3, 1970. The mission responsibilities of NOAA are to assess the socioeconomic impact of natural and technological changes in the environment and to monitor and predict the state of the solid Earth, the oceans and their living resources, the atmosphere, and the space environment of the Earth. The major components of NOAA regularly produce various types of scientific and technical information in the following kinds of publications: PROFESSIONAL PAPERS—Important definitive research results, major techniques, and special investi- gations. CONTRACT AND GRANT REPORTS—Reports prepared by contractors or grantees under NOAA sponsorship. ATLAS—Presentation of analyzed data generally in the form of maps showing distirbution of rainfall, chemical and physical conditions of oceans and at- mosphere, distribution of fishes and marine mamals, ionospheric conditions, etc. TECHNICAL SERVICE PUBLICATIONS—Re- ports containing data, observations, instructions, etc. A partial listing includes data serials; prediction and outlook periodicals; technical manuals, training papers, planning reports, and information serials; and miscellaneous technical publications. TECHNICAL REPORTS—Journal quality with extensive details, mathematical developments, or data listings. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS—Reports of pre- liminary, partial, or negative research or technology results, interim instructions, and the like. Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 ls (BRUCE B. COLLELLE ANI ev 3.(791 DEC 23 198 NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF- 751 SSS The Barge Ocean 250 % Gasoline Spill 5S Carolyn A. Griswold, Editor November 1981 EMM SON ~ YA re iAY 20 1996 ; LIBRARIES ~ U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS National Marine Fisheries Service, Special Scientific Report—Fisheries The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforce- ment of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of interna- tional fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry. The Special Scientific Report—Fisheries series was established in 1949. The series carries reports on scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS, or intensive scientific reports on studies of restricted scope. The reports may deal with applied fishery problems. The series is also used as a medium for the publication of bibliographies of a specialized scientific nature. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS SSRF are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained fromr D822, User Services Branch, Environmental Science Information Center, NOAA, Rockville, MD 20852. Recent SSRF’s are: 722. Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, purse seine fishery: Catch, fishing activity, and age and size composition, 1964-73. By William R. Nicholson. March 1978, iii + 8p., 1 fig., 12 tables. 723. Ichthyoplankton composition and plankton volumes from inland coastal waters of southeastern Alaska, April-November 1972. By Chester R. Mattson and Bruce L. Wing. April 1978, iii + 11 p., 1 fig., 4 tables. 724. Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of recreational and com- mercial fishermen and boaters in the St. Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adja- cent coastal waters, 1973. By Doyle F. Sutherland. May 1978, iv + 23 p., 31 figs., 11 tables. 725. Seasonal bottom-water temperature trends in the Gulf of Maine and on Georges Bank, 1963-75. By Clarence W. Davis. May 1978, iv + 17 p., 22 figs., 5 tables. 726. The Gulf of Maine temperature structure between Bar Harbor, Maine, and Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, June 1975-November 1976. By Robert J. Paw- lowski. December 1978, iii + 10 p., 14 figs., 1 table. 727. Expendable bathythermograph observations from the NYFS/MARAD Ship of Opportunity Program for 1975. By Steven K. Cook, Barclay P. Col- lins, and Christine S. Carty. January 1979, iv + 93 p., 2 figs., 13 tables, 54 app. figs. 728. Vertical sections of semimonthly mean temperature on the San Francisco- Honolulu route: From expendable bathythermograph observations, June 1966-December 1974. by J. F. T. Saur, L. E. Eber, D. R. McLain, and C. E. Dorman. January 1979, iii + 35 p., 4 figs., 1 table. 729. References for the identification of marine invertebrates on the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. By Richard E. Dowds. April 1979, iv + 37 p. 730. Surface circulation in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico as deduced from drift bottles. By Robert F. Temple and John A. Martin. May 1979, iii + 13 p., 8 figs., 4 tables. 731. Annotated bibliography and subject index on the shortnose sturgeon, Aci- penser brevirostrum. By James G. Hoff. April 1979, iii + 16 p. 732. Assessment of the Northwest Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus, stock. By Emory D. Anderson. April 1979, iv + 13 p., 9 figs., 15 tables. 733. Possible management procedures for increasing production of sockeye salmon smolts in the Naknek River system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. By Robert J. Ellis and William J. McNeil. April 1979, iii + 9 p., 4 figs., 11 tables. 734. Escape of king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, from derelict pots. By William L. High and Donald D. Worlund. May 1979, iii + 11 p., 5 figs., 6 tables. 735. History of the fishery and summary statistics of the sockeye salmon, On- corhynchus nerka, runs to the Chignik Lakes, Alaska, 1888-1956. By Michael L. Dahlberg. August 1979, iv + 16 p., 15 figs., 11 tables. 736. A historical and descriptive account of Pacific coast anadromous salmo- mid rearing facilities and a summary of their releases by region, 1960-76. By Roy J. Wahle and Robert Z. Smith. September 1979, iv + 40 p., 15 figs., 25 tables. 737. Movements of pelagic dolphins (Stenella spp.) in the eastern tropical Pa- cific as indicated by results of tagging, with summary of tagging operations, 1969-76. By W. F. Perrin, W. E. Evans, and D. B. Holts. September 1979, iii + 14p., 9 figs., 8 tables. 738. Environmental baselines in Long Island Sound, 1972-73. By R. N. Reid, A. B. Frame, and A. F. Draxler. December 1979, iv + 31 p., 40 figs., 6 tables. 739. Bottom-water temperature trends in the Middle Atlantic Bight during spring and autumn, 1964-76. By Clarence W. Davis. December 1972, iii + 13 p., 10 figs., 9 tables. 740. Food of fifteen northwest Atlantic gadiform fishes. By Richard W. Langton and Ray E. Bowman. February 1980, iv + 23 p., 3 figs., 11 tables. 741. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the Middle At- lantic Bight region. By John J. Dickinson, Roland L. Wigley, Richard D. Bro- deur, and Susan Brown-Leger. October 1980, vi + 46 p., 26 figs., 52 tables. 742. Water structure at Ocean Weather Station V, northwestern Pacific Ocean, 1966-71. By D. M. Husby and G. R. Seckel. October 1980, 18 figs., 4 tables. 743. Average density index for walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma, in the Bering Sea. By Loh-Lee Low and Ikuo Ikeda. November 1980, iii + 11 p., 3 figs., 9 tables. — NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF- 751 The Barge Ocean 250 Gasoline Spill Carolyn A. Griswold, Editor November 1981 Major Contributing Organizations: National Marine Fisheries Service Environmental Protection Agency University of Rhode Island Energy Resources Company, Inc. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this NMFS publication. 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 3-8. 3-9. 3-10. CONTENTS Introductioniandibackeroundiunformationl-teictcineyeek terre eke te chetekel netevereketovenecodetersens touckere) s\eletels)sielelcio sist DAL! ASHOTE SURVEYS 4: er tae Re ett Rare AEST Oe de Eats SIAL RL MG nl Mane ben 12g Damage,assessment/SUEVeyS faster tocvsses te lore ca tao Nae RNa a seks Mea ia otra pceleieert oes Tess He to) Yel LTS Te) « eRe are a eR acion Ree META A bia RSE Ait Hs tet wal 5 4 AIuaoinny SOR aPAta ne St Siem Re aan 18 | eee Ghemalcalfamal ysis: Heiss seisececescotel'sie1 cyar'snesrstovers love MAM chen pete ne Maeda ici ais tau Remote Ne aceite eae nste de ToNeee her Alclad eclenet aleve” oats Pes bend Frum gare Viton (ala serene nctece ty i ested Oc CIEECITLHY GOITER EAT eT IRER ARR Sic 0, ODEO RETO arn OOO Ere caren: 2.2 Chemical analyses of water and benthic organisms (by J. L. Lake, C. W. Dimock, C. Norwood, R. Bowensanid B SKoyle poy e parent cers wc cy eters sievacs vahey sve yeehereiel cto ete MTG Ten Ee otal etete ecobe re OTST eS 2.3 Hydrocarbon analyses of plankton samples (by E. J. Hoffman and J.G. Quinn) .................. 2.4 Chemical analyses of fish samples (by P. D. Boehm and J. E. Barak)..............22..00000000ee DD if SUIT ATY Mays AAS See ses ee eT ee Te ee MS Bins ERR EN, SNE ee eo! Srna hak Biological analysesmicser cits cree eee ee eee a ere ee ere ae Ee ee eee Sly TntrOductiomey aa crscc cose erovel reterace eet obec ah oe oes eV are sobs ROLE Uy et eT oy TENET a1 RE Net oe TRA, A 3.2 Analyses of benthic macrofauna from the area of Ocean 250 gasoline spill (by Sheldon D. Pratt)... ... 3.3. Zooplankton community structure in the area of Ocean 250 gasoline spill (by Jerome Prezioso and GarolyntAx Griswold) ssxae eee ees ae ETE eee Rice ge a arg OIL ead Se 3.4 Cytological-cytogenetic analyses of fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder eggs from plankton at Ocean 250 gasoline spill (by J. B. Hughes and A. Crosby Longwell............. 00000: eeeeeseeee Spodeli ela vceenig Ms ceric ett ete Ho Sehr eel eT ae REC Ee e OOM Le onan Panne hte IEICErAtLIne CILeCl Wa weyers aes, sae Nee IE R-nits raat fen alas oe, 6 ce eh A 8) «de ee he SR Figures . Site of the grounding of the Ocean 250 on Watch Hill Reef, R.I., and the immediate area including shore survey areas of Fishers Island and the southern Rhode Island coastline .............0 0c cee cece cece eee eee Survey area and station locations for RV Strider cruise 78-01. The barge Ocean 250 was grounded on Watch Hill Reehkon LO March] 97 Siatees ee rerseren ctonen a areata arr nate eC wear eat a gy CE No eats et) OO a pr Le ee ea ay . Station sites at which water samples and bivalves were collected during cruises on 17 and 18 March 1978. The Ocean250 was grounded om\WeatcheHillWReefi nse so ye crete revemme rele ercvarcin cic coristors meets a enereiieeeciee . Gas chromatograms of the water-accommodated fraction of gasoline and a procedural blank ............... . Gas chromatograms of a gasoline standard in hexane, a water-accommodated fraction of the gasoline standard, andawater'sample from stationed) Poere csc eesetee ict atts ove cs apake sce eye vorste renee a chene ieueae eiebeue rors tose ea etic mterevereteree Gas chromatograms of the water-accommodated fraction of the gasoline and of Mercenaria mercenaria from CE Talos nd WAR eee aipencer Pica ee econo tatters IenriePr Cn Fonts a/c NC Oren EM ROTC S coo boo oe . Station locations, zooplankton tow directions, and water column gasoline hydrocarbon values at Ocean 250 spill STEEP acters cst ece asbestos ec snsee tue sence tae! Sets ESAT SEV ra LS ERE UE needa SRO aA Eu Cp A SE ROS Chromatogram of gasoline mixture form the Ocean 250 spill carried through saponification-extraction pro- CaaS op te ee OR OOH Sar Rene Cae a Got G e Ge Lic MoM DOr ten eee es om Oana hGito eon =. Contrasting chromatograms fromithe! Ocean 250 spillic. HILL 9 poled 20! _— QUONOCHONTAUG POND WINNAPAUG POND, WEEKAPAUG we acer EAST PT “WATCH HILL FISHERS ISLAND 4l° Te} tee BLOCK ISLAND 4l° Figure 1-1.—Site of the grounding of the Ocean 250 on Watch Hill Reef, R.I., and the immediate area including shore survey areas of Fishers Island and the southern Rhode Island coastline. gasoline. No immediately apparent traces of gasoline (by taste or smell) or adverse biological effects (ie., dead or moribund organisms) were noted. No dead or moribund macroinvertebrates or fish were ob- served along any of the sandy beaches. Occasionally dense flotsam consisting mainly of washed-up kelp, Laminaria saccharina, was observed, particularly near East Point, Conn.; however, this is a normal occurrence, and there were no visible traces or smell of gasoline from these dense mats. Sandy areas were sampled every 46 m to a depth of 10 cm with a trowel to locate interstitial gasoline. Again, no traces were seen or smelled. A large population of apparently healthy herring gulls, Larus argentatus, was observed. No dead or abnormally behaving birds were seen. Although there were no visible signs or effects of gasoline, samples of sediment and M. edulis were collected for hydrocarbon analysis from each of three stations established at the eastern end of the island. Samples were frozen should further interest warrant their analysis. All the observations made on Fishers Island suggest that there was no onshore impact from the gasoline spill. Apparently a slick never reached the island. There were no dead or moribund organisms washed ashore as a result of the spill, and typical inter- tidal organisms were observed in a healthy state. 1.2 Damage Assessment Surveys The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) was requested to organize the damage assessment so that on 17 March 1978, when the USCG opened the area for vessel traffic the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS)? chartered the RV Strider for a series of 1 d cruises on 17, 18, and 20 March 1978, from Jerusalem (17, 18) and Galilee, R.I. (20). Personnel from NMFS, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and the Graduate School of Oceanography, URI, participated in these cruises. The survey was conducted over a 3.2 x 2.4 km grid off the Rhode Island coast between Watch Hill and Napatree Points (Fig. 1-2). Station locations and hydrological data are presented in Table 1-1. The same station numbers were used for all 3 d, but Northeast Fisheries Center Narragansett Laboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, South Ferry Road, Narragansett, RI 02882. 54° 18° SUGAR REEF carume @* Be _ ROCKS : 54° 32° | 325, Table 1-1.—Summary of station locations and hydrologic data from RV Strider cruise 78-01 in the area of the grounding of the Ocean 250. Station Depth Temp Salinity no. Lat. (°N) Long. (°W) (m) (°C) (0/00) 1 41°17'02" 71°51 '30” 34 1.7 29.4 2 41°17 '02” 71°52'10” 34 1.7 29.4 3 41°17 '02” WSZYSZe 27 U7 29.4 4 41°17 '30” MUS IUS2 a 5 1.8 29.0 5 41°18 02” 71°52'10” 9 2.2 28.6 6 41°18 02” TCSZ AO” 6 2.2 29.5 7 41°17 '30” MUCS2i102, 9 1.8 29.4 8 41°17'30" TLCS 30? 21 Vl 29.9 9 41°18 01” mes 1307, 8 1.7 29.7 10 41°17 '30” 71°50'59” 26 1.7 29.5 11 41°17 '30”" 71°50'12” 30 1.1 30.0 12 41°17'02" 71°50 '59” 37 1.1 30.8 13 41°17'02” 71°50'12” 38 1.1 31.0 14 41°18 01” 71°50'12” 29 1.1 31.0 15 41°18 '32” 71°50'12" 12 1.1 31.2 16 41°18 '29” 71°50 '59” fl 1.4 30.5 17 41°18'01” 71°50 '59” 11 1.4 29.8 18 41°18 '28” 71°52'10” 5 2.2 28.8 daily samples were distinguished by the addition of 0 to the 17 March stations, 100 to the 18 March stations, and 200 to the 20 March stations, i.e., 1, 101, and 201. For simplicity within this report most stations are referred to by the original (+0) designation. 50S \ WATCH Sp: a HILL Sy WATCH H/LL PT 18° Ye. S YeWATCH HILL REEF 8 @ 50° Figure 1-2.—Survey area and station locations for RV Strider cruise 78-01. The barge Ocean 250 was grounded on Watch Hill Reef (*) on 16 March 1978. 3 A summary of samples collected for chemical and biological analyses are presented in Tables 1-2 and 1-3. Specific sam- pling methods and analytical procedures and techniques are discussed in the following sections on chemical and biological analyses. The damage assessment fecused on chemical analyses of gasoline hydrocarbons in the water column, fish, macro- invertebrates, and plankton; benthic and zooplankton com- munities structure was analyzed, and fish eggs were screened for cytogenetic damage. 1.3 Conclusions The Ocean 250 gasoline spill did not cause serious impact in the coastal waters off southern Rhode Island. The slick dissipated within 24 h of the spill and appeared to have been confined within a4 km ellipse to the south and southwest of Watch Hill Reef. This is surmised from early visual observations and from shore surveys of sourthern Rhode Island and Fishers Island which revealed no traces of gasoline in the water or in the sediments. In the area directly adjacent to Watch Hill Reef and within the sampling grid (Fig. 1-2) gasoline components were detected in the water column, in zooplankton and selected benthic in- vertebrates, indicating that gasoline was well mixed in the water column down to the bottom where it was accumulated either directly by filter-feeding organisms or through food chain com- ponents. The greatest detectable impact was on the embryos of two species of fish, the yellowtail flounder, Limanda ferruginea, and the fourbeard rockling, Enchelyopus cimbrius. However, because the spill was localized and spawning was light at the time, no long-term effects on the resident populations of the southern Rhode Island coast are anticipated. The analysis of fish flesh samples, including a control from Narragansett Bay, also indicated the presence of some gasoline components in the flesh; more important, it detected the presence of relatively high levels of other anthropomorphic hydrocarbons in many of the fish, indicating that there is a chronic release into these coastal waters. The implications of this release to renewable marine resources and public health are just beginning to be ex- amined. Although areas further offshore and east of the spill area have been studied in the past, there was no baseline information available against which to compare such a site specific study as this. In addition, the small sample size as well as the short sam- pling period do not allow for conclusions on natural variability and, therefore, it is impossible to draw definitive conclusions on the effects of the spill on species composition or abundance. However, the hydrocarbon analyses as a whole and especially those on the fish samples point out the chronic presence of anthropogenic hydrocarbons in this coastal marine environment. This, together with the deleterious effect of the gasoline on fish eggs, indicates impact, some due to the Ocean 250 spill, some due to other sources. The gasoline spill was the first major spill in the eastern United States since the Argo Merchant sank off Nantucket Shoals in December 1976. Since that time toxic spill response plans had been developed through regional workshops and individual agen- cies. As a result the response to the Ocean 250 represented an in- tegrated, coordinated, and efficient effort from the local scientific community including Federal, State, and university personnel. This report represents the results of the damage assessment ac- tivities initiated at the time of the spill. Table 1-2.—Summary of samples collected on RV Strider cruise 78-01, 17-20 March 1978 in the area of the barge Ocean 250 grounding. Butterfly Shipek Niskin sterile- Rocking tip Sur- Station (duplicate plastic bag Neu- Plank- chair licate face Salin- no. casts) water sample Trawl ston ton dredge grabs temp. _ ities 1 x x x! x x x 2 x x x x x A} x x! x x x 4 x x x x x 5 x x x x x x 6 x x x x x 7 x x x x 8 x x x x x 9 x x 10 x x x x 11 x x x 12 x xt x x x 13 x x x x 14 x x x x 15 x x' x x x 16 x x 17 x x x x x x 18 x x Total 6 2 5 12 9 2 6 18 18 ‘Duplicate. *Duplicate 0.505 mm mesh samples, no 0.333 mm mesh samples. *0.333 mm mesh net lost; no sample-replaced with 0.505 mm mesh net. “Doors crossed; no sample. Table 1-3.—Summary of fish and invertabrate species collected on RV Strider cruise 78-01 in trawls and by dredge in the area of Ocean 250 grounding; selected species were analyzed for hydrocarbons. Crosses indicate present in sample, analyz- ed for hydrocarbons by Energy Resources Company; solid circles indicate present in sample, analyzed for hydrocarbons by Environmental Protection Agency; open circles indicate present in sample. Fox Rocking chair Island dredge stations Species 10 12 15 17 control = 4 5 Macrozoarces americanus x Scophthalmus aquosus x Pseudopleuronectes americanus x Limanda ferruginea Raja erinacea x Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus Hemitripterus americanus x Clupea harengus x Tautogolabrus adspersus x Gadus morhua Liparis sp. Menidia menidia Polinices heros Mercenaria mercenaria ® Asterias forbesi Cancer irroratus Placopecten magellanicus Modiolus modiolus ® Trawl stations x x x taetd bt Code deted me KK OK ~ 2.0 CHEMICAL ANALYSES 2.1 Introduction A need to understand the potentially deleterious ecological ef- fects of spills of petroleum fuels has resulted in extensive research to examine the impact of these pollutants on marine and intertidal en- vironments. Although the ecological effects of spills of crude oil (Benyon 1967; Smith 1968; Hess 1978), No. 2 fuel oil (Blumer et al. 1970*; Burns and Teal 1971*), and bunker C and #6 fuel oil (Scaratt and Sitko 1972; Gross and Mattson 1977) have been extensively in- vestigated, only limited data are available concerning the impact of gasoline spills. The 16 March 1978 grounding of the Ocean 250 on Watch Hill Reef and the release of 2.6 million liters of gasoline into Block Island Sound presented an opportunity to examine the im- pact of gasoline on the marine environments. In response to the spill, a series of joint cruises was organized and conducted by per- sonnel from the NMFS, EPA, and the Graduate School of Oceanography, URI. The cruises were undertaken to collect samples in order to determine the content of gasoline in the water and to examine the extent of impact of these compounds on zooplankton, fish, and benthic organisms. The following three sec- tions present the results of the studies. 2.2 Chemical Analyses of Water and Benthic Organisms This section was prepared by J. L. Lake,* C. W. Dimock,’ C. Norwood,° R. Bowen,’ and B. Kyle.’ “Blumer, M., J. Sass, G. Souza, H. L. Sanders, J. F. Gassle, and G. R. Hampson. 1970. The West Falmouth oil spill. Woods Hole Oceanogr. Inst., Tech. Rep. 70-44, 32 p. *Burns, K. A., and J. M. Teal. 1971. Hydrocarbon incorporation into the salt marsh ecosystem from the West Falmouth oil spill. Woods Hole Oceanogr. Inst., Tech. Rep. 71-69, 24 p. Sampling and analytical procedures.— Water samples were ob- tained on the first cruise (17 March), at the stations shown (Fig. 2-1). These 6 liter samples were obtained with a 5 liter Niskin bottle at a depth of 3.5 (+0.5) m and extracted on board with 300 ml of methylene chloride. These extracts were passed through Na,SO, to remove residual water and then reduced in volume in a Kuderna- Danish evaporator fitted with a three ball Snyder reflux column. The samples were solvent exchanged to hexane, reduced in volume under a stream of nitrogen to 0.1 ml, and stored at —5°C. Samples of filter-feeding bivalves were obtained on the second cruise (18 March) at the stations shown in Figure 2-1. Samples of horse mussel, Modiolus modiolus, and hard shell clam, Mercenaria mercenaria, were collected at station 1 with a rocking chair dredge, and sea scallop, Placopecten magellanicus, were collected at station 12 with a trawl. Samples were placed in plastic bags, packed in ice, and then frozen at the laboratory until analysis. Thawed samples were dissected, and the tissues digested for 16 h at 37°C in 4N NaOH in glass centrifuge tubes with Teflon-lined screw caps. The digested tissues were then extracted with methylene chloride. The organic phase was passed through a column of Na.SO, and silica gel to remove interfering material, and subsequently reduced in volume and solvent exchanged to hexane. Selected tissue samples were separated on a second column of silica gel into an aliphatic and an aromatic hydrocarbon fraction. All fractions were reduced in volume to 0.1 ml under a stream of nitrogen and stored at —5°. To prevent an excessive loss of the more volatile, low molecular weight components of the gasoline, the extracts of the samples were never evaporated to dryness. Procedural blanks were processed with samples in order to determine if contamination had occurred. Several gasolines were spilled by the barge. Standards of the gasolines were obtained from the USCG at Groton, Conn. A neat gasoline standard, a neat gasoline standard diluted in hexane, and a water-accommodated fraction of the gasoline (prepared by shaking 10 ml of gasoline from the #1 port and 10 ml of gasoline from the #1 starboard tanks with 2 liters of seawater, and allowing the mixture to separate for 6 h before extraction) were analyzed to determine the efficiency of the analytical method. Water and shellfish samples were analyzed in a Hewlett Packard 5840A gas chromatograph equipped with a glass capillary column and a splitless injection port. The temperature program was 35°C for 4 min and then 5°C/min to 250°C. The areas of the chromatograms ranging from peak 1 (Table 2-1) (C.-benzene) through peak 15 (C,-naphthalene) were integrated. Quantifications were obtained by relating these areas to areas of known alkyl benzene and alkyl naphthalene standards. The gas chromatographic-mass spectrometric (GC-MS) analyses were performed on a 30 m OV-101 glass capillary column in a Schimazdu model GC-4CM. This gas chromatograph was in- terfaced with a Finnegan 1015 mass spectrometer equipped with a Systems Industries Data System. Results.—Comparison of the analysis of the neat gasoline standard with that of the standard diluted in hexane showed that the solvent peak on gas chromatograms interfered with only a small number of the lowest molecular weight gasoline compounds (Dimock et al. 1980). Peaks in procedural blanks (Fig 2-2) were ‘Environmental Protection Agency, South Ferry Road, Narragansett, RI 02882. ’Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI 02881. 41°18" SUGAR REEF... _ CATUMB4 “ROCKS Ei Samples w Shellfish Samples 71° 54' Tes 2) WATCH HILL PT. 17 @ 9 @.: “% WATCH HILL REEF 71°50' Figure 2-1.—Station sites at which water samples and bivalves were collected during cruises on 17 and 18 March 1978. The Ocean 250 was grounded on Watch Hill Reef. Table 2-1.—Components of the Ocean 250 gasoline tentatively identified by mass spectrometry. Peak number Molecular weight Compound 1 106 C,-benzene 2 106 C,-benzene 3 106 C,-benzene 4 120 C,-benezene 5 120 C,-benzene 6 120 C,-benzene 7 120 C,-benzene 8 120 C,-benzene 9 120 C,-benzene 10 118 Indane 11 134 C.-benzene 12 128 Naphthalene 13 142 2-methyl naphthalene 14 142 1-methyl naphthalene 15 156 C,-naphthalene small and interfered only slightly with analyses of the higher molecular weight gasoline compounds. A comparison of the analyses of the gasoline standard diluted in hexane with that of the water-accommodated fraction of the gasoline taken through the analytical procedure showed approximately 70% of the higher molecular weight compounds (i.e., C.-naphthalenes) and approx- imately 50% of the lower molecular weight compounds (i.e., C,-benzenes) were returned. Average recovery for all compounds was approximately 60%. The analyses of water samples in this report, however, were not corrected for these losses in the analytical procedure. Gas chromatograms of extracts from the water samples from stations 3, 4, and 7 revealed a pattern of peaks that was qualitatively similar to the patterns from the water-accommodated fraction and the gasoline standards. The water-accommodated fraction, the gasoline standard, and extracts from the station 7 water sample are compared in Figure 2-3. There was, however, an apparent greater relative loss of some of the lower molecular weight compounds in the water samples. Gas chromatograms of water samples from sta- tions 1 and 11 showed no detectable gasoline compounds, and the sample from station 2 showed only trace levels (Table 2-2). GC-MS analyses of the compounds in water samples from stations 3, 4, and 7 showed that these compounds were alkylated benzenes, indane, naphthalene, and alkylated naphthalenes (Table 2-1). Table 2-2.—Concentrations of gasoline range hydrocarbons in water samples taken off Watch Hill Reef (Ocean 250 spill). Concentrations were not corrected for losses during extraction or chromatographic procedure. Total gasoline hydrocarbons Water station no. (C,-benzenes—C,-naphthalenes) Background value Trace levels (1.0 ppb) 3 ppb 10 ppb 12 ppb Background value Kea kwWNe Extracts of shellfish showed gas chromatographic patterns similar to those obtained from gasoline standards in most samples (Fig 24), but interfering peaks were also prominent. GC-MS analyses showed many identical spectra from peaks in extracts of the Mercenaria mercenaria sample and from the gasoline standard. Discussion.—Experiments conducted to evaluate the analytical method showed it could consistently recover and measure most of the gasoline present in water samples (Dimock et al. 1980). The sol- vent peak on gas chromatograms obscured only a small number of gasoline peaks, and procedural blanks showed that interfering material was not introduced by the analysis. The average efficiency of recovery for the procedure was 60%, although it was more effi- cient in recovering the less volatile, higher molecular weight com- WATER - ACCOMMODATED FRACTION PROCEDURAL BLANK pounds (70%) than the lower molecular weight compounds (50%). This relatively greater loss of low end components was found to oc- cur during the final volume reduction phase of analyses. While visible slicks and gasoline odors were not apparent when the water samples were taken, comparisons of gas chromatograms from gasoline standards with those from water samples from sta- tions 3, 4, and 7 clearly indicated the presence of gasoline com- pounds (for station 7, see Figure 2-3). GC-MS analysis cor- roborated the presence of gasoline by identifying alkylated benzenes, indane, naphthalene, and alkylated naphthalenes in ex- tracts from these water samples. The levels of gasoline in these samples ranged from 3 to 12 ppb, with only trace amounts present in the sample from station 2. These stations were southwest of Watch Hill Reef which was the direction the slick moved before dissipating (Fig. 2-1). Samples from station 1, to the south of Watch Hill Reef, and from control station 11, to the east, did not show detectable levels of gasoline compounds. When compared with the gasoline standards and the water-accommodated fraction, chromatograms of water samples showed relative decreases in the amounts of lower molecular weight gasoline compounds (Fig. 2-3). While these decreases were at least partly due to losses in the final volume reduction during analysis, they may also reflect greater volatilization of the low molecular weight compounds to the at- mosphere during environmental exposure. With the exception of the sea scallop adductor muscle, which showed very low levels of compounds on gas chromatograms, Figure 2-2.—Gas chromatograms of the water-accommodated frac- tion of gasoline and a procedural blank. Both analyses were run on a 30 m SE-52 glass capillary column: 35°C for 4 min, the 5°/min to 250°C. samples of shellfish tissues showed low levels of compounds in the molecular weight region of gasoline. Comparisons of gas chromatograms of a water-accommodated gasoline standard with those from shellfish suggested the presence of gasoline compounds in these tissue samples (Fig. 2-4). The correlation of peak distribu- tion patterns in gas chromatograms from the gasoline standards and the bivalve tissues was not as clear as with the water samples because of the low levels found in the tissues, and due to interfering biogenic material. However, GC-MS analysis of tissues of the Mercenaria mercenaria samples showed the presence of hydro- carbon compounds typical of gasoline. Comparison with gas chromatograms from other bivalve samples suggested that they also may have contained these gasoline compounds. Since control organisms sampled prior to the spill were not available, it was not possible to determine if the presence of these compounds in the organisms resulted from the spillage of gasoline from the Ocean 250 or from other sources such as industrial and municipal wastes. The accumulation and depuration of hydrocarbons from petroleum fuels by filter-feeding bivalves has been investigated (Blumer et al. 1970; Lee et al. 1972; Stegeman and Teal 1973; DiSalvo et al. 1975; Boehm and Quinn 1977; among others). In general these studies found that the majority of accumulated petroleum hydrocarbons were rapidly depurated from the organisms; however, Blumer et al. (1970) with Crassostrea virginica, and Boehm and Quinn (1977) with Mercenaria mercenaria found slow depuration of accumulated petroleum hydrocarbon com- GASOLINE STANDARD WATER - ACCOMMODATED FRACTION WATER SAMPLE FROM STATION NO.7 Figure 2-3.—Gas chromatograms of a gasoline standard in hexane, a water- accommodated fraction (WAF) of the gasoline standard, and a water sample from station 7. The standards were run on a 30) m SE-S2 glass capillary column. The water sample was run on a 30 m OV-101 column. All analyses: 35°C for 4 min, the §°/min to 250°C. pounds. Obviously, if the gasoline compounds found in filter- feeding bivalves in the present study were retained for extended periods, they would have a greater potential to harm the organisms and the consumers (including man). The toxicity of gasoline and its individual components to marine organisms has been investigated through several laboratory research efforts (Meinck et al. 1965; Crapp 1971; Brocksen and Bailey 1973; Jacobsen and Baylou 1973; Yevich and Barszcz 1976), but not much information is available concerning the envinronmen- tal impact of spills of gasoline. Bugbee and Walter (1973) con- ducted a biological survey along 21 km (13 mi) of Grace Coolidge Creek (South Dakota) where 18.9 thousand liters (5,000 gal) of aviation gasoline were spilled in November 1969. They found the biological impact to be severe, and almost a full year was required for nearly complete recovery. Because of the difficulties of ex- trapolating laboratory toxicity tests to field situations and due to the paucity of information concerning the impact of gasoline spills in the environment, it is difficult to assess, or even estimate, the ecological damage inflicted by the Ocean 250 spill. Nevertheless, it is apparent from this study that gasoline from the Ocean 250 did penetrate the marine water colmn in the vicinity of Watch Hill Reef. Gasoline was found in several water samples, and the data suggest that gasoline from the accident may have been accumulated by organisms at a depth of up to 10 m. Acknowledgment.—The assistance of funding from the EPA Grant No. R805477-02 is gratefully acknowledged. 2.3 Hydrocarbon Analyses of Plankton Samples This section was prepared by E. J. Hoffman® and J. G. Quinn.* Collection procedures.—Plankton tows were conducted aboard RV Strider on 20 March 1978 (4 d after the Ocean 250 gasoline spill) within an area 3.2 x 2.4 km between Watch Hill Point and Napatree Point, R.I. The station locations and location of the grounding along with the gasoline hydrocarbon analysis results of the water samples are given in Figure 2-5. The planktons were collected with paired 61 cm diameter bongo frames fitted with 0.505 mm and 0.333 mm mesh nets towed in continuous double oblique patterns for 15 min. The 0.333 mm mesh sample was split; half of which was preserved for biological studies and the other half, used for the hydrocarbon studies, was frozen until analyzed. The 0.333 mm net was lost after four stations and the frame was refitted with a 0.505 mm net. Thereafter, one 0.505 mm net sample was split in the above manner and saved for hydrocarbon analyses. The collection data is given in Table 2-3. Analytical procedure.—The plankton samples were thawed and the seawater associated with the samples was removed by pass- ing the sample through a 45 mm stainless steel sieve. The plankton retained by the sieve were transferred to tared 50 ml centrifuge tubes. The samples were not dried in order to prevent loss of volatile gasoline components. (An estimate of the percentage moisture was determined on three separate plankton samples col- lected later especially for this purpose.) ‘Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI 02881. Table 2-3.—Plankton samples-collection data, Ocean 250 spill, 20 March 1978. Mesh size Station at Station at Time of Time of used for HC start of tow' end of tow start ‘end analysis split 213 211 0937 0952 0.333 214 215 0956 1011 0.333 215 216 1023 1038 0.333 217 210 1050 1105 0.333 212 201 1114 1129 70.333 208 209 1153 1207 0.505 206 218 1221 1236 0.505 205 204 1244 1259 0.505 203 202 1309 1324 0.505 ‘Station numbering system is organized as follows: The prefix of two preceeding two digit station number refers to samples collected on the 3d leg of RV Strider 78-01. For example, 213 refers to a sample collected on 20 March 1978 (3d leg) at station 13. (The text refers to the station at the beginning of the tow). *Sample lost during collection. WATER-ACCOMMODATED FRACTION Figure 2-4.—Gas chromatograms of the water-accommodated frac- tion (WAF) of the gasoline and of Mercenaria mercenaria from sta- tion 1. The WAF was run on a 30 m SE-52 glass capillary column. Mercenaria mercenaria was run on a 30 m 30 m SE-54 column. Both analyses: 35°C for 4 min, the 5°/min to 250°C. | MERCENARIA MERCENARIA 54° 520° 50° NAPATREE 4 “

CER 2 | 212 12 a S © Oy ae é 3 ppb Trace B.G. 13 at = ok ce on oes 52° 50° Figure 2-5.—Station locations, zooplankton tow directions, and water column gasoline hydrocarbon values at Ocean 250 spill site. 9 Each wet plankton sample was saponified (under nitrogen) with 0.5 N KOH-methanol in tightly capped centrifuge tubes stan- ding in a boiling water bath for 30 min. The resulting mixtures were cooled and the hydrocarbons (with nonsaponifiable lipids) were ex- tracted three times with 10 ml portions of hexane. The hexane ex- tracts were evaporated to 0.5 ml on a rotary evaporator at 30°C. One ,:1 of this extract was injected into a Hewlett Packard 5840A gas chromatograph equipped with a 15 m OV-101 glass capillary column. The injection and programming conditions are given in Table 24. Three types of standards were used in this study. For quantifi- cation, a measured amount of a mixed gasoline standard (1:1:1:1:1, Tank 1 Starboard, Tank 1 Port, Tank 2 Port, Tank 3 Port, and Tank 4 Port) was carried through the entire saponification- extraction procedure. The hydrocarbon activity of this process stan- dard was limited to peaks between retention times (RT) of 0 and 25 min, boiling range about ~ C,-C,, (see Fig. 2-6). The areas under each peak in the plankton sample chromatogram from RT = 7 to 25 min were summed. The area was related to concentration by use of a calibration curve constructed using various injection volumes of the processed standard. It was necessary to construct a calibra- tion curve using this gasoline standard because the relationship be- tween area and concentration was not linear and did not intercept zero. The two other standards, a nonprocessed gasoline mixture and a water-accommodated gasoline standard were used for matching Table 2-4.—Glass capillary analytical conditions, Ocean 250 spill. Volume injected | Column glass capillary, OV-101, 15 m, 0.25 mmi.d. Column flow 1.7 ml/min Auxiliary flow 21.5 ml/min Programming Temperature 1=35°C, held for 5 min, then the temperature was increased at a rate of 4°/min up to 250°C Hewlett Packard 5840A gas chromato- graph with integrator Instrumentation RESPONSE —> purposes employing the procedure of Hoffman and Quinn (1978). j Results and discussion.—The quantitative results for the plankton samples are given in Table 2-5. While each plankton sam- ple had readily measurable amounts of hydrocarbons, presumable natural and anthropogenic sources, only one sample (205) had hydrocarbon activity in the boiling range (C.-C,.) of the gasoline components. A comparison of the plankton sample, having gasoline components with one example of plankton with little or none of these components, is illustrated by chromatograms in Figure 2-7. The values given in Table 2-5 do not reflect total hydrocarbons. Total hydrocarbons for open ocean plankton samples have been previously shown to be on the order of 1-6% of the total lipid material (Lee et al. 1971). On a dry weight basis, this would represent 2,000 4. g/g. Total hydrocarbons in Georges Bank population have been reported in the range between 54 g/g and 11,000 g/g (Boehm 1977°). The detection limits are also given in Table 2-5. Due to the high concentration of total hydrocarbons in each sample, it was not feasible to inject larger amounts into the chromatograph in order to attempt to see lower concentration levels of gasoline components without overloading the column severely with the higher molecular weight fraction. One persistent problem which affects all plankton analyses results from passing large volumes of water through a net to collect the plankton. Adsorption of organic material to the net and to particle surfaces during collec- tion may also result in the collection of hydrocarbons from the water as well as hydrocarbons associated with the plankton. Since previous studies have reported net fouling after oil spills (Gross and Mattson 1977), it is uncertain whether the high value found in plankton sample 205 was associated with the plankton or was col- lected from the water column. *Boehm, P. D. 1977. Hydrocarbon chemistry. Jn New England En- vironmental Benchmark, Fourth Quarterly Summary Report, October 13, 1977, Energy Resources Co. (BLM Contract AA 550-CT6-51), Chapter 5.1. Energy Resources Co., 185 Alewife Parkway, Cambridge, MA 02138. <—25 MIN INCREASING TIME AND TEMPERATURE ——> Figure 2-6.—Chromatogram of gasoline mixture from the Ocean 250 spill carried through saponification-extraction procedure. 10 2 > Wr Acs ST) ul fy Eile 2) x ap ty (hin See Ze Se WwW wWuwj/2 a N NANI at @ z > a a a4 Wi rea) Tr) fies ce o ao Mla 0 a i) m taf Oo ro) oOo O]2 HH PRISTANE PR Figure 2-7.—Contrasting chromatograms from the Ocean 250 spill. Upper, sample 205 indicates presence of gasoline com- ponents; lower, little or no gasoline components are present in sample 213. Table 2-5.—Concentration of gasoline range hydrocarbons in plankton samples collected near the site of the Ocean 250 grounding. Weight of Weight of Concentration Concentration sample sample’ of gasoline? of gasoline? (wet wt.) (dry wt.) hydrocarbons hydrocarbons Sample Z gZ (xh HC/g wet wt.) (ug HC/g dry wt.) 203 3.44 0.276 < 88 <1,100 205 1.80 0.144 475 6,000 206 3.75 0.301 <128 < 1,600 208 2.62 0.201 < 61 < 760 213 11.46 0.920 < 20 < 250 214 3.96 0.318 < 58 < 720 215 6.08 0.488 < 38 < 470 217 7.91 0.635 < 29 < 360 ‘Calculated from three plankton samples collected on RV Strider 78-02; average moisture content was 92 + 1%. Boiling range ~ C.-C. Qualitatively, the plankton sample 205 had 18 peaks in com- mon with the water-accommodated gasoline chromatogram (Fig. 2-8). In order to examine the match of the sample hydrocarbons with the hydrocarbons in the gasoline, the matching technique of Hoffman and Quinn (1978) which plots individual peak areas of the sample chromatogram versus the individual areas of corresponding peaks of a standard was used in this study. The matching exercise in this case, however, was complicated by the wide assortment of stan- dards available. The three standards used in the course of these ex- periments were as follows: 1) a 1:1:1:1:1 mixture of gasoline 11 samples from each of 5 tanks; 2) water-accommodated gasoline sample; and 3) 0.1 ml of the gasoline mixture carried through the saponification-extraction procedure used in the plankton analyses. Hereafter, these standards will be called standard 1, standard 2, and standard 3. Direct comparison of the plankton sample 205 with standard 2 (water-accommodated gasoline) and standard 3 (processed gasoline) yielded very low correlation coefficients of 0.02 and 0.12. However, a comparison of standard 1 and standard 3 revealed a loss of the more volatile components of the whole gas (standard 1) when car- ried through the analysis procedure (standard 3). Figure 2-9 il- lustrates the nature of these routine losses. When the zooplankton sample 205 was corrected for these losses, the comparison of the sample with standard 2 yielded an improved correlation coefficient of 0.74. It is, therefore, clear that evaporative losses of hydrocar- bons from the zooplankton sample, either in the environment or in the analysis, was responsible in some degree for the lack of a cor- relation when the sample was matched without these corrections. A comparison of standard 2 and standard 3 yielded a correla- tion coefficient of 0.97, indicating that the losses occurring during processing also occurred in the process of water accommodation by evaporation or selective solubilization. If these losses occur in the laboratory during the 6 h of standing needed to prepare the water- accommodated standard (J. Lake'’), it is reasonable to assume that ‘James Lake, Environmental Scientist, Environmental Protection Agency, South Ferry Road, Narragansett, RI 02882, pers. commun. March 1978. Figure 2-8.—Correspondence between chromatogram of water-accommodated gasoline (upper) and lower molecular weight portion of plankton sample 205 (lower) from the Ocean 250 spill. (2p) iQ. zm 2m wo ow Ww ” nnw a z 2 WW We a < 2 2 2 = re WwW wwe F&F 2) N Se So eee x Fa 72 Fad Ree Wate a Leica mn ee! PS fon) oO o}|t — N nN m t/a oO SHO - © hj RS 100 F PROCESSED GAS GAS STD @ ° == ia isp eed ot of ener fo 2 ie} 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 RT(min) increasing boiling point ————~> %o Figure 2-9.—Recovery of volatile gasoline components in saponification-extraction procedure. (RT = retention time.) such losses are also occurring in the environment, especially con- sidering the wave action, and the lapse of 4 d of time between the spill and the plankton collection. In addition to evaporative losses in the environment, the plankton may also selectively incorporate, metabolize, or retain only certain portions of the water- accommodated gasoline or gasoline droplets. A comparison of panels in Figure 2-8 shows that, while the alkyl benzenes are the most concentrated hydrocarbons in the standard, the naphthalene and substituted naphthalenes were the most concentrated in the plankton. Whether this is due to evaporative effects or selective up- take is unknown. While there was not a good match in a quantitative sense be- tween the plankton sample 205 and the gasoline standards presumably due to evaporative losses, selective solubilization, and/or selective uptake, there are two circumstantial considerations which suggest that the gasoline-type components in plankton sample 205 were from the Ocean 250 gasoline spill: 1) There were 18 different hydrocarbons in the gasoline which were also found in this plankton sample; 2) this sample was collected near stations which had measurable amounts of gasoline components in water samples which were collected 2 d before the plankton samples (3-12 ppb gasoline hydrocarbons; J. Lake, footnote 10). Acknowledgments.—The laboratory analyses were support- ed by EPA grant R805477, and the ship time was funded by NOAA. We wish to thank Carolyn Griswold, NMFS, for the sample collection and data collection; James Lake and Barbara Kyle, EPA, for the water-accommodated gasoline standard; the USCG for the samples of gasoline from the barge; and Kurt Norwood for the GSMS identification of aromatic components in the gasoline. 2.4 Chemical Analyses of Fish Samples This section was prepared by P. D. Boehm"! and J. E. Barak."' Collection procedures. —A total of five 30 min groundfish trawls were made on 18 and 20 March 1978, using a 12 m net (Table 1-2). The doors crossed on one trawl so no sample was obtained. Fish and invertebrates were sorted at each station, identified to species, and were frozen for hydrocarbon analyses (Table 1-3). Analytical procedure.—The fish were in good condition and remained frozen until tissue preparation was begun. Each in- dividual fish was filleted and the sample obtained from a combina- tion of the skin, adipose tissue, and muscle. The samples were cut into small pieces and wet weight (25-125 g) obtained (a subsample was kept for dry weight determinations). The weight range was due to both the size of the specimens and the number of individuals comprising each sample. The tissues were then digested in 0.3 N KOH-methanol in a screw-capped flask. The digestion mixture was covered with a layer of 25 ml pentane (Resi-Analyzed, Baker). The tissues were digested for 48 h on a shaker table after which time the mixture was extracted three times with pentane. The combined pen- tane extracts were concentrated down to 0.5 ml, and this volume was passed through a clean-up column of fully activated silica gel to remove polar lipid material. After eluting the column with 5 ml “Energy Resources Company, Inc., 185 Alewife Brook Parkway, Cambridge, MA 02138. pentane, the eluate was concentrated under purified nitrogen to 50 Hl. One microliter out of 50 was injected into a Hewlett Packard 5840A gas chromatograph equipped with a spitless injector system linked to a 15 m SE-30 glass capillary (WCOT) column. The oven was held at 30°C for 15 min and then temperature programmed at 2°C/min to an upper temperature of 260°C. Peaks in the gasoline range were integrated directly by the gas chromatographic microprocesser. Concentrations were determined by comparison of the total area of the sample peaks in the gasoline range to that in a tissue spike of the combined cargo (Fig. 2-10). One microliter of a com- bination of the five cargos was spiked to fish tissue, and the spiked sample was carried through the entire procedure. Recovery of the spike was 95% relative to a direct injection of the cargo mixture on the gas chromatograph. To check on the possibility of evaporative losses in the sample concentration (evaporation) steps, a spike was administered to 250, ml CHCl, and the spikes solvent evaporated to 50 wl, first by rotary evaporation and finally by careful use of a purified nitrogen stream. Losses by evaporative concentration were negligible. Therefore, the quantification procedure which was based on the detector response of an injection of a known volume of the recovered cargo spike was a valid and reproducible method. Results.—The gas chromatogram of the spiked fish tissue (Fig. 2-10) illustrates those components whose quantifications were the analytical objective of this study. All samples contained some higher molecular weight (HMW) hydrocarbon material. This is especially evident in the control sample (Fig. 2-10) and in other samples so designated in Table 2-6. The chemical nature of this con- Table 2-6.—Data summary of hydrocarbon analysis of fish samples collected near the site of the Ocean 250 grounding. Samples designated G had at least twice the control levels of measured com- ponents in the gasoline range. Those samples designated HWM had higher molecular weight petroleum components. Sample Macrozoarces americanus Scophthalmus aquosus Pseudopleuronectes americanus Limanda ferruginea Raja erinacea Myoxocephalus octodecemspinosus Tautogolabrus adspersus Gadus morhua Macrozoarces americanus Scophthalmus aquosus Limanda ferruginea Macrozoarces americanus Scophthalmus aquosus Pseudopleuronectes americanus Limanda ferruginea Raja erinacea Macrozoarces americanus Scophthalmus squosus Pseudopleuronectes americanus Raja erinacea Hemitripterus americanus Clupea harengus Pseudopleuronectes americanus Control Blank 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 Concentration of components in gasoline range from Figure 2-10 Days (mg/g dry Station after spill weight of tissue) Designation +2 0.4 0.5 2.4 G 1.9 G 0.2 0.5 0.6 1.1 1.7 G 0.6 HMW 0.6 HMW +4 1.6 G 0.5 0.5 0.3 HMW esl 1.0 0.2 0.7 0.2 1.3 1.9 G 0.7 HMW 0.0 |______casoine RANGE —_+_ cm | ies nah i aheamtes 8 MW RANGE ————_ [ IH ik Figure 2-10.—A sample spiked with Ocean 250 gasoline to illustrate two ranges of interest on the traces, that fer gasoline and that for higher molecular weight (HMW) petroleum and biogenic hydrocarbons. This can be compared to the lower gas chromatographic trace in which is illustrated a small amount of gasoline components and a larger amount of HMW biogenic compounds found in yellowtail fiounder collected at Station 112 in the area of the Ocean 250 spill. trol sample is of crucial importance in evaluating the analytical results of the other samples. As Figure 2-10 illustrates, there are several components in the gasoline boiling range (probably alkyl benzenes) present in the control animals. The chemical nature of these components is unknown at present. Examination of their structure and identification by combined GC-MS is suggested for further study. At present their structure and origin remains uncer- tain. Many of the actual samples contain these components, but it is difficult to ascribe their presence to recent incorporation of gasoline due to their presence in the control. However, Table 2-6 represents an attempt at an objective quantification of these compounds. Based on 1) the qualitative scrutiny of the gas chromatograms and 2) quantitative values higher than the control sample, five of the samples say contain small amounts of gasoline components acquired from the spilled gasoline. Without statistically rigorous measurements of control levels of these components, we cannot be sure of a cause and effect relationship concerning the component levels associated with those 14 samples designated by ‘‘G’’ in Table 2-6. The “‘G’’ designations in Table 2-6 reflect those samples having at least twice the control levels of the measured components. Of perhaps equal interest is the presence of large quantities of HMwW petroleum compounds in four of the flounder samples, in- cluding the control (Figs. 2-11, 2-12). The homologous series of n-alkanes and the dominance of the unresolved “‘hump’’ are keys to the HMW designation. Although not quantified, levels of HMW are two orders or rnagnitude (10°) higher than the gasoline concen- trations observed. The possibility remains that the fish specimens had depurated any assimilated gasoline during the 24 d period be- tween the spill and when the fish were captured and frozen. Conclusions.—The processes of selective solubilization and selec- tive uptake of gasoline components complicates our ability to pre- sent definitive ‘‘total gasoline concentrations.’’ A more fruitful ap- proach would be to focus on several key components—perhaps alkyl benzenes—and to follow their incorporation into marine ! Figure 2-11.—Gas chromatographic trace illustrating no gasoline but a Isrge amount (~500 ppm) of petroleum (boiling range n-C13 to n-C30\windowpane flounder, station 115 from the area of Ocean 259 gasoline spill.) — Figure 2-12.—Gas chromatographic trace of yellowtail flounder flesh, station 115 of the Ocean 250 gasoline spill ~ 400 ppm of petroleum hydrocarbons—no gasoline. tissues. This would require some more rigorous analytical chemistry (i.e., some GC-MS work). However, the methods and procedures used in this study allow the following conclusions to be drawn: 1. Gasoline consists of alkyl benzenes as a major aromatic hydrocarbon constituent. 2. Componenits believed to be alkyl benzenes are observed in almost all samples as well as in the control but at low levels (1-2 ppm). 3. Five samples have concentrations of these constituents at levels at least twice the control value although statistical uncertain- ties in control levels as well as actual control levels of these com- pounds in species other than winter flounder, Pseudopleuronectes americanus, pose interpretative problems. 4. Several samples contain HMW petroleum hydrocarbons at concentrations which are two orders of magnitude higher than the highest suspected gasoline levels. Acknowledgments.—The laboratory analyses were supported by NOAA Contract No. 02-78-D01-30. 15 2.5 Summary On 16 March 1978, the Ocean 250 spilled 2.6 million liters of gasoline into Block Island Sound. A slick which formed had dissipated within 10 h after gasoline stopped leaking from the damaged barge. On cruises during the following 4 d, samples of water and marine organisms including invertebrates, plankton, and fish were collected for gas chromatographic and GC-MS analyses. Gasoline compounds were found in the water column at concentra- tions up to 12 yg total gasoline compounds/liter. Low levels of hydrocarbons in the gasoline range were found in some shellfish from the contaminated area. The similarities of gas chromatograms and mass spectra from extracts of shellfish with those from the gasoline standards indicated that compounds from the gasoline spilled by the barge may have been incorporated by some of these benthic organisms. Gasoline components were found in one plankton sample col- lected between 1.6 and 0.8 km west of the grounding site and adja- cent to stations which contained 10-12 ppb of gasoline in water samples. The gasoline components in this one plankton sample did not match quantitatively the spilled gasoline presumably due to evaporative losses, selective solubilization, and/or selective uptake. Qualitatively, however, the plankton sample contained 18 hydrocarbons in common with a water-accommodated gasoline standard. Twenty-three samples of flesh from 10 fish species collected in the area of the Ocean 250 spill were analyzed for gasoline hydrocar- bons. Five samples had levels ranging from 1.6 to 2.4 ppm or twice that found in the control sample (0.7 ppm). However, all samples contained some HMW petroleum hydrocarbons; although not quantified, several samples had levels of HMW two orders of magnitude higher than the gasoline concentrations observed. Despite the volatile nature of gasoline, the water movement due to tides and winds, the consequent redistribution of zooplankton, and the probable movement of fish in and out of the area immediately adjacent to the spill, results of analyses on water, plankton, fish, and the immobile benthic invertebrates show the presence of detectable levels of gasoline components. This indicates a distribution of the gasoline at least for a short time throughout the water column. The low levels found in the shellfish and plankton could reflect a short period of exposure and the possibility of rapid depuration. The presence of HMW hydrocarbons in many of the fish samples is indicative of a chronic release of petrogenic hydrocar- bons into the coastal and marine waters. The impact of this release on fish populations and human health is not known at this time. 3.0 BIOLOGICAL ANALYSES 3.1 Introduction The impact of oil spills on nearshore marine habitats and renewable resources has been increasingly well documented over the past decade. Much of this information was summarized in the Oil/Environment-1977 Symposium, and since then the impacts of the Amoco Cadiz and Campeche spills have been reported. However, these spills and subsequent studies have been of crude or light oil products; there had been no significant gasoline spill in the northeastern United States from which to draw inferences or com- parisons of impact on marine communities at the time of the Ocean 250 spill. However, in the following studies an attempt was made to characterize the species composition and abundance of benthic and zooplankton communities in the area of the spill and to deter- mine if there was any detectable adverse impact by the gasoline on these communities. Additionally fish eggs collected in neuston and plankton nets were examined for cytogenetic damage, since similar analyses of fish eggs collected from areas impacted by various pollutants, including oil, showed increased incidences of abnormal mitotic divisions, development arrest, abnormal patterns of cell dif- ferentiation, and other early indicators of embryo death (Longwell 1977; Longwell and Hughes 1989, In press). 3.2 Analysis of Benthic Macrofauna from the Area of Ocean 250 Gasoline Spill This section was prepared by Sheldon D. Pratt. Methods.—Triplicate Shipek grab samples were taken at six stations on a 0.8 km grid previously established by the NMFS (Fig. 3-1). Relatively shallow stations were chosen where dilution of gasoline components through vertical mixing would be minimized. “Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI 02881. 16 The Shipek grab samples an area 0.04 m? and a maximum depth of around 10 cm. Penetration was poor in fine compact sands and samples with a depth of as little as 2 cm were retained for analysis. Samples were preserved in rose-bengal formaldehyde and siev- ed to 0.5 mm. For six samples the sediment passing the sieve was saved and combined with residue from faunal sorting for grain size analyses. Dried samples were sieved through a series of 10 screens (2.0-< 0.074 mm) on a ro-tap machine and size fractions weighed. Fauna were identified to species in most cases. Indicators of recent death or of morbidity were looked for as the fauna was counted. Results and discussion. Physical environment.—Station locations and water depths are shown in Figure 3-1 and Table 3-1. The visual appearance of the sediments and grain size distributions are given in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-2. All of the sediments indicated the dynamic nature of the seafloor in the spill area. Sediment at station 7, in a passage between rock reefs, consisted of rounded, rust-stained gravel and coarse sand washed free of fine sediments by both wave and tidal currents. Sediments at station 17 were a very well sorted fine sand stained a dark rusty brown. This is probably the end product of vigorous and continuous sorting of lower beach material in an oxidizing en- vironment. The remaining samples were fine sand with gravel and silt. High concentrations of blue mussel shell particles gave these sediments a light gray color. Disaggregating fibrous shell material clouded the water during sieving. The sediments from which blue mussels were recovered consisted of medium sand and a fine sand and silt fraction. Samples 5-1, 5-2, and 7-2 were too silty for sieve analysis. It can be assumed that the fine sediment fraction is a result of the trapping action and biodeposition of the mussel colonies. These fine sediments are probably at least partially swept away by winter storms. Mussels.—Clusters of the blue mussel were collected in samples 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, and 7-2. The mussels were attached to each Table 3-1.—Shipek grab sampke descriptions (Ocean 250 spill). One sample from each station was analyzed for grain size. Sample 8-2 was not preserved properly and was discarded. Stations depicted in Figure 3-1. Sample Grain Station Depth volume size mode sample (m) (liter) (mm) Visual descnption 2-1 34 0.75 0.177 gray shelly silty fine sand 2-2 1.0 _ gray shelly silty fine sand 2-3 0.75 = gray shelly silty fine sand 5-1 9 3.0 — silty sand with live mussels 5-2 2.0 = silty sand with live mussels 5-3 0.75 0.5 sand with live mussels 61 8 0.8 a gray shelly fine sand 6-2 0.8 — gray shelly fine sand 63 0.75 0.177 gray shelly fine sand 7-1 9 1.0 — rounded gravel 7-2 0.75 — silt, sand, gravel with mussels 73 2.0 1.0 coarse sand, gravel 8-1 23 1.3 _ sand, gravel 8-3 1.8 0.25 sand, gravel 17-1 12 1.3 — brown fine sand 17-2 0.9 — brown fine sand 17-3 0.75 0.177 brown fine sand 18° (%) WEIGHT CUMULATIVE 54° 54° NAPATREE PTE ~~ SUGAR REEF carume @ ae _ ROCKS matt 320 50° SGT ER Oe WATCH Boe HILL yy iy WATCH H/LL PT Ye. @ 18° 2 YRWATCH HILL REEF 32° 8 © 50° Figure 3-1.—Watch Hill, R.I., survey area. Location of grounding of Ocean 250 marked by asterisk. Benthic grab sampling stations marked by open circles. 80 60 40 20 4 2.0 1.4 mie 10 0.7 0.5 035 025 018 0.125 0074 DIAMETER (mm) iN7/ other and not to substrate which was silty sand. All individuals were less than a year old as indicated by their lengths (<4 cm), single size mode, absence of annual growth rings, and absence of fouling organisms. Winter storms may move or bury portions of this soft- bottom population. It is assumed that the extensive rocky substrate in the area supports mussels which reach maturity. Data on the sizes of live mussels and of shells which are dead but still articulated (clappers) are given in Figure 3-3. Clappers made up a small, relatively consistent, proportion of each collection and did not include the largest animals. Several had been drilled by predatory gastropods. No clappers had tissue in their shells. It is assumed that if a mussel had been killed or weakened by exposure to gasoline within 2 d, tissue would have been present at the time of sampling. The concentrations of hydrocarbons of 12, 10, and 3 ppb in the water near Watch Hill Reef on 17 March (J. Lake et al., see sec- tion 2.2) are well below the 5-50 ppm levels of soluble aromatic hydrocarbons which are actually toxic to tested bivalves (Hyland and Schneider 1976). Gilfillan (1975) commented on the relatively high resistance of blue mussels to acute hydrocarbon exposure. Mussels have been found to accumulate hydrocarbons in their tissues when exposed to high concentrations of oil [1,000-5,000 ppm dry weight in an oil spill area (Straughan 1977); 600-1,200 ppm dry weight near a refinery effluent (Burns and Smith 1977)). Figure 3-2.—Grain size distributions of representative benthic grab samples from the survey area of the Ocean 250 spill. STA. 5-1 STA.5-2 Mussels may show sublethal effects from very low concentra- _ aoa 384 (II) 580 (22) tions of hydrocarbons. Gilfillan (1975) found that as little as 1 ppm of the water soluble fraction of crude oil increased respiration while decreasing feeding and assimilation of mussels. Gonzalez et al. (1979) found a decrease in the filter-feeding rate of mussels at con- centrations of water-accommodated fraction of No. 2 fuel oil as low as 10 ppb. It seems likely that exposure to gasoline in the areas sampled (0.8 and 1.6 km from the grounding and at a depth of 10 m) was below acutely toxic levels. Reduced filtering rate or shell closure STA. 7-2 could also have reduced effective exposure and toxic effects. 207 (4) Because of the ability of mussels to accumulate hydrocarbons, more extensive collections and analysis may have indicated the horizontal and vertical distribution of gasoline in the spill area. In retrospect it seems that an opportunity was lost to observe the ef- NUMBER Figure 3-3.—Size class distributions of blue mussels, Mytilus edulis, from benthic grab samples. ‘‘Clappers’”’ are the shells of dead animals which are still attached. Total number of live and clapper mussels (in parentheses) are shown under sample . Station locatio indicated in Figure 3-1. LENGTH INTERVAL (cm) seaaasinaane alpaca? Table 3-2.—Benthic fauna recovered from Shipek grab samples in the vicinity of Watch Hill Reef (Ocean 250 spill). Station-grab 2-1 2-2 2-2 5-1 5-2 5-3 61 62 6-3 7-1 7-2 7-3 8-1 8-3 17-1 -17-2—-:17-3 Mollusca: Lunatia heros 1 1 Lunatia triseriata 1 Mitrella lunata 1 Nucula annulata 1 2 1 Mytilius edulis 384 580 80 270 Musculus sp. 1 Crenella descussata 1 Astarte undata 1 Astarte castanea 1 Crassinella mactracea 1 1 Cyclocardia borealis 1 2 Arctica islandica Cerastoderma pinnulatum 1 1 Spisula solidissima 3 1 1 Tellina agilis 6 10 10 9 2 1 Periploma sp. 1 Crustacea: Harpacticoid copepods 1 1 1 Ostracoda spp. 2 Chiridotea tuftsi 1 1 4 Erichsoniella filiformis 1 Tanaidacea sp. 5 2 2 2 4 1 1 4 4 Elasmopus levis 1 Maera danae Sympleustes glaber Parametopella cypris Ampithoe sp. 1 Acanthohaustorius intermedius 1 3 3 Protohaustorius wigleyi 2 3 Bathyporeia parkeri 3 Phoxocephalus holbolli Paraphoxus epistomus 2 5 Lysianopsis alba Microdeutopus sp. 1 1 Unciola irrorata 1 1 2 Erichthonius sp. 1 1 Corophium sp. 1 Byblis serrata 43 1 1 4 Ampelisca vadorum 1 1 2 1 1 Proboloides holmesi 3 Pagurus longicarpus 1 Cancer irroratus Polychaeta: Lepidonotus squamatus 2 4 1 Harmothoe extenuata 27 he Uwe _ N — WN bd New —e— Nw tN N _ w N w ve) _ —) ca) 18 fects of very high levels of gasoline on mussels by not using scuba divers to collect them in the immediate area of the grounded barge. Benthic infauna. Data.—Counts of benthic fauna recovered from grab samples are given in Table 3-2. Sample 8-2 was improperly preserved and was not sieved. The varying sample volumes mentioned in Table 3-2 should be noted. Although the species list is long, the populations of this area are of low density and of low biomass with the exception of mussel beds. Many records consist of a single individual and many of the individuals are juveniles or small species. Condition of infauna.—The condition was assessed by visual ‘means from preserved samples. Little information exists on the characteristics to look for in such an assessment. I have observed Table 3.2-Continued. Station-grab 2-1 5-1 5-2 5-3 Euphrosinid sp. 1 Eumida sanguinea 1 Phyllodocid sp. Goniadella gracilis 3 Nephtys picta 1 Aglaophamus circinatus Nereis diversicolor 2 Nereis pelagica 1 1 Syliis cornuta Exogone verugera 6 2 9 3 2 Syllid spp. 1 1 Microphthalmus sczelkowii Capitella capitata 1 3 29 95 115 Mediomastus ambyseta 1 Clymnella torquata 2 1 2 Travisia carnea Spio filicornis 1 Spio setosa Scolelepis squamata Polydora socialis Spiophanes bombyx 1 Aricidea jeffreysii 1 2 23 Paraonis sp. 3 Sabellaria vulgaris 3 1 Marphysa belli 1 Drilonereis sp. 1 Magelona rosea Scolopus robustus Tharyx acutus 1 Tharyx spp. 1 2 6 2 Polycirrus medusa Pherusa affinis Potamilla reniformis Pisione remota Echinodermata: Asterias sp. 1 1 Amphiurid sp. i 1 Strongylocentrotus droebachiensis 1 Other groups: Actiniaria (Anemones) 1 Platyhelminthes (flatworms) 1 Rhynchocoela (Nemerteans) 3 3 Nematoda 13 Phascolion strombi (Sipuncula) 1 Individuals per sample Species per sample Sample volume (liters) — oo \o 469 19 SL OAS EH) 6-1 50 0.8 19 animals killed by anoxia and cold temperatures in the field and by high temperatures in the laboratory. When amphipods die the in- ternal tissue breaks down rapidly leaving a transparent ‘‘ghost,”’ dead amphipod eggs become cloudy, dead polychaetes are flaccid, and dead bivalves gape. I assume that full guts in amphipods and polychaetes show some degree of normal activity. The time required for tissue breakdown after death is not known, but it is assumed to be more than 2 d at winter temperatures. I have observed diminished scavenging rates in Rhode Island estuaries at low temperatures. Activity is probably somewhat reduced in open waters as well. A more serious problem in interpreting these results is that many infaunal amphipods, polychaetes, and bivalves leave the sediment when under stress and dead animals could have been washed away from the site of a kill. No dead animals were observed in these samples. All articulated bivalves were free of tissue remains and most were somewhat weathered. The only visible abnormalities seen were dark 6-2 6-3 7-1 7-2 7-3 8-1 8-3 17-1 17-2. 17-3 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 2 2 3 2 12 1 2 2 3 1 3 E: 32 3 1 5 5 1 57 1 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 4 2 2 1 7 9 12 1 3 12 4 2 1 59 2 1 1 2 9 2 12 E 5 51 1 48 25 19 28 4 15 72 24 531 65 66 97 28 18 28 8 14 11 25 12 20 24 13 8 12 0.8 0.75 1.0 0.75 2.0 1.3 1.8 1.3 0.9 0.75 particles adhering to the exterior of an amphipod, Acan- thohaustorius intermedius, from sample 7-1 and missing but healed appendages in other amphipods. Benthic assemblages present at the site.—It is useful to group samples according to their faunal composition to aid in recognizing deviations from the norm and in interpreting the effects of the physical environment or fauna. The most striking faunal assemblage in these samples is that associated with mussel beds (5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 7-2). This includes two species of scale worms, epifaunal amphipods, and a number of deposit-feeding polychaetes (species of Tharyx, Polycirrus, Aricidea, Capitella). Capitella capitata is often used on an indicator of organic pollution. I find it present in mussel biodeposits in Rhode Island in the winter, presumably responding to the presence of organic sediments rather than pollutants. Stations outside Watch Hili Reef (2, 8, 17) were characterized by species adapted for unstable sandy bottoms. These species which are widespread in Block Island Sound and the nearshore con- tinental shelf included shallow-burrowing bivalves, free-burrowing amphipods (haustorids and phoxocephalids), a tube-dwelling amphipod (Byblis sp.), and free-burrowing nepthid polychaetes and nemertine worms. The most numerous species in the coarse sand and gravel at station 7 were interstitial sillid polychaetes. Station 6 had such low numbers of species and individuals that dominants cannot be identified. This poverty of fauna can be con- trasted with the abundant fauna at station 5 which is at similar depths 0.8 km to the west, but which was colonized by blue mussels. Some background data on benthic fauna exists for areas adja- cent to the spill site. Biernbaum (1975) examined amphipods at sta- tions off Napatree Point and south of Fishers Island East Point. His samples were large, and he recovered a total of 28 amphipod species from these stations. These appear to be distinct seasonal groups in his collections. Epifaunal and free-burrowing species were found in the winter, and tube builders were found in the summer. This sug- gests a response to sediment stability. The amphipods found in the spill samples are the same species found in Biernbaum’s winter samples. East Hole, a depression southeast of Fishers Island 37-55 m deep, was studied in detail by Steimle et al. (1976).'* The presence of a diverse and productive assemblage of tube-dwelling amphipods there illustrates the negative effects of wave exposure on the level bottom benthos in the spill area. It is assumed that depth provides some protection from spills such as this because of the greater volume of water with which water soluble components have to mix and the greater distance that buoyant droplets would have to be vertically advected. With the exception of blue mussels, the amphipod Bybiis sp., and a number of small bivalves, most of the dominant infaunal species in the spill area are deposit feeders. Since all feeding types are exposed to water soluble gasoline fractions through respiratory currents, there may be no reason to expect differential effects from a spill of this type. Very few predators or scavengers were recovered in these samples and so no projections of food web effects can be made. 'Steimle, F. W., C. J. Byrne, R. N. Reid, and T. R. Azarovitz. 1976. Hydrology, sediments, benthic macrofauna and demersal finfish of an alternative disposal site (East Hole in Block Island Sound) for the Thames River (Connecticut) dredging project. Final Report. Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory, NMFS, NOAA, Highlands, N.J., Informal Report 110, 61 p: 20 The northward range of the polychaete Pisone remota has been extended from Delaware Bay to Rhode Island by its occur- rence at station 17. Condition of benthic assemblages.—In studies of stressed en- vironments it has been found that there are changes in the density and diversity of benthic fauna and that sensitive species are replaced by more resistant ones. This type of change was not expected at the Watch Hill Reef site because of the limited duration of gasoline ex- posure. It is possible, however, that a study of infauna data would show that one or more species was absent where expected either due to mortality or escape to the surface. No examples of such defaunation are detectable from the data of this study. Where species were abundant enough to be sampled adequately, densities are similar in samples from similar habitafs. The samples with very low numbers of animals were small in volume and came from areas of sediment instability. Crustaceans have been identified as especially sensitive to hydrocarbon toxicity, but there are no samples in which this group is obviously reduced. Adequacy of study.—The samples from shallow areas sur- rounding the spill site appear adequate to detect any mass mortality of benthic fauna. Either presence of recently dead fauna or absence of fauna from assemblages could have been identified. I consider the time spent separating and identifying infauna worthwhile because it assured that all individuals were examined for visible ab- normalities and gave information on the fauna at risk and on the probable physical environment at the site. Emphasis on immediate mortality rather than long-term biological ‘‘imbalances’’ seems justified in this area. Since the fauna is controlled by substrate instability, it is unlikely that long-term changes due to the relative sensitivity of predators or competitors would be detectable. There may be some species or groups which are sensitive to gasoline fractions and could be rapidly identified and examined. No such animals were identified in this study, however. It seems likely that the greatest exposure to gasoline must have been on the rocks on which the barge was grounded. However, logistic problems prevented sampling of the epifauna in that area, so an opportunity was lost to learn about the resistance of epifauna to an acute exposure to gasoline in a natural setting. It is possible that in this situation motile epifauna such as amphipods may have left the substrate and indicate gasoline exposure by their absence. Acknowledgments.—This work was supported by NOAA PO 011-8D04-00063 through the NMFS, Narragansett Laboratory. Carolyn Griswold (NMFS, Narragansett Laboratory) coordinated field collections. Andrea Knapp and Carol Price (URI) sorted, identified and measured animals and seived sediments. 3.3 Zooplankton Community Structure in the Area of Ocean 250 Gasoline Spill This section was prepared by Jerome Prezioso’* and Carolyn A. Griswold."* Sampling procedure.—Paired 61 cm aluminum bongo frames fitted with 0.333 and 0.505 mm mesh nets were towed in continuous ‘Northeast Fisheries Center Narragansett Laboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, South Ferry Road, Narragansett, RI 02882. double oblique patterns for 15 min. Nine stations were sampled on 20 March and nine on 10 April (Table 3-3, Fig. 1-2). All samples were preserved in buffered 4% formaldehyde except for the 20 March 0.333 mm mesh samples from stations 13, 14, 15, and 17. These were split: one-half was frozen for hydrocarbon analyses and one-half preserved in formaldehyde. The 0.333 mm net was lost after four stations and the frame was refitted with a 0.505 mm net. Thereafter at stations 3, 5, 6, and 8 one 0.505 mm sample was split and the other was preserved whole. On 10 April three 0.333 mm samples (stations 1, 11, 14) were split. One-half of each of these was frozen for hydrocarbon analyses and one-half was preserved. The 0.505 mm samples and the remaining 0.333 mm samples were preserved. Table 3-3.—Summary of plankton samples collected on RV Strider cruises 78-01 and 78-02 in the area of the Ocean 250 grounding. Zero indicates duplicate 0.505 mm mesh samples and no 0.333 mm mesh samples; x indicates 0.333 mm and 0.505 mm mesh samples. Plankton Station RV Strider cruise 78-01 RV Strider cruise 78-02 number 20 March 1978 (day 4) 10 April 1978 (day 21) 1 x 3 0 x 5 0 x 6 0 Xi 8 0 9 x 10 12 xe 13 x x 14 x x 15 x 16 x 17 x Total 9 9 ‘0.333 mm mesh net lost; no sample—replaced with 0.505 mm mesh net. Laboratory procedure.—All fish eggs and larvae were re- moved from the 20 March and 10 April 0.333 mm and 0.505 mm samples. They were identified, counted, and then sent to Arlene Longwell of the NMFS Laboratory at Milford, Conn., for cytogenetic studies (Hughes and Longwell, see section 3.4). Each plankton sample was subsampled with a Folsom splitter until the total number of animals in the subsample was reduced to between 500 and 1,000. The zooplankton were identified and counted, and the number of animals per sample was calculated. Results and discussion.—The species composition is typical of a coastal community with estuarine, coastal, and offshore species. Oikopleura sp. was the dominant organism in March following the spill, but was absent in April samples. Balanus balanoides nauplii, Pseudocalanus minutus, Tortanus discaudatus, Temore longi- cornis, and Acartia clausi characterized both sampling periods. Like Oikopleura sp., Sagitta elegans numbers varied between the two cruises, but S. elegans has been observed to have distinctly patchy distribution. These findings are summarized in Table 3-4 where relative abundance, dominance indices, and elementary statisitics were calculated for the plankton samples from each cruise follow- ing the method of Fager and McGowan (1963). For this analysis all plankton samples from each cruise were grouped by mesh size to minimize sampling bias. 21 The plankton community showed little change during the postspill period. Damage or alteration to the community was not evident. Species composition and abundance at the time just fol- lowing the spill and 3 wk later remained fairly constant. The only major change in population composition observed was the large number of Oikopleura sp. which dominated the plankton samples immediately after the spill, but which was entirely absent in the samples from the follow-up cruise. This is probably attributable to a population bloom and the patchy nature of plankton rather than to an effect of gasoline contamination. No visual evidence of external hydrocarbon contamination was observed during the identification process. Acknowledgments.—The authors extend their gratitude to Thomas McKenney (NMFS, Narragansett Laboratory) for his help in the collection of the samples and to Janet Murphy (NMFS, Woods Hole Laboratory) and Joseph Kane (NMFS, Narragansett Laboratory) for analyzing the plankton samples from RV Strider cruises 78-01 and 78-02, respectively. We are particularly grateful to Thomas Plichta (NMFS, Narragansett Laboratory) for running the Fager statistical program. 3.4 Cytological-Cytogenetic Analyses of Fourbeard Rock- ling and Yellowtail Flounder Eggs from Plankton at Ocean 250 Gasoline Spill This section was prepared by J. B. Hughes'* and A. Crosby Longwell.'* Methods.—All fish eggs were picked out of the plankton col- lections and identified as to species. Eggs were those of the fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder. Both species have buoyant eggs which float near the water surface (Bigelow and Welsh 1924). Fourbeard rockling eggs were common at more stations throughout the sampling period. As many as 311 fourbeard rockling eggs and only 16 yellowtail flounder eggs were collected. All eggs were used in the following studies. Eggs were preserved, along with other plankton, in a 1:10 dilution of neutralized formaldehyde. A few of the fourbeard rockling eggs were dehydrated and goldplated for scanning electron microscopy. To examine the eggs and their chorions in the ordinary light microscope, the chorion was dissected off the egg, the yolk re- moved and discarded. The embryo and chorion were stained and squashed separately. The stain used was 2% orcein in 45% acetic acid mixed 19:1 with proprionic acid (Longwell and Hughes 1980). Eggs were first sorted as to development stage, and their gross morphology was examined. Results and discussion. Condition of chorion, outer egg membrane, of fourbeard rockling eggs. —The outer egg membranes of three fourbeard rock- ling eggs taken 4 d after the gasoline spill, 20 March, examined with the 100 x objective of the light microscope, showed areas of gross deterioration. Other portions of the same chorions still showed normal structure with pinhole pores. See Figures 34 to 3-7. The poor condition of the egg chorion in this small sample of eggs may ‘‘Northeast Fisheries Center Milford Laboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, Milford, CT 05460. Table 3-4.—Relative abundance indices (see Fager and McGowan 1963) for zooplankton from plankton stations, Ocean 250 spill. Mean Domi- Disper- Fre- % occur- Species Rank' nance? Range’ Median‘ Mean‘ sion® SD quency” rence" Bongo 0.333 mm zooplankton, 20 March 1978 (RV Strider Cruise 78-01) Oikopleura sp. 26.00 2/4 26,501-61,331 42,937 43,426.8 .,419.301 16,696.39 4/4 100.0 Balanus sp. nauplii 24.00 0/4 1,892-12,746 5,805 6,562.3 3,148.500 4,545.46 4/4 100.0 Pseudocalanus minutus adult 23.38 0/4 2,524-11,863 5,016 6,105.0 3,044.235 4,311.04 4/4 100.0 Pseudocalanus minutus copepodite 21.00 0/4 442-12,998 2,997 4,858.5 6,360.352 5,558.94 4/4 100.0 Gastropod eggs 20.88 0/4 1,892- 4,795 2,713 3,028.5 633.433 1,385.05 4/4 100.0 Sagitta sp. 20.50 0/4 1,262- 4,038 2,902 2,776.3 657.720 1,351.29 4/4 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus copepodite 20.25 0/4 505- 4,543 2,555 2,539.5 1,290.035 1,809.98 4/4 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus adult 20.13 0/4 442- 3,912 2,933 2,555.3 903.989 1,519.84 4/4 100.0 Acartia sp. adults 18.00 0/4 441- 4,398 1,262 1,840.8 1,712.073 1,775.25 4/4 100.0 Polychaete larvae 17.75 0/4 505- 2,145 1,262 1,293.5 642.924 911.93 4/4 100.0 Invertebrate eggs 17.38 0/4 505- 1,893 851 1,025.3 368.573 614.72 4/4 100.0 Oithona sp. 16.50 0/4 126- 4,291 1,293 1,751.0 1,810.931 1,780.71 4/4 100.0 Temora longicornis adult 13.38 0/4 63- 884 409 441.5 271.028 345.92 4/4 100.0 Centropages hamatus adult 12.25 0/4 252- 378 283 299.3 12.158 60.32 4/4 100.0 Acartia sp. copepodite 10.65 0/4 310-379 379 267.0 122.629 180.95 3/4 75.0 Medusae 10.13 0/4 252- 379 252 220.8 114.348 158.88 3/4 75.0 Pteropoda 9.38 0/4 126- 883 252 315.3 488.013 392.23 3/4 75.0 Centropages hamatus copepodite 6.63 0/4 63- 252 . 78.8 180.600 119.26 2/4 50.0 Eurytemora herdmani adult 5.75 0/4 252- 252 * 63.0 252.000 126.00 1/4 25.0 Temora longicornis copepodite 5.75 0/4 252- S252 = 63.0 252.000 126.00 1/4 25.0 Cladocera 5.50 0/4 126 126 . 31.5 126.000 63.00 1/4 25.0 Copepod nauplii 5.50 0/4 126- 126 GF 31.5 126.000 63.00 1/4 25.0 Bivalve larvae 5.13 0/4 126- 126 31.5 126.000 63.00 1/4 25.0 Eurytemora herdmani copepodite 5.13 0/4 126 126 . SES 126.000 63.00 1/4 25.0 Harpacticus sp. 5.13 0/4 126- 126 c 31:5 126.000 63.00 1/4 25.0 Siphonophora 5.00 0/4 63- = 63 : 15.8 63.000 31.50 1/4 25.0 Bongo 0.505 mm zooplankton, 20 March 1978 (RV Strider cruise 78-01) Oikopleura sp. 33.89 3/9 327-25,176 3,013 6,730.4 —11,495.074 8.795.85 9/9 100.0 Sagitta sp. 32.22 0/9 60- 2,902 986 1,266.3 803.357 1,008.62 9/9 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus adult 31.78 0/9 S1- 1,451 835 794.2 187.835 386.24 9/9 100.0 Balanus sp. nauplii 30.17 0/9 118- 946 272 402.6 184.049 272.19 9/9 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus copepodite 29.06 0/9 54 «678 213 325.9 142.052 215.16 9/9 100.0 Polychaete larvae 28.78 0/9 15- 568 229 253.1 203.612 227.02 9/9 100.0 Pseudocalanus minutus adult 27.39 0/9 13- 599 189 190.1 185.885 187.99 9/9 100.0 Centropages hamatus adult 25.44 0/9 14 122 62 61.3 21.461 36.28 9/9 100.0 Temora longicornis adult 24.39 0/9 4 174 55 57.3 44.080 50.27 9/9 100.0 Gastropod eggs 21.50 0/9 5- 1,293 160 256.0 798.081 452.01 6/9 66.7 Medusae 21.17 0/9 12-189 63 58.2 62.454 60.30 1/9 77.8 Harpacticus sp. 20.94 0/9 3-43 16 19.1 9.922 13.77 9/9 100.0 Acartia sp. adult 20.89 0/9 3-2 G3 31 26.9 15.261 20.26 8/9 88.9 Invertebrate eggs 19.11 0/9 20-134 63 45.1 49.780 47.39 6/9 66.7 Crangon septemspinosus larvae 18.78 0/9 4 31 8 12.7 9.928 11.21 8/9 88.9 Gammarus sp. 16.72 0/9 16- 221 39 40.2 124.445 70.75 5/9 55.6 Balanus sp. cypris larvae 14.95 0/9 8- 71 27 14.9 39.013 24.10 4/9 44.4 Unidentified polychaete 13.78 0/9 4 31 19 8.2 21.186 13.20 4/9 44.4 Oithona sp. 12.44 0/9 8- 31 8 5:2. 20.191 10.27 3/9 33.3 Crab zoea 11.50 0/9 3- 16 * 2.1 13.316 5.30 2/9 22.2 Eurytemora herdmani adult 10.83 0/9 8- 8 1.8 7.000 3.53 2/9 22.2 Pteropoda 10.72 0/9 1- 4 * 0.6 3.200 1.33 2/9 22.2 Tomopterus sp. 10.72 0/9 1- 8 ~ 1.0 7.000 2.65 2/9 22.2 Crab megalops 10.33 0/9 63- 63 ~~ 7.0 63.000 21.00 1/9 11.1 Siphonophora 10.06 0/9 39- 39 - 4.3 39.000 13.00 1/9 11.1 Cumacea 9.89 0/9 16- 16 - 1.8 16.000 5.33 1/9 11.1 Copepod nauplii 9.83 0/9 31-31 - 3.4 31.000 10.33 1/9 11.1 Centropages hamatus copepodite 9.72 0/9 1- 1 * 0.1 1.000 0.33 1/9 11.1 Centropages typicus adult 9.72 0/9 1- 1 ~ 0.1 1.000 0.33 1/9 11.1 Cladocera 9.72 0/9 1- 1 N 0.1 1.000 0.33 1/9 11.1 Temora longicornis copepodite 72 0/9 1- 1 . 0.1 1.000 0.33 1/9 11.1 Bivalve larvae 9.61 0/9 8- 8 . 0.9 8.000 2.67 1/9 11.1 Neomysis americana 9.61 0/9 8- 8 - 0.9 8.000 2.67 1/9 11.1 Pseudodiaptomous coronatus 9.61 0/9 4 2 = 0.4 4.000 1.33 1/9 11.1 ‘Mean rank: Species were ranked within each sample on the basis of numbers of individuals and ranks for each species were averaged over the samples. *Dominance: The number of samples in which the species made up 50% or more of the individuals. *Range: Smallest and largest nonzero values. “Median: Value for which there are an equal number of nonzero values above and below; * no median calculated because there were <3 values. 22 Table 3.4—Continued. Mean Domi- Disper- Fre- % occur- Species Rank' nance? Range’ Median‘ Mean’ sion’ sD quency’ _rence* Bongo 0.333 mm zooplankton, 10 April 1978 (RV Strider cruise 78-02 Pseudocalanus minutus adult 29.78 3/9 2,182-40,913 12,586 15,020.7 10,132.547 12,336.84 9/9 100.0 Balanidae 28.78 0/9 1,199-14,776 7,109 7,741.1 2,373.956 4,286.85 9/9 100.0 Pseudocalanus minutus copepodite 28.44 0/9 1,643-12,611 5,369 6,320.4 —2,411.683 3,904.22 9/9 100.0 Balanidae 24.72 0/9 215- 2,309 495 930.8 624.676 762.52 9/9 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus copepodite 23.50 0/9 137- 4,618 1,238 1,371.3 1,443.494 1,406.95 8/9 88.9 Tortanus discaudatus adult 23.17 0/9 137- 1,099 554 523.4 194.534 319.10 9/9 100.0 Temora longicornis adult 23.00 0/9 206- 1,580 915 827.7 361.774 547.20 8/9 88.9 Temora longicornis copepodite 22.94 0/9 69- 2,049 1,012 859.8 463.537 631.30 8/9 88.9 Acartia tonsa adult 22.44 0/9 55- 2,916 368 699.0 1,510.668 1,027.60 8/9 88.9 Centropages hamatus adult 19.56 0/9 55- 315 109 117.3 67.592 89.05 8/9 88.9 Harpacticoida adult 16.83 0/9 81- 237 151 103.7 83.848 93.23 6/9 66.7 Ammodytes dubius 16.56 0/9 2-52 23 25.7 10.773 16.63 9/9 100.0 Fish eggs 15.83 0/9 5- 15 9 8.9 0.884 2.80 9/9 100.0 Limanda ferrugine 14.61 0/9 1- 9 3 4.2 2.296 3.11 9/9 100.0 Melanogrammus aeglefinus 14.11 0/9 1- 5 1 2.4 1.341 1.81 9/9 100.0 Centropages hamatus copepodite 11.83 0/9 27-66 47 20.9 34.078 26.68 4/9 44.4 Medusae 11.67 0/9 69- 462 81 68.0 336.673 151.31 3/9 33.4 Centropages typicus adult 10.67 0/9 17-79 79 19.4 60.224 34.22 3/9 33.3 Oithona sp. adult 10.56 0/9 34—~Ci«i«‘CK 34 12.4 28.670 18.89 3/9 33.3 Cragonidae 9.83 0/9 5455 = 12.1 47.693 24.03 2/9 22.2 Sagitta elegans adult 9.44 0/9 44 «158 iW 22.4 124.564 52.88 2/9 22.2 Oithona sp. copepodite 9.39 0/9 44¢«C«s 0 9.8 38.500 19.40 2/9 22.2 Temora stylifera adult 9.39 0/9 440¢«C«G * 12.2 50.600 24.87 2/9 22.2 Calanus finmarchicus copepodite 8.50 0/9 88- 88 a 9.8 88.000 29.33 1/9 11.1 Acartia longiremus adult 8.39 0/9 185-185 * 20.6 185.000 61.67 1/9 11.1 Harpacticus spp. 8.39 0/9 131-131 v 14.6 131.000 43.67 1/9 11.1 Podon sp. 8.33 0/9 100- 100 iO 11.1 100.000 33.33 1/9 11.1 Polychaeta 8.22 0/9 92- 92 = 10.2 92.000 30.67 1/9 11.1 Sagitta elegans 8.11 0/9 44¢««44 * 4.9 44.000 14.67 1/9 11.1 Gammaridae 8.00 0/9 17-17 = 1.9 17.000 5.67 1/9 11.1 Bongo 0.505 mm zooplankton, 10 April 1978 (RV Strider cruise 78-02) Balanidae nauplii 29.94 1/9 13- 3,875 734 1,324.7 1,396.819 1,360.26 9/9 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus adult 29.44 0/9 78- 1,083 624 539.7 166.970 300.18 9/9 100.0 Temora longicornis adult 28.56 0/9 45- 1,027 398 428.2 252.883 329.07 9/9 100.0 Pseudocalanus minutus adult 28.50 0/9 51- 1,250 232 438.2 441.250 439.73 9/9 100.0 Tortanus discaudatus copepodite 27.22 0/9 27- 1,070 140 229.3 452.932 322.29 9/9 100.0 Centropages hamatus adult 25.17 0/9 11- 107 53 59.9 18.933 33.67 9/9 100.0 Ammodytes dubius 22.22 0/9 225 ae 31 30.2 15.500 21.64 9/9 100.0 Balanidae cypris 21.61 0/0 6 148 33 39.0 49.455 43.92 8/9 88.9 Cragonidae 21.17 0/9 1l- 59 11 24.9 20.526 22.60 9/9 100.0 Medusae 20.78 0/9 8- % 27 31.0 28.831 29.90 8/9 88.9 Fish eggs 20.39 0/9 ie 1B 13 13.0 0.846 3.32 9/9 100.0 Sagitta elegans adult 18.11 0/9 8- 79 51 30.2 30.704 30.46 6/9 66.7 Gammaridae 17.44 0/9 3 =) 39) 8 12.6 15.613 14.00 1/9 77.8 Harpacticoida adult 16.78 0/9 3- 133 10 22.2 82.865 42.91 7/9 77.8 Calanus finmarchicus copepodite 14.50 0/0 3-103, 6 11.3 36.529 20.35 6/9 66.7 Melanogrammus aeglefinus 14.22 0/9 1- 5 3 2.7 1.031 1.66 8/9 88.9 Cancer sp. 12.06 0/9 1- 18 10 4.4 12.044 7.32 4/9 44.4 Polychaeta 12.00 0/9 4 59 21 9.3 42.241 19.86 3/9 33:3 Limanda ferruginea 10.89 0/9 1- 2 1 0.7 0.750 0.71 5/9 55.6 Pseudocalanus minutus copepodite 10.06 0/9 6- 10 = 1.8 7.562 3.67 2/9 22.2 Temora longicornis copepodite 9.67 0/9 3- 18 ~ 2.3 15.214 5.96 2/9 22.2 Centropages hamatus copepodite 9.56 0/9 4 5 * 1.0 4.000 2.00 2/9 22.2 Acartia sp. adult 9.28 0/9 1- 4 = 0.6 3.200 1.33 2/9 22.2 Gadus morhua 8.61 0/9 1- 2 a 0.3 1.500 0.71 2/9 22.2 Metridia lucens copepodite 8.56 0/9 32-2, a 3.6 32.000 10.67 1/9 11.1 Hyperidae 8.44 0/9 20- x 22) 20.000 6.67 1/9 11.1 Callinectes sapidus 8.39 0/9 11- 11 - 1.2 11.000 3.67 1/9 11.1 Harpacticus spp. 8.17 0/9 5- = 0.6 5.000 1.67 1/9 11.1 Clytemnestra scutellata 8.11 0/9 1- 1 es 0.1 1.000 0.33 1/9 11.1 Cumacea 8.11 0/9 10- 10 oi 1.1 10.000 3.33 1/9 11.1 Podon sp. 8.06 0/9 3- 3 - 0.3 3.000 1.00 1/9 11.1 *Mean: Arithmetic mean of all station values including zeros. ‘Dispersion: The ratio of the variance to the mean. The expected value for a random (Poisson) distribution is 1.0. 7Frequency: Frequency of occurrence; proportion of samples in which the species was found. *% occurrence: Frequency of occurrence converted to percent. 23 Figure 3-4.—Portion of chorion of fourbeard rockling egg as seen under oil immer- sion lens (100 x) of light microscope. Chorion has been removed from egg. Postspill day 4. Figure 3-5.—Photographic enlargement of chorion of fourbeard rockling egg seen in Figure 3-4. Regularly spaced black dots are membrane pores (1,000 x). Postspill day 4. Figure 3-8.—Intact, undissected fourbeard rockling egg as prepared for examination of chorion in scanning electron microscope and as observed in its entirety under low-power magnification of scanning electron microscope. Pore structure is absent. Lightly shaded portions of egg might represent chorion lesions (1,000 x). Postspill day 2. 24 Figure 3-6.—Portion of chorion of fourbeard rockling egg showing deterioration and absence of any pore structure. (100 x immersion objective, light microscope). Postspill day 4. * 3 & aos id i a) Ce*. Figure 3-7.—Photographic enlargement of portion of chorion of fourbeard rock- ling egg showing deterioration and absence of any pore structure (100 x oil immer- sion objective, light microscope). Postspill day 4. be the result of direct contact of the spawned eggs with gasoline, not merely a postmortem effect. At least some toxic hydrocarbons have a special affinity for membranes, aromatic compounds altering the surface properties of cell membranes (Roubal and Collier 1975). As described below, subsequent cytological examination of the em- bryos of other eggs from the same samples revealed most of them to be moribund, but only a few embryos were grossly deteriorating at the cell level. Similarly, upon gross examination of the intact eggs, only a very negligible number appeared to be deteriorating. Chorion condition will influence prospects of successful embryo development. The chorion of another three early-stage fourbeard rockling eggs, from samples taken on 18 March, 2 d after the spill, was examined in the scanning electron microscope. The pattern of pores characteristic of the outer egg membrane of fish’ (Lénning and Hagstrom 1975) was completely lacking in these samples. See Figures 3-8 to 3-11. General morphological and cytological observations on fourbeard rockling embryos from early postspill samples. —Careful examination, prior to dissection, of the fourbeard rockling eggs from samples taken at postspill days 2 and 4, revealed most of them to be partially collapsed. Very few were obviously deteriorating, as noted above. A few had a greenish tinge seldom observed, and of unknown significance, in fish eggs collected in plankton. In some fourbeard rockling eggs the yolk adhered to the em- bryo to an extent not previously observed on dissecting thousands of fish eggs of other species. This could have been a hardening ef- fect of the gasoline on the yolk or, less likely, a normal phenomenon for this species. In a few fourbeard rockling embryos from the second day after the spill the exterior layer of embryo cells had an abnormal ap- pearance. Other cells in the interior of the embryo also occasionally appeared similarly abnormal. Nuclei and mitotic configurations of such embryos often failed to take the stain. A few of these embryos also had abnormally large intercellular spaces with an amorphous material in some spaces and shrunken-appearing cells (Figs. 3-12, 3-13). This has never been observed in prior studies of embryos in varying stages of deterioration. A few fourbeard rockling embryos also had abnormally small, though normal, mitotic configurations. Figure 3-9.—Scanning electron microscope view of a portion of chorion of fourbeard rockling egg. Membrane is deteriorating and no pore structure can be observed. Postspill day 2 (10,000 x). Figure 3-10.—Scanning electron microscope view of a portion of chorion of fourbeard rockling egg. Membrane is deteriorating and no pore structure can be observed. Postspill day 2 (25,000 x). Figure 3-11.—Two scanning electron micrographs (about 10,000 x), (a) cod, Gadus callarias, chorion and (b) pollock, Pollachius virens, chorion, are examples of striking pore patterns one expects to find in fish eggs. No such patterns were observable in fourbeard rockling eggs sampled in gasoline spill vicinity 2 d after spill (even though embryo and egg deterioration had not occurred) as demonstrated in Figures 3-9 and 3-10. Compare Figure 3-11 with Figure 3-9 at same magnification. 25 Figure 3-12.—Normal mitotic divisions in normal Stage II (morula) embryo of silver hake, Merluccius bilinearis. Arrows point to two normal mitoses and a normal nondividing cell (100 x oil immersion objective, light microscope). Figure 3-13.—Characteristic pattern of grossly abnormal mitoses (as at upper- and lowermost arrows) and cell deterioration observed in similar stage of the fourbeard rockling eggs from area contaminated by gasoline. Patches of amorphous material remain in wide spaces between shrunken appearing cell groups as at lower middle arrow in Figure 3-13. Note large difference between mitoses as observed in normal Figure 3-12 and this grossly abnormal Figure 3-13. Postspill day 2 (100 x oil immer- sion objective, light microscope). Again, such undersized mitotic figures have not been previously _ not have occurred in their processing for microscopic study. Direct observed. It appeared almost as if these embryos had been exposed _ exposure of these eggs to the gasoline could have elicited these to a dehydrating agent prior to their fixation, an error that could anomalous phenomena. 26 Estimates of fish egg moribundity based on cytological- cytogenetic study of the embryos.—Embryo cells and mitoses of all available eggs were examined. Cellular state was determined, and the mitotic index and incidences of abnormal telophases scored over the entire embryo. From these observations estimates of moribun- dity were made. The fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder embryos were categorized as moribund if the embryos showed one or more of the following: cell lysis or nuclear pyknosis; anomalous, disorderly mitoses over the entire embryo (pertinent to stage II only); more than 50% abnormal telophases (pertinent to stage II only); absence of any mitotic telophases whatsoever. Tables 3-5 to 3-8 provide the details of moribundity by developmental stage for each station at which eggs were collected. Paucity of eggs at several stations did not allow meaningful station-to-station comparisons of moribundity levels. Also, we could not preclude from the station distribution or from the analytical chemical analyses done on plankton, benthos, and fish as reported in this volume, that eggs from any station were not expos- ed to the gasoline, either by maternal uptake prior to spawning or by direct exposure after spawning. Data are accordingly interpreted and discussed in terms of moribundity for day sampled. Postspill day 2, 18 March.—(a) Fourbeard rockling. Fourbeard rockling eggs collected 2 d after the spill were, un- fortunately, few in number. This, however, may have been the result of egg loss as the most severely affected eggs settle out of the 54° 52° 18° es 205 SUGAR REEF carume @* oie ROCKS s water column, and temporary cessation of much spawning in the affected area in the immediate aftermath of the spill. Total number of eggs in the plankton was 12, and 3 of these were used for scan- ning electron microscopy, as noted above. All nine eggs remaining for cytological study of embryo cells and mitoses were moribund (Table 3-5). Eggs were collected at three sample stations only, 112, 115, and 117 (Fig. 3-14). They were all in very early development stages, II and III, i.e., at the morula and blastula stages. The average number of mitotic telophases per embryo, an indicator of developmental rate, was 16.4 even though embryos showed cell lysis and other signs of impending mortality. It is more common to find such moribund embryos with few, or no mitoses at all. It would seem as if the fourbeard rockling eggs were Table 3-5.—Cytological-cytogenetic estimates of fourbeard rockling egg moribundity 2 d after the Ocean 250 gasoline spill. See Figure 3-14 (map) for explanation of system for designating same sample station on consecutive cruises. Development stage II-III (morula-blastula) Sample station Total no. No. moribund 112 2 2 115 6 6 117 1 1 50° WATCH HILL PT I7 e e 117 Ig 217 S YRWATCH HILL REEF es 208 54° 52° 50° Figure 3-14.—Survey area and station locations for RV Strider cruise 78-01. Asterisk marks the location of grounding of barge Ocean 250 on Watch Hill Reef. The 100 series numbers refer to postspill day 2 samples; the 200 series, to postspill day 4 samples. Numbers 1-18 refer to postspill day 25 samples. Only stations at which fish eggs were sampled are indicated. 27 developing reasonably well until meeting with some extremely un- favorable conditions. (b) Yellowtail flounder. No eggs available in samples. Postspill day 4, 20 March.—(a) Fourbeard rockling. On postspill day 4, more fourbeard rockling eggs and eggs from several additional sample stations (12) were available than on postspill day 2. See Tables 3-5 and 3-6. A portion of all eggs, 31/112 or 27.7%, were at two subsequent developmental stages from those taken 18 March, 2 d after the spill (Table 3-6). Mortality for stages II and III was 59.3% of the eggs (48/81). Mortality for the later stages TV and V (gastrula and early embryo) eggs was less, 7/31 or 22.6%, as might be expected for later, less sensitive developmental stages (Longwell and Hughes 1980, In press). The average number of mitotic telophases was 13.5 for the two earlier stages, and 18.7 for the two later stages. These figures are similar to the 16.4 for the ear- ly stages sampled 2 d earlier. See Table 3-6 for data on the 4 d postspill fourbeard rockling eggs. (b) Yellowtail flounder. Only three yellowtail flounder eggs were sampled at one station (208) on this date and all three were moribund (Table 3-7). They were at stage VI (tail-bud embryo). The average number of mitotic telophases was 10.3, as for the rockling, not markedly low. Postspill day 25, 10 April.—(a) Fourbeard rockling. Fifteen sample stations are represented in the 10 April collection of fourbeard rockling eggs, three of which had fourbeard rockling Table 3-6.—Cytological-cytogenetic estimates of fourbeard rockling egg moribun- dity 4 d after the Ocean 250 gasoline spill. See Figure 3-14 (map) for explanation of system for designating same sample station on consecutive cruises. Development stage II-III (morula-blastula) Development stage IV-V (gastrula-early embryo) Sample station Total no. No. moribund Total no. No. moribund 201 202 203 N o SCUUANNUOWNUWA 4 N w —e RK ONOCCCON CO NPNUWO ORK NWA WONUNADAOOK KK OO nN ~ Table 3-7.—Cytological-cytogenetic estimates of yellowtail flounder egg moribundity 4 d and 25 d after the Ocean 250 gasoline spill—all stages VI (tail-bud) and VII (tail-free) embryos, except one abnormal stage III or IV, in 25 d sample. See Figure 3-14 (map) for explanation of system for designating same sample station on consecutive cruises. Sample Total no. No. Time of sample station eggs moribund 4 d postspill 208 3 3 25 d postspill 10 6 4 11 1 1 13 2 2 15 2 2 18 2 1 28 eggs on postspill day 2, and most of which had eggs on the 20 March sample date. See Figure 3-14. The number of fourbeard rockling eggs per sample ranged from 1 to 24 (Table 3-8). There were a total of 184 fourbeard rockling eggs available for analyses. Mortality is here again treated by grouping of earlier and later developmental stages since it is expected, on the basis of extensive field data on Atlantic mackerel eggs (Longwell and Hughes 1980), that it would be higher, even naturally, for the earlier stages. For stages II and III moribundity was estimated to be 41.8% (33/79 eggs), somewhat less but not greatly different from the 59.3% of 20 March. For the later stages, IV-VI, the moribundity estimate was 24/105 eggs of 22.9%, hardly any different from the samples taken on postspill day 4. (b) Yellowtail flounder. Five of the stations yielded yellowtail flounder eggs in the plankton collected 25 d postspill. There was a total of 13 eggs and 10 of these (76.9%) were moribund (Table 3-7). All but one abnormal embryo about gastrulation were at somewhat later development stages than most eggs in this study, stage VI (tail-bud) and stage VII (tail-free). As noted above, the later the development stage, the lower the normally anticipated mortality. This mortality estimate is then high. Depressed mitotic index of postspill 25 d samples.—The mitotic index taken as the average number of total mitotic telophases per embryo was higher on postspill days 2 and 4 for both yellowtail flounder and fourbeard rockling, early and later development stages, than in was on postspill day 25. As noted above, for yellowtail tlounder the average number of telophases was 10.3 in the 20 March sample, but only 1.8 in the 10 April sample (all late stages). For fourbeard rockling it was 16.4 for early stages 2 d postspill. It was 13.5 for early stages and 18.7 for later stages 4 d postspill. At 25 d postspill this number was 6.8 for early stages and 6.1 for later stages. Such a lowering of the rate of cell division in the developing embryos of both fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder could be attributable to 1) some interaction of temperature-salinity conditions, but the water should have been warming and development accelerating; 2) some deterioration of water quality not related to the spill; 3) poor quality of eggs spawn- ed subsequent to the spill and its dissipation due to maternal uptake Table 3-8.—Cytological-cytogenetic estimates of fourbeard rockling egg moribundity 25 d after the Ocean 250 gasoline spill. See Figure 3-14 (map) for ex- planation of system for designating same sample station on consecutive cruises. Development stage IV-VI (gastrula-tail-bud-tail-free) Development stage II-III (morula-blastula) Total no. Sample station Total no. No. moribund No. moribund oo = a —We COON WNWNN WAN W ~s SK oSCONONNANCANSO S NOW OK HDAUUNOKH KA HLOHL HA of gasoline components by fish habitating the area at the time of the spill. Conclusions.—It would be difficult to interpret the rather anomalous, general cytological findings reported here for the samples taken 2 and 4 d after the spill, except in terms of direct exposure of spawned eggs to the spilled gasoline. It is not surprising that qualitative effects are found on fish eggs that are not simply explainable on the basis of natural variables as temperature and salinity. Chemical analyses of the water column and of plankton and macrobenthos collected during the period, from just after the spill to 4 d after the spill, indicated both the presence of gasoline fractions in the water and its uptake by shellfish (Lake et al., see section 2.2) and plankton (Hoffman and Quinn, see section 2.3) which. of course, would include the fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounaer eggs. Low number of eggs sampled on postspili day 2 may be attributable to their gross deterioration and settling out of the water column. It is difficult to suppose that the pathologies attributed to direct contact with the gasoline did not increase mortality rates of the fish eggs as sampled 2 and 4 d after the gasoline spill. The fact that about 40% of the eggs were moribund as long as 25 d after the spill and that their development rate, as measured by mitotic index, was depressea over the 2 and 4 d samples could be interpreted as meaning that the gasoline spill had little to do with the overall estimates of egg mortality. However, it is likely that gasoline components taken up by the fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder habitating the area at the time of the spill (Boehm and Barak, see section 2.4) would have affected the quality of the eggs subsequently spawned and sampled in the plankton 25 d after the spill. Unfortunately, no samples of these fish or their spawned eggs were available from the spill area prior to the spill. Also, other contamination in water and biological samples (see papers, this volume) poses problems in the effort to estimate any quantitative impact of the spill. Yellowtail flounder eggs sampled in the spill area appeared overall to be doing less well than eggs of the fourbeard rockling. The cytological study of these eggs sampled in the plankton from the area of the gasoline spill and consideration of the significance of the results provide insights that could be useful in planning responses to future spills. 3.5 Summary Thirty-five grab samples were taken at six stations within 1.6 km of the spill site. The sandy sediments reflected strong wave and tidal currents in the area. Silty sediments were found under dense clumps of blue mussels. Faunal diversity and density was low except in the mussel clumps. However, no recently dead or abnormal mussels or infauna were detected even though gasoline components had been found in other bivalves in the area and no changes in the makeup of faunal assemblages were detectable from the sample counts. Similarly, analysis of the zooplankton community at 4 d and 3 wk postspill indicated no discernible impact of gasoline, nor was there any visible evidence of damage. Changes that occurred from the 4 d postspill period to the second sampling period were attributed to the patchy nature of plankton and to population blooms rather than to the effect of gasoline contamination. Bouyant eggs of the fourbeard rockling and yellowtail flounder, sampled 2 and 4 d after the gasoline spill were partially collapsed, had chorion (outer egg membrane) lesions and unusual embryo or egg pathologies. Only 12 eggs, all fourbeard rockling, 29 were collected 2 d after the spill. These were in very early develop- ment stages and, on the basis of cytological criteria, were all moribund. Four days after the spill, 84 fourbeard rockling eggs at about the same development stages were close to 60% moribund, using the same criteria. Twenty-five days after the spill moribundity of the 79 fourbeard rockling eggs collected at the same stage was about 40%. In addition, mitotic index, taken as an indicator of deveiopment rate and embryo well-being, was depressed over that of earlier samples. Only 16 yellowtail founder eggs were collected in toto over all three sample days, and at somewhat later development stages expected to show lesser mortality than earlier stage fourbeard rockling eggs, however, all but three were moribund. LITERATURE CITED BENYON, L. R. 1967. The Torrey Canyon Incident: a review of events. British Petroleum Company, 25 p. BIERNBAUM, C. K. 1975. Benthic amphipoda of Fishers Island Sound, Connecticut - An analysis of distribution and association in response to sedimentary factors. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. Connecticut, 230 p. BIGELOW, H. B., and W WELSH. 1924. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine. (Doc. 965). BLUMER, M., G. SOUZA, and J. SASS. 1970. Hydrocarbon pollution of edible shellfish by an oil spill. Mar. Biol 5:195-202. BOEHM, P. D., and J. G. QUINN. 1977. The persistence of chronically accumulated hydrocarbons in the hard shell clam Mercenaria mercenaria. Mar. Biol. 44:227-233. BROCKSEN, R. W., and H. T. BAILEY. 1973. Respiratory response of juvenile chinook salmon and striped bass ex- posed to benzene, a water-soluble component of crude oil. Proceedings of a Joint Conference on Prevention and Control of Oil Spills, p. 783-792. API, EPA, USCG, Wash., D.C. BUGBEE, S. L., and C. M. WALTER. 1973. The response of macroinvertebrates to gasoline pollution in a moun- tain stream. Proceedings of a Joint Conference on Prevention and Con- trol of Oil Spills, p. 725-732. API, EPA, USCG. Wash. D.C. BURNS, K. A., and J. L. SMITH. 1977. Distribution of petroleum hydrocarbons in Westport Bay (Australia): Results of chronic low level inputs. Jn D. A. Wolfe (editor), Fate and effects of petroleum hydrocarbons in marine ecosystems and organisms, p. 442-443. Pergamon Press, N.Y. CRAPP, G. B. 1971. The ecological effects of stranded oil. Jn E. B. Cowell (editor), The ecological effects of oil pollution on littoral communities, p. 181-186. Inst. Petroleum, Lond. DIMOCK, C. W., J. L. LAKE, C. B. NORWOODS, R. D. BOWEN, E. J. HOFFMAN, B. KYLE, and J. G. QUINN. 1980. Field and laboratory methods for investigating a marine gasoline spill. Environ. Sci. Technol. 14:1472-1475. DiSALVO, L. H., H. E. GUARD, and L. HUNTER. 1975. Tissue hydrocarbon burden of mussels as potential monitor of en- vironmental hydrocarbon insult. Environ. Sci. Technol. 9:247-251. FAGER, E. W., and J. A. MCGOWAN. 1963. Zooplankton species groups in the North Pacific. 140:453-460. GILFILLAN, E. S. 1975. Decrease of net carbon flux in two species of mussels caused by ex- tracts of crude oil. Mar. Biol. 29:53-57. GONZALEZ, J., D. EVERICH, J. HYLAND, and B. MELZIAN. 1979 The effects of No. 2 heating oil on filtration rate of blue mussels, Mytilus edulis. Proc. Symp. Adv. Mar. Environ. Res. 112-121. GROSS, P., and J. MATTSON. 1977. Investigations of biological processes and effects. Jn P. Gross and J. Mattson (editors), The Argo Merchant oil spill, a preliminary scientific report, 322 p. NOAA Spec. Rep., Wash., D.C. HESS, W. N. 1978. Biological observations. Jn W. N. Hess (editor), The Amoco Cadiz oil spill, a preliminary scientific report, 283 p. NOAA/EPA Spec. Rep., Wash., D.C. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 40(1), 567 p. Science HOFFMAN, E. J., and J. G. QUINN. 1978. A comparison of Argo Merchant oil and sediment hydrocarbons from Natucket Shoals. Jn In the wake of the Argo Merchant, p. 80-88. Proceedings of a Symposium held Janaury 11-13, 1978, at the center for Ocean Management Studies, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, R.I. HYLAND, J. L., and E. D. SCHNEIDER. 1976. Petroleum hydrocarbons and their effects on marine organisms, pop- ulations, communities and ecosystems. Jn Sources, effects, and sinks of hydrocarbons in the aquatic environment, p. 464506. Am. Inst. Biol. Sci., Wash., D.C. JACOBSEN, S. M., and D. B. BAYLOU. 1973. Seawater soluble fraction of kerosene; effect on chemotoxics in a marine snail Nassarius obsoletus. Matire 241:213-215. LAKE, J. L., and C. HERSHNER. 1977. Petroleum-sulfur-containing compounds and aromatic hydrocarbons in the marine mollusks Modiolus demissus and Crassostrea virginica. Pro- ceedings 1977 Oil Spill Conference (Prevention, Behavior, Control, Clean- up), p. 627-632. API, EPA, USCG, Wash., D.C. LEE, R. F., J. HIROTA, and A. M. BARNETT. 1971. Distribution and importance of wax esters in marine copepods and other zooplankton. Deep-Sea Res. 18:1147-1165. LEE, R. F., R. SAUERHEBER, and A. A. BENSON. 1972. Petroleum hydrocarbons: uptake and discharge by the marine mussell Mytilis edulis. Science 177:344-346. LONGWELL, A. C. 1977. A genetic look at fish eggs and oil. LONGWELL, A. C., and J. B. HUGHES. 1980. Cytologic, cytogenetic, and developmental state of Atlantic mackerel eggs from sea surface waters of the New York Bight, and prospects for biological effects monitoring with ichthyoplankton. Rapp. P.-V. Réun. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer. 179:275-291. Oceanus 20:46-58. & U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1981—593-257/5 REGION 10 30 In press. Cytologic, cytogenetic, and embryologic state of Atlantic mackerel eggs from surface waters of the New York Bight in relation to pollution. Proceeding of the Symposium on Ecological Effects of Environmental Stress, June 1979, New York, 21 p. L@NNING, S., and B. E. HAGSTROM. 1975. Scanning electron microscope studies of the surface of the fish egg. Astarte 8:17-22. MEINCK, F., et al. 1965. Industries-Obuasser. 536-548. D.M. ROUBAL, W. T., and T. K. COLLIER. 1975. Spin-labeling techniques for studying mode of action of petroleum hydrocarbons on marine organisms. Fish. Bull.. U.S. 73:299-305. SCARRATT, D. J., and V. ZITKO. 1972. Bunker C oil in sediments and benthic animals from shallow depths in Chedabucto Bay, N.S. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 29:1347-1350. SMITH, J. E. (editor) 1968. ‘Torrey Canyon’ pollution and marine life; A report by the Plymouth Laboratory XIV. Cambridge University Press, 196 p. STEGEMAN, J. J., and J. M. TEAL. 1973. Accumulation, release and retention of petroleum hydrocarbons by the oyster Crassostrea virginica. Mar. Biol. 22:37-44. STRAUGHAN, D. 1977. Biological survey of intertidal areas in the straits of Magellen in January, 1975, five months after the Metula oil spill. Jn D.A. Wolfe (editor), Fate and effects of petroleum hydrocarbons in marine ecosystems and organisms, p. 247-260. Pergamon Press, N.Y. YEVICH, P. P., and C. A. BARSZCZ. 1976. Gonadal and hematopoietic neoplasms in Mya arenaria. Rev. 38(10):4243. 2d ed. Gustov Fisher Verlong, Stuttgart, p. Mar. Fish. oe ALAR.) spor UW NE al | a ts: eee irae. ida is ee eae ee | pais we C0 OAR FIG ir 2B a OA aug we eH ‘~ a ES OE AO NN, Ci na Nth ty a hs NP Py och oe bee We es We Pee thy 4 ve iets ie onion AP algae i : ata ovale ‘ AC ie WE ait ce iyi ‘hahaa of pace! e: ih aeye at hae a) ae. "iw 9 aan MOR er ae Bb: ality aye! 1 Neinys 1 eyes: he ate, git we on Ranaies Thin, hain cow Aver i eee gna ava, eke hoe a enna. wre eastnal ; a Danii oe kh ty funmtty hd me a A he bh Mae a) vsoitt fk aie Ay Geet Patras: TH pe: WON hain Boa) oe en ie 4 : i aan Tra ate et FPR plas : ii tie: bey Cae aig ange Ay . D alynees a ay sore tee ae i Biol as We art v4 Bill oul feelin” fi pest te ce Weel), UnaiNblls nes : Tar ml Pies es banat ort ‘ ie aon o is he oe a aeiOny, 1 ae mes tees Meiahiner eae pt fro int? lat ree ate MAL soaps coteesh Hiventy (8 ine ~ pa Tal ombaa ahs eal bows Wy a ne Wine | ata dyrsloagaly Od be feet Tae DINE HP OA) sere be int Psi ty ppt fon: yal nee i heer 9 i Ne tegen we ssi ton ms phan ih scipeneniniayclh headset we SEERA a! bar Thay pt MOT. ahaa Baty a he Poeias Lope 7 1 Rae ou. ar, Tey ye ea (i in) NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS NMEFS Circular and Special Scientific Report—Fisheries Guidelines for Contributors CONTENTS OF MANUSCRIPT First page. Give the title (as concise as possible) of the paper and the author’s name, and footnote the author’s affiliation, mailing address, and ZIP code. ; Contents. Contains the text headings and abbreviated figure legends and table headings. Dots should follow each entry and page numbers should be omitted. Abstract. Not to exceed one double-spaced page. Footnotes and literature citations do not belong in the abstract. Text. See also Form of the Manuscript below. Follow the U.S. Government Printing Office Style Manual, 1973 edition. Fish names, follow the American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 12, A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada, fourth edition, 1980. Use short, brief, informative headings in place of ‘‘Materials and Methods.”’ Text footnotes. Type on a separate sheet from the text. For unpublished or some processed material, give author, year, title of manuscript, number of pages, and where it is filed — agency and its location. Personal communications. Cite name in text and footnote. Cite in footnote: John J. Jones, Fishery Biologist, Scripps In- stitution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92037, pers. com- mun. 2] May 1977. Figures. Should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. All figures should be cited consecutively in the text and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Photographs and line drawings should be of ‘‘professional’’ quality—clear and balanced, and can be reduced to 42 picas for page width or to 20 picas for a single-column width, but no more than 57 picas high. Photographs and line drawings should be printed on glossy paper—sharply focused, good contrast. Label each figure. DO NOT SEND original figures to the Scientific Edi- tor; NMFS Scientific Publications Office will request these if they are needed. Tables. Each table should start on a separate page and should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. Headings should be short but amply descriptive. Use only horizontal rules. Number table footnotes consecutively across the page from left to right in Arabic numerals; and to avoid confusion with powers, place them to the /eft of the numerals. If the original tables are typed in our format and are clean and legible, these tables will be reproduced as they are. In the text all tables should be cited consecutively and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Acknowledgments. Place at the end of text. Give credit only to those who gave exceptional contributions and not to those whose contributions are part of their normal duties. Literature cited. In text as: Smith and Jones (1977) or (Smith and Jones 1977); if more than one author, list according to years (e.g., Smith 1936; Jones et al. 1975; Doe 1977). All pa- pers referred to in the text should be listed alphabetically by the senior author’s surname under the heading ‘‘Literature Cited’’; only the author’s surname and initials are required in the author line. The author is responsible for the accuracy of the literature citations. Abbreviations of names of periodicals and serials should conform to Biological Abstracts List of Ser- ials with Title Abbreviations. Format, see recent SSRF or Cir- cular. Abbreviations and symbols. Common ones, such as mm, m, g, ml, mg, °C (for Celsius), %, °/oo, etc., should be used. Ab- breviate units of measures only when used with numerals; periods are rarely used in these abbreviations. But periods are used in et al., vs., e.g., i.e., Wash. (WA is used only with ZIP code), etc. Abbreviations are acceptable in tables and figures where there is lack of space. Measurements. Should be given in metric units. Other equi- valent units may be given in parentheses. FORM OF THE MANUSCRIPT Original of the manuscript should be typed double-spaced on white bond paper. Triple space above headings. Send good du- plicated copies of manuscript rather than carbon copies. The sequence of the material should be: FIRST PAGE CONTENTS ABSTRACT TEXT LITERATURE CITED TEXT FOOTNOTES APPENDIX TABLES (provide headings, including ‘‘Table’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Table 1.--, Table 2.--, etc.) LIST OF FIGURE LEGENDS (entire legend, including “Figure’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Figure 1.--, Figure 2.--, etc.) FIGURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Send ribbon copy and two duplicated copies of the manuscript to: Dr. Carl J. Sindermann, Scientific Editor Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Highlands, NJ 07732 Copies. Fifty copies will be supplied to the senior author and 100 to his organization free of charge. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, F/NWR 1 7600 SAND POINT WAY N.E. BIN C15700 SEATTLE, WA 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS NOAA SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration was established as part of the Department of Commerce on October 3, 1970. The mission responsibilities of NOAA are to assess the socioeconomic impact of natural and technological changes in the environment and to monitor and predict the state of the solid Earth, the oceans and their living resources, the atmosphere, and the space environment of the Earth. The major components of NOAA regularly produce various types of scientific and technical information in the following kinds of publications: PROFESSIONAL PAPERS—Important definitive research results, major techniques, and special investi- gations. CONTRACT AND GRANT REPORTS—Reports prepared by contractors or grantees under NOAA sponsorship. ATLAS—Presentation of analyzed data generally in the form of maps showing distirbution of rainfall, chemical and physical conditions of oceans and at- mosphere, distribution of fishes and marine mamals, ionospheric conditions, etc. TECHNICAL SERVICE PUBLICATIONS—Re- ports containing data, observations, instructions, etc. A partial listing includes data serials; prediction and outlook periodicals; technical manuals, training papers, planning reports, and information serials; and miscellaneous technical publications. TECHNICAL REPORTS—Journal quality with extensive details, mathematical developments, or data listings. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS—Reports of pre- liminary, partial, or negative research or technology results, interim instructions, and the like. Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 Re 35> JAN 1g 1992 MB 4 SE 362 TION, 19) ws ab Ce, of Vy . 4} we Onwass “6, % Ny NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF- 752 Movements of Tagged Summer Flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, off Southern New England F. E. Lux and F. E. Nichy December 1981 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this NMFS publication. CONTENTS | HaLWROYs WoO et ceece: a epeprse ae ec teet D GReae Set char ERD ED otter tn RP CATA ty ci: gern aR PREP tte ai tg ORO co a JET) leo tana a ch f opine Seen b B.S GU Caso oldicticie Solttes bb. 6 aa echo SEO OG Caan on aba Ae eee as IETS Gd Bio i 0 Gate caRe Ce eRCHS <6 ee CR lS PCIE Sr CH oo Ur ee Offshore:tagsingsA prilelOGle sie ay sraey Meteor che teke eee ee ee Ce here te Toreee cieks ste leietaretaie soopalavens ayole dels Imshoreitaseine @) 6 FISH, APRIL 1961 \ \ ‘ @)14 FISH, APRIL 1961 ) I: <2. @ = ,?58FISH, APRIL 1961 ih iar ees specie ae 38° Q eo (5) 406 FISH,SEPTEMBER 1962 — 7) 12) cts (© 6O0FISH,SEPTEMBER 1962 Qe = E> 2 LAY) ; 7 Bee 3 J Cape Charles 37° } ly -~ ~+-- —_——— — —- =e Sse ae 46° late 9 S) ape :Hatteras (hoe 74 ee (2s alk THO 69° is near the end of the winter fishery, and the 1962 inshore tag- ging was done in September, near the end of the summer fishery. Fish just tagged were sometimes caught in subsequent tagging tows. If these fish appeared lively, they were re-released and records were made of the fact. The mesh in the cod ends of trawls used to catch the fish for tagging had a stretched measure of about 90 mm. This mesh re- tains flounders down to 20 cm or so in length (Clark et al. 1958; Lux 1968). We caught no summer flounder smaller than 31 cm, and we, therefore, assume that the entire size range of fish was sampled in relation to its abundance and that none escaped through the meshes. Each tag consisted of two plastic Peterson disks, 13 mm diameter, joined by a stainless steel pin passing through the dorsum of the fish. One disk was printed with return instruc- tions; the other carried a serial number. A reward of $1.00 was paid for a returned tag alone, and $2.00 for a tag with the fish. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries port samplers, who were stationed in ports of landing, received most of the tags and fish returned by commercial fishermen. Sex and length of returned fish were recorded. Positions for recap- tures by the commercial fleet usually were in the form of loran bearings and depths, which generally were accurate to within 10 km or less. Recreational fishermen usually mailed in their recovered tags. They frequently gave the recovery position in terms of land- marks, such as an inlet, bay, or point. These positions probably were at least as accurate as those for commercial returns. For tags discovered in fish markets or processing plants there was no information on recovery position; however, usually it was possible to identify them as commercially caught. For a few of the tags that were mailed in, no data could be obtained. Both sources of unplaced tags made up 3.8% of the total returns. While they were of no value for charting fish movements, they were useful in measuring total return rates and are included in the results presented below. RESULTS Offshore Tagging, April 1961 From | to 6 April, summer flounder were caught and tagged in depths of 80-145 m (Fig. 1). Most of the 1,833 fish tagged were from between Hudson and Block Canyons in about 90 m depth, approximate position lat. 39°55 'N, long. 72°00 'W (loca- tion 4, Fig. 1). Recoveries were obtained until August 1963, at which time a total of 155 had been reported, 8.4% of those released. To compare the length distribution of recaptured fish with that of the tagged ones we used the fish lengths recorded at the time of tagging rather than those obtained at recovery. The size distributions, at tagging, of the fish released in 1961 and of those subsequently recaught (Fig. 2) show that most of the fish tagged were about 31-50 cm in length, with some over 60 cm; the mean length was 38.8 cm. The lengths, at tagging, of the re- captured fish were similar to those of the tagged ones (Fig. 2), suggesting that there was no significant differential in tagging mortality with fish size and that the size of recaptured fish was representative of the tagged population. The mean length of recaptured fish was also 38.8 cm. All except one of the recoveries from 1961 releases were from fish released at location 4 in Figure 1; the following discussion applies to movement from this release point. In April-June 1961 there were 67 tag recaptures, all with recapture positions noted. Of these, 37 were caught in April on offshore areas in the vicinity of tagging (Fig. 3). In addition, three late April recoveries were caught on inshore areas of Long Island. The other 27 recoveries were caught in May and June on inshore grounds, primarily from the ocean side of Long Island. One, however, was from Long Island Sound, three were from the Rhode Island shore, and two were from Vineyard Sound Gust south of Cape Cod). The returns during this quarter established the time of movement from offshore to inshore grounds as April and May, at least for the area dealt with in this report, i.e., north of lat. 39°N. There were 47 summer recoveries (July-September 1961), 46 of which had return locations noted. They were caught mostly in bays and sounds from Long Island to southern New England (Fig. 4). Many of these recoveries were from more easterly in- shore areas than the spring ones, although there were also several from off western Long Island and Long Island Sound. Six returns were from as far to the east as Vineyard and Nan- tucket Sounds. There were no summer recoveries from south of Sandy Hook, N.J., or from east of the elbow of Cape Cod. There were just three recoveries in the fall of 1961 (October- December), for one of which no return area was given. The other two were from south of Martha’s Vineyard and Nan- tucket, in an area intermediate between inshore and offshore grounds, suggesting that these fish were in the process of moving offshore for the winter (Fig. 4). One of these was caught in Oc- tober, the other in December. There were 28 recoveries during January-March 1962, all of which were from offshore, and 15 of them came from the vi- cinity of release in the previous spring (Fig. 5). In addition, 10 others were caught well to the east of this, near Veatch Canyon, suggesting that the fish had moved eastward. The other three fish were recaught south of the release point, indicating that some southerly movement had taken place. Of the five recaptures reported for April-June 1962, two were caught on offshore grounds in April and May and the other three were caught on Long Island inshore areas in May and June (Fig. 5). While there were few returns in this calendar quarter, the pattern of return locations was similar to that of April-June in 1961 (Fig. 3). 15 1961 OFFSHORE GROUNDS TAGGED (N=1,833) —-—— RECOVERED (N=155) = [o) PERCENT FREQUENCY ee 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 TOTAL LENGTH (CM) Figure 2.—Length-frequency distributions of summer flounder tagged in April 1961 on offshore grounds and of those subsequently recaptured. (All lengths are those obtained at the time of tagging.) 42° 41° 40° Se) AS 4 | 6S asi" Sie 36° Ss os 74 (es Lira ale On 69° Figure 3.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for April 1961 releases (open squares) and recapture locations in April-June 1961 (circles). | 42° 41° > {ele 402 ae oO oy SS 2) fe) =) 39° 38° SIGs 36° Cape Hatteras eS Z — oe ee 74 hoe Us (ale COR 692 Figure 4.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for April 1961 releases (open squares) and 1961 recapture positions in July-September (circles) and October- December (triangles). 5) sy Cape Charles a | | | ane ) oe ya - afl —= = sete he eel —| 36° C ape Hatteras — ) meer 28 =e eee le Sac 3 ow 15° 74° 32 ee (ile Oe 69a Figure 5.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for April 1961 releases (open squares) and 1962 recapture locations in January-March (circles) and April-June (triangles). Table 1.—Recoveries of tagged summer flounder from 1961 offshore releases by season and fisherman type, April 1961-October 1963. Number of recoveries by fisherman type Period of Commer- ___ Recrea- recovery cial tional Unknown Total 1961 April-June 60 7 _— 67 July-September 13 32 2 47 October-December 2 — 1 3 1962 January-March 28 — — 28 April-June 3 1 — 4 July-October 2 1 _— 3 1963 May-August 3 _ _ 3 All months 111 41 3 155 Percentage 71.6 26.5 1.9 100.0 Following June 1962 only six additional tags were recovered from the 1961 releases: One each in July, September, and Oc- tober 1962; one in May 1963; and two in August 1963. The loca- tions of these recoveries followed a pattern similar to that described for the 1961 recoveries in these months. The tagged fish in the 1961 releases were caught by both com- mercial and recreational fishermen, with commercial gear taking 71.6% of the recoveries versus 26.5% for recreational (Table 1). While we have no exact breakdown of catch by the various com- mercial gears, the bulk of the recaptures were by otter trawls, and a few additional recaptures on inshore areas were by traps and seines. The recreational gear was primarily hook and line, although a few tagged fish may have been taken with spears. Some recaptures by commercial gear were made year-round. Most, however, were caught in January-June with many of them being taken during the offshore fishery for this species in January-April (Table 1). The recoveries by recreational fishermen all were obtained during the summer months, when the fish are inshore. Most of these latter returns were caught in Long Island waters, although several also were taken off southern New England. The length, at tagging, of the tagged fish returned by the com- mercial fleet ranged from 32 to 56 cm (mean = 39.3 cm). The fish returned by recreational fishermen, on the other hand, had a length range, at tagging, of 31-42 cm (mean = 37.5 cm). Thus, it appeared that fish of the recreational catch were slightly smaller in size and that considerably fewer large summer flounder were caught by anglers. The sex of 58 of the fish released in 1961 was obtained when they were recaught and returned for measurements. The length frequencies, by sex, of these fish (at time of tagging) are presented in Figure 6. While the numbers of fish here, 22 males and 36 females, are small, there are indications of modes at about 35 cm for males and 40 cm for females. Inshore Tagging, September 1962 The 1962 inshore tagging comprised two experiments: One in Block Island Sound and one in Nantucket Sound. The summer flounder tagged in Block Island Sound were caught and released in an area about 6 km south-southwest of Point Judith, R.I., lighthouse (approximately lat. 41°18’N, long. 71°32’W) in 18-27 m of water 6-8 September (Fig. 1). Tag recoveries from this group were obtained through March 1967. A total of 406 fish were tagged, and 203 of these were subsequently recaptured for a return rate of 50%. a.) 1961 OFFSHORE GROUNDS NUMBER OF FISH 1962 NANTUCKET SOUND VN UP ia 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TOTAL LENGTH (CM) Figure 6.—Length-frequency distributions, at tagging, of male ( ) and female (- - - -) summer flounder recaptures from fish tagged in 1961 on offshore grounds and in 1962 on inshore grounds. The length distributions at time of tagging of the summer flounder released at this location and of those later recaught (Fig. 7) range from 31 to 76 cm (mean = 46.3 cm). The lengths at tag- ging of the recovered fish (range = 31-76 cm, mean = 46.4 cm) were similar to those of the tagged ones, indicating that the recoveries accurately represented the tagged population (Fig. 7). The summer flounder tagged in Nantucket Sound were re- leased in two areas off southeastern Cape Cod about 12-13 km apart: 397 fish were released 10 km south of Point Gammon (approximately lat. 41°33 'N, long. 70°15 'W) in 16-20 m depths 6-7 September, and 203 fish were released 6.5 km south- southwest of Monomoy Point (approximately lat. 41°32'N, long. 70°05 'W) in 7-10 m depths 21 September. These areas are close together and are shown as a single position, number 6, in Figure 1. Through January 1968, when the last tag return was reported, 245 of the 600 fish tagged in these releases were recaught, a recapture rate of 40.8%. The size distributions, at time of tagging, of all the Nantucket Sound releases and of those later recaptured (Fig. 8) show that the length range of the fish tagged here was narrow (range = 35-53 cm, mean = 43.1 cm). The lengths, at tagging, of the fish recaptured from these releases were similar (range = 35-52 cm, mean = 43.5 cm). The patterns of tag returns for the Block Island and Nan- tucket Sound releases were very similar; therefore, we have com- bined these two groups in discussing fish movements. Charts of the tag return positions for these groups for September 1962 through December 1964, by calendar quarter, are presented in Figures 9-13. During September 1962 (the month of tagging) 36 tag returns, all with return positions, were recorded. These were caught in the immediate vicinity of the release points (Fig. 9). In October- December 1962 the 25 returns recorded, all with return posi- tions, showed clear evidence of fish movement to offshore wintering areas (Fig. 9), with a few tagged fish being recovered in October near the tagging sites and also on grounds in- termediate between inshore and offshore areas. Two fish were recaught in October on intermediate grounds off the New Jersey coast, a straight line movement from the release point of about 335 km in just over 1 mo. In November 1962 only two tag 1962 BLOCK ISLAND SOUND TAGGED ( N= 406) ----—— RETURNED (N=203) fo) T PERCENT FREQUENCY (o.) T 15 1962 NANTUCKET SOUND Aj | TAGGED (N=600) } —~—-— RECOVERED (N=245) | \ \ \ \ \ fo) PERCENT FREQUENCY ei) ——— 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 TOTAL LENGTH (CM) 30 35 40 45 50 55 TOTAL LENGTH (CM) Figure 7.—Length-frequency distributions of summer flounder tagged in September 1962 in Block Island Sound and of those subsequently recaptured.(All lengths are those obtained at the time of tagging.) returns were reported, both from south of Nantucket. In December there were eight returns: Seven from offshore grounds and one from intermediate grounds south of Nantucket (Fig. 9). In January-March 1963 there were 110 tag recoveries, 105 of which had return positions noted. These were caught over the outer shelf area from Veatch Canyon on the east to Baltimore Canyon on the southwest, with many recaptures coming from around Block Canyon (Fig. 10). The recaptures from these releases were spread over an area that extended considerably far- ther south than that recorded for recaptures from the 1961 off- shore releases. Of the 59 tag returns obtained during April-June 1963, 53 had return positions noted. These were from offshore, intermediate, and inshore grounds, showing the spring return of summer flounder to coastal areas (Fig. 10). The 17 returns in April were from offshore grounds, while the 36 caught in May and June were from coastal areas. Two of these latter were from south of Nantucket, and the rest were from more inshore points from Long Island to Nantucket Sound; none were from the New Jersey shore or from inshore areas south of there. There were 88 tag returns in July-September 1963, of which 83 had return locations. These were from inshore areas except for one which was recovered on intermediate grounds south of the eastern end of Long Island in September (Fig. 11). The 82 inshore returns were almost entirely from waters east of Long Island, with many being caught near or at the locations of release in 1962. One, however, was caught far to the south just east of Cape May, N.J. The 11 tag recoveries in October-December 1963, of which 8 had return locations, included 3 from inshore grounds in Oc- tober, 1 from intermediat grounds in November, and 4 from off- shore ground southwest of Hudson Canyon in December (Fig. 11). The tag return locations for the 86 recoveries in 1964 (Figs. 12, 13), while fewer in number than those of 1963, reflect much the same pattern of movements as was shown then. From January 1965 through January 1968, when the last recap- ture was reported, an additional 33 tags were returned from the inshore releases: 22 in 1965, 7 in 1966, 3 in 1967, and 1 in 1968. Figure 8.—Length-frequency distributions of summer flounder tagged in September 1962 in Nantucket Sound and of those subsequently recaptured. (All lengths are those obtained at the time of tagging.) The locations of these returns, while not plotted here, followed the general seasonal migration patterns described above. A breakdown of the tag recoveries by commercial and recrea- tional fishermen from the inshore 1962 releases (Table 2) in- dicates that commercial fishermen caught about 95% of the recoveries. More than 95% of the commercial fishery returns were by otter trawl. A few were caught in traps, one in a scallop dredge. The recreational catch recaptures from these releases amounted to <4% of the total, all of which were caught by anglers. The proportion of returns caught by anglers for the Block Island Sound releases was 5.9%, compared with 1.6% for Nantucket Sound fish, suggesting that the former releases were subjected to a somewhat greater angling effort. The mean length, at tagging, of all 16 angler-caught returns in these releases was 43.6 cm. This is slightly smaller than the 44.9 cm mean length of the commercial recaptures. All of the returns by recreational fishermen were caught from spring to fall, when the fish are close inshore (Table 2). The commercial catch was taken in all months, but few of the tagged fish were caught in October-December when they were moving offshore. The highest numbers of commercial recaptures generally were made in the January-March quarter. The sex of 60 of the summer flounder tagged in Block Island Sound and 132 of those tagged in Nantucket Sound was deter- mined when the fish were recaptured and returned for measurements. The length frequencies, by sex, of these fish (at time of tagging) show that the females were larger than the males (Fig. 6). For both areas there was a length mode at about 40 cm for males and a less clear length mode at about 45 cm for females. There also appeared to be a secondary mode at about 45 cm for males from Block Island Sound. DISCUSSION From the 1,833 summer flounder tagged on offshore grounds in the Block Canyon area in March 1961 there were 155 recap- tures, 8.4% of the total released. Recaptures were reported through August 1963, or 30 mo following tagging. From the PLUS 22 SEPTEMBER RECAPTURES IN RELEASE AREA =e. 41° Hoa | 40° Oo or ie) =) S| he Ore B cope Che ae : | ’ Cape Charles as | | 37° iS : | / — ‘J : = ee aN — 1 eee aes eyetemeted se cd bees ee = See |B ie ee 36° is hee /& ZS Cape Hatteras ae Wow 74° (Oe Wee eal Or 692 Figure 9.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for September 1962 releases (open squares) and 1962 recapture locations in September (circles) and October- December (triangles). Ni » Cape Charles 2 ) Tye Fay Nas) atte \q@ IG i2 a Cape Hatteras ) eo Gohs W445 ee (triangles). See Soy Or 69% Figure 10.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for September 1962 releases (open squares) and 1963 recapture locations in January-March (circles) and April-June 10 PLUS 41 JULY-SEPTEMBER RECAPTURES a e_ Cape Charles ) Vq& ECS) / ~ Cape Hatteras ) - D5 74° IN RELEASE AREA t 7 370 -— —— —--- -+—.- oe -——————_f-——_— ——_-- - BS alt alk | (ex Ties? Fats Oe 69° Figure 11.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for September 1962 releases (open square) and 1963 recapture locations in July-September (circles) and October- December (triangles). 11 >| 425 41° 40° OS Sis" Oi SS" NES \& (2 Cape Hatteras ) La stat 8| | [hee a Ge UD 74° UO (ae Tae 70° 69° Figure 12.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for September 1962 releases (open squares)and 1964 recapture locations in January-March (circles) and April-June (triangles). 40° dl asify churns aera e daiteest eine uly ade 74° er eg als 70° 69° Figure 13.—Tagged summer flounder release positions for September 1962 releases (open squares) and 1964 recapture locations in July-September (circles) and October- December (triangles). 13 Table 2.—Recoveries of tagged summer flounder from 1962 inshore releases by season and fisherman type, September 1962-January 1968. Number of recoveries by fisherman type Period of Commer- _ Recrea- recovery cial tional Unknown Total 1962 . September 34 1 1 36 October-December 25 — — 25 1963 : January-March 110 — — 110 April-June 57 2 — 59 July-September 79 8 1 88 October-December 9 — 2 11 1964 January-March 36 — =— 36 April-June 26 1 2 29 July-September 18 1 — 19 October-December 2 — — 2 1965-68 January-March 11 _ — 1] April-June 7 2 — 9 July-September ©) 1 — 10 October-December 1 — — 1 All months 424 16 6 446 Percentage 95.1 3.6 1.3 100.0 ‘There were 33 total recaptures for this period; however, month of recapture was available for only 32 of these. 1,006 fish tagged on inshore grounds of Block Island and Nan- tucket Sounds in September 1962 there were 448 recaptures, 44.5% of the total released, obtained over a period of 65 mo following tagging. The difference in number recaptured in the two groups and the timespan over which they were recaught is large, considering that both were exposed to approximately similar fishing efforts. We attribute this difference primarily to a greater tagging mortality in the offshore releases, which were from depths of about 90 m and were in less vigorous condition than those tagged inshore, which were from 27 m or less. While the flounders have no gas bladders to cause decompression in- jury, they may have been hurt by the rapid pressure drop as they were brought from deep water to the surface. Tow length may also have been a factor. The fish tagged offshore were caught in tows of 45-60 min duration and therefore may have suffered greater injury in the trawl than those on inshore grounds, which were mostly caught in tows of 30 min. In addition, tows on the offshore grounds frequently contained some spiny dogfish, Squalus acanthias, whose rough skin and spines abrade other fishes in the trawl. There was evidence of some tagging mortality among inshore releases, also, based on the tag return rate of newly tagged sum- mer flounder that were recaught during later tagging tows and re-released. In the Block Island Sound tagging, 23 of the tagged fish recaught during tagging tows were re-released in apparently good condition. Of these only four subsequently were recap- tured, for a total tag return rate of 17.4%. This is much lower than the 50% return rate for the Block Island Sound releases as a whole. In addition to this, two of the Block Island Sound releases, which never previously had been recaught, were picked up dead and decomposed a few days after tagging in the trawl of the commercial vessel that had been used during tagging. In the course of the Nantucket Sound tagging, 90 of the tag- ged fish were recaught in later tagging tows and re-released. Of these, 10 subsequently were recaptured, a total return rate of 11.1%. Again, this was much lower than the 40.8% return rate for Nantucket Sound releases as a whole. 14 It seems clear from the above that a significant number of the summer flounder from inshore releases died from the catching and tagging operations. This mortality needs to be considered in estimating population parameters from the tag return data. The summer flounder tagged in April 1961 on offshore grounds (Fig. 1) moved during the spring and summer north- west, north, and northeast to coastal areas; there was no move- ment to the south of the Sandy Hook, N.J., area (Figs. 3-5). During the fall the movement was back toward the offshore winter grounds near the outer shelf edge; in the winter all of the recaptures were from the offshore grounds with many of them coming from the vicinity of tagging. Some of the offshore returns, however, were from areas up to about 220 km to the east of the release point, indicating that there also was some eastward movement of summer flounder on offshore grounds (Fig. 5). None of the returns were from areas east of Veatch Canyon and, insofar as is known, this is the eastern limit for movement of this species in any numbers, although they occa- sionally are caught on Georges Bank (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953). Few of the tag recoveries were from offshore areas southwest of the point of tagging, suggesting that there was little move- ment in that direction (Fig. 5). This apparently was not a result of lack of fishing effort, since New Jersey vessels regularly fish offshore grounds south of Hudson Canyon in the winter (Widerstrom 1959); if any numbers of tagged summer flounder had moved there, it is likely that more would have been caught. The general pattern of recoveries from these offshore releases indicated that the summer flounder that move as far north as the winter grounds north of Hudson Canyon become rather perma- nent residents of the northern part of the Middle Atlantic Bight. The summer flounder tagged in September 1962 on inshore areas of Block Island and Nantucket Sounds (Fig. 1) moved in the fall and early winter to offshore winter grounds from the vicinity of Veatch Canyon on the east to as far south as Baltimore Canyon (Figs. 9-13). Some of the recaptures from these releases clearly had moved farther south on the offshore grounds than did those from the 1961 offshore releases. There appears to be no clear explanation for this difference, although variations in the winter bottom temperature on offshore grounds may have altered summer flounder distribution, as was suggested by Nesbit and Neville (1935). The large cluster of winter returns from the vicinity of Block Canyon (Fig. 10) may be regarded, at least in part, as a function of fishing effort in this intensively fished area. However, the area also is a productive winter fishing ground for squid (Lux et al. 1974), an important summer flounder food. It is possible, therefore, that summer flounder aggregate there to some extent for feeding. Tag recoveries during the spring and summer of 1963 and 1964 from the inshore releases (Figs. 10-13) show that the fish in these seasons moved back inshore to areas from Long Island to south of Cape Cod. Many were recaught at points of release. The general tendency was for these returns to be made from areas far- ther to the east as the summer progressed. There were very few spring and summer returns from inshore areas south of Long Island, further indicating that fish that had moved to New England waters did not move far to the south in subsequent years. The results from the 1961 and 1962 tagging studies showed movement patterns similar to those found for fish tagged in in- shore waters of New York and New Jersey (Westman and Neville 1946; Poole 1962; Murawski footnote 3). The New York and New Jersey summer flounder, however, moved farther south in the winter months and generally did not move as far north in the summer as the New England releases did. In all of these more southern studies, there was a trend towards fish movement to the northeast with the passage of time. All of this coincides with the general view that the major nursery grounds for this species are in estuaries and bays from Virginia to North Carolina and that many of the fish tend to move northward as they grow older (Poole 1966). To provide more information on this apparent northward dispersal with age, Murawski (footnote 3), studying movements of tagged summer flounder in New Jersey coastal waters, com- pared the lengths of fish recaptured from north and south of the release areas to see if there was a difference in fish size with direction of movement. He found no consistent differences for those releases. As we mentioned here earlier, some of the recap- tures from our 1962 inshore releases were recaught in 1963 and 1964 on winter grounds far south of the release areas (Figs. 10, 12). To examine the possibility that there might be a north-south size difference in these offshore recaptures, we calculated the mean lengths, at tagging, for fish that were recaptured in January-March 1963 and 1964 north of lat. 39°N and those caught south of this latitude. The results of this (Table 3) suggest that the recaptures north of lat. 39°N were about 2 cm longer. The small numbers of fish involved in these samples, however, make it difficult to settle this question. Table 3.—Numbers of tag recaptures north and south of lat. 39°N in January-March 1963 and 1964 from 1962 inshore releases, and mean lengths and length ranges, in centimeters, at time of tagging. Number of Mean Length Area recaptures Length range 1963 North of lat. 39°N 84 45.4 36-60 1963 South of lat. 39°N 22 42.8 38-50 1964 North of lat. 39°N 20 44.6 40-52 1964 South of lat. 39°N 8 42.6 40-45 Most of the tag recaptures of our study were made during the January-April offshore fishery and during the inshore season from June-September (Tables 1, 2). A large proportion of recap- tures in any one year was in the January-March quarter. In all cases these were caught by the commercial fleet since summer flounder is not available to anglers in winter. Landing statistics show that this quarter usually is the time of greatest commercial catches of summer flounder for New England trawlers. Few tag recoveries were obtained in October-December, in- dicating that the fishing pressure on this species was low then. This probably was related to the dispersed nature of the summer flounder population during the fall migration to offshore areas. An advantage of a low fishing mortality at this time is that the fish are relatively undisturbed during spawning, which occurs during their offshore movement to winter grounds (Smith 1973). Who recaptures the tagged summer flounder depends largely upon when and where the fish are tagged. Recreational fishermen recovered 26.5% of our April 1961 offshore releases and only 3.6% of those in the September 1962 inshore series. Most of the angler recaptures from the 1961 tagging were from Long Island bays, which are areas of great sport fishing activity. Angler returns from the 1962 releases, on the other hand, were mostly from New England waters, where the angler population is smaller. Recreational fishermen caught a large proportion of tagged summer flounder released in past studies on inshore New York 15 and New Jersey grounds, in contrast to the results from the in- shore New England releases. In tagging studies in Great South Bay, Long Island, for example, up to about 60% of summer flounder recaptures were made by anglers (Westman and Neville 1946; Poole 1962); in tagging off New Jersey, sport fishermen caught up to 60% of the summer flounder released near Sandy Hook and up to 49% of those tagged off Cape May (Murawski footnote 3). Although no age studies have been done in conjunction with the tagging, some inferences about age composition and growth rate of summer flounder can be drawn from the size composi- tions, by sex, of the recaptured fish (Fig. 6). In the fish tagged offshore in April 1961, about the time when growth starts for the year, the male modal length is about 35 cm, which is close to the length calculated from otoliths of 345 mm at age 3 given by Smith and Daiber (1977); likewise, the mode for females at about 40 cm is close to their calculated length at age 3 of 380 mm. For the fish that we tagged in September 1962 in Block Island and Nantucket Sounds (Fig. 6), there are modes for males at about 40 cm, which correspond closely with the 397 mm calculated length at age 4 of Smith and Daiber. While no clear modes appear in the size frequencies of females in the 1962 samples, there is some evidence of modes at about 45 cm. This value, also, is close to the 453 mm length calculated at age 4 by Smith and Daiber. Fish measured in September can be expected to have completed most of their growth for that calendar year, and their lengths generally would differ little from those at the time of formation of their next annulus. As indicated earlier, small flounder, less than about 28 cm in length, are uncommon off New England. Coupled with this fact, the size distributions of Figure 6 suggest that most summer flounder do not arrive in New England waters until they have reached age 3, although it seems likely that some of the faster growing 2-yr-olds also make this migration. The reason for describing the size and age composition in some detail here is its potential value in measuring summer flounder recruitment. If modes in size frequencies taken in New England can be identified with age group 3, then it should be possible to get an estimate of recruitment of 3-group fish to the New England area by obtaining length frequencies by sex of summer flounder from limited special otter trawl surveys for this species. From the data of Figure 6 and from information on the pattern of seasonal distribution, a good time of year to attempt such a survey would be in the late spring, when the fish have arrived on inshore New England grounds such as Block Island, Vineyard, and Nantucket Sounds. LITERATURE CITED BIGELOW, H. B., and W. C. SCHROEDER. 1953. Fishes of the Gulf ot Maine. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 53, 577 p. CLARK, J. R., F. D. McCRACKEN, and W. TEMPLEMAN. 1958. Summary of gear selection information for the commission area. Int. Comm. Northwest Atl. Fish., Ann. Proc. 8:83-99. LUX, F. E. 1968. Codend mesh selection studies of yellowtail flounder, Limanda ferru- ginea (Storer). Int. Comm. Northwest Atl. Fish., Redbook (Part 3):101- 109. LUX, F. E., W. D. HANDWORK, and W. F. RATHJEN. 1974. The potential for an offshore squid fishery in New England. Mar. Fish. Rev. 36(12):24-27. : NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE. 1980. Marine recreational fishery statistics survey, Atlantic and Gulf coasts, 1979. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Curr. Fish. Stat. 8063, 139 p. NESBIT, R. A., and W. C. NEVILLE. 1935. Conditions affecting the southern winter trawl fishery. [U.S.] Bur. Fish., Fish, Circ. 18, 12 p. PILEGGI, J., and B. G. THOMPSON. 1980. Fisheries of the United States, 1979. Fish. Stat. 8000, 131 p. POOLE, J. C. 1962. The fluke population of Great South Bay in relation to the sport fishery. N.Y. Fish Game J. 9:93-117 1966. A review of research concerning summer flounder and needs for further study. N.Y. Fish Game J. 13:226-231. SMITH, R. W., and F. C. DAIBER. 1977. Biology of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, in Delaware Bay. Fish. Bull., U.S. 75:823-830. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Curr. 16 SMITH, W. G. 1973. The distribution of summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, eggs and larvae on the continental shelf between Cape Cod and Cape Look- out, 1965-66. Fish. Bull., U.S. 71:527-535. WESTMAN, J. R., and W. C. NEVILLE. 1946. Some studies on the life history and economics of the fluke (Para- lichthys dentatus) of Long Island waters. Town of Islip, N.Y., Misc. Rep., 15 p. WIDERSTROM, F. L., Jr. 1959. An economic and financial study of the fluke otter-trawl fishery of New Jersey. Commer. Fish. Rev. 21(12):17-26. WILK, S. J., W. G. SMITH, D. E. RALPH, and J. SIBUNKA. 1980. Population structure of summer flounder between New York and Florida based on linear discriminant analysis. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 109:265-271. NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS NMFS Circular and Special Scientific Report—Fisheries Guidelines for Contributors CONTENTS OF MANUSCRIPT First page. Give the title (as concise as possible) of the paper and the author’s name, and footnote the author’s affiliation, mailing address, and ZIP code. Contents. Contains the text headings and abbreviated figure legends and table headings. Dots should follow each entry and page numbers should be omitted. Abstract. Not to exceed one double-spaced page. Footnotes and literature citations do not belong in the abstract. Text. See also Form of the Manuscript below. Follow the U.S. Government Printing Office Style Manual, 1973 edition. Fish names, follow the American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 12, A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada, fourth edition, 1980. Use short, brief, informative headings in place of ‘‘Materials and Methods.”’ Text footnotes. Type on a separate sheet from the text. For unpublished or some processed material, give author, year, title of manuscript, number of pages, and where it is filed— agency and its location. Personal communications. Cite name in text and footnote. Cite in footnote: John J. Jones, Fishery Biologist, Scripps In- stitution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92037, pers. com- mun. 21 May 1977. Figures. Should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. All figures should be cited consecutively in the text and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Photographs and line drawings should be of ‘“‘professional’’ quality—clear and balanced, and can be reduced to 42 picas for page width or to 20 picas for a single-column width, but no more than 57 picas high. Photographs and line drawings should be printed on glossy paper—sharply focused, good contrast. Label each figure. DO NOT SEND original figures to the Scientific Edi- tor; NMFS Scientific Publications Office will request these if they are needed. Tables. Each table should start on a separate page and should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. Headings should be short but amply descriptive. Use only horizontal rules. Number table footnotes consecutively across the page from left to right in Arabic numerals; and to avoid confusion with powers, place them to the /eft of the numerals. If the original tables are typed in our format and are clean and legible, these tables will be reproduced as they are. In the text all tables should be cited consecutively and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Acknowledgments. Place at the end of text. Give credit only to those who gave exceptional contributions and not to those whose contributions are part of their normal duties. Literature cited. In text as: Smith and Jones (1977) or (Smith and Jones 1977); if more than one author, list according to years (e.g., Smith 1936; Jones et al. 1975; Doe 1977). All pa- pers referred to in the text should be listed alphabetically by the senior author’s surname under the heading ‘‘Literature Cited’’; only the author’s surname and initials are required in the author line. The author is responsible for the accuracy of the literature citations. Abbreviations of names of periodicals and serials should conform to Biological Abstracts List of Ser- ials with Title Abbreviations. Format, see recent SSRF or Cir- cular. Abbreviations and symbols. Common ones, such as mm, m, g, ml, mg, °C (for Celsius), %, °/o0, etc., should be used. Ab- breviate units of measures only when used with numerals; periods are rarely used in these abbreviations. But periods are used in et al., vs., e.g., i.e., Wash. (WA is used only with ZIP code), etc. Abbreviations are acceptable in tables and figures where there is lack of space. Measurements. Should be given in metric units. Other equi- valent units may be given in parentheses. FORM OF THE MANUSCRIPT Original of the manuscript should be typed double-spaced on white bond paper. Triple space above headings. Send good du- plicated copies of manuscript rather than carbon copies. The sequence of the material should be: FIRST PAGE CONTENTS ABSTRACT TEXT LITERATURE CITED TEXT FOOTNOTES APPENDIX TABLES (provide headings, including ‘‘Table’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Table 1.--, Table 2.--, etc.) LIST OF FIGURE LEGENDS (entire legend, including ‘Figure’? and Arabic numeral, e.g., Figure 1.--, Figure 2.--, etc.) FIGURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Send ribbon copy and two duplicated copies of the manuscript to: Dr. Carl J. Sindermann, Scientific Editor Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory Nationa! Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Highlands, NJ 07732 Copies. Fifty copies will be supplied to the senior author and 100 to his organization free of charge. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, F/NWR 1 7600 SAND POINT WAY N.E. BIN C15700 SEATTLE, WA 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS NOAA SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration was established as part of the Department of Commerce on October 3, 1970. The mission responsibilities of NOAA are to assess the socioeconomic impact of natural and technological changes in the environment and to monitor and predict the state of the solid Earth, the oceans and their living resources, the atmosphere, and the space environment of the Earth. The major components of NOAA regularly produce various types of scientific and technical information in the following kinds of publications: PROFESSIONAL PAPERS—Important definitive research results, major techniques, and special investi- gations. CONTRACT AND GRANT REPORTS—Reports prepared by contractors or grantees under NOAA sponsorship. ATLAS—Presentation of analyzed data generally in the form of maps showing distirbution of rainfall, chemical and physical conditions of oceans and at- mosphere, distribution of fishes and marine mamals, ionospheric conditions, etc. TECHNICAL SERVICE PUBLICATIONS—Re- ports containing data, observations, instructions, etc. A partial listing includes data serials; prediction and outlook periodicals; technical manuals, training papers, planning reports, and information serials; and miscellaneous technical publications. TECHNICAL REPORTS—Journal quality with extensive details, mathematical developments, or data listings. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS—Reports of pre- liminary, partial, or negative research or technology results, interim instructions, and the like. Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 153 SH td AAI F HOB \BRUCE 8. COLLERTE NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF- 753 Factors Influencing Ocean Catches of Salmon, Oncorhynchus spp., off Washington and Vancouver Island R. A. Low, Jr. and S. B. Mathews January 1982 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS National Marine Fisheries Service, Special Scientific Report—Fisheries The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforce- ment of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of interna- tional fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry. The Special Scientific Report—Fisheries series was established in 1949. The series carries reports on scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS, or intensive scientific reports on studies of restricted scope. The reports may deal with applied fishery problems. The series is also used as a medium for the publication of bibliographies of a specialized scientific nature. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS SSRF are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained fromr D822, User Services Branch, Environmental Science Information Center, NOAA, Rockville, MD 20852. Recent SSRF’s are: 722. Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, purse seine fishery: Catch, fishing activity, and age and size composition, 1964-73. By William R. Nicholson. March 1978, iii + 8 p., 1 fig., 12 tables. 723. Ichthyoplankton composition and plankton volumes from inland coastal waters of southeastern Alaska, April-November 1972. By Chester R. Mattson and Bruce L. Wing. April 1978, iii + 11 p., 1 fig., 4 tables. 724. Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of recreational and com- mercial fishermen and boaters in the St. Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adja- cent coastal waters, 1973. By Doyle F. Sutherland. May 1978, iv + 23 p., 31 figs., 11 tables. 725. Seasonal bottom-water temperature trends in the Gulf of Maine and on Georges Bank, 1963-75. By Clarence W. Davis. May 1978, iv + 17 p., 22 figs., 5 tables. 726. The Gulf of Maine temperature structure between Bar Harbor, Maine, and Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, June 1975-November 1976. By Robert J. Paw- lowski. December 1978, iii + 10 p., 14 figs., | table. 727. Expendable bathythermograph observations from the NMFS/MARAD Ship of Opportunity Program for 1975. By Steven K. Cook, Barclay P. Col- lins, and Christine S. Carty. January 1979, iv + 93 p., 2 figs., 13 tables, 54 app. figs. 728. Vertical sections of semimonthly mean temperature on the San Francisco- Honolulu route: From expendable bathythermograph observations, June 1966-December 1974. by J. F. T. Saur, L. E. Eber, D. R. McLain, and C. E. Dorman. January 1979, iii + 35 p., 4 figs., 1 table. 729. References for the identification of marine invertebrates on the southern Aulantic coast of the United States. By Richard E. Dowds. April 1979, iv + 37 p. 730. Surface circulation in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico as deduced from drift bottles. By Robert F. Temple and John A. Martin. May 1979, iii + 13 p., 8 figs., 4 tables. 731. Annotated bibliography and subject index on the shortnose sturgeon, Aci- penser brevirostrum. By James G. Hoff. April 1979, iii + 16 p. 732. Assessment of the Northwest Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus, stock. By Emory D. Anderson. April 1979, iv + 13 p., 9 figs., 15 tables. 733. Possible management procedures for increasing production of sockeye salmon smolts in the Naknek River system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. By Robert J. Ellis and William J. McNeil. April 1979, iii + 9 p., 4 figs., 11 tables. 734. Escape of king crab, Paralithodes camischatica, from derelict pots. By William L. High and Donald D. Worlund. May 1979, iii + 11 p., 5 figs., 6 tables. 735. History of the fishery and summary statistics of the sockeye salmon, On- corhynchus nerka, runs to the Chignik Lakes, Alaska, 1888-1956. By Michael L. Dahlberg. August 1979, iv + 16 p., 15 figs., 11 tables. 736. A historical and descriptive account of Pacific coast anadromous salmo- mid rearing facilities and a summary of their releases by region, 1960-76. By Roy J. Wahle and Robert Z. Smith. September 1979, iv + 40 p., 15 figs., 25 tables. 737. Movements of pelagic dolphins (Stenella spp.) in the eastern tropical Pa- cific as indicated by results of tagging, with summary of tagging operations, 1969-76. By W. F. Perrin, W. E. Evans, and D. B. Holts. September 1979, iii + 14p., 9 figs., 8 tables. 738. Environmental baselines in Long Island Sound, 1972-73. By R. N. Reid, A. B. Frame, and A. F. Draxler. December 1979, iv + 31 p., 40 figs., 6 tables. 739. Bottom-water temperature trends in the Middle Atlantic Bight dunng spring and autumn, 1964-76. By Clarence W. Davis. December 1972, iii + 13 p., 10 figs., 9 tables. 740. Food of fifteen northwest Atlantic gadiform fishes. By Richard W. Langton and Ray E. Bowman. February 1980, iv + 23 p., 3 figs., 11 tables. 741. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the Middle At- lantic Bight region. By John J. Dickinson, Roland L. Wigley, Richard D. Bro- deur, and Susan Brown-Leger. October 1980, vi + 46 p., 26 figs., 52 tables. 742. Water structure at Ocean Weather Station V, northwestern Pacific Ocean, 1966-71. By D. M. Husby and G. R. Seckel. October 1980, 18 figs., 4 tables. 743. Average density index for walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma, in the Bering Sea. By Loh-Lee Low and Ikuo Ikeda. November 1980, iii + 11 p., 3 figs., 9 tables. ay NATIONA/ 00 S 4, op ATMOSp, € pn aes » (@ & 4 8% S e Nonwais™ &o <> 4, \) *7ment oF O NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-753 Factors Influencing Ocean Catches of Salmon, Oncorhynchus spp., off Washington and Vancouver Island R. A. Low, Jr. and S. B. Mathews January 1982 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service William G. Gordon, Assistant Administrator for Fisheries The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this NMFS publication. ii CONTENTS Indicesiof broodtyearabundancels: cea ccrcjoecere a evsusue se leveaeue eycun on weer Cee hers evoh poke oe er errors Predator=prey, (relationshippgegeht< 5 - cha share epee: Beate ay siiaenaeg eee Se rR ho Re EEL loss eee Surfacelseastemperature: cris, eyes oie) siete“ late cueas dole geere eke Mate nee RTO eee: Sie oe rere Ibrci\atctitall “Gboenren nn crn ecocict cm somomconiaat or aeoinS PGSM eats ocucdsaaancou aor aa mo tiocs HINO O Ke Sal mom ees cee etek eke shone acca sakes re dete neces vet ot ists pangate ec bus iv vo doictcgege sage @uaizuche Maes volleys mete toe Foasas eoareaeac rere ee Indicesyofibroodiyearabundanceseeyjser oh cela Sere aie ieee ee ie a eter ote eee Flatchery (proc utr om exces acsieneiene ise) cco cee ote ee ton Pet eee ewes cas ee sp ouclieve ioieys pe beeuleie deaener sie ete REO Surfaceiseaitemmperature during periodiofout-migratiomiacs scien cclsaie sus cise oie amet eeiccoier secretes Wpowellingvdurins periodlof Outemigratlomee revises ens caeeeieisieeistee eieucrieieiiieeincrsicne crete Wpwellingedurinsycurrent: SeasOm race pyc cpersten key yeReReye Tee cPencio he) suatey ween dexcasnv eevee rey rleroie ratte circa LAC AUCOLIGHOL MITA CN cel OS Ao orsd on. o Mee Ob Gao EOE on Golan cea aoe cic oce occ cekionn Deen c GOO SalmOmyeer ce eee SE Peat ate ra ca ich ou eaciane a Sues. Nisha lens lagece Musveyesaceeeayh wl avetevsen rere mien ra vses fevers Soe Preeereee Indicesiofibroodiyear abundance mercersei separa scctortomiatepernieicne ereralc cere she tetoreieas toe depen tctave oicie at Pere eer latchery, productiOm ip. cro oy taread ete gsicccee eas poae rece SLEEPS IEE OS CGE Eee or eee Environmentaliconditions dunn preemengence rece. crise ns crete online Reus eee nel clone SumMernstreamflowsGurin g years — Deere weer ey eH ate etter ay eee ons Pe re atm pa seat a epee @ceanopraphiciconditions’affectineyuvenile’surnvivalm cee tcee ee eee ees tre cect cie cle eis enelereiere @ceanographic conditions influencing catchabilityjy ace) Se. oasis es mcie ee Sele eee yee AV ACK SST ELUDES joy acces gases yencicen a sases cas ois uen Sieh che eu ose mcr aes dss ce Sea Dae MLNS Rea arc ene egetere relcaneuaheee Sacral sitatensg ches peice amenewerers XSL S cg Sere eee Ghee NS Oe SEROTEC Us ote ESTs SEAMS by ESCs A oie RS CET oc Clee [Pils Cel irate) readin ese cea s eee acre aes ie Ciena eo Eee acta a cl CoH Gene Goreme Glo ered trler oe ono oma eae op otro Indicestofibroodyearabuncdance x iate. score seeeretece sayy cxcustnekes ysten cic psasi me kosedeu sie cency sue evs cselerensye ceacie i aeeea hush veeen= |RETee raiAijo) Cove LiTslalo} Nees aeeaeob sae au GG OSCR ao bot Ore co OME ono ertn Oo Od oon e Godn oda booHad os IPTEVIOUS fISMING; SUCCESS wis eiep-teyel ects eels ence LRAT oO AO A Ee GMOMY aNGomo Comoe oc ab EME US Prediction OhOCeam Catches iacstassicrayaysnccedevs cu cesyaueve ot Yop Weve ges cnsval telco genres Pe aes ack Pale Laer eren IndicestomMbroods year aDUN GAN Ce kee yare nance: vege eie eevee pots eae heicels Sou Nee Ree Le SUSE LHI CROCE ROR ee Hatchery spro duction acre, a oseccy sue e ccsetsis cn cnanclate eter sie ey ts okegeteg soe ev Tatke OFS eps eonee sea Lape TSs cL eMC LSC eee ore Environmental! Conditions yee es apt beye ee een asa aee ete PLR ped are ES UTE Ber Tere ae aS Averaversize anduerowthvincrementspyeracci cece racic sehen eRe coe RISE ee races RE ere LEYS eCollin ee eee eee DE DUO OR OS ONGUS oS Sao Goto bo GROUT EE TUNE UMOR Oacoo duet asco noue GE Predictionofiocean catches siese teers eopensvecpevere epee ce ae kage as ieaci canst ater eRe ORAS Es Reo riche | DTS Toy a ea ce EERO eer SC ort EERE TCE IR ar are SI ANT ilns o SCG EoD on con PNCKMOWIEU SMENES were osei packs cavers tay cee eesreveneass sees eihieee cs ary PRATT Me OR EOD OG eo or mao Deo a oa [Lice ai rrel 1ierc Oe Ce eer ri Ee eRe nt ier ea eM Mer Poe hee eer San aaa a oer u cae Cuore be Ne Salmomstatisticallcatchvaneas) crt: ve ye sy series cca) ces iucssh el sMcpey ea EUs ca ences cee ep pet oN og cm a Annual commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in the Coastal Washington area vs. plant of fall brood year groups /— 3 and i— 4 combined by lower Columbia River hatcheries, 1963-75........... 2.000. .eeeeeeeeeee Canadian commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in areas C, 21, and 23 during April through May vs. plant of fall brood year groups i— 3 and i— 4 combined by lower Columbia River hatcheries, 1963-75 ............. Annual Washington ocean sport catch of chinook salmon, 1964-75 and that predicted from the regression of catch on total Columbia River hatchery releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups i—3 and i—4 CPT raL Dyn (ors Mis here Opie cite, Be erates 9 GOAN Osh eRe EERIE os Dnenene eee ae tea ok Olio tee cam otroes Canadian commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in areas C, 21, and 23 during April through May vs. natural log of number of jacks in the area 20 purse seine catch during August of year i— 1, 1963-75.......... Annual commercial catch of coho salmon in the Columbia River and Coastal Washington areas, 1966-75 and that predicted from Equations (2) and (3) lil Tables Indices of brood year abundance of pink salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (in fish} penstandardizediumit ofierfort) i)... cred sro ile ev tea Oe Fee Re Soe eeT Oe eee Averageweight: (in'kg)/ofspimks Salmo oe, 21.060 ore were pe oleic elereeoe aretainiel = ete letter rotors ttre reiterreneee ete Indices of brood year abundance of chinook salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (intfishiperstandardizediunitiofeffort)! vei. ajsceectetorsiekvorerte terete eke oe etale ie ee eae eee ee eee Indi cesio fia WELD Bo. cc ernie mieten fase fe levees ssa ienate lg ela ae: «fa taellatav wpe la tagere Tete a tetalerene SOM ES See ee Indices of brood year abundance of coho salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (in fishiperstandardized Units Of CLLOLL) |< cone rers ca Seapine epee teva ore esass ete rerers fede date et ete pave Te Ron eae aT nea ere an Comparison of annual coho salmon troll catches in the Columbia River district with those predicted from EQUATION! (2) oy sa¥-§ ,ansnessrayaicsetaccrs ats tsdordkele tenes Seteratcbatele later lev elloterelatetare om hhee eee ERR a OCTET arene Comparison of annual coho salmon troll catches in the Coastal Washington district with those predicted from EEQUAtION (3) i iiecese oceverererenevecenctinacariarere coveraia end se rerannterayabatiawt reitarele a erarargi is eee ered eaters Core ERO 10 10 Factors Influencing Ocean Catches of Salmon, Oncorhynchus spp., off Washington and Vancouver Island! R. A. LOW, JR.? and S. B. MATHEWS? ABSTRACT The relative influence of various factors on ocean fishing success was evaluated for pink, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, chinook, O. tshawytscha, and coho, O. kisutch, salmon off Washington and Vancouver Island. In addition, an evaluation was made of the practicality of predictive models for ocean catch. For each species, predic- tive regression equations were developed and their reliability evaluated in terms of the average percentage error of predicted catches from actual catches. Pink salmon catches were significantly correlated with indices of brood year abundance and the average in- dividual weight of fish caught in terminal areas during the brood year. Average error of predicted catches ranged up- ward of + 25%. Success for chinook salmon in year i was highly associated with Columbia River hatchery releases of fall brood year groups /—3 and i—4, Canadian purse seine catches of immature chinook salmon in Canadian area 20 during August of year /— 1, and troll catch per effort during the fall of year {— 1. Washington troll and sport catches of chinook salmon were also significantly correlated with the amount of nominal fishing effort. Coho salmon catches were significantly associated with level of fishing effort, indices of brood year abundance of Columbia River wild coho salmon, and Columbia River jack returns the preceding year. The average error of predicted annual troll coho salmon catches off the central Washington coast was + 15% for 1966-75. INTRODUCTION Pink, Oncorhynchus gorbuscha, chinook, O. tshawytscha, and coho, O. kisutch, salmon returning to Washington waters are subjected to intensive ocean fisheries off the west coast of Vancouver Island and Washington. In inside waters, the level of exploitation by commercial netters and recreational anglers is based on the remaining harvestable portion of the runs. One of the salmon management objectives of the Pacific Fishery Management Council is to provide all ocean and inside fisheries the continuing opportunity to harvest salmon. In order to achieve equitable allocation of fishing opportunities in addition to conservation of salmon resources, management agencies must understand the relative effects of various factors on ocean fishing success. Because terminal area allocations for several species are based in part on preseason estimates of ocean interceptions, reliable predictive models for ocean catch are also desirable. Previous studies of effects of diverse conditions on abundance of and/or fishing success for the species mentioned have been limited to analyses of one or a few categories of data for a particular stock in a limited area. Very few of these studies have addressed the ocean fisheries. Trends in the Washington troll fishery through 1975 were described by Wright (1970, 1976). Haw et al. (1967) described the development of the Washington salmon sport fishery prior to 1965, while Phinney and Miller (1977) analyzed trends in the ocean sport fishery since 1970. United States Department of Commerce et al. (1977) provided a detailed account of the development and status of the ocean salmon fishery off Cali- fornia, Oregon, and Washington. Milne and Godfrey (1964) and ‘Contribution Number 533 of the College of Fisheries, University of Washing- ton, Seattle, WA 98195. *College of Fisheries, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195; present ad- dress: Marine Resources Research Institute, South Carolina Department of Wildlife and Marine Resources, Charleston, SC 29412. *College of Fisheries, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195. Godfrey (1969, 1970) discussed aspects of the Canadian troll fishery off the west coast of Vancouver Island. Although fisheries managers have traditionally assumed that abundance of pink salmon is associated with brood year abun- dance in a Ricker spawner-recruit curve, other associations have been reported. One factor that may influence the abundance of offspring is the average individual weight of spawning females, since higher fry survival rates appear to be associated with larger brood females (Skud 1973). Survival of out-migrant fry in estuarine assembly areas may also reflect a prey-predator rela- tionship with yearling coho salmon (Hunter 1959). During their marine residence, pink salmon from the Fraser River system and Puget Sound tributaries appear to follow a similar migratory route (Neave et al. 1967; Royce et al. 1968). The oceanographic condition most likely to be associated with survival of juveniles and catchability of maturing fish is surface sea temperature (Vernon 1958; Favorite 1961; Birman 1964; International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission 1974). The average individual weight of maturing pink salmon varies inversely with run strength in inside waters (International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission 1974). Ocean catches could be related to all of these elements. A Ricker-type spawner-recruit relationship has also been assumed for major chinook salmon stocks (Van Hyning 1973), but again other factors are involved. Contributing to production are hatchery releases, of massive proportions in recent years (Wahle et al. 1975). During out-migration, juvenile fall chinook salmon, particularly Columbia River fish, may be detrimentally influenced by warmer-than-normal surface coastal sea temperature (Vernon 1958; Van Hyning 1968) and lower-than- normal upwelling rates (Van Hyning 1968). The location and extent of upwelling may also affect catchability of maturing chinook salmon because of the influence on abundance and distribution of forage. Tully (1954) found that the only variables significantly associated with troll catch rates off the west coast of Vancouver Island were wind velocity and direction. Because summer upwelling there is a function of those elements (Hollister 1966), he may have indirectly detected an association between catchability and upwelling. Fall chinook salmon of several age groups comprise the bulk of the ocean catches, so fishing success late in the previous season may indicate abun- dance of some age groups in the following year. All of these factors could be related to ocean fishing success for chinook salmon. For those coho salmon stocks where naturally produced fish are a major component, environmental factors have been found to strongly influence recruitment; while in most major produc- tion areas, massive hatchery releases have complicated stock- recruitment relationships in recent years. Low streamflow rates during the year of juvenile freshwater residence reduce survival (Neave 1949; Smoker 1953), and an index of summer flow rate in year j—2 is used to predict Puget Sound wild coho salmon runs in year i (Zillges 1974, 1977). Environmental conditions during periods of preemergence and hatching could also influence abundance. The same ocean- ographic conditions suspected of influencing survival of juvenile chinook salmon and catchability of harvestable fish could also affect coho salmon. Hollister (1956) referred to a positive association between troll success off the west coast of Vancouver Island and surface salinity, Wright et al. (1976) found that peak success in the Oregon troll fishery coincided with surface sea temperatures of 11 °-13°C, Gunsolus (1978) described a positive relationship between abundance of adult coho salmon off Oregon and spring upwelling in the previous year, and Fisheries of Canada (1971) cited an example of the influence of upwelling on trolling activities. Jack returns are considered indicative of survival of a particular year class and may be valid indicators of abundance of maturing Columbia River coho salmon (Gunsolus 1978). Growth rate may show a direct relationship with survival in the marine environment (Henry 1961). There may be an in- verse relationship between average individual size and catchability, with smaller coho salmon staying closer to shore and being more vulnerable to the fisheries, an opinion cor- roborated by results of Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife studies (Gunsolus 1978). All of these diverse elements could af- fect ocean fishing success for coho salmon. In this paper, we have examined the relative influence of 1) brood year abundance, 2) hatchery releases, 3) freshwater environmental factors, 4) oceanographic conditions, and 5) levels of nominal effort on a) commercial ocean troll catch, b) troll catch per unit of effort (CPUE), and c) ocean sport catch of pink, chinook, and coho salmon during 1955-75 from Tillamook Head, Ore., to Cape Scott, Vancouver Island. Several predictive models for ocean catch based on the above factors were developed and their reliability evaluated. METHODS Catch and effort data for commercial fisheries were obtained from Washington Department of Fisheries (1955-75) and Canada Fisheries and Marine Service (1955-75a). Sources of sport fishery data were Haw and Buckley (1965), Nye and Ward (1966), Haw et al. (1967), Washington Department of Fisheries (1966-75), and Canada Fisheries and Marine Service (1955-75b). Hatchery production figures originated from Wahle et al. (1975) and unpublished data (Foster*) of the Washington Department “R. Foster, Washington Department of Fisheries, Olympia, Wash., pers. com- mun. February 1976. of Fisheries, Hatchery Division. Estimates of run size and escapements were from Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife and Washington Department of Fisheries (1976) for Columbia River stocks, International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission (1962, 1968, 1974, 1976) for pink salmon, and unpublished data (Zillges*) for Puget Sound chinook and coho salmon. Average winter air temperatures and river peak momentary discharge rates at Washington stations were obtain- ed from U.S. Geological Survey records, Tacoma, Wash. Surface sea temperatures and salinities at Canadian shore sta- tions were from Hollister and Sandnes (1972), Hollister (1972, 1974), and Giovando and Hollister (1974). Indices of upwelling were modified from Gunsolus (1978). Data obtained directly (or slightly modified) from readily available published sources are not reproduced here and can be found in Low (1979). The Washington Department of Fisheries and Canada Fisheries and Marine Service used a marine statistical area system to report commercial catches in numbers of salmon by species and effort in either individual vessel landings (Washington) or days fished (Canada) during 1955 through 1975. We have pooled data for these areas according to the district classification shown in Figure 1. Washington data reported by geographical category were classified as follows: 1) Columbia River district: Tillamook Head to Cape Shoalwater; 2) Coastal Washington district: a) Cape Shoalwater to Cape Elizabeth, b) Cape Shoalwater to Cape Johnson, c) Cape Elizabeth to Cape Johnson, d) Split Rock (near Cape Elizabeth), e) Quillayute (zone 3), f) La Push; 3) Puget Sound district: a) Cape Flattery (zone 4), b) Barkley Sound (area 23), c) Swiftsure (area 21). ‘G. Zillges, Washington Department of Fisheries, Olympia, Wash., pers. com- mun. October 1977. = CAPE SCOTT VANCOUVER IS. DISTRICT PUGET SOUND DISTRICT CAPE JOHNSON COASTAL SN CAPE ELIZABETH Westport CAPE SHOALWATER COLUMBIA Ilwaco RIVER DISTRICT Warrenton TILLAMOOK HEAD Figure 1.—Salmon statistical catch areas. Canadian area C is arbitrarily included in the Puget Sound district on the assumption that most of the catches reported there were made north of La Push. Data reported for Washington fishermen north of Barkley Sound and for the following categories were not considered due to their geographic dispersal and relative insignificance: 1) Tillamook Head to Cape Elizabeth, 2) Tillamook Head to Barkley Sound, 3) Cape Elizabeth to Barkley Sound. These data were included when calculating statewide totals. Catches of pink salmon south of Cape Johnson were insignificant and were not included in the analyses. Because of the difficulty in standardizing effort for Washington and Canadian trollers, data for each group were analyzed separately. Sport catch was also analyzed separately and is referred to by port of origin (Ilwaco, Westport, La Push, Neah Bay). Because the ocean hook-and-line fishery is noncompetitive according to Ricker’s (1975) criteria, then theoretically CPUE is a more valid index of abundance than is catch; but, in practice, there are limitations to the use of sport CPUE and Washington troll CPUE for this purpose. A restrictive (three salmon per day) ocean bag limit for Washington fishermen was in force during the period considered and the number of salmon caught per angler trip has little quantitative meaning. The overall sport catch is a better index of salmon abundance in this application. Wright (1970) discussed the problems associated with the use of Washington troll CPUE as an index of ocean salmon abun- dance, most of which stem from the vague dimensions of the landing as a unit of effort. For the Washington troll fishery, effects of various factors-on both catch and CPUE were examined. Trends in Canadian troll CPUE have closely parallel- ed those in troll catch, particularly for chinook and coho salmon. In trend analysis of the Canadian fishery, it therefore makes little difference whether catch or CPUE is the dependent variable. The analytical procedure employed was linear regression, with 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, or 3) ocean sport catch in particular areas during specified periods being the dependent variables. All regressions were calculated with Bio- Med computer program BMDO2R (Dixon 1968). When the regression equation included an index of brood year abundance as an independent variable, we used a log transformation based on Ricker’s spawner-recruit relationship, i.e., InvRe=iln a-— DSi aeeact ANNs; where R is troll catch, etc. in year i and S is the index of abundance in the brood year i—x, x being the age in years at maturity. Ricker (1975) discussed appropriate data transforma- tions for exploratory correlations involving physical factors. In preliminary work, we found ranking to be the only useful altera- tion when dealing with environmental variables. Pink Salmon Indices of brood year abundance.—Several indices (Table 1) were based on net gear catch or CPUE for each of four major stocks: 1) the Washington run, 2) the Canadian non-Fraser run, 3) the early Fraser run, and 4) the late Fraser run. For each, we summed net gear catch and effort as indicated below, based on information in Hourston et al. (1965) and Ward (1958). Washington run: 1) one-half of the net catch (or effort) in Canadian area 20 during 15 July through 15 August; 2) one-half of the United States and Canadian net catch (or effort) in the Strait of Juan de Fuca during 15 July through 15 August; 3) annual trap, drag seine, and set net catch (or effort) in Puget Sound; 4) annual net catch (or effort) reported for Admiralty Inlet, West Beach, Skagit Bay, Port Susan, Port Gardner, and Bellingham Bay, exclusive of that in the previous category. Canadian non-Fraser run: 1) and 2) as above; 3) net catch (or effort) at Point Roberts, Rosario, Salmon Banks, and San Juan Islands during 1 August through 15 August. Early Fraser run: 1) Canadian net catch (or effort) in Canadian area 20 during 16 August through 31 August; 2) United States and Canadian net catch (or effort) in the Strait of Juan de Fuca during 16 August through 31 August; 3) net catch (or effort) at Discovery Bay, the San Juan Islands, Rosario, and the Salmon Banks during 16 August through 6 September; 4) net catch (or effort) at Point Roberts during 16 August through 9 September; 5) net catch (or effort) in the Fraser River during 1 September through 20 September. Late Fraser run: 1) Canadian net catch (or effort) in Cana- dian area 20 during September; 2) United States and Canadian net catch (or effort) in the Strait of Juan de Fuca during September; 3) net catch (or effort) at Discovery Bay, the San Juan Islands, Rosario, and the Salmon Banks during 7 September through 15 October; 4) net catch (or effort) at Point Roberts during 10 September through 15 October; 5) net catch (or effort) in the Fraser River during 21 September through 20 October. To calculate CPUE for net gear, we standardized effort in Washington gill net landings. Within an area, CPUE for each gear type was calculated as a where C was catch in fish and f was effort in landings. Then an efficiency factor E of 1.00 was assigned to gill nets. Efficiency factors for other gears (1, 2...) were calculated as E = NC), where N was CPUE for a gear type and G was CPUE for gill nets. Then the total stan- dardized effort f ,,, for a particular year in a specific area was calculated as: F sta = Wrenn ats Efi at EB: fr. DQG We calculated catch per standardized unit of effort as the total catch for all net gears divided by the total standardized effort. Efficiency factors are shown below. If CPUE for gill nets and another gear was not significantly different, catch and effort were added for both types. Area Gear E Puget Sound Gill net and set net 1.00 Drag seine 4.13 Indian trap 16.29 Purse seine 10.84 Reef net 2.39 Area 20 Canadian gill net 1.29 Canadian purse seine 23.89 Predator-Prey relationship.—If the following assumptions are met: 1) abundance of yearling coho salmon is proportional to the number of hatchery yearlings released that year and 2) in- creased numbers of yearling coho salmon contribute to reduced Table 1.—Indices of brood year abundance of pink salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (in fish per standardized unit of effort). Washington run Brood Sa arr ena year Catch CPUE Catch 1953 1,575.0 49.7 474.2 1955 804.7 21.1 272.0 1957 543.3 21.4 211.6 1959 320.4 16.4 169.3 1961 420.1 18.5 295.2 1963 3,983.6 79.8 793.0 1965 260.9 13.1 101.6 1967 199.2 6.3 179.5 1969 54.3 3.6 69.8 1971 207.2 11.6 69.3 1973 257.2 11.2 108.9 numbers of pink salmon out-migrants, then there may be a negative relationship between ocean catches of pink salmon in year j and hatchery releases of coho salmon of brood year group i—3. This possibility was evaluated by calculating regressions of 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, and 3) sport catch of pink salmon in year 7 against weight of coho salmon yearlings of brood year group i—3 released from Puget Sound hatcheries. Hatchery releases are listed in Wahle et al. (1975). Surface sea temperature.—Regressions of 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, and 3) annual total ocean and inside Washington sport catch against mean surface sea temperatures for stations and periods indicated below were calculated. Locations of shore stations were described by Hollister (1960). Station Time period Departure Bay Amphitrite Point Kains Island Cape St. James Langara Island Ocean Station P Langara Island Cape St. James Kains Island Washington coast April-August, year i—1 August-October, year i— 1 September-October, year j— 1 September-October, year j— 1 October-November, year i— 1 February-April, year 7 May, year / May-June, year / June-July, year 7 May, year / Data were obtained from sources listed earlier in this section. Data for ocean Station P and the Washington coast were compiled from numerous sources and are reproduced below. Washington Station P (°C) coast (°C) Year February March April May 1955 _ — -- 8.80 1957 Sh ¥/ 5.94 6.31 10.20 1959 5.28 5.03 Sl 10.20 1961 4.94 4.78 5.17 10.98 1963 6.14 6.00 5.86 12.39 1965 4.65 = 5.78 -- 1967 5.27 — 5.37 13.42 1969 as ts oa = Canadian non-Fraser run Early Fraser run Late Fraser run CPUE Catch CPUE Catch CPUE 13.6 3,626.9 53.5 2,553.3 50.1 6.8 5,185.6 48.6 3,445.6 39.3 9.3 3,826.4 44.1 888.9 20.9 7.0 2,611.3 42.5 1,221.0 21.8 7.4 308.3 18.3 56.3 3.3 22.0 3,097.1 69.1 1,442.5 34.0 6.3 497.5 20.2 263.2 10.0 6.9 4,520.8 62.7 1,887.1 34.4 2.6 721.1 36.4 706.9 20.1 3.0 1,829.8 23.5 2,045.5 40.6 4.2 2,403.7 39.4 1,123.6 22.0 1971 4.98 4.24 4.73 9.05 1973 5.31 = 5.70 9.94 1975 5.42 5.12 4.87 = The assumption must be made that conditions monitored at these sites are reflective of those in areas inhabited by the fish. Dodimead et al. (1963) considered conditions at Station P repre- sentative of those closer to the coast. Oceanographic conditions at Langara Island and Cape St. James reflect those in exposed ocean regions; those at Kains Island and Amphitrite Point reflect the conditions in exposed coastal areas (Hollister 1956). Surface temperatures in Departure Bay probably typify those in sheltered inland waters. Robinson (1957) compared surface sea temperatures at Amphitrite Point, a station at lat. 49°N long. 148°W, and in the coastal region bounded by lat. 48°-49°N long. 129°-130°W. She concluded that shore station data were indicative of conditions in coastal waters. Individual size.—We calculated regressions of 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, and 3) sport catch against the average individual weight of pink salmon caught in terminal area net fisheries in year i/—2. Data for Canadian area 20 were included because fish from all major stocks are included in the catches there. Average weight was estimated as the aggregate weight of the catch divided by the estimated number of fish caught. For each area, regressions of troll catch and CPUE in each month on the individual weight of fish caught during that month were calculated. Weight data are listed in Table 2 and were derived from catch statistics in sources listed previously in this section. Chinook Salmon Indices of brood year abundance.—Indices consisted of escapement estimates, net gear catch, and net gear CPUE during peak run periods. Indices based on catch and CPUE are listed in Table 3. Year i—4 was considered the brood year except for Columbia River fall chinook salmon, for which data for years i—3 and i—4 were combined. Periods for major runs were as follows: Run Inclusive Dates Spring chinook salmon Columbia River Puget Sound 1 March-31 May 1 March-30 June Table 2.—Average weight (in kg) of pink salmon. Values are round weight for net- caught fish, dressed weight for troll-caught fish. Net-caught fish Year Area' 20 Fraser River? Wash. Terminal Areas* Brood 1953 2.65 2.83 aa a 1955 2.86 2.92 2.58 ee 1957 2.43 2.56 2.38 1954 1959 2.39 2.49 235 1955 1961 3.25 3.86 3.07 1956 1963 2.30 2.46 227 1957 1965 2.90 3.03 29] 1958 1967 2.39 2.50 232 1959 1969 2.71 2.87 2.65 1960 1971 2.34 2.36 2.35 aes i ” 1973 2.49 2.47 47 ae Troll-caught fish 1964 1965 C. Elizabeth-C. Johnson C. Flattery 1966 Year June July August June July August eee 1955 2.47 2.41 2.70 2.44 2.73 2.45 1969 1957 1.56 1.81 2.00 1.69 1.90 2.05 1970 1959 186 1.99 2.15 1.64 1.91 1.98 ‘Gal 1961 RS ep | ap 2.30 2B 6s A 2u75 1972 1963 1.67 1.78 2.00 1.67 1.72 1.88 1965 2.10 2.37 2.53 2.13 2.55 2.54 1967 1.56 1.94 2.10 1.40 1.85 2.04 1969 LES 9 Pie ONG 2.00 239 2.39 Brood 1971 1.47 1.89 2.32 1.48 1.91 2.16 year 1973 1626 | 210) 12128 1.69 2.09 2.38 1955 1975 147 2.12 2.44 1.43 2.04 2.44 1956 Areas 21 and 23 Areas 25-27 1957 Year June July August June July August 1958 1955 a 2.64 2.74 _— 2.60 2.69 1959 1957 1.97 2.30 2.04 1.90 1.95 2.25 1960 1959 1.75 1.96 2.02 1.66 1.83 2.04 1961 1961 2.41 2.60 2.58 2.53 2.75 2.78 1962 1963 1.56 1.72 2.13 2.11 1.88 2.56 1963 1965 2.09 2.71 2.59 1.88 2.72 2.54 1964 1967 1.50 1.85 2.00 1.56 1.84 2.04 1965 1969 1.68 2.17 2.46 1.83 2.18 2.39 1966 1971 1.54 1.76 1.99 1.68 1.78 1.93 1967 1973 1.66 1.83 1.97 1.54 1.58 1.86 1968 1975 1.43 1.89 2.29 1.86 1.86 1.95 1969 ; c 1970 August purse seine catch. 1971 *September gill net catch. *Annual net catch for P. Susan, P. Gardner, and Skagit Bay. Point Roberts Fraser River Fall chinook salmon Columbia River above 1 March-30 June 1 March-end of 3d Canadian statistical week in July 1 August-31 August Bonneville Dam Total Columbia River Puget Sound Point Roberts Fraser River 1 August-31 December 1 July-31 October 1 July-31 October Last Canadian statistical week in July through 31 October "Includes Point Roberts. Point Roberts Since many of the chinook salmon caught at Point Roberts were of Fraser River origin during the years considered, we combined catch and effort data for Point Roberts with those for the Fraser River. Effort was standardized as described for pink salmon, using efficiency factors listed below: Fall chinook salmon: Puget Sound Point Roberts Columbia River catch Spring chinook salmon: Puget Sound Table 3.—Indices of brood year abundance of chinook salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (in fish per standardized unit of effort). Early Springs (Aug.) Falls Late (Sept.-Dec.) Falls 88.1 108.6 44.3 89.8 85.4 39.7 224.1 126.6 49.6 164.0 162.2 14.2 117.8 120.4 24.4 126.8 78.9 65.0 77.0 78.9 22.2 64.8 128.7 8.1 64.4 89.6 26.1 112.4 127.2 31.7 81.0 67.6 31.4 67.2 107.3 47.2 93.1 146.2 57.1 40.6 112.4 33.8 44.8 121.9 36.9 29.1 50.6 99.0 63.7 108.0 78.3 45.4 149.6 102.8 35.3 93.8 122.1 112.7 96.3 43.4 Puget Sound Fraser River' Springs Falls Springs Falls Catch CPUE Catch CPUE Catch CPUE Catch CPUE 65247 Guy 263i e425 46.5 2.84 56.7 1.78 8.3 3.36 16.5 3.35 54.7 3.19 42.8 2.08 5.0 2.36 20.1 3.78 38.0 2.76 57.4 1.84 40 2.71 25.5 4.66 771.4 407 71.0 1.51 AQ 22s 2257 eAi88 63.3 4.48 90.8 2.40 6.1 2.80 343 5.10 49.8 3.12 72.2 2.66 TES VDL SEE ASIN) 47.0 2.03 45.4 2.22 Gili PIPE} ORO) | LEONG 57.8 3.33 40.6 2.15 Sia e256 mn 5518s: 43, 56.1 4.39 60.3 2.05 6.0 2.63 41.6 5.47 71.6 4.65 81.6 3.46 6:9 men DTT p563)< 15.96 AGT” 327) ee 452) 2222 4.1 2.34 55.4 6.90 49.4 406 57.7 2.78 17 1.62 44.9 5.63 76:5) 4054) = 5370" 1-76 3:5) 2:40), 58!2) 96:78 55.8 4.63 58.8 2.66 3.6 2.70 52.6 6.82 46.9 4.83 50.1 2.35 DES eee D!S ihe 6618) 876 A3\Gmmest52) a OGe2 SHIT, 23 2.89 66.9 8.16 54.0 3.85 105.8 2.54 Gill net 1.00 Set net 0.90 Drag seine 1.64 Indian trap 8.79 Fraser River gill net 1.00 Washington gill net 0.86 Washington purse seine 5.44 Washington reef net 1672: Gill net and set net 1.00 Drag seine 0.91 Indian trap (1955-61) 11.02 (1962-75) 3.05 Purse seine 1.45 Fraser River gill net 1.00 Washington gill net 0.80 Washington set net 1.32 Washington purse seine 3.16 Washington reef net 2.14 Hatchery production.—Releases from Columbia River hatch- eries above Bonneville Dam were weighted by subtracting 10% (a generally accepted mortality rate) of the figure reaching each dam downriver of the point of release from the total arriving at the dam, to compensate for juvenile mortality associated with turbine passage. For example, if 10,000 kg were released at a point upriver of three dams, the amount reaching the ocean was estimated at 7,290 kg: Dam 1... 10,000 — 0.1 (10,000) = 9,000 Dam2... 9,000 — 0.1 (9,000) = 8,100 Dam3... 8,100 — 0.1 (8,100) 7,290 Surface sea temperature during period of out-migration.— The studies by Vernon (1958) and Van Hyning (1968) both implicated warm surface sea temperature at Amphitrite Point during June of year i—2 as a negative factor affecting juvenile survival. The possibility of a relationship between ocean fishing success and this variable was evaluated by calculating regres- sions of 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, and 3) ocean sport catch during year / on mean sea temperature there during June and June through August of year 7-2. Upwelling during period of out-migration.—We calculated regressions of 1) commercial ocean troll catch, 2) troll CPUE, and 3) Washington ocean sport catch in year / on indices of upwelling during April through June in year i—2 off Cascade Head and Cape Flattery. Upwelling indices are listed in Table 4. Since surface salinity is a good indicator of the extent of up- welling (Owen 1968), regressions were calculated of these depen- dent variables on ranked values (1 = lowest %,,) of salinity at Amphitrite Point during June through August of year /—2; the base data are contained in sources listed previously. Upwelling during current season.—We calculated the regres- sions of 1) Columbia River district commercial troll catch, 2) Columbia River district troll CPUE, and 3) combined sport catch for Ilwaco and Westport in year / on indices of spring Table 4.—Indices of upwelling. Modified from Gunsolus (1978). Cascade Head Cape Flattery Apnil-June April-June Year Apnil index index Apnil index index 1960 0 32.5 5 22.0 1961 36 22.0 55 25.5 1962 18 41.0 25 32.0 1963 16 40.0 38 42.0 1964 82 95.5 80 68.5 1965 30 98.5 41 76.5 1966 68 103.5 73 68.0 1967 36 122.5 51 84.3 1968 72 93.0 71 59.5 1969 4 37.0 0 33.0 1970 50 64.5 & STS 1971 23 39.5 27 37.5 1972 24 44.5 36 37.0 1973 68 69.0 & 42.0 1974 27 55.0 38 44.0 1975 60 97.0 58 66.0 (April-June) upwelling off Cascade Head in year 7. Regressions of 1) Puget Sound district commercial troll catch, 2) Puget Sound district troll CPUE, 3) Canadian troll catch in areas C, 21, and 23, and 4) combined sport catch during April through October for La Push and Neah Bay in year / on indices of spring upwelling off Cape Flattery in year 7 were also calculated. Previous fishing success.—Several fisheries in the previous year may function as test fisheries for chinook salmon. If the assumption is valid that the troll fishery in Canadian areas 24-27 intercepts southward-bound Columbia River fall chinook salmon in the fall of the year prior to their maturity, then troll CPUE there may be an indication of probable chinook salmon catches off the Washington coast in the following year. The Puget Sound sport catch of chinook salmon is composed mostly of fish 1 yr younger than those caught in the ocean. Annual Puget Sound sport catch in year j— 1 may then serve as an index of abundance of Puget Sound-Fraser River chinook salmon that will be in the ocean the following year. The Canadian purse seine catch of immature chinook salmon (called jacks in Canadian statistics) in Canadian area 20 during August of year i—1 could also be a potential indicator of ocean fishing success the following year. We therefore calculated regressions of troll catch, CPUE, and sport catches on these variables. Coho Salmon Indices of brood year abundance.—These consisted of spawner density estimates, escapements, and net gear catch and CPUE during peak run periods (Table 5), based on dates listed below. Run Inclusive dates 1 October-30 November 1 August-31 October 1 September-31 October 1 September-31 October Columbia River Area 20 Puget Sound Fraser River Table 5.—Indices of brood year abundance of coho salmon based on net gear catch (in thousands of fish) and CPUE (in fish per standardized unit of effort). Combined Puget S., Brood Late-run Columbia R. Puget Sound area 20, Fraser R. year Catch CPUE Catch CPUE Catch CPUE 1953 14.7 3.71 _ — 665.2 9.8 1954 10.0 4.24 _ — 420.5 6.2 1955 15.0 7.37 297.2 11.3 614.9 7.4 1956 17.1 8.90 453.8 23.4 581.9 17.8 1957 13.8 7.99 187.7 11.7 696.9 10.5 1958 5.4 4.23 266.9 10.7 674.7 8.4 1959 3.3 4.10 255.3 13.3 743.9 10.9 1960 1.1 3.93 80.7 8.5 223.5 6.4 1961 4.0 8.37 330.9 20.2 726.0 14.6 1962 6.5 10.21 352.3 20.5 861.0 17.3 1963 6.4 12.13 175.9 11.9 609.8 9.2 1964 7 12.27 344.2 23.4 823.6 20.5 1965 10.4 15.85 325.9 21.6 883.9 17.4 1966 6.8 32.86 572.8 33.7 1,227.1 23.4 1967 8.1 14.42 241.2 14.7 777.3 12.1 1968 3.2 6.21 403.1 25.1 920.9 22.2 1969 3.2 7.71 284.1 18.6 617.5 14.0 1970 29.0 25.88 778.4 36.4 1,402.8 24.4 1971 32.1 18.79 475.5 23.4 1,213.7 16.6 1972 9.0 9.81 $22.0 23.1 784.1 16.1 CPUE was calculated as described for pink salmon using the following efficiency factors: Puget Sound Gill net, set net, reef net, and drag seine 1.00 Indian trap 7.36 Purse seine 1.98 Area 20 Canadian gill net 0.63 Canadian purse seine 8.46 Hatchery production.—Releases for upper Columbia River hatcheries were adjusted as described for chinook salmon. Senn (1970a, b) showed that the survival rate of coho salmon released from hatcheries in northern Puget Sound is about 50% of that for fish planted by other Puget Sound hatcheries. For Puget Sound hatchery production, only one-half of the aggregate weight of releases from northern hatcheries was included. Environmental conditions during preemergence.—We cal- culated regressions of troll catch, troll CPUE, and sport catch in areas north of Cape Elizabeth on rank indices (1 = lowest rate) for pooled peak momentary discharge rates during October (year /—3) through February (year j—2) in the North Fork of the Stillaguamish, Skykomish, and Puyallup Rivers. Regres- sions were also computed for the same dependent variables against rank indices (1 = lowest temperature) of pooled air temperatures at Sequim, Puyallup, Darrington, Concrete, Newhalem, Quilcene, and Startup during the winter (October- March) of preemergence. Summer streamflow during year j— 2.—Regressions of troll catch and CPUE in areas north of Cape Elizabeth against ranks of the average July-September flow rate in six Puget Sound rearing streams (Newaukem Creek, Wallace River, Cascade River, North Fork of the Stillaguamish River, Skykomish River, and Puyallup River) were calculated. For each stream, average flow rates were ranked from lowest (1) to highest. Then we summed these ranks for each year and ranked the sums to ob- tain the series of annual indices shown below. Streamflow Streamflow Year index Year index 1953 14.0 1964 17.0 1954 20.0 1965 8.0 1955 18.0 1966 9.0 1956 13.0 1967 7.0 1957 2.0 1968 15.0 1958 1.0 1969 11.0 1959 19.0 1970 4.5 1960 10.0 1971 16.0 1961 4.5 1972 21.0 1962 12.0 1973 3.0 1963 6.0 Oceanographic conditions affecting juvenile survival.—To estimate the influence of marine physical conditions upon sur- vival during the first months of ocean residence, we calculated regressions of troll catch and CPUE in areas north of Cape Elizabeth on mean surface sea temperature and salinity at Amphitrite Point during July through September of year i—1. Regressions were also calculated of 1) commercial troll catch in the Columbia River and Coastal Washington districts, 2) troll CPUE in the same areas, and 3) combined annual sport catch for Ilwaco and Westport on indices of Cascade Head upwelling during April and April through June of the previous year. Similarly, regressions were computed of 1) commercial ocean troll catch in the Puget Sound and Vancouver Island districts, 2) ocean troll CPUE in these areas, and 3) combined sport catch for La Push and Neah Bay during June through October on in- dices of Cape Flattery upwelling. Oceanographic conditions influencing catchability.—Regres- sions of troll catch, CPUE, and sport catch on indices of upwell- ing during April and April through June in year i were calculated. Also computed were the regressions of 1) monthly troll CPUE in Canadian area 23 against mean surface sea temperature and salinity for the same month at Amphitrite Point and 2) monthly troll CPUE in Canadian area 27 against the corresponding monthly means of surface sea temperature and salinity at Kains Island. Jack returns.—We computed the regressions of 1) ocean troll catch in the Columbia River and Coastal Washington districts, 2) troll CPUE in the same areas, and 3) combined Ilwaco- Westport sport catch in year i on Columbia River jack counts in year i—-1. Average individual weight and monthly growth.—The average weight of troll-caught coho salmon was estimated as the aggregate weight of the catch divided by the number of fish. The average monthly weight increments were calculated as October average weight — July average weight. 3 Then we compared annual troll catch, CPUE, and sport catch in each area with 1) the average individual weight of coho salmon caught there in August and 2) the average monthly weight incre- ment. Also calculated were regressions of monthly troll CPUE on monthly mean individual weight by area. RESULTS Models discussed had the highest multiple correlation coeffi- cients and smallest standard error of those developed. For each species, the principal results are summarized, then details are discussed in subsequent paragraphs. Pink Salmon 1. Troll catch south of Cape Flattery was highly correlated with the level of nominal fishing effort. 2. Troll catches in most areas were significantly correlated with practically all indices of brood year abundance when com- pared with Ricker curves. 3. Troll catches were highly associated with average individual weight of pink salmon caught in terminal areas in the brood year. We found no conclusive, consistently significant correlations between indices of ocean fishing success and any environmental factor. The following equation explained 80-85% of the varia- tion in annual troll catch in most areas: InR = Ina — bS + bX + InS, where R was troll catch in year 7, S was net gear catch in Cana- dian area 20 during August through September of year /— 2, and X was average individual weight of pink salmon caught in the Fraser River in September of year ;—2. The average error of predicted catches from observed catches exceeded +25% in each area. Chinook Salmon 1. Troll catches were significantly correlated with levels of nominal fishing effort, particularly prior to the opening of the coho salmon season. 2. Total Washington ocean sport catch was highly associated with the number of angler trips. 3. Annual troll catch off the central Washington coast was highly correlated with the releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups i—3 and i—4 by lower Columbia River hatcheries. 4. Canadian troll catches in area 23 during April through May were significantly associated with releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups /— 3 and i—4 by lower Colum- bia River hatcheries. 5. Annual Washington ocean sport catches were highly cor- related with Columbia River hatchery releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups i—3 and i—4. Levels of Effort.—Troll catches were significantly associated with levels of troll effort, as evidenced by the following correla- tion coefficients. Area Apr.-May June-Aug. Sept.-Oct. Columbia River 0.894 0.651 0.495 Coastal Washington 0.791 0.840 0.764 Puget Sound (Wash.) 0.888 0.749 0.696 Areas C, 21, 23 (Can.) 0.760 0.683 0.727 Areas 24-27 (Can.) 0.691 0.261 0.623 The total Washington ocean sport catch was highly correlated with the total number of angler trips during 1964-75 (r = 0.938). Indices of brood year abundance.—These were of little predictive value. Troll catch and CPUE in most areas were significantly associated with Columbia River upriver fall escapements (combined for years /—3 and i—4) when data for years prior to 1962 were analyzed separately, but correlations were not significant when data for more recent years were in- cluded. Hatchery production.—Releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups /—3 and i—4 combined by lower Columbia River hatcheries explained more of the variation in troll catch, troll CPUE, and ocean sport catch than did any other factor. Although trends in fall chinook salmon releases have been similar for all major production areas, we have assumed that the Columbia River plant is the principal factor because numerous tag studies have clearly shown that Columbia River fall chinook salmon predominate in the ocean population. Figure 2 illustrates the relationship between troll catches off central Washington and Columbia River hatchery releases. Figure 3 shows the association between Canadian troll catches in area 23 during THOUSANDS OF FISH THOUSANDS OF FISH 250 225 200 175 150: 125 100 75 50 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1000 POUNDS OF RELEASES Figure 2.—Annual commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in the Coastal Washington area ys. plant of fall brood year groups /—3 and {—4 combined by lower Columbia River hatcheries, 1963-75. 180 O 1974 160 01973 1972 140 1975O 120 O 97! O 1966 ie) 1970 100 O 1967 i968O © 1969 80 O 1964 60 O 1965 © 1963 r=.885 40 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1000 POUNDS OF RELEASES Figure 3.—Canadian commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in areas C, 21, and 23 during April through May ys. plant of fall brood year groups /—3 and j— 4 com- bined by lower Columbia River hatcheries, 1963-75. April through May and Columbia River fall chinook salmon releases. The correlation coefficient for the regression of annual Washington ocean sport catch in 1964-75 on total Columbia River fall chinook salmon releases was 0.958. The comparison of actual catches with those predicted from this regression is il- lustrated graphically in Figure 4. 260 BB AcTUAL () PREDICTED 240 Average error is 6.2% 22 THOUSANDS OF FISH ® fo) 140 120 100 64° 65° 66 — 67' 68° 69° 70! 71 ' 72' 73! 74! 75 YEARS Figure 4.—Annual Washington ocean sport catch of chinook salmon, 1964-75, and that predicted from the regression of catch on total Columbia River hatchery releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups i—3 and i—4 combined. Numbers at the tops of the columns indicate percentage error. Previous fishing success.—Troll catch and CPUE in most areas were significantly correlated with 1) troll CPUE during September through October of year i—1 in the Coastal Washington district, 2) troll CPUE in Canadian areas 24-27 during September through October of year /—1, 3) annual Puget Sound sport catch in year j—1, and 4) Canadian purse seine catches of jacks during August of year /—1 in Canadian area 20. The correlations with Puget Sound sport catch may be serial correlations, since this variable was highly correlated with Columbia River fall hatchery releases. Although the area 20 purse seine catches were also highly associated with Columbia River hatchery releases, they may be of predictive value as an in- dicator of hatchery plant survival. For example, Figure 5 il- lustrates the relationship between early season Canadian troll catches and the natural log of numbers of jacks caught. Correla- tion coefficients for the regressions of 1) annual Washington ocean sport catch and 2) La Push-Neah Bay sport catch during April through October in 1964-75 on logs of jack catches were 0.887 and 0.913, respectively. | So 0 1974 ee 973 O6 \g72 140 O 1975 120. 1966 1971 ¢ re) oO 1970 100 O 1967 I968QO © Ojlg969 80 O 1964 THOUSANDS OF FISH 60 O 1965 O 1963 oe. 34 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.2 44 LN NUMBER OF JACKS Figure 5.—Canadian commercial troll catch of chinook salmon in areas C, 21, and 23 during April through May vs. natural log of number of jacks in the area 20 purse seine catch during August of year /—1, 1963-75. Prediction of ocean catches.—A simple linear regression with lower Columbia River hatchery releases of fall chinook salmon of brood year groups i—3 and i—4 combined as the indepen- dent variable was the best predictive method. Coho Salmon 1. Troll catches were significantly correlated with levels of nominal fishing effort. 2. There were no significant associations between ocean sport catches and the number of angler trips. 3. Troll and sport catches were significantly correlated with in- dices of brood year abundance of late-run Columbia River coho salmon in Ricker curves. 4. Troll catches off southern and central Washington were significantly correlated with Columbia River jack returns the previous year. 5. Ocean fishing success was not significantly correlated with indices of hatchery production, either in total or on an area-by-area basis. Levels of effort.—Troll catches were significantly correlated with levels of troll effort during 1955-75, as indicated by the cor- relation coefficients listed below. In contrast, we found no significant associations between sport catches and the number of angler trips. Area June-August Columbia River 0.800 Coastal Washington 0.880 Puget Sound (Washington) 0.603 Areas C, 21, 23 (Canadian) 0.865 Areas 24-27 (Canadian) 0.802 Indices of brood year abundance.—Troll catch, troll CPUE, and ocean sport catch off Washington were highly correlated with 1) number of late-run (October-November) coho salmon per mile of spawning stream on the lower Columbia River and 2) Washington gill net CPUE in the Columbia River below Bon- neville Dam during October through November in year i—3. Hatchery production.—Troll catch, troll CPUE, and ocean sport catch in nearly all areas were not significantly associated with hatchery releases (either in total or by production area) and a number of the correlations were negative. Environmental conditions.—We found no consistently signifi- cant associations between ocean fishing success and any en- vironmental factor. The highest correlation was between troll catch in the Columbia River district and the index of upwelling off Cascade Head in April of year /— 1, and was nearly signifi- cant. Average size and growth increments.—We found no significant relationships between indices of fishing success and these fac- tors. Jack counts.—Troll catches off the central and southern Washington coast were significantly associated with Columbia River jack returns in the previous year. Prediction of ocean catches.—Most of the Washington ocean catch is made south of La Push. The best predictive equation for annual troll catch in the Columbia River district was In R = Ina — 0.4334S + 0.011LX, + 0.0057X, + InS (2) where R was troll catch in year i, S was the count of late-run Columbia River coho salmon per mile of spawning stream in year {/— 3, X, was the Columbia River jack count in year /—1, and X, was the index of upwelling off Cascade Head during April of year /—1. This multiple regression explained 89% of the variation in annual troll catch during 1966-75, with an average percentage error of the predicted catches of +15% (Table 6). The best model for annual troll catch in the Coastal Washington district was In R = Ina — 0.0642S + 0.0078X, + In S (3) where R was annual catch and S and_X, were as defined above. This regression also accounted for about 89% of the variation in troll catch during 1966-75, with an average error of about Table 6.—Comparison of annual coho salmon troll catches in the Columbia River district with those predicted from Equation (2). Actual catch Predicted catch Percentage Year (fish) (fish) error 1966 183,731 162,500 —11.6 1967 236,429 235,500 — 0.4 1968 184,825 178,000 — 3.7 1969 157,791 167,500 + 6.2 1970 205,541 243,500 + 18.5 197] 469,629 427,500 — 9.0 1972 216,233 163,000 —24.6 1973 103,715 155,000 +49.4 1974 186,230 207,000 +11.2 1975 159,810 131,000 — 18.0 10 Table 7.—Comparison of annual coho salmon troll catches in the Coastal Washington district with those predicted from Equation (3). Actual catch Predicted catch Percentage Year (fish) (fish) error 1966 431,592 448,500 + 3.9 1967 360,046 278,000 —22.8 1968 377,690 461,500 +22.2 1969 200,665 283,500 +41.3 1970 475,657 624,000 +31.2 1971 640,230 672,000 + 5.0 1972 248,329 292,500 +17.8 1973 484,833 333,500 —31.2 1974 642,614 476,000 —25.9 1975 453,620 395,500 —12.8 -09 | poo BB actuar (1 PREDICTED Average error is |5% 800 700 600 500-4 THOUSANDS OF FISH 400 300 66 67 Figure 6.—Annual commercial catch of coho salmon in the Columbia River and Coastal Washington areas, 1966-75 and that predicted from Equations (2) and (3). Numbers at the tops of the columns indicate percentage error. +21% (Table 7). Figure 6 illustrates the comparison of the predicted catches combined for both districts with the catches actually reported. DISCUSSION Although ocean fishing success for pink salmon is roughly associated with brood year abundance of major stocks, the rela- tionship has little predictive value for specific ocean fishing areas. The relative abundance and contribution of each stock in such areas probably vary widely in different cycle years. Until stock composition in specific ocean areas is better defined, the predictive value of spawner-recruit models based on brood year abundance of specific stocks will remain limited. The rate of ocean exploitation is increasing and, combined with extreme fluctuations in cycle year abundance, makes accurate forecasting of ocean catches of pink salmon very difficult. Similar time trends in fishing effort and hatchery production, combined with high intercorrelations between the most useful independent variables, affect the reliability of ocean chinook salmon catch predictions based on simple regressions. The importance of lower Columbia River hatchery production of fall chinook salmon to the fishery off Washington and southwestern Vancouver Island is difficult to dispute, however, based on both mark-tag recaptures and the close association between ocean fishing success and this factor, as shown in this paper. Because there is also some association between ocean fishing success in year i and troll CPUE in the fall of year 7—1, length data and scale samples from troll-caught immature (shaker) chinook salmon could improve predictions of catches in the following year. Although there no longer is a fall commercial troll fishery off Washington, these data could be obtained in a test fishery. The lack of significant association between ocean fishing success for coho salmon and hatchery production, together with the tendency for negative correlation, is puzzling, particularly in view of the close association noted for fall chinook salmon. One explanation is the masking effect resulting from the contribution of several age groups to the chinook salmon fishery, whereas the coho salmon fishery is dependent upon a single age group. Thus the effect of abnormally high ocean mortality on a single year class of hatchery-released chinook salmon is less likely to be reflected in the ocean catch than is the impact of a similar mortality on a year class of coho salmon releases. This dependence on a single age group does facilitate prediction of ocean coho salmon catches, however, when a variable (e.g., upwelling or jack count) reflective of probable ocean survival is inciuded in the model. Although the pink salmon catch is also obtained from a single age group, the coho salmon catch does not fluctuate to the extremes observed for pink salmon. Of the three species considered here, coho salmon appear to offer the best prospect for reasonably accurate prediction of ocean catch. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This study was funded by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under Contract No. 14-16-0008-972. Richard R. Whitney of the College of Fisheries, University of Washington, reviewed an early version of the manuscript and offered many valuable comments. LITERATURE CITED BIRMAN, I. B. 1964. Oceanic distribution of Pacific salmon and influence of environment on abundance. Jn Lososevoe Khozyaistvo Dal’nevo Vostoka, p. 17-36. Trans. Univ. Wash. Fish. Res. Inst. Circ. 227. CANADA FISHERIES AND MARINE SERVICE. 1955-7Sa. British Columbia catch statistics. Vancouver, B.C. 1955-75b. Salmon sport catch statistics in the tidal waters of British Colum- bia. Vancouver, B.C. DIXON, W. J. 1968. BMD Biomedical computer programs. Berkeley, 600 p. DODIMEAD, A. J., F. FAVORITE, and T. HIRANO. 1963. Salmon of the North Pacific Ocean, Part II. A review of the ocean- ography of the Subarctic Pacific Region. Int. North Pac. Fish. Comm. Bull. 13, 195 p. FAVORITE, F. 1961. Surface temperature and salinity off the Washington and British Columbia coasts, August, 1958 and 1959. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 18:311-319. FISHERIES OF CANADA. 1971. Big run of coho hits Fraser River. Univ. California Press, Fish. Can. 23(3):20. 11 GIOVANDO, L. F., and H. J. HOLLISTER. 1974. Observations of seawater temperature and salinity at British Columbia shore stations, 1973. Can. Pac. Mar. Sci. Rep. 74-11. GODFREY, H. 1969. Columbia River fall chinook in the west coast of Vancouver Island troll fishery. Seasonal trends in numbers, age, and size, 1964-1967. Fish. Res. Board Can. MS Rep. Ser. 1072, 39 p. 1970. The seasonal occurrences of coho salmon from United States hatch- eries in the troll fishery off the west coast of Vancouver Island in 1967 and 1968. Fish. Res. Board Can. MS Rep. Ser. 1077, 10 p. GUNSOLUS, R. T. 1978. The status of Oregon coho and recommendations for managing the production, harvest and escapement of wild and hatchery-reared stocks. Oreg. Dep. Fish Wildl., 59 p. HAW, F., and R. BUCKLEY. 1965. Washington salmon sport catch estimated from punch card returns in 1964. Wash. Dep. Fish., 6 p. (Mimeogr.) HAW, F., H. O. WENDLER, and C. DESCHAMPS. 1967. Development of Washington state salmon sport fishery through 1964. Wash. Dep. Fish. Res. Bull. 7, 192 p. HENRY, K. A. 1961. Racial identification of Fraser River sockeye salmon by means of scales and its application to salmon management. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Bull. 12, 97 p. HOLLISTER, H. J. 1956. Daily seawater observations on the Pacific coast of Canada. Sci. Congr. Proc. 3:705-720. 1960. Observations of seawater temperature and salinity on the Pacific Coast of Canada. Vol. 19. Fish. Res. Board Can. MS Rep. Ser. (Oceanogr. Limnol.) 67, 82 p. 1966. A report on bathythermograph observations at the Swiftsure Bank and Umatilla Reef Lightship stations 1954-1961. Fish. Res. Board Can. MS Rep. Ser. (Oceanogr. Limnol.) 206, 83 p. 1972. Observations of seawater temperature and salinity at British Columbia shore stations, 1971. Can. Pac. Mar. Sci. Rep. 72-14, 32 p. 1974. Observations of seawater temperature and salinity at British Columbia shore stations, 1972. Can. Pac. Mar. Sci. Rep. 74-1, 27 p. HOLLISTER, H. J., and A. M. SANDNES. 1972. Sea surface temperatures and salinities at shore stations on the British Columbia coast, 1914-1970. Can. Pac. Mar. Sci. Rep. 72-13, 552 p. HOURSTON, A. S., E. H. VERNON, and G. A. HOLLAND. 1965. The migration, composition, exploitation and abundance of odd-year pink salmon runs in and adjacent to the Fraser River Convention Area. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Bull. 17, 151 p. HUNTER, J. G. Pac. 1959. Survival and production of pink and chum salmon in coastal streams. J. Fish. Res. Board Can. 16:835-886. INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON FISHERIES COMMISSION. 1962. Annual report for 1961. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Annu. Rep., 43 p. 1968. Annual report for 1967. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Annu Rep., 51 p. 1974. Annual report for 1973. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Annu. Rep., 54 p. 1976. Annual report for 1975. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Annu. Rep., 53 p. LOW, R.A. 1979. Variability in ocean fishing success for salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) off Washington and Vancouver Island and its relationship with inside run strength. Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. Washington, Seattle, 257 p. MILNE, D. L., and H. GODFREY. 1964. The chinook and coho salmon fisheries of British Columbia. Res. Board Can. Bull. 142, 46 p. NEAVE, F. 1949, Game fish populations of the Cowichan River. Can. Bull. 84, 32 p. NEAVE, F., T. ISHIDA, and S. MURAI. 1967. Salmon of the North Pacific Ocean Part VII. Pink salmon in off- shore waters. Int. North Pac. Fish. Comm. Bull. 22, 39 p. NYE, G. D., and W. D. WARD. 1966. Washington salmon sport catch report from punch card returns in 1965. Wash. Dep. Fish., 31 p. (Mimeogr.) OREGON DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND WILDLIFE AND WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES. 1976. Columbia River fish runs and fisheries, 1957-1975. 74 p. Fish. Fish. Res. Board Vol. 2, No. 1, OWEN, R. W., Jr. 1968. Oceanographic conditions in the northeast Pacific Ocean and their relation to the albacore fishery. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 66:503-526. PHINNEY, L. A., and M. C. MILLER. 1977. Status of Washington’s ocean sport salmon fishery in the mid-1970’s. Wash. Dep. Fish. Tech. Rep. 24, 72 p. RICKER, W. E. 1975. Computation and interpretation of biological statistics of fish popu- lations. Fish. Res. Board Can. Bull. 191, 382 p. ROBINSON, M. K. 1957. Sea temperature in the Gulf of Alaska and in the northeast Pacific Ocean, 1941-1952. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. Calif. 7:1-98. ROYCE, W. F., L. S. SMITH, and A. C. HARTT. 1968. Models of oceanic migrations of Pacific salmon and comments on guidance mechanisms. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 66:441-462. SENN, H. 1970a. Evaluation of 1964 brood coho released from ten Puget Sound and one coastal hatchery. Wash. Dep. Fish. Final Prog. Rep., 40 p. 1970b. Evaluation of 1965 brood coho released from ten Puget Sound and three coastal hatcheries. Wash. Dep. Fish. Final Prog. Rep., 42 p. SKUD, B. E. 1973. Factors regulating the production of pink salmon. Rapp. P.-V. Reun. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer 164:106-112. SMOKER, W. A. 1953. Stream flow and silver salmon production in western Washington. Wash. Dep. Fish. Fish. Res. Pap. 1(1):5-12. TULLY, J.P. 1954. Conditions for troll fishing. Fish. Res. Board Can. Prog. Rep. 101:12-16. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE, and PACIFIC FISHERY MANAGEMENT COUNCIL. 1977. Final environmental impact statement and fishery management plan for commercial and recreational salmon fisheries off the coasts of Wash- ington, Oregon, and California commencing in 1978. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv. and Pac. Fish. Manage. Counc., 157 p. VAN HYNING, J. M. 1968. Factors affecting the abundance of fall chinook salmon in the Columbia River. Ph.D. Thesis, Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, 424 p. 1973. Stock-recruitment relationships for Columbia River chinook salmon. Rapp. P.-V. Reun. Cons. Int. Explor. Mer 164:89-97. VERNON, E. H. 1958. An examination of factors affecting the abundance of pink salmon in the Fraser River. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Prog. Rep. 5, 49 p. WAHLE, R. J., W. D. PARENTE, P. J. JURICH, and R. R. VREELAND. 1975. Releases of anadromous salmon and trout from Pacific coast rearing facilities, 1960 to 1973. U.S. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv. Data Rep. 101, 443 p. WARD, F. J. 1958. Character of the migration of pink salmon to the Fraser River spawning grounds in 1957. Int. Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm. Bull. 10, 70 p. WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FISHERIES. 1955-75. Puget Sound, Grays Harbor, Willapa Harbor, and Columbia River salmon. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 1966. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 1967. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 39 p. 1968. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 71 p. 1969. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 60 p. 1970. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 53 p. 1971. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 42 p. 1972. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 45 p. 1973. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 50 p. 1974. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 49 p. 1975. Washington state salmon sport catch report. Wash. Dep. Fish., Olympia, Wash. 58 p. WRIGHT, S. G. 1970. An examination of Washington’s troll salmon fleet in 1967. Wash. Dep. Fish. Fish. Res. Pap. 3(2):5-18. 1976. Status of Washington’s commercial troll salmon fishery in the mid- 1970’s. Wash. Dep. Fish. Tech. Rep. 21, 50 p. WRIGHT, D. J., B. M. WOODWORTH, and J. J. O'BRIEN. 1976. A system for monitoring the location of harvestable coho salmon stocks. Mar. Fish. Rev. 38(3):1-7. ZILLGES, G. 1974. 1974 Puget Sound coho run size forecast. Wash. Dep. Fish. Suppl. Progr. Rep., 25 p. 1977. Methodology for determining Puget Sound coho escapement goals, escapement estimates, 1977 pre-season run-size prediction, and in-season run assessment. Wash. Dep. Fish. Tech. Rep. 28, 65 p. * GPO 593 - 829 1982 NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS NMFS Circular and Special Scientific Report—Fisheries Guidelines for Contributors CONTENTS OF MANUSCRIPT First page. Give the title (as concise as possible) of the paper and the author’s name, and footnote the author’s affiliation, mailing address, and ZIP code. Contents. Contains the text headings and abbreviated figure legends and table headings. Dots should follow each entry and page numbers should be omitted. Abstract. Not to exceed one double-spaced page. Footnotes and literature citations do not belong in the abstract. Text. See also Form of the Manuscript below. Follow the U.S. Government Printing Office Style Manual, 1973 edition. Fish names, follow the American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 12, A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada, fourth edition, 1980. Use short, brief, informative headings in place of ‘‘Materials and Methods.” Text footnotes. Type on a separate sheet from the text. For unpublished or some processed material, give author, year, title of manuscript, number of pages, and where it is filled— agency and its location. Personal communications. Cite name in text and footnote. Cite in footnote: John J. Jones, Fishery Biologist, Scripps In- Stitution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92037, pers. com- mun. 21 May 1977. Figures. Should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. All figures should be cited consecutively in the text and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Photographs and line drawings should be of “‘professional’’ quality—clear and balanced, and can be reduced to 42 picas for page width or to 20 picas for a single-column width, but no more than 57 picas high. Photographs and line drawings should be printed on glossy paper—sharply focused, good contrast. Label each figure. DO NOT SEND original figures to the Scientific Edi- tor; NMFS Scientific Publications Office will request these if they are needed. Tables. Each table should start on a separate page and should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. Headings should be short but amply descriptive. Use only horizontal rules. Number table footnotes consecutively across the page from left to right in Arabic numerals; and to avoid confusion with powers, place them to the /eft of the numerals. If the original tables are typed in our format and are clean and legible, these tables will be reproduced as they are. In the text all tables should be cited consecutively and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Acknowledgments. Place at the end of text. Give credit only to those who gave exceptional contributions and not to those whose contributions are part of their normal duties. Literature cited. In text as: Smith and Jones (1977) or (Smith and Jones 1977); if more than one author, list according to years (e.g., Smith 1936; Jones et al. 1975; Doe 1977). All pa- pers referred to in the text should be listed alphabetically by the senior author’s surname under the heading ‘‘Literature Cited’’; only the author’s surname and initials are required in the author line. The author is responsible for the accuracy of the literature citations. Abbreviations of names of periodicals and serials should conform to Biological Abstracts List of Ser- tals with Title Abbreviations. Format, see recent SSRF or Cir- cular. Abbreviations and symbols. Common ones, such as mm, m, g, ml, mg, °C (for Celsius), %,°/w, etc., should be used. Ab- breviate units of measures only when used with numerals; periods are rarely used in these abbreviations. But periods are used in et al., vs., e.g., ie., Wash. (WA is used only with ZIP code), etc. Abbreviations are acceptable in tables and figures where there is lack of space. Measurements. Should be given in metric units. Other equi- valent units may be given in parentheses. FORM OF THE MANUSCRIPT Original of the manuscript should be typed double-spaced on white bond paper. Triple space above headings. Send good du- plicated copies of manuscript rather than carbon copies. The sequence of the material should be: FIRST PAGE CONTENTS ABSTRACT TEXT LITERATURE CITED TEXT FOOTNOTES APPENDIX TABLES (provide headings, including ‘‘Table’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Table 1.--, Table 2.--, etc.) LIST OF FIGURE LEGENDS (entire legend, including “‘Figure’’? and Arabic numeral, e.g., Figure 1.--, Figure 2.--, etc.) FIGURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Send ribbon copy and two duplicated copies of the manuscript to: Dr. Carl J. Sindermann, Scientific Editor Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Highlands, NJ 07732 Copies. Fifty copies will be supplied to the senior author and 100 to his organization free of charge. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, F/NWR 1 7600 SAND POINT WAY N.E. BIN C15700 SEATTLE, WA 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS NOAA SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration was established as part of the Department of Commerce on October 3, 1970. The mission responsibilities of NOAA are to assess the socioeconomic impact of natural and technological changes in the environment and to monitor and predict the state of the solid Earth, the oceans and their living resources, the atmosphere, and the space environment of the Earth. The major components of NOAA regularly produce various types of scientific and technical information in the following kinds of publications: PROFESSIONAL PAPERS—Important definitive research results, major techniques, and special investi- gations. CONTRACT AND GRANT REPORTS—Reports prepared by contractors or grantees under NOAA sponsorship. ATLAS—Presentation of analyzed data generally in the form of maps showing distirbution of rainfall, chemical and physical conditions of oceans and at- mosphere, distribution of fishes and marine mamals, ionospheric conditions, etc. TECHNICAL SERVICE PUBLICATIONS—Re- ports containing data, observations, instructions, etc. A partial listing includes data serials; prediction and outlook periodicals; technical manuals, training papers, planning reports, and information serials; and miscellaneous technical publications. TECHNICAL REPORTS—Journal quality with extensive details, mathematical developments, or data listings. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS—Reports of pre- liminary, partial, or negative research or technology results, interim instructions, and the like. Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 a ae NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-754 Demersal Fish Resources of the Eastern Bering Sea: Spring 1976 Gary B. Smith and Richard G. Bakkala epee ria CED rate SEPT 8 7986 “a LIBRARIES March 1982 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service 1 [r2{ee a NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS National Marine Fisheries Service, Special Scientific Report—Fisheries The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforce- ment of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of interna- tional fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry. The Special Scientific Report—Fisheries series was established in 1949. The series carries reports on scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS, or intensive scientific reports on studies of restricted scope. The reports may deal with applied fishery problems. The series is also used as a medium for the publication of bibliographies of a specialized scientific nature. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS SSRF are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained from D822, User Services Branch, Environmental Science Information Center, NOAA, Rockville, MD 20852. Recent SSRF’s are: 722. Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, purse seine fishery: Catch, fishing activity, and age and size composition, 1964-73. By William R. Nicholson. March 1978, iii + 8 p., 1 fig., 12 tables. 723. Ichthyoplankton composition and plankton volumes from inland coastal waters of southeastern Alaska, April-November 1972. By Chester R. Mattson and Bruce L. Wing. April 1978, iii + 11 p., 1 fig., 4 tables. 724. Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of recreational and com- mercial fishermen and boaters in the St. Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adja- cent coastal waters, 1973. By Doyle F. Sutherland. May 1978, iv + 23 p., 31 figs., 11 tables. 725. Seasonal bottom-water temperature trends in the Gulf of Maine and on Georges Bank, 1963-75. By Clarence W. Davis. May 1978, iv + 17 p., 22 figs., 5 tables. 726. The Gulf of Maine temperature structure between Bar Harbor, Maine, and Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, June 1975-November 1976. By Robert J. Paw- lowski. December 1978, iii + 10 p., 14 figs., 1 table. 727. Expendable bathythermograph observations from the NMUFS/MARAD Ship of Opportunity Program for 1975. By Steven K. Cook, Barclay P. Col- lins, and Christine S. Carty. January 1979, iv + 93 p., 2 figs., 13 tables, 54 app. figs. 728. Vertical sections of semimonthly mean temperature on the San Francisco- Honolulu route: From expendable bathythermograph observations, June 1966-December 1974. sy J. F. T. Saur, L. E. Eber, D. R. McLain, and C. E. Dorman. January 1979, iii + 35 p., 4 figs., 1 table. 729. References for the identification of marine invertebrates on the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. By Richard E. Dowds. April 1979, iv + 37 p. 730. Surface circulation in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico as deduced from drift bottles. By Robert F. Temple and John A. Martin. May 1979, iii + 13 p., 8 figs., 4 tables. 731. Annotated bibliography and subject index on the shortnose sturgeon, Aci- penser brevirostrum. By James G. Hoff. April 1979, iii + 16 p. 732. Assessment of the Northwest Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus, stock. By Emory D. Anderson. April 1979, iv + 13 p., 9 figs., 15 tables. 733. Possible management procedures for increasing production of sockeye salmon smolts in the Naknek River system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. By Robert J. Ellis and William J. McNeil. April 1979, iii + 9 p., 4 figs., 11 tables. 734. Escape of king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, from derelict pots. By William L. High and Donald D. Worlund. May 1979, iii + 11 p., 5 figs., 6 tables. 735. History of the fishery and summary statistics of the sockeye salmon, On- corhynchus nerka, runs to the Chignik Lakes, Alaska, 1888-1956. By Michael L. Dahlberg. August 1979, iv + 16 p., 15 figs., 11 tables. 736. A historical and descriptive account of Pacific coast anadromous salmo- mid rearing facilities and a summary of their releases by region, 1960-76. By Roy J. Wahle and Robert Z. Smith. September 1979, iv + 40 p., 15 figs., 25 tables. 737. Movements of pelagic dolphins (Stenella spp.) in the eastern tropical Pa- cific as indicated by results of tagging, with summary of tagging operations, 1969-76. By W. F. Perrin, W. E. Evans, and D. B. Holts. September 1979, iii + 14p., 9 figs., 8 tables. 738. Environmental baselines in Long Island Sound, 1972-73. By R. N. Reid, A. B. Frame, and A. F. Draxler. December 1979, iv + 31 p., 40 figs., 6 tables. 739. Bottom-water temperature trends in the Middle Atlantic Bight during spring and autumn, 1964-76. By Clarence W. Davis. December 1972, iii + 13 p., 10 figs., 9 tables. 740. Food of fifteen northwest Atlantic gadiform fishes. By Richard W. Langton and Ray E. Bowman. February 1980, iv + 23 p., 3 figs., 11 tables. 741. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the Middle At- lantic Bight region. By John J. Dickinson, Roland L. Wigley, Richard D. Brc- deur, and Susan Brown-Leger. October 1980, vi + 46 p., 26 figs., 52 tables. 742. Water structure at Ocean Weather Station V, northwestern Pacific Ocean, 1966-71. By D. M. Husby and G. R. Seckel. October 1980, 18 figs., 4 tables, 743. Average density index for walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma, in the Bering Sea. By Loh-Lee Low and Ikuo Ikeda. November 1980, iii + 11 p., 3 figs., 9 tables. ATMOS, pnd ae © yy y %, S S io) bt =< a 5 3 = ca ‘| [s) Z = c & D .S) }. Cs & .) “Ip SD TMENT OF CO March 1982 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator Nationai Marine Fisheries Service William G. Gordon, Assistant Administrator for Fisheries The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- matian whisk ------ ERE EAD Senses IN Gino b Se snoeoadaousanacdeue CONTENTS Surveyapproachkand bratiomale x. (aos cas pave aye cespsicayov eveyone fev Moveveceeey ove yohc have ocas) ove seieretesversysieveislvetslers,atels\shayeverase 1976 survey area.......... Vessels, timing of survey, and HEN otl Coreen nG Tete Aa OA AO ONC AUC OAS oA Oe oD MATOS Standardiproceduresfaty stations tyes sie ceskoteket osseahest veel eneyapeyox en ci see wes ionavere rele tereroteney nner ecelewelon ser totewexcfovct boy Loehede Samplingépiescncrtrr cen. eee reels, = een caieje)e je ‘ejele| 0ei(e lee jo.s.0 ele eie0 lejeleje/ sje dels isiete lo. elsjerleleleiapeiieielelelevereialejece eieleielele Initialthandling io fithe catch roy ayoyay-can ap siset ort svenss ne lev enerous revoke ene cne coca LnrekobsT thar Tem tercelerebLcrcicle Sortingvandiweighingithe) catch isvcrstctcreyacsresguareccrsvenctei overtevsptev-to axiekskeenceriel spokes averenemiciete Seer tetera Tevet Subsamplingsforbiologicaly datalajerstycite..sctoveyapehay-a Ralsrovercrh steel hete rors Vereiolst syote lteter none eeelesetehrenerteyeiewerrerd = Age determinations........ Analytical procedures...... Standardization oficatches ay segs cteacscihsieicpeystoya he Non cesie eb a ie Takes Tes Ne eles aie eee eee ocieke Catch per unit of effort Standing stock estimates Population numbers. .. Population size icompositi ony: Sicy pc sra ye assisesyaysiete asiaee ays asceteoseeeretovaye oucvaueye ei tuorenemenerebototenes eekelosryetsl ont Mength=weight: relationships ef. jecacp cic stare esse oy syoysevekavensvartefoyitleseuceauons esuaveyee tvsj/cueteleuepoyeuephaeishietaledeuelensvelleverausdevayeys ‘Ageicomposition and serowthe es cysre racy sia sheuayclecsiorce tors =e0e te cousnsnaustenstersi aha) Seee soy USMu uence ctekece tenet oneycralusitey seers Reproductive condition Sampling ceteris 9) 36. 37. Vessels participating in the 1976 Bering Sea demersal fish survey..... 0.2.2.0... ee cee eee eee cece eee e ees Fishing gear used during the 1976 Bering Sea demersal fish survey.............00 0... cee ec cece eee e cece Summary of comparisons of ages determined by two age reading specialists..................0.00 00s eee Summary of symbols used in the description of analytical procedures... ......... 0... c cece eee eee eee Fishing power correction factors for the vessels Anna Marie, Pat San Marie, and Oregon relative to Miller BT COMMAN orcs oteea isthe mes ee uate eed a ee Bars tae ahs BTS TS, A ES SS ee The five-point scale for stages of gonad condition applied to walleye pollock during the April-June 1976 Bering SOAlSUIEVEY Assy varsreret eae eee eta ave abn eve liovaltecancaiie ace ncvebanipie ta iapetabbeatte acta lege eitebat ave ee ORa SCS paRe eT PS Ra aE a ge Summary of sampling activities during the 1976 Bering Sea surveys............. 000. c cee cece eee eee eeee Summary of subsampling for processing successful trawl catches during the 1976 Bering Sea surveys......... List of fish collected in the Bering Sea during the 1976 spring trawl survey...............00ceeeeceeeesuee . Summary of average catch per unit fishing effort of major taxonomic groups in the Bering Sea, 1976 spring ETAWIESUITVEYsrcrcreelasete se terevscey eel cteserert ean leavaneidah abs septs tavehe teilona Guetrehesmscuauatee ie evait fe pelsaahona a Ua toda Per epe TRC ITTER TOE TGR ET ORE Ea Summary of apparent biomasses of major taxonomic groups in the Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey...... The 20 most common fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of percentagerfrequencyof OCCULTENCE Hirsi te ercayel oie everest che eas tesroee epee EEC etre ett aa eae ea The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed'abundance;:for’allisubareas combined © 2a cij.laeis. vrs cs cette ors ciara rele crore erateeicionis elo evan era The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observedtabundance} subarea: le he 0s Bee hE IB ey Ao NTRS Ee Eee a . The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observedtabundances subarea i250 cers ea eT Seana re Tee Tae ee ea ae The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observediabundances; subareas aise hai atavers crocs oven sovatat ata tgsatalas eaetave eee ate at aoe reeves The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observedsabundance;, subarea:4in sa ce hs wen gee bara chee eee eee eee ee REEL OER ee nore The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observediabundancesislopessubareay see Oe aye sicieie aleve gale eerene veh shen ete cece ep patentee is ree eerere Set ar aie ant List of taxa included in the analysis of species associations, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.............. . Estimated biomass and population numbers of walleye pollock by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Beringssealspring trawl survey ies steer ts Soe eae HO in lo isles eran vate ebaret nema loe eee ee eae . Estimated population size of walleye pollock age groups and year classes within survey subareas, 1976 Bering Seaespring trawl]! SUV. ies sis eae ae cs rehearse eee ER ea corel fe See . Proportions of females in the estimated population of walleye pollock by age group and geographical area, 1976) Bering/Seaispritig: trawliSurvey.s sic scree ctclsisterenw Liye crete fate ctelergsoere ete tectaces spas UO ALCEA eR etree Length-weight relationships observed for walleye pollock during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area’and between-sex differences .f.).:..c:o cj cis stole ctoteve chelelemtelows cus eieieteee tector eee . Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for walleye pollock by sex and otolith area, 1976 Benne Sea SPiN patrawl Surveys. sarc ces wits aise sai eee are esas ee OG arate ck ta elon ace eabade Patra foutek enon geet eee TTT era Estimated sexual maturity schedule for eastern Bering Sea walleye pollock, 1976 spring trawl survey.......... . Estimated biomass and population numbers of yellowfin sole in the Bering Sea by subarea and for all subareas combined!duringAprilsMay; and June 19763. ss se = os cerecin elves sarees sical lee eee ee . Estimated population size of yellowfin sole age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering?Séa;)'1976\ spring: trawl (Survey --s/0j/osere arc elecoose «ral s cara a, sSesvay eral racobetoceteyavetonal eveyone ieee ere rea Proportions of females in the apparent yellowfin sole population by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering: sea spring: trawl: Survey. iis-isieycce es Se 20a elevate nelle abo ocak oe ol Shake Satake feohelel mane stele ohele hiee Gee eee Length-weight relationships observed for yellowfin sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testine:sfor between-area ‘and! between-sex: differences! .\ .2.. sys e:-1a1 +1 c1ele) slatotelelcveleys ereveleveleferetelelo eee cern sereieratees Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for yellowfin sole by sex, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl SUEVEYs sree rainvaie ove ein iainlela [ei aleleleeie Oise the sare oh eaia were laretelaoal ane shale de afeletolee enn eee LANE OSE ee Eee . Estimated biomass and population numbers of rock sole by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sealspring’ trawl! Survey cia: .:c\scie c/s 00lee oxhbias aie! ere 1s cvaiaiero alere:s:otealederevewadere a iaje olslonstelette rel terrae herelstenet tes . Estimated population size of rock sole age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sealy 1976) spring ‘trawl: survey 2). <5 scree else 0s a seca Shs, sie Nacsa ol cda lelati ealecee ops ERSTE Psetose eke tote rele IS RSPSS Proportions of females in the estimated population of rock sole by age group and geographical area, 1976 BeringtSea ‘spring: trawl: Survey eines Nee reves cnc clnw aie alee eieelnel nals He eee Eee eee . Length-weight relationships observed for rock sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing foribetween-area and! between-sex differences... os). slosiee ceisler eeEeEeeeee Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for rock sole by sex and otolith area, 1976 Bering Sea spring WR STA Aeration eaen it wer a a, eee Pie At ER ATION Bed HARA GHOSE Db00D00 Estimated biomass and population numbers of flathead sole by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Berine /( lg 57} tS Nik Bik A 60° 58° 56° 166° 158° Figure 1.—Characteristics of the eastern Bering Sea: A) bathymetry (from Sharma 1979); B) water masses and circulation (from Takenouti and Ohtani 1974); C) surface sediments (from Sharma 1979). Water masses in the eastern Bering Sea appear to result from mixing of shelf and oceanic waters within apparently broad zones of interaction along and over the eastern continental shelf. The present concept of dominant long-term mean water circulation is an extremely slow (~1 cm/s) drift to the northwest approximately parallel to the bathymetry (Coachman 1979). Surface sediments of the eastern continental shelf are primarily sand or silt, although gravel and clay components may be present in some local areas (Sharma 1979). METHODS Survey Approach and Rationale For the baseline survey of 1975, the study area was divided into four major statistical subareas, with two subareas (3N,S and *Coachman, L. K. 1979. Water circulation and mixing in the southeast Bering Sea. Jn C. P. McRoy and J. J. Goering (editors), Progress report, PROBES phase I, 1977-78, p. 1-46. Institute of Marine Science, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK 99701. 4N,S) further subdivided into southern and northern regions (Fig. 2; Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Trawling stations were arranged in a systematic grid pattern within each subarea. Subdivisions of the survey area and the density of stations within each subarea were based upon 1) the location of potential oil lease sites, 2) prior knowledge of the distribution patterns of principal demersal fish and shellfish species in the study area, and 3) hypotheses that some species may have separate genetically variant southern and northern spawning populations. Sampling density was greatest (one station per 647 km? (250 mi’)) in subareas 1, 2, and 3N and S where petroleum development activities may take place and where major concentrations of walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogram- ma; yellowfin sole, Limanda aspera; king crab, Paralithodes spp.; Tanner crab, Chionoecetes spp.; and other species are located. These subareas also contain spawning and nursery areas for many of the commercially important species. In subarea 4N and S, where the abundance of adult fish is lower than in subareas 1, 2, and 3N and S, but which is a nursery area for a number of species, sampling density was reduced to one station per 1,036 km? (400 mi’). 63°N 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N S6°N) 55°N 54°N | é 180° 178°W \76°W 74°w 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N o 62°N 61°N . = Very coarse sand (1—2 mm) Coarse sand (0.5—1.0 mm) Soin Medium sand (0.25—0.5 mm) Ee Fine sand (0.125—0.25 mm) F255] Very fine sand (0.062—0.125 mm) Esters] Coarse silt (0.031—0.062 mm) 58°N g 57°N Vv 56°N 55°N 54°N 63 Ya 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 6I1°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N 56°N 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 2.—Statistical subdivisions of the study area used for the 1975 eastern Bering Sea baseline survey. 1976 Survey Area For the demersal trawl survey of 1976, the same subdivisions of the study area, boundary lines, and station densities were used as in the 1975 survey, with the following changes (Fig. 3): 1) A reduction of the northern survey coverage in subdivisions 3N, 4N, and 4S, in anticipation that spring ice cover would probably block ship operations above lat. 59°-60°N; 2) Smoothing of the outer boundary lines of subareas 1, 2, and 3N and S; and 3) The extension of sampling to a fifth major subarea (‘‘Slope’’) along the upper continental slope between the 183-457 m (100-250 fathoms) isobaths. A summary of the geographical areas surveyed is given in Table 1. The purpose of extending systematic sampling to the upper continental slope was to better define the importance of this area—in terms of changes in species composition and abun- dance, size, and age distributions—relative to survey areas on the continental shelf (depths 10-183 m). The slope subarea was sub- divided into northern (3 Slope) and southern (2 Slope) regions (Fig. 3). Samples were to be taken along 29 transects of five sta- tions each. Transects were located crossing the slope subarea at approximately 14 km intervals, usually oriented as continuations of the diagonal rows of grid stations located on the continental shelf. Along transects, stations were to be distributed at positions with bottom depths of ca. 183, 250, 320, 390, and 457 m. Other divisions of the survey area, ‘‘otolith areas,’’ were used for the collection and analysis of individual specimen information (Fig. 4). Data that were geographically identified by otolith area were: Age determinations derived from field-collected otoliths and scales, length-weight measurements, and length-maturity ob- servations. As explained in Pereyra et al. (see footnote 2), the original purpose for these separate divisions of the survey area for specimen data was to group statistical areas in a manner that would enable testing of differences in age composition, individual growth rates, body form, and reproductive condition between north and south regions. For the 1976 survey, the same distribu- tion of statistical subareas to otolith areas, and boundaries within the reduced survey area, were used as in the 1975 survey, with the following changes: 1) The extension of otolith area B to include subdivision 2 Slope, and otolith area D to include 3 Slope; and 2) The inclusion of subdivision 3N within otolith area D, rather than otolith area E. 63°N 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N 3 SLOPE 56°N 2 SLOPE 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W i60°W 158°W Figure 3.—Statistical subdivisions of the Bering Sea study area used for the 1976 spring trawi survey. Table 1.—Geographical areas of statistical subdivisions used in the Bering Sea during the 1976 spring trawl survey (See Figure 3). Area Proportion Subarea (km?) of total area 1 82,100 0.243 2 62,550 0.185 3 Subdivision 3N 6,550 0.019 Subdivision 3S 73,020 0.216 4 Subdivision 4N 30,960 0.092 Subdivision 4S 72,350 0.214 Slope Subdivision 2 Slope 7,160 0.021 Subdivision 3 Slope 3,240 0.010 Total survey area: ‘337,930 1.000 The ratio of total 1976 survey coverage to 1975 coverage was 337,930 km? = 0.685. 493,014 km? Vessels, Timing of Survey, and Fishing Gear Vessels participating in the April-June 1976 demersal trawl survey were the same vessels used to conduct the 1975 baseline survey: the commercial stern trawlers Anna Marie and Pat San Marie as well as the NOAA research vessel Miller Freeman (Table 2). Additional sampling was conducted by the NOAA research vessel Oregon during May-August 1976. Data from the NMFS Crab-Groundfish Survey (Cruise OR-76-02) conducted by the Oregon were used to complete and supplement the spring 1976 trawl survey. Intercomparisons of fishing power were conducted between Oregon and Pat San Marie, 29 May to 9 June 1976. During the period 11 June to 4 Ju- ly 1976, the Oregon occupied stations that completed the spring 1976 survey grid; these data were included with those from the other three vessels for all analyses of the spring survey grid station results. Other analyses, by month, used all catch data collected by the Oregon during cruise OR-76-02, combined with all the catch data from the other vessels. in addition, all specimen data col- lected during the entire Oregon cruise OR-76-02 were combined with the specimen data from the other vessels for overall 1976 analyses. The fishing gear used by Miller Freeman, Anna Marie, and Pat San Marie were the same as in the 1975 survey (Table 3). The trawl used by the Oregon had footrope and headrope lengths of ap- proximately 85% those of the gear used by the other vessels. 63°N W 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N 56°N 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W el oe 166°W 168°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 4.—Bering Sea ‘‘otolith’’ areas used for collection of age data and other individual specimen data during the 1976 spring trawl survey. Table 2.—Vessels participating in the 1976 Bering Sea demersal fish survey. Overall length Gross Horse- Survey period Vessel (m) tonnage power Start Finish Miller Freeman 65.5 1,500 2,200 1 Apr. 1976 31 May 1976 Anna Marie 26.2 177 665 21 Apr. 1976 13 June 1976 Pat San Marie 30.0 200 765 21 Apr. 1976 20 June 1976 Oregon 30.4 219 600 29 May 1976 9 Aug. 1976 Standard Procedures at Stations Station positions were determined by loran-C, with radar also used as a nearshore navigational aid. Some stations where un- trawlable bottom might have been encountered were first surveyed by an echosounder transect to establish the bottom con- dition and to determine a course that would provide the least variation in bottom depth during the tow. For most stations on the continental shelf where the bottom was known to be generally smooth sand and mud, this precaution was not taken. If the echo- sounder record indicated rough bottom, the vessel proceeded on to the next station. The trawl was set so that the intended station position was passed midway through the tow. Actual mean towing speeds for the four vessels were Miller Freeman, 6.3 km/h (3.4 kn); Anna Marie, 5.9 Table 3.—Fishing gear used during the 1976 Bering Sea demersal fish survey. Mesh sizes Accessory gear Headrope Footrope Wing and Inter- Cod Cod end Door' Dandy line length length body mediate end liner width & length Vessel (m) (m) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) length (m) (m) Miller Freeman 25.3 34.1 102 89 89 32 2 iex93/0 65.8 Anna Marie 25.3 34.1 102 89 89 32 1.8 x 2.7 49.4 Pat San Marie 25.3 34.1 102 89 89 32 IES exXi 2a 49.4 Oregon 21.6 28.7 102 89 89 32 1.8 x 2.7 45.7 ‘The weight of an individual door was about 1,000 kg. km/h (3.2 kn); Pat San Marie, 5.9 km/h (3.2 kn); and Oregon, 3.7 km/h (2.0 kn). The standard duration of tows (on bottom) at all stations was 30 min, with the exception of some 60-min tows taken during the comparative fishing trials between Oregon and Pat San Marie. The timing of each tow was started when the trawl winch brake was set, after having allowed the trawl to settle to the bottom. The end of tow was marked when the trawl winch was started to retrieve the net. Loran-C readings were taken at the start and end of each tow, and the computed distance between these two points was used as the best estimate of actual distance sampled. These distances varied significantly between vessels because of dif- ferences in towing speeds. Within the series of trawls taken by each vessel, between-tow variance in distance sampled was caused by varying ocean currents, winds, and bottom friction. Environmental data collected with each trawl sample were posi- tion, mean bottom depth, sea surface temperature, bottom water temperature, and observations of cloud cover. Seawater tempera- tures were measured by bucket thermometer readings and ex- pendable bathythermograph casts on the Miller Freeman, Anna Marie, and Oregon. Sampling Initial handling of the catch.—The method of processing the catch depended on its size. if the catch was less than approx- imately 1,150 kg, it was dumped directly onto a sorting table and completely processed. Larger catches were subsampled using the procedures described by Hughes (1976). When subsampling was required, a deck bin was lined with a retainer net, upon which a subsampling net was placed over ap- proximately one-half of the bin. The total catch or a split of the catch was then brought aboard, weighed with a dynamometer, and released into the deck bin. When the total catch had been weighed and loaded into the bin, the subsampling net was lifted and emptied onto the sorting table. The unused portion of the catch remaining in the deck bin was then quickly returned to the sea by lifting the retainer net. Sorting and weighing the catch.—After the catch had been transferred to the sorting table, it was sorted by species into wire bushel baskets and tubs. For catches numerically dominated by a single species, sets of two to three baskets were filled at the same time with that species, weighed, and placed on the deck in rows. When a large number of baskets (15-25) were required for a single species, only 1 basket was kept from each set of 2-3 baskets, and the others emptied and reused for sorting the remainder of the catch. While the dominant species was being sorted, other species were sorted into single baskets or other containers. The procedure of filling single or sets of baskets was repeated until the entire catch (or subsample) was sorted and weighed. Baskets were placed on deck in order of sorting, so that they could be identified as if they were from the top, middle, or bottom of the trawl sample. Most organisms occurring in the trawl samples were identified to species, although those that were difficult to reliably identify were grouped by genus or combined within a higher taxonomic level, Catch weights for all taxa were determined by weighing baskets to the nearest 0.5 kg on a 140 kg capacity platform scale. Numbers of individuals were determined by direct count or by ex- panding the number determined from a weighed subsample. Subsampling for biological data.—After weighing and counting, the catches of 11 species of principal interest were further processed for length-frequency and individual specimen data. These species were (in order of priority for data collection) . Walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma . Yellowfin sole, Limanda aspera . Rock sole, Lepidopsetta bilineata . Flathead sole, Hippoglossoides elassodon . Pacific halibut, Hippoglossus stenolepis . Pacific cod, Gadus macrocephalus . Sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria . Pacific ocean perch, Sebastes alutus . Greenland turbot, Reinhardtius hippoglossoides . Arrowtooth flounder, Atheresthes stomias . Alaska plaice, Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus. KE Swmrzanuawnne — For the collection of length-frequency data, subsamples of 50-200 individuals were randomly selected from the baskets of as many of the 11 fish species occurring within the trawl catch as time permitted. Species having highest priority were selected and measured first. Individuals within the subsamples were sorted by sex (male, female, undetermined), then the lengths within each sex group were recorded. Fish lengths were measured to the nearest centimeter either as fork lengths (FL), from the tip of the snout (or longest jaw) to the center of the caudal ray fork, or as total length (TL), from the tip of the snout to the longest extension of the caudal fin. The sex of small juvenile fish could not always be determined. Specimen data (descriptive observations from individual fish) were collected by two sampling approaches. Length-age and length-weight observations were collected with a selection of in- dividuals (samples) stratified by sex and centimeter length-size class. Observations of the reproductive condition of walleye pollock (length-maturity data) were recorded from the same ran- domly selected individuals used for length-frequency measure- ments. Each vessel was assigned a list of species and types of specimen data to collect from the different survey areas. For each species, length-age data were collected by taking 6-10 age (skeletal) structures for each sex-centimeter length-size group, within each assigned otolith area. Saccular otoliths were used for determining the ages of all species except Pacific cod, for which scales were used because they showed clearer annual growth rings. Otoliths were stored in glass vials in 50% isopropanol. Pacific cod scales were stored dry in small paper envelopes. Length-weight determinations were made for five individuals within each sex-centimeter length-size group. Whole, freshly caught individual fish were weighed at sea to the nearest gram on a triple-beam balance. Age Determinations Age determinations made as a part of the present study have assumed that rings in otoliths and scales (zonal discontinuities) in- dicated annual marks. Previous studies have supported the hypothesis that an annual time scale can be fitted to the patterns of skeletal ring formation of walleye pollock (LaLanne 1975*) and yellowfin sole (Hatanaka 1968). Although similar analyses have not yet been conducted for other Bering Sea species, zonal discon- ‘LaLanne, J. J. 1975. Age determination of walleye pollock (Theragra chalcogramma) from otoliths. Unpubl. manuscr., 19 p. Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, 2725 Montlake Boulevard East, Seattle, WA 98112. tinuities were assumed to indicate annual marks. In assigning ages, we allocated a birthday of 1 January for all species. Ages were determined in the laboratory by counting apparent annulae in the structural pattern of whole otoliths and scales. All age readings were performed by trained specialists at the NWAFC Montlake Laboratory. Otolith rings were counted by viewing whole otoliths, immersed in water, with direct lighting through a binocular microscope at 7-10 x magnification. Scales were pre- pared using the methods of Kennedy (1970) and rings were counted with the aid of a projection viewer. To assess the reliability (precision) of age determinations, 789 skeletal structures, collected during the 1976 survey from seven common Bering Sea fish species, were independently analyzed by two of the age reading specialists (Table 4). Ages of young fish were estimated most precisely. The age determinations of old fish were less reliable due to narrowing and crowding of outer rings. Table 4.—Summary of comparisons of ages determined by two age reading specialists. Percentage with Age perfect agreement Skeletal range Number of in age group Fish species structure (yr) comparisons assignment’ Walleye Otoliths? 1-7 87 88 pollock 8-12 84 63 Pacific cod Scales 2-3 58 85 4-6 33 79 Yellowfin Otoliths? 5-12 180 93 sole 13-16 9 67 Alaska Otoliths? 6-12 25 76 plaice 13-16 11 60 Rock sole Otoliths? 3-12 127 83 13-14 7 71 Flathead Otoliths? 3-12 53 83 sole 13-15 13 70 Greenland Otoliths? 2-6 66 85 turbot 7-11 36 75 ‘90% of all disagreements in age group assignment differed by only 1 yr. *Saccular otoliths. Analytical Procedures See Table 5 for definition of symbols. Standardization of catches.—All trawl catches were stan- dardized to a basic sampling unit, the weight of catch taken per 1.0 km trawling distance, including a scaling of each vessel’s fishing performance to that of the Miller Freeman: Wik =a ee (1) Dj ; Fyx CPUE;, where CPUEjix is the catch per unit of effort (kg/km) for species k for the /th station in the th subarea; Wik is the weight of catch (kg), D; is the distance trawled (km) computed from the start and ending loran-C readings at each station, and F,, is the relative fishing power correction factor for vessel v in respect to species k. Fishing power correction factors had previously been deter- mined during the 1975 survey for the Anna Marie and Pat San Marie relative to Miller Freeman (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Because of the participation of the Oregon in the 1976 survey, ad- ditional comparative fishing trials were conducted in an attempt to intercalibrate the fishing efficiencies of all four vessels. Vessel correction factors used for all subsequent analyses are given in Table 6. Catch per unit of effort.—Mean CPUE by species and subarea was computed using the mean per unit estimate: uF; >> CPUE {x CPUR YS VS ae (2) nj where 71; is the number of successfully trawled stations in the ith subarea. The variance of this estimate was: Table 5.—Summary of symbols used in the description of analytical procedures. Terms A Geographical area (km?) B_ Population weight (kg) C_ Coefficient of vulnerability (scalar) CPUE Catch per unit of fishing effort (kg/km) D Computed distance trawled (km) F Relative fishing power correction factor (scalar) K Growth completion rate (per yr) L Number of length categories (integer) coo Mean asymptotic length (cm) N Number of individuals within catch (integer) P Population number (integer) S Number of individuals within a standard sampling unit (no./km) VAR Statistical variance W Observed catch weight (kg) a_ Coefficient of length-weight relationship (g/cm?) 6 Exponent of length-weight relationship (dimensionless) Number of samples (integer) Ne Number of effective degrees of freedom (dimensionless) Terms p_ Effective trawl path width (km) q Coefficient of catchability (per km) s Number of individuals within a subsample (integer) t Age (yr) ft. Hypothetical age of zero length (yr) w Individual weight (kg) Subscripts i Statistical subarea j Station k Species ! Individual length class m_ Sex class 7 Total survey area (= all statistical subareas combined) y Vessel Symbols — (Over a term) A mean value /\_ (Over a term) An estimated value DB Summation Table 6.—Fishing power correction factors for the vessels Anna Marie, Pat San Marie, and Oregon relative to Miller Freeman. Anna Pat San Species Marie Marie Oregon Walleye pollock (<20 cm) 0.52 0.34 0.21 Walleye pollock (=20 cm) 0.79 0.61 0.63 All pollock 0.75 0.57 0.35 Rock sole 0.65 0.76 1.21 Snow (Tanner) crab 0.66 0.75 2.53 King Crab 0.70 1.05 1.63 ‘For all other species, the fishing power correc- tion factor for each vessel was assumed equal to 1.00. ny Lo (CPUE,, — CPUE,)? VAR CPUE, = = SRT ee (3) INGE ae The overall mean CPUE for the entire survey area (CPUE,,) was determined as the sum of the weighted mean CPUE values of the individual subareas: > (CPUE;, ° A;) CPUE TK an : 5 (4) Ar where A, is the area of the ith subarea and Avis the total area of all subareas combined. The variance of this estimate was determined as the weighted sum of the individual variances of each subarea: / 2 pee A; ented VAR CPUEK = > (4) © VAR CPEs (5) Ti Standing stock estimates.—Estimates of population weight (biomass) were made using the methods described by Alverson and Pereyra (1969) that relate CPUE and stock density within an area surveyed as A ——, By = CPUEi,/ a , (6) where B, is the estimated standing stock weight (kg) of the kth species in the ith subarea, and q, is a coefficient of catchability. This coefficient, relating the capture efficiency of the sampling gear and sampling unit size, is defined: Gq, = C, (P/A;); (7) where C, is a proportionality coefficient describing the vulnerability of individuals of species k to be caught and retained, and p is the average effective path width swept. The ratio D/A; relates the size of individual sampling units (1.0 km in length) to the size of each survey subarea. The coefficient of vulnerability (C) can be considered to consist of two components: 1) C,, the efficiency of the gear to capture fish within the path of the trawl’s cross-sectional mouth area; and 2) C,, the proportion of the target fish population distributed in the water column within the trawl’s vertical sampling path. Although the specific vulnerabilities of Bering Sea demersal fish to the sampling gear and methods used in the present study have not been well evaluated, all analyses of this study have assumed 100% capture efficiency (C = 1.00). The average effective horizontal spread (p) of the modified eastern trawl used by the reference vessel Miller Freeman was estimated by diving observations to be 0.017 km (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Other studies of eastern trawl performance have esti- mated the vertical opening to average approximately 2.3 m, witha range of 1.9-2.7 m (Wathne 1977). The biomass of species k within subarea 7 was then estimated by the expansion: B, = (4) ° CPUEx, 8) having a variance of VAR By = (#) ° VAR CPUE\. - (9) Confidence intervals for biomass estimates were computed as A A By * an.) WV VARB, , (10) where the number of effective degrees of freedom (n,) was determined according to Cochran (1977), equation 5.16: (E f; ° VAR crue) i=1 A re (11) fi? « (WAR CPUEj;x) i=] n-1 where NIN; — n: oe 12) i N, equals the total number of sampling units in the ith subarea [= A,/ (p° 1.0 km)], and n; equals the number of stations in subarea i. The biomass estimate for a given species or taxonomic group and its variance for the total survey area were obtained by sum- ming the subarea biomasses and variances, respectively: A ie a Bip , (13) and A A VAR By, = )) VAR By t=] M4 'G) * VAR | (14) i=] Population numbers.—Because the numbers of fish caught during each trawl were not always recorded, estimates of the number of individuals within each subarea were usually obtained by dividing the estimated popuation weight by the mean weight per individual: A aS = (15) where B, is the estimated number of individuals of species & in subarea / available to the sampling gear. Depending on the avail- ability of data for each species and subarea, the mean weight per individual (#,,.) was computed by either of two methods. Method 1. Where length-frequency data were available from most stations ( >50% of total) and the relationship between the length and weight of individuals (w = a - 12) within each subarea had been determined, then mean weight at each station with length-frequency data was computed: Lijx 2, Sijkl s Wixi /=1 = 6 he 7 (16) 3B, Sijkl /=1 where s;,,, is the number of individuals of species k of length / within each length-frequency subsample, w,,, is the calculated weight (from the length-weight relationship) of individuals of length /, and L is the number of size categories recorded. The number of individuals caught per standard sampling unit (1.0 km) at each station with length-frequency data was then estimated as A CPUE i, Spa SS (17) Wik The overall mean weight per individual within each subarea was then calculated: = (18) where 7, indicates the number of stations in subarea / with length- frequency data available for species k. Method 2. Where length-frequency data and/or length- weight relationships were not available, the overall mean weight per individual within each subarea was calculated from stations at which the number of individuals had been reliably determined: Ls a: an J=1 poe SS koi (19) nj LM j=l where W indicates observed catch weight, N is the number of individuals within each catch, and n, is the number of stations with determinations of numbers of individuals. With both methods, estimates of population numbers for the entire survey area were the sum of the population estimates for the individual subareas. Population size composition.—For species for which length- frequency data had been collected, estimates of the numbers of individuals (available to the trawl) of each sex within 1 cm size classes were made by proportioning the total population estimate for each subarea by the overall fraction of each size class within all length-frequency observations. At each station with accompanying length-frequency data, the number of individuals (samples) within each sex and centimeter size class was estimated by expanding the length-frequency sub- sample to the total catch (per standard sampling unit): A A Stik Sijkim = Sijkim ° , (20) De NS Sijkim 3, i m=1 [=I where Sijktm is the number of individuals within the length- frequency subsample of species k at the /th station of subarea i for iength / and sex m, and L is the number of size classes represented. The number of individuals (population) within sex and cen- timeter size classes for each statistical subarea was then estimated: S Sijkim A A i= Pikim = Pigs SSS (21) L nj I x Dy, SD, Sijkim y= /=1 where B., was determined from Equation (15), and 7; indicates the number of length-frequency samples. The overall size composition of populations within the total survey area was determined by summing the estimated numbers for each sex and centimeter size class over all possible statistical subareas. Length-weight relationships.—Determinations of length- weight relationships were made to enable estimates of population numbers using Method 1 (Equations (15)-(18)), and to compare the body form and condition (weight-at-length) of individuals be- tween sexes and geographical areas. The basic relationship between the length and weight of in- dividuals of fish species k can be described by the power function (Ricker 1975): weight = a: (length)?, or (22) log (weight) = log (a) + 5 [log (length) ]. (23) Length and weight data for each species were pooled in different combinations (cases) of otolith areas (geographical areas of collec- tion) and sex. For each case, the length (cm) and weight (g) data were first transformed by taking logarithms (base 10). The data were then fitted to a straight line (Equation (23)) by a regression of “‘log(weight)’’ on ‘“‘log(length),’’ and the values of a and } were determined. The least squares method of linear regression was used (Dixon and Massey 1969). Analysis of covariance was used to evaluate the extent of differ- ences between the length-weight relationships shown by data within the different test cases. The question asked by this analysis was, ‘‘For each fish species, did the relationship between length and weight significantly vary between sexes and between different geographical areas of the Bering Sea?”’ The purpose of analysis of covariance was to 1) test whether one regression line could be used for each pooling of observations (case), if the slopes (b) of the regression lines within individual data sets were the same, and 2) test if the individual data sets had common adjusted mean values (Dixon and Massey 1969). Analyses of covariance were performed on the same logarithmic- transformed length and weight data as used in the linear regres- sion analyses. Age composition and growth.—The age-frequency distribu- tions of populations vulnerable to the trawl were estimated by proportioning the computed population length-frequency distri- butions to ages using age-length keys (Ricker 1975). For each case, length-age data were selected by species, sex, and area of coilec- tion (otolith area, Fig. 4) to construct a rectangular array (age- length key) of the number of observations at each age (column) and length (row). The estimated number of individuals within the population at each length (Pjz;,, of Equation (21)) was then pro- portioned to age groups (years) based upon the percentage of each age, among fish of the same length (i.e., row), within the array of actual length-age observations. The selection of data for age-length keys. was based on two principal considerations: 1) Data were selected for the same, or closely neighboring, geographical area as that of the length- frequency distribution; and 2) data were pooled between areas, when necessary, to provide adequate representation of length classes. The proportion of females was determined for each age group following the estimations of age-frequency distributions. Population growth characteristics were described by compar- ing the mean lengths of age groups within the expanded length- 11 age array consisting of the estimated number of individuals in the population (vulnerable to the trawl) at each length and age. For each pooling of data by species, sex, and geographical area, a decaying exponential growth curve (von Bertalanffy 1938) was fit- ted to the vector of mean-lengths-at-age: L=Leo(1—e~ X(t— bo), (24) where /, is the length (cm) of individuals at time ¢ (year). L,, isa mean asymptotic length (cm), K is a constant describing growth completion rate (per year), and fo is the hypothetical age (year) of zero length. The method of Fabens (1965) was used for the mathematical fitting of each growth curve, involving an iterative least squares approximation of K and L ,. Two von Bertalanffy growth curves were fitted to each set of data. The first curve was fitted using the complete and unaltered vector of mean-lengths-at-age of all age groups represented within the data set. The second curve was fitted to an adjusted vector from which mean-lengths-at-age based upon <10 length-age determinations were excluded, and an artificial data point (0,0) was added. In nearly all cases, the second curve fitting to the ad- justed data resulted in a substantial reduction of the mean square deviation of sample points from the regression line in the approximation of K and L,,, and was considered the ‘‘best’’ description of growth characteristics. Reproductive condition.—The reproductive condition of the population of walleye pollock within the survey area (and vulnerable to the trawl) was assessed using the same computa- tional procedures as the estimation of age-frequency distributions. Observations of gonad condition were made on individuals col- lected as subsamples of the length-frequency samples within otolith areas A, B, and D (Fig. 4). The reproductive condition (maturity stage) of each individual was coded on a scale of 1 to 5 (Table 7) based upon the visual appearance of the gonads (Holden and Raitt 1974). For each sex, the length-maturity observations were then organized into a rectangular array (length-maturity key) of the numbers of observations at each length (rows) and stage of gonad condition (column). The estimated number of individuals within the population at each length (P,,,,,, of Equation (21)) was then proportioned to stages of reproductive condition based upon the percentage of each stage, among fish of the same length (i.e., row), within the array of actual length-maturity observations. Table 7.—The five-point scale fer stages of gonad condition applied to walleye pollock during the April-June 1976 Bering Sea survey. Gonad Code condition Description 1] Immature Sexual organs very small, situated close to vertebral column; ovaries pink or translu- cent; testes translucent with slight leafing. 2 Developing Ovaries small to about one-half length of ven- tral cavity; transparent and/or opaque ova visible to naked eye; testes with increased leafing and swelling. 3 Spawning Roe and milt run under slight pressure. 4 Spent Ovaries and testes flaccid and empty; ovaries may contain remnants of disintegrating ova; testes bloodshot. 5 Inactive Adults with gonads firm, shaped, and empty. RESULTS Sampling A total of 683 trawls was taken during the 5 mo of combined surveys (Table 8); 497 trawls were taken by the Miller Freeman, Anna Marie, and Pat San Marie during April-June; 186 trawls were taken by the Oregon for the 1976 Crab-Groundfish Survey during May-August. Of the total 683 trawls, 19 were unsuccessful. Sampling activities were significantly influenced by the extreme southerly distribution of sea ice in the eastern Bering Sea during the winter of 1975-76. Pack ice limits during April-June 1976 were at an extreme southern latitude compared to positions of the pack edge in the same months, 1954-70 (Potocsky 1975). Late pack ice breakup during spring 1976 also caused some delay in survey coverage. During April 1976 pack ice extended south to approximately lat. 56°N, enclosing the Pribilof Islands and Port Moller. Trawl- ing during April was restricted to stations north and northwest of Unimak Island in deep water (Fig. 5). During May-June, the areas of sampling progressed north and northeast, following the open water exposed by pack ice recession (Fig. 6, 7). Subsequent sampling during July-August was conducted along the outer continental shelf north of Unimak Island to complete the Crab- Groundfish Survey (Fig. 8, 9). The 664 successful trawls were assigned to three categories: 1) 435 grid stations that satisfied requirements for even spacing of sampling locations within subareas, to be used for estimates of population abundance; 2) 44 additional stations that were taken at opportunities independent of the station grid, to supplement the grid stations for distributional analyses; and 3) 185 other trawls that included Crab-Groundfish Survey stations and 60 comparative trawls used only for vessel intercalibration and specimen data collections. Catches during the spring survey were usually <3,300 kg/trawl, but on a few occasions when large concentrations of yellowfin sole were encountered they ranged from 5,300 to 23,000 kg/trawl. Of the 664 successful hauls taken by the four vessels, only 177 (17.6%) were subsampled rather than completely pro- cessed (Table 9). All subdivisions of the study area were sampled in the planned station pattern, with the following exception: Because of rough bottom encountered in the slope subareas, particularly in subdivi- sion 3 Slope, only 14 of the 29 intended station transects were completed. A total of 51 successful trawls were taken in the slope subareas. Distribution of Temperature Because sea surface and bottom water temperature distribu- tions changed relatively rapidly during spring warming, it was necessary to summarize the temperature data by individual months. Unfortunately, temperature measurements were not taken at each trawling station, and the percentage of stations with temperature data (compared to the total number of trawls taken during each month) were April, 65%; May, 40%; and June, 55%. Within each month, the geographical areas for which temperature data had been collected were, in some regions, extremely disjunct. During April, surface temperatures in the area surveyed (Fig. 10) ranged from —1.1° to +3.9°C, with a gradient of pro- gressively decreasing temperature from the outer to inner con- tinental shelf. Subzero surface temperatures prevailed to the east and northeast near the pack ice edge, extending as far south as lat. 55°10'N. Bottom water temperatures ranged from —0.5° to +5.7°C and also showed progressive cooling towards the inner shelf. Relatively warm bottom water (+3.0°to +5.7°C) occurred in the southern region of the study area between water depths of ca. 130-360 m. In May, as the survey progressed north and northeast following recession of the pack ice, relatively cold (—1.7° to +2.0°C) sur- face and bottom water occurred throughout all of the eastern Be- ring Sea continental shelf inside of approximately the 120 m isobath (Fig. 11). Surface temperatures ranged from —1.4° to +4.0°C. Bottom water temperatures ranged from —1.7° to +6.8°C. As in April, warmest water temperatures were found along the outer edge of the continental shelf. By June, both surface and bottom water had warmed in the in- ner Bristol Bay shallows east of long. 162°-164°W (Fig. 12). Overall, surface temperatures ranged from 0.0° to +6.6°C, with a broad region of relatively warm water (+3° to +6°C) in cen- tral Bristol Bay. Bottom water temperatures were also warmest (+2°to +5°C) along the north shore of Bristol Bay, progressive- ly cooling towards apparently residual cold (—1.2° to —0.3°C) water remaining in the central shelf region. Table 8.—Summary of sampling activities during the 1976 Bering Sea surveys. Trawls included’ Additional in spring 1976 Other unsuccessful Survey Months station pattern trawls* trawls Total 1976 spring trawl survey April 112 (106) 6 7 125 (Vessels Miller Freeman, Anna Marie, and Pat May 231 (195) 17 9 257 San Marie) June 93 (91) 20 2 U5 Subtotal 436° (392) 43 18 497 1976 crab-groundfish survey May 0 ( 0) 14 0 14 (Vessel Oregon) June 30 ( 30) 47 0 77 July 3 ( 13) 48 1 62 August 0 ( 0) 33 0 aa3) Subtotal 43 ( 43) 142 nie 1e6 Total 479 (435) 185 1 683 Numbers without parentheses indicate total number of trawls. Numbers in parentheses indicate the subset of grid stations used for biomass and population analyses. *Includes 60 comparative trawls between Oregon and Pat San Marie. ICE EDGE SAMPLING LOCATIONS APRIL 1976 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N/ 57°N 56°N SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAY 1976 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 6.—Location of successful trawling stations in the Bering Sea during May 1976. 13 63°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N sent SAMPLING LOCATIONS JUNE 1976 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 7.—Location of successful trawling stations in the Bering Sea during June 1976. 63°N 62°N 61°N 59°N 58°N S7°N 56°N SAMPLING LOCATIONS JULY 1976 5S5°N 54°N > 180° 178°W 176°W 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°w 166°W 164°w 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 8.—Location of successful trawling stations in the Bering Sea during July 1976. 14 63°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N SAMPLING LOCATIONS AUGUST 1976 55°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W \66°W 162°W 168°W 164°W 160°W 158°W Figure 9.—Location of successful trawling stations in the Bering Sea during August 1976. Table 9.—Summary of subsampling for processing successful trawl catches during the 1976 Bering Sea surveys. Cumulative proportion Percentage of catch Number of processed trawl samples of total number 100 547 0.824 90-99 0 0.824 80-89 0 0.824 70-79 0 0.824 60-69 5 0.831 50-59 8 0.843 4049 19 0.872 30-39 25 0.910 20-29 28 0.952 10-19 24 0.988 <10 8 1.000 Total 664 1.006 General Distributions of Faunal Abundance Sampling biases.—Two approaches have been used to describe the distributions and abundances of species during the 1976 spring trawl survey. For most summaries of the data, an assumption has been made that the target populations maintained stationary geo- graphical distributions throughout the 3-mo duration of the survey. However, because some species populations were ap- parently undergoing relatively rapid, long-distance (100-300 km) migrations between different regions of the study area, other sum- maries of the data are presented by individual months. Measures of abundance during the survey were apparently af- fected by two major sources of error: The progression of the survey following the dispersal of some populations from deep to shallow waters (particularly yellowfin sole and Alaska plaice), with repeated sampling of high fish densities; and possible seasonal variations in the vulnerability of some populations (most notably walleye pollock) to the trawl. The effects of migration apparently influenced substantial overestimates of true population (primarily flounder) abundance within the study area. These biases were caused by exceptionally high flounder densities following the recession of the pack ice edge into Bristol Bay during April-May. Although estimates of yellowfin sole and Alaska plaice abundance were apparently most severely biased, the overall estimates for other migrating fish species may also have been affected. Seasonally varying vulnerability to the trawl may have caused substantial underestimates of true walleye pollock abundance within the survey area. In particular, changes in the vertical distribution of walleye pollock within the water column may have caused a varying (but perhaps sometimes large) proportion to be missed by the bottom trawl. Spring spawning behavior of walleye pollock is reported to include schooling of large individuals high in the water column (Serobaba 1974). Overall catches.—A total of 78 fish species distributed among 22 families was recorded from the 435 trawl samples used for pop- ulation analyses (Table 10). In general, overall trawl catch rates were highest north and northeast of Unimak Island, along the Alaska Peninsula, and east of the Pribilof Islands (Fig. 13). The overall observed abundance of major taxonomic groups are sum- marized in Table 11 and expanded to apparent biomasses in Table 12. Fish accounted for approximately 73% of the mean total catch, and invertebrates 27%. 63°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 59°N 58°N ye / ~\CE EDGE S7°N APRIL-SURFACE 56°N TEMPERATURE °C 55°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N VE —— J NICE EDGE 57°N APRIL- BOTTOM TEMPERATURE °C 56°N S5°N 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 10.—Distribution of water temperatures observed in the Bering Sea during April 1976: A) sea surface; B) bottom. 16 63°N T fe 7 T T \ fr, \A oa 2 Ye ( | Bae uh Peay ba Key 4 tay a a a Trot 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N MAY - SURFACE TEMPERATURE °C 56°N S5°N 180° 178°W 176°W 1?4°W 172°W 170°W 168°w 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W S3°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 7 ice EDGE 59°N 58°N MAY - BOTTOM TEMPERATURE °C S6°N) 55°N 54°N 180° 178°w 76°w 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°Ww 160°W 158°W Figure 11.—Distribution of water temperatures observed in the Bering Sea during May 1976: A) sea surface; B) bottom. 17 Came \00mN NY ees o ICE ED 62°N EDSE 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N JUNE- SURFACE 56°N TEMPERATURE °C <0 55°N 180° 178°W 176°W 8 eee ice EDGE 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N 57°N JUNE - BOTTOM 56°N TEMPERATURE °C 55°N 54°N rl 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 174°W 172°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 162°W 160°W 160°W 158°W 158°W Figure 12.—Distribution of water temperatures observed in the Bering Sea during June 1976: A) sea surface; B) bottom. 18 “(yBpaas Aq) Aoauns AK Tupds BIg Bupog O26. ay) BupMp sayesqapoauy PU’ Ys} BIO) JO BUEPUNgK aAywejas PUB WOYNGUIs]— EL BNBy4 M991 Mo891 MoOZ1 Mod Moti Mo921 MoB2L1 eOSt obG MeO9l Moe9l Mov9l OOoS< 00S - OS2 062 - 001 HTH NoSS wy/54¥ NI HOLVO 926] SNN - WludV HOLVD IWLOL NeZS KK Mt + No6S Wreler. NolQ WOO! coe |e Yi Wstteceo Wesoeabas bedi Hel 19 Taxon Petromyzontidae Lampetra spp. Squalidae Squalus acanthias Rajidae Raja spp. Clupeidae Clupea harengus pallasi Salmonidae Oncorhynchus tshawytscha Osmeridae Mallotus villosus Osmerus mordax? Thaleichthys pacificus Gadidae Boreogadus saida Eleginus gracilis Gadus macrocephalus* Theragra chalcogramma Zoarcidae Lycodapus parviceps* Lycodes brevipes L. diapterus L. palearis L. polaris’ L. turner?’ Macrouridae Coryphaenoides spp. Scorpaenidae Sebastes aleutianus S. alutus Sebastolobus alascanus Hexagrammidae Hexagrammos Stelleri Pleurogrammus monopterygius Anoplopomatidae Anoplopoma fimbria Cottidae Blepsias bilobus Dasycottus setiger Gymnocanthus galeatus G. pistilliger G. triscuspis* Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus H. jordani Hemitripterus bolin? Icelus scutiger’ I. spiniger Common name ‘Lamprey Spiny dogfish Skate Pacific herring Chinook salmon Capelin Rainbow smelt Eulachon Arctic cod Saffron cod Pacific cod Walleye pollock Eelpout Shortfin eelpout Black eelpout Wattled eelpout Canadian eelpout Polar eelpout Rattail Rougheye rockfish Pacific ocean perch Shortspine thornyhead Whitespotted greenling Atka mackerel Sablefish Crested sculpin Spinyhead sculpin Armorhead sculpin Threaded sculpin Arctic staghorn sculpin Red Irish lord Yellow Irish lord Bigmouth sculpin Sculpin Thorny sculpin ‘Nomenclature from Quast and Hall (1972), unless otherwise noted. ?Nomenclature from Bailey (1970). ‘Uncertain identification. “Market name. Fish catches.—During April and May, extremely high catch rates of fish (primarily yellowfin sole, up to 6,803 kg/km trawled) were taken along the edge of the receding pack ice north and north- east of Unimak Island (Fig. 14). Relatively high catch rates of walleye pollock and Pacific cod were also observed along the outer edge of the continental shelf and slope. Gadidae (codfish).—Gadids were represented by four species, of which walleye pollock and Pacific cod accounted for 86.8% and 13.1% of the overall total gadid catch. Arctic cod, Boreogadus saida, and saffron cod, Eleginus gracilis, were also taken in northern regions of the study area. Both walleye pollock and Pacific cod showed broad distributional patterns, with 20 Table 10.—List of fish collected in the Bering Sea during the 1976 spring trawl survey’. Taxon Malacocottus kincaidi Melletes papilio* Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus M. scorpius* Triglops macellus* T. pingeli T. scepticus Agonidae Agonus acipenserinus* Anoplagonus inermis Bathyagonus nigripinnis Pallasina barbata’ Sarritor frenatus Cyclopteridae Aptocyclus ventricosus Careproctus abbreviatus* C. gilberti? C. melanurus C. rastrinus Eumicrotremus orbis Liparis denny?’ Trichodontidae Trichodon trichodon Bathymasteridae Bathymaster signatus Anarhichadidae Anarhichas orientalis’ Anarrhichthys ocellatus Stichaeidae Leptoclinus maculatus* Lumpenus sagitta Cryptacanthodidae Delolepis gigantea * Ammodytidae Ammodytes hexapterus Pleuronectidae Atheresthes stomias Glyptocephalus zachirus Hippoglossoides elassodon H. robustus Hippoglossus stenolepis Lepidopsetta bilineata Limanda aspera L. proboscidea Microstomus pacificus Platichthys stellatus Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus Reinhardtius hippoglossoides Common name Blackfin sculpin Butterfly sculpin Great sculpin Shorthorn sculpin Roughspine sculpin Ribbed sculpin Spectacled triglops Sturgeon poacher Smooth alligatorfish Blackfin poacher Tubenose poacher Sawback poacher Smooth lumpsucker Snailfish Smalldisk snailfish Blacktail snailfish Pink snailfish Pacific spiny lumpsucker Marbled snailfish Pacific sandfish Searcher Bering wolffish Wolf-eel Daubed shanny Snake prickleback Giant wrymouth Pacific sand lance Arrowtooth flounder Rex sole Flathead sole Bering flounder Pacific halibut Rock sole Yellowfin sole Longhead dab Dover sole Starry flounder Alaska plaice Greenland turbot* highest catch rates occurring along the outer continental shelf and slope. Pleuronectidae (flatfish).—Twelve pleuronectid species were taken during the survey, accounting for 49.3% of the overall mean total catch (by weight, Table 11). Yellowfin sole and Alaska plaice were most abundant, with high concentrations apparently following the recession of pack ice along the Alaska Peninsula in- to Bristol Bay (Fig. 15). Rock sole and flathead sole were moderately abundant along the outer continental shelf. Cottidae (sculpins).—Cottids were observed to be diverse and relatively abundant during the survey, with 17 species being ten- Table 11.—Summary of average catch per unit fishing effort of major taxonomic groups in the Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.’ Mean CPUE fomtoral Lseeeiatrn Mean CPUE by subarea (kg/km)? Proportion of total catch by subarea’ survey area of total Taxa (kg/km) catch 1 2 3 4 Slope 1 2 3 4 Slope Gadidae (39.16) 0.137 3.0 (136.7) (41.1) 1.3 (99.4) 0.007 0.305 0.277 0.006 0.445 Pleuronectidae (141.41) 0.493 (283.7) (205.2) 34.2 (79.6) 68.0 0.687 0.458 0.230 0.396 0.304 Cottidae 18.12 0.063 27.4 22.3 6.2 18.8 4.0 0.066 0.050 0.042 0.094 0.018 Zoarcidae 1.90 0.007 0.1 23} 4.7 0.4 1.2 <0.001 0.007 0.032 0.002 0.005 Rajidae 1.31 0.005 _— 2 1.8 tr 13.6 _— 0.006 0.012 < 0.001 0.061 Agonidae 3.01 0.011 5:5 2.6 0.4 3.6 0.1 0.013 0.006 0.003 0.018 < 0.001 Other fish 3.57 0.012 4.3 2.0 4.6 2] 8.4 0.010 0.004 0.031 0.013 0.038 Total fish (208.48) 0.727 (324.0) (374.6) (93.0) (106.4) (194.7) 0.784 0.836 0.626 0.530 0.871 Porifera 1.94 0.007 6.1 1.4 0.1 0.6 0.1 0.015 0.003 < 0.001 0.003 < 0.001 Coelenterata 2.45 0.009 3.8 2 7a | 1.5 1.6 0.009 0.006 0.014 0.007 0.007 Mollusca 4.48 0.016 2.6 2.8 529) 3:9 4.8 0.006 0.006 0.040 0.029 0.021 Gastropoda 4.14 0.014 2.4 2.2 Sui 5.7 1.5 0.006 0.005 0.038 0.028 0.007 Pelecypoda 0.07 <0.001 0.1 tr tr 0.1 tr <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < 0.001 Cephalopoda 0.27 <0.001 tr 0.6 0.2 tr 3.3 <0.001 0.001 0.001 < 0.001 0.015 Crustacea 48.66 0.170 45.4 61.3 38.8 54.8 132, 0.110 0.137 0.261 0.273 0.059 Total crabs 48.51 0.169 45.3 61.1 38.5 54.7 12.5 0.110 0.136 0.259 0.272 0.056 Chionoecetes spp. 38.78 0.135 24.4 50.7 32.4 50.6 11.8 0.059 0.113 0.218 0.252 0.053 Paralithodes spp. 6.62 0.023 17.4 9.0 2.4 0.5 0.1 0.042 0.020 0.016 0.002 < 0.001 Total shrimp 0.11 <0.001 tr 0.1 0.3 tr 0.7 <0.001 <0.001 0.002 < 0.001 0.003 Other crustacea 0.04 <0.001 0.1 0.1 tr 0.1 tr <0.001 <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 Echinodermata 16.60 0.058 25.7 4.9 8.2 23.6 9.1 0.062 0.011 0.055 0.117 0.041 Asteroidea 13.14 0.046 23.0 0.9 2.4 2241 23 0.056 0.002 0.016 0.110 0.010 Echinoidea 0.28 <0.001 0.9 0.2 tr tr 0.2 0.002 <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.001 Ophiuroidea 2.68 0.009 0.6 3.8 5.8 1.5 0.6 0.001 0.008 0.039 0.007 0.003 Holothuroidea 0.51 0.002 1.3 tr tr 0.1 5.9 0.003 <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 0.026 Ascidiacea 3.00 0.010 582 tr tr Si tr 0.013 <0.001 < 0.001 0.028 < 0.001 Other invertebrates 1.00 0.003 0.4 0.2 0.5 2.4 tr 0.001 <0.001 0.003 0.012 < 0.001 Total invertebrates 78.13 0.273 89.2 73.3 55.6 94.5 28.8 0.216 0.164 0.374 0.470 0.129 Total catch (286.61) 1.000 (413.2) (447.9) (148.6) (200.9) (223.5) 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 ' Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. 2 tr = CPUE <0.05 kg/km. > See Figure 3. tatively identified. In general, sculpins were ubiquitous through- out the entire survey area, at moderate levels of abundance (Table 11, Fig. 16). Catches of sculpins were highest in central regions of the continental shelf, ranging up to 450 kg/km trawled. Zoarcidae (eelpouts). —Zoarcids were relatively rare, with six tentatively identified species representing only 0.7% of the overall mean total catch (Table 11). The distribution of eelpouts was essentially restricted to the outer continental shelf (depths >75 m), with regions of high apparent density northwest and southeast of the Pribilof Islands (Fig. 17). Rajidae (skates). —Five species of skates were tentatively iden- tified during the survey, although the reliability of identifications was questionable due to the poor taxonomic descriptions available for Bering Sea rajids. The distribution of skates was restricted to the outer continental shelf and slope, with occurrences primarily at bottom depths > 100 m (Fig. 18). Abundances were highest in the slope subarea with catch rates ranging up to 156 kg/km, although relatively low throughout most of the observed range (Table 11). Agonidae (poachers). —Agonids occurred throughout most of the study area (Fig. 19), with highest apparent abundance in subareas 1, 2, and 4N and S (Table 11). Five species were ten- tatively identified, with the sturgeon poacher, Agonus acipenserinus, accounting for 77% of the overall total agonid 21 catch. Although the overall average abundance of poachers was relatively low, individual catches ranged up to 201 kg/km trawled. Invertebrate catches. —Invertebrates accounted for 27% of the weight of the overall mean total catch, with highest abundance being observed in subareas 1, 2, and 4N and S (Table 11). In general, invertebrate abundance was highest directly east of the Pribilof Islands, and north of Unimak Island (Fig. 20). A total of 169 invertebrate taxa were recorded during the survey. Five prin- cipal invertebrate groups accounted for 74.9% of the overall total invertebrate catch (by weight): Chionoecetes opilio (snow crab, 36.5%); asteroids (starfish, 16.8%); C. bairdi (snow crab, 9.3%); Paralithodes camtschatica (red king crab, 7.2%); and gastropods (snails, 5.1%). Twenty-seven species of snails were identified during the survey. Highest abundance was observed in subareas 3 and 4 along the central shelf (Table 11, Fig. 21). Relative Importance of Individual Species Frequency of occurrence.—Occurrences of the 20 most com- mon fish taxa are summarized in Table 13. Only 14 fish taxa oc- curred in more than 130 (30%) of the 435 grid station trawls; 19 fish taxa occurred only once. The percentage of occurrences of individual species varied considerably between geographical sub- divisions of the study area, reflecting differences in distributional range and density distribution. Table 12.—Summary of apparent biomasses of major taxonomic groups in the Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.' Estimated 5 5 ose Bronartion ; Proportion of total estimated 2,3 rorell guinea of total Estimated biomass by subarea (t)?’ biomass by taxa Taxa area (t) biomass 1 2 3 4 Slope 1 2 3 4 Slope Gadidae (778,386) 0.137 14,488 (502,974) (192,348) 7,899 (60,813) 0.019 0.646 0.247 0.010 0.078 Pleuronectidae (2,810,815) 0.493 (1,370,101) (755,013) 169,056 (483,689) 41,602 0.488 0.269 0.057 0.172 0.015 Cottidae 360,172 0.063 132,326 82,051 29,016 114,238 2,447 0.367 0.228 0.081 0.317 0.007 Zoarcidae 37,766 0.007 483 12,142 21,996 2,431 734 0.013 0.321 0.582 0.064 0.019 Rajidae 26,039 0.005 _ 9,198 8,424 122 8,320 _— 0.353 0.323 0.005 0.319 Agonidae 59,830 0.011 26,562 9,566 1,872 21,875 61 0.443 0.160 0.031 0.365 0.001 Other fish 70,961 0.012 20,766 7,359 21,528 16,407 §,139 0.292 0.103 0.302 0.230 0.072 Total fish (4,143,969) 0.727 (1,564,726) (1,378,303) (435,240) (646,540) (119,117) 0.378 0.333 0.105 0.156 0.029 Porifera 38,561 0.007 29,459 5,151 468 3,646 61 0.760 0.133 0.012 0.094 0.002 Coelenterata 48,699 0.009 18,352 9,934 9,828 9,115 979 0.381 0.206 0.204 0.189 0.020 Mollusca 89,049 0.016 12,556 10,302 27,612 35,851 2,937 0.141 0.115 0.309 0.402 0.033 Gastropoda 82,291 0.014 11,591 8,095 26,676 34,636 918 0.141 0.099 0.326 0.423 0.011 Pelecypoda 1,391 <0.001 483 37 47 608 1 0.411 0.031 0.040 0.517 <0.001 Cephalopoda 5,367 <0.001 2 2,208 936 18 2,019 <0.001 0.426 0.181 0.003 0.390 Crustacea 967,218 0.170 219,255 225,547 181,584 332,992 8,076 0.227 0.233 0.188 0.344 0.008 Total crabs 964,236 0.169 218,772 224,811 180,180 332,385 7,648 0.227 0.233 0.187 0.345 0.008 Chionoecetes spp. 770,832 0.135 117,837 186,546 151,632 307,471 7,219 0.153 0.242 0.197 0.399 0.009 Paralithodes spp. 131,586 0.023 84,032 33,115 11,232 3,038 61 0.639 0.252 0.085 0.023 <0.001 Total shrimp 2,186 <0.001 89 368 1,404 36 428 0.038 0.158 0.604 0.015 0.184 Other crustacea 795 <0.001 483 368 — 608 — 0.331 0.252 — 0.417 — Echinodermata 329,959 0.058 124,116 18,029 38,376 143,405 5,567 0.377 0.055 0.116 0.435 0.017 Asteroidea 261,185 0.046 111,076 3,311 11,232 134,291 1,407 0.425 0.013 0.043 0.514 0.005 Echinoidea 5,566 <0.001 4,346 736 187 aa 122 0.806 0.137 0.035 — 0.023 Ophiuroidea 53,271 0.009 2,898 13,982 27,144 9,115 367 0.054 0.261 0.507 0.170 0.007 Holothuroidea 10,137 0.002 6,278 11 9 608 3,610 0.597 0.001 <0.001 0.058 0.343 Ascidiacea 59,631 0.010 25,113 11 140 34,636 1 0.419 <0.001 0.002 0.578 <0.001 Other invertebrates 19,877 0.003 1,932 736 2,340 14,584 — 0.099 0.038 0.119 0.744 — Total invertebrates _ 1,552,995 0.273 430,782 269,700 260,208 574,229 17,620 0.277 0.174 0.168 0.370 0.011 Total catch (5,696,964) 1.000 (1,995,508) (1,648,003) (695,448) (1,220,769) (136,737) 0.350 0.289 0.122 0.214 0.024 Geographical area (km?) 337,930 — 82,100 62,550 79,570 103,310 10,400 a Ss = = ag ‘Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling biases. *Biomass = (CPUE/trawl width) x (geographical area) x (10° t/kg), where trawl] width = 0.017 km. Metric tons = t. ‘See Figure 3. The most frequently occurring fish taxa among all areas were walleye pollock (77%), yellowfin sole (71%), Pacific cod (63%), Alaska plaice (60%), and Greenland turbot (59%). Most frequently occurring invertebrate taxa overall were snow crab, C. opilio (77%) and C. bairdi (72%), unidentified snails (68%), unidentified hermit crabs (55%), and unidentified starfish (48%). Relative abundance.—Apparent abundance observed during the spring 1976 survey is summarized in Tables 14-19. With the exception of the estimates of questionable accuracy obtained for walleye pollock, yellowfin sole, and Alaska plaice, Tables 14-19 provide comparisons of relative apparent densities and relative species composition (on a weight basis) between geographical regions of the study area. Table 14 summarizes the observed overall mean abundance. Yellowfin sole and walleye pollock showed the highest apparent mean abundance, accounting for 48.2% of the overall mean total catch. The 20 most abundant fish taxa (7.6% of 264 total fish and invertebrate taxa recorded during the survey) accounted for 71.9% of the overall total catch. In general, faunal similarity (as measured by the number of common taxa and the relative proportion of the total CPUE’s) between subareas followed similarity in physical environment. Faunal composition was most similar between inner shelf subareas 1 (Table 15), and 4N and 4S (Table 18), with 19 common taxa among the 20 most abundant in each subarea. Yellowfin sole ranked highest in abundance in both subareas, followed by Alaska plaice, sculpins, and rock sole. Of the 19 common taxa between subareas, most were more abundant in subarea 1. Based on the above criteria, outer shelf subareas 2, 3N, and 3S were also similar in faunal composition, with 13 taxa in common among their most abundant 20 (Tables 16, 18). In subarea 2, yellowfin sole was most abundant, followed by walleye pollock. In subareas 3N and 3S, walleye pollock ranked first, followed by yellowfin sole. Rock sole, flathead sole, Alaska plaice, and Pacific halibut were relatively abundant in subarea 2, but not in subareas 3N and 3S. Relatively abundant taxa in subareas 3N and 3S, but not in subarea 2, were Greenland turbot, eelpouts, and Pacific herring, Clupea harengus pallasi. The slope subareas showed a relatively different faunal com- position from all shelf subareas (Table 19). Dissimilarities were most marked between the slope subarea and inner shelf subareas 1, 4N, and 4S, with only 8 or 9 common taxa among the 20 most abundant in each area. There were 11 or 12 common taxa between the slope subarea and outer shelf subareas 2, 3N, and 3S. Walleye pollock was the most abundant species on the slope, with large flounders (arrowtooth flounder, Greenland turbot, and Pacific halibut), Pacific cod, and skates also showing relatively high den- sities. Deepwater taxa that were taken in abundance only in the 63°N 100m 62°N 6I1°N 60°N 59°N 58°N TOTAL FISH 57°N APRIL-JUNE 1976 CATCH IN kg/km Zz c oO wo 15-100 100- 200 > 200 55°N 158°W 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 180° 54°N Figure 14,—Distribution and relative abundance of total fish during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight). *(ydjam Aq) Aaauns [Mwy Buds vag BuLAg OL61 24) BuLNp Ys} ey Jo adUBpUNGE aAnuiad pus UONNgUIsIg—"sT andy] Meo8Sl MecO91 Moe9l Mob9l Mo991 Me891 MoOL1 ModZl Mov M921 M821 woul ee o002< 002 -OOl NoSS OO! -SI SI> HOLVO ON NoQS w/64 NI HOLVO HPs 3d01S € ALIN 9261 SNNf -1udV eZ? 3 \ HSISLV15 WLOL Inyo “hh wy iY f No6S NoO9 \ No8S + WOO02 Nol9 Nod9 wool No&9 24 *Qutjam Aq) Adamns [Mwy Bupes wag Fupag 9261 24) BupNp suydinos yo aauBpunge aanujas pus uopNquIsIq—‘9T andy] MoB8Sl MoO9l Mod9l Mol Mo991 Mo89\ MoOZ1 Moddl Mot Mo9L1 MoB2L\ oz< Ozd-Ol Old Om HOLVO ON wy/64 NI HOLVD Zea Cys 9461 3NNP-Tlud¥ HN SNIdINOS IWLOL a \ alll Hy \ os ign yy Qo cit : WL, rx = 2 fe dua? — Ca N iy T/ NE s¢™ Li © . + ¢ C C s, ~ wo! 081 NovS NoSG No9G NoLS No8S No6S NoO9 HOLY) JOVYL HLIM NOILISOd NOILVLS NoSS HOLW2 ON °S HLIM NOILISOd NOILVLS O37 MeL 41/6) NI HOW ONY NOILISOd NOILWIS SI + 9261 3NNP -Tedv SYSHOVOd IWLOL NoZS No8S No6S NoO9 Nol9 NezQ No&9 28 *(Wydjom Aq) Adaans |Meuy Bupds BIg Bupog OL67 24) BupNp sapesqapsaauy [B)O) JO BdUBPUNQE dAHBII1 pus VONNguIs||—‘OZ aNndyq Me8Sl McO9I Mol Mob 91 Mc991 Mo89I MoOZ1 Mozdl Mobi Mo9Z1 MoBZI 208! ob o0z< 002 - 001 NoSS No9S w/6y NI HOLVO v. gos 946! 3NNP -dydvV aN SALVYSSLYSANI TWLOL Jy, \ No8S No6S NoO9 “wo02 Nol9 E Noz9 10 10)| No& 9 29 a — Y CD ——= TOTAL SNAILS APRIL - JUNE 1976 E = N oO = = oe 2 og oO of snails during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight). Figure 21.—Distribution and relative abundance slope subarea included rattails (Macrouridae); Pacific ocean perch; sablefish; bigmouth sculpin, Hemitripterus bolini; spinyhead sculpin, Dasycottus setiger; and rex sole, Glyp- tocephalus zachirus. Table 13.—The 20 most common fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Be- ring Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of percentage frequency of occurence. Alltareas Subarea' Rank Taxon combined 1 2 3 4 Slope 1 Walleye pollock 77.0 49 92 90 73 82 2 Yellowfin sole 71.3 100 53 73 99 2 3 Pacific cod 63.2 41 84 61 64 75 4 Alaska plaice 60.0 80 49 50. 100 0 5 Greenland turbot 58.6 18 74 86 32 88 6 Unidentified sculpins 54.5 59 54 62 37 55 7 Rock sole 54.0 49 88 68 19 27 8 Flathead sole 50.6 25 75 68 19 65 9 Sturgeon poacher 44.8 60 39 30 78 8 10 Pacific herring 41.4 39 29 50 73 11 Pacific halibut 37.0 23 75 16 9 88 12 Capelin 35.4 54 10 21 85 0 13 Unidentified snailfish 30.8 10 25 55 21 43 14 Arrowtooth flounder 30.1 0 72 15 0 98 15 Unidentified eelpouts 28.5 3 40 55 12 24 16 Myoxocephalus spp. 28.0 32 36 15 46 10 17 Unidentified skates 27.8 0 42 38 4 71 18 Longhead dab 27.1 72 4 0 54 0 19 Starry flounder 22.3 55 24 3 23 0 20 Great sculpin 13.3 8 0 13 45 0 Number of trawls 435 100 89 «117 78 51 'See Figure 3. Table 14.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, for all subareas combined.’ CPUE Proportion of Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE’ proportion 1 Yellowfin sole (104.04) 0.363 0.363 2 Walleye pollock (34.00) 0.119 0.482 3 Unidentified sculpins 12.77 0.045 0.527 4 Alaska plaice (12.19) 0.043 0.570 5 Rock sole 11.81 0.041 0.611 6 Pacific cod 5.12 0.018 0.629 7 Flathead sole 4.95 0.017 0.646 8 Myoxocephalus spp. 3.51 0.012 0.658 9 Greenland turbot 2.56 0.009 0.667 10 Sturgeon poacher 2.33 0.008 0.675 11 Arrowtooth flounder 2.12 0.007 0.682 12 Pacific herring 1.75 0.006 0.688 13 Longhead dab 1.62 0.006 0.694 14 Pacific halibut 1.57 0.005 0.699 15 Unidentified eelpouts 1.31 0.005 0.704 16 Great sculpin 1.27 0.004 0.708 17 Unidentified skates 1.00 0.004 0.712 18 Capelin 0.85 0.003 0.715 19 Unidentified poachers 0.66 0.002 0.717 20 Starry flounder 0.46 0.002 0.719 'See Figure 3. Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 1,279.8 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. *Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE = 286.6 kg/km. 31 Species Associations Procedures.—Recurrent group analysis (Fager 1957, 1963; Fager and Longhurst 1968) was used as a method for summariz- Table 15.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, subarea 1.’ CPUE Proportion of Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE’ proportion 1 Yellowfin sole (258.98) 0.627 0.627 2 Unidentified sculpins 21.08 0.051 0.678 3 Alaska plaice (10.71) 0.026 0.704 4 Rock sole 6.86 0.017 0.721 5 Longhead dab 4.93 0.012 0.733 6 Myoxocephalus spp. 4.40 0.011 0.744 7 Sturgeon poacher 3.34 0.008 0.752 8 Walleye pollock 2.77 0.007 0.759 9 Unidentified poachers 2.14 0.005 0.764 10 Pacific herring 2.01 0.005 0.769 11 Capelin 1.65 0.004 0.773 12 Great sculpin 1.51 0.004 0.777 13 Starry flounder 1.20 0.003 0.780 14 Gymnocanthus spp. 0.40 0.001 0.781 15 Greenland turbot 0.37 0.001 0.782 16 Flathead sole 0.36 0.001 0.783 17 Pacific halibut 0.28 0.001 0.784 18 Unidentified Osmeridae 0.25 0.001 0.785 19 Pacific cod 0.20 0.001 0.786 20 Unidentified snailfish 0.10 0.001 0.787 'See Figure 3. Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 271.8 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. ‘Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE =413.21 kg/km. Table 16.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, subarea 2.' CPUE Proportion of Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE* _ proportion 1 Yellowfin sole (127.04) 0.284 0.284 2 Walleye pollock (119.24) 0.266 0.550 3 Rock sole 29.67 0.066 0.616 4 Flathead sole 22.34 0.050 0.666 5 Pacific cod 17.21 0.038 0.704 6 Unidentified sculpins 12.02 0.027 0.731 ff Alaska plaice (10.02) 0.022 0.753 8 Myoxocephalus spp. 8.62 0.019 0.772 9 Pacific halibut 5.79 0.013 0.785 10 Arrowtooth flounder 5.29 0.012 0.797 11 Greenland turbot 4.10 0.009 0.806 12 Unidentified eelpouts 2.65 0.006 0.812 13 Sturgeon poacher 2.48 0.006 0.818 14 Unidentified skates 1.54 0.003 0.821 15 Yellow Irish lord 1.25 0.003 0.824 16 Big skate 0.84 0.002 0.826 17 Searcher 0.74 0.002 0.828 18 Starry flounder 0.72 0.002 0.830 19 Shortfin eelpout 0.43 0.001 0.831 20 Saffron cod 0.25 0.001 0.832 ‘See Figure 3. Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 283.5 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. *Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE = 447.94 kg/km. Table 17.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, subarea 3." CPUE Proportion of Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE’ _ proportion 1 Walleye pollock (36.54) 0.246 0.246 2 Yellowfin sole 21.67 0.146 0.392 3 Unidentified sculpins 5.21 0.035 0.427 4 Greenland turbot 4.82 0.032 0.459 5 Pacific cod 4.59 0.031 0.490 6 Pacific herring 3.60 0.024 0.514 y Unidentified eelpouts 2.88 0.019 0.533 8 Rock sole 2.67 0.018 0.551 9 Flathead sole 2.18 0.015 0.566 10 Alaska plaice 1.92 0.013 0.579 11 Unidentified skates 1.43 0.010 0.589 12 Polar eelpout 1.43 0.010 0.599 13 Arrowtooth flounder 0.65 0.004 0.603 14 Unidentified snailfish 0.48 0.003 0.606 15 Great sculpin 0.46 0.003 0.609 16 Sturgeon poacher 0.25 0.002 0.611 17 Black skate 0.24 0.002 0.613 18 Canadian eelpout 0.23 0.002 0.615 19 Capelin 0.21 0.001 0.616 20 Myoxocephalus spp. 0.21 0.001 0.617 'See Figure 3. 2Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 359.4 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. *Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE = 148.61 kg/km. Table 18.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, subarea 4.' CPUE Proportion of Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE’ _ proportion 1 Yellowfin sole 40.86 0.203 0.203 2 Alaska plaice (23.80) 0.118 0.321 3 Unidentified sculpins 13.43 0.067 0.388 4 Rock sole 13.03 0.065 0.453 5 Sturgeon poacher 3.27 0.016 0.469 6 Great sculpin 2.60 0.013 0.482 7 Myoxocephalus spp. 2559 0.013 0.495 8 Longhead dab 1.37 0.007 0.502 9 Pacific herring 1.28 0.006 0.508 10 Walleye pollock 1.17 0.006 0.514 11 Capelin 1.16 0.006 0.520 12 Unidentified eelpouts 0.37 0.002 0.522 13 Unidentified poachers 0.35 0.002 0.524 14 Greenland turbot 0.22 0.001 0.525 15 Unidentified snailfish 0.19 0.001 0.526 16 Gymnocanthus spp. 0.15 0.001 0.527 17 Starry flounder 0.10 0.001 0.528 18 Pacific cod 0.09 0.001 0.529 19 Pacific halibut 0.09 0.001 0.530 20 Flathead sole 0.08 0.001 0.531 ‘See Figure 3. 7Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 222.2 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. ‘Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE = 200.93 kg/km. ing general patterns of species associations during the 1976 spring trawl survey. The procedure identifies species relationships on the basis of cooccurrence within samples and a dichotomy of group- ing rules. The geometric mean of the proportion of joint occur- rences, corrected for sample size, is used as an index of affinity: 32 Table 19.—The 20 most abundant fish taxa recorded during the spring 1976 Bering Sea demersal trawl survey, in order of observed abundance, slope subarea.' CPUE Proportion of | Cumulative Rank Taxon (kg/km)? total CPUE’ proportion 1 Walleye pollock (74.34) 0.333 0.333 2 Arrowtooth flounder 32.09 0.144 0.477 3 Pacific cod 25.09 0.112 0.589 4 Greenland turbot 16.55 0.074 0.663 5 Unidentified skates 12.23 0.055 0.718 6 Pacific halibut 11.74 0.053 0.771 ul Flathead sole 6.06 0.027 0.798 8 Unidentified rattails 3.69 0.017 0.815 9 Unidentified sculpins 2.93 0.013 0.828 10 Pacific ocean perch 2.05 0.009 0.837 11 Rock sole 1.25 0.006 0.843 12 Big skate 1.02 0.005 0.848 13 Unidentified eelpouts 0.85 0.004 0.852 14 Searcher 0.72 0.003 0.855 15 Unidentified snailfish 0.72 0.003 0.858 16 Sablefish 0.65 0.003 0.861 17 Bigmouth sculpin 0.36 0.002 0.863 18 Canadian eelpout 0.29 0.001 0.865 19 Spinyhead sculpin 0.25 0.001 0.865 20 Rex sole 0.25 0.001 0.866 ‘See Figure 3. 2Overall catch per unit effort, kg/km trawled. Total effort = 142.9 km. Parentheses indicate estimates of questionable accuracy due to potential sampling problems. Proportion of total catch per unit effort, all fish and invertebrates combined. Total CPUE = 223.53 kg/km. (25) where c is the number of joint occurrences, a is the number of oc- currences of species A, and b is the number of occurrences of species B(b>a). If the affinity indices of species pairs are greater than or equal to a specific breakpoint value (usually 0.50), then the species are considered to show affinity. Grouping is based on rules that include: All species within a group must show affinity with all other group members, the largest possible groups are formed, and no species may occur in more than one group. After recurrent groups were defined, intergroup relationships were determined as the ratio of the number of observed species- pair affinities between groups to the maximum number of possi- ble connections. The occurrences of groups among stations were also listed and plotted. Catch data from the 435 grid station trawls of the 1976 survey were examined. Although a total of 264 fish and invertebrate taxa was recorded at these stations, the analysis was restricted to 63 taxa considered to have been consistently and reliably identified by all field parties during all legs of the investigations (Table 20). These taxa included 45 fish taxa (18 families) representing the most abundant members of the demersal fish community, and 18 abundant invertebrate taxa. Results. —The recurrent grouping procedure organized 25 taxa, with one or more affinity values > 0.50, into five groups. Other taxa included in the analysis did not occur frequently enough to show affinity at the assigned level. Group composition and inter- group relationships are shown in Figure 22. The 25 taxa with significant relationships accounted for 78.9% (by weight) of the total catch of fish and invertebrates taken dur- Table 20.— List of taxa included in the analysis of species associations, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Taxon Raja spp. Clupea harengus pallasi Mallotus villosus Osmerus mordax Thaleichthys pacificus Boreogadus saida Eleginus gracilis Gadus macrocephalus Theragra chalcogramma Lycodes palearis Coryphaenoides spp. Trichodon trichodon Bathymaster signatus Lumpenus sagitta Anarrhichthys ocellatus Anarhichas orientalis Ammodytes hexapterus Sebastes aleutianus S. alutus Sebastolobus alascanus Anoplopoma fimbria Hexagrammos stelleri Dasycottus setiger Hemilepidotus hemilepidotus H. jordani Tcelus spiniger Melletes papilio Myoxocephalus polyacanthocephalus Triglops pingeli Hemitripterus bolini Agonus acipenserinus Careproctus rastrinus Eumicrotremus orbis Atheresthes stomias Glyptocephalus zachirus Hippoglossoides elassodon H. robustus Hippoglossus stenolepis Lepidopsetta bilineata Limanda aspera L. proboscidea Microstomus pacificus Platichthys stellatus Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus Reinhardtius hippoglossoides Octopus spp. Crangon communis C. dalli Pandalopsis dispar Pandalus borealis P. goniurus P. montagui tridens Chionoeceies angulatus C. bairdi C. apilio Chionoecetes sp. Hyas coarctatus alutaceus Hyas lyratus Oregonia gracilis Erimacrus isenbeckii Lithodes aequispina Paralithodes camtschatica P. platypus See Figure 22. Common name Unidentified skates Pacific herring Capelin Rainbow smelt Eulachon Arctic cod Saffron cod Pacific cod Walleye pollock Wattled eelpout Unidentified rattails Pacific sandfish Searcher Snake prickleback Wolf-eel Bering wolffish Pacific sand lance Rougheye rockfish Pacific ocean perch Shortspine thornyhead Sablefish Whitespotted greenling Spinyhead sculpin Red Irish lord Yellow Irish lord Thorny sculpin Butterfly sculpin Great sculpin Ribbed sculpin Bigmouth sculpin Sturgeon poacher Pink snailfish Pacific spiny lumpsucker Arrowtooth flounder Rex sole Flathead sole Bering flounder Pacific halibut Rock sole Yellowfin sole Longhead dab Dover sole Starry flounder Alaska plaice Greenland turbot Unidentified octopus Sidestripe shrimp Pink shrimp Humpy shrimp Snow (Tanner) crab (angulatus) Snow crab (bairdi) Snow crab (opilio) Snow crab (hybrid) Elbow crab Decorator crab Korean horsehair crab Golden king crab Red king crab Blue king crab 33 ing the 1976 survey. The distribution patterns of group occur- rences were regional with limited geographical overlap and were similar to results from the 1975 Bering Sea survey (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). The associations and distributions defined by the groups follow. Group | (outer shelf group): The 10 species of group 1 (Fig. 22) individually showed broad distribution patterns, ranging from north to south limits of the survey area and from inner Bristol Bay to the outer continental slope. In contrast to the extended ranges of the individual species, the occurrences of group 1 members together were restricted to 92 stations (depths 100-185 m) along the outer continental shelf (Fig. 23). Group 2 (central shelf group): Group 2 consisted of five fish species, plus one associated crab species, that were broadly distributed over the central Bering Sea continental shelf. The two most abundant species, yellowfin sole and Alaska plaice, were ap- parently migrating from deep to shallow water during the survey. Group 2 members occurred together at 62 stations in a large mid- shelf region between bottom depths of approximately 30-80 m (Fig. 24). Group 3 (northern outer shelf group): The three fish species of group 3 occurred as an isolated northern group, showing no af- finities to members from any other recurrent group. Group 3 members occurred together at 13 stations (depths 84-110 m) be- tween lat. 58°45’ and 60°00’N, directly south of St. Matthew Island (Fig. 25). Group 4 (southern deepwater group): Group 4 was com- posed of three flatfish species that occurred together at 50 stations in deep water (depths 115-450 m) along the outer continental shelf and slope (Fig. 26). Group 5 (Alaska Peninsula group): The two flatfish and one crab species of group 5 occurred together at 49 stations primarily in a broad area along the Alaska Peninsula between bottom depths of approximately 18-65 m (Fig. 27). Similarities between the recurrent species groupings observed during the 1976 spring trawl survey, and those of Pereyra et al. (see footnote 2), support the hypothesis that the Bering Sea demersal fish and shellfish community can be characterized by a few major, large-scale organizational features. A relatively small number of principal species accounts for most of the trawlable biomass. These species apparently show recurrent, although seasonally influenced, patterns of association within relatively well defined geographical regions of the Bering Sea continental shelf and slope. Distribution, Abundance, and Biological Characteristics of Principal Fish Populations Walleye pollock. Distribution and abundance.—Walleye pollock were widely distributed throughout the survey area, occurring at 335 (77.0%) of the 435 grid trawling stations, at an overall mean abundance of 34.00 kg/km trawled. Regions of highest abundance by weight were along the outer continental shelf (subareas 2, 3N, and 3S) west and southeast of the Pribilof Islands (Table 21, Fig. 28). Large numbers of juvenile walleye pollock (age 1 yr) were ob- served in regions of the inner continental shelf (subareas 1, 4S, and 4N), although their estimated total biomass was relatively low. GROUP 2 Yellowfin sole Alaska plaice Sturgeon poacher Pacific herring Capelin GROUP 1 Pollock Snow crab (opilio) Rock sole Snow crab (bairdi) Pacific cod Flathead sole Greenland turbot Snow crab (hybrid) Unidentified skates Pink shrimp GROUP 4 Arrowtooth flounder Pacific halibut Rex sole 1/5 Elbow crab GROUP 5 Red king crab Longhead dab Starry flounder GROUP 3 Bering flounder Red Irish lord Pink snailfish Figure 22.—Recurrent species groups observed in the Bering Sea during the 1976 spring trawl survey and their relationships. Species are listed in order of relative abundance within each group. Fractions indicate the ratio of the number of observed species-pair affinities be- tween groups to the maximum number of possible connections (maximum possible connections for any two groups = product of number of species within both groups). Dotted lines indicate associated taxa showing affinity with some group members, but not all. The total apparent population biomass of walleye pollock within the study area was 0.679 million t (95% confidence limits 0.480-0.879 million t), which appeared to be a relatively low estimate. During 1970-75, commercial catches of walleye pollock from the study area by Japan alone ranged from 0.6 to 1.2 million t/yr. The total Japanese walleye pollock catch during the period November 1975 to October 1976 was 0.8 million t. Another com- parison indicating that the 1976 survey estimate for walleye pollock biomass was low was the 1975 survey estimate of 2.43 million t (95% confidence limits 2.00-2.85 million t) from the same region (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). 34 Possible causes of the low estimate of walleye pollock biomass for 1976 include 1) decreased catchability—the availability of walleye pollock to demersal survey trawling may have been low because some of the population was off bottom for spring spawn- ing (Serobaba 1974); 2) emigration—seasonal and environmental- ly related shifts in geographical distribution may have decreased the proportion of the eastern Bering Sea population of walleye pollock within the survey area, as a result of cold temperatures and heavy ice cover over the continental shelf during spring 1976; and 3) true decline—an actual decrease in population biomass may have occurred between 1975 and 1976 as a result of natural and fishing mortalities. Mo8SG1 MoOYL Mod9I *AdAsNS [MGI Bupds wag Fupog, OL6L ‘(ZZ “Bia 998) | dnosad pudundas yo sauaLNdIIQ—'EZ INIT Mov 9l Mo991 Mo891 MoOL1 WOv Moddk MobdZl Mo9Z1 wool~ Mo821 9261 SNNf- 1eddV | dNOuS 081 NotS NoSG NeQ9S NodS Ne8S No6S NoO9 wood Nod9 Nof£9 35 Meo8S1 MeoO9I Mod9l *kaains [MBuy Bupds wag Bupeg OL61 ‘(ZZ “BL 395) Z dnosd yuauindas Jo saquaLNIIQ—"p7 andy] Mov9l Mo991 Meo891 MoOZ1 Medd Movdl M921 MoB821 e081 9261 3NNP -WddV 2 dnO0Uud 36 Mo8Sl MeO91 “Sy #, Ry Mod9l “AQAINS [MBI Bupds wag Bupag OL6l (ZZ “By 298) ¢ dnowd yuauindas yo sanuauNdIQ—'"S7 andy Mov9l Mo991 Mo891 McOL1 Moddk Movdl Mo9Z} MoB21 0081 NobS NoSG 9261 ANNE - 1udV € dnouo NeQ9S NoLS No8S No6S NoO9 wood Nol9 Noc9 Nof&9 37 Me8S1 MeO91 Mo29l *AaAINS |MbL) Buds Bag BULA OLOL ‘(ZZ ‘By 228) p dnosd puauindes Jo sauaLiNdIIQ—‘9z auNnd}y Meov9l Me991 Mo891 MoOZL1 Modcddl Movdl Me9Z1 MeB21 oO8l 9261 ANN? — Wed b dNOUsd wood NobS NoSS No9G NoZS No8S No6S NoO9 Nol9 Nod No&9 38 Mo8Sl MeoO91 Mod9h *Aaaans jaw) Bupds wag Bupag 9261 (ZZ “By 395) ¢ dnowd yusundas Jo saauaLNIIQ—'L7 Ana Motv91 M991 Mo891 MOL Mod MovZl M91 Mo821 Deoligta wae 9161 ANNP —WYdV S dNOY¥S 08k NobS NoSG NeQG NoLS No8S Ne6S NoO9 wood Nol9 Nod9 No&9 39 63°N 62°N 61°N 2 SLOPE VMI MUL « 1% \"A Ye | By POLLOCK APRIL - JUNE 1976 60°N 59°N 58°N 6 55°N 54°N of walleye pollock during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight). ind relative abundance Figure 28.—Distribution a Table 21.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of walleye pollock by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ Proportion Proportion Percentage Mean Estimated of total Estimated of total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population estimated Weight FL Subarea? occurrence (kg/km) (t) biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 68.2 0.92 1,706 0.003 298.1 0.066 0.096 9:9 4S 75.0 1.27 5,502 0.008 1,052.1 0.234 0.005 9.9 l 49.0 2.77 13,595 0.020 1,123.4 0.249 0.012 11.7 Outer shelf and slope &} 89.7 (36.54) (171,750) 0.253 (801.1) 0.178 0.214 26.6 3 Slope 90.9 (15.41) (2,986) 0.004 (4.4) 0.001 0.672 45.1 2 92.1 (119.24) (445,281) 0.655 (1,164.7) 0.259 0.382 36.0 2 Slope 80.0 (90.54) (38,673) 0.057 (61.1) 0.014 0.633 42.9 All subareas combined 77.0 (34.00) (679,492)? (4,504.9) 0.151 20.5 ‘Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased *See Figure 3. ‘95% confidence limits: 480,060-878,925 t. Of the total population biomass estimated from the 1976 spring survey, 71% was located on the outer continental shelf and upper slope in subareas 2 and 2 Slope, 26% in subarea 3N and 3S, and only 3% in inner shelf subareas 1, 4N, and 4S (Table 21). The total number of walleye pollock within the study area was estimated to be 4.50 billion individuals that were distributed among geographical subdivisions of the study area quite different- ly from the population biomass. Only 27% of the total number were located in subareas 2 and 2 Slope, as opposed to 71% of the biomass; 55% of the individuals occurred in the inner shelf (sub- areas 1, 4S, and 4N), representing only 3% of the total apparent biomass. Size composition.— Walleye pollock ranged from 7 to 90 cm FL, with an overall mean fork length of 20.5 cm (based upon 38,231 field measurements; Fig. 29). Populations in subareas 1, 4S, and 4N were composed almost entirely of small juveniles (overall mean fork length for each subarea 11.7, 9.9, and 9.9 cm, respectively). Populations in geographical subareas along the Outer continental shelf and upper slope were composed of mixed sizes showing a broad range around each mean fork length. Geographical subareas 3S and 3N showed substantial propor- tions of individuals in the size ranges 10-12 cm and 17-21 cm. The proportion of these small size groups appeared to decrease from north (subareas 3N and 3S) to south (subarea 2) along the outer continental shelf. Populations in subareas 2, 2 Slope, and 3 Slope differed from all other geographical regions in that their apparent size-frequency distributions mainly consisted of large (>30 cm) individuals. Mean fork lengths in these deepwater areas were subarea 2, 36.0 cm (range 10-82 cm); subarea 2 Slope, 42.9 cm (range 17-90 cm); and subarea 3 Slope, 45.1 cm (range 34-66 cm). Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were determined from an overall collection of 846 male and 1,144 female saccular otoliths. The ranges in ages observed were males, 1-14 yr, and females, 1-15 yr. The estimated numbers of in- dividuals within each age group are summarized in Table 22. However, because estimates of walleye pollock abundance for 1976 may have been biased low by sampling problems, the esti- mated numbers at each age (particularly in deepwater subareas 2, 2 Slope, 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope) are of uncertain accuracy. Relative 4l due to sampling problems. age distributions between different geographical regions of the survey area are compared in Figure 30. Overall, 59.7% (2.69 x 10° individuals) of the estimated population were distributed within age group 1, and 90. 1% (4.06 x 10° individuals) were observed to be 4 yr of age or less. Geo- graphical subareas 1, 4S, and 4N accounted for 91.3% of all age-1 individuals, and nearly all walleye pollock taken within those areas were only | or 2 yr of age. Populations within geographical areas along the outer conti- nental shelf contained fewer age-1 and age-2 individuals and higher proportions of large, old (=4 yr) individuals. Deepwater subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope showed relatively large proportions of age groups 7-10. Sex ratio.—Proportions of females observed in components of the estimated walleye pollock population are summarized in Table 23. The overall proportion of females was 0.43, suggesting either 1) a true disparate population sex ratio, or 2) sampling biases causing underestimation of females, perhaps due to decreased availability to survey trawling. If underestimation of females did occur, its cause was apparently not age specific or isolated to spawning individuals, since all age groups between 1 and 10 yr showed proportions ranging between 0.33 and 0.46. Females, however, did predominate in deepwater subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope. Length-weight relationship.—A total of 690 individuals from the walleye pollock populations in otolith areas B and D (Fig. 4) were measured for fork length and weight. The results are sum- marized in Table 24 and Figure 31. The length-weight relationships of males did not significantly differ between north and south populations. However, the rela- tionship observed for females indicated that individuals from the southern population (otolith area B) were significantly heavier (6-14%) at length, perhaps due to a higher proportion of ripe spawning individuals. sh The overall equation, W = 0.0034 L?-'’’‘, was used for all computations of population numbers requiring a length-weight relationship. Age-length relationship and growth.—Age-length keys were calculated from age data of 1,990 fish, and the mean fork length MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope 30 EN) in S04 s S fas ~ 2 at) 20 | SN 8 © 15 1s | 15 | o a 10 Mean length=15.7 9 + Mean length=18.6 °° + Mean length=16.9 5 n=934 S n=727 5 n=1661 0 (0) 0 0p DDD DH DDDID 0DNDD HD DW 0M DID 010 DD OD © 70 BO D 10 wD, DD, DD, 3s | 5 | 3 | = 20 20 a1 2s | 38 ied 15 15 OQ wl Mean length=33.9 10 { Mean length=34.2 10 | Mean length=273 n=6286 n=4618 n=15,418 5 | Salt Sul 0 10} — par (8): Jt ee ompnnnoDHeoODDMWlDNDnD OD OM 0M DID 010 0D OD DO 0 BH WD 100 es Se 30 5 | 35 | 3 3 ~ Ol a] 20 \ S SORE Ono Mean length=42.1 15 + Mean length=46.6 ‘> + Mean length=45.1 2 0 | n=103 10 | n=213 10 | n=316 5 + + 3 } ee fn a, ae MOM 00 DD 0 DMD DID 010 DDO DO 7M DIM 0 WO W Dy SO lyst Oi: a + a + a + ~ OO] 2 + 20 5 | 2 8 15 | 15 | 15 2 10 Mean length=36.8 10 Mean length=36.2 40 Mean length=36.0 | n=8382 if n=6248 | n=15,419 5 / 5 5 / | Se See gil 0 Oe ae a SeenON See fin 00 DDO DAODDM OD DDH DA DODDIM 0D DDO DO 7 WM M10 a0. =e D, } 3 | 5 ; 5 | 2 Eal 20 20 | oO slope 5 1 4 Mean length=40.4 15 Mean length=44.4 15 | Mean length=42.9 = = | = OQ 30 | n=1110 10 | n=1985 10 | n=3095 f\ | | 5 / 5 , 5 ; T | We \ | an ING ap | A Vf \ yA Opti ee EN el Ne eg INA SAAD ee OY (EN NS i op nnDoDMA OM DMW OMDnDnDHD DA 0M DID 00 DD OD O 7 M D400 Fork length(cm) Fork length (cm) Fork length(cm) Figure 29.—Size composition of walleye pollock taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. of age groups within the different sets of data was determined. Because only a limited number of age determinations was ob- tained from otolith area A, observations from otolith areas A and B were combined for analysis. Results of the growth curve fittings are summarized in Table 25. Overall, females showed a slightly higher growth completion rate (see Equation (24)) than males and approximately 8% larger asymptotic length (Fig. 32). Comparisons of growth characteristics between geographical regions are shown in Figure 33. For walleye pollock, comparisons between otolith areas A and B (combined) and otolith area D cor- respond to comparisons between populations northwest and southeast of the Pribilof Islands. Both males and females had 42 higher growth completion rates and larger asymptotic lengths in the southeastern geographical region. Reproductive condition. —Previous studies of the reproductive biology of eastern Bering Sea walleye pollock have reported spawning to occur seasonally (March to mid-July), with peak gonad development and spawning behavior occurring in May (Serobaba 1968, 1971, 1974). Because the spring 1976 survey pro- vided good coverage of this seasonal time period, one of the survey objectives was to assess the reproductive condition of the walleye pollock population within the study area. A total of 2,379 males and 3,585 females were examined for gonad condition during the 1976 spring survey. The frequency 4N 4s ed, MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Inner shelf x, D, 0, | | ei | B | 5 | | ext | 20 2 || Sa) ie S15] 4 15 15 | o || | OQ 10 | i| Mean length=11.4 10 Mean length=9.9 10 | | Mean length=9.9 Seat n=82 n=106 | n=412 Sie | \ 5 + Sst 0 We ln AMUN FUL NO PL Elo ae ss cmoonnon DH DM HID 010 DDO DHMH 0M DIO 00ND DO D & 0 BO BD 10 3004 % 1 20) assy at | a } | ay zo] || a 2 | || Sa! II al | El eee ai paiaa eal (Seed ey Mean length=10.2 ic | Mean length=10.2 10 { Mean length=9.9 Slat n=91 =| n=84 | pees Sen Hal 5 | I | | c t+. + Se 0 ee + eng OF || N = = 0m nD OD AH 0M DID 00 DODD DDH DADADMWoDmanonD ae 0 0 D 10 D, sya 0, at ESI 3 eat 20 | 20 8 | ! PS ji | Mean Jength=26.9 ae | Mean length=40.2 5 | Mean length=11.7 aw] ly n=61 10 | | n=51 10 | | n=872 | = dai Ss ein : a iN M eal Eee an One ee Se) Ee = 010 0D 0D 0 700 M10 010 0D OD OM 0M DID 00 0D 0 D 60 0 HO D 10 Overall Es x, a0 & at a )| =e zo | 20 ' oa O45 15 | 157 Na oe Mean length=32.9 Mean length=32.4 oe lea Mean length=20.5 aT n=17,049 seit n=14,032 a: || n=38,231 - | i || : { f\y RE 4 ee nN a5) | | Ou See BESO) EN SE 2p UE R 0opnyn DOD OH 70H Dio 00H DOD ODDO DID 00 20 DO D0 0 70 2 DO 10 Fork length (cm) Figure 29.—Continued. Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) ‘fable 22.—Estimated population size of walleye pollock age groups and year classes within survey subareas, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ 1 2 3 4 ) 6 7 8 9 10 11 >12 Ages All ages Subarea* 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 — unknown — combined Se ess Soa oe GSS Se Sees aS oSres Sa teem o SSeS oS lbONSOMIN Seesiacdsea cheep Soe seeecknas bese sseasoSeosonecs Inner shelf 4N 296.91 Haha} - — — 0.05 298.09 4S 1,049.61 2.47 0.02 1,052.10 I 1,109.19 9.09 1.84 1.41 0,02 0.02 0.12 0.26 0.40 0.27 0.40 0.15 0.22 1,123.39 Outer shelf and slope 3 (218.05) (153.68) (81.52) (240.27) (29.84) (8.51) (13.64) (19.50) (20.70) (12.06) (2.25) (0.74) (0.33) (801.09) 3 Slope = — (0.04) (1.76) (0.46) (0.16) (0.27) (0.53) (0.67) (0.40) (0.10) (0.05) _ (4.44) Z (14.94) (208.45) (306.59) (328.74) (77.12) (34.79) (48.13) (55.66) (41.90) (27.33) (15.95) (4.68) (0.38) (1,164.66) 2 Slope = (6,58) (5.40) (17.37) (4.73) (2.58) (5.20) (6.51) (5.29) (3.88) (2.63) (0.81) (0.15) (61.13) All subareas combined (2,688.70) (381.40) (395.41) (589.55) (112.17) (46.06) (67.36) (82.46) (68.96) (43.94) (21.33) (6.43) (1.13) (4,504.90) Proportion of total 0.597 9.085 0.088 0.131 0.025 0.010 0.015 0.018 0.015 0.010 0.005 0.001 0.001 Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased due to sampling problems. See Figure 3. POLLOCK SUBAREA MALE Tana] ee 1504 2! 40. 4N 50 a|20 1104 | late) re 4 seul WW 240 x Ww wo 4s 2 301 ind #204 = 104 = 024 6 8101214 607 8) + 504 | & 404 & 30 @ 20 10 60.92 4 6 8 101214 - 004 540 3 £301 (TT) eis a 204 -~024 6 8101214 6U 7 + 907 404 Stoel lw scope & 30 & a 204 =I hail a 04 So ‘ 2468101214 < al = 4 lu ie T2) S30: ” @ 20 ind io T 9 = =) 02468101214 ro) & 50+ Zee SLOPE & 3C a 20 5 ee = ire a WwW i | > fo) FEMALE = |00 (o} 4 6002 46 101214 0246 8101214 con0 24 6 8101214 504 404 304 207 cn.O 2 4 6 8101214 602 2 6 O12 4 3 2 4 6 = 4 z ' 0 2 46 8101214 AGE (YEAR) SEXES COMBINED aa =996 50 404 304 204 104 02468101214 607s 501 998 40} 304 204 104 0246 8101214 60) 587 504 404 30 20 0246 8 1012 14 4 6 8101214 4 6 8101214 6 8101214 0246 Figure 30.—Relative age composition of walleye pollock taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. Table 23.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of walleye pollock by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ Age group (yr) All ages Subarea? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 combined OO Proportioniofsfemalesigan = ea ame eae eee a oe Inner shelf 4N 0.63 0.00 _ — - 0.61 4S 0.47 — — _ _— _ _— _— _ — _— _— 0.47 1 — 0.40 0.61 0.20 0.00 0.76 0.68 0.80 064 0.74 0.85 0.94 0.51 Outer shelf and slope 3 03335 10!S0's 20:49 50:49) 50:35) (O!11 (0'SS) 405565 1:10:68) 0:45.91 0:S1- 9 0!59, 0.48 3 slope — ty O69 10/565 0:50 nen0:330 (0:72.55 1076) 1 10' SSO, 8am 0:85. 10:00, 0.66 2 0.34 «60.43 (0.37) (0.37, «0.37's«O0.36—S «0.37, s—«0.32—s—«s0.33-S «0.36 = «0.58 = 0.70 0.38 2 slope — 0.58 0.56 0.49 0.61 0.57 0.69 0.65 0.66 0.69 0.87 0.96 0.61 All subareas combined 0.46 0.45 0.42 O41 O41 0.33 041 041 0.44 0.41 0.58 0.65 0.43 ‘Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. *See Figure 3. Table 24.— Length-weight relationships observed for walleye pollock during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and between-sex differences. Otolith' Number FL Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length Sex area sampled range (cm) a b 10cm 30cm 50cm saccecsceennnee grams --------------- Males B 116 19-65 0.0048 3.0789 5.8 170.9 823.9 D 138 26-58 0.0052 3.0568 5.9 169.6 808.3 Both areas combined 254 18-65 0.0051 3.0641 5.8 170.1 813.9 Females B 299 18-69 0.0031 3.2127 5.0 172.4 889.8 D 137 21-60 0.0025 3.2568 4.4 158.9 839.2 Both areas combined 436 18-69 0.0029 3.2235 4.8 168.1 872.7 Overall 690 18-69 0.0034 3.1775 Sal 169.1 857.3 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences* Slope (5) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Males between areas B and D 1:250 0.03 1:251 0.28 Females between areas B and D 1:432 0.32 1:433 12:9%* Between sexes in area B 1:411 5.78* — _— Between sexes in area D 1:271 2.53 1:272 0.35 ‘See Figure 4. * = P <0.05, ** = P <0.01. distributions of observed conditions were summarized in a length- eos bea ck (26) maturity key for each sex. Male and female samples showed either of five stages of gonad condition: Immature, developing, spawn- ing, spent, or inactive (Table 7). By applying the estimated number of individuals within the population (for each sex, all subareas combined) at each fork length to the respective length-maturity key, an estimate was ob- tained of the number of individuals within each classification of gonad condition (at each fork length). The rate of attaining reproductive maturity (first spawning condition) was then ex- amined by computing the proportions of immature (condition code 1) and mature (condition codes 2-5) individuals within the population at each fork length. Individuals classified in code 2 condition (developing) were included in the mature category because, in one analysis of 570 developing individuals (from Miller Freeman hauls 14-50, 6-16 April 1976), 87% of males and 96% of females appeared to be near spawning. For each sex, the relationship between fork length and propor- tion mature was found to be fairly well described by a sigmoidal curve of the model: where P is the proportion of the population mature at fork length L (cm), e is the natural constant 2.71828 . . ., and b and c are constants (Fig. 34). Because an equivalent form of Equation (26) is (27) Z=a, +6b,L, where Z = In(—1nP), a, = 1nb, and b, —c, a least squares linear regression was used to estimate a, and b, and then obtain estimates of b and c. The fitted model for males was found to be 0.2240 —7 rs P = e~ 725.9478 5 (28) and the fork length at which 50% of the individuals were mature was 31.0 cm. Females matured at longer lengths than males, and the fitted model was 45 WEIGHT (grams) POLLOCK MALES POLLOCK FEMALES BD DV aN W=0.0029 L>-2235 WEIGHT (grams) 600 400 200 1l0 20 30 40 50 60 om 20 30 40 50 60 FORK LENGTH (cm) FORK LENGTH (cm) Figure 31.—Length-weight observations from walleye pollock taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and otolith area (see Fig. 4). Table 25.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for walleye pollock by sex and otolith area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Number Age FL Standard Otolith of age range range error of Parameters Sex areas Data set readings (yr) (cm) curve fit L K fo Male AB All ages 525 1-14 12-67 3.25 62.61 0.23 0.01 Selected ages 0, 2-11 17-67 1.46 55.77. 0.27 —0.01 D All ages 321 1-12 9-63 1.15 54.34 0.26 0.11 Selected ages 0, 2-10 15-58 1.67 55.34 0.23 -0.01 ABD All ages 846 1-14 9-67 3.49 61.93 0.23 0.22 Selected ages 0, 2-11 15-67 1.87 56.58 0.24 -—0.02 Female AB All ages 810 1-15 12-72 3.94 75.74 0.15 —0.32 Selected ages 0, 2-12 18-72 0.79 60.29 0.24 0.00 D All ages 334 2-13 18-74 4.57 65.44 0.21 0.42 Selected ages 0, 3-11 25-74 2.25 58.62 0.23 0.02 ABD All ages 1,144 1-15 12-74 3.89 77.55 0.14 —0.29 Selected ages 0, 2-12 18-74 1.07 60.95 0.22 0.00 ‘See Figure 4. 80 @ Male @ Female 70 60 50 40 FORK LENGTH (cm) 3 30 20 10 —1 0 5 AGE (year) Female Male 10 15 Figure 32.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for male and female walleye pollock, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (selected ages). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. —o.209L, P — e 867-088e ¥ (29) with the fork length, at 50% maturity, equal to 34.2 cm. By applying Equations (28) and (29) to the respective expanded age-length table (consisting of the estimated number of individ- uals in the population at each length and age), it was possible to approximate the percentage of sexually mature individuals within each age class (Table 26). However, because individuals within older age classes at a given length can be expected to be represented by a higher proportion of mature individuals, the esti- mates presented in Table 26 include the following potential biases: The percentage mature within young age classes (2 and 3 yr) may be somewhat overestimated; and the percentage mature within older age classes ( >4 yr) may be slightly underestimated. By summing the estimated number of individuals within each gonad condition code (Table 7), over all lengths, an estimate was obtained of the distribution of reproductive conditions among the 47 sampled populations (Fig. 35). As noted in the summaries of length and age distributions, the relative distribution of gonad conditions within the combined sex population (males, females, and undetermined) was markedly different from the distributions of male and female populations, due to the large influence of the population of small, immature fish of undetermined sex. In- dividuals of undetermined sex accounted for 55.8% of the overall estimated walleye pollock population. Nonetheless, the combined sex estimates provide the best description of the relative reproduc- tive condition of the sampled population. The overall percent frequency distribution (combined sexes) of gonad conditions observed was immature, 77.3%; developing, 11.7%; spawning, 6.8%; spent, 2.3%; and inactive, 1.8%. Because the walleye pollock population within the study area may have been poorly sampled by the spring 1976 survey (as indi- cated by low estimates of overall population size and low propor- tion of females), the preceding analyses should be considered in- itially as only summaries of the sampled population. The relation 80 Pollock males 4 Otolith areas A and B 70 B® Otolith area D FORK LENGTH (cm) = 41-6 10 15 2 AGE (year) 80 Pollock females 4 Otolith areas A and B 70 ® Otolith areaD FORK LENGTH (cm) —1 0 5 AGE (year) 10 15 Figure 33.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for walleye pollock taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and otolith area (see Fig. 4). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. 1.00 POLLOCK MALES P = @7728.947 e224 .80 bsg = 31.0 cm a ind « 60 Ee 1S) a 5 40 a WwW ue 30 i— roe WW 2 iy 20 Qa 10 IMMATURE DEVELOP SPAWN. SPENT INACTIVE POLLOCK, SEXES COMBINED a ALL SUBAREAS oO 7 WwW >) og Ww [ee we io = WwW oO ar W a IMMATURE DEVELOP. SPAWN GONAD CONDITION SPENT INACTIVE Figure 35.—Reproductive condition of walleye pollock taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Previous tagging studies have indicated a migration of yellowfin sole from a wintering area west of St. Paul Island towards Nunivak Island in spring (Wakabayashi see footnote 5). The concentration encountered between the Pribilof Islands and 63°N 62°N 6I°N 59°N 58°N S7°NF YELLOWFIN SOLE APRIL ,1976 SE°N [ +] NocatcH A <2s 25-100 55°N | | 100-250 y >250 54°N 180° 178°w I76°W 63°N 62°N 6I°N 59°N 58°N 57°NF YELLOWFIN SOLE MAY, 1976 56°N [+] NocatcH <25 25-100 55°N [| 100-250 f >250 54°N 180° 178°W I76°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 36.—Distribution and relative abundance of yellowfin sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight): A) April; B) May. 51 an U ihe YELLOWFIN SOLE “pi JUNE 1976 . : ¢ ; . ow |! 100 - 250 > 250 180° 178°W \76°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 61°N 59°N 58°N S7°NT YELLOWFIN SOLE JULY, AUGUST 1976 CATCH IN kg/km 56°N NO CATCH <25 I] 2-10 55°N | | 100-250 >250 54° 1B0° 78°w 176°W 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 37.— Distribution and relative abundance of yellowfin sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight): A) June; B) July- August. 52 Table 27.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of yellowfin sole in the Bering Sea by subarea and for all subareas combined during April, May, and June 1976.' Proportion of Mean Percentage Mean size Estimated population (cm) une (kg) June total estimated population May April 2 June ated biomass May Proportion of total oe May Estimated biomass (t) April at E me) hy ee eS OL ® ~ s < Se = eae 3 ey S Inner shelf 19,1 Ze) 0,090 0.121 0,137 0,054 0.093 0.766 489.9 0,037 44,249 88,151 939,471 23.94 47.50 100.0 4N 48 0,129 0,753 98.2 100.0 22.8 (34,092.9) 7,458.8 7,001.1 0,863 0.746 (0.788 0.865 976,007 (5,115,342) 258.98 Outer shelf 0.014 0.057 0.087 0.161 24.3 <0.001 559.9 799.3 (568.9) 0.101 0.071 <0.001 (105,788) 92,932 120,753 0.018 21.67 72.6 0.1 0.14 9.1 127.04 52.8 3 Slope 0.139 (4,849.8) All subareas 9,901.4 9,144.5 (39,511.6) "1,192,624 (5,911,135)* —*1,308,207 71.3 104.04 combined ‘Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased due to sampling problems. *See Figure 3. *95% confidence limits: April; 0-15,520,670 t May: 405,108-2,211,307 t June: 661,690-1,723,558 t. 53 St. Matthew Island in June 1976 (Fig. 37) may have represented such a migration in progress. Catch rates observed during the July and August 1976 sampling of the NMFS Crab-Groundfish Survey indicated that almost all yellowfin sole had migrated from waters west of the Pribilof Islands and most of subarea 2 by midsummer (Fig. 37). Because of the sampling problems caused by rapid inshore mi- gration, abundance estimates were imprecise and questionable. Large concentrations of individuals were probably sampled more than once during the April-June 1976 survey period, or even within individual months. Particularly severe biasing due to multi- ple sampling of high fish densities may have occurred during April when sampling was concentrated along the pack ice edge. However, because the survey and migrating population ap- peared to progress together, the pattern of sampling may have provided fairly complete coverage of the entire population within each month. As a result, population and biomass estimates were computed overall (April-June), and for comparisons, also for in- dividual months of survey coverage (Table 27). The overall apparent population biomass for yellowfin sole was 2.09 million t (95% confidence limits 1.17-3.02 million t); the estimated population size was 15.4 billion individuals. Estimates of population biomass obtained from the survey coverage during individual months were April, 5.91 million t; May, 1.31 million t; and June, 1.19 million t (Table 27). In relation to previous estimates (Wakabayashi 1975’; Waka- bayashi et al. see footnote 6), the overall and April estimates for yellowfin sole population biomass appear unrealistically high. The May and June estimates were approximately the same as the overall estimate obtained from the 1975 Bering Sea survey (1.04 million t; 95% confidence limits 0.87-1.21 million t) and were within the range of the 1975 survey’s 95% confidence limits (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). The precision of 1976 survey biomass estimates was relatively poor because of high variability in catch rates between stations and months, and the smaller number of samples upon which each estimate was based. As a measure of relative variance, the width of the 95% confidence limits for each 1976 biomass estimate (ex- pressed as a percentage of the estimated total biomass) was overall, + 44%; April, + 163%; May, +69%; and June, +44%. In comparison, the overall relative variance observed in the 1975 survey estimate for yellowfin sole was + 16%. During April, May, and June, approximately 79% (range 75-86%) of the apparent population biomass was distributed in survey subarea 1. Size composition. — Yellowfin sole taken during the 1976 spring trawl survey ranged from 5 to 44 cm TL, with an overall mean total length of 22.5 cm (based upon 39,352 field measurements, Fig. 38). In general, the size-frequency distributions were remarkably symmetrical and similar among all geographical regions of the survey area. Populations in inner shelf subareas 1, 4S, and 4N showed the broadest size range, with higher proportions of small, young individuals (<10 cm). Mean total length and the size range in each area were subarea 4N, 19.1 cm (8-41 cm); subarea 4S, 21.3 "Wakabayashi, K. 1975. Studies on resources of the yellowfin sole in the eastern Bering Sea. II. Stock size estimated by the method of virtual population analysis and its annual changes. Fishery Agency of Japan, Far Seas Fisheries Research Laboratory, 1000 Orido, Shimizu 424, Japan, 22 p. MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf ew, 2 + cy ww 1S 1 fey 15a (= 3S sg» 10 wo | 5 Mean length=24.0 Mean length=24.4 Mean length=24.3 aves n=2790 S n=4581 Sit! n=7371 ie} tO eee ee ORE = ee 0 10 0 HD 4 SO 6 70 © M10 0100 D0 4 SD & 70 B 3D 100 0 10 0 0 40 SD 6 70 & BW 100 2 4 wo, ec 4 e Age 57a) 15 { rT) 2 © wl . 10 | is 10 | 5 Mean length=22.9 Mean length=23.0 Mean length=22.9 (Goi Geilh n=2115 s | n=2900 sl n=5085 OnE pe et (AL eee es (0) it + ee 0 10 0 D0 40 SD 6 70 © 910 0100 DH 4 DW & 70 & B® 100 0 10 0 DH 0 DM 6 70 & WD 100 Inner shelf 2, ec, 2, r 15 | 15 ey aN on Mean length=18.7 oe Mean length=19.5 eT Meanjlengthal ai ce Ss n=1092 s | n=1794 5 | n=2886 o4 + — + + + + 0 + + —— + + + ee OF + Ee + BASU eS ae es eee MOE Oe 0} 40'c5e0' 30" 40) (50) 160) 70! (B0' "90/6400 0 10 0 D0 4 SD & 70 8 DW 100 4 20 20 E 15 | 15 | 15 | 4S © 10 10 | 10 | 5 | Mean length=20.3 | Mean length=22.0 Mean length=21.3 asn5 n=3346 spall if n=4625 Si n=7971 ) (ys ee ie ee eee - ONO) CO S01 A002 SO" 1605-70180, 90) 400 O.9:10\,.20; (30° 3401-50) 160" 70!) (80090100 0 10 0 3D 4 SO 6 70 8 WB 100 20 2 4 c0 4 et 1S 4 5h 4 [eb] | 1 oT Mean length=22.7 OF \ h=22.8 10 } = = an length=22. p\ Mean length=22. 1 Mean length=22.8 as 1 n=8359 5 { | n=7672 5 | n=16,031 | | \ Dp No Nei te Nh, oe ON a a Oe | aN pee alee i 1) 010 0 D0 40 DM & 70 BH DW 100 010 0 DH © DW &H 70 BO WD 10 0 10 0 DH 0 SD 6 70 & 100 Overall 20 t CO 4 ey sapio 1s | 15 ¢ | ° 10 Mean length=22.4 mu T NM Mean length=22.7 10 /\ Mean length=22.6 SORE n=17,706 5 fay n=21,576 5 | n=39,352 \ 0 0 | — \ + * ——— 0 —— 0 10 0 0D © SD &H 70 & DW 100 010 0 D0 © DM & 70 DW 100 0) *40) j20' 30) '40) °S0) 60! .70 8090100) Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Total length(cm) Figure 38.—Size composition of yellowfin sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. cm (9-44 cm); subarea 1, 22.8 cm (5-39 cm); subarea 3N, 25.9 cm (23-35 cm); subarea 3S, 24.3 cm (15-41 cm); and subarea 2, 22.9 cm (10-39 cm). Sampling stations with particularly high proportions ( >50% of all yellowfin sole taken) of small-sized (< 20 cm) individuals were located in inner Bristol Bay during May and along the northern boundaries of subareas 4S and 4N during June. These latter sta- tions showed relatively high proportions of individuals sized 16-18 cm. Age composition.—Totals of 507 male and 600 female sac- 54 cular otoliths were collected from yellowfin sole in the size range 13-36 cm. The observed ranges in ages were males, 3-16 yr, and females, 3-21 yr. Although the overall estimates of yellowfin sole total popula- tion abundance were apparently badly biased by the effects of migration, the overall estimated numbers of individuals at each length were used as the best estimators of relative age-frequency distribution. This analytical approach assumed that even if sam- pling problems caused overestimation of total population abun- dance, the effects may have been fairly uniformly distributed among all size and age groups. The validity of this assumption can Table 28.—Estimated population size of yellowfin sole age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.’ <3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Subarea? — 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 wenn nn nn nn nn nnn nn neem enna enna enna en en en nnne millions of fish ---------------------------------------------- Inner shelf 4N 11.0 58.4 103.5 128.3 77.3 38.2 35.9 17.5 4S 36.9 89.1 204.6 377.9 381.4 219.2 203.2 96.2 1 (69.2) (119.0) (546.5) (1,607.2) (2,139.2) (1,658.4) = (1,637.2) (765.8) Outer shelf 3 = 0.4 11.4 72.2 131.7 130.6 138.8 71.5 2 (0.1) (13.0) (147.5) (564.8) (819.0) (616.2) (593.9) (284.4) All subareas combined (117.2) (279.9) (1,013.5) (2,750.4) (3,548.6) (2,662.6) (2,609.0) (1,235.4) Proportion of total 0.008 0.018 0.066 0.178 0.230 0.173 0.169 0.080 11 12 13 14 15 16 217 Age All ages Subarea 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 — unknown combined wasn nmn nnn nnn nnn n nnn nn nnn nnn c nnn nn enn ennnnnn millions of fish ---------------------------------------------- Inner shelf 4N 5.4 5.8 3.6 1.8 2.0 0.1 0.2 0.9 489.9 4S 32.8 33.2 21.6 13.0 12 1.4 1.3 6.6 1,729.6 1 (239.7) (205.4) (121.5) (68.5) (57.8) (5.8) (2.7) (4.5) (9,248.4) Outer shelf 3 23.1 21.1 13.1 12, 6.1 0.7 0.4 0.9 629.2 2 (92.9) (82.6) (49.5) (27.3) (23.3) (3.1) (1.2) (2.3) (3,321.1) All subareas combined (393.9) (348.1) (209.3) (117.8) (100.4) (11.1) (5.8) (15.2) (15,418.2) Proportion of total 0.026 0.023 0.014 0.008 0.007 0.001 <0.001 0.001 ‘Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased due to sampling problems. *See Figure 3. only be evaluated by comparisons with independent estimates of age composition from other stock assessment programs. The numbers of individuals within each age group of the sam- pled population (available to capture by trawling) are summarized in Table 28. The estimates from geographical subareas 1 and 2, and also all subareas combined, are considered to be biased due to sampling errors caused by the effects of migration. But if biases were not age specific, the proportion of each age group within the available population may still be estimated with relative accuracy. The relative age-frequency distributions observed in different geo- graphical regions of the study area are compared in Figure 39. In general, major features of the age composition observed in all geographical subareas were quite similar, although some dif- ferences were evident. Overall, 75.0% of the apparent population was distributed within age groups 6, 7, 8, and 9 yr. In subareas 4N and 4S, the proportions of the apparent populations that were 5 yl or younger were approximately a factor of 4-7 times higher than observed in the other geographical regions. In subareas 3N and 3S, the apparent population was composed of relatively higher proportions of age groups 8 and older than in all other areas. Sex ratio.—Proportions of females in the apparent yellowfin sole population are summarized in Table 29. The overall propor- tion of females was 0.52, and females predominated in all geo- graphical regions except subarea 1. There were no evident age- related trends in sex ratio. Length-weight relationship.—A total of 506 individuals from the yellowfin sole populations in otolith areas A and C (Fig. 4) were measured for total length and weight (Table 30, Fig. 40). The length-weight relationships of male and female populations in Bp) otolith area A significantly differed, with females approximately 1-9% heavier at each length than males. Geographical differences were also observed between popula- tions in otolith areas A and C. Up to approximately 20 cm TL, both males and females showed significantly higher weights-at- length (up to 48% heavier at 10 cm length) in otolith area A. At sizes > 20 cm, males and females had higher weights-at-length in otolith area C. Age-length relationship and growth.—A total of 1,007 yellowfin sole otoliths were collected in otolith area A and 100 in otolith area C. Results of the growth curve fittings are sum- marized in Table 31. Male and female populations had very similar growth characteristics, although females showed a slightly higher growth completion rate and approximately 1% larger asymptotic total length (Fig. 41). Rock sole. Distribution and abundance.—Rock sole were widely distributed along the outer continental shelf and the Alaska Peninsula into Bristol Bay (Fig. 42). Overall, rock sole were taken at 235 (54.0%) of the 435 grid stations, at a mean abundance of 11.81 kg/km trawled (Table 32). Centers of high density were lo- cated in subarea 2 (north of Unimak Island and southeast of St. George Island), subarea 4S (directly east of the Pribilof Islands), and subarea 1 (directly off Port Moller). In general, catch rates were low throughout other regions of the observed range. The total apparent population biomass was 236,000 t (95% confidence limits 80,000-392,000 t), approximately 39% larger than the estimate of 170,000 t from the 1975 survey (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). While it is difficult to assess the true accuracy of MALE FEMALE COMBINED SUBAREA 25 520 i 4N oils w 10 a £3 5791113 151719 23.5 7 9101315 1719 =3 5 7-911 13151719 w — WwW ag 0% 4S a WJ 2a z ISOM ou onielS, SS a7 Qos sauina9 =13) 55) 10, Sills |S smale 25 254 520 204 tons 154 ti W104 104 574 54 =93)15 7 SAV tSASArAg £357 911 13151719 7 91113 151719 3 w =I a 7p) €3 5791113151719 S355 79141 13415 1719 £35 791113151719 a = 25) 257 254 = 520-4 204 204 © 2 oO154 154 154 W400 Te) ml aI a 5 Ss Dr eo Moo Neo £357 91113151719 <35 79113 1517 19 254 904 4 20 1 za 5 a 10 WwW > 5 (oe) = 6:9 GO TNSASNGAS = WwW 57 (9 tds SMir19 7 911 13 151719 AGE (YEAR) Figure 39.—Relative age composition of yellowfin sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. Table 29.—Proportions of females in the apparent yellowfin sole population by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Age group (yr) All ages Subarea* <3 4 5 6 a 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 combined wana n nn nnn nnn nnn n anna enna Proportion of females -----------------------------------------------=-- Inner shelf 4N 0.51 0.61 0.62 0.52: 0.57 0.59 0.65 0.75 0.58 0.58 0.62 0.66 0.81 0.43 0.59 4S 0.43 0.52 0.53 0.52 0.58 0.61 0.68 0.76 0.60 0.58 0.72 0.69 0.81 0.27 0.58 1 0.42 0.61 0.51 0.51 0.46 0.42 0.47 0.53 0.33 0.36 0.42 0.56 0.58 0.57 0.47 Outer shelf 3 — 0.88 0.59 0.68 0.60 0.59 0.62 0.68 0.51 0.53 0.59 0.71 0.71 0.20 0.62 2 0.50 0.97 0.58 0.62 0.56 0.54 0.57 0.64 0.43 0.44 0.56 0.53 0.61 0.28 0.57 All subareas combined 0.44 0.60 0.54 0.54 0.51 0.48 0.52 0.58 0.39 0.41 0.49 0.58 0.63 0.37 0.52 ‘Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. *See Figure 3. Table 30.—Length-weight relationships observed for yellowfin sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and betweea-sex differences. TL Otolith Number __ range Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length Sex area' sampled (cm) a b 10cm 20cm 30cm wencenceeee grams ------------- Males A 180 9-33 0.0226 2.7504 12.7 85.5 260.9 S 33 16-27 0.0044 3.2909 8.6 84.7 — Both areas combined 213 9-33 0.0208 2.7790 12.4 85.6 264.2 Females A 193 10-37 0.0195 2.8197 12.8 90.8 284.9 Cc 100 17-34 0.0058 3.2162 95 88.9 327.6 Both areas combined 293 10-37 0.0168 2.8698 12.4 91.1 291.9 Overall 506 9-37 0.0172 2.8532 12.2 88.7 282.2 Analysis of covariance Slope (b) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Males between areas A and C 1:209 103% _ = Females between areas A and C 1:289 LOSS _— = Between sexes in area A 1:369 1.1 1:370 16.9 Between sexes in area C 1:129 0.2 1:130 3.3 ‘See Figure 4. 7** = P <0.01. the two estimates, the 1976 spring survey estimate may have been biased high—similar to yellowfin sole—by effects of inshore migration (Shubnikov and Lisovenko 1964). The distribution of apparent population biomass during the 1976 survey was subarea 2, 46.9%; subarea 4S, 32.9% (resulting from high catch rates along the subarea’s western boundary); and subarea 1, 14.3% (Table 32). The total number of rock sole within the study area (available to the trawl) was estimated to be 928.9 million individuals, distrib- uted among geographical regions similar to the apparent biomass. Size composition.—Rock sole ranged from 6 to 48 cm TL, with an overall mean total length of 27.8 cm (based upon 10,561 field measurements; Fig. 43). In general, the observed size-frequency distributions were similar among all geographical areas. In all areas, the frequency distributions for male populations were shifted toward small sizes, with mean total lengths approximately 86% (range 85-90%) those of the female populations. Populations in subareas 4S and 2 Slope had the largest mean total lengths (31.3 and 30.4 cm). Populations in subareas 1, 2, and 3S showed smaller size distributions (mean total lengths 26.0, 27.0, and 27.0 cm) due to relatively higher proportions of small, young individuals (< 24 cm). Particularly broad size ranges were observed in subarea 2 (6-48 cm) and subarea 1 (1247 cm). Trawl- ing stations with high proportions ( >50% of all rock sole taken) of small (<24 cm) individuals were primarily located directly north of the Alaska Peninsula, between Unimak Island and Port Moller. Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were based upon an overall collection of 252 male and 451 female saccular otoliths. The ranges in ages were males, 3-14 yr, and females, 3-16 yr. The estimated number of individuals in each age group (available to the trawl) are summarized in Table 33. Overall, 79.4% of the apparent population was represented within age groups 6-10 yr. Relative age distributions between geographical areas and sexes are compared in Figure 44. In all areas, female populations were relatively older than males; overall, 25.7% of females were older than 10 yr, compared to only 2.0% of males. The proportional representation of each age group was quite variable between different geographical areas. In subareas 4S and 57 “(p “8)q 295) Bare Y)IO}O puwB xas Aq ‘Aaains [Mwy Bupds Bag BuULEG 9/6] 24) BULINp Uaye) ajos UYJMOTPA WOIy SUONBAIISGO JYSIaM-y)3UuI]— "Op andi (W9) HLONST WLlOLl (W9) HLON3T IWLOL Oe Oz Ol O¢ O02 Ol OO! OO! 002 002 OO£ OO¢ OOv OOv (swos6) LHOISM (swos6) LHOISM o6srz! 80Z0'0=M OOS OOS 009 009 002 002 SSIWN34S 3110S NISMO113A SSIVW 3410S NISMOT1ISA 58 Table 31.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for yellowfin sole by sex, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Number Age ANE, Otolith of age range range Sex areas' Data set readings (yr) (cm) Male AC. All ages 507 3-16 13-36 Selected ages 0, 4-12 0, 13-33 Female AC All ages 600 3-21 13-36 Selected ages 0, 4-14 0, 13-36 'See Figure 4. 40 @ Male @ Female 30 oS . ae = Oo 2 i 20 a = tl 16) Age All ages Subarea' — 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 — unknown combined wana nn anna nnn n nanan nnn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nena nan millions of fish --------------------------------------------------------0---0=07-- Inner shelf 4S _— — 1.17 1495 23.75 21.00 41.00 48.11 36.67 19.22 2.94 2.04 1.67 1.33 1.32 218.17 1 4.28 3.67 6.64 43.11 27.87 13.03 19.93 18.33 13.40 5.43 0.92 0.76 0.35 0.21 0.14 158.07 Outer shelf and slope 3S —_— — 0.37 26.09 13.36 7.73 6.85 1.74 0.14 0.37 — _ _— — 1.19 58.39 2 5.74 1.23 9.78 109.01 96.14 53.52 80.79 67.83 45.29 14.79 1.97 1.57 0.55 0.46 1.85 490.52 2 Slope — — 0.01 0.16 0.23 0.22 0.41 0.48 040 0.12 0.02 0.02 _— — 0.01 2.07 All subareas combined 10.02 4.90 17.97 193.32 161.35 95.50 148.98 136.49 98.90 39.93 5.85 4.39 2.57 2.00 4.51 928.93 Proportion of total 0.011 0.005 0.019 0.209 0.174 0.103 0.161 0.147 0.107 0.043 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.005 ‘See Figure 3. 2 Slope, the relative age distributions (sexes combined) were skewed toward large, old (9, 10, and 11 yr) individuals. In subareas 1, 3S, and 2, age groups 6 and 7 were predominant. Sex ratio.—The overall proportion of rock sole females was 0.55, with females more abundant than males in all geographical areas (Table 34). Females dominated all age groups for subareas combined except 6, 8, and 9 yr. Age groups 4, 11 yr, and older were represented by particularly high proportions of females. Length-weight relationship.—A total of 707 individuals from the rock sole populations in otolith areas A, B, and D were measured for total length and weight (Table 35, Fig. 45). The length-weight relationships of both male and female populations significantly differed among the three regions. For both sexes, heaviest weights-at-length were observed along the outer con- tinental shelf in otolith areas B and D, followed by inner shelf otolith area A. Significant differences were also found between male and female populations in otolith areas A and D. In otolith area A, females were approximately 24-36% heavier at length than males. In otolith area D, females were approximately 13-69% heavier at length. The overall relationship (Ww = 0.0026 L?-*''*) was used for all computations of population numbers. Age-length relationship and growth. —Age-length keys result- ing from the 703 rock sole age determinations were developed and the mean total length of age groups was determined. The total number of otoliths collected in each area was otolith area A, 277; otolith area B, 280; and otolith area D, 146. The data from otolith areas A and B were combined to create a more complete age- frequency table for the geographical regions of highest population abundance. Results of the growth curve fittings are summarized in Table 36. The data sets with selected ages seemed to give the best parameter values, although the curve fittings for males and females in otolith area D were determined using only three mean lengths-at-age. Overall (i.e., for otolith areas A, B, and D combined), male rock sole showed a faster relative growth completion rate than females, although the male asymptotic total length was only 85% that of females (Table 36; Fig. 46). Comparisons of apparent growth characteristics between geo- graphical regions are shown in Figure 47. Although the small number of data points representing otolith area D certainly limits conclusions, at the ages for which data were available from both Table 34.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of rock sole by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ All ages Age group (yr) eae Subarea? <3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1516 bined nanan near nanan anna nnn nn nena naan nnn nanan nna Proportion of females ------------------------------------------------ Inner shelf 4S — — 041 0.50 0.51 0.44 0.43 0.61 0.93 0.99 1.00 0.77 1.00 1.00 0.63 1 0.75 1.00 0.65 0.55 0.50 0.38 0.34 0.57 0.96 0.98 — 0.93 1.00 1.00 0.53 Outer shelf and slope 3S) —_— — 0.21 0.53 0.53 0.11 0.82 0.97 1.00 100 — — — — 0.53 y 0.49 1.00 0.62 0.48 0.55 0.41 0.34 0.51 0.91 0.94 1.00 0.58 1.00 1.00 0.51 2 Slope — — 1.00 0.86 0.90 0.87 0.85 0.93 0.98 0.99 1.00 0.88 — = 0.92 All subareas combined 0.63 1.00 0.63 0.50 0.56 0.30 0.43 0.61 0.93 0.98 1.00 0.75 1.00 1.00 0.55 ‘Based upon sampled individuals -for which sexes could be determined. See Figure 3. Table 35.—Length-weight relationships observed for rock sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and between-sex differences. Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length TL Otolith Number range Sex area’ sampled (cm) Males A 80 12-32 B 129 23-39 D 80 21-33 All areas combined 289 12-39 Females A 136 13-45 B 187 24-43 D 95 19-38 All areas combined 418 13-45 Overall 707 12-45 Analysis of covariance Males between areas A, B, and D Females between areas A, B, and D Between sexes in area A Between sexes in area B Between sexes in area D ‘See Figure 4. 7#* = P <0.01. geographical regions both male and female populations showed larger mean total lengths in this area. Flathead sole. Distribution and abundance.—Fiathead sole were widely dis- tributed along the outer continental shelf at bottom depths >75-90 m, with only scattered low-density occurrences in shallower inner-shelf areas (Fig. 48). Overall, flathead sole were taken at 220 (50.6%) of the 435 grid sampling stations, at a mean abundance of 4.95 kg/km trawled (Table 37). A single large con- centration centered in subarea 2, between St. George and Unimak Islands, accounted for most of the estimated population biomass. Although commonly taken in other areas of the outer continental shelf and slope (subareas 3N, 3S, 2 Slope, and 3 Slope), densities in those areas were relatively low. — a NN a b 10cm 20cm 30cm eee grams) 0.0040 3.1908 6.1 56.5 206.3 0.0082 3.1038 10.4 89.7 315.8 0.0032 3.3302 6.7 68.1 262.9 0.0013 3.6144 5.3 65.2 282.3 0.0063 3.1217 8.3 72.2 256.1 0.0057 3.2170 9.3 86.7 319.5 0.0122 2.9693 11.3 89.0 296.8 0.0049 3.2333 8.4 79.2 294.1 0.0026 3.4113 6.7 71.9 286.9 Tests for differences? Slope (5) Common means df F ratio df F ratio 283 0.22 2:285 80.9** 412 1.67 2:414 74.6** :212 0.20 1:213 36.6** 312 0.71 1:313 0.07 171 2.70 1:172 38.5** The total apparent population biomass of flathead sole within the study area was 99,400 t (95% confidence limits 63 ,800-135,000 t, approximately 88% of the 1975 survey estimate of 113,000 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). The distribution of biomass among geographical regions was subarea 2, 83.9%; subareas 3N and 3S, 10.3%; subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope (combined), 3.5%; and all inner shelf subareas (combined), 2.3%. The total number within the 1976 study area (available to the trawl) was estimated to be 440.1 million individuals. The distribu- tion of population numbers among geographical areas was essen- tially the same as apparent population biomass. Size composition. —Flathead sole taken during the 1976 spring survey ranged from 8 to 50 cm TL, with an overall mean total length of 27.5 cm (based upon 6,479 field measurements; Fig. 49). In all subareas, male populations were composed of smaller sized MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope 20 t ec 4 20 4 = 154 oa aor 38S Bb! al a Ole Mean length=25.5 Mean length=28.3 - \ Mean lJength=27.0 T n=693 T n=762 T Ne n=1455 ro dO eee pene a ee, EE fae — . Eee ee SOO AN ONN108 20: 30) <40) (S0).F0" 709180 -30'°100 010 0 D 0 DM & 70 BD 100 0, 4 ce 4 4S 1S Ih AS) Mean length=25 .2 Mean length =28.7 Percent {=) uw S ae > ers: ° 6 pose uw 6 = + aa Bs | = D =) o = | g ay tt nN ~N o \ n=3766 n=2761 n=6527 ae uli setters 07] a ee) S earner we, Ompt9 C0 5057405 S50) SE0i-70 60) 907100 0 10 © 3% 4 3S 6 70 8 SB 100 OR 102053057 405 SO) 60/5 702) BOP 901/400 20 4 20 4 COE: ~ 2 e 15 | | 15 | 15 | £10 | 10 | 10 | slope OG | Mean length=26.7 Mean length=30.7 Mean length=30.4 ai n=22 S n=255 Dia. n=277 9) ar ee a a, fee as Hg ls z aS oes 0 10 © 3 40 SS 6 70) SW 100 0 10 0 DH 4 SD & 70 8 B® 100 0% 403520! 930140" (50 (60% (70): 80), 90-100. Inner shelf a0 0, 30). 35 | | 3 | a | | i= 20 + | 20 | 20 | 4S o 15] | AS 1s | 2 } ® | im e210! {| 10 | oll N\ | Mean length=28.0 Mean length=33.1 Mean length=31.3 S 4 \ n=110 34 n=213 S + n=323 Cig eee IH NN Re tae Oe a i Rl as Ae nae ol a pares 5 eS 010 0 0 0 0 6 70 0 D100 0100 D0 0D OH 70 OH Di10 0 10 0 0 0 D0 & 70 O D 10 cy cO 4 20 4 E51 15 | 415 | 1 a sty 1o | 10 | ae } Mean length=23.9 Mean length=27.8 Mean length=26.0 SA! ie | n=948 5 n=1031 5 | ae a op Bie) ot eee nme ey ol a fe ek een 0p DDH DODD DID ODODD HO DO DH DIM 00 DDO D 0 7 HM D 10 Overall 20 + 20 0) ae | 15 15 e 10 | AM 10 10 ae Ha Mean length=25.6 im Mean length=29.7 Mean length=27.8 } n=5539 S n=5022 Ss TR NS eee 0 pee ca 5 eo ite 00 0D ODO 0D Di 0DnDD Oo DO 0M Di0 010 0 0 0 0 HO 70 0 WD 10 Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Total length (cm) (sj Figure 43.—Size composition of rock sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes com- bined includes male, female, and undetermined. 63 INNER SHELF OUTER SHELF AND SLOPE OVERALL 4S 3S PERCENT —-NWDHD OO SEOROZORO) Pome IAMS 305 PERCENT —~nmwpsp on Ooo e){e) oor OW IS1Siir LL PERCENT W 2 FEMALE 3 <3 SF OW ASASN¢ 39 7 SAMSIS 7 a SSD Sa SNOMi7 PERCENT W (e) A: [e) er een SSD) mel SilSiie 20 SSionn 911131517 SNS DUNS N7 <3 Sy TA Sah hieM ene 20 LS Onimeo MIN SOMitG —N WwW (SS are) 7 <3 57 SIMtSiSir on Ss 404 W oO 1 ie) ) = £35 1 OI 131517 AGE (YEAR) SEXES COMBINED <9 MN SONG 3° fe SATS tOWif <3 SASH iG STO ULM NS Oui <35 79 131517 <35 7 911131517 Figure 44.—Relative age composition of rock sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. “(pb “S}y_ 99s) Base YRYOIO puw Nas Aq ‘AdAINS [MUD BuLds Bag BULAG 9267 AY) BULINP UdyB) aJOS Y901 WO SUOPBAIASGO JYSJaM-Y)dUdT— ‘Sp aunty (W9) HLONAT WLlOl (W9) HLONST WLOl Ov Of Od Ol Ov Of O02 Ol 002 002 00€ OO0€ OOv OOv OOS OOS 009 009 O02 O02 (swoj6) LHOISM 008 008 SJIWW34 31IOS MO0Y SAITVW 3110S MOO’ (swos6) LHOISM 65 40 30 € Ss ac - Oo in ui 20 —| x ke O ke 10 = Table 36.— Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for rock sole by sex and otolith area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey." Otolith Sex areas! Male AB D ABD Female AB D ABD ‘See Figure 4. @ Male @ Female Data set All ages Selected ages All ages Selected ages All ages Selected ages All ages Selected ages All ages Selected ages All ages Selected ages Number Age TL of age range range Teadings (yr) (cm) 182 3-14 14-39 0, 6-11 20-37 70 5-10 21-33 0, 6-8 21-33 252 3-14 14-39 0, 6-11 20-37 375 3-16 14-45 0, 6-12 18-45 76 5-12 19-38 0, 6-9 22-34 451 3-16 14-45 0, 6-12 18-45 @ 5 AGE (year) Standard error of curve fit 1.20 1.04 0.65 0.71 1.20 0.94 1.34 0.56 1.88 0.08 1.34 0.47 10 Parameters K 0.22 0.15 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.16 0.10 0.12 0.49 0.16 0.10 0.13 Female Male 15 Figure 46.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for male and female rock sole, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (selected ages). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. 40 Rock sole males 4 Otolith areas A and B @ Otolith area D TOTAL LENGTH (cm) a 15 Uy 2 AGE (year) ty ay Rock sole females D 4 Otolith areas A and B & Otolith area D 30 TOTAL LENGTH (cm) ) is) — fo) —1 0 5 INGEN year) 10 15 Figure 47.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for rock sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and otolith area (see Fig. 4). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. 67 *(WyBjam Aq) Aoauns mes) Bupids vag Bupeg 9761 24) BuyNp ajos peayjey Jo aouspunNgs aanejas pus VONNgu~Ns|q—‘gp andy Me8S1 MeO9l Mod9t MovQl Me991 Mo891 McOZ1 Moddl Movdl M921 MoB21 0081 \ 3401S 2 NoGS 4% Qi AN lan fA —~“ )) OS ee, No9S w4/64 NI HOLVD : 4 1] DO : Pgs ADONIS € 9261 ANN -WYdV + A = My 5 p> sae! iva a | 310S QV3HLV14 Jy. uD - CIM + No&9 68 3S slope slope Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope oO, ec , [=9) AS a5 1S 10 | (oat 10 Mean length=24.4 Mean length=25.7 Mean length=25.0 Sep n=554 Sit n=552 Sie n=1106 or es ae a aa, == ‘ re, OM NSS, < 40 7 OVR BOS -S0 F100: 0 10 & 40 0D 8& 70 & ® 100 0100 DH 0 DOD & 70 £ BW 100 2» 4 2 , 20 + 15 | 15 | 15 | 10 10 | 10 | | Mean length=28.3 Mean length=28.9 Mean length=28.6 5 n=59 S 4 n=88 Sat n=147 je Ai ee (0). Hn eee en) . . a, Oo 10 OG BO S90 100 Fe One 10 30/9640) -50) 1605570) 801 501-100 Gis 03 c0) 30) 74005015 60/570) + B0'9t90!5100 2 20 4 20 15 fa 15s 1S | to | A 10 | 10 | / Mean lJength=27.3 Mean length=28.6 Mean length=27.8 S n=2529 sel n=1895 St mel n=4424 an 2 pe en, IL — — Oued [AS ES SS eS ea OF 0095 20 R030 5240s S0757 607 Onn BO ig: 90200) 0100 0 0 0 0 7 0 XD 10 0 10 0 3D 4 SO 60 70 & WW 100 20 CO 4 4 t 15 | skye 1s | 10 | 10 | 10 | Mean length=29.0 Mean length=33.3 Mean length=32.2 s | n=209 5 ero ane n=564 5 | n=773 0) + iN + 0 + + + + + + + + 0) + + + + + - + > 010 20 0 40 0 6 70 © WD 10 O10) (20) 30) 40 $50! 160/70) '80) +90)-100: O} $10>9:C0), 30) 740)" S08 1605570) 180s *S0'=100 Inner shelf 0 oO 0, fas) 3 3 20 | 20 20 + 15 | | 15 | 1s | 10 | | | 10 | 4 | Mean length=28.4 | Mean length=35.8 Mean length=31.7 al | n=14 5 1 n=15 Sel lu n=29 | \ 0 | zl * = = 510) | eae Se ee, JE O10) 7e0 > S040) 50) 3605970) {80 S0) 100) © 205 $10)-5e0) 50) 540: +50) (EO 770i B0S0100 eo Soe eee Overall 0 4 20 20 45 1S is 10 10 a4 10 = Mean length=26.9 Mean length=28.4 Mean length=27.5 5 n=3365 S n=3114 5 n=6479 ol : : tO ae ee ee) SS — 0p no 0 0 D Total length (cm) 60 70 80 S% 100 0 i0 20 0 0 Total length (cm) 6 70 80 SO 100 01020 0 0 0 6 70 & © 10 Total length (cm) Figure 49.—Size composition of flathead sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 69 Table 37.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of flathead sole by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Proportion Proportion : Percentage Mean Estimated oftotal Estimated _off total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population _ estimated Weight TL Subarea' occurrence (kg/km) (t) biomass (millions) —_ population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 22.7 0.07 128 0.001 0.7 0.002 0.183 — 4S 17.9 0.08 356 0.004 2:5 0.006 0.145 — 1 25.0 0.36 1,769 0.018 4.8 0.011 0.369 = 31.7 Outer shelf and slope 3 68.4 2.18 10,255 0.103 63.6 0.145 0.161 25.0 3 Slope 90.9 2.43 471 0.005 1.9 0.004 0.244 28.6 7) 75.3 22.34 83,437 0.839 358.2 0.814 0.233 27.8 2 Slope 57.5 7.06 3,014 0.030 8.4 0.019 0.361 = 32.2 All subareas combined 50.6 4.95 299,430 440.1 0.226 927.5 'See Figure 3. 795% confidence limits: 63,848-135,012 t. individuals than female populations (overall mean total length: Males, 26.9 cm; females, 28.4 cm). Female populations showed higher proportions of individuals >30-35 cm TL. Differences in size composition were also evident between geo- graphical areas. Largest mean total lengths (sexes combined) were observed in subareas 2 Slope, 1, and 3 Slope. Populations in subareas 2 and 3S (sexes combined) showed both the largest size ranges and smallest individuals (size ranges: Subarea 2, 8-50 cm; subarea 3S, 9-48 cm). Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were based upon an overall collection of 183 male and 209 female saccular otoliths from areas B and D. The observed ranges in age were males, 3-15 yr; females, 3-19 yr. The age composition of each apparent population is summar- ized in Table 38, excluding subareas 3N, 4S, and 4N because no length-frequency data were collected. Despite these excluded areas, Table 38 includes 435.8 million (99.0%) of the estimated 440.1 million individuals of the overall population (Table 37). Relative age distributions between sexes and geographical areas are compared in Figure 50. Age groups 7, 8, and 9 yr were impor- tant in all subareas, accounting for 63.8% of the total apparent population. In subareas 1 and 2 Slope, relatively large propor- tions of the populations were aged 9 yr or older (40.1% and 45.9%, respectively): Relatively large proportions of young in- dividuals (<6 yr) were observed in outer shelf subareas 3S (30.9%) and 2 (17.2%). Sex ratio. —The overall proportion of females was 0.41 (Table 39). Although males were more abundant than females in all areas of the continental shelf (subareas 1, 2, and 3S), females predominated in deep water (i.e., in subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope). With the exception of the 6-yr age group, males were more abundant than females at all ages in combined subareas. Length-weight relationship.—A total of 316 individuals from the populations in otolith areas B and D were measured for total length and weight (Table 40, Fig. 51). The overall observed rela- tionship was W = 0.0053 L-!7*, Male and female populations showed statistically significant differences between geographical regions in the slopes of their length-weight linear regression lines. At sizes less than approx- imately 20 cm, individuals of both sexes were heavier at length in otolith area D. At larger total lengths, individuals were heavier in otolith area B. A statistically significant difference was also found between male and female populations in otolith area B. At >13 cm TL, male flathead sole were 1-25% heavier at length than females. Table 38.—Estimated populstion size of flathead sole age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.’ =2 3 ~ 5 6 7 Subarea? — 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 Inner shelf 1 0.10 0.21 — 0.01 0.71 Outer shelf and slope 3S 0.06 0.64 0.29 10.48 7.85 26.69 3 Slope = _ — 0.03 0.07 0.71 2 2.57 4.53 1.41 31.7 21.47 112.89 2 Slope — 0.05 0.01 0.07 0.09 1.39 All subareas combined 2.73 5.43 1.71 42.32 29.49 142.39 Proportion of total 0.006 0.012 0.004 0.097 0.068 0.327 8 9 10 11 =12 Age All ages 1968 1967 1966 1965 — unknown combined millions of fish 9 -——--—----—-----____---_______-______-________-__----- 0.91 0.93 0.28 0.35 1.30 — 4.80 10.65 3.20 0.92 0.78 0.90 0.06 62.52 0.53 0.28 0.09 0.08 0.13 = 1.92 74.07 41.55 17.11 21.68 28.02 1.18 358.22 1.60 1.30 0.69 1.16 1.82 0.16 8.34 87.76 47.26 19.09 24.05 32.17 1.40 435.80 0.201 0.108 0.044 0.055 0.074 0.003 ‘Populations in subareas 3N, 4S, and 4N are not included because no length-frequency data were collected. *See Figure 3. 70 Table 39.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of flathead sole by age group and geographical Age group (yr) Subarea? <2 3 4 5 6 i 8 C) wane nnn n nnn nn nena cena nnn nn nn nnee Proportion of females -------- Inner shelf 1 — 050 — — 1.00 0.40 0.18 0.23 Outer shelf and slope 3S — 0.41 0.51 0.42 0.51 0.53 0.44 0.52 3 slope — — =) (0:76) 10:83." (0.70) 10:53") 10:47 2 — 0.36 0.47 0.43 0.53 0.40 0.33 0.33 2 slope — 0.24 0.00 0.52 0.81 0.72 0.74 0.69 All subareas combined — 0.37 0.48 0.43 0.52 0.43 0.36 0.35 area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' All ages 10 1 212 combined 0.50 0.25 0.87 0.45 0.43 0.32 0.45 0.49 0.54 0.30 0.56 0.60 0.45 0.25 0.44 0.38 0.83 0.70 0.85 0.75 0.47 0.26 0.48 0.41 'Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. Populations in subareas 3N, 4S, and 4N are not included because no length-frequency data were collected. See Figure 3. Table 40.—Length-weight relationships observed for flathead sole during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and between-sex differences. Otolith Number Es Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length _ Sex area’ sampled (cm) a b 10cm 20cm 30cm nec nnccennennnee grams ----------------- Males B 112 14-35 0.0038 3.2946 7.4 72.6 276.4 D 70 13-34 0.0085 3.0319 9.1 74.7 255.4 Both areas combined 182 13-35 0.0043 3.2544 7.6 72.8 272.7 Females B 65 10-39 0.0054 3.1593 7.8 69.7 251.1 D 69 10-38 0.0101 2.9680 9.3 Wels! 243.6 Both areas combined 134 10-39 0.0073 3.0696 8.5 71.6 248.9 Overall 316 10-39 0.0053 3.1784 8.0 72.6 263.6 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences? Slope (b) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Males between areas B and D 1:178 Hele — — Females between areas B and D 1:130 6.70* = _ Between sexes in area B 1:173 3.49 1:174 36.6** Between sexes in area D 1:135 0.39 1:136 3.39 ‘See Figure 4. ** =P <0.05, ** = P =0.01. Age-length relationship and growth. —Because only a limited number of otoliths were collected in otolith areas B (262) and D (130), data from the two areas were combined to create more complete age-frequency tables. Results of the growth curve fit- tings are summarized in Table 41 and Figure 52. Male flathead sole showed a faster growth completion rate (see Equation (24)) than females, although the male asymptotic total length (selected ages) was only 70.1% that of females. Pacific cod. Distribution and abundance.—Pacific cod were widely dis- tributed over the study area, being taken at 275 (63.2%) of the 435 grid stations, at an overall mean abundance of 5.12 kg/km trawled (Table 42). High densities, on a weight basis (i.e., CPUE), were observed only along the outer continental shelf and slope (in subareas 2 Slope, 2, and 3 Slope) at bottom depths > 100-150 m (Fig. 53). In shallower areas (subareas 1 and 4S), juvenile cod (age 1 yr) were abundant, but their weight density and total estimated biomass were low. 71 The total apparent population biomass of Pacific cod within the survey area was 102,300 t (95% confidence limits 70,600-134,000 t). Although this value is a factor of 1.59 times larger than the 1975 survey estimate of 64,500 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2), both estimates may considerably underestimate true Pacific cod abundance within the study area. A primary cause of underestimation may have been low catchability. Since Pacific cod exhibit semidemersal behavior, only a portion of the popula- tion may have been vertically distributed so as to be available to bottom trawling (i.e., within 1.9-2.7 m of the bottom). During the period 1973-75, foreign fishing activities removed approximately 60,000 t of Pacific cod from eastern Bering Sea and Aleutian Island waters per year, although not all of these catches were taken within the 1975 and 1976 study area boundaries. The distribution of apparent population biomass observed dur- ing the 1976 spring survey was 74.3% in subareas 2 and 2 Slope (combined), 24.2% in subareas 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope (combined), and only 1.5% in inner shelf subareas 1, 4S, and 4N (combined). The total number of Pacific cod within the study area (available to the trawl) was estimated to be 128.2 million individuals. In FLATHEAD SORE SEXES SUBAREA MALE FEMALE COMBINED Mn coo 504 5 oF = a 2 40 40 404 uJ WwW 25), 4S) SO 30 30] oh 20 : a eats | 10 104 104 a Zz - re S24 6 8 10 I2 14 16 18 ? S24 6 810 1214 1618 Oj ke 2 404 uJ 3 2 307 | WW 904 hae S24 6 8 1012 1416 18 <2 4 6 8 101214 1618 Ww are oo Zz 40- cece SLOPE Et a a | Zz 104 a oj £24 6 8 1012 1416 18 8 1012 14 16 18 Ww l= 503 ep) K | Z 404 [0 WW | uJ CeO z Kt a = WJ 20+ 20 ro) ot 4 i f $2 4 6 B 1012 1416 18 4 6 8 1012 14 16 18 <2 4 6 8B 1012 141618 EC). of 50. — : : aa 404 40 2 Ors 304 3 SLOPE & WW 4 204 204 z + 6 810 12 19 1618 £2 4 6 8 101214 1618 <2 4 6 8B 1012 141618 pas J =| ra 104 4 4 z ee | 304 304 a W | uJ a 1 cU7 9 > 1ou ; Fi oO 04 oy lL £2 4 6 8 1012 1416 18 £2 4 6 8 1012 141618 <2 4 6 B 10 12 14 1618 AGE (YEAR) Figure 50.—Relative age composition of flathead sole taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. “(p “Sy 99s) Bose YOO puw Nas Aq ‘Aoauns MBs) SuLds BIS BULIIG O26] 24) SuLINp UayB) aJOS pway)eY WOsy sUONBAIISGO JYSIaM-Yy)dUaT—'[S auNndIy (WI) HLON3T WLOL (W9) HLON3ST IWLOL Oe O02 Ol O£ O02 Ol 00! 002 OO£ OOP (swos6) LHOISM OOS 002 SJ IVWN3S4 3110S AV3SHLV14 SJIVWW 310S AVSHIV1S 00! 002 OO0€ OOv OOS 009 O02 (swos6) LHOISM 73 Table 41.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for flathead sole, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Number Age TL Standard Otolith of age range range error of ____Parameters Sex area’ Data set _ readings (yr) (cm) curve fit fle K lo Male BD All ages 183 3-15 14-36 0.63 40.39 0.13 —0.50 Selected ages 0, 5-11 18-36 0.41 39.14 0.15 0.03 Female BD All ages 209 3-19 15-48 1.82 66.81 0.06 —0.97 Selected ages 0, 5-11 18-40 0.67 55.87 0.10 0.11 ‘See Figure 4. TOTAL LENGTH (cm) =i 0 2 AGE (year) ly We Figure 52.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for male and female flathead sole, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (selected ages). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. Mo8Gl “Qusdtom Aq) Aoauns pty duuds vag dupog 9261 94) JULINP pod He JO dUBPUNGE dIAHE[Os puw UONNQqUISIG—'¢s andy MoO9I Moe9I Mot9l Me991 Mo89\ MoO21 Moddl Movdl Mo9ZL1l Mo82L1 Sy ys SN x Z 4 / yy ON TAS oe j ZA LKLSS i we + FNS (Dp cA) “ay ray SAO eed: Sh tf Sent ie ee : yy & Gan : wy/64 NI HOLWO Yur Ge iG CGN ee Q i re ay og et me 926! SNMP - WudV Z 3 goo 91410vd Z re Ve 4 | aN 1 OGY SiEENG ES d Table 42.— Estimated biomass and population numbers of Pacific cod by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Proportion Proportion Percentage Mean Estimated of total _— Estimated _off total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population estimated Weight FL Subarea' occurrence (kg/km) (t) biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 59.1 0.02 41 < 0.001 1.2 0.009 0.034 = 4S 66.1 0.12 534 0.005 20.9 0.163 0.026 = 13.2 1 41.0 0.20 989 0.010 15.1 0.118 0.066 «18.4 Outer shelf and slope 3 60.7 4.59 21,496 0.210 11.0 0.086 1.953 52.5 3 Slope 63.6 16.72 3,239 0.032 0.9 0.007 3.536 65.4 2 84.3 17.21 64,285 0.629 73.1 0.570 0.879 = 37.1 2 Slope 77.5 27.39 11,698 0.114 6.0 0.046 1.944 53.7 All subareas combined 63.2 5.12 2102,282 128.2 0.809 33.2 ‘See Figure 3. 795% confidence limits: 70,581 -133,983 t. comparison to the distribution of population biomass, 29.0% of the apparent population number were distributed in the inner shelf (subareas 1, 4S, and 4N); 9.3% in subareas 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope; and 61.6% in subareas 2 and 2 Slope. Size composition.—Pacific cod ranged from 9 to 97 cm FL, with an overall mean fork length of 33.2 cm (based upon 3,938 field measurements; Fig. 54). In general, three distinct types of size-frequency distributions were shown by populations in the dif- ferent geographical regions. In the inner shelf (subareas 1 and 4S), size distributions were unimodal and exclusively composed of small, 1-yr-old individuals (range in fork length: Subarea 1, 12-21 cm; subarea 4S, 9-19 cm). In outer continental shelf subarea 2, where 63% of the apparent population biomass was located, the size distribution was trimodal (sexes combined) and included a broad size range (10-85 cm). The three principal modes—at fork lengths 17, 35, and 47 cm—approximately correspond to the mean fork lengths of the age 1, 2, and 3 yr populations. In subareas 3S, 3 Slope, and 2 Slope, Pacific cod populations were primarily composed of large (>45 cm) individuals. Mean fork lengths (sexes combined) in those areas were subarea 3S, 52.5 cm (range 21-97 cm); subarea 3 Slope, 65.4 cm (31-90 cm); and subarea 2 Slope, 53.7 cm (31-97 cm). Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were determined from an overall collection of 200 male and 185 female scale scrape samples. Scales were taken from the dorsal surface, below and lateral to the second dorsal fin. The ranges in ages observed were males, 1-6 yr, and females, 1-6 yr. The apparent number of individuals within each age group of the sampled population is summarized in Table 43. Although subareas 3N and 4N are excluded because no length-frequency data were collected, the estimates of age composition include 126.96 million (99.0%) of the 128.21 million individuals of the overall apparent population (Table 42). The distribution of year-class populations was related to bot- tom depth (Fig. 55). Populations in inner shelf subareas 1 and 4S were exclusively composed of 1-yr-old individuals spawned in 1975. In outer shelf subarea 2, 56% of the population was aged 1 or 2 yr. In subareas 3S, 3 Slope, and 2 Slope, approximately 89% (range 84-97%) of the apparent populations were 3 yr of age or older. Overall, age groups 1 and 3 yr were most abundant. Table 43.—Estimated population size of Pacific cod age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.’ 1 2 3 4 5 6 Age All ages Subarea? 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 unknown combined wooo nn ne nnn nn canna nnn nn nena enn millions of fish --------------------------------—- Inner shelf 4S 20.86 — 20.86 1 15.09 15.09 Outer shelf and slope 3S 0.54 1:52; | 4:59), 93218)" .0:95"% 10.08 0.08 10.94 3 Slope <0.01 0.02 0.15 0.43 0.27 0.04 _ 0.91 2 24.51 16.55 23.10 7.00 1.64 0.05 0.29 73.14 2 Slope 0.03 0.65 3.02 1.80 0.42 0.01 0.09 6.02 All subareas combined 61.03 18.74 30.86 12.41 3.28 0.18 0.46 126.96 Proportion of total 0.481 0.148 0.243 0.098 0.026 0.001 0.004 The populations in subareas 3N and 4N are not included because no length-frequency data were collected. *See Figure 3. 76 MALE Outer shelf and slope Mean length=52.0 n=140 f=0) el 3S 5 Oo 104 o ase! ol 20 y ~ 3 oc iy 3 slope 5 a nono nd 0H Hw 0 Mean length=66.9 n=14 10 ce 3 4 3 6 70 80 WD 100 FEMALE SEXES COMBINED +4 20 4 {Mean length=53.0 1S | Mean length=52.5 n=157 n=297 + 10 2 J ae, eee NIN (0) ee ei pa ms Se A pet el crn ey aan el eat een eA Eee ee CN NY t + { Mean length=64.8 15 | Mean length=65.4 | n=39 “tp n=53 | | S i + + { | ; lhl MA A O} 103920! S0'9740" 50!) "605770" BO! 30)-100: i020 0 40 D 6 70 1 XO 100 Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) 0 ey eS } Mean length=43.3 15 | Mean length=45.2 15 [ Mean length=37.1 S .. | n=1064 5 | n=1094 n=2421 y) Deol 10 | 10 | 5 ee ot Nv 3 + 5 t aN ie Leases TNE LS (i) h a Sena Oy, ae, pelle Eee: 20 ST, 0p nn ODM 70M DID 0D MOD OCD HM 0M DIO 010 DD OD & 70 HM WD 100 20 20 4 Fad) 1 ' 2 #2 15 | Mean length=52.7 1S | Mean length=54.5 15 | Mean length=53.7 oO n=466 yh n=567 ; n=1033 slope o 0} 1c 10 | (Ta Eu hi| (2Oe silt | 5 ! 5 u | fh Sve ne of hk SN SL eal VENT SE) | I-A ae 0100 HD 0 DO 7M M10 010 0D OD OM 20M KID 010 DD OD O 7 KR D 16 Inner shelf 0, DW, 3%, 5 | | | = | 3 i 20 } 20 + AS: <| | gs Hl 1s | 15 2 wl | 10 | 1o | i N Mean length=14.7 Mean length=15.1 Mean length=13.2 =) Hh n=40 Spl n=18 Sy n=111 0 4 a 0 fa a ey (OE as ———eee 0100 D 0 D 0 70 0 D100 0 1 0 D0 0 D 6 7 MO DiM 0 0 O DH w 60 70 8 9 100 D, | Oe 30 = | iil eS 5 | i= 20 . | 2 | 20 1 gs} e @ ® | oa 101 10 | 10 bi length=18.6 Mean length=18.2 Mean length=18.4 5} 5 | n=14 5 n=23 1 0 1 : : 0 | se ey eee ees eae 0 10 2 DO DH DMO 0D OD ODM 00 DID 00 0D 0 D 0 0 WO 0 I Overall ~ 10 t Mean length=37.9 10 Mean length=40.1 10 Mean length=33.2 ea n=1733 n=1889 n=3938 comma 5 5 _ @ 0 | hes = fo Aaa, SP f Bad GN ay eeen 01 0D 0 D 0 70 0 DiD 00 DD 0 DO 7M D100 0D OD 0 GD BO 70 BO DW 10 Fork length (cm) Figure 54.—Size composition of Pacific cod taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. Ua PACIFIC cob SEXES COMBINED p 100 60) 100 wn S @ = D m > = Db p= m a m = Lb _ m oY (1) PERCENT -NWHOD DOOO00 e) (oe) -NWOUD O9O0000 —-NWHY 90000 w& J w = n 02468 02468 02468 - 60) 00 So cite 60; 100 2 5 50} 50 501 = y 440} 404 40} = 304 304 303 @ 204 204 20+ 104 10 104 02468 02468 02468 OO) O98 30 ol PERCENT -N b (o) KS) [o) , pre rein -NMNWh OD CLOLOIOiS!O SS ee ee ee -~NWHRUD (COMM (OOS) ie) ne) b (op) @ [o) nm h (o>) @ (e) in) b ao @ oO. OD 90 heed uo OD (oy) re bhUO (2JMOE (o} rn scope $207 204 [@) in) £ o @ ie) nm L Oo @ ( ine) LS o @ i i HOS} n ay (aloes) ar Sei ec @LOro < Te STE = OUTER SHELF AND SLOPE ol PERCENT 299 —-NMwt G9909¢ oF aos 2998 Nm PERCENT -~-NWDHhOO OOO" O7O+O peeloems a ~nmyWwband L Oo @ £ o @ fo) nm p D » ©) JWoywa} ro ¥ o oO ¢ PERCENT -~nm wet Ao S850 5% SLOPE f 5 r Bb fen) a I n OD j >) One y ey n OVERALL PERCENT -=nNwWwW bu r WwW fs 4 A 4 : -NMwW DS ¢ @ ) ) £ on] (oa) 6 £ ®) x [o) ine) L AGE (YEAR) Figure 55.—Relative age composition of Pacific cod taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 78 In all areas of the outer continental shelf and slope, female populations showed slightly higher proportions of old ( > 4 yr) in- dividuals than male populations. Sex ratio.—The overall proportion of Pacific cod females was 0.51 (Table 44). With the exception of subarea 4S, females were more abundant than males in all regions of the study area. Fe- males were also more abundant among all age groups, except age 2 yr. Length-weight relationship. —A total of 650 individuals from the Pacific cod populations in otolith areas B and D were measured for fork length and weight (Table 45, Fig. 56). The overall observed relationship was W = 0.0072 L*:''**. Statistically Table 44.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of Pacific cod by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Age group (yr) All ages Subarea? 3 4 5 6 combined Inner shelf 4S 0.32 — — _— - — 0.32 1 0.61 = — — _— — 0.61 Outer shelf and slope 3S 0.37 0.49 0.54 0.56 0.39 0.96 0.52 3 Slope 1200) 9100) 2 10:75e7510:72°) 10:91 1.00 0.74 2 0'58) 10:37) (0!5372710:65, 0:65; 7 10:00 0.51 Zislope, (0:75, 0:46-0:52. 0:62, 0:73. «100 0.55 All subareas combined 0.51 0.38 0.53 0.62 0.59 0.54 0.51 ‘Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determin- ed. Populations in subareas 3N and 4N are not included because no length- frequency data were collected. 7See Figure 3. significant differences were observed in all comparisons of length- weight characteristics between populations. Both male and female populations showed differences between north and south geographical regions. Over the observed size range, females were 9-10% heavier at length in otolith area D than in otolith area B. Up to 65 cm FL, males were also 1-58% heavier at length in otolith area D, but above 65 cm FL, they were heavier in otolith area B. In otolith area B, males were increasingly (up to about 4%) heavier at length than females. In otolith area D, up to approx- imately 50 cm, males were heavier at length than females; at larger fork lengths, females were heavier. Age-length relationship and growth.—A total of 385 scale samples were collected, 215 from otolith area B and 170 from otolith area D. Data from the two areas were combined to create more complete age-frequency tables. Compared to other demersal fish species, Pacific cod showed remarkably rapid growth at all ages sampled. Results of the growth curve fittings are summarized in Table 46 and Figure 57. In general, the results were poor and indicated like- ly problems in the determination of ages, particularly for the youngest and oldest age groups. Data sets including all ages did not fit the decaying exponential (von Bertalanffy) model. Within the male population, apparent growth was essentially linear with nearly constant growth in- crements (+8 to +10 cm) between age groups. The female population showed increasing growth increments with age, from +8.3 cm between ages 1 and 2 yr to +16.8 cm between ages 5 and 6 yr. To compare these results with those from other studies of Pacific cod, Ketchen (1964) observed L,, and K values of 94.0 cm and 0.27/yr from populations in northern Hecate Strait, and 75.0 cm and 0.56/yr from the Strait of Georgia, British Columbia (fitting to combined data from both sexes in each study). Table 45.—Length-weight relationships observed for Pacific cod during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and between-sex differences. FL Length-weight coefficents Predicted weight-at-length Otolith Number range Sex area! sampled (cm) a b 10cm 40cm 70cm wecnneoee grams ------------ Males B 213 31-74 0.0070 3.1213 9.2 697.0 3998.1 D 60 32-90 0.0198 2.8693 14.6 780.8 3889.4 Both areas combined 273 31-90 0.0079 3.0893 9.7 706.9 3982.7 Females B 253 32-81 0.0074 3.0984 9.2 681.2 3857.8 D 124 28-107 0.0078 3.1081 10.0 743.9 4235.8 Both areas combined 377 28-107 0.0065 3.1412 8.9 695.2 4032.2 Overall 650 28-107 0.0072 3.1125 9.3 701.4 4003.9 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences? Slope (b) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Males between areas B and D 1:269 6.32* — — Females between areas B and D 1:373 0.19 1:374 3353 2% Between sexes in area B 1:462 0.17 1:463 4.77* Between sexes in area D 1:180 4.97* — — ‘See Figure 4. eh Pe =(0!05 seo — P= 0/015 “(p ‘B4q 295) Bare Yy)O}O puw xas Aq ‘Adans [MBIy Buys Bag BuLIG 926] 24) BupNP Uays) POd IHJJIBq WOIy SUONBAIASGO JYyBJaM-yBUIT—"gC aund}y (W9) HLON31 4YOS (W9) HLON3T WYuOS O95 0Sn BOv. 70s 7 Odi Ol O97 (0S 7 0r_ 0f. 0d 770! (swoJ6) LHOISM (swos6) LHOISM Zipie | S900'0 =M 4Q 18 SATVWW34 GOD O1slDVd ik SSTIVW GOO I1sl9Vd 80 Table 46.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for Pacific cod, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ Number Age FL Standard Otolith of age range range error of Parameters Sex area’ Data set readings (yr) (cm) curve fit Loo K Ci Male BD Allages 200 1-6 28-76 1.24 (— 124.95) (— 0.05) (— 3.58) Selected ages 0, 2-4 30-75 0.72 86.94 0.25 0.01 Female BD _ Allages 185 1-6 28-90 0.66 (3.61) (—0.22) (0.00) Selected ages 0, 2-5 31-90 2.55 140.25 0.13 0.07 ‘Parentheses indicate results where the von Bertalanffy model was inappropriate. *See Figure 4. 120 Male 110+ © Female Female 100+ 90+ 80 70 60; 5C FORK LENGTH (cm) 40; 30; 20 —1 0 5 10 AGE (year) Figure 57.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for male and female Pacific cod, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (selected ages). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. 81 Alaska plaice. Distribution and abundance. —During the entire survey period, April-June 1976, Alaska plaice were taken over a broad, central region of the study area, from inner Bristol Bay to the outer conti- nental shelf (Fig. 58, 59). Although Alaska plaice were moderately abundant over their geographical range compared to most fish taxa, very high densities (> 200 kg/km trawled) were never ob- served. Overall, Alaska plaice occurred at 261 (60.0%) of the 435 grid stations at a mean abundance of 12.19 kg/km (Table 47). However, like yellowfin sole, the Alaska plaice population was apparently migrating inshore during the survey period. In April, a large high-density concentration was encountered between Unimak Island and the pack ice edge. In May, after the ice edge had receded north and allowed fishing on the inner shelf, two ma- jor concentrations were encountered east of the Pribilof Islands. Two large high-density regions were also evident in June, west and southwest of Cape Newenham, in addition to smaller concentra- tions directly north of the Alaska Peninsula and in midshelf. By July and August, Alaska plaice showed only restricted low-density distributions in outer shelf subareas 2 and 3S. The overall ob- served pattern of spring migration followed the general descrip- tion of Fadeev (1965). Because survey sampling and the migrating Alaska plaice pop- ulation apparently progressed together, following spring recession of the pack ice, coverage of the population may have been fairly complete each month. As with yellowfin sole, population and bio- mass estimates were computed overall and for individual months of survey coverage (Table 47). The overall apparent population biomass for Alaska plaice was 243,700 t (95% confidence limits 190,000-297,200 t); the estimated population was 856.4 million individuals. Estimates of population biomass obtained from sampling coverage during individual months were April, 83,700 t; May, 221,300 t; and June, 169,900 t (Table 47). Because of the sampling problems caused by inshore migration, all of the 1976 survey biomass estimates for Alaska plaice were of dubious accuracy. Compared to the 1975 survey estimate of 127,000 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2), the 1976 biomass esti- mates obtained from the overall survey period, May, and June appeared to be high. For these cases, biasing may have resulted from oversampling of high-density concentrations, particularly in subarea 4S. Although the precision obtained in the 1975 and 1976 survey overall biomass estimates was approximately the same, the 1976 monthly estimates were relatively imprecise. As a measure of rel- ative variance, the width of the 95% confidence limits for each 1976 biomass estimate (expressed as a percentage of the estimated total biomass) was overall, +22%; April, +73%; May, +43%; and June, +36%. The relative variation observed in the 1975 survey estimate for Alaska plaice was +20%. During May and June 1976, approximately 82% of the ap- parent population biomass was distributed in survey subareas 4S and 1. Size composition. — Alaska plaice taken during the 1976 spring survey ranged from 11 to 50 cm TL, with an overall mean total length of 28.3 cm (based upon 9,788 field measurements; Fig. 60). Similar size-frequency distributions were observed from all geo- graphical areas. Overall (sexes combined), individuals in the size range 25-31 cm TL accounted for 50.2% of the total apparent population. Small individuals (< 20 cm) occurred only in inner shelf subareas 1, 4S, and 4N. Largest size ranges were shown by the populations in subareas 4S (11-50 cm) and 1 (13-47 cm). In most subareas, male populations (overall size range 1141 cm) were represented by smaller sized individuals than female populations (overall, 17-50 cm), with less variance in size about their mean total length. Age composition. —Estimates of the age-frequency distribution of Alaska plaice were limited by two problem areas: 1) Few age- length observations, with inadequate coverage of small indi- viduals, and 2) poor population estimates caused by sampling problems. Totals of 69 male and 88 female saccular otoliths were collected from Alaska plaice in the size range 2248 cm. The observed ranges in ages were males, 6-14 yr, and females, 6-16 yr. Although estimates of Alaska plaice population abundance were apparently biased by effects of migration, the overall estimated numbers of individuals at each length were used as best estimators of relative age-frequency distribution. Table 47.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of Alaska plaice in the Bering Sea by subarea and for all subareas combined during April, May, and June 1976.' Proportion of Percentage Mean size frequency of Mean CPUE Proportion of total Estimated population total estimated April-June occurrence April-June [ stimated bioniass (t) ; estimated biomass - (millions) population Weight TL” Subarea’* April-June (kg/km) April May June April May June April May June April May June (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 100.0 10.40 19,214 _ 0.113 — — 73.4 — — 0.129 0.262 27.5 4S 100.0 29.07 (134,055) (90,947) — 0.606 0.535 — (434.0) (297.7) — 0.600 0.522 0.270 27.7 1 80.0 10.71 40,453 47,211 49,440 0.483 0.213 0.291 173.2 149.9 162.9 0.551 0.207 0.286 0.323 29.6 Outer shelf and slope 3 50.4 1.92 2,306 8,888 10,318 0.028 0.040 0.061 4.8 28.6 36.1 0.015 0.040 0.063 0.302 29.0 3 Slope — -- 2 49.4 10.02 40,940 31,154 — 0.489 0.141 — 136.6 110.7 — 0.434 0.153 — 0.298 29.0 2 Slope — = _ = — = = = = = All subareas combined 60.0 12.19 83,698 (221,307)? (169, 919) 314.6 (723.2) (570.0) 0.285 __ 28.3 ‘Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased due to sampling problems. *See Figure 3. ‘95% confidence limits: April: 22,632-144,764 t. May: 126,070-316,545 t June: 108,464-231,375 t. 7? ) ALASKA PLAICE ice edge APRIL 1976 3 SLOPE (aN CATCH IN kg/km Se N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°Ww 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W ALASKA PLAICE MAY ,1976 CATCH IN kg/km _NO CATCH <0 ] 10-25 25-40 >40 54° - 10° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°w 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 58.—Distribution and relative abundance of Alaska plaice during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight): A) April; B) May. 83 63°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 59°N “74 : 58°N ee TaN S7°NF ALASKA PLAICE ‘\ JUNE 1976 . =\ oe 55°N eN 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W \72°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 6I°N 58°N S7°N ALASKA PLAICE JULY, AUGUST, 1976 3 SLOPE SN” S6°N SS°N 5S4°N = 180° 178°W 176°W 74°w 172°Ww 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 59.—Distribution and relative abundance of Alaska plaice during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (by weight): A) June; B) July-August. 3S 4N 4s Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent Percent 8 10 8 10 | MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf + cO 4 2 + tt 1S | 1SieL tT Mean length=29.5 105 Mean length=28.5 10 4 Mean length=29.0 n=417 G n=534 5 n=951 4 \ { \ en ee Oe NII og in el ee eae 0 10 0 3% 4 3 §0 70 8 SW 100 0: 10: 420% 30) 40)'S0)| 60-70) 80) 290" 100 0 10 0 0 4 WD 6 70 @ DW 100 ey 4 { 15 | 15 | i | Mean length=28.3 Oe Mean length=29.6 10 + Mean length=29.0 | | \ n=462 5 | n=212 Sil nee n=714 | } Hee a ae ee eee ON es, bik ee OR S ee OF 4002 20)50) "40°50 60) 470) {B0) 90! 100 0: 10° e0 30 40° SO) ‘60! 70) "80 90100 0 10 0 D 4 60 70 8 SS 100 Inner shelf f 20, 2 4 { a5 15 | | 10 10 t Mean length=26.7 T Mean length=28.6 T Mean length=27.5 ik n=494 5 | n=585 5 | n=1079 | J ll tr Se 0) ee ee rT es 0 10 0 0 40 3D & 70 WW 100 0) 7310" 620!30" 340) S50 160570! 0)5/S0G100 10} 10 80 SO 100 + 20 5 20 ae EW sl 4 } \ 10 | 10 | \ Mean length=27.4 Mean length=28.1 L Mean length=27.7 T | N n=3174 + n=2068 5 n=5242 _ a Se i aa . + + 0} + + + + + + + + oa OR5108* COM S08 4055505160) 57085 801504100 0 10 0 0 40 SD & 70 ® 100 2 30 40 3 6 70 WD 100 + c0! 2° | i 1S! 15 | 10 Mean length=27.9 I Mean length=33.4 Mean length=29.6 n=1197 S + n=608 aya n=1805 au + + + + + aalte + - + + + + ra) + + + + + O02 C0990 40550 i GO 5170) B05 490 100. OFS10/20) 730" =400850) 160) 707 80)=:901100: Oo 10 2 3 4 50 6 70 0 WD 10 Overall f 20 f0) | 15 45 + | 10 10 | Mean length=27.6 Mean length=29.1 Mean length=28.3 1 \ n=5744 ees S n=9788 i sie a ) 000 0 0 0 0 7 6 D 10 010 0 0 0 0 70 0 D 10 01000 D0 7 0 D 10 Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Figure 60.—Size composition of Alaska plaice taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 85 The apparent number of individuals within each age group of the sampled population (available to capture by trawling) is sum- marized in Table 48. While the results presented in Table 48 may be biased by sampling problems, the relative age-frequency distributions shown in Figure 61 may still be fairly accurately estimated, if biases were not age specific. Age groups 7, 8, and 9 yr accounted for 70.2% of the overall apparent population. Although the relative age-frequency distri- butions (sexes combined) were similar among all geographical regions, subareas 4S and 4N showed the highest proportions of young (<6 yr) individuals. Male and female populations differed in their apparent age- frequency distributions in that females showed higher proportions of both young (<6 yr) and old (=10 yr) individuals, and their predominant age groups were 8 (male) and 9 (female) yr. Sex ratio.—The overall observed proportion of females was 0.42 (Table 49). Males were more abundant than females in all geographical regions except subarea 3S. Because of the limited number of age-length observations and questionable population estimates, the data did not support a rigorous analysis of age- specific sex ratios. There were no evident overall age-related trends. Length-weight relationship. —A total of 148 individuals from otolith area A were measured for total length and weight (Table 50, Fig. 62). The overall observed relationship (sexes combined) was W = 0.0073 L *:'**?. The length-weight relationships of male and female populations significantly differed. Below 26 cm TL (and within the observed size ranges), males were up to 4% heavier at length than females. At 2 26 cm TL, females were up to 7% heavier at length. Age-length relationship and growth.—A total of 157 Alaska plaice otoliths were collected in otolith area A. Mean total lengths of age groups are summarized in Figure 63. The data were not adequate to support mathematical fitting of growth curves. Table 48.—Estimated population size of Alaska plaice age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.' <6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Age All ages Subarea’ = 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 1964 1963 1962 1961 1960 unknown combined ooo millions of fish ----------------------------------------------------------- Inner shelf 4N 172 12.7 19.1 16.4 4.4 1.1 1.1 0.6 0.1 = = 0.6 73.3 4S (103.3) (71.8) (120.0) (114.2) (32.0) (7.7) (7.7) (5.3) (1.3) — (<0.1) (1.9) (465.2) 1 (11.8) (26.1) (48.7) (48.9) (13.8) (4.0) (4.3) (2.9) (0.7) _— _— (1.2) (162.4) Outer shelf and slope 3S 2.7 4.9 9.4 8.7 253) 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.1 — — 0.2 29.8 3 Slope _— 2 (8.0) (23.4) (40.7) (35.9) (11.0) (2.0) (2.8) (1.2) (0.4) — _ (0.3) (125.7) 2 Slope _ — _ All subareas combined (143.0) (138.9) (237.9) (224.1) (63.5) (15.3) (16.5) (10.4) = (2.6) — (<0.1) (4.2) (856.4) Proportion 3 of total 0.167 0.162 0.278 0.262 0.074 0.018 0.019 0.012 0.003 — <0.001 0.005 ‘Parentheses indicate estimates that may be badly biased due to sampling problems. The population in subarea 3N is not includ- ed because no length-frequency data were collected. *See Figure 3. Table 49.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of Alaska plaice by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Age group (yr) All ages Subarea* =6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 combined a evneceneenenee cen eec ee ecceectesencenceees Proportion of fenales ————_—____—_—__—_--_-__—— Inner shelf 4N 0.50 0.34 0.35 0.57 0.49 1.00 0.52 0.05 1.00 _ = 0.45 4S 0.60 0.32 0.31 0.52 0.41 1.00 0.47 0.14 0.81 — 1.00 0.45 1 0.08 0.09 0.17 0.47 0.45 1.00 0.60 0.10 0.54 a _ 0.30 Outer shelf 3S 0.78 0.39 044 0.63 O48 1.00 0.48 0.30 0.81 — _ 0.54 3 Slope 2 0.57 0.36 0.34 0.53 0.48 1.00 0.47 0.03 0.38 — _ 0.43 2 Slope — _ All subareas combined 0.54 0.29 0.29 0.52 0.44 1.00 0.50 0.11 0.68 — 1.00 0.42 Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. The population in subarea 3N is not included because no length-frequency data were collected. *See Figure 3. 86 ALASKA x Cc heen MALE FEMALE Soe eae AO 40 404 =O) 30 304 4N 20 20 204 ayo 104 404 A o @ re) nm Ss fo) £6 8 1012 1416 <6 8 1012 14 16 40; 40) 407 INNER SHELF Bs ep) PERCENT as ine) W ore. = ip’) W See se ase = ine) WN seen <6 8101214 16 <6 8 1012 1416 <6 810 1214 16 404 uly 405 5304 304 304 ld | 2204 204 204 uJ 2104 104 104 =6%8 1ON21446 <6 8 10 le 14 16 $6 8 101214 16 404 405 405 O PERCENT = SINS S =(ONI ea ne ae S28 =~ {ps9 0] 2.08 L | lJ fe ep <6 810121416 ane 4% <6 8 4 ar uJ 404 40 40 5 ro) ine) PERCENT OP nnGH C 5) (eo) Sanna (oy Oe? 6) 1 fess => 9 C9 ey xe)5 (2) =6 81012 1416 26 81012 *4‘€ £6 8B 10121416 404 40 40 30 20 OVERALL PERCENT See INOS aCe ekg ee SP ine Uy eanD = IN (op) OD ) ) fS a <6 8 10121416 <6 810 121416 AGE (YEAR) Figure 61.—Relative age composition of Alaska plaice taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 87 *AQAINS [ABI Bupids wag Bupe_ 961 24) BupNp udyB) adpejd BysETY WoIy SUONBAIASgO )YdJaM-Yy)BUaT—"79 andy (W2) HLON3S1 IWLOL (W9) HLONST IWLOL Ov 0 O02 Ol Ov O¢ O02 Ol 002 00¢ OO OOS 009 O02 (swos6) LHOISM (swos6) LHOISM 9196:2! 92100 =M 008 Ey 006 SAI IVW34 JIIV Id VASVI1V SSIVW 30IV1d VASV IV 88 45 40 35 30 25 20 TOTAL LENGTH (cm) =——— MALES e==— FEMALES SAMPLE SIZES ”, 5 12 19 3 9 18 6 8 AGE (YEARS) 16 34 6 I 10 O Figure 63.—Mean lengths-at-age of Alaska plaice taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, otolith area A (see Fig. 4). 89 Table 50.—Length-weight relationships observed for Alaska plaice during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-sex differences. TL Otolith Number range Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length Sex area’ sampled (cm) a b 10cm 20cm 3S5em. eocurcsccoenes grams -------------. Males A 75 22-37 0.0126 2.9676 11.7 91.8 483.3 Females A 73 25-50 0.0058 3.2074 9.3 86.1 518.5 Overall 148 22-50 0.0073 3.1342 9.9 87.7 506.7 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences? Slope (b) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Between sexes in area A 1:146 5.44* — _ ‘See Figure 4. 24) — 9 P=(1053 Greenland turbot. Distribution and abundance. —During the 1976 spring survey, Greenland turbot were broadly distributed along the outer conti- nental shelf and slope (Fig. 64), and overall, occurred at 255 (58.6%) of the 435 grid stations, at a mean abundance (mean CPUE) of 2.56 kg/km trawled (Table 51). Highest abundance was observed in deep water (subarea 2 Slope) between St. George and Unimak Islands. Only low densities (mean CPUE’s <0.40 kg/ km) were found in inner shelf areas 1, 4S, and 4N. The total apparent population biomass (Estimated Biomass, Table 51) within the survey area was 51,000 t (95% confidence limits 43,200-58,800 t). This value was only 40.3% of the 1975 survey estimate of 126,700 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Prin- cipal causes of the low 1976 biomass estimate may have included: Seasonally related emigration to deep water outside of the study area boundaries (Shuntov 1970); and the reduced northern survey coverage, particularly in subarea 3N. During spring 1976, approximately 30.0% and 38.9% of the total apparent biomass was observed in subareas 2 and 3S. Deep- water populations of large individuals in subarea 2 Slope ac- counted for 16.6% of the total biomass. Only 6.3% of the overall apparent biomass was represented by populations in inner shelf areas 1, 4S, and 4N. The total number of Greenland turbot within the study area (available to trawling) was estimated to be 350.9 million in- dividuals. As opposed to the distribution of biomass, 30.2% of the total number was located in subareas 1, 4S, and 4N (com- bined), and only 19.4% in subareas 2 and 2 Slope (combined). Size composition.—The size range of Greenland turbot was 9-99 cm FL, with an overall mean fork length of 21.6 cm (based on 7,097 field measurements; Fig. 65). In general, three distinct types of size-frequency distributions were observed. In subareas 4S and 4N size distributions were essentially unimodal and the populations were almost exclusively composed of small, 1-yr-old individuals. Populations in subareas 1, 2, 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope showed size distributions with one, two, or three prominent modes—at approximately 12, 22, and 34 cm FL—resulting from varying proportional representation of age groups 1, 2, and 3 yr. The deepwater population in subarea 2 Slope showed the largest size range (24-99 cm) and included relatively high proportions of large (>60 cm), old individuals. Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were determined from an overall collection of 193 male and 182 female saccular otoliths. The observed ranges in age were males, 2-11 yr, and females, 2-16 yr. Table 51.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of Greenland turbot by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Proportion Proportion f Percentage Mean Estimated of total Estimated of total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population estimated Weight FL Subarea occurrence (kg/km) (v) biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 45.5 0.25 460 0.009 36.6 0.104 0.013 11.7 4S 26.8 0.21 895 0.018 61.7 0.176 0.014 11.6 1 18.0 0.37 1,811 0.036 7.8 0.022 0.234 29.1 Outer shelf and slope 3 86.3 4.82 23,178 0.454 174.9 0.498 OF18 257 23:2 3 Slope 90.0 4.76 923 0.018 1.9 0.005 0.481 36.7 2 74.2 4.10 15,294 0.300 64.4 0.184 0.238 28.9 2 Slope 87.5 19.78 8,451 0.166 3.6 0.010 2.356 59.7 All subareas combined 58.6 2.56 51,013 350.9 0.145 21.6 ‘See Figure 3. *95% confidence limits: 43,247-58,778 t. “(ydjam Aq) Adauns [ws Supds Bag SuLIG 9261 94) SuLNp JOQIN) puBjUdaIy JO DUBpUNGE aANEjas puw UONNguIS|IG—"p9 aNndyy Mo8Sl MoO9l Mod9l Mov M991 Mo89l MoOL1 Moddk Movdl Mo9L\ MoB21 0081 9461 3NNP - 11d LOSYNl ANVINSSY9S 3N 3S slope slope Percent Percent Percent oo 6) fh Sones Percent Percent h 8 8 MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope + 30 4 feos} 20 | i T Mean length=31.3 10 Mean length=23.3 | n=84 5 SOR aa 0 +, + 44+ + 4 + OW L020 tie 3087405 SO): 60% %70)- 180, &S0'''100 0 10 0 D0 © /D H 70 re OD, 0) + fos) 3 i oleae [a0] t 15) aS 10 | Mean length=24.9 Mean length=24.5 | Mean length=23.2 | fee n=383 Set n=347 54 n=3972 ee Oe —— ———— 0 010 0 HD 40 D0 &© 70 © M10 010 0 0D 0 D OM 70 DW 10 0 10 0 0 4 DH & 70 & DW 100 + DD, 0) Bt 3 | | » | aw | + Mean length=38.5 6 Y Mean length=38.3 15 } Mean length=36.7 n=12 10 n=21 to | n=82 5 | + 01 0D ODD DOD DM ODDO DA DMD DOM 0D ODO DO 0 HW D 10 v4 30 t 307s | a | Fell i 2 | 20 4 { Sul! 45:3) T \ Mean length=27.5 a Mean length=31.1 aT Mean length=28.9 | /4 A n=620 5 | M J | n=974 ee IE he | Becta 0100 0 0 0 0 70 0 WD 10 0.10/20! 30740" SO) 16D) 70" 803) 50/7100 0 10 © DH 40 D BW 70 & DW 100 ' ye Ol { al 3 4 2 | 20 | | A5 ie eS} AE | Mean length=50.6 | Mean length=59,2 Mean length=59.7 + n=113 10 4 n=192 10 n=391 + f/\ Sul 5 fi A \ Pina 5 NJ 5 el he = — ~- = + - —s —— + + + 0 10 20 0 4 SD 6 70 8 DW 100 0b aD oD O70 oO DIO 0 10 4 SD 6 70 8 DW 100 Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) Figure 65.—Size composition of Greenland turbot taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 92 The estimated size of each age group population is summarized males, at all sizes. In otolith area B, females were heavier at length in Figure 66 and Table 52. Overall, 1 yr olds—primarily dis- than males, but only at > 40 cm FL. tributed in subareas 4S, 3N, 3S, and 4N—accounted for 45.5% of the total apparent population; 97.4% of the overall population was aged 3 yr or less. In general, populations in subareas 1, 2, 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope were composed of individuals aged 1-4 yr. In deepwater area 2 Slope, age groups 3-16 yr were relatively abun- dant, and 53.9% of all individuals (sexes combined) were 6 yr of age or older. Age-length relationship and growth.—Because only 206 age determinations were obtained from otolith area B and 169 from otolith area D, data from the two areas were combined to create more complete age-frequency tables. Results of the growth curve fittings, summarized in Table 55 and Figure 68, were uncertain due to limitations of both male and female age-frequency tables. In the age-frequency table for males, the only age groups with 10 or more age-length observations were 2, 3, 4, 7, and 8 yr. Among females only age groups 2, 3, and 4 yr were well sampled. Although the choice of best fit was unclear, results from the two data sets indicated that females had an approximately 5-15% larger asymptotic fork length and slightly slower growth comple- tion rate (see Equation (24)) than males. Sex ratio.—The overall proportion of Greenland turbot females was 0.41 (Table 53). Males were more abundant than females in subareas | and 2. In deep water (subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope), females were more abundant. Males appeared to dom- inate age groups 1, 2, and 3 yr, and females, ages 4 and 5 yr. Length-weight relationship. —A total of 358 individuals from the Greenland turbot populations in otolith areas B and D were measured for fork length and weight (Table 54, Fig. 67). The Arrowtooth flounder. overall observed relationship was W = 0.0064 L*-°72!, Statistically significant differences were observed in all comparisons between Distribution and abundance.—Arrowtooth flounder showed populations. At > 3040 cm FL, both males and females were up an exclusively deepwater distribution pattern, occurring from to 10-12% heavier at length in otolith area B than in otolith area southern to northern limits of the survey area at bottom depths D. In otolith area D, females were 6-8% heavier at length than > 75-110 m (Fig. 69). Overall, arrowtooth flounder were taken at Table 52.—Estimated population size of Greenland turbot age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 212 Age All ages Subarea’' 1975 1974 1973 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 — unknown combined wor ee 2 ee ee ee eee millions of fish -------------------------------------------- Inner shelf 4N 36.55 0.02 a = — _ — — — — — _— _— 36.57 4S 61.06 0.40 0.19 0.05 = — _— — — — 61.70 1 0.63 3.14 3.78 0.20 7.75 Outer shelf and slope 3 56.74 76.49 39.49 1.98 0.15 0.10 174.95 3 Slope — 0.14 1.37 0.33 0.04 — — 0.01 0.01 — 0.02 0.01 — 1.93 Zz, 4.76 29.06 27.41 2.76 0.22 0.02 0.03 0.03 = 0.02 0.03 — 0.04 64.38 2 Slope —_— 0.01 0.63 0.73 0.17 0.13 0.23 0.19 0.24 0.12 0.30 0.72 0.11 3.58 All subareas combined 159.74 109.26 72.87 6.05 0.58 0.15 0.26 0.23 0.25 0.14 0.35 0.73 0.25 350.86 Proportion of total 0.455 0.311 0.208 0.017 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002 <0.001 ‘See Figure 3. Table 53.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of Greenland turbot by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.’ Age group (yr) All ages Subarea? 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 combined nanan nn nnn nanan nnn anna nnn nescence enn enna Proportion of females -------------------------------------------neesen Inner shelf 1 0.51 0.24 0.29 0.80 _ 0.30 Outer shelf and slope 3 0.51 0.55 0.43 0.40 0.38 _— —_ _ — — — — 0.50 3 Slope a 1.00 0.61 0.83 1.00 _ — 0.00 _— _ 1.00 1.00 0.64 2 0.26 0.30 0.42 0.88 0.95 0.00 0.00 _ _ _ 1.00 _— 0.38 2 Slope — 1.00 049 0.62 0.76 0.19 0.12 0.00 0.42 0.54 1.00 1.00 0.64 All subareas combined 0.41 0.36 0.42 0.76 0.86 0.15 0.08 0.00 0.42 0.54 1.00 1.00 0.41 'Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. *See Figure 3. 93 Table 54.—Length-weight relationships observed for Greenland turbot during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-area and between-sex differences. Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length BE Otolith Number range Sex area’ sampled (cm) a b 10cm 30cm 50cm seseenseeanoe grams -------------- Males B 161 20-76 0.0050 3.1351 6.8 213.1 1057.1 D 42 14-43 0.0120 2.8757 9.0 212.5 — Both areas combined 203 14-76 0.0063 3.0749 7.4 217.9 1048.3 Females B 93 19-85 0.0031 3.2635 SIs) 207.1 1097.0 D 62 14-52 0.0125 2.8844 9.5 227.3 992.1 Both areas combined 155 14-85 0.0066 3.0717 ey 225.9 1085.0 Overall 358 14-85 0.0064 3.0721 de5 221.4 1063.6 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences? Slope (b) Common means df F ratio df F ratic Males between areas B and D 1:199 34.8** — — Females between areas B and D 1:151 3541 4% — — Between sexes in area B 1:250 OLE = — Between sexes in area D 1:100 0.03 1:101 LS** "See Figure 4. aA P= (1016 Table 55.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for Greenland turbot, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Number Age FL Standard Otolith of age range Tange error of Parameters Sex area? Data set readings (yr) (cm) curve fit JE K ty Male B All ages 193 2-11 21-78 4.67 75.13 0.27 0.73 Selected ages 0, 2-9 21-78 5.11 92.47 0.14 —0.07 Female BD All ages 182 2-16 21-85 2.48 86.53 0.19 0.39 Selected ages 0, 2-13 21-84 3513 96.82 0.13 0.03 For Greenland turbot, each mean length-at-age in the selected ages data sets was based upon only six or more length-age determinations. *See Figure 4. 131 (30.1%) of the 435 grid sampling stations, at a mean abun- catch rate was 425.0 kg/km. No arrowtooth flounder was taken dance (mean CPUE) of 2.12 kg/km trawled (Table 56). Regions in inner shelf subareas 1, 4S, and 4N. of highest abundance (by weight) were subareas 2 Slope and 3 The total apparent population biomass within the study area Slope (bottom depths 183-457 m), where mean densities were was 40,800 t (95% confidence limits 30,000-51,700 t), a factor of 38.98 and 7.03 kg/km, respectively. The maximum observed 1.45 times larger than the 1975 survey estimate of 28,000 t Table 56.— Estimated biomass and population numbers of arrowtooth flounder by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Proportion Proportion : Percentage Mean Estimated of total Estimated of total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population estimated Weight FL Subarea occurrence (kg/km) (t) biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N = = Ss = = = = = 4s — = — _ — — — — 1 — — —. —_ — — — a Outer shelf and slope 3 14.5 0.65 3,063 0.075 10.5 0.070 0.291 _ 3 Slope 100.0 7.03 1,361 0.033 15.6 0.038 0.243 27.2 7 71.9 5.29 19,747 0.484 105.3 0.706 0.188 25.8 2 Slope 97.5 38.98 16,651 0.408 27.8 0.186 0.599 36.0 All subareas combined 30.1 2.12 740,822 149.2 0.274 = =27.9 See Figure 3. *95% confidence limits: 29,990-51,654 t. 94 INNER SHELF OUTER SHELF AND SLOPE OVERALL GREENLAND TURBOT SUBAREA 4N 4S SLOPE 1S) SLOPE wy a 60 E50 wW 40 oO @ 304 Ww a 204 107 60 & 504 60 5 50 w 40 #20 60 5 50 & 30 a 20 10 MALE 0 2 46 8 10121416 7 | 0246 810121416 » 87 024 6 810121416 02 46 810121416 4 G2 46 810121416 Ww 405 02 4 6 810121416 FEMALE 0246 810121416 O02 46 810121416 cael 78 50 404 304 20+ 104 0246810121416 604 50} 40; 30 204 10+ 0246 810121416 60> 504 401 304 20 10 60> 504 404 30 204 104 02 4 6 810121416 0246 810121416 AGE (YEAR) SEXES COMBINED 607 & 99 20 10 wha C0090 02 46 810121416 6016 50 404 304 201 104 ~ O02 4 6 B 1012 1416 ow oa foe) =>nMNwW eos0. 404 0246 810121416 104 MW DOD 29999 O02 46 810121416 re] \ aN] De) —-NWHUD Slo OIos 02 4 6810121416 604 50 40 -~ NW (oy Koy{S) eae ear eT 0246 8 10121416 60) 50] 401 304 104 De) {e) F 0 2 46 810121416 60) 504 104 Nw Ge O02 46 8101214 16 Figure 66.—Relative age composition of Greenland turbot taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 95 “(p ‘3iq 298) Base YIOJO pus xas Aq ‘Aaamns [MBI Buds Bag BULIag 9261 24) SuLNp uayB) JOqIN) PpuBUIdI) WIOIy SUONBALASGO JYdIaM-Y)dUaT—"/9 JINBLY (W9) HLON31 XYOS (W9) HLON31 HYOS O27 OOF OS Ove 0S Od Ol O2-- 09) 0S) 00 OF Og 780 OOD O09] (swou6) LHOISM (swoj6) LHOISM 6pio'e | €9000-=M 4d a4 AQ a4 SA IVW LOsYyNl GNVINSSYS SAI IVWSS LOSYNl GNV INS3Y9 96 90 FORK LENGTH (cm) —1 0 5 Female 10 15 AGE (year) Figure 68.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for male and female Greenland turbot, all areas, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (selected ages). Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). The distribution of biomass among geographical regions was 89.2% in subareas 2 and 2 Slope (com- bined) between St. George and Unimak Islands, and 10.8% in subareas 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope (combined). The total number of individuals within the study area (available to trawling) was estimated to be 149.2 million. In general, the distribution of population numbers was similar to biomass except in subareas 2 and 2 Slope due to differences in population size- frequency distributions. Size composition.—Arrowtooth flounder taken during the 1976 spring survey ranged from 12 to 68 cm FL, with an overall mean fork length of 27.9 cm (based upon 4,103 field measurements; Fig. 70). In subarea 2, the size-frequency distri- butions of male and female populations were sharply unimodal and nearly symmetrical, with an overall mean fork length (sexes combined) of 25.8 cm (range 12-50 cm). In subareas 2 Slope, a 97 broad size range was observed (18-68 cm), and 62.1% of all in- dividuals were > 30 cm FL. Age composition.—Estimates of age-frequency distribution were made from an overall collection of 126 male and 257 female saccular otoliths from areas B and D. The ranges in ages observed were males, 3-8 yr; females, 3-12 yr. The apparent number of individuals within each age group of the sampled population is summarized in Table 57. Although sub- areas 3N and 3S are excluded because no length-frequency data were collected, the estimates include 138.66 million (92.9%) of the 149.2 million individuals of the overall apparent population. Four-yr-old individuals were most abundant in all geographical areas, accounting for 44-50% of the populations in each subarea (Fig. 71). Overall (sexes combined), 83.0% of the total population was aged 4 yr or less. Old individuals were most abundant in Me8Sl MeoO91 *(Wy8Iam Aq) Aaauns [Mes BuLds Bag BULIAG 9261 24) SuLINp JapuNOY YOOMOLIE JO adUBPUNGE IANBII PUB LONNQUISIG—"69 aNdLy Mod9l Mov9l Mo991 Meo89Ik MoOZL1 Mod} Movdt M921 002 < 002 - OO! OO! -0S OS> HOLVD ON wool M821 0081 NobS NoSG No9G NoZG No8S No6S WOOZ2 Nol9 Nod9 No&9 98 Table 57.— Estimated population size of arrowtooth flounder age groups and year classes within survey subareas of the eastern Bering Sea, 1976 spring trawl survey.’ <3 4 5 6 7] 8 9 10 ll >12 Ageun- All ages Subarea? _ 1972 1971 1970 1969 1968 1967 1966 1965 — known combined wasn nnn nanan nanan nnn nnn anna nnn nn nnn n enna nn anna nnn millions of fish -------------------------------------------------- Outer shelf and slope 3 Slope 2.06 2.69 0.48 0.27 0.09 0.01 — — — 5.60 2 43.23 52.17 6.87 2.94 0.04 0.01 — _ — _— _ 105.26 2 Slope 2570 12532) 4734), 4:27), 24545 107) 10:43) 0107; — 0.04 0.02 27.80 All subareas combined 47.99 67.18 11.69 7.48 2.67 1.09 0.43 0.07 — 0.04 0.02 138.66 Proportion of total 0.346 0.484 0.084 0.054 0.019 0.008 0.003 0.001 — <0.001 <0.001 ‘The population in subarea 3 is not included because no length-frequency data were collected. 7See Figure 3. MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope 20 2 4 eO 4 3 iS 415 15 | ASi eg 10 Mean length=28.2 10 + Mean length=26.7 10 + Mean length=27.2 o | = = = slope a s| fl U n=31 5 | n=66 5 | n=97 il an | A ae eo pee OL a 10 © 30 4 SD & 70 8 SO 100 0)10 20302740) 150) 609970) 18090) 100) 25 0)210) e030) 140) 6509 160998709980) S0 100 20 20 4 24 = 15 15 | is} ® 2 oe ) as H 10 | 10 | \ Mean length=25.3 Mean length=26.2 | Mean length=25.8 rc | n=967 3 + n=1046 Sc n=2013 joy On paar On ° O ¢-—_+—_+—_ ++ © -—+—_ + ++ Op r 10 20 3 0 0 70H Di ODNDD HO DHA DODO 00D 0D 0 0 0 7 0 WD 10 2 co 4 20 ee 2 By, h oe ‘ll = | Mean length=31.4 + Mean length=38.1 Mean length=36.0 slope 2 - IA n=709 5 | n=1284 5 | n=1993 | Ss ea LS NAS A ys fee foe @ es Pasian’ as pnno DO 0D DM 0DMnD ODO DH DID 000 0D 0 D 0 70 HM D 100 Overall 20 4 20 20 € a t f 4S 15 o.. }\ Le ae | \ Mean length=26.3 10 Mean length=29.2 te Mean length=27.9 (Pte i | \ n=1707 5 n=2396 S n=4103 ; | | “4 0 0 on DOD WD 0 DOD LC 70 & GW 10 0 10 2 3 4 SO 6 70 8 % 100 0 10 © HD 4 SD 6 70 BO D 100 Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) Fork length (cm) Figure 70.—Size composition of arrowtooth flounder taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 99 ARROW TOOTH FLOUNDER SEXES SUBAREA MALES FEMALES COMBINED SLOPE ol PERCENT =~n w fa (O}E(O)(@)i (OVS) —IN eA Saion Oo: OOO =~~wo w fwo (9) ((o) (9S) ©) 2 Some Outil SS) e) 70S) 4hl ESE) 7S) tht S59. eit SSeS) Tye) ali Se} ey (7S) Ill] OUTER SHELF AND SLOPE inv) ine) PERCENT PERCENT —-Nwphbuwo = INE e701 OOOO tO (QE), (OF) 19) (©) ; 8 — —-nNwWA —-N Wf Oo OO -Os3O oO ome) (eo) 2) a4 Oo p an (e) 3S (oe) re oO es) 3 3 SLOPE SSR molt SSS awit Se) 5) Sil OVERALL PERCENT == NO IS 20 Ore Oro © ~ wow fw (2) Me) 12) SOKO) —- NW fw (Oy KO} (eo), (Oe) 37 5.0191 <3) 5 Odi <3 57911 AGE (YEAR) Figure 71.—Relative age composition of arrowtooth flounder taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. subarea 2 Slope, where 30.3% of the apparent population was 6 yr or older. Sex ratio.—The overall proportion of arrowtooth flounder females was 0.56, and females were more abundant than males in all geographical regions (Table 58). With the exception of the 4-yr group, females were more abundant at all ages, particularly dominating at 7 yr and older. Length-weight relationship. —A total of 282 individuals from the arrowtooth flounder populations in otolith areas B and D were measured for fork length and weight (Fig. 72, Table 59). The overall relationship obtained was W = 0.0072 L?'°8, No statistically significant difference was found between the length- weight characteristics of male and female populations. Age-length relationship and growth. —The age-length observa- tions from otolith areas B (358 samples) and D (25 samples) were combined to create more complete age-frequency tables. Results of the growth curve fittings are summarized in Table 60 and Figure 73. Both data sets (all ages and selected ages) gave approxi- mately the same results for males, although the mean fork lengths of the 7- and 8-yr age groups were outlying values due to small sample sizes. For females, the inclusion or exclusion of the mean fork lengths of the 10- and 12-yr age groups gave markedly dif- ferent results. The L,, and f, values obtained from the all-ages data set seemed most realistic. The results from both data sets indicated a growth pattern of female arrowtooth flounder having approximately a 70-80% (or greater) larger asymptotic fork length than males and slower relative growth completion rate. Pacific halibut. Distribution and abundance.—Pacific halibut showed a pri- marily deepwater distribution pattern, occurring from southern to northern limits of the survey area at bottom depths > 79-90 m (Fig. 74). Overall, Pacific halibut were taken at 161 (37.0%) of the 435 grid sampling stations, at a mean abundance of 1.57 kg/km trawled (Table 61). Approximately 90% of the apparent popula- tion biomass was located in subareas 2 and 2 Slope (combined) along the outer edge of the continental shelf between Unimak and St. George Islands. Only low densities were observed in Bristol Bay, along the inner and central shelf regions, and north of the Pribilof Islands. Table 58.—Proportions of females in the estimated population of arrowtooth flounder by age group and geographical area, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey.' Age group (yr) All ages Subarea? <3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 combined ma nencennnnnn nnn nnn nan nnncnnnnnnn mannan anne Proportion of females ----------------------------------------- Outer shelf and slope 3 Slope O732 903749510565) 11053; 042) 10:20 — _ — 0.71 P) 0.51 0.47 0.53 0.50 0.88 0.41 — - — _ 0.52 2 Slope OL6 77 0251 0875 057809501930 0:965 09 1200) 1.00 — 1.00 0.68 All subareas combined O:53)7) 20:49) 5 10:61" 10!66) 10910 3 0'S4 81200, 1.00 — 1.00 0.56 ‘Based upon sampled individuals for which sexes could be determined. The population in subarea 3 is not included because no length-frequency data were collected. *See Figure 3. Table 59.—Length-weight relationships observed for arrowtooth flounder during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, with testing for between-sex differences. FL Otolith Number range Length-weight coefficients Predicted weight-at-length Sex area! sampled (cm) a b 10cm 25cm 45cm wenceeneeneen= grams -------------- Males B 57 20-55 0.0106 2.9840 10.1 156.6 905.1 D 11 34-47 n.d.? n.d n.d. n.d n.d Both areas combined 68 20-55 0.0098 3.0061 9.9 156.3 915.0 Females B 200 18-64 0.0074 3.0970 9.2 157.9 974.9 D 14 35-66 n.d. n.d. n.d. n.d. n.d. Both areas combined 214 18-66 0.0071 3.1054 9.1 156.8 973.1 Overall 282 18-66 0.0072 3.1038 9.0 155.9 966.1 Analysis of covariance Tests for differences Slope (5) Common means df F ratio df F ratio Between sexes in area B 1:253 1.20 1:254 1.49 Between sexes in both areas combined 1:278 1.20 1:279 1.59 ‘See Figure 4. *n.d. = not determined due to limited sample size. 101 "(p ‘Biq 398) Bare yyJOVO pus xas Aq ‘Aaauns ABs) Buds Bag Bug 9/61 24) BuNp UdyB) JEpUNOY YIOO)MOLIE WO’y SUOPBAIISGO JyBJaM-Yy)BuaT—'7ZL NBL] (W3) HLONS7 XYOS (W2) HLON3T XYOS 09 OSG Ov OF O2 Ol ©9" 0S = 70 OS 20d nO O9| (swoi6) LHOISM 1900°¢ | 86000 = M (swos6) LHOISM SIIVW34 SI IVW . UY3ZONNOIZ HLOOLMOYYV YSGNNO1S HLOOLMOYYV 102 90 All ages data set 80 @ Male @ Female 70 Female FORK LENGTH (cm) at 15 ho 5 AGE (year) 10 110 Selected ages data set 100 B Male @ Female 90 Female FORK LENGTH (cm) —1 0 5 AGE year ane Ip Figure 73.—Von Bertalanffy growth curves for arrowtooth flounder taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, comparing results of the all ages and selected ages data sets. Symbols indicate the mean length at each age. 103 Table 60.—Parameters of the von Bertalanffy growth curves for arrowtooth flounder, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Number Age FL Standard Otolith of age range range — error‘of. ____Parameters Sex area’ Data set readings (yr) (cm) curve fit Wes K ty Male BD All ages 126 3-8 21-54 4.19 44.21 0.22 0.16 : Selected ages 3-7 21-54 4.61 46.78 0.22 0.22 Female BD All ages 257 3-12 21-66 3.99 79.27 0.13 -—0.01 Selected ages 3-9 21-61 2.46 142.91 0.06 0.25 ‘See Figure 4. Table 61.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of Pacific halibut by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Proportion Proportion : Percentage Mean Estimated of total Estimated of total Mean size frequency of CPUE biomass estimated population estimated Weight FL Subarea' occurrence (kg/km) (t) biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) Inner shelf 4N 9.1 0.10 187 0.006 0.5 0.008 0.403 — 4S 8.9 0.08 371 0.012 0.3 0.005 1.342 — 1 23.0 0.28 1,371 0.044 9.5 0.159 0.144 24.4 Outer shelf and slope 3 16.2 0.19 881 0.028 0.7 0.012 1.267 47.5 3 Slope 54.5 1.48 286 0.009 0.1 0.002 2.974 62.3 2 75.3 5.79 21,629 0.699 46.4 0.779 0.466 33.1 2 Slope 97.5 14.56 6,221 0.201 2.1 0.035 2.910 60.2 All subareas combined 37.0 1.57 230,947 59.6 0.519 33.0 ‘See Figure 3. 795% confidence limits: 20,755-41,138 t. The total apparent population biomass of Pacific halibut within the study area was 30,900 t (95% confidence limits 20,800-41,100 t). Although this value was remarkably close to the 1975 survey estimate of 30,600 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2), both estimates may underestimate true abundance within the study area as a result of trawl avoidance. The total number within the study area (available to the trawl) was estimated to be 59.6 million individuals, a factor of 4.66 times larger than the 1975 survey estimate of 12.8 million (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). In comparison to the distribution of population biomass, 81.4% of the apparent population number was distrib- uted in subareas 2 and 2 Slope (combined), 17.2% in the inner shelf (subareas 1, 4S, and 4N), and 1.4% in subareas 3N, 3S, and 3 Slope (combined). Size composition. — Almost all Pacific halibut taken during the survey were juveniles. The overall mean fork length was 33.0 cm, and the observed range in size was 14-101 cm FL (based upon 2,163 field measurements; Fig. 75). In subarea 2, where 78% of the apparent population occurred, the overall size-frequency distribution was essentially unimodal and 91.6% of all individuals was within the size range 2540 cm. Populations in deep water (subareas 2 Slope and 3 Slope) were composed of larger individ- uals, with a considerably broader distribution of sizes about each mean fork length. In contrast with the relatively small overall size distribution taken during the 1976 spring trawl survey, the size range of Pacific halibut caught by the North American setline fishery in the eastern Bering Sea during 1976 was 67-215 cm FL, and 75% of all 104 individuals were >100 cm FL (International Pacific Halibut Commission 19778). Longhead dab. Distribution and abundance.—Longhead dab was widely dis- tributed throughout the southeastern Bering Sea at depths less than approximately 55-65 m, with highest abundance in central Bristol Bay (Fig. 76). Overall, longhead dab occurred at 118 (27.1%) of the 435 grid stations, at a mean abundance of 1.62 kg/km trawled (Table 62). The total apparent population biomass within the study area was 32,800 t (95% confidence limits 21,800-43,700 t). This value was a factor of 2.95 times larger than the 1975 survey estimate of 11,100 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Principal causes of the higher 1976 biomass estimate were apparently higher fish den- sities, perhaps due to a shift in population distribution pattern from shallow-water areas (depths < 10-20 m) that were not sam- pled during 1975, and an extended geographical range farther west into deeper water. Nearly all of the apparent population bio- mass was limited to the inner shelf, with 73.7% in subarea 1. The total number within the study area (available to the trawl) was estimated to be 286.2 million individuals. ‘International Pacific Halibut Commission. 1976. Items of information on the halibut fishery in the Bering Sea and the northeastern Pacific Ocean. Unpubl. manuscr., 39 p. International Pacific Halibut Commision, P.O. Box 5009, University Station, Seattle, WA 98105. *(MyBjam Aq) Aoauns |Awuy Buds wag BULIG OL61 2y) SupNP pngyBy dy}wq JO Sapws Yo)s. JO UOHNGLASIG—'pL n3}q Mo8S1 MoO9L Mo29l Motv91k Mo991 Mo891 MoOLt Moddl Movdl NM9L1 Mo821 e08! ns =) ° 8Z Spe Sr wx/64S°0 > HOLVD JOVYL Se © TEE" or erp os, HIM NOILISOd NOIWWIS RE aac aren: o Ne6S aS + . aS Bee neon > + + — &, Fs —— 7 NoO9 Nol9 Nod = a No€9 105 slope Percent Percent Percent SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf and slope 0S 3 } 2 } 1 4 10 Mean length=33.1 n=1643 5 0 010 0 DH 0 D & 70 BM DW 100 0, St 2 } i 4 Mean length=60.2 10 n=451 5 OfAO C0! 550440) 'S0! (60°70), Bos 7100 Overall D (aes) [= 0) 1S 10 Mean length=33.0 n=2163 5 0 Of 10 5200) 430-5 A0%S0! 60 70 8 WS 100 Fork length (cm) Figure 75.—Size composition of Pacific halibut taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey (see Fig. 3). Because longhead dab was not observed to be abundant on the outer shelf at any time during the 1976 spring survey, the popula- tion apparently overwintered on the inner shelf. Size composition. —Longhead dab taken during the 1976 spring survey ranged from 10 to 41 cm TL, with an overall mean total length of 23.1 cm (based upon 3,409 field measurements; Fig. 77). The observed size-frequency distributions were similar among all geographical regions, sharply unimodal and generally sym- metrical. Largest individuals were observed in subarea 1 (size range 14-41 cm), smallest in subarea 4S (range 10-34 cm). The mean total length of male populations was approximately 78% (range 76-85%) those of the female populations. Sex ratio. —The observed proportions of longhead dab females were subarea 1, 0.64; subarea 2, 0.33; subarea 4N, 0.70; subarea 4S, 0.63; and overall, 0.64. Other species. Pacific herring. —Pacific herring, Clupea harengus pallasi, was widely distributed throughout the study area, occurring at 180 (41.4%) of the 435 grid stations at an overa!l mean abundance of 2.01 kg/km trawled (Fig. 78). Highest densities (on a weight basis) were Observed along pack ice northwest of St. Paul Island, and northwest and west of Port Moller, but none was taken in deep water on the continental slope. The total apparent population biomass within the study area was 35,100 t (Table 63), although this value must have consider- ably underestimated true abundance. Sources of bias may have included 1) low vulnerability to bottom trawling, as a result of a predominantly off-bottom (pelagic) distribution; 2) losses through the trawl mesh; and 3) relatively rapid changes in geographical distribution. The distribution of apparent biomass was 48.1% in subareas 3N and 3S, 28.1% in subarea 1, 22.9% in subareas 4S and 4N (com- bined), and only 1.0% in subarea 2. The overall size range taken during the 1976 survey was 20-31 cm FL. Table 62.—Estimated biomass and population numbers of longhead dab by subarea and for all subareas combined, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Percentage Mean frequency of CPUE Subarea occurrence (kg/km) Inner shelf 4N 40.9 1.34 4S 58.9 1.38 1 72.0 4.93 Outer shelf and slope 3 ws = 3 Slope — = 2 4.5 0.05 2 Slope — — All subareas combined 27.1 1.62 See Figure 3. 795% confidence limits: 21,793-43,714 t. Estimated biomass (t) 2,481 5,945 24,158 Proportion Proportion ‘ of total Estimated of total Mean size estimated population estimated Weight TL biomass (millions) population (kg) (cm) 0.076 17.5 0.061 0.142 22.6 0.181 58.1 0.203 0.102 22. 0.737 209.4 0.731 0.115 23.3 0.006 1.3 0.005 0.145 21.1 286.2 0.114 23.1 106 “Qudjam Aq) Aoauns jaway Jupds vag Iupogq O61 ay) DupNp qup pwoyduoy Jo Sayer Yo! JO UOPNGUAS|G—'9L andy Mo8Sl McO91 MoZg9l Motv9l Mo991 Mo891 McOL1 Moddl Movdl Mo9L1 MoB21 “GO a ay ae. w/64S'0 > HOLVD JOVUL ®e NAS hoa HIM NOILISOd NOILWIS oO8l NobS NoSS No9S NoZS No8S No6S NoO9 NolQ Noc9 No£9 107 4N 4S Percent ou 6&6 & BA Percent cou 6&6 & 8B A Percent cou 6&6 & 8 A Percent ou fB & BA Percent MALE FEMALE SEXES COMBINED Outer shelf a a 2 20 15 1S 10 10 Mean length=19.7 Mean length=23.9 Mean length=21.1 n=87 Ss n=40 n=127 a pt nn fi) en nn 0p 0D 0 DH 7080 D110 010 0D 0D 0 7 0 D100 010 YD D 0 OD & 70 WO WD iM Inner shelf a a 20 | 20 sf 1S o 10 | 10 Mean length=20.2 Mean length=23.7 Mean length=22.6 n=16 3 n=37 n=53 Cs Sa RO ema os sc Es op nn Ho DH 70M DIM 0D DD 0D OM 70 OM Di0 0 10 0 DX 0 DH 6 70 8 DW 10 + ony oy { 2 20 } 4 ppt 45k } 10 | 40 Mean length=19.9 Mean length=24.2 | Mean length=22.6 + n=87 aie n=141 n=237 Se pe ee i lt] eee on nD DH DHMH DMD DIM ONDNDDOD HOH 70M DID 010 0D 0 D & 70 M10 ; ae Fas) 1 2 | ~ | { 15 | 1s | | 0 | { | 10 | Mean length=19.9 | Hea Mean length=25.5 Mean length=23.3 i n=1240 Ss { | \ n=1752 sit n=2992 ail / Aw 5 + + “ + — — 4 al + _- + ———_—__4+—_} + ——— —e + + + + 1D ao DOXO DA DH DO ODNDDO DO 00 DW 10 2 3 4 60 70 8 100. Overall Fa So; 20 | 2 iS } r iS + 0 | | | 10 | Mean length=19.5 =) | \ Mean length=25.1 | Mean length=23.1 n=1430 S } / \ n=1970 S [ n=3409 0 LS a0 5 eee on DDO DA DM DM 0oDDDH D&O 70M DiM 0D OX HD BR KK HH L 100 Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Total length (cm) Figure 77.—Size composition of longhead dab taken during the 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey, by sex and geographical area (see Fig. 3). The category sexes combined includes male, female, and undetermined. 108 Mo8S1 MoO9t “(ydto9m Mod9l Mov9l Mo99h Tr T+ + Geen ae aq OF e+ + 6 es Mo891 MoOLt Aq) Adauns au) Buds wag BuLdg O61 94) SuLINP duLLAY deg JO Sayes YO}Bd JO UVONNGUYSIGN—'gl aNd 4 Moddh Movdl Mo9ZLt Mo82L1 wy/64C'O > HOLVD JOVYL HLIM NOILISOd NOILWIS Se 6 ee + + 4 + vt + + 4 + + + T+ GIT+ B+ ¢ + + +t 4 4 + OT+ + + 4 + SED+ + + + T+ + + q 4 + + + + T+ e+ + + a + 4 + + T+ 4 E+ . + + a q + + + + + + + T+ q 4 4 Taree} oe) + + + + * + T+ q 4 + + T+ 4 qd q + q + q q + 4 4 + + + 4 + 4 4 4 T+ 0081 NebS NeSS No9S NoZS Ne8S No6S NeO9 Nol9 Noc9 Nof9 109 Table 63.—Estimates of the biomass of other fish populations, 1976 Bering Sea spring trawl survey. Inner shelf subareas' Species 1 4S 4N 2 Pacific herring 9,872 3,975 4,064 338 Starry flounder 5,891 $29 95 2,698 Pacific ocean perch = = = 33 Saffron cod 10 5 _ 949 Bering flounder =e 25 356 = Sablefish = — = 215 ‘See Figure 3. Outer shelf and slope subareas' 2 Slope 3 3 Slope All subareas combined? are Metric toms. ---------------------+--2+--e-n-noeenn enna ecnecneeeeccnsceneceee = 16,882 — 35,131 (12,058-58,204) im 55 = 9,268 (4,607-13,933) 784 48 549 1,414 (185- 2,643) == 6 — 970 (O- 2,389) 547 — 928 (157- 1,701) 338 — 28 581 (14- 1,148) *Parentheses enclose 95% confidence limits for the overall estimates. Starry flounder.—Starry flounder, Platichthys stellatus, was taken at 97 (22.3%) of the 435 grid stations at an overall mean abundance of 1.20 kg/km trawled. Although occurring at scat- tered locations over most of the continental shelf, highest densities were observed along the Alaska Peninsula. The total apparent population biomass within the study area was 9,300 t (Table 63), with 15.3 million individuals. The observed distribution of ap- parent biomass was 63.6% in subarea 1, 29.1% in subarea 2, and 7.3% in subareas 3N, 3S, 4S, and 4N (combined). Starry flounder was not taken in deep water along the continental slope. Pacific ocean perch.—Pacific ocean perch, Sebastes alutus, was taken at 30 (6.9%) of the 435 grid stations, at an overall mean abundance of 0.07 kg/km trawled. Pacific ocean perch occurred only in deep water along the outer edge of the continental shelf and slope. The total apparent population biomass within the study area was 1,400 t (Table 63), with 1.5 million individuals. The distribution of apparent biomass was 55.4% in subarea 2 Slope, 38.8% in subarea 3 Slope, and 5.7% in subareas 2 and 3 (combined). Saffron cod.—Saffron cod, Eleginus gracilis, was recorded at only 9 (2.1%) of the 435 grid stations, at an overall mean abun- dance of 0.05 kg/km trawled. Occurrences were scattered over central and inner regions of the continental shelf. The total ap- parent population biomass within the study area was 970 t (Table 63), a value of only 5.1% of the 1975 survey estimate of 19,100 t (Pereyra et al. see footnote 2). Although this large difference may have been caused by a change in vulnerability to bottom trawling, it was more likely a result of misidentifications and confusion of specimens with Pacific cod. Bering flounder.—Bering flounder, Hippoglossoides robustus, was recorded along the outer continental shelf in the extreme northern region of the study area, occurring at 26 (6.0%) of the 435 grid stations, at an overall mean abundance of 0.04 kg/km trawled. The total apparent population biomass within the study area was 930 t (Table 63), with 2.9 million individuals. The distribution of apparent biomass was 58.9% in subareas 3N and 3S, 38.4% in subarea 4N, and 2.7% in subarea 4S. Specimens identified as Bering flounder ranged from 14 to 41 cm TL. The observed ranges in age were males, 5-15 yr, and females, 5-24 yr. Sablefish.—Sablefish, Anoplopoma fimbria, was taken at 30 (6.9%) of the 435 grid stations, at an overall mean abundance of 0.03 kg/km trawled. Occurrences were observed only in deep water along the outer continental shelf and slope. The total appar- 110 ent population biomass within the study area was 580 t (Table 63), with 0.4 million individuals. The distribution of apparent biomass was 58.2% in subarea 2 Slope, 37.0% in subarea 2, and 4.8% in subarea 3 Slope. Sablefish ranged from 38 to 62 cm FL. DISCUSSION Review of Survey Approach and Findings The August-October 1975 and April-June 1976 demersal trawl surveys provided new opportunities for comprehensive assessment of the eastern Bering Sea ichthyofauna. Both surveys were ex- tremely broad in geographical coverage, and consistent sampling methods enabled direct comparability. And importantly, the tem- poral coverage of the two surveys enabled analyses of natural variability at seasonal and year-to-year time scales. Although 235 fish species have been reported to occur in the eastern Bering Sea (Shmidt 1950), only 76 and 78 fish taxa were recorded during the 1975 and 1976 surveys. Of these, the most abundant 20 taxa accounted for approximately 98% of the overall total weight (or also, total apparent biomass) of demersal fishes recorded during the two surveys. Of these 20 most abundant demersal taxa, 10 species account for 99% of present commercial fish landings. On the expansive eastern Bering Sea soft-bottom continental shelf, the demersal fish community appears to be dominated (on the basis of weight density) by a few species, and these species tend to be distributed somewhat predictably in both space and time. This predictability might be described in the context of a simple migratory circuits model (Fig. 79). Adult populations generally migrate to, and concentrate at, relatively well-defined spawning locations within a relatively specific seasonal time period. Egg and larval drift, and later swimming behavior, take juveniles to nursery areas—usually isolated from the adult population, inshore or in shallower water. As juveniles mature, recruitment to the adult stock occurs as a result of growth, off- shore migration, and changes in behavior. During the seasonal cy- cle, adult stocks migrate between overwintering regions, spawning locations, and feeding areas of presumably high food abundance. Freezing avoidance mechanisms are an important adaptation of eastern Bering Sea fishes to their environment. All marine teleosts are hypotonic to seawater, and the blood freezing points of most species are approximately —0.5° to —0.8°C (Somero and Hochachka 1976). Under winter ice cover, bottom water temperatures over most of the eastern Bering Sea continental shelf are near the freezing point of seawater (— 1.6° to —1.7°C). Even Adult stock Cc A Spawning area > B Drift Nursery area Figure 79.—The annual circuit of migration (Harden Jones 1968). during summer, large areas of residual subzero winter bottom water remain on the northern central shelf. Faced with potentially lethal conditions, Bering Sea fishes use two principal mechanisms to avoid freezing: Behavioral avoidance (i.e., seasonal migration) and production of biochemical antifreezes. Whereas some of the major fish populations must apparently undergo regular seasonal migrations from shallow to deep water (e.g., yellowfin sole, Pacific halibut, Alaska plaice), other taxa develop glycoprotein and protein antifreezes (e.g., saffron cod and sculpins such as Myoxocephalus spp.) (Raymond et al. 1975) that apparently enable survival in all regions of the continental shelf throughout the year. A ANOMALY OF SEA SURFACE TEMPERATURE ‘International Pacific Halibut Commission. Figure 80 shows two measures of climatic conditions in the southeastern Bering Sea during the period 1966-77 (McLain and Favorite 1976: figure 1 updated to 1977 with data from the authors; International Pacific Halibut Commission 1976 see foot- note 8, 1977°). Like most climatic data, both time series indicate extended multiyear periods of warm or cold conditions, rather 1977. Items of information on the halibut fishery in the Bering Sea and the northeastern Pacific Ocean. Unpubl. manuscr., 39 p. International Pacific Halibut Commission, P.O. Box 5009, University Station, Seattle, WA 98105. MEAN BOTTOM WATER TEMPERATURE -N WSO Figure 80.—Climatic conditions in the southeastern Bering Sea 1966-77: A) anomaly of sea surface temperature at lat. 57°N, long. 170°W (near St. Paul Island) from the April 1962-May 1975 mean; B) mean bottom water temperature during June at 34 standard International Pacific Halibut Commission survey stations in the southeastern Bering Sea. 111 than random fluctuations about the mean values. The August- October 1975 and April-June 1976 demersal trawl surveys were conducted during a period of cold temperatures that occurred from January 1971 to December 1976. In general, surface seawater temperatures recorded at lat. 57°N, long. 170°W during the 4-6 mo preceding both the 1975 and 1976 surveys were unusually cold (Fig. 80). During August- October 1975, however, surface temperatures were only slightly cooler (anomalies of 0.0° to —1.0°C) than the 1962-75 mean. In comparison, cold winter sea surface temperatures (anomalies of —1.8°to —2.0°C) continued through the April-June 1976 survey period. In both 1975 and 1976, June bottom water temperatures in the southeastern Bering Sea were quite cold compared to obser- vations during most other years. As a third measure of environmental conditions during the 1976 survey period, Figure 81 compares the distribution of sea ice observed during April-June 1976 to the extreme southern exten- sions of ice cover observed during 1954-70. In general, the extent of ice cover during April and May 1976 was at least equivalent to the 17-yr (1954-70) extremes. Before discussing the biological results and comparability of the 1975 and 1976 eastern Bering Sea surveys, and relationships to the above model, it is appropriate to reevaluate basic objectives, assumptions, and limitations of the overall program. The funda- mental objective of the surveys was to obtain two short-term descriptions of characteristics (including density distribution, total size, age structure, etc.) of the mixed species populations caught by the sampling gear and to compare these characteristics between time periods. Target populations were implicitly defined by the location of the sampling area and its boundaries, and selective characteristics of the sampling gear and field methods. The real identity of the target populations of a trawl survey is frequently confused with the desire to measure total population size, true population density, and the commercially fished popula- tions. Clearly, the validity of intentions to measure total popula- tion abundance is dependent upon relationships between the area surveyed and species range. Because of biasing characteristics of sampling gear and methods (i.e., imperfect efficiencies), estimates of true population density are usually expressed as measures of available population density (where available population density is usually some fraction of true population density), unless the sources of error have been identified and corrections can be ap- plied. The true target populations of a survey, therefore, are usually boundary and gear dependent. The relationships of the target populations of a survey to com- mercially fished populations are then dependent upon 1) the character of temporal and geographical overlap between survey and commercial fishing activities, 2) selectivity resulting from gear and methods, and 3) the importance of population movements within, into, and from the regions of survey and commercial fishing. The accuracy of estimates obtained from a trawl survey may have several meanings based upon different references. Estimates of relative abundance (i.e., catch per unit of gear operation) are used to evaluate potential catch rates available to commercial fishing and to measure variations in the relative densities of the biological populations in space and time. The accuracy of point estimates of relative abundance is dependent upon constant pro- portionality between abundance indices and the actual abundance of the populations. Overall estimates of relative abundance are also affected by the relation of survey design to the distributions of target populations, and the validity of stationary distributions and closed populations assumptions. Estimates of absolute abundance (i.e., population density per unit area) are used to assess the size of populations within a de- fined area and to estimate their potential absolute yields (weight, or numbers per unit time). The accuracy of these estimates is de- pendent upon 1) the accuracy of the estimates of relative abun- dance from which the estimates of absolute abundance are de- rived, 2) biases due to sampling inefficiencies of the trawl gear, and 3) potential biases during expansion from per unit to overall estimates. The accuracy of trawl survey estimates, then, may refer to either 1) the fidelity of sample estimates to reflect constant pro- portionality to the real world, 2) the departure of estimates of ab- solute properties from real world values, or 3) the departure of estimates of absolute properties from true, but indefinable, characteristics of artificial available populations determined by the fishing gear. Comparison of Results Between Surveys Two comparisons of the overall results of the 1975 and 1976 surveys are shown in Tables 64 and 65. Table 64 compares indices of relative fish abundances observed during the two surveys. Table 65 compares the absolute population estimates obtained for each species, uncorrected for differences in geographical coverage be- tween surveys. Population estimates are also compared in Table 65 against total commercial catches in the eastern Bering Sea dur- ing 1975. Mean relative abundances showed large differences between surveys, both within individual subdivisions of the survey area and overall (Table 64). Differences in overall apparent densities may have been due to 1) changes in sampling efficiencies and sam- pling biases, 2) true population growth due to recruitment, or decline due to mortality, and 3) population in-migration to, or out-migration from, the overall survey area. The importance of these potential effects has previously been discussed in the presen- tation of survey results for each species. Differences in apparent mean densities within individual subdivisions may then have been caused by 1) all of the above potential effects and 2) changes in the geographical distribution of populations between subareas due to seasonal or between-year shifts and migrations. Comparisons of absolute population estimates between surveys also showed large differences (Table 65), reflecting changes in ap- parent mean densities (Table 64), and effects due to the reduced area surveyed in 1976 (Table 1). The accuracy of these estimates, relative to either true or available population references, cannot yet be well assessed due to the unavailability of estimates from other sources using independent procedures. Although comparisons of the 1975 and 1976 survey estimates with the total 1975 commercial fish catches provide perhaps unex- pected results (Table 65)—where one year’s total removals of walleye pollock, Pacific cod, Greenland turbot, and arrowtooth flounder represent a large proportion of, or exceed, the survey population estimates—these inconsistent results may indicate poor comparability due to differences in space and time dimen- sions. First, there are questions regarding the degree of geographical overlap between the survey and commercial catch data sets. Secondly, in making comparisons of short-term survey population estimates against a year’s total removals, somatic growth, recruitment, and in-migration must also be considered as potential sources of differences. In particular, in-migration pro- cesses could be quite important if individuals from outside—such as deep or midwater populations—migrate to replace populations removed from preferred grounds within the survey area. “DC ‘MOWduTYysUAA SYYON ‘Sadtsag aqyfayes peyuaMUOMAUT OY) Aq paptaosd spsogad IY[IwS puy suOyBAsIsgO pswogarys WOIy OL6T 104 EPC “(SL6T) A4890}0g Aq paysodas sowasyxa (OL-pS6L) W49)-duO] 0} pasecutod 9/6, Buuds duyNp parsosqo 49A09 dd]—"18 24nd Mo8Gl MoO9I Mod9I Mot9h Mo991 Mo891 MoOLt Moddl Motvdl Mo9ZL1 MoB21 208! oS OL—bGS6L abpe ao! awaixg —— — NeSG 9/6L a6pe ao! pansasqqQ ——— LE-9L |ldy Zs No9G oS 87-92 Ilady ~ — Se Fe inc >= NodS Ce XN N SS S BK No8S LE eet = as ae R SSS oo SSeS: Sr ae a oes No6S —G| Ae SO 8L—-GL ABW Af \ NN aN 3 . GI—L eunr a _o Nol9 6-Z 9unr No£9 113 Table 64.—Comparisons of mean catch per unit fishing effort within geographical subdivisions of the 1975 and 1976 study areas in the eastern Bering Sea. Subareas' sampled in only 1 year Subareas' sampled both years Species Year 3 Slope 2 Slope 3N 3S 2 4N 4S 1 Overall -------------------------------- kg/km trawled -------------------------------------- Walleye 1975 — — 198.8 57.7 226.8 0.6 39.5 10.7 80.5 pollock 1976 15.4 90.5 — 36.5 1192 0.9 1.3 2.8 34.0 Pacific 1975 _ = 3:67 20 Tale Oil 0.5 0.9 2.7 cod 1976 16.7 27.4 — 4.6 17.2 <0.1 0.1 0.2 5.1 Yellowfin 1975 = _— <0.1 1.2 15.1 18.9 65.0 103.6 34.3 sole 1976 0.1 0.0 — 20°79) A270) (23:95 747525910, 104.0 Rock sole 1975 = <0.1 3.6 10.4 1.3 6.4 12.9 5.7 1976 0.3 15 — 2.7 29.7 0.4 18.0 6.9 11.8 Flathead 1975 — — 3.8 3.4 14.9 <0.1 1.0 1.6 3.9 sole 1976 2.4 7A — Piph upekey Ki 0.1 0.4 5.0 Alaska 1975 _ — <0.1 0.1 1.2 7.2 12.5 3.7 4.1 plaice 1976 0.0 0.0 — 1.9 10.0 10.4 29.1 10.7 12.2 Greenland 1975 _— — 16.8 5.6 2:3 O:9, 1.3 0.8 4.4 turbot 1976 48 19.8 — 4.8 4.1 0.2 0.2 0.4 2.6 Arrowtooth 1975 — — 0.1 1.1 495" 010" “<0: 0.1 1.0 flounder 1976 7.0 39.0 — 0.6 5:3"). 010 0.0 0.0 2.1 Pacific 1975 — _— 0.1 0.1 2.6 0.9 0.6 2.0 1.0 halibut 1976 5 14.6 _— 0.2 5.8 0.1 0.1 0.3 1.6 'See Figures 2 and 3. Table 65.—Comparisons between estimates of population biomass obtained from the 1975 and 1976 surveys, and 1975 all-nation eastern Bering Sea commercial catches. Survey biomass estimates and 95% confidence limits (in parentheses) Species 1975 Walleye pollock 2,426,400 (2,001 ,600-2,851,100) Pacific cod 64,500 (51,500-77,500) Yellowfin sole 1,038,600 (870,800- 1,206,400) Rock sole 170,300 (138,300-202,200) Flathead sole 113,000 (93,900-132,100) Alaska plaice 127,100 (101,800-152,800) Greenland turbot 126,700 (112,700-140,700) Arrowtooth flounder 28,000 (22,700-33,300) Pacific halibut 30,600 (18,700-42,600) 1975 all-nation' 1976 commercial catch Wet CONS eee 679,492 1,285,000 (480,060-878,925) 102,282 57,300 (70,581-133,983) 2,094,589 65,800 (1,170,499-3,018,678) 236,067 11,100 (79,984-392,151) 99,430 5,500 (63,848-135,012) 243,662 2,600 (190, 174-297, 150) 51,013 64,800 (43,247-58,778) 40,822 20,800 (29,990-51,654) 30,947 300 (20,755-41,138) ‘Data on file at Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center, 2725 Montlake Blvd. E, Seattle, WA 98112. Walleye pollock.—Although walleye pollock was widely distributed over the eastern Bering Sea continental shelf during both the 1975 and 1976 surveys (Fig. 82), the geographical density distribution observed during April-June 1976 appeared to be shifted (relative to August-October 1975) west and off the shelf. While this may have been caused by lower sampling efficiency during spring and early summer when more individuals were distributed in midwater for spawning or feeding, there is also in- creasing evidence that substantial densities of adult walleye pollock (44-50 cm FL) extend out from the shelf over deep water (Okada 1977,'° 1978"'). Because the few echosounding records taken during the 1976 survey do not support the hypothesis that large abundances of 114 walleye pollock were in midwater during daylight hours within the shelf survey area, and if the density fields observed during 1975 and 1976 (Fig. 82) are taken as indicating seasonal distributions, interpretations would then be: 1) During summer, walleye pollock invade the continental shelf, with high densities of adults (2-6 yr) ‘Okada, K. 1977. Preliminary report of acoustic survey on pollock stocks in the Aleutian Basin and adjacent waters in summer of 1977. Unpubl. manuscr., 3 p. Fishery Agency of Japan, 2-1 Kasumigaseki, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan. "Okada, K. 1978. Preliminary report of an acoustic and midwater trawl survey on pollock stocks in the Aleutian Basin and adjacent waters in the summer of 1978. Unpubl. manuscr., 6 p. Fishery Agency of Japan, 2-1 Kasumigaseki, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan. POLLOCK AUG—OCT 1975 =| 250-500 A> 500 180° 178°w 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 59°N 58°N nae POLLOCK APRIL - JUNE 1976 S6°N 55°N 180° 178°W 176°W 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 82.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of walleye pollock in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. The survey area boundary lines used in 1975 are superimposed upon both illustrations as a common reference. 115 concentrating along the outer shelf where food abundances— euphausiids and juvenile walleye pollock—(Takahashi and Yama- guchi 1972) are high; 2) during winter, shelf populations shift off- shore to deep and warmer water; and 3) during early spring, spawning concentrations are formed along the shelf edge. Like most Bering Sea demersal fish species, the spawning of walleye pollock is apparently synchronized with spring plankton production (Waldron and Vinter 1978'*). During both the 1975 and 1976 surveys, juvenile (age 1 yr) walleye pollock were primar- ily found in central and inner shelf regions (subareas 1, 4S, 4N, and 3S). If a substantial proportion of adult walleye pollock had mi- grated out of the 1976 survey area by moving off-shelf during winter, these movements could account for the large differences in size and age structures, sex ratios, and length-weight relationships measured for the shelf populations by the two surveys. The hypothesis that genetically distinct north and south walleye pollock populations may exist was not well supported by data col- lected during the 1975 and 1976 surveys, although rigorous testing was not possible. Two principal centers of abundance, north and south, were observed during August-October 1975 in subareas 3N and 2 (Fig. 82). However, comparisons of the population characteristics measured by the two surveys were not adequate to evaluate the integrity or extent of behavioral and reproductive isolation of the two apparent populations. Yellowfin sole.—Yellowfin sole showed strongly contrasting distributional behavior between the 1975 and 1976 surveys, ap- parently representing seasonal extremes of adult migration pat- terns (Fig. 83, 84). During August-October 1975, adults (ages 6-13 yr) were broadly distributed over the central and inner continen- tal shelf, and there were no indications of large-scale migratory movements. During April-June 1976, however, dense frontal con- centrations of adults followed the receding pack ice from the outer shelf into Bristol Bay where spawning reportedly occurs during summer (Musienko 1963, 1970). Although sampling problems encountered during the spring 1976 survey confounded rigorous comparisons of abundance estimates, the strong similarities in size composition, age struc- ture, and overall sex ratios suggest that a relatively homogeneous population was sampled during both years. Because nearly the en- tire range of the eastern Bering Sea population was included within the 1975 and 1976 survey areas, effects due to in-migration and out-migration were apparently small. During both the 1975 and 1976 surveys, juveniles (ages 2-4 yr) were found primarily along the inner shelf, and there seemed to be a positive relationship between the abundance of small individuals and proximity to shore. Whereas adults appear to regularly undergo extensive geographical migrations between seasons— perhaps to maximize food supply, or as an adaptive response to cold temperatures, juveniles apparently remain in shallow inshore nursery areas during their first 1-2 yr and then develop migratory behavior that extends progressively offshore. The hypothesis that eastern Bering Sea yellowfin sole might also have genetically distinct north and south populations was not well supported by the survey data. Although three principal centers of abundance were recognized during the April-June 1976 "Waldron, K. D., and B. M. Vinter. 1978. Ichthyoplankton of the eastern Bering Sea. Unpubl.-manuscr., 88 p. Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, 2725 Montlake Boulevard East, Seattle, WA 98112. 116 survey—the large Unimak Island concentration that moved into central Bristol Bay and the two small Pribilof concentrations that appeared to migrate towards Nunivak Island, the population data collected were not adequate to enable identifying potential stock isolation from the overall background of geographical gradients and variability. Recent tissue collections and analyses of protein variation using starch gel electrophoresis have subsequently sug- gested free genetic exchange between the Bristol Bay and Pribilof Island groups (Grant et al. 1978"). Rock sole.—The density distribution of rock sole during the April-June 1976 survey had also shifted (relative to August- October 1975) southwest and towards the outer continental shelf (Fig. 85). If the two surveys are interpreted as representing seasonal extremes, then the distribution of the population ob- served in 1975—widespread, with several large centers of abun- dance—apparently represents the results of extensive summer migration onto the inner continental shelf, and the distribution observed in 1976—primarily restricted along the outer continental shelf, with scattered locations of high abundance—represents a retreat to deep water during winter. Because no large-scale move- ments were observed during the 1976 survey, the timing of rock sole summer migration to the inner shelf was apparently later than that of yellowfin sole, and frontal concentrations were not as pronounced. Like yellowfin sole, nearly the entire geographical range of the eastern Bering Sea rock sole population was included within the 1975 and 1976 survey areas, and effects due to in-migration and out-migration appeared to be small. In general, characteristics of the population measured by the two surveys—absolute size, length and age structure, and sex ratio—were similar. During both surveys, juvenile rock sole (ages 2 and 3 yr) were taken primarily along the Alaska Peninsula between Unimak Island and Port Moller in subareas 1 and 2. Flathead sole.—During both the 1975 and 1976 surveys, flathead sole were distributed mainly along the outer continental shelf, and one large center of abundance was observed between St. George and Unimak Islands (Fig. 86). During August-October 1975, the distribution of the population included relatively low density extensions onto the central and inner continental shelf. During April-June 1976, although scattered occurrences were recorded on the central shelf, the population range was primarily restricted to deep water and moderate levels of abundance were also observed at slope depths. Although a large southeastern Bering Sea population was iden- tified, the species range clearly extended beyond the northern boundaries of the survey areas; so questions remain regarding re- lationships and exchange between north and south populations, and potential effects of in-migration and out-migration between regions. Relationships between the eastern Bering Sea population of flathead sole, Hippoglossoides elassodon, and that of the con- generic Arctic species, H. robustus (Bering flounder), are also unclear (Forrester et al. 1977). Population characteristics that showed similarity between the 1975 and 1976 surveys included overall mean density, estimated ‘Grant, S., R. Bakkala, and F. Utter. 1978. Examination of biochemical genetic variation in yellowfin sole (Limanda aspera) of the eastern Bering Sea. Unpubl. manuscr., 21 p. Northwest and Alaska Fisheries Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA, 2725 Montlake Boulevard East, Seattle, WA 98112. 63°N 62°N 6I°N 60°N 59°N SEN LLOWFIN SOLE AUG—OCT 1975 57°N 5 L Z i Muallt ah : 7 it en DOAN t F< AES pi eZ S5°N 'N 180° 178°W 176°W 74°w 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 7 er ra Tjacrisel mame aspen passe Scam eeececes [ieee tS aaa 62°N eIrNy 60°N L £ la 58°N S7°NF YELLOWFIN SOLE APRIL 1976 CATCH IN kg/km NO CATCH ice edge a 55°N 100 - 250 > 250 54°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 83.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of yellowfin sole in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) April 1976. 117 63°N 62°N 60°N 59°N 58°N S7°N a S6°N SS°N N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 60°N 59°N TTT / s7NF YELLOWFIN SOLE 5" Ney & i . qh / JUNE 1976 Sar ; aw ee | hi i) ie || Sallie 56°N au WIN pe = 3 NGF lll Gig oN L _| 100- SS > e Do ain 178°W I76°W 74°w 172°w 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 84.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of yellowfin sole in the Bering Sea: A) May 1976; B) June 1976. 118 ROCK SOLE AUG—OCT 1975 CATCH IN kg/cm 180° 178°W 176°W 63°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N S7°N ROCK SOLE APRIL-JUNE 1976 56°N 55°N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 174°W 3°47 \72°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Yar i; Dis i - CLITA ES reese SUS (( NS [F “il ee i) oot {| Wi 4 ansutl) z (| Gan = 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 85.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of rock sole in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. 119 FLATHEAD SOLE AUG—OCT 1975 CATCH IN kg/km 180° 178°W 176°W 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N o 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N ST"NT ELATHEAD SOLE APRIL-JUNE 1976 P CATCH IN kg/km | Sy NO CATCH | <5 74°W 172°W 170°W 168°wW 166°W 164°w 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 86.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of flathead sole in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. absolute size, length composition, and overall sex ratio. During both surveys, juvenile (<2 yr) distributions were not geographic- ally separated from adults (5-10 yr), with highest abundances of young individuals occurring along the outer continental shelf in subareas 2 (1975 and 1976) and 3N (1975 only). Pacific cod.—Although Pacific cod ranged broadly over near- ly the entire eastern Bering Sea continental shelf, during both the 1975 and 1976 surveys most of the population was distributed along the outer shelf and slope (Fig. 87). Occurrences in inner and central regions were represented by only low densities, and in general, seasonal differences in these areas were unclear. Along the outer shelf and slope, however, Pacific cod abundances were higher and showed a more continuous pattern of high densities during April-June 1976 than during August-October 1975. Like walleye pollock, attempts to assess the Bering Sea popula- tion of Pacific cod included formidable sampling problems due to unknown semidemersal behavior, potential trawl avoidance, dense shoal formation, and potentially large effects due to in- migration and out-migration. Although midocean pelagic popula- tions have not been reported, substantial migratory exchange may occur between populations over the continental slope (depths 180-1,000 m) and populations on the outer shelf (depths 100-180 m). A feature common to both the 1975 and 1976 survey results was that the geographical distributions of size and age classes were strongly related to bottom depth. Juveniles (0-group and 1-yr- olds) apparently develop in the shallow central and inner shelf regions, then progressively move to deeper water. Populations in deep water were mainly composed of large, older individuals in contrast to populations in shallower waters. However, the max- imum age observed even in deepwater populations was only 6 yr. Alaska plaice.—As observed for yellowfin sole, the distribu- tional patterns of Alaska plaice differed markedly between the 1975 and 1976 surveys (Fig. 88, 89). During August-October 1975, Alaska plaice ranged broadly over the central and inner shelf, with two principal centers of abundance. During April-June 1976, a relatively high-density front of migrating individuals appeared to move from a winter retreat in deep water, approaching a large- scale pattern similar to the late-summer distribution observed dur- ing 1975. Although sampling problems resulting from the population’s movements in 1976 prevented meaningful comparisons of abun- dance estimates, there were similarities in size and age structure, and overall sex ratio between the two surveys. During both 1975 and 1976, juvenile Alaska plaice were most abundant in the northern, central region of the continental shelf (subareas 4S and 4N). Other flounders.—The three pleuronectid species—Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder, and Pacific halibut—provided simi- lar population assessment problems, and survey results for the three species showed many parallels. All three species have exten- sive geographical ranges, occurring along the entire Pacific rim from southern California to the Kamchatka Peninsula and along all continental shelf regions of the Bering Sea (Hart 1973). In ad- dition, the regional populations of all three species appear to undergo regular seasonal migrations to the upper continental slope or shelf in summer and then return to deep water during winter where spawning occurs (Novikov 1964; Musienko 1970; Shuntov 1970). Population assessment problems included the following: 1) Be- 121 cause the vertical range of all three species may extend to bottom depths of 500 to 1,000 m—beyond normal trawl sampling capa- bilities, then in-migration and out-migration effects were poten- tially large due to seasonal movements between bathymetric zones, particularly in regions with steep bottom slope; 2) trawl avoidance may have been substantial by the large, strong- swimming adults; and 3) tagging studies have indicated that out- migration to, and in-migration from, populations in other regions may be significant (Dunlop et al. 1964; International Pacific Halibut Commision 1973). Additionally, relationships between the southeastern Bering Sea population of arrowtooth flounder, Atheresthes stomias, and reported northwestern Bering Sea pop- ulation of the congeneric Asian arrowtooth flounder, A. ever- manni, are unclear (Wilimovsky et al. 1967). During August-October 1975, Greenland turbot were broadly distributed over central and outer regions of the continental shelf at low densities, and one large northern center of abundance rep- resented over one-half the total apparent population (Fig. 90). During April-June 1976, population densities were high along the southwest shelf edge (subarea 2 Slope) in deep water (Table 66), and extension onto the shelf was restricted. In general, shelf populations of Greenland turbot during both surveys were primarily juveniles (<4 yr of age). One-year-old-in- dividuals were most abundant in subareas 4S and 4N (1975 and 1976) and subarea 3 (1976 only). Deepwater populations (par- ticularly in subarea 2 in 1975 and subarea 2 Slope in 1976) were composed of large, old (3-16 yr) individuals. In contrast to Greenland turbot, arrowtooth flounder distribu- tions varied less between the two surveys and northern popula- tions were small (Fig. 91). During both surveys, most arrowtooth flounder occurred along the outer shelf and slope between St. George and Unimak Islands in subareas 2 (1975 and 1976) and 2 Slope (1976 only). During 1975, several high-density locations oc- curred at intervals along the outer continental shelf. In 1976, abundance was high only along the shelf edge and slope (Table 67). Juveniles (ages 1-3 yr) were most abundant in subarea 2 dur- ing both years. Of the three deepwater flounder species, Pacific halibut showed the most extreme differences in geographical distributions be- tween the two surveys (Fig. 92). During August-October 1975, the apparent population was broadly distributed in Bristol Bay with scattered occurrences on the central and outer shelf. During April-June 1976, Pacific halibut were distributed primarily along the southwest continental shelf between St. George and Unimak Islands and were abundant at slope depths (Table 68). Although large individuals may have been underestimated due to avoidance, trawl catches during both surveys indicated that shelf populations were mainly juveniles (20-50 cm FL). Table 66.—Apparent bathymetric distribution of Greenland turbot abundance within the 1976 Bering Sea slope subarea.' Mean CPUE? Bottom depths (m) No. of samples (kg/km) 200-249 10 5.2 (0.0-18.4) 250-299 8 10.6 (0.3-42.6) 300-349 10.5 (0.3-29.9) 350-399 7 32.9 (5.0-98.4) 400-449 7 24.0 (0.0-105.2) 450-460 3 66.2 (31.8-133.9) 'See Figure 3. *Mean catch per unit fishing effort, with range in paren- theses. N 200 for Sosy 180° 178°W 176°W 74°W I72°W 170°W 168°W 166°Ww 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W PACIFIC COD APRIL - JUNE 1976 CATCH IN kg/km SS "Mafs ed at Fe Be = SIzi RAD SLOPE’ FASS 180° 7e°w \76°W 174°W i72°w 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°w 162°w 160°W 158°W Figure 87.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of Pacific cod in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. 62°N 59°N 58°N ALASKA PLAICE AUG—OCT 1975 57°N CATCH IN kg/km no catoH <10 a II) '--2s 25-40 55°N >40 54°N = 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 61°N 59°N 58°N ALASKA PLAICE Qpice eae APRIL 1976 57°N 3 SLOPE SQ CATCH IN kg/km S5°N 54°N = 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 88.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of Alaska plaice in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) April 1976. 123 63°N 62°N 61°N 59°N 58°N 57°N 56°N 55°N N 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 6I°N 59°N 58°N S7°NF ALASKA PLAICE JUNE 1976 3 SLOPE CATCH IN kg/km SS°N 54°N - - - : : 180° 178° \76°W 74°w 72°w 170°W 168°W \66°W le4°w 162°W 160°W 158°w Figure 89.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of Alaska plaice in the Bering Sea: A) May 1976; B) June 1976. 124 YY Uy '" Yfwyygyn. YY, ll J d j WAZ YY py ypilfy YY VY GREENLAND TURBOT \ AUG—OCT 1975 ty q| CNR Vy SRN Ga BZ: NO CATCH ; 7 ep Y “ S N) 180° 7e°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N Ye \ 6I°N 200m 60°N ; } ( “ei (in) 59°N i ——< Pa 58°N 57°N GREENLAND TURBOT ANRiL - JUNE 1976 3 SLOPE CATCH IN kg/km SEN NO CATCH <10 55°N us 54°N 7 o%e 180° 178°W 176°W 174°W 172°W 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 90.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of Greenland turbot in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. 125 63°N 62°N 61°N 60°N 59°N 58°N S7°N 56°N 180° \78°W 176°W TT4ew 172° 170°W 168°W 166°W 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W 63°N 62°N 6I°N 59°N 58°N S7*NF ARROWTOOTH FLOUNDER & APRIL-JUNE 1976 . CATCH IN kg/km dj ee Real > Sr , 56°N NO CATCH _ WV > SIN || 100-200 >200 Sails I78°W I76°w 7v4aew 172°w 170°W 168°W 166"w 164°W 162°W 160°W 158°W Figure 91.—Comparison between the apparent distributions and relative abundance of arrowtooth flounder in the Bering Sea: A) 1975 survey; B) 1976 survey. 126 PACIFIC HALIBUT AUG-—OCT 1975 + 18 STATION POSITION AND (CATCH IN kg/km TRAWLED + STATION POSITION WITH NO CATCH > STATION POSITION WITH TRACE CATCH Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 BRUCE B. OOLLETTE AMET 153. A APR 9 ge? E TSH J ioc NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-755 Ses %, Annotated Bibliography and : Subject Index on the Summer Flounder, Paralichthys dentatus Paul G. Scarlett March 1982 SM THSONS ) 1996 FIV Ligp ARIES U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration National Marine Fisheries Service NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS National Marine Fisheries Service, Special Scientific Report—Fisheries The major responsibilities of the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) are to monitor and assess the abundance and geographic distribution of fishery resources, to understand and predict fluctuations in the quantity and distribution of these resources, and to establish levels for optimum use of the resources. NMFS is also charged with the development and implementation of policies for managing national fishing grounds, development and enforce- ment of domestic fisheries regulations, surveillance of foreign fishing off United States coastal waters, and the development and enforcement of interna- tional fishery agreements and policies. NMFS also assists the fishing industry through marketing service and economic analysis programs, and mortgage insurance and vessel construction subsidies. It collects, analyzes, and publishes statistics on various phases of the industry. The Special Scientific Report—Fisheries series was established in 1949. The series carries reports on scientific investigations that document long-term continuing programs of NMFS, or intensive scientific reports on studies of restricted scope. The reports may deal with applied fishery problems. The series is also used as a medium for the publication of bibliographies of a specialized scientific nature. NOAA Technical Reports NMFS SSRF are available free in limited numbers to governmental agencies, both Federal and State. They are also available in exchange for other scientific and technical publications in the marine sciences. Individual copies may be obtained from D822, User Services Branch, Environmental Science Information Center, NOAA, Rockville, MD 20852. Recent SSRF’s are: 722. Gulf menhaden, Brevoortia patronus, purse seine fishery: Catch, fishing activity, and age and size composition, 1964-73. By William R. Nicholson. March 1978, iii + 8 p., 1 fig., 12 tables. 723. Ichthyoplankton composition and plankton volumes from inland coastal waters of southeastern Alaska, April-November 1972. By Chester R. Mattson and Bruce L. Wing. April 1978, iii + 11 p., 1 fig., 4 tables. 724. Estimated average daily instantaneous numbers of recreational and com- mercial fishermen and boaters in the St. Andrew Bay system, Florida, and adja- cent coastal waters, 1973. By Doyle F. Sutherland. May 1978, iv + 23 p., 31 figs., 11 tables. 725. Seasonal bottom-water temperature trends in the Gulf of Maine and on Georges Bank, 1963-75. By Clarence W. Davis. May 1978, iv + 17 p., 22 figs., 5 tables. 726. The Gulf of Maine temperature structure between Bar Harbor, Maine, and Yarmouth, Nova Scotia, June 1975-November 1976. By Robert J. Paw- lowski. December 1978, iii + 10 p., 14 figs., 1 table. 727. Expendable bathythermograph observations from the NMFS/MARAD Ship of Opportunity Program for 1975. By Steven K. Cook, Barclay P. Col- lins, and Christine S. Carty. January 1979, iv + 93 p., 2 figs., 13 tables, 54 app. figs. 728. Vertical sections of semimonthly mean temperature on the San Francisco- Honolulu route: From expendable bathythermograph observations, June 1966-December 1974. by J. F. T. Saur, L. E. Eber, D. R. McLain, and C. E. Dorman. January 1979, iii + 35 p., 4 figs., 1 table. 729. References for the identification of marine invertebrates on the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. By Richard E. Dowds. April 1979, iv + 37 p. 730. Surface circulation in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico as deduced from drift bottles. By Robert F. Temple and John A. Martin. May 1979, ili + 13 p., 8 figs., 4 tables. 731. Annotated bibliography and subject index on the shortnose sturgeon, Aci- penser brevirostrum. By James G. Hoff. April 1979, iii + 16 p. 732. Assessment of the Northwest Atlantic mackerel, Scomber scombrus, stock. By Emory D. Anderson. April 1979, iv + 13 p., 9 figs., 15 tables. 733. Possible management procedures for increasing production of sockeye salmon smolts in the Naknek River system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. By Robert J. Ellis and William J. McNeil. April 1979, iii + 9 p., 4 figs., 11 tables. 734. Escape of king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, from derelict pots. By William L. High and Donald D. Worlund. May 1979, iii + 11 p., 5 figs., 6 tables. 735. History of the fishery and summary statistics of the sockeye salmon, On- corhynchus nerka, runs to the Chignik Lakes, Alaska, 1888-1956. By Michael L. Dahlberg. August 1979, iv + 16 p., 15 figs., 11 tables. 736. A historical and descriptive account of Pacific coast anadromous salmo- mid rearing facilities and a summary of their releases by region, 1960-76. By Roy J. Wahle and Robert Z. Smith. September 1979, iv + 40 p., 15 figs., 25 tables. 737. Movements of pelagic dolphins (Srenel/a spp.) in the eastern tropical Pa- cific as indicated by results of tagging, with summary of tagging operations, 1969-76. By W. F. Perrin, W. E. Evans, and D. B. Holts. September 1979, iii + 14p., 9 figs., 8 tables. 738. Environmental baselines in Long Island Sound, 1972-73. By R.N. Reid, A. B. Frame, and A. F. Draxler. December 1979, iv + 31 p., 40 figs., 6 tables. 739. Bottom-water temperature trends in the Middle Atlantic Bight during spring and autumn, 1964-76. By Clarence W. Davis. December 1972, iii + 13 p., 10 figs., 9 tables. 740. Food of fifteen northwest Atlantic gadiform fishes. By Richard W. Langton and Ray E. Bowman. February 1980, iv + 23 p., 3 figs., 11 tables. 741. Distribution of gammaridean Amphipoda (Crustacea) in the Middle At- lantic Bight region. By John J. Dickinson, Roland L. Wigley, Richard D. Bro- deur, and Susan Brown-Leger. October 1980, vi + 46 p., 26 figs., 52 tables. 742. Water structure at Ocean Weather Station V, northwestern Pacific Ocean, 1966-71. By D. M. Husby and G. R. Seckel. October 1980, 18 figs., 4 tables. 743. Average density index for walleye pollock, Theragra chalcogramma, in the Bering Sea. By Loh-Lee Low and Ikuo Ikeda. November 1980, iii + 11 p.,3 figs., 9 tables. p : i % NOAA Technical Report NMFS SSRF-755 —, Annotated Bibliography and 5 4 Subject Index on a i the Summer Flounder, So. o> 4, wy 47MeNT oF CO Paralichthys dentatus Paul G. Scarlett March 1982 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE Malcolm Baldrige, Secretary National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration John V. Byrne, Administrator National Marine Fisheries Service William G. Gordon, Assistant Administrator for Fisheries The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) does not approve, rec- ommend or endorse any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned in this publication. No reference shall be made to NMFS, or to this publication furnished by NMFS, in any advertising or sales pro- motion which would indicate or imply that NMFS approves, recommends or endorses any proprietary product or proprietary material mentioned herein, or which has as its purpose an intent to cause directly or indirectly the advertised product to be used or purchased because of this NMFS publication. CONTENTS |WelncevcURCeln lo) Wats. oe aero ad Gis S.C oO EO Tn bo GOTOnG DA ORO SO BAC O EOC MBO nebunbodsEamen ap 1 1c }1.0) toyed G20) 9 Naan renin ei eren orem ee mae in NER er en AE nc Hee aCe eer oe an. Donon 1 SUD J ECM ENS Scere ene seer eo an er APS Rae ET yt opt Se te BL Rt a re eS ae 11 iii Annotated Bibliography and Subject Index on the Summer Flounder, Paralichthys dentatus PAUL G. SCARLETT! ABSTRACT An annotated bibliography and subject index for 114 references are presented on the identity, distribution, life history, ecology, behavior, exploitation, and population dynamics of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. INTRODUCTION This bibliography consists of 114 references on the distribu- tion, life history, ecology, behavior, and exploitation of the sum- mer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus (Linneaus). Only those references that exclusively pertain to, supply important facts about (i.e., identifies limits of range), or contain a large section on summer flounder have been included. Popular articles have purposely been omitted. References are listed alphabetically by author’s surname. Those with multiple authors are listed only under the senior author’s name. All works by the same author are listed chronologically by year of publication. Brief annotations of the contents of each publication are given. The annotations are not intended to be value judgments, but are included to provide clearer descriptions of the contents of each publication than can be obtained from their titles. Where possible, the abstract of a publication was used as a guide to provide an annotation. Headings for the subject index are based on the outline provided by Rosa (1965?). The search for literature on summer flounder was undertaken during the course of preparing a fishery management plan under the State/Federal Fisheries Management Program. Many of the references listed in the bibliography were provided by members of the Summer Flounder Scientific and Statistical Committee, notably Arnold Howe, Michael Fogarty, George Maltezos, John Poole, Stuart Wilk, Paul Hamer, Ronal Smith, James Casey, John Musick and John Gillikin. I also wish to thank the typist, Peggy Reno. BIBLIOGRAPHY ANDERSON, V. T., Jr. 1978. Reversed summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus L.) from the Middle Atlantic Bight. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 23(1):39-41. Dextral summer flounder are described for the first time with a fully migrated left eye and normal dorsal fin origin. Morphometry and meristics are given for four specimens. BEDSOLE, H. L., Jr.. B. F. HOLLAND, Jr., and J. W. GILLIKIN. 1980. State of North Carolina R/V Dan Moore — cruise report no. 38. N.C. Div. Mar. Fish., 17 p. A description of the distribution of summer flounder in the Atlantic Ocean between Cape Lookout, N.C., and Chesapeake Bay entrance is included. Mesh size regulations for the offshore trawl fishery are also discussed. Nacote Creek Marine Fisheries Laboratory, New Jersey Division of Fish, Game and Wildlife, Star Route, Absecon, NJ 08201. BIGELOW, H. B., and W. C. SCHROEDER. 1953. Fishes of the Gulf of Maine. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 53, 557 p. Includes a description, size range, seasonal movements, food habits, and range of summer flounder. BOWMAN, R.E., R.O. MAURER, Jr., and J. A. MURPHY. 1976. Stomach contents of twenty-nine fish species from five regions in the northwest Atlantic — Data report. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 76-10, 37 p. Results of food habits studies showed that Pleuro- nectiformes occurred in the stomachs of a number of fish eating species. These data do not indicate the pro- portion of summer flounder among the flatfish prey, but they may be represented. *Rosa, H. Jr. 1965. Preparation of synopses on the biology of species of liv- ing aquatic organisms. FAO Fisheries Biology Synopsis No. 1, Revision 1, 30 p. BRIGGS, P. T. 1962. The sport fisheries of Great South Bay and vicinity. N.Y. Fish Game J. 9(1):1-36. Over a million and a half summer flounder were taken from June through September. Suggests restrictions on summer flounder fishing during May and Octo- ber. BRUCE, R. A. 1967. North Atlantic trawl nets. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Leafl. 600, 23 p. The two most commonly used trawl nets were the number 36 otter trawl and the flounder trawl. CHANG, S., and A. L. PACHECO. 1976. An evaluation of the summer flounder population in subarea 5 and statistical area 6. Int. Comm. North- west Atl. Fish., Sel. Pap. 1, p. 59-71. An analysis of the summer flounder stock in ICNAF Subarea 5 and Statistical Area 6 was made utilizing catch statistics, age-length and weight-length relation- ships. The estimated fishable population ranged from 36,000 to 74,000 metric tons from 1963 to 1974 and the MSY (maximum sustainable yield) of 20,000 to 22,000 tons was approximately 6,000 tons lower than the estimated 1974 harvest of the commercial and recrea- tional fisheries. CHRISTENSEN, D. J., and W. J. CLIFFORD. 1979. Composition of catches made by anglers fishing for summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, from New Jersery party boats in 1978. Mar. Fish. Rev. 41(12): 28-30. Anglers were interviewed while fishing for summer flounder along the New Jersey coast from party boats. Mean seasonal catch rates for full-day and half-day anglers were 3.15 and 1.86 summer flounder per man per trip, respectively. A total of 828 summer flounder were measured and ages were determined for 427 specimens. CHRISTENSEN, D. J., W. J. CLIFFORD, and G. SHEPHERD. 1978. Size and age composition of the northern New Jersey party boat catch of summer flounder (Paralich- thys dentatus). Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab. Ref. SHL78-48, 8 p. A total of 828 summer flounder were measured and 427 age samples were collected. Length frequencies and ages at length are presented. CLARK, J. R. 1962. The 1960 salt-water angling survey. U.S. Dep. Inter., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Circ. 153, 36 p. Estimates the recreational catch of summer flounder. CLIFFORD, W. J., and D. J. CHRISTENSEN. 1979. Length frequency of party and charter boat catch tN of summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus), 1975-1978. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab Ref. SHL79-25. Length frequencies of recreationally caught summer flounder are presented in computer printout form. COLVOCORESSES, J. A., and J. A. MUSICK. 1979. Section Hl: NMFS groundfish survey. Jn His- torical community structure analysis of finfishes, p. 45-78. Va. Inst. Mar. Sci. Spec. Rep. Appl. Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. 198. The composition and distribution of fish assemblages in the Middle Atlantic Bight are described. Paralich- thys dentatus are regularly classified in the same group during spring and fall with Prionotus carolinus, Steno- tomus chrysops, and Centropristis striata. DAIBER, F. C., and R. W. SMITH. 1969. An analysis of the summer flounder population in the Delaware Bay area. Univ. Del., Mar. Lab., 26 p. Age and growth analyses, food habits and length- frequency distributions are presented for summer flounder. DEUBLER, E:\E.; Jr; 1958. A comparative study of the postlarvae of three flounders (Paralichthys) in North Carolina. Copeia 1958:112-116. This paper includes data which makes it possible to distinguish the late postlarval forms of Paralichthys dentatus, P. lethostigma, and P. albigutta. DEUBLER, E. E., Jr., and W. E. FAHY. 1958. A reversed ambicolorate summer flounder, Para- lichthys dentatus. Copeia 1958:55. An aberrant, female summer flounder 265 mm in stan- dard length is described. This is only the second record of reversal and ambicoloration in the same individual. DEUBLER, E. E., Jr., and J. C. WHITE, Jr. 1962. Influence of salinity on growth of postlarvae of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. Copeia 1962: 468-469. Summer flounder postlarvae under controlled laboratory conditions showed an increase in growth with increasing salinities. DEUEL, D: G. 1973. The 1970 salt-water angling survey. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Curr. Fish. Stat. 6200, 54 p. DEUEL, D. G., and J. R. CLARK. 1968. The 1965 salt-water angling survey. U.S Fish Wildl. Serv., Resour. Publ. 67, 51 p. An estimate of the recreational catch of summer flounder is included in both references. DuPAUL, W., and S. BAKER. 1979. The economic impact and status of the offshore fishing industry in Virginia. Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., Spec. Rep. Appl. Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. 67, 51 p. Summarizes the offshore fishing industry in Virginia in terms of its employment, income generated, and overall economic impact. Summer flounder constitute a high percentage of this fishery. ELDRIDGE, P. J. 1962. Observations on the winter trawl fishery for summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. M.S. Thesis, College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, 58 p. Data on the size composition of the marketable sum- mer flounder landed at Hampton Roads, Va., were compiled in order to establish a base line to detect changes in the size composition of the summer flounder stocks. Information is also presented on spawning, length-weight relationships, and age and growth. FESTA] Ps J. 1974a. Analyses of market size composition data for the New Jersey summer flounder commercial fishery — 1967 through 1972. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Misc. Rep. 12M, 24 p. A backlog of commercial dock receipts were analyzed to obtain size composition data for landings of sum- mer flounder. Results did not support use of percent weight composition in monitoring stock recruitment rates. A review of summer flounder landings in New Jersey is also presented. 1974b. A study of the distribution of young and larval summer flounder in New Jersey estuarine waters. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Misc. Rep. 11M, 30 p. Larvae and young were collected from a number of estuaries, demonstrating that New Jersey waters do act as nursery areas for summer flounder. 1977. Observations on the summer flounder (Paralich- thys dentatus) sport fishery in Great Bay, N.J. during the summer of 1976 in reference to anoxic water con- ditions. Jn Oxygen depletion and associated environ- mental disturbances in the Middle Atlantic Bight in 1976. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Tech. Ser. Rep. 3, p. 463-470. High variability in catch rates during July appeared to be directly related to movement of the anoxic water mass. Large numbers of summer flounder were forced into inlets and bays where they were more concen- trated and vulnerable to the sport fishery. 1979a. Creel census of the summer flounder, Paralich- thys dentatus, sportfishery in Great Bay, New Jersey. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Tech. Rep. 19M, 62 p. Catch per effort statistics are provided for the sport fishery on summer flounder in Great Bay, N.J., from 1967 to 1976. The dependence of the fishery on the 2-year old class is documented. 1979b. Analyses of fish forage base of the Little Egg Harbor estuary. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Tech. Rep. 24M, 341 p. Fish remains comprised 32.6% of the diet volume of 6-24 cm summer flounder and 74.3% of the volume of summer flounder from 25 to 65 cm. Prey are identified by species. FIGLEY, W. 1977. Sex ratios within length groups of commercially caught summer flounder in New Jersey, 1962-1964. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Tech. Rep. 20M, 16 p. Males comprised the majority of summer flounder in the centimeter groups below 46 cm, while females were predominant in larger length groups. The largest male sampled was 617 mm and the largest female was 730 mm. FREEMAN, B. L., and S. C. TURNER. 1977. The effects of anoxic water on the summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus), a bottom-dwelling fish. In Oxygen depletion and associated environmental dis- turbances in the Middle Atlantic Bight in 1976. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Tech. Ser. Rep. 3, p. 451-462. The occurrence and distribution of summer flounder during the anoxic water condition is discussed. Distribution and catches of summer flounder were termed as very unusual. FREEMAN, B. L., and L. A. WALFORD. 1974a. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section II, Nantucket Shoals to Long Island Sound. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., 16 p. 1974b. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section III, Block Island to Cape May, New Jersey. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., 21 p. 1974c. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section IV, Delaware Bay to False Cape, Vir- ginia. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Lip: 1976a. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section V, Chesapeake Bay. U.S. Dep. Com- mer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., 17 p. 1976b. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section VI, False Cape, Virginia to Altamaha Sound, Georgia. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., 21 p. 1976c. Anglers’ guide to the United States Atlantic coast. Section VII, Altamaha Sound, Georgia to Fort Pierce Inlet, Florida. U.S. Dep. Commer., Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., 21 p. This series describes the recreational fishery including seasonality, fishing methods, baits, and a description of each species. Summer flounder are included. GINSBURG, I. 1952. Flounders of the genus Paralichthys and related genera in American waters. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 52:267-351. The summer flounder is described including its distri- bution, habitat, size, and bionomics. GROSSLEIN, M. D., E. G. HEYERDAHL, and H. STERN, dpc 1973. Status of the international fisheries off the Middle Atlantic coast. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 73-4, p. 88. Includes a brief description of the commercial and re- creational summer flounder fisheries. GUDGER, E. W. 1935. Two partially ambicolorate flatfishes (Hetero- somata). Am. Mus. Novit. 1935 (768), 8 p. A partially ambicolorate summer flounder is describ- ed. 1936. A reversed almost wholly ambicolorate summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. Am. Mus. Novit. 1936 (896), 5 p. A reversed, almost ambicolorate summer flounder is described. GUTHERZ, E. J. 1967. Field guide to the flatfishes of the family Bothidae in the western North Atlantic. U.S. Fish Wildl. SeLv-;) Circ:,.263,.47 p: Includes a description of summer flounder and iden- tifies its range. HAMER, P. E., and F. E. LUX. 1962. Marking experiments on fluke (Paralichthys den- tatus) in 1961. Minutes 21st Annu. Meet., Append. MA6, Atl. States Mar. Fish. Comm., 6 p. Presents preliminary results of a joint summer flounder tagging program in the Middle Atlantic Bight. Summer flounder were found to be distributed in shallow coastal waters and bays during summer months. In winter and early spring the species was found on offshore grounds from Veatch Canyon, south to at least off the Virginia coast in 40-85 fathoms of water. HENDERSON, E. M. 1979. Summer Flounder (Paralichthys dentatus) in the Northwest Atlantic. Natl. Mar. Fish Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 79-31, 13 p. The paper reviews and summarizes data, analyses, and literature on summer flounder. Information presented includes results of aging studies, analyses of bottom trawl survey data, a fecundity study, a unit stock analysis, a von Bertalanffy growth curve, and weight- length curves. HILDEBRAND, S. F., and L. E. CABLE. 1930. Development and life history of fourteen teleos- tean fishes at Beaufort, N.C. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 46:383-488. Estimated the minimum size at maturity for summer flounder to be 16.5” (42 cm). Reported that small postlarval summer flounder are found at sea and in estuaries, larger postlarvae mainly in estuaries and juveniles in brackish water parts of estuaries. HILDEBRAND, S. F., and W. C. SCHROEDER. 1928. Fishes of Chesapeake Bay. U.S. Bur. Fish. Bull. 43(1), 366 p. Includes a _ description, food habits, seasonal movements and description of the commercial fishery for summer flounder. HIMCHAK, P. J. 1979. Creel census of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, sportfishery in Great Bay, New Jersey. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Dingell-Johnson Rep. Proj. F-15-R, 22 p. Catch rates, length-frequency distributions, total harvest, and instantaneous loss rates are provided for the summer flounder fishery. HOSS, D: E. 1964. Accumulation of zinc-65 by flounder of the genus Paralichthys. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 93:364-368. When concentration factors were calculated, it was found summer flounder concentrated zinc-65 to higher levels from food than from water. 1967. Marking post-larval paralichthid flounders with radioactive elements. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 96:151- 156. Both cerium 144 and cobalt 60, introduced into the food or water, were used satisfactorily as marks for postlarval summer flounder. HUSSAKOF, L. 1914. On two ambicolorate specimens of the summer flounder, (Paralichthys dentatus), with an explanation of ambicoloration. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 33:95-100. Two ambicolorate summer flounder are described. JENSEN, A. C. 1967. A brief history of the New England offshore fisheries. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Fish. Leafl. 594, 14 p. : Describes the origin and subsequent development of several of the offshore fisheries, including summer flounder, of New England. 1974. New York’s fisheries for scup, summer flounder, and black sea bass. N.Y. Fish Game J. 21:126-134. Reviews the commercial summer flounder fishery engaged in by New York State fishermen in the Middle Atlantic Bight. Reports on a decline in abundance bas- ed on a decline in commercial landings. JOHNSON, K. L. 1979. Yield per recruit analysis for summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus). Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., North- east Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 79-34, 2p The Beverton and Holt yield per recruit model was applied to summer flounder. LANGTON, R. W. 1979. Food of nine northwest Atlantic Pleuronectiform fishes. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 79-17, 83 p. Summarizes data on the food of summer flounder col- lected during Northeast Fisheries Center bottom trawl surveys. Prey species included squid, scup, and silver hake. LEIM, A. H., and W. B. SCOTT. 1966. Fishes of the Atlantic coast of Canada. Fish. Res. Board Can. Bull. 155, 485 p. Sets the northern limit of the summer flounder range as LaHave Bank, Nova Scotia. LUX, F. E., P. E. HAMER, and J. C. POOLE. 1966. Summer flounder...the Middle Atlantic flatfish. Atl. States Mar. Fish. Comm., Leafl. 6, 4 p. Provides a general overview of summer flounder in- cluding a description of the commercial and recrea- tional fisheries, distribution, and seasonal move- ments. EUXG E> Es and FUE. NICHY. 1980. Movements of tagged summer flounder, Paralich- thys dentatus, off southern New England. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. Doc. 80-34, 36 p. A description of the seasonal and long-term movements of summer flounder off southern New England is included. Over 2,800 summer flounder were tagged on both coastal and offshore grounds in 1961-62. LUX, F. E.,. J.C. POOLE, and'P. E. HAMER. 1962. A status report on the fluke or summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus). Minutes 21st Annu. Meet., Append. MA-3, Atl. States Mar. Fish. Comm., 4 p. Reviews the general biology, nature and status of the fisheries, and recent research for summer flounder. LUX, F. E., and L. R. PORTER, Jr. 1966. Length-weight relation of the summer flounder Paralichthys dentatus (Linnaeus). U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. Fish. 531, 5 p. Length-weight equations of the form W = cL? in which W is weight, L is length, and c and b are con- stants, are given for summer flounder for each calen- dar quarter. Weight for a given length varied seasonal- ly. Males were slightly heavier than females of the same length. MAHONEY, J. B., F. H. MIDLEDGE, and D. G. DEUEL. 1973. A fin rot disease of marine and euryhaline fishes in the New York Bight. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 102: 596-605. Summer flounder were affected. External signs of the disease were fin necrosis, skin hemorrhages, skin ulcers, and occasional blindness. MARSHALL, A. 1980. Data on the commercial sport fishery for summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, in Virginia. Va. Mar. Resour. Rep. 80-5, 5 p. Describes the temporal and spacial setting, trends in the recreational catch, demography of the par- ticipants, modes of fishing, disposition of catch and economic impact of the summer flounder charter and party boat fishery. MAST, S. O. 1916. Changes in shade, color and pattern in fishes, and their bearing on the problems of adaption and behavior, with especial reference to the flounders Paralichthys and Ancylopsetta. Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 34:173-238. Summer flounder simulate rather than reproduce the background and respond more rapidly to yellows and browns than to reds, greens, and blues. MAYO, R. K. 1975. Length frequencies of flounders other than yellow- tail. Int. Comm. Northwest Atl. Fish. Work. Pap. 64, 9 p. Computer plotted length frequencies of summer flounder from fall cruises of A/batross IV in 1963, 1969, 1972, and 1973 are presented. 1976. Assessment data for flounders other than yellow- tail in ICNAF subarea 5 and statistical area 6. Int. Comm. Northwest Atl. Fish. Work. Pap. 76/1V/47, (ip: Stratified mean catch per tow in numbers and pounds and length frequencies from autumn U.S. research cruises from 1963 to 1975 are given for summer flounder. MELDRIM, J. W. 1976. Affinities and diversity of fishes of the Delaware River estuary in the vicinity of the Salem nuclear gen- erating station. Jn An ecological study of the Delaware River in the vicinity of Artificial Island, p. 146-155. Ichthyological Associates, Inc., Ithaca, N.Y. Summer flounder were found to have a positive affini- ty with bay anchovy, weakfish, spot, and hogchocker. MORSE, W. W. 1978. Preliminary fecundity estimates of summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus) occurring in Middle Atlantic waters. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab. Ref. 78-39, 5 p. Fecundity estimates ranged from 414,000 to 4,188,000 eggs for summer flounder between 366 and 680 mm TL. Preliminary observations indicated a curvilinear relationship between fecundity and length. 1979. An analysis of maturity observations of 12 gound- fish species collected from Cape Hatteras, North Caro- lina to Nova Scotia in 1977. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Rep. SHL 79-32, 20 p. Summer flounder is included in the analysis. The Lso (length at which 50% of the fish are mature) was 24.6 cm TL for males and 28.4 cm TL for females. In press. Reproduction of the summer flounder, Para- lichthys dentatus (L). J. Fish Biol., Vol. 19. Length at maturity for summer flounder ranged from 23.7 to 27.3 cm TL for males and from 30.2 to 33.3 cm TL for females which coincided with length at age 2. Fecundity was related to length, weight, and ovary weight. MURAWSKI, W. S. 1970. Results of tagging experiments of summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, conducted in New Jersey waters from 1960-1967. N.J. Div. Fish., Game Shellfish., Misc. Rep. 5M, 72 p. Reports on six tagging experiments of summer flounder. Monthly movements, estimates of harvest rates and survival rates are presented for each of the six groups. MURAWSKI, W. S., and P. FESTA. 1976. Ovary maturation in the summer flounder, Para- lichthys dentatus. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Misc. Rep. 16M, 16 p. Four distinct summer flounder egg types were characterized as to diameter and yolk development. Correlation of ovary condition with date of capture in- dicated peak spawning activity occurred during Oc- tober and November. MURAWSKI, W. S., and R. L. WHITE. 1964. Studies of the reproduction of the summer floun- der, Paralichthys dentatus. N.J. Div. Fish, Game Shellfish., Dingell-Johnson Rep. Proj. F-15-R, 1 p. Ovaries of commercially caught summer flounder landed in New Jersey were examined. The data in- dicated that spawning commenced during the last half of September, continued during October, reached its peak during the first half of November, and ended in the latter half of December. MUSICK, J. A. 1979. Section III: A summary of the distribution, abun- dance, and food habits of demersal fishes of the Mid- Atlantic outer continental shelf—a concise source docu- ment for resource managers and users. Jn Historical community structure analysis of finfishes, p. 79-88. Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., Spec. Rep. Appl. Mar. Sci. Ocean Eng. 198. Paralichthys dentatus is included in the summary. MUSICK, J. A., and J. D. MCEACHRAN. 1968. Seasonal distribution of major species of demersal fishes in Chesapeake Bight. Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., 13 p. Species were divided into two groups. One group (warm-temperate), having southern affinities and in- cluding summer flounder, is found inshore during the summer and migrates offshore or to the south or both during the winter. NESBIT, R. A., and W. C. NEVILLE. 1935. Conditions affecting the southern winter trawl fishery. [U.S.] Bur. Fish., Fish. Circ. 18, 12 p. An early description of the fishery is presented. Sum- mer flounder is identified as one of the three most im- portant species in the fishery. OLLA, B. L., C. E. SAMET, and A. L. STUDHOLME. 1972. Activity and feeding behavior of the summer floun- der (Paralichthys dentatus) under controlled laboratory conditions. Fish. Bull., U.S. 70:1127-1136. Three general behavior patterns were exhibited: resting, swimming, and feeding. Prey was captured equally well on the bottom or in the water column. The significance of behavior patterns and their rela- tion to those of other flatfishes is discussed. OSBORN, C. M. 1939. The physiology of color change in flatfishes. J. Exp. Zool. 81:479-515. When undisturbed, summer flounder become very homogeneous in shade. They become well adjusted to a white background in 2-4 days and a_ black background in 1-3 days. 1941. Studies on the growth of integumentary pigment in the lower vertebrates. I. The origin of artificially de- veloped melanophores on the normally unpigmented ventral surface of the summer flounder (Para/ichthys dentatus). Biol. Bull., Woods Hole 81:341-351. Melanophores differentiate on the normally un- pigmented ventral surface of summer flounder when that surface is exposed to a light source and the animal is in a physiological condition favoring darkening. The melanophores develop in situ from melanoblasts. PEARCY, W. G., and S. W. RICHARDS. 1962. Distribution and ecology of fishes of the Mystic River estuary, Connecticut. Ecology 43:248-259. Includes length frequencies of summer flounder. Juveniles were captured, suggesting the area is used as a nursery area. PEARSON, J. C. 1932. Winter trawl fishery off the Virginia and North Carolina coasts. [U.S.] Bur. Fish., Invest. Rep. 10, 31 p. A description of the fishery is presented, including location, methods, and composition of the catch. Summer flounder is identified as one of the principal species in the fishery. PERLMUTTER, A. 1959. Changes in the populations of fishes and in their fisheries in the Middle Atlantic and Chesapeake regions, 1930 to 1955. Trans. N.Y. Acad. Sci., Ser. II, 21:484- 496. Reports on an increase of summer flounder landings due to an increase in fishing activity. Provides a histori- cal review of the fishery. PETERS, D. S., and J. W. ANGELOVIC. 1971. Effect of temperature, salinity, and food availablity on growth and energy utilization of juvenile summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. In D. J. Nelson (editor), Proc. 3d Natl. Symp. Radioecology USAEC Conf., -710501-PI, p. 545-554. NTIS (Natl. Tech. Inf. Serv.), Springfield, Va. Growth rates were faster at high temperatures and rapid feeding rates even though the greatest efficiency was near two-thirds ad libitum feeding and from 20° to 25°C. Growth rates predicted from assimilation and respiration rates did not correspond with measured growth. PETERS, D. S., and M. A. KJELSON. 1975. Consumption and utilization of food by various postlarval and juvenile fishes of North Carolina estuaries. Jn L. E. Cronin (editor), Estuarine research, Vol. I, p. 448-472. Academic Press, New York. At warm temperatures, summer flounder grew faster at intermediate to high salinities. POOLE INC: 1961. Age and growth of the fluke in Great South Bay and their significance to the sport fishery. N.Y. Fish Game J. 8:1-18. The age of summer flounder was determined from an- nular markings on the otolith. Growth was back- calculated according to the annuli for 357 fish. Females grew significantly faster than males. The sport fishery landed primarily 1- and 2-yr-old summer flounder. 1962. The fluke population of Great South Bay in relation to the sport fishery. N.Y. Fish Game J. 9: 93-117. From 1956 to 1959, 5,845 summer flounder were tag- ged. Returns showed little movement of summer flounder out of the bay during summer, but they in- dicated heavy early season fishing to be an important factor in the decline in late season fishing success. 1964. Feeding habits of the summer flounder in Great South Bay. N.Y. Fish Game J. 11:28-34. Stomachs from 1,210 summer flounder collected in 1958 and 1959 were examined. The fish had fed on a wide variety of organisms, but mainly upon sand shrimp and winter flounder. Feeding activity remained constant throughout the summer. 1966. A review of research concerning summer flounder and needs for further study. N.Y. Fish Game J. 13: 226-231. This paper recommends that future research on sum- mer flounder should include racial studies, studies on larvae and postlarvae to delineate the early nursery grounds, and a cooperative study of the migratory pat- terns of immature fish. POWELL, A. B. 1974. Biology of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, in Pamlico Sound and adjacent waters, with comments on P. /ethostigma, and P. albigutta. M.S. Thesis, Univ. North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 145 p. Includes sections on the age and growth, food habits, nursery areas, and spawning of summer flounder. POWELL, A. B., B. F. HOLLAND, and J. GILLIKIN. 1975a. State of North Carolina R/V Dan Moore — cruise report no. 2, Currituck Beach to Cape Lookout Bight. N.C. Div. Mar. Fish., 29 p. Includes a discussion on a summer flounder tagging program and describes general migration trends of summer flounder tagged off North Carolina. 1975b. State of North Carolina R/V Dan Moore — cruise report no. 3, Currituck Beach to Bogue Inlet. N.C. Div. Mar. Fish., 30 p. A description of the distribution and catch per unit of effort of summer flounder between Currituck Beach and Bogue Inlet are included. POWELL, A. B., and F. J. SCHWARTZ. 1972. Anomalies of the genus Paralichthys (Pisces, Bothidae), including an unusual double-tailed southern flounder, Paralichthys lethostigma. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 88:155-161. Includes a description of a summer flounder with almost complete ambicoloration. 1977. Distribution of Paralichthid flounders (Bothidae: Paralichthys) in North Carolina estuaries. Chesapeake Sci. 18:334-339. Paralichthys dentatus and Paralichthys lethostigma were found to use Pamlico Sound and adjacent estuaries as nursery areas. Benthic substrate and salini- ty are the two most important factors governing distribution. 1979. Food of Paralichthys dentatus and P. lethostigma (Pisces: Bothidae) in North Carolina estuaries. Estu- aries 2:276-279. The diet of Paralichthys dentatus in Pamlico Sound, N.C. is given for juveniles and adults. PURVIS; CG: 1976. Nursery area survey of northern Pamlico Sound and tributaries. N.C. Div. Mar. Fish., 62 p. Data indicate a general distributional difference be- tween summer flounder and southern flounder in rela- tion to salinity. Southern flounder were more abun- dant at salinities below 12 ppt whereas summer flounder were more abundant at salinities greater than 12 ppt. The study was unable to designate nursery areas for summer flounder because of low salinities of the study area. REINTJES, J. W., and C. M. ROITHMAYR. 1960. Survey of the ocean fisheries off Delaware Bay. US. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rep. 347, 18 p. Measurements of catch, catch per unit effort, and total fishing effort for the major fisheries of the area are given for the years 1954-57. Summer flounder made up a large proportion of the inshore and off- shore otter trawl fisheries. SCHAEFER, R. H. 1966. A preliminary report concerning the effectiveness of New York’s 14-inch minimum size limit on the sum- mer flounder sport fishery. Minutes 25th Annu. Meet., Atl. States Mar. Fish. Comm., p. 38-44. Data suggest that when a large percentage of sublegal summer flounder are present in the population at the beginning of a fishing period, the catch rate can be stabilized throughout the entire fishing period via size regulations SHEPHERD, G. 1980. A comparative study of aging methods for summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus). Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 80-13, 26 p. This paper compares the use of otoliths, scales, and fin rays for aging summer flounder. Back-calculated lengths at age for the three age structures were com- pared and then used to determine growth rates. Scales and fin rays were preferred because the annuli a usually more distinct. > SISSENWINE, M. P., R. R. LEWIS, and R. K. MAYO. 1979. The spatial and seasonal distribution of summer flounder (Paralichthys dentatus) based on research vessel bottom trawl surveys. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Woods Hole Lab., Lab. Ref. 79-55, 101 p. The distribution of summer flounder is described bas- ed on depth, bottom water temperature, geographic location, season, and size. SMITH, R. W. 1969. An analysis of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, population in the Delaware Bay. M.S. Thesis, Univ. Delaware, Newark, 72 p. Summer flounder were found from the middle of April to the middle of November. Morphometric and meristic characters were presented. The age composi- tion, length-weight relationship, maturity informa- tion, and food habits are included. SMITH, R. W., and F. C. DAIBER. 1977. Biology of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, in Delaware Bay. Fish. Bull., U.S. 75: 823-830. Data on the age, growth, food habits, and racial characters of summer flounder from Delaware Bay are given. SMITH, W. G. 1973. The distribution of summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus, eggs and larvae on the continental shelf be- tween Cape Cod and Cape Lookout, 1965-66. Fish. Bull., U.S. 71:527-548. The most productive summer flounder spawning grounds were located off New York and New Jersey. Spawning began in the northern parts of the survey area, progressed southward with the season, and end- ed off Cape Lookout. SMITH, W. G., and M. P. FAHAY. 1970. Description of eggs and larvae of the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Res. Rep. 75, 21 p. Described artificially fertilized summer flounder eggs and larvae hatched in the laboratory or captured at sea. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE. 1977. Foreign trawl fisheries of Northwestern Atlantic, incidental catching of finfish. Federal Register 42: 9950-9986. 1978. Foreign fishing regulations, activities within the United States Fishery Conservation Zone. Federal Register 43:59292-59325. Summer flounder are included and regulated by law under the above two references by a heading of ‘‘other finfish.’’ All species under this heading must be caught only as an incidental catch by foreign vessels. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 1930-1940. Fishery industries of the United States, 1929 to 1938. Appendices to Reports of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries for the fiscal years 1930-39, 11 vols. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE. 1971-1978. Fishery statistics of the United States, 1968 to 1975. U.S. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Stat. Dig. 62-69. The above two references list commercial landings and value of the catch of summer flounder. 1980. Marine recreational fishery statistics survey, Atlan- tic and Gulf Coasts. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Curr. Fish. Stat. 8063, 139 p. The recreational catch of summer flounder from November 1978 to October 1979 by region, state, mode and distance from shore is provided. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF INTERIOR, FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 1942-1969. Fishery statistics of the United States, 1939 to 1967. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Commer. Fish., Stat Dice e457. Ul. 14. 16, 18, 19e 21220256 27030. 34, 36, 39, 41, 43, 44, 49, 51, 53, 54, 56-61. Lists the commercial landings and value of the catch of summer flounder. WESTMAN, J. R., and W. C. NEVILLE. 1946. Some studies on the life history and econornics of the fluke (Paralichthys dentatus) of Long Island waters. An investigation sponsored jointly by State of New York Conservation Department, U.S. Department of the Interior, and Town of Islip, N.Y., 15 p. Describes seasonal migrations and local movements of summer flounder. WHITE, J. C., Jr., and D. E. HOSS. 1964. Another record of incomplete ambicoloration in the summer flounder, Paralichthys dentatus. Chesa- peake Sci. 5:151-152. A description of a summer flounder with incomplete ambicoloration is provided. WIDERSTROM, F. L., Jr. 1959. An economic and financial study of the fluke otter-trawl fishery of New Jersey. Comm. Fish. Rey. 21(12):7-26. Describes the fishing gear used by New Jersey trawlers for both the inshore and offshore summer flounder fisheries. Includes an economic evaluation of the fishery. WILK, S. J., and W. W. MORSE. 1979. Annual cycle of gonad-somatic indices as indicators of spawning times for 15 species of fish collected from the New York Bight. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab. Ref. SHL 79-11, 54 p. Summer flounder are included. The study indicated that spawning occurs from October through February. WILK, S. J., W. W. MORSE, and D. E. RALPH. 1978. Length-weight relationships of fishes collected in the New York Bight. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 23(2): 58-64. Average length-weight relationships are presented for 78 species of fishes, including summer flounder, col- lected during a trawl survey. A significant difference in the length-weight relationships was found between summer flounder males and females. WILK, S. J.. W. W. MORSE, D. E. RALPH, and E. J. STEADY. 1975. Life history aspects of New York Bight finfishes. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab. Ref. SHL 75-1, 265 p. Includes monthly length frequencies, weight-length relationships, sex ratios, monthly gonad somatic in- dices, and distribution of summer flounder. 1976. Life history aspects of Middle Atlantic Bight fin- fishes. Natl. Mar. Fish. Serv., Northeast Fish. Cent. Sandy Hook Lab., Lab. Ref. 76-3, 149 p. Includes sex ratios and size ranges of summer flounder collected in the Middle Atlantic Bight. WILK, S. J., W. G. SMITH, D. E. RALPH, and J. SIBUNKA. 1980. Population structure of summer flounder between New York and Florida based on linear discriminant analysis. Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 109:265-271. A stepwise linear discriminant analysis was used to in- vestigate the population structure of summer flounder based on 18 morphometric and meristic variables. Two populations were identified: one in the Middle Atlan- tic Bight, or between New York and Cape Hatteras, N.C.; the other in the South Atlantic Bight, or be- tween Cape Hatteras and Florida. WILLIAMS, A. B., and E. E. DEUBLER. 1968a. A ten-year study of meroplankton in North Carolina estuaries: assessment of environmental factors and sampling success among Bothid flounders and Penaeid shrimps. Chesapeake Sci. 9:27-41. The effects of salinity, temperature, current velocity, wind direction, mechanical clogging of nets, and lunar phase on sampling of postlarval flounders, including summer flounder, are discussed. 1968b. Studies on macroplanktonic crustaceans and ich- thyoplankton of the Pamlico Sound complex. N.C. Dep. Conserv. Dev., Spec. Sci. Rep. 13, 91 p. 10 Metamorphosing young of summer flounder were col- lected from surface waters at all stations within the Neuse River complex. Recruitment into the river system occurred from January to April. Monthly length distributions of larvae and young are pro- vided. WOOLCOTT, W. S., C. BEIRNE, and W. H. HALL, Jr. 1968. Descriptive and comparative osteology of the young of three species of flounders, genus Paralichthys. Chesapeake Sci. 9:109-120. A comparative skeletal study was made of the young (10-130 mm) of three closely related species of flounders—Paralichthys dentatus, Paralichthys lethostigma, and Paralichthys albigutta. Osteological- ly, vertebral and pterygiophore numbers produced the best separation with P. dentatus having the highest counts. Total gill rakers on the first gill arch and lateral line scales were useful characters with the highest numbers again appearing in P. dentatus. Identity Specific Bigelow and Schroeder 1953 Deubler 1958 Ginsburg 1952 Gutherz 1967 Hildebrand and Schroeder 1928 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Woolcott et al. 1968 Morphology Anderson 1978 Ginsburg 1952 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Wilk et al. 1980 Distribution Bedsole et al. 1980 Bigelow and Schroeder 1953 Colvocoresses and Musick 1979 Festa 1974b Ginsburg 1952 Gutherz 1967 Hamer and Lux 1962 Henderson 1979 Hildebrand and Cable 1930 Hildebrand and Schroeder 1928 Leim and Scott 1966 Lux et al. 1966 Murawski 1970 Musick 1979 Musick and McEachran 1968 Pearcy and Richards 1962 Poole 1962, 1966 Powell et al. 1975b Powell and Schwartz 1977 Purvis 1976 Sissenwine et al. 1979 Wilk et al. 1975 Bionomics and life history Reproduction Eldridge 1962 Ginsburg 1952 Henderson 1979 Hildebrand and Cable 1930 Morse 1978, 1979, In press Murawski and Festa 1976 Murawski and White 1964 Powell 1974 Smith, R. W. 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Smith, W. G. 1973 Smith and Fahay 1970 Wilk and Morse 1979 Wilk et al. 1975 Preadult phase Deubler 1958 Deubler and White 1962 Festa 1974b Ginsburg 1952 Hoss 1967 SUBJECT INDEX Murawski and Festa 1976 Murawski and White 1964 Smith 1973 Smith and Fahay 1970 Williams and Deubler 1968a, b Adult phase Anderson 1978 Bowman et al. 1976 Deubler and Fahay 1958 Ginsburg 1952 Gudger 1935, 1936 Hoss 1964 Hussakof 1914 Mahoney et al. 1973 Powell and Schwartz 1972 Smith 1973 White and Hoss 1964 Nutrition and growth Feeding Ginsburg 1952 Olla et al. 1972 Peters and Angelovic 1971 Poole 1964 Food Bigelow and Schroeder 1953 Diaber and Smith 1969 Festa 1979b Ginsburg 1952 Hildebrand and Schroeder 1928 Langton 1979 Poole 1964 Powell 1974 Powell and Schwartz 1979 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Growth rate Chang and Pacheco 1976 Diaber and Smith 1969 Deubler and White 1962 Eldridge 1962 Henderson 1979 Peters and Angelovic 1971 Peters and Kjelson 1975 Poole 1961 Powell 1974 Shepherd 1980 Smith 1969 Smith and Diaber 1977 Metabolism Peters and Angelovic 1971 Peters and Kjelson 1975 Behavior Migrations and local movements Bigelow and Schroeder 1953 Ginsburg 1952 Hamer and Lux 1962 Hildebrand and Schroeder 1928 Lux et al. 1966 Lux and Nichy 1980 Murawski 1970 Musick and McEachran 1968 11 Poole 1962, 1966 Powell et al. 1975a Westman and Neville 1946 Responses to stimuli Festa 1977 Freeman and Turner 1977 Mast 1916 Osborn 1939, 1941 Olla et al. 1972 Peters and Angelovic 1971 Population Sex ratio Eldridge 1962 Figley 1977 Morse In press Murawski 1970 Murawski and White 1964 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Wilk et al. 1975, 1976 Age composition Chang and Pacheco 1976 Christenson and Clifford 1979 Christensen et al. 1978 Diaber and Smith 1969 Eldridge 1962 Henderson 1979 Poole 1961 Powell 1974 Shepherd 1980 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Size composition Chang and Pacheco 1976 Christensen and Clifford 1979 Christensen et al. 1978 Clifford and Christensen 1979 Eldridge 1962 Festa 1974a, 1979a Figley 1977 Himchak 1979 Lux and Porter 1966 Mayo 1975, 1976 Murawski 1970 Pearcy and Richards 1962 Poole 1961, 1962 Sissenwine et al. 1979 Smith 1969 Smith and Daiber 1977 Wilk, Morse, Ralph, and Steady 1975, 1976 Wilk, Smith, Ralph, and Sibunka 1978 Williams and Deubler 1968b Abundance and density Henderson 1979 Jensen 1974 Mayo 1976 Perlmutter 1959 Poole 1962 Powell 1974 Natality and recruitment Marshall 1980 Chang and Pacheco 1976 Nesbit and Neville 1935 Henderson 1979 Pearson 1932 Johnson 1979 Perlmutter 1959 Morse 1978, In press Reintjes and Roithmayr 1960 Mortality and morbidity Fishing operations and results Chang and Pacheco 1976 Briggs 1962 Festa 1977, 1979a Christensen and Clifford 1979 Henderson 1979 Christensen et al. 1978 Murawski 1970 Clark 1962 Dynamics Deuel 1973 Chang and Pacheco 1976 Deuel and Clark 1968 Henderson 1979 DuPaul and Baker 1979 Johnson 1979 Eldridge 1962 Population in community and ecosystem Freeman and Walford 1974a, b, c, 1976a, b, c Colvocoresses and Musick 1979 Festa 1974a, 1977, 1979a Meldrim 1976 Grosslein et al. 1973 Musick 1979 Himchak 1979 Musick and McEachran 1968 Lux et al. 1962, 1966 Exploitation (commercial and recreational) Mayo 1976 Fishing equipment Marshall 1980 Bedsole et al. 1980 Nesbit and Neville 1935 Bruce 1976 Pearson 1932 Perlmutter 1959 Poole 1962 Reintjes and Roithmayr 1960 United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of Fish- eries 1930-1940 DuPaul and Baker 1979 Eldridge 1962 Jensen 1967 Pearson 1932 Perlmutter 1959 Reintjes and Roithmayr 1960 ‘ United States Department of Commerce, National Marine OSES eI ad Fisheries Service 1971-1978, 1980 Fishing areas and seasons : 2 Peers Briggs 1962 United States Department of Interior, Fish and Wildlife DuPaul and Baker 1979 Service 1942-1969 Eldridge 1962 Widerstrom 1959 Festa 1979a Protection and Management Freeman and Walford 1974a, b, c, 1976 a, b,c Bedsole et al. 1980 Grosslein et al. 1973 Schaefer 1966 Jensen 1967 United States Department of Commerce 1977, 1978 U.S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1982—594-279/59 NOAA TECHNICAL REPORTS NMEFS Circular and Special Scientific Report—Fisheries Guidelines for Contributors CONTENTS OF MANUSCRIPT First page. Give the title (as concise as possible) of the paper and the author’s name, and footnote the author’s affiliation, mailing address, and ZIP code. Contents. Contains the text headings and abbreviated figure legends and table headings. Dots should follow each entry and page numbers should be omitted. Abstract. Not to exceed one double-spaced page. Footnotes and literature citations do not belong in the abstract. Text. See also Form of the Manuscript below. Follow the U.S. Government Printing Office Style Manual, 1973 edition. Fish names, follow the American Fisheries Society Special Publication No. 12, A List of Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada, fourth edition, 1980. Use short, brief, informative headings in place of ‘‘Materials and Methods.” Text footnotes. Type on a separate sheet from the text. For unpublished or some processed material, give author, year, title of manuscript, number of pages, and where it is filed— agency and its location. Personal communications. Cite name in text and footnote. Cite in footnote: John J. Jones, Fishery Biologist, Scripps In- stitution of Oceanography, La Jolla, CA 92037, pers. com- mun. 21 May 1977. Figures. Should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. All figures should be cited consecutively in the text and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Photographs and line drawings should be of “‘professional’’ quality—clear and balanced, and can be reduced to 42 picas for page width or to 20 picas for a single-column width, but no more than 57 picas high. Photographs and line drawings should be printed on glossy paper—sharply focused, good contrast. Label each figure. DO NOT SEND original figures to the Scientific Edi- tor; NMFS Scientific Publications Office will request these if they are needed. Tables. Each table should start on a separate page and should be self-explanatory, not requiring reference to the text. Headings should be short but amply descriptive. Use only horizontal rules. Number table footnotes consecutively across the page from left to right in Arabic numerals; and to avoid confusion with powers, place them to the /eft of the numerals. If the original tables are typed in our format and are clean and legible, these tables will be reproduced as they are. In the text all tables should be cited consecutively and their placement, where first mentioned, indicated in the left-hand margin of the manuscript page. Acknowledgments. Place at the end of text. Give credit only to those who gave exceptional contributions and not to those whose contributions are part of their normal duties. Literature cited. In text as: Smith and Jones (1977) or (Smith and Jones 1977); if more than one author, list according to years (e.g., Smith 1936; Jones et al. 1975; Doe 1977). All pa- pers referred to in the text should be listed alphabetically by the senior author’s surname under the heading ‘‘Literature Cited’’; only the author’s surname and initials are required in the author line. The author is responsible for the accuracy of the literature citations. Abbreviations of names of periodicals and serials should conform to Biological Abstracts List of Ser- ials with Title Abbreviations. Format, see recent SSRF or Cir- cular. Abbreviations and symbols. Common ones, such as mm, m, g, ml, mg, °C (for Celsius), %, °/o0, etc., should be used. Ab- breviate units of measures only when used with numerals; periods are rarely used in these abbreviations. But periods are used in et al., vs., e.g., i.e., Wash. (WA is used only with ZIP code), etc. Abbreviations are acceptable in tables and figures where there is lack of space. Measurements. Should be given in metric units. Other equi- valent units may be given in parentheses. FORM OF THE MANUSCRIPT Original of the manuscript should be typed double-spaced on white bond paper. Triple space above headings. Send good du- plicated copies of manuscript rather than carbon copies. The sequence of the material should be: FIRST PAGE CONTENTS ABSTRACT TEXT LITERATURE CITED TEXT FOOTNOTES APPENDIX TABLES (provide headings, including ‘‘Table’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Table 1.--, Table 2.--, etc.) LIST OF FIGURE LEGENDS (entire legend, including ‘‘Figure’’ and Arabic numeral, e.g., Figure 1.--, Figure 2.--, etc.) FIGURES ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Send ribbon copy and two duplicated copies of the manuscript to: Dr. Carl J. Sindermann, Scientific Editor Northeast Fisheries Center Sandy Hook Laboratory National Marine Fisheries Service, NOAA Highlands, NJ 07732 Copies. Fifty copies will be supplied to the senior author and 100 to his organization free of charge. UNITED STATES -~DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS OFFICE, F/INWR 1 7600 SAND POINT WAY N.E. BIN C15700 SEATTLE, WA 98115 OFFICIAL BUSINESS NOAA SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration was established as part of the Department of Commerce on October 3, 1970. The mission responsibilities of NOAA are to assess the socioeconomic impact of natural and technological changes in the environment and to monitor and predict the state of the solid Earth, the oceans and their living resources, the atmosphere, and the space environment of the Earth. The major components of NOAA regularly produce various types of scientific and technical information in the following kinds of publications: PROFESSIONAL PAPERS—Important definitive research results, major techniques, and special investi- gations. CONTRACT AND GRANT REPORTS—Reports prepared by contractors or grantees under NOAA sponsorship. ATLAS—Presentation of analyzed data generally in the form of maps showing distirbution of rainfall, chemical and physical conditions of oceans and at- mosphere, distribution of fishes and marine mamals, ionospheric conditions, etc. TECHNICAL SERVICE PUBLICATIONS—Re- ports containing data, observations, instructions, etc. A partial listing includes data serials; prediction and outlook periodicals; technical manuals, training Papers, planning reports, and information serials; and miscellaneous technical publications. TECHNICAL REPORTS—Journal quality with extensive details, mathematical developments, or data listings. TECHNICAL MEMORANDUMS—Reports of pre- liminary, partial, or negative research or technology results, interim instructions, and the like. Information on availability of NOAA publications can be obtained from: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE INFORMATION CENTER (D822) ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND INFORMATION SERVICE NATIONAL OCEANIC AND ATMOSPHERIC ADMINISTRATION U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 6009 Executive Boulevard Rockville, MD 20852 if Hy ae PTR yy vite NV ADT ihaty fi i betty ne t cn piatelaiuestalseetpi wont : fete CO tats Hot ‘ gies aneat tatty et . i 5 ial : Si Srey : f; be iss pa A ‘ ‘ i 1 . aa) sa eet A: 7 cD om " r ne Hee, ‘i is 5s! " y < fe ty m fe } +} i oe ; aes fear Nat be tiie i titetintaeae stat at : Ged me } ‘ esata i! x ( j i “i : Vi hone bys inoathnienebe kee i i aa ! t ‘5 : nea Saeke pie i i eee nt Wey ne) hadnt eae Uta sys ttt eek t ey, ‘ is} " ; Hee of Y res i Ree eee tS cA, Bits ai Fwetl oF seh hat Ce uney oe a ees Ate Aas tastes AN COS Seren Ret arenes SAN pa tite hn thtce ~ ay i ince! eerie aaa? SOURS ! Bey iets Shia SSN SANT ESyaS NSS Pampas SRE ary atl Rains Sara e an eeeneratey iMecaroebs